language-pack-gnome-zh-hant-base/0000755000000000000000000000000012321561226014025 5ustar language-pack-gnome-zh-hant-base/COPYING0000644000000000000000000004310312321561226015061 0ustar GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. , 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. language-pack-gnome-zh-hant-base/data/0000755000000000000000000000000012321561455014742 5ustar language-pack-gnome-zh-hant-base/data/static.tar0000644000000000000000000773400012321556534016756 0ustar usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/totem/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000016751412316541440023705 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
<application>Totem Movie Player</application> Manual 2003 Chee Bin HOH 2009 Philip Withnall Totem Movie Player is a media player for GNOME that runs on GStreamer by default, but can also be run on xine. It has support for most audio and video codecs including DVDs among many others. Features include TV-out, fullscreen, subtitles, and more. GNOME Documentation Project Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Chee Bin HOH GNOME Documentation Project cbhoh@gnome.org Baptiste Mille-Mathias GNOME Documentation project Update documentation baptiste.millemathias@gmail.org Philip Withnall Update documentation philip@tecnocode.co.uk Totem Movie Player Manual V2.0 August 2006 Chee Bin HOH cbhoh@gnome.org GNOME Documentation Project Totem Movie Player Manual V3.0 February 2009 Philip Withnall philip@tecnocode.co.uk GNOME Documentation Project This manual describes version 2.26 of Totem Movie Player. Feedback To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Totem Movie Player application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. Totem Movie Player totem 介紹 The Totem Movie Player application is a movie player for the GNOME desktop based on the GStreamer framework and xine library, and enables you to play movies or songs. Totem 影片播放器提供以下功能： Support for a variety of video and audio files. A variety of zoom levels and aspect ratios, and a fullscreen view. Seek and volume controls. 播放清單。 Subtitle support. 完整的鍵盤操作。 Comprehensive set of plugins, including a subtitle downloader, YouTube browser, and disc burner. Totem 影片播放器也帶來了許多額外的功能像是： Video thumbnailer for GNOME. Audio preview application for GNOME. Nautilus properties tab. 開始使用 To Start <application>Totem Movie Player</application> 你可以用下列的方式來啟動 Totem 影片播放器： 應用程式 選單 Choose Sound & Video Movie Player . 命令列 想要從命令列啟動 Totem 影片播放器，請輸入下列的命令，然後按下 Enter ： totem 想要知道還有哪些其他的命令列選項可以使用，請輸入 totem --help ，然後按下 Enter 。 When You Start <application>Totem Movie Player</application> 當你啟動了 Totem 影片播放器之後，下面的視窗會顯示在你的螢幕上。
<application>Totem Movie Player</application> Start Up Window Shows Totem Movie Player main window with sidebar opened on playlist. Contains menubar, display area, sidebar, elapsed time slider, seek control buttons, volume slider and statusbar.
在 Totem 影片播放器這個視窗中包含以下這些項目： 選單列。 在選單列上面的每個項目包含了所有你需要的指令來控制 Totem 影片播放器。 播放區域 The display area displays the movie or a visualization of the current song. 側面窗格。 The sidebar displays properties of the file played and acts as playlist. It can also be used by various plugins, such as the MythTV, YouTube and Video Search plugins. They can be selected by clicking on the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar. Elapsed time slider. The elapsed time slider displays the elapsed time of the movie or song that is playing. It also enables you to skip forward or backward in a movie or song by dragging the slider's handle along the bar, or by clicking on a point on the bar. 播放控制按鈕。 The seek control buttons enable you to move to the next or previous track, and to pause or play a movie or song. Volume button. The volume button enables you to adjust the volume. 狀態列。 狀態列會顯示正在播放的電影或歌曲的狀態資訊。 使用方式 開啟檔案 To open a video or an audio file, choose CtrlO Movie Open . The Select Movies or Playlists dialog is displayed. Select the file or files you want to open, then click OK. You can drag a file from another application such as a file manager to the Totem Movie Player window. If you drag the file to the display area, the file will replace the current playlist and will start playing immediately. If you drag the file to the playlist in the sidebar, the file will be appended to the current playlist. The Totem Movie Player application will open the file and play the movie or song. Totem Movie Player displays the title of the movie or song in the titlebar of the window and in the playlist in the sidebar. If you try to open a file format that Totem Movie Player does not recognize, the application displays an error message. This error is most often encountered if you do not have the correct codecs installed. Information on getting codecs working can be found on the Totem Movie Player website. You can double-click on a video or an audio file in the Nautilus file manager to open it in the Totem Movie Player window. 開啟位址 To open a file by URI (location), choose CtrlL Movie Open Location . The Open Location dialog is displayed. Use the drop-down combination box to specify the URI you would like to open (it lists URIs which have previously been opened) – or type one in directly – then click on the Open button. If you have a URI in the clipboard already, it will automatically be pasted into the combination box. To Play a Movie (DVD or VCD) Insert the disc in the optical device of your computer, then choose MoviePlay Disc . To eject a DVD or VCD, choose CtrlE Movie Eject . 暫停電影或歌曲 To pause a movie or song that is playing, click on the Shows pause button. button, or choose CtrlSpace Movie Play / Pause . You may also use the P key to pause or play a movie. To resume playing a movie or song, click on the Shows play button. button again, or choose CtrlSpace Movie Play / Pause . 檢視電影或歌曲的屬性 To view the properties of a movie or song, choose View Sidebar to make the sidebar appear, and choose Properties in the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar. 控制電影或歌曲播放的位置 想要控制影片或歌曲播放的位置，你可以用以下這些方法： 往前移動 To skip forward through a movie or song, choose Right Go Skip Forward . 往後移動 To skip backwards through a movie or song, choose Left Go Skip Backwards . 移動到一個時間點 To skip to a specific elapsed time in the movie or song, choose CtrlK Go Skip to . The Skip to dialog is displayed. Use the spin box to specify the elapsed time (in seconds) to skip to, then click OK. The spin box also allows more natural language to be used. You can enter a time in the formats "hh:mm:ss", "mm:ss" or "ss"; where "hh" is the hour, "mm" is the minute and "ss" is the second to skip to. 跳到下一個電影或歌曲 To move to the next movie or song, choose AltRight Go Next Chapter/Movie or click on the Shows a seek next button button. 跳到上一個電影或歌曲 To move to the previous movie or song, choose AltLeft Go Previous Chapter/Movie or click on the Shows a seek previous button button. 改變縮放的比例 改變影片的大小 想要改變播放區域的縮放比例，你可以使用以下這些方法： To zoom to fullscreen mode, choose F11 ViewFullscreen. You can also use the F key to toggle fullscreen mode. To exit fullscreen mode, click on the Leave Fullscreen button or press Esc, F11 or F. To change the size of the original movie or visualization, choose Ctrl0 ViewFit Window to Movie and choose a scale ratio. 改變影片的長寬比 To switch between different aspect ratios, choose A View Aspect Ratio . 調整音量的大小 To increase the volume, choose Up Sound Volume Up . To decrease the volume, choose Down Sound Volume Down . You can also use the volume button: click on the volume button and choose the volume level with the slider. To Make the Window Always on Top To make the Totem Movie Player window always on top of other application windows, choose Edit Plugins . Select the Always on Top plugin to enable it. The Totem Movie Player window will now stay on top of all other windows while a movie is playing, but not while audio or visualizations are playing. To stop the window from always being on top, disable the Always on Top plugin again. See for more information. 顯示或隱藏所有的視窗控制介面 To show or hide the Totem Movie Player window controls, choose CtrlH View Show Controls , or press the H key. You can also right-click on the Totem Movie Player window, then choose CtrlH Show Controls from the popup menu. If the Show Controls option is selected, Totem Movie Player will show the menubar, elapsed time slider, seek control buttons, volume slider and statusbar on the window. If the Show Controls option is unselected, the application will hide these controls and show only the display area. 管理播放清單 顯示或隱藏播放清單 To show or hide the playlist, choose ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button, and choose Playlist on the top of the sidebar. 管理播放清單 You can use the Playlist dialog to do the following: To add a track or movie To add a track or movie to the playlist, click on the Add button. The Select Movies or Playlists dialog is displayed. Select the file that you want to add to the playlist, then click Add. To remove a track or movie To remove a track or movie from the playlist, select the item or items to remove from the playlist, then click on the Remove button. To save the playlist to a file To save the playlist to a file, click on the Save Playlist button. The Save Playlist dialog is displayed; specify the filename as which you want to save the playlist, and click Save. To move a track or movie up the playlist To move a track or movie up the playlist, select the item from the playlist, then click on the Move Up button. To move a track or movie down the playlist To move a track or movie down the playlist, select the item from the playlist, then click on the Move Down button. 開啟或關閉循環播放模式 想要開啟或關閉循環播放模式，請點選 編輯循環播放。 開啟或關閉隨機播放模式 想要開啟或關閉隨機播放模式，請點選 編輯隨機次序播放。 選擇字幕 想要選擇字幕的語言，請點選 顯示字幕 然後選擇你想要顯示的字幕語言。 想要關閉字幕的顯示，請點選 顯示字幕無 。 By default, Totem Movie Player will choose the same language for the subtitles as the one you normally use on your computer. Totem Movie Player will automatically load and display subtitles for a video if it finds a subtitle file with the same name as the video being played, and the extension asc, txt, sub, srt, smi, ssa or ass. If the file containing the subtitles has a different name from the video being played, you can right-click on the video in the playlist and choose Select Text Subtitles from the popup menu to load the correct subtitle file. You may also choose subtitles by choosing ViewSelect Text Subtitles. Using the Subtitle Downloader plugin, you can also download subtitles from the OpenSubtitles service. See for more information. 擷取螢幕快照 To take a screenshot of the movie or visualization that is playing, choose Edit Take Screenshot . The Save Screenshot dialog is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the screenshot, then click on the Save button to save the screenshot. Totem Movie Player will display a preview of the screenshot which is to be saved on the left-hand side of the Save Screenshot dialog. To Create a Screenshot Gallery To create a gallery of screenshots of the movie or visualization that is playing, choose Edit Create Screenshot Gallery . The Save Gallery dialog is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the gallery image, then click on the Save button to save the screenshot. You may specify the width of the individual screenshots in the gallery using the Screenshot width entry. The default width is 128 pixels. You may also specify the number of screenshots to be put in the gallery. By default, this is calculated based on the length of the movie; however, this may be overridden by deselecting the Calculate the number of screenshots checkbox and entering the new number in the Number of screenshots spin box. Plugins Totem Movie Player has many features which are present in the form of plugins — pieces of the software which are only loaded if necessary. To Enable a Plugin To view the list of installed plugins, choose EditPlugins. The Configure Plugins dialog is displayed. On the left is a list of all the plugins you have installed, while on the right is a description of the currently selected plugin. Plugins which have options which can be changed will have a sensitive Configure button on the right. To enable a plugin, simply select the checkbox to the left of its name in the plugin list, and the plugin will be loaded immediately. If there is any error loading the plugin, an error dialog will also be displayed immediately. To disable a plugin again, deselect its checkbox. Plugins will remain enabled or disabled as set even when Totem Movie Player is closed. Always on Top When enabled, the Always on Top plugin will force the main Totem Movie Player window to be on top of all other windows while a movie is playing, but not while audio or visualizations are playing. To stop the window being on top, disable the plugin again. Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client The Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client plugin allows Totem Movie Player to play multimedia content from UPnP media servers (such as Coherence servers) on the local network. With the Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client plugin enabled, choose F9ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button to show the sidebar. Select Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar to display the Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client sidebar. The tree view in the sidebar will list the available media servers. Clicking on one will expand it to show the types of media it can serve, and clicking on a media folder will expand it to list the media files available. Double-clicking on a media file will add it to Totem Movie Player's playlist and play it. You may alternatively right-click on a file and choose Play or Enqueue to play the file immediately or add it to the playlist, respectively. If the media server allows it, choosing Delete from a file's context menu allows you to delete that file from the media server. Gromit Annotations The Gromit Annotations plugin allows you to draw on top of movies as they are played using Gromit. You must have Gromit installed before you can enable the plugin — consult your operating system documentation for information on how to do this. With the plugin enabled, press CtrlD to toggle Gromit on or off. When Gromit is enabled, your pointer will change to a crosshair. To draw on the screen, hold down your mouse button and drag your pointer around, before releasing your mouse button. Press CtrlD again to toggle Gromit off. To clear the screen of annotations, press CtrlE, or close Totem Movie Player. Jamendo The Jamendo plugin allows you to listen to the collection of Creative Commons-licensed music on the Jamendo service. To Configure the Plugin The Jamendo plugin can be configured. Click on the Configure button when enabling the plugin, and the Jamendo Plugin Configuration dialog will be displayed. Here, you can choose whether to download songs in Ogg or MP3 format (Ogg is preferred due to its open-source nature); and the number of albums to retrieve when doing a search (choose more albums if you have a faster Internet connection). Once you're done, click OK. To Display the Jamendo Sidebar With the Jamendo plugin enabled, choose F9ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button to show the sidebar. Select Jamendo from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar to display the Jamendo sidebar. To Search for Music Enter your search terms in the search entry at the top of the Jamendo sidebar. You can search by either artist or by tags. Click on the search button to start your search. Search results will be displayed in the tree view in the Search Results page of the sidebar, and can be browsed through using the arrow buttons at the bottom of the sidebar. Albums are listed, and if you click on an album, its tracks will be listed below it. Click again to hide the album's tracks. With an artist selected, you can click on the Jamendo Album Page button to open that album's page on the Jamendo website. Double-clicking an album, or choosing Add to Playlist from the album's context menu, will replace your playlist with all the tracks on that album and begin streaming the first track from Jamendo's website. Double-clicking an individual track will replace your playlist with just that track. Popular Albums and Latest Releases Viewing the Popular page in the Jamendo sidebar will load a list of the most popular albums on Jamendo at the moment, which can be played as with search results. Viewing the Latest Releases page will likewise load a list of the latest albums released on Jamendo. Local Search The Local Search plugin allows you to search for playable movies and audio files on your computer from within Totem Movie Player. With the plugin enabled, choose F9ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button to show the sidebar. Select Local Search from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar to display the Local Search sidebar. To perform a search, enter your search terms in the search entry at the top of the sidebar and click Find. Your search terms may include wildcards such as *, which will match any character. For example, the search *.mpg will find all movies with the .mpg file extension. Search results may be browsed using the Back and Forward buttons at the bottom of the sidebar, and you may jump to a specific results page by entering its number in the spin box. Publish Playlist The Publish Playlist plugin allows you to publish playlists on your local network to allow other computers to access and play them. To Configure the Plugin The Publish Playlist plugin can be configured. Click on the Configure button when enabling the plugin, and the configuration dialog will be displayed. Here, you can change the name which will appear for your playlist share. The following strings will be replaced when playlists are published: %a Replaced with the program's name: Totem Movie Player. %h Replaced with your computer's host name. %u Replaced with your username. %U Replaced with your real name. %% Replaced with a literal percent sign. You can also select the Use encrypted transport protocol checkbox if you wish to encrypt the shared playlists when they're transmitted over the network. Once you're done, click Close. To Publish Playlists With the plugin enabled, you do not need to explicitly publish playlists; they are automatically made available on the network as a Zeroconf website. To Browse your Neighborhood To view the shared playlists of others on your network, select Neighborhood from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar. If any playlists have been published on the network, they will be listed here. Double-click on a playlist to load and play it on your computer. Subtitle Downloader The Subtitle Downloader plugin allows you to find and download subtitle files from the OpenSubtitles service. Subtitles can only be downloaded for local movies; not audio files, DVDs, DVB streams, VCDs or HTTP streams. To search for subtitles for the currently playing movie, choose ViewDownload Movie Subtitles, which will display the Download Movie Subtitles dialog. Select the language in which you wish to have your subtitles from the drop-down list at the top of the dialog, then click on the Find button to search for subtitles for the current movie. Subtitles are found on the basis of the movie's content, rather than its filename or tags. Search results are listed in the tree view in the middle of the dialog. Currently, subtitles can only be used with a movie by reloading the movie with the subtitles, so after selecting the subtitle file you wish to download, click on the Play with Subtitle button to download the subtitles and reload the movie. Downloaded subtitle files are cached (in ~/.cache/totem/subtitles, by default) so that they do not need to be downloaded again when playing the movie again. When downloading new subtitles for a movie, any previously downloaded subtitles for that movie are deleted. Thumbnail The Thumbnail plugin sets Totem Movie Player's main window icon to a thumbnail of the current movie, and updates the icon when new movies are loaded. If a thumbnail doesn't exist for the current movie (or if you're playing an audio file), the main window icon will be reset to the Totem Movie Player logo. Video Disc Recorder The Video Disc Recorder plugin allows you to burn the current playlist to a DVD or VCD using Brasero. To burn the current playlist, choose MovieCreate Video Disc. A Brasero dialog will be displayed, giving options for converting the movies to the appropriate format and burning them to disc. For more information, see the Brasero documentation. YouTube Browser The YouTube Browser plugin allows you to search and browse YouTube, and play YouTube videos directly in Totem Movie Player. With the plugin enabled, choose F9ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button to show the sidebar. Select YouTube from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar to display the YouTube sidebar. To search for a YouTube video, enter your search terms in the entry at the top of the sidebar, then click Find. The search results will be listed in the tree view below. More results will be loaded automatically as you scroll down the list. To play a video, double-click it in the results list, or choose Add to Playlist from its context menu. When a video is played, a list of related videos will automatically be loaded in the Related Videos page of the YouTube sidebar. YouTube videos can be opened in a web browser by choosing Open in Web Browser from their context menu. This will open the video in its original location on the YouTube website. D-Bus Service The D-Bus Service plugin broadcasts notifications of which track is playing in Totem Movie Player on the D-Bus session bus. Applications such as Gajim can listen for such notifications and respond accordingly by, for example, updating your instant messaging status message to display the video currently being played in Totem Movie Player. 偏好設定 To modify the preferences of Totem Movie Player, choose Edit Preferences . 一般會出現的 網絡 Select network connection speed from the Connection speed drop-down list. 字幕文字 Automatically load subtitle files: select this option to automatically load any subtitle files with the same filename as a movie when the movie is loaded. 字型：選擇這個項目來改變要顯示字幕的字型。 編碼：選擇這個項目來改變要顯示字幕的文字編碼。 顯示 顯示 Select the resize option if you want Totem Movie Player to automatically resize the window to the size of the video when a new video is loaded. Select the screensaver option if you want to allow the screensaver to activate when playing audio files. Some monitors with integrated speakers may stop playing music when the screensaver is activated. 視覺效果 視覺效果 ：選擇這個項目會在播放音效的時候顯示視覺效果。 Type of visualization: select type of visualization from the drop-down list. Visualization size: select visualization size from the drop-down list. 色彩平衡 亮度 ：請用拉動條來決定亮度的大小。 反差 ：請用拉動條來決定對比的大小。 飽和度 ：請用拉動條來決定飽和度的大小。 色調 ：請用拉動條來決定色調的大小。 You may use the Reset to Defaults button to reset the color balance controls to their default positions. 音效會出現的 音效輸出 請在 音效輸出類型 的下拉式選單中決定音效的輸出類型。 關於 <application>Totem 影片播放器</application> Totem Movie Player is written by Bastien Nocera (hadess@hadess.net), Julien Moutte (julien@moutte.net) for the GStreamer backend, and Guenter Bartsch (guenter@users.sourceforge.net). To find more information about Totem Movie Player, please visit the Totem Movie Player website. To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Totem Movie Player application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this link, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/totem/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000717012316541441023032 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/totem/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000016751412316541441023736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
<application>Totem Movie Player</application> Manual 2003 Chee Bin HOH 2009 Philip Withnall Totem Movie Player is a media player for GNOME that runs on GStreamer by default, but can also be run on xine. It has support for most audio and video codecs including DVDs among many others. Features include TV-out, fullscreen, subtitles, and more. GNOME Documentation Project Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Chee Bin HOH GNOME Documentation Project cbhoh@gnome.org Baptiste Mille-Mathias GNOME Documentation project Update documentation baptiste.millemathias@gmail.org Philip Withnall Update documentation philip@tecnocode.co.uk Totem Movie Player Manual V2.0 August 2006 Chee Bin HOH cbhoh@gnome.org GNOME Documentation Project Totem Movie Player Manual V3.0 February 2009 Philip Withnall philip@tecnocode.co.uk GNOME Documentation Project This manual describes version 2.26 of Totem Movie Player. Feedback To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Totem Movie Player application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. Totem Movie Player totem 介紹 The Totem Movie Player application is a movie player for the GNOME desktop based on the GStreamer framework and xine library, and enables you to play movies or songs. Totem 影片播放器提供以下功能： Support for a variety of video and audio files. A variety of zoom levels and aspect ratios, and a fullscreen view. Seek and volume controls. 播放清單。 Subtitle support. 完整的鍵盤操作。 Comprehensive set of plugins, including a subtitle downloader, YouTube browser, and disc burner. Totem 影片播放器也帶來了許多額外的功能像是： Video thumbnailer for GNOME. Audio preview application for GNOME. Nautilus properties tab. 開始使用 To Start <application>Totem Movie Player</application> 您可以用下列的方式來啟動 Totem 影片播放器： 應用程式 選單 Choose Sound & Video Movie Player . 命令列 想要從命令列啟動 Totem 影片播放器，請輸入下列的命令，然後按下 Enter ： totem 想要知道還有哪些其他的命令列選項可以使用，請輸入 totem --help ，然後按下 Enter 。 When You Start <application>Totem Movie Player</application> 當您啟動了 Totem 影片播放器之後，下面的視窗會顯示在您的螢幕上。
<application>Totem Movie Player</application> Start Up Window Shows Totem Movie Player main window with sidebar opened on playlist. Contains menubar, display area, sidebar, elapsed time slider, seek control buttons, volume slider and statusbar.
在 Totem 影片播放器這個視窗中包含以下這些項目： 選單列。 在選單列上面的每個項目包含了所有您需要的指令來控制 Totem 影片播放器。 播放區域 The display area displays the movie or a visualization of the current song. 側面窗格。 The sidebar displays properties of the file played and acts as playlist. It can also be used by various plugins, such as the MythTV, YouTube and Video Search plugins. They can be selected by clicking on the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar. Elapsed time slider. The elapsed time slider displays the elapsed time of the movie or song that is playing. It also enables you to skip forward or backward in a movie or song by dragging the slider's handle along the bar, or by clicking on a point on the bar. 播放控制按鈕。 The seek control buttons enable you to move to the next or previous track, and to pause or play a movie or song. Volume button. The volume button enables you to adjust the volume. 狀態列。 狀態列會顯示正在播放的電影或歌曲的狀態資訊。 使用方式 開啟檔案 To open a video or an audio file, choose CtrlO Movie Open . The Select Movies or Playlists dialog is displayed. Select the file or files you want to open, then click OK. You can drag a file from another application such as a file manager to the Totem Movie Player window. If you drag the file to the display area, the file will replace the current playlist and will start playing immediately. If you drag the file to the playlist in the sidebar, the file will be appended to the current playlist. The Totem Movie Player application will open the file and play the movie or song. Totem Movie Player displays the title of the movie or song in the titlebar of the window and in the playlist in the sidebar. If you try to open a file format that Totem Movie Player does not recognize, the application displays an error message. This error is most often encountered if you do not have the correct codecs installed. Information on getting codecs working can be found on the Totem Movie Player website. You can double-click on a video or an audio file in the Nautilus file manager to open it in the Totem Movie Player window. 開啟位址 To open a file by URI (location), choose CtrlL Movie Open Location . The Open Location dialog is displayed. Use the drop-down combination box to specify the URI you would like to open (it lists URIs which have previously been opened) – or type one in directly – then click on the Open button. If you have a URI in the clipboard already, it will automatically be pasted into the combination box. To Play a Movie (DVD or VCD) Insert the disc in the optical device of your computer, then choose MoviePlay Disc . To eject a DVD or VCD, choose CtrlE Movie Eject . 暫停電影或歌曲 To pause a movie or song that is playing, click on the Shows pause button. button, or choose CtrlSpace Movie Play / Pause . You may also use the P key to pause or play a movie. To resume playing a movie or song, click on the Shows play button. button again, or choose CtrlSpace Movie Play / Pause . 檢視電影或歌曲的屬性 To view the properties of a movie or song, choose View Sidebar to make the sidebar appear, and choose Properties in the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar. 控制電影或歌曲播放的位置 想要控制影片或歌曲播放的位置，您可以用以下這些方法： 往前移動 To skip forward through a movie or song, choose Right Go Skip Forward . 往後移動 To skip backwards through a movie or song, choose Left Go Skip Backwards . 移動到一個時間點 To skip to a specific elapsed time in the movie or song, choose CtrlK Go Skip to . The Skip to dialog is displayed. Use the spin box to specify the elapsed time (in seconds) to skip to, then click OK. The spin box also allows more natural language to be used. You can enter a time in the formats "hh:mm:ss", "mm:ss" or "ss"; where "hh" is the hour, "mm" is the minute and "ss" is the second to skip to. 跳到下一個電影或歌曲 To move to the next movie or song, choose AltRight Go Next Chapter/Movie or click on the Shows a seek next button button. 跳到上一個電影或歌曲 To move to the previous movie or song, choose AltLeft Go Previous Chapter/Movie or click on the Shows a seek previous button button. 改變縮放的比例 改變影片的大小 想要改變播放區域的縮放比例，您可以使用以下這些方法： To zoom to fullscreen mode, choose F11 ViewFullscreen. You can also use the F key to toggle fullscreen mode. To exit fullscreen mode, click on the Leave Fullscreen button or press Esc, F11 or F. To change the size of the original movie or visualization, choose Ctrl0 ViewFit Window to Movie and choose a scale ratio. 改變影片的長寬比 To switch between different aspect ratios, choose A View Aspect Ratio . 調整音量的大小 To increase the volume, choose Up Sound Volume Up . To decrease the volume, choose Down Sound Volume Down . You can also use the volume button: click on the volume button and choose the volume level with the slider. To Make the Window Always on Top To make the Totem Movie Player window always on top of other application windows, choose Edit Plugins . Select the Always on Top plugin to enable it. The Totem Movie Player window will now stay on top of all other windows while a movie is playing, but not while audio or visualizations are playing. To stop the window from always being on top, disable the Always on Top plugin again. See for more information. 顯示或隱藏所有的視窗控制介面 To show or hide the Totem Movie Player window controls, choose CtrlH View Show Controls , or press the H key. You can also right-click on the Totem Movie Player window, then choose CtrlH Show Controls from the popup menu. If the Show Controls option is selected, Totem Movie Player will show the menubar, elapsed time slider, seek control buttons, volume slider and statusbar on the window. If the Show Controls option is unselected, the application will hide these controls and show only the display area. 管理播放清單 顯示或隱藏播放清單 To show or hide the playlist, choose ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button, and choose Playlist on the top of the sidebar. 管理播放清單 You can use the Playlist dialog to do the following: To add a track or movie To add a track or movie to the playlist, click on the Add button. The Select Movies or Playlists dialog is displayed. Select the file that you want to add to the playlist, then click Add. To remove a track or movie To remove a track or movie from the playlist, select the item or items to remove from the playlist, then click on the Remove button. To save the playlist to a file To save the playlist to a file, click on the Save Playlist button. The Save Playlist dialog is displayed; specify the filename as which you want to save the playlist, and click Save. To move a track or movie up the playlist To move a track or movie up the playlist, select the item from the playlist, then click on the Move Up button. To move a track or movie down the playlist To move a track or movie down the playlist, select the item from the playlist, then click on the Move Down button. 開啟或關閉循環播放模式 想要開啟或關閉循環播放模式，請點選 編輯循環播放。 開啟或關閉隨機播放模式 想要開啟或關閉隨機播放模式，請點選 編輯隨機次序播放。 選擇字幕 想要選擇字幕的語言，請點選 顯示字幕 然後選擇您想要顯示的字幕語言。 想要關閉字幕的顯示，請點選 顯示字幕無 。 By default, Totem Movie Player will choose the same language for the subtitles as the one you normally use on your computer. Totem Movie Player will automatically load and display subtitles for a video if it finds a subtitle file with the same name as the video being played, and the extension asc, txt, sub, srt, smi, ssa or ass. If the file containing the subtitles has a different name from the video being played, you can right-click on the video in the playlist and choose Select Text Subtitles from the popup menu to load the correct subtitle file. You may also choose subtitles by choosing ViewSelect Text Subtitles. Using the Subtitle Downloader plugin, you can also download subtitles from the OpenSubtitles service. See for more information. 擷取螢幕快照 To take a screenshot of the movie or visualization that is playing, choose Edit Take Screenshot . The Save Screenshot dialog is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the screenshot, then click on the Save button to save the screenshot. Totem Movie Player will display a preview of the screenshot which is to be saved on the left-hand side of the Save Screenshot dialog. To Create a Screenshot Gallery To create a gallery of screenshots of the movie or visualization that is playing, choose Edit Create Screenshot Gallery . The Save Gallery dialog is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the gallery image, then click on the Save button to save the screenshot. You may specify the width of the individual screenshots in the gallery using the Screenshot width entry. The default width is 128 pixels. You may also specify the number of screenshots to be put in the gallery. By default, this is calculated based on the length of the movie; however, this may be overridden by deselecting the Calculate the number of screenshots checkbox and entering the new number in the Number of screenshots spin box. Plugins Totem Movie Player has many features which are present in the form of plugins — pieces of the software which are only loaded if necessary. To Enable a Plugin To view the list of installed plugins, choose EditPlugins. The Configure Plugins dialog is displayed. On the left is a list of all the plugins you have installed, while on the right is a description of the currently selected plugin. Plugins which have options which can be changed will have a sensitive Configure button on the right. To enable a plugin, simply select the checkbox to the left of its name in the plugin list, and the plugin will be loaded immediately. If there is any error loading the plugin, an error dialog will also be displayed immediately. To disable a plugin again, deselect its checkbox. Plugins will remain enabled or disabled as set even when Totem Movie Player is closed. Always on Top When enabled, the Always on Top plugin will force the main Totem Movie Player window to be on top of all other windows while a movie is playing, but not while audio or visualizations are playing. To stop the window being on top, disable the plugin again. Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client The Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client plugin allows Totem Movie Player to play multimedia content from UPnP media servers (such as Coherence servers) on the local network. With the Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client plugin enabled, choose F9ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button to show the sidebar. Select Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar to display the Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client sidebar. The tree view in the sidebar will list the available media servers. Clicking on one will expand it to show the types of media it can serve, and clicking on a media folder will expand it to list the media files available. Double-clicking on a media file will add it to Totem Movie Player's playlist and play it. You may alternatively right-click on a file and choose Play or Enqueue to play the file immediately or add it to the playlist, respectively. If the media server allows it, choosing Delete from a file's context menu allows you to delete that file from the media server. Gromit Annotations The Gromit Annotations plugin allows you to draw on top of movies as they are played using Gromit. You must have Gromit installed before you can enable the plugin — consult your operating system documentation for information on how to do this. With the plugin enabled, press CtrlD to toggle Gromit on or off. When Gromit is enabled, your pointer will change to a crosshair. To draw on the screen, hold down your mouse button and drag your pointer around, before releasing your mouse button. Press CtrlD again to toggle Gromit off. To clear the screen of annotations, press CtrlE, or close Totem Movie Player. Jamendo The Jamendo plugin allows you to listen to the collection of Creative Commons-licensed music on the Jamendo service. To Configure the Plugin The Jamendo plugin can be configured. Click on the Configure button when enabling the plugin, and the Jamendo Plugin Configuration dialog will be displayed. Here, you can choose whether to download songs in Ogg or MP3 format (Ogg is preferred due to its open-source nature); and the number of albums to retrieve when doing a search (choose more albums if you have a faster Internet connection). Once you're done, click OK. To Display the Jamendo Sidebar With the Jamendo plugin enabled, choose F9ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button to show the sidebar. Select Jamendo from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar to display the Jamendo sidebar. To Search for Music Enter your search terms in the search entry at the top of the Jamendo sidebar. You can search by either artist or by tags. Click on the search button to start your search. Search results will be displayed in the tree view in the Search Results page of the sidebar, and can be browsed through using the arrow buttons at the bottom of the sidebar. Albums are listed, and if you click on an album, its tracks will be listed below it. Click again to hide the album's tracks. With an artist selected, you can click on the Jamendo Album Page button to open that album's page on the Jamendo website. Double-clicking an album, or choosing Add to Playlist from the album's context menu, will replace your playlist with all the tracks on that album and begin streaming the first track from Jamendo's website. Double-clicking an individual track will replace your playlist with just that track. Popular Albums and Latest Releases Viewing the Popular page in the Jamendo sidebar will load a list of the most popular albums on Jamendo at the moment, which can be played as with search results. Viewing the Latest Releases page will likewise load a list of the latest albums released on Jamendo. Local Search The Local Search plugin allows you to search for playable movies and audio files on your computer from within Totem Movie Player. With the plugin enabled, choose F9ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button to show the sidebar. Select Local Search from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar to display the Local Search sidebar. To perform a search, enter your search terms in the search entry at the top of the sidebar and click Find. Your search terms may include wildcards such as *, which will match any character. For example, the search *.mpg will find all movies with the .mpg file extension. Search results may be browsed using the Back and Forward buttons at the bottom of the sidebar, and you may jump to a specific results page by entering its number in the spin box. Publish Playlist The Publish Playlist plugin allows you to publish playlists on your local network to allow other computers to access and play them. To Configure the Plugin The Publish Playlist plugin can be configured. Click on the Configure button when enabling the plugin, and the configuration dialog will be displayed. Here, you can change the name which will appear for your playlist share. The following strings will be replaced when playlists are published: %a Replaced with the program's name: Totem Movie Player. %h Replaced with your computer's host name. %u Replaced with your username. %U Replaced with your real name. %% Replaced with a literal percent sign. You can also select the Use encrypted transport protocol checkbox if you wish to encrypt the shared playlists when they're transmitted over the network. Once you're done, click Close. To Publish Playlists With the plugin enabled, you do not need to explicitly publish playlists; they are automatically made available on the network as a Zeroconf website. To Browse your Neighborhood To view the shared playlists of others on your network, select Neighborhood from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar. If any playlists have been published on the network, they will be listed here. Double-click on a playlist to load and play it on your computer. Subtitle Downloader The Subtitle Downloader plugin allows you to find and download subtitle files from the OpenSubtitles service. Subtitles can only be downloaded for local movies; not audio files, DVDs, DVB streams, VCDs or HTTP streams. To search for subtitles for the currently playing movie, choose ViewDownload Movie Subtitles, which will display the Download Movie Subtitles dialog. Select the language in which you wish to have your subtitles from the drop-down list at the top of the dialog, then click on the Find button to search for subtitles for the current movie. Subtitles are found on the basis of the movie's content, rather than its filename or tags. Search results are listed in the tree view in the middle of the dialog. Currently, subtitles can only be used with a movie by reloading the movie with the subtitles, so after selecting the subtitle file you wish to download, click on the Play with Subtitle button to download the subtitles and reload the movie. Downloaded subtitle files are cached (in ~/.cache/totem/subtitles, by default) so that they do not need to be downloaded again when playing the movie again. When downloading new subtitles for a movie, any previously downloaded subtitles for that movie are deleted. Thumbnail The Thumbnail plugin sets Totem Movie Player's main window icon to a thumbnail of the current movie, and updates the icon when new movies are loaded. If a thumbnail doesn't exist for the current movie (or if you're playing an audio file), the main window icon will be reset to the Totem Movie Player logo. Video Disc Recorder The Video Disc Recorder plugin allows you to burn the current playlist to a DVD or VCD using Brasero. To burn the current playlist, choose MovieCreate Video Disc. A Brasero dialog will be displayed, giving options for converting the movies to the appropriate format and burning them to disc. For more information, see the Brasero documentation. YouTube Browser The YouTube Browser plugin allows you to search and browse YouTube, and play YouTube videos directly in Totem Movie Player. With the plugin enabled, choose F9ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button to show the sidebar. Select YouTube from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar to display the YouTube sidebar. To search for a YouTube video, enter your search terms in the entry at the top of the sidebar, then click Find. The search results will be listed in the tree view below. More results will be loaded automatically as you scroll down the list. To play a video, double-click it in the results list, or choose Add to Playlist from its context menu. When a video is played, a list of related videos will automatically be loaded in the Related Videos page of the YouTube sidebar. YouTube videos can be opened in a web browser by choosing Open in Web Browser from their context menu. This will open the video in its original location on the YouTube website. D-Bus Service The D-Bus Service plugin broadcasts notifications of which track is playing in Totem Movie Player on the D-Bus session bus. Applications such as Gajim can listen for such notifications and respond accordingly by, for example, updating your instant messaging status message to display the video currently being played in Totem Movie Player. 偏好設定 To modify the preferences of Totem Movie Player, choose Edit Preferences . 一般會出現的 網路 Select network connection speed from the Connection speed drop-down list. 字幕文字 Automatically load subtitle files: select this option to automatically load any subtitle files with the same filename as a movie when the movie is loaded. 字型：選擇這個項目來改變要顯示字幕的字型。 編碼：選擇這個項目來改變要顯示字幕的文字編碼。 顯示 顯示 Select the resize option if you want Totem Movie Player to automatically resize the window to the size of the video when a new video is loaded. Select the screensaver option if you want to allow the screensaver to activate when playing audio files. Some monitors with integrated speakers may stop playing music when the screensaver is activated. 視覺效果 視覺效果 ：選擇這個項目會在播放音效的時候顯示視覺效果。 Type of visualization: select type of visualization from the drop-down list. Visualization size: select visualization size from the drop-down list. 色彩平衡 亮度 ：請用拉動條來決定亮度的大小。 反差 ：請用拉動條來決定對比的大小。 飽和度 ：請用拉動條來決定飽和度的大小。 色調 ：請用拉動條來決定色調的大小。 You may use the Reset to Defaults button to reset the color balance controls to their default positions. 音效會出現的 音效輸出 請在 音效輸出類型 的下拉式選單中決定音效的輸出類型。 關於 <application>Totem 影片播放器</application> Totem Movie Player is written by Bastien Nocera (hadess@hadess.net), Julien Moutte (julien@moutte.net) for the GStreamer backend, and Guenter Bartsch (guenter@users.sourceforge.net). To find more information about Totem Movie Player, please visit the Totem Movie Player website. To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Totem Movie Player application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this link, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/totem/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000717012316541441023062 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/duplex-4pages.page0000644000373100047300000000250012307647127024665 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 04-Page Booklet Print a 4 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 4-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 4, 1, 2, 3

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/reload.page0000644000373100047300000000174012307647127023456 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your document will be automatically reloaded if another program changes it while you're viewing it. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Why does the document keep reloading?

If the Document Viewer detects that the document you have open has changed (perhaps because another program has modified it), it will automatically reload the document and display the most recent version for you.

If the document is deleted while you are still viewing it, it will still remain open.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/annotations-save.page0000644000373100047300000000237312307647127025504 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to save your annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Save a copy of an annotated PDF

To save a copy of your annotated PDF for future viewing using the document viewer or any other PDF viewer that supports annotations:

FileSave a copy

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Save. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

Annotations are added according to the PDF specification. Therefore, most PDF readers should be able to read them. The Okular document viewer does not support them. Adobe Reader is known to work.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/singlesided-9-12pages.page0000644000373100047300000000453012307647127026110 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 09-Page or 12-Page Booklet Print a 9, 10, 11 or 12 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 9-page to 12-page booklet

If you have a 9, 10 or 11 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 12, 1, 2, 11, 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/synctex-beamer.page0000644000373100047300000000372212307647127025140 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using SyncTeX with the LaTeX Beamer class. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Beamer with SyncTeX

Beamer is a LaTeX class for creating slides for presentations.

You can perform forward and backward search in a Beamer-LaTeX presentation in a similar fashion to searching through other TeX files compiled with SyncTeX. However the search brings you to the corresponding frame (slide), not necessarily the associated line of text. This difference is outlined in detail below.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/duplex-13pages.page0000644000373100047300000000660412307647127024756 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 13 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 13-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Once the page has printed, take the paper and place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 2 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 2

Choose the Page Setup tab and in the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

To print page 3, click FilePrint again.

In the General tab, enter 3 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab, set the Page ordering to Right to left.

Click Print.

Once page 3 has printed, place the paper back in the printer taking care to orient it correctly (pages 4 and 13 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

In the General tab enter pages 4, 13 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint again.

Enter pages 8, 9, 10, 7, 6, 11, 12, 5 in the Pages selection menu and set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 16-page booklet. You may wish to add 3 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 3-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 16-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000440212307647127023650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show, hide or edit the toolbar. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 工具列
Show or hide the toolbar

Click ViewToolbar.

The default toolbar contains only a basic set of tools:

Previous and Next for moving from page to page.

A tool to adjust the zoom level.

The 'page select' tool.

You can modify the toolbar if you prefer a different set.

Add, remove and rearrange the tools in the toolbar.

Show the toolbar.

Click EditToolbar.

The toolbar editor contains the items that are not in the toolbar and the separator item.

To add new items to the toolbar:

drag them from the toolbar editor to the toolbar.

 To remove items from the toolbar:

drag them from the toolbar to the toolbar editor.

 To rearrange items on the toolbar:

drag them to their new position on the toolbar.

When you have finish editing the toolbar, click Close in the toolbar editor window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/duplex-6pages.page0000644000373100047300000000473512307647127024703 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 06-Page Booklet Print a 6 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 6-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 6, 3, 4, 5, 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

Once the pages have printed, take the paper with page 2 on it, place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 1 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range select the Pages option and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 8-page booklet. You may wish to add 2 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 2-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 8-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/singlesided-13-16pages.page0000644000373100047300000000454312307647127026173 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 13, 14, 15 or 16 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 13-page to 16-page booklet

If you have a 13, 14 or 15 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 16, 1, 2, 15, 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/presentations.page0000644000373100047300000000355412307647127025113 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to play presentations. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Presentations
Starting a presentation

To start a presentation:

Open a file

Click ViewPresentation (or press F5).

The presentation will be displayed full screen.

Moving through a presentation

Use the spacebar, →, ↓, or left mouse click to go to the next slide.

Use the ←, ↑ or right mouse click to go to the previous slide.

You can also use the scroll wheel to move back and forth through the presentation.

Use Esc to exit the presentation.

Supported presentation file formats

The following file formats can be used for presentations:

Comic Book Archive (.cbr and .cbz)

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

OpenOffice Presentation (.odp)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/duplex-12pages.page0000644000373100047300000000244012307647127024747 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 12 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 12-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 12, 1, 2, 11, 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/print-select.page0000644000373100047300000000230012307647127024612 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Only printing certain pages

To only print certain pages from the document:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab in the Print window choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the textbox, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages.

For example, if you enter "1,3,5-7,9" in the Pages textbox, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/synctex-support.page0000644000373100047300000000210612307647127025414 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to add support for SyncTeX. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Set-up SyncTeX

The following packages need to be installed in order to add support for SyncTeX:

texlive-extra-utils

gedit-plugins

In gedit, enable the SyncTeX Plugin:

Click EditPreferencesPlugins tab.

Check SyncTeX.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/singlesided-3-4pages.page0000644000373100047300000000441312307647127026023 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 03-Page or 4-Page Booklet Print a 3 or 4 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 3-page or 4-page booklet

If you have a 3-Page PDF document you should add a blank page to make it 4-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank page with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 4, 1, 2, 3

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/default-settings.page0000644000373100047300000000236612307647127025477 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Save current settings as default for new documents. Sindhu S sindhus@live.in

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Change default settings

When a document is opened for the first time, default settings, such as zoom and page view preferences, are applied. Any changes you make to these settings are saved for the document.

You can save the settings which you are currently using as default for all new documents by selecting Edit Save Current Settings as Default or press CtrlT.

The new default settings do not override settings of previously opened documents, they are applied only to documents opened for the first time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/singlesided-17-20pages.page0000644000373100047300000000455712307647127026177 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 17, 18, 19 or 20 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 17-page to 20-page booklet

If you have a 17, 18 or 19 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 20-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 20, 1, 2, 19, 18, 3, 4, 17, 16, 5, 6, 15, 14, 7, 8, 13, 12, 9, 10, 11

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/duplex-8pages.page0000644000373100047300000000247612307647127024705 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 08-Page Booklet Print an 8 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 8-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 8, 1, 2, 7, 6, 3, 4, 5

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/commandline.page0000644000373100047300000000440112307647127024473 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Command line The evince command can open any number of files, at specific pages and in various modes. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 The command line

To start the Document Viewer from the command line, type evince. You can open a specific file by typing the filename after the evince command:

evince file.pdf

You can open multiple files by typing the filenames after the evince command, separating the filenames by a space:

evince file1.pdf file2.pdf

The document viewer also supports the handling of files on the web. For example, after the evince command you can give the location of a file on the web:

evince http://www.claymath.org/millennium/P_vs_NP/pvsnp.pdf
Opening a document at a specific page

You can use the --page-label switch to open a document at a specific page. For example, to open a document to page 3, you would type:

evince --page-label=3 file.pdf

The page label should be in the same format as the page number displayed in the Document Viewer toolbar.

Opening a document in fullscreen mode evince --fullscreen file.pdf
Opening a document in presentation mode evince --presentation file.pdf
Opening a document in preview mode evince --preview file.pdf
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/openerror.page0000644000373100047300000000153412307647127024224 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Error When Opening A File. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Why can't I open a file?

If you try to open a document of a format that the document viewer does not recognize, you will get an "Unable to open document" error message. Click Close to return to the Document Viewer window.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/annotations-disabled.page0000644000373100047300000000145112307647130026303 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Annotations can only be added to PDF files. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Can't add annotations?

Annotations can only be added to PDF files. If your file is of a format other than PDF, the option to add annotations will be greyed out (disabled).

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/textselection.page0000644000373100047300000000275612307647130025104 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 When you copy text, the text that is pasted might be different from what you had selected. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Why didn't the text I selected copy properly?

If you highlight and copy text from a document using the document viewer and then paste it into another application, the formatting may alter. It may also contain different characters than the original selection. This often happens when copying text from a PDF document with multiple columns.

This problem happens because of how some document formats handle text. The actual text in the document is stored differently from the way it is displayed. This may result in a copy that does not appear as expected.

Unfortunately, there is no real way of fixing this problem. Copying less text at a time, or copying the text into a text editor may minimise the problem. You can locate a text editor by clicking ActivitiesApplicationsAccessoriesgedit.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/opening.page0000644000373100047300000000321212307647130023635 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to open a document. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Opening a document

You can open a document using any one of the following ways:

Double-click on the file icon in the File Manager.

Double clicking opens PDF, PostScript, .djvu, .dvi and Comic Book Archive files in the Document Viewer by default.

Right-click on a file icon in the File Manager and click Open WithDocument Viewer.

If a Document View window is already open you can:

drag a file icon into the window from the File Manager. The new file will open in a new window (provided the file is of a file type supported by Document Viewer).

choose FileOpen from the Menubar. In the Open Document dialog box, choose the file you wish to open, and click Open. The file will open in a new window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/singlesided-5-8pages.page0000644000373100047300000000450012307647130026020 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 05-Page or 4-Page Booklet Print a 5, 6, 7 or 8 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 5-page to 8-page booklet

If you have a 5, 6 or 7 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 8, 1, 2, 7, 6, 3, 4, 5

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356412307647130023632 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. License

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000425512307647130024231 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 File a bug against the <app>document viewer</app>

The document viewer is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to .

This is a bug tracking system where users and developers can file details about bugs, crashes and request enhancements.

To participate you need an account which will give you the ability to gain access, file bugs, and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by e-mail about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, click on File a BugCoreevince. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

To file your bug, choose the component in the Component menu. If you are not sure which component your bug pertains to, choose general.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/bookmarks.page0000644000373100047300000000135012307647130024167 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can use annotations like bookmarks. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Bookmarks

The document viewer does not have a bookmark system. However, you can use annotations like bookmarks.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/editing.page0000644000373100047300000000200112307647130023614 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can't use the document viewer to edit files. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Can I edit documents in the document viewer?

The document viewer can't be used to make changes to documents. You need to use the appropriate editing application for the type of file you want to change.

PDF and PostScript (.ps) files are not usually intended to be edited, but PDF editing software is available. Try pdfedit, for example.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/print-2sided.page0000644000373100047300000000213112307647130024501 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Printing two-sided and multi-page per sheet. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Two-sided and multiple pages per side layout for printing

You can print on both sides of each sheet of paper:

Click FilePrint.

Go to the Page Setup tab of the Print window and choose an option from the Two-sided drop-down list.

You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper too. Use the Pages per side option to do this.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/forms.page0000644000373100047300000000243612307647130023333 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Working with fillable forms. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Forms

When filling out an interactive form, you can navigate from field to field by clicking on a field with your mouse. When you are finished filling out a text field, press Enter.

You can make a selection in a scrollable list box by clicking on the list box and scrolling to your choice with your mouse.

There may be some parts of a form that you may need to fill out by hand after you print the form. For example, you might have to circle certain things, or sign the form in one or more places. If you wish to do this electronically, you may want to try Xournal.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/duplex-7pages.page0000644000373100047300000000442412307647130024671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 07-Page Booklet Print a 7 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 7-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 7, 2, 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Type the numbers of the remaining pages in this order: 6, 3, 4, 5

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, change the selection to Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 8-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 8-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/finding.page0000644000373100047300000000317412307647130023623 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find a word or phrase in a document. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Finding text in a document

Click EditFind or press CtrlF or / to display a search box.

Type the word or phrase you want to look for and a search will start automatically.

The Find Previous and Find Next buttons let you skip from one search result to another.

To hide the search bar, click anywhere in the document.

If the word or phrase you searched is not present in the entire document, the message will say Not found. However, if it appears in the document at least once, the message will inform you of how many times the word you searched occur on each page. This is apparent if you skip from one result to another as described above or scroll through the document.

Only PDF documents are searchable. Some PDF documents are not searchable because their text is encoded in the document as an image.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/singlesided-npages.page0000644000373100047300000000506012307647130025746 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a booklet over 20 pages. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 n-page booklet

n is a multiple of 4.

If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1, 2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11... ...until you have typed n-number of pages.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/print-order.page0000644000373100047300000000334312307647130024450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the Collate and Reverse options to make pages print in order. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Getting copies to print in the correct order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up.

To reverse the order:

FilePrint

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies, check Reverse. The last page will be printed first, and so on.
Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print outs will be grouped by page number by default. (e.g. The copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, etc.) Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together.

To collate:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies check Collate.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/duplex-16pages.page0000644000373100047300000000255612307647130024755 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 16 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 16-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 16, 1, 2, 15, 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/duplex-15pages.page0000644000373100047300000000213312307647130024743 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 15 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 15-page booklet

It is easier to print a 16-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank page with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 16-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000127212307647130024723 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Introduction to the Evince Document Viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 引言

Evince is a document viewer. See for a list of file types you can view.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/duplex-3pages.page0000644000373100047300000000351012307647130024660 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 03-Page Booklet Print a 3 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 3-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages. Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 3, 2, 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 4-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 4-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank page with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 4-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/synctex.page0000644000373100047300000000213712307647130023700 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 SyncTeX support is available. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 What is SyncTeX?

SyncTeX is a method that enables synchronization between a TeX source file and the resulting PDF output.

Video Demonstration Press Ctrlclick to sync.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/movingaround.page0000644000373100047300000001332112307647130024710 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Navigating, scrolling and zooming. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Moving around a document

You can move around each page of a document by any of the following methods:

Scrolling up and down using the mouse wheel. To move around a page just by moving the mouse:

Right-click the page and select Autoscroll.

Move the mouse pointer towards the bottom of the window to scroll down; it will scroll faster depending on how far down the window you go.

To stop autoscrolling, click anywhere in the document.

Using the scroll bar on the document window.

Using the up and down arrow keys of your keyboard.

Dragging the page around with your mouse, as if you are grabbing it. To do this:

Move the mouse pointer over the page and hold down the middle mouse button to drag it around.

If you don't have a middle mouse button, hold down the left and right mouse buttons at the same time, then drag.

Flipping between pages

You can move between pages of a document using one of the following methods:

Click the Previous or Next buttons on the toolbar.

Use the Go Menu:

GoNext Page

GoPrevious Page

Press the CtrlPage Up or CtrlPage Down buttons on the keyboard.

To go to a specific page:

Type a page number in the 'page select' tool on the toolbar and press Enter.

If you want to go to the beginning or the end of the document:

Click GoFirst Page. You can also press CtrlHome on your keyboard.

Click GoLast Page or press CtrlEnd on your keyboard.

To move ten pages at a time, press ShiftPage Up or ShiftPage Down.

You can only move around one page at a time, by default. If you want to move between pages just by scrolling or dragging, click ViewContinuous.

Zooming in and out

Click ViewZoom In or use the keyboard shortcuts Ctrl+ to zoom in.

Click ViewZoom Out or use the keyboard shortcuts Ctrl- to zoom out.

Alternatively, you can do one of the following:

hold down Ctrl and use your mouse scroll wheel to zoom.

select desired zoom percentage from the drop down menu above the window.

The Best Fit option will make a document page fit the whole height of the window.

The Fit Page Width option will make a document page fill the whole width of the window.

If you want to see two pages at once, side by side, like in a book, click ViewDual.

You can use the whole of your screen to view the document:

Click ViewFullscreen or press F11.

To exit from the full screen mode:

Press F11 or Escape

or click the Leave Fullscreen button at the top of the screen.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000215012307647130023634 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improve the Document Viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The Document Viewer is developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop the Document Viewer, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/password.page0000644000373100047300000000212312307647130024040 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Handling password protected PDFs. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Password-protected documents

If you try to open a PDF document that is protected with a password, a window will appear asking you to enter the document password. Enter the password and click Open Document.

There are two types of passwords:

The user password is needed to view the document.

The master password is required to print the document as well as view it.

These passwords are set by the person who created the document.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000331512307647130024177 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Localize the Document Viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The Document Viewer user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/duplex-14pages.page0000644000373100047300000000473412307647130024753 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 14 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 14-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9, 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

Once the pages have printed, take the paper with page 2 on it, place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 1 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range select the Pages option and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 16-page booklet. You may wish to add 2 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 2-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 16-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/noprint.page0000644000373100047300000000511012307647130023666 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The author may have put printing restrictions on the document. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 I can't print a document
Possible reasons for printing failure

A document might not print because of:

Printer problems or,

PDF printing restrictions.
Printer problems

There are many reasons why your printer might not be working. For example, it could be out of paper or ink, or unplugged or damaged.

To check if your printer is printing correctly:

Click your name on the topbar and select System Settings.

Click on your printer in the list.

Click on Print Test Page. A page should be sent to your printer.

If this fails, see Printing help. You may also need to see your printer's manual to see what else you can do.

PDF printing restrictions

Some PDF documents have a setting which prevents you from printing them. Authors can set this printing restriction when they write a document. The document viewer overrides this restriction by default, but you may want to check that it hasn't been disabled:

Press AltF2 to open the Run Application window.

Type dconf-editor into the text box and click Run. The Configuration Editor will open.

Browse to /org/gnome/evince using the side pane.

Make sure that the override_restrictions option is checked.

Go back to the Document Viewer and try to print the document again.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/convertpdf.page0000644000373100047300000000352012307647130024352 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert a document to PDF by "printing" it to a file. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Converting a document to PDF

You can convert documents of the following format types into PDF format:

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

PostScript (.ps)

This works by opening the file in Document Viewer and "printing" the document as a PDF file.

Click FilePrint and go to the General tab.

Select Print to File and choose PDF as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Print. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

You can't select text in PostScript or .dvi files, but you usually can do this in PDF files. Converting .dvi or PostScript files to PDF will not make the text selectable. This is because the text itself isn't stored in the file (it's just an image of what the text looks like), so there is no way to recover it and put it in the PDF. You can use Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software to extract the text from files if you need to.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/formats.page0000644000373100047300000000312012307647130023647 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 PDF, PostScript and many others are. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Supported formats

The document viewer supports the following formats:

Comic Book Archive (.cbr and .cbz)

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

OpenOffice Presentation (.odp)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Scalable Vector Graphics (.svg)

Tagged Image File Format (.tiff, .tif)

Other Image Files (.gif, .jpeg, .png)

In some Linux distributions, not all formats are supported by default, so you might not be able to view all the formats listed above.

Support for a format is called a backend. If you get the error "Unable to Open Document", you may wish to check whether the backend package for the format is installed.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/synctex-compile.page0000644000373100047300000000174312307647130025330 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to compile your TeX document with SyncTeX Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Compile TeX with SyncTeX

Adding the line \synctex=1 in the preamble of your TeX file will trigger synchronization with SyncTeX.

\documentclass{article} \synctex=1 \usepackage{fullpage} \begin{document} ... \end{document}

Alternatively, you can run the pdflatex command with the -synctex=1 option:

pdflatex -synctex=1 yourFile.tex usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/convertPostScript.page0000644000373100047300000000271012307647130025713 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert a document to PostScript. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Converting a document to PostScript

You can convert documents of the following format types to PostScript files:

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

Tagged Image File Format (.tiff, .tif)

This works by opening the file in Document Viewer and "printing" the document as a PostScript file.

Click FilePrint and go to the General tab.

Select Print to File and choose PostScript as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Print. The PostScript file will be saved in the folder you chose.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/printing.page0000644000373100047300000000240012307647130024026 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to print, and common questions about printing. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Printing a document

To print a document:

Click FilePrint

Choose your printer from the list

Click Print.

Printing is enabled for the following file formats:

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Tagged Image File Format (.tiff, .tif)

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/duplex-11pages.page0000644000373100047300000000435612307647130024750 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 11 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 11-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 11, 2, 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Type the numbers of the remaining pages in this order: 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 12-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 12-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/synctex-search.page0000644000373100047300000000477212307647130025152 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Flip between the document viewer and gedit. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Search with SyncTeX

After you compile your TeX file with SyncTeX, you will be able to search. SyncTeX even supports forward and backward search from an included file.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/print-differentsize.page0000644000373100047300000000262512307647130026200 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Printing a document on paper of a different size, shape or orientation. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Changing the paper size when printing

If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document.

Click FilePrint

Select the Page Setup tab.

Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the dropdown list.

Click Print and your document should print.

You can also use the Orientation menu to choose a different orientation:

Portrait

Landscape

Reverse portrait

Reverse landscape

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001524412307647130024244 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 See a list of all shortcuts, and learn how to create your own custom shortcuts. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Keyboard shortcuts
Default shortcuts
Opening, closing, saving and printing

Open a document.

CtrlO

Open a copy of the current document.

CtrlN

Save a copy of the current document with a new file name.

CtrlS

Print the current document.

CtrlP

Close the current document window.

CtrlW

Reload the document (effectively closes and re-opens the document).

CtrlR
Moving around the document

Move up/down a page.

Arrow keys

Move up/down a page several lines at a time.

Page Up / Page Down

Go to the previous/next page.

CtrlPage Up / CtrlPage Down

Go to the beginning of a page (beginning of the document if View Continuous is selected).

Home

Go to the end of a page (end of the document if ViewContinuous is selected).

End

Go to the beginning of the document.

CtrlHome

Go to the end of the document.

CtrlEnd
Selecting and copying text

Copy highlighted text.

CtrlC

Select all the text in a document.

CtrlA
Finding text

Show the toolbar that lets you search for words in the document. The search box is automatically highlighted when you press this, and the search will start as soon as you type some text.

CtrlF

Go to the next search result.

CtrlG

Go to the previous search result.

CtrlShiftG
Rotating and zooming

Rotate the pages 90 degrees counter-clockwise.

CtrlLeft arrow

Rotate the pages 90 degrees clockwise.

CtrlRight arrow

Zoom in.

Ctrl+

Zoom out.

Ctrl-
Create your own custom shortcuts

Enable the /desktop/gnome/interface/can_change_accels flag in gconf:

Press AltF2. The Run Application dialogue opens.

In the textbox, type 'gconf-editor'.

In the Configuration Editor select desktopgnomeinterface.

Check the value box for can_change_accels in the right side of the window.

You can add/change the shortcut as follows:

Open the document viewer.

Hover the pointer over the menu item you want to change/create the shortcut for.

Enter the shortcut you want on the keyboard, e.g. CtrlShiftT.

Close the document viewer.

Repeat steps 1-3.

Uncheck the value box for can_change_accels in the right side of the window.

The next time the document viewer launches, your custom shortcut key will be preserved.

Note that this also works for many other Gnome applications as well.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/annotation-properties.page0000644000373100047300000000322612307647130026547 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to customize the author, color, style or icon of an annotation. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Customize annotations

Right click on the annotation icon in the document.

Select Annotation Properties.

In the Annotation Properties window, you can change the author, color, style and icon of your note.

The annotation properties will be applied to the note for which you made the changes only. Each note can have a different set of properties.

Can I permanently change the default annotation properties?

The default annotation properties (author, colour, style and icon) can only be changed on a particular note as stated above. So if you want all icons for your notes to be red instead of yellow, you will have to change the default from yellow to red individually on each note. There is no way to save different default settings for annotation properties, at this time.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/duplex-10pages.page0000644000373100047300000000471312307647130024744 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 10 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 10-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7, 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

Once the pages have printed, take the paper with page 2 on it, place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 1 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range select the Pages option and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 12-page booklet. You may wish to add 2 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 2-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 12-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/forms-saving.page0000644000373100047300000000354512307647131024623 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make sure you save the form, otherwise all of the information you entered will be lost. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Saving a form

After you have filled it out, you may wish to save your form in one of two ways:

To save a copy that can be edited in the future (form remains interactive):

FileSave a copy

Choose a name and folder to save the file in, then click Save. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

To save a copy that can no longer be edited (for example, to e-mail the form or submit it on-line):

Click FilePrint and go to the General tab.

Select Print to File and choose PDF as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder to save the file in, then click Print. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

Copies of encrypted files can't be saved or printed.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/duplex-npages.page0000644000373100047300000000376412307647131024767 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a booklet over 16 pages. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 n-page booklet

n is a multiple of 4.

If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11... ...until you have typed n-number of pages.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/print-booklet.page0000644000373100047300000000204212307647131024770 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to print a booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Printing a booklet

If you are printing a booklet (which will perhaps be bound or stapled in the middle of each page), select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list below. Then select the number of printed pages your booklet will have.

Printer allows single-sided printing
Printer allows double-sided printing
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/annotations-navigate.page0000644000373100047300000000242112307647131026331 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to navigate to annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Annotation navigation

If you have created annotations on your document, you can use the List tab to display the list of all the annotations in the document. The list indicates the type, page number, author and date of the annotation.

To quickly navigate to the location of a particular annotation, click on the arrow to the left of the page number. You will see a list of annotations on that page. Click on the annotation you are interested in, and the document viewer will navigate to the location of the annotation in the document.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/annotations-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000126412307647131026001 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can't remove annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Removing annotations

You can't remove an annotation in the document viewer at this time.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/convertSVG.page0000644000373100047300000000251612307647131024245 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert a document to SVG by "printing" it to a file. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Converting a document to SVG

You can convert documents of the following format types to SVG files:

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

This works by opening the file in Document Viewer and "printing" the document as an SVG file.

Click FilePrint and go to the General tab.

Select Print to File and choose SVG as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Print. The SVG file will be saved in the folder you chose.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/index.page0000644000373100047300000000343612307647131023316 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" src="figures/evince-trail.png"/> Evince Document Viewer Evince Document Viewer Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" src="figures/evincelogo.png">Evince logo</media>Evince document viewer
Reading documents
Presentations and other supported formats
Printing
Annotations and bookmarks
Interactive forms
Frequently asked questions
Advanced
Tips and tricks
SyncTeX
Get involved
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000102712307647131023151 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 United States License.

As a special exception, the copyright holders give you permission to copy, modify, and distribute the example code contained in this document under the terms of your choosing, without restriction.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/invert-colors.page0000644000373100047300000000157512307647131025017 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Inverting the colors can make it easier to read some text. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Invert colors on a page

To swap black for white, white for black, and so on, click ViewInverted Colors.

Doing this can make it easier to read text, especially in the case of certain kinds of visual impairment.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/synctex-editors.page0000644000373100047300000000340712307647131025351 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Which editor can you use to edit your TEX file? Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Supported editors
<app>gedit</app>

Forward Search (from gedit to the document viewer) and Backward search (from the document viewer to gedit) are both supported.

Vim-latex

The gedit plugin contains a python script (evince_dbus.py) that can be used to get SyncTeX working with Vim. In order to use vim-latex together with the document viewer you need to follow the next steps:

Copy the evince_dbus.py to some directory in your path and give it +x permissions.

Modify your ~/.vimrc file and add the following lines.

let g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf = 'evince_dbus.py' let g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat = 'pdf' let g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf = 'pdflatex --synctex=1 -interaction=nonstopmode $*'

Now you can use Forward search from vim-latex by typing \ls. Backward search is not yet supported.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/annotations.page0000644000373100047300000000432612307647131024543 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to create and customize annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Adding annotations

An annotation is a note or comment added to a PDF document. You can add annotations using the document viewer.

When you open a file, you should have a side pane on the left side of the window. If you do not have a visible side pane, click ViewSide Pane or press F9.

At the top of this side pane, there is a drop-down menu with options like Thumbnails, Index and Annotations (some of which may be dimmed for some documents).

To create an annotation:

Select Annotations from the drop-down menu.

You should now see List and Add tabs under the drop-down menu.

Select the Add tab.

Click on the icon to add a text annotation.

Click on the spot in the document window you would like to add the annotion to. Your annotation window will open.

Type your text into the annotation window.

You can resize the note by clicking and holding the left mouse button on one of the bottom corners of the note, and moving it around.

Close the note by clicking on the x in the top corner of the note.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000223612307647131025055 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contact the Documentation Team. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The Document Viewer documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/duplex-9pages.page0000644000373100047300000000666012307647131024700 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 09-Page Booklet Print a 9 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 9-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Once the page has printed, take the paper and place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 2 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again and choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 2

Choose the Page Setup tab and in the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint again.

In the General tab enter 3 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab, set the Page ordering to Right to left.

Click Print.

Once page 3 has printed, place the paper back in the printer taking care to orient it correctly (pages 4 and 9 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab enter pages 4,9 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint.

Enter pages 8, 5, 6, 7 in the Pages selection menu and set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 12-page booklet. You may wish to add 3 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 3-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 12-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/evince/duplex-5pages.page0000644000373100047300000000636012307647131024671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 05-Page Booklet Print a 5 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 5-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Once the page has printed, take the paper and place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 2 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

To print page 3, click FilePrint again.

In the General tab enter the page number in the Pages selection .

In the Page Setup tab, set the Page ordering to Right to left.

Click Print.

Once page 3 has printed, place the paper back in the printer (taking care to orient it correctly (pages 4 and 9 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab enter pages 4, 9 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 8-page booklet. You may wish to add 3 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 3-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 8-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/duplex-4pages.page0000644000373100047300000000250012307647140024710 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 04-Page Booklet Print a 4 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 4-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 4, 1, 2, 3

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/reload.page0000644000373100047300000000174012307647140023501 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your document will be automatically reloaded if another program changes it while you're viewing it. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Why does the document keep reloading?

If the Document Viewer detects that the document you have open has changed (perhaps because another program has modified it), it will automatically reload the document and display the most recent version for you.

If the document is deleted while you are still viewing it, it will still remain open.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/annotations-save.page0000644000373100047300000000237312307647140025527 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to save your annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Save a copy of an annotated PDF

To save a copy of your annotated PDF for future viewing using the document viewer or any other PDF viewer that supports annotations:

FileSave a copy

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Save. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

Annotations are added according to the PDF specification. Therefore, most PDF readers should be able to read them. The Okular document viewer does not support them. Adobe Reader is known to work.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/singlesided-9-12pages.page0000644000373100047300000000453012307647140026133 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 09-Page or 12-Page Booklet Print a 9, 10, 11 or 12 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 9-page to 12-page booklet

If you have a 9, 10 or 11 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 12, 1, 2, 11, 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/synctex-beamer.page0000644000373100047300000000372212307647140025163 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using SyncTeX with the LaTeX Beamer class. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Beamer with SyncTeX

Beamer is a LaTeX class for creating slides for presentations.

You can perform forward and backward search in a Beamer-LaTeX presentation in a similar fashion to searching through other TeX files compiled with SyncTeX. However the search brings you to the corresponding frame (slide), not necessarily the associated line of text. This difference is outlined in detail below.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/duplex-13pages.page0000644000373100047300000000660412307647140025001 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 13 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 13-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Once the page has printed, take the paper and place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 2 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 2

Choose the Page Setup tab and in the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

To print page 3, click FilePrint again.

In the General tab, enter 3 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab, set the Page ordering to Right to left.

Click Print.

Once page 3 has printed, place the paper back in the printer taking care to orient it correctly (pages 4 and 13 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

In the General tab enter pages 4, 13 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint again.

Enter pages 8, 9, 10, 7, 6, 11, 12, 5 in the Pages selection menu and set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 16-page booklet. You may wish to add 3 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 3-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 16-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000440212307647141023674 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show, hide or edit the toolbar. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 工具列
Show or hide the toolbar

Click ViewToolbar.

The default toolbar contains only a basic set of tools:

Previous and Next for moving from page to page.

A tool to adjust the zoom level.

The 'page select' tool.

You can modify the toolbar if you prefer a different set.

Add, remove and rearrange the tools in the toolbar.

Show the toolbar.

Click EditToolbar.

The toolbar editor contains the items that are not in the toolbar and the separator item.

To add new items to the toolbar:

drag them from the toolbar editor to the toolbar.

 To remove items from the toolbar:

drag them from the toolbar to the toolbar editor.

 To rearrange items on the toolbar:

drag them to their new position on the toolbar.

When you have finish editing the toolbar, click Close in the toolbar editor window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/duplex-6pages.page0000644000373100047300000000473512307647141024727 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 06-Page Booklet Print a 6 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 6-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 6, 3, 4, 5, 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

Once the pages have printed, take the paper with page 2 on it, place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 1 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range select the Pages option and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 8-page booklet. You may wish to add 2 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 2-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 8-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/singlesided-13-16pages.page0000644000373100047300000000454312307647141026217 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 13, 14, 15 or 16 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 13-page to 16-page booklet

If you have a 13, 14 or 15 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 16, 1, 2, 15, 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/presentations.page0000644000373100047300000000355412307647141025137 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to play presentations. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Presentations
Starting a presentation

To start a presentation:

Open a file

Click ViewPresentation (or press F5).

The presentation will be displayed full screen.

Moving through a presentation

Use the spacebar, →, ↓, or left mouse click to go to the next slide.

Use the ←, ↑ or right mouse click to go to the previous slide.

You can also use the scroll wheel to move back and forth through the presentation.

Use Esc to exit the presentation.

Supported presentation file formats

The following file formats can be used for presentations:

Comic Book Archive (.cbr and .cbz)

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

OpenOffice Presentation (.odp)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/duplex-12pages.page0000644000373100047300000000244012307647141024773 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 12 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 12-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 12, 1, 2, 11, 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/print-select.page0000644000373100047300000000230012307647141024636 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Only printing certain pages

To only print certain pages from the document:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab in the Print window choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the textbox, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages.

For example, if you enter "1,3,5-7,9" in the Pages textbox, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/synctex-support.page0000644000373100047300000000210612307647141025440 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to add support for SyncTeX. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Set-up SyncTeX

The following packages need to be installed in order to add support for SyncTeX:

texlive-extra-utils

gedit-plugins

In gedit, enable the SyncTeX Plugin:

Click EditPreferencesPlugins tab.

Check SyncTeX.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/singlesided-3-4pages.page0000644000373100047300000000441312307647141026047 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 03-Page or 4-Page Booklet Print a 3 or 4 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 3-page or 4-page booklet

If you have a 3-Page PDF document you should add a blank page to make it 4-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank page with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 4, 1, 2, 3

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/default-settings.page0000644000373100047300000000236612307647141025523 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Save current settings as default for new documents. Sindhu S sindhus@live.in

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Change default settings

When a document is opened for the first time, default settings, such as zoom and page view preferences, are applied. Any changes you make to these settings are saved for the document.

You can save the settings which you are currently using as default for all new documents by selecting Edit Save Current Settings as Default or press CtrlT.

The new default settings do not override settings of previously opened documents, they are applied only to documents opened for the first time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/singlesided-17-20pages.page0000644000373100047300000000455712307647141026223 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 17, 18, 19 or 20 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 17-page to 20-page booklet

If you have a 17, 18 or 19 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 20-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 20, 1, 2, 19, 18, 3, 4, 17, 16, 5, 6, 15, 14, 7, 8, 13, 12, 9, 10, 11

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/duplex-8pages.page0000644000373100047300000000247612307647141024731 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 08-Page Booklet Print an 8 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 8-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 8, 1, 2, 7, 6, 3, 4, 5

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/commandline.page0000644000373100047300000000440112307647141024517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Command line The evince command can open any number of files, at specific pages and in various modes. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 The command line

To start the Document Viewer from the command line, type evince. You can open a specific file by typing the filename after the evince command:

evince file.pdf

You can open multiple files by typing the filenames after the evince command, separating the filenames by a space:

evince file1.pdf file2.pdf

The document viewer also supports the handling of files on the web. For example, after the evince command you can give the location of a file on the web:

evince http://www.claymath.org/millennium/P_vs_NP/pvsnp.pdf
Opening a document at a specific page

You can use the --page-label switch to open a document at a specific page. For example, to open a document to page 3, you would type:

evince --page-label=3 file.pdf

The page label should be in the same format as the page number displayed in the Document Viewer toolbar.

Opening a document in fullscreen mode evince --fullscreen file.pdf
Opening a document in presentation mode evince --presentation file.pdf
Opening a document in preview mode evince --preview file.pdf
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/openerror.page0000644000373100047300000000153412307647141024250 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Error When Opening A File. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Why can't I open a file?

If you try to open a document of a format that the document viewer does not recognize, you will get an "Unable to open document" error message. Click Close to return to the Document Viewer window.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/annotations-disabled.page0000644000373100047300000000145112307647141026335 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Annotations can only be added to PDF files. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Can't add annotations?

Annotations can only be added to PDF files. If your file is of a format other than PDF, the option to add annotations will be greyed out (disabled).

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/textselection.page0000644000373100047300000000275612307647141025136 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 When you copy text, the text that is pasted might be different from what you had selected. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Why didn't the text I selected copy properly?

If you highlight and copy text from a document using the document viewer and then paste it into another application, the formatting may alter. It may also contain different characters than the original selection. This often happens when copying text from a PDF document with multiple columns.

This problem happens because of how some document formats handle text. The actual text in the document is stored differently from the way it is displayed. This may result in a copy that does not appear as expected.

Unfortunately, there is no real way of fixing this problem. Copying less text at a time, or copying the text into a text editor may minimise the problem. You can locate a text editor by clicking ActivitiesApplicationsAccessoriesgedit.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/opening.page0000644000373100047300000000321212307647141023667 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to open a document. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Opening a document

You can open a document using any one of the following ways:

Double-click on the file icon in the File Manager.

Double clicking opens PDF, PostScript, .djvu, .dvi and Comic Book Archive files in the Document Viewer by default.

Right-click on a file icon in the File Manager and click Open WithDocument Viewer.

If a Document View window is already open you can:

drag a file icon into the window from the File Manager. The new file will open in a new window (provided the file is of a file type supported by Document Viewer).

choose FileOpen from the Menubar. In the Open Document dialog box, choose the file you wish to open, and click Open. The file will open in a new window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/singlesided-5-8pages.page0000644000373100047300000000450012307647141026052 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 05-Page or 4-Page Booklet Print a 5, 6, 7 or 8 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 5-page to 8-page booklet

If you have a 5, 6 or 7 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 8, 1, 2, 7, 6, 3, 4, 5

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356412307647141023664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. License

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000425512307647141024263 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 File a bug against the <app>document viewer</app>

The document viewer is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to .

This is a bug tracking system where users and developers can file details about bugs, crashes and request enhancements.

To participate you need an account which will give you the ability to gain access, file bugs, and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by e-mail about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, click on File a BugCoreevince. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

To file your bug, choose the component in the Component menu. If you are not sure which component your bug pertains to, choose general.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/bookmarks.page0000644000373100047300000000135012307647141024221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can use annotations like bookmarks. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Bookmarks

The document viewer does not have a bookmark system. However, you can use annotations like bookmarks.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/editing.page0000644000373100047300000000200112307647141023646 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can't use the document viewer to edit files. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Can I edit documents in the document viewer?

The document viewer can't be used to make changes to documents. You need to use the appropriate editing application for the type of file you want to change.

PDF and PostScript (.ps) files are not usually intended to be edited, but PDF editing software is available. Try pdfedit, for example.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/print-2sided.page0000644000373100047300000000213112307647141024533 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Printing two-sided and multi-page per sheet. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Two-sided and multiple pages per side layout for printing

You can print on both sides of each sheet of paper:

Click FilePrint.

Go to the Page Setup tab of the Print window and choose an option from the Two-sided drop-down list.

You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper too. Use the Pages per side option to do this.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/forms.page0000644000373100047300000000243612307647141023365 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Working with fillable forms. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Forms

When filling out an interactive form, you can navigate from field to field by clicking on a field with your mouse. When you are finished filling out a text field, press Enter.

You can make a selection in a scrollable list box by clicking on the list box and scrolling to your choice with your mouse.

There may be some parts of a form that you may need to fill out by hand after you print the form. For example, you might have to circle certain things, or sign the form in one or more places. If you wish to do this electronically, you may want to try Xournal.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/duplex-7pages.page0000644000373100047300000000442412307647141024723 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 07-Page Booklet Print a 7 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 7-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 7, 2, 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Type the numbers of the remaining pages in this order: 6, 3, 4, 5

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, change the selection to Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 8-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 8-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/finding.page0000644000373100047300000000317412307647141023655 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find a word or phrase in a document. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Finding text in a document

Click EditFind or press CtrlF or / to display a search box.

Type the word or phrase you want to look for and a search will start automatically.

The Find Previous and Find Next buttons let you skip from one search result to another.

To hide the search bar, click anywhere in the document.

If the word or phrase you searched is not present in the entire document, the message will say Not found. However, if it appears in the document at least once, the message will inform you of how many times the word you searched occur on each page. This is apparent if you skip from one result to another as described above or scroll through the document.

Only PDF documents are searchable. Some PDF documents are not searchable because their text is encoded in the document as an image.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/singlesided-npages.page0000644000373100047300000000506012307647141026000 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a booklet over 20 pages. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 n-page booklet

n is a multiple of 4.

If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1, 2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11... ...until you have typed n-number of pages.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/print-order.page0000644000373100047300000000334312307647141024502 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the Collate and Reverse options to make pages print in order. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Getting copies to print in the correct order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up.

To reverse the order:

FilePrint

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies, check Reverse. The last page will be printed first, and so on.
Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print outs will be grouped by page number by default. (e.g. The copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, etc.) Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together.

To collate:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies check Collate.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/duplex-16pages.page0000644000373100047300000000255612307647141025007 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 16 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 16-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 16, 1, 2, 15, 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/duplex-15pages.page0000644000373100047300000000213312307647141024775 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 15 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 15-page booklet

It is easier to print a 16-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank page with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 16-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000127212307647141024755 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Introduction to the Evince Document Viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 引言

Evince is a document viewer. See for a list of file types you can view.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/duplex-3pages.page0000644000373100047300000000351012307647141024712 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 03-Page Booklet Print a 3 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 3-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages. Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 3, 2, 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 4-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 4-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank page with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 4-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/synctex.page0000644000373100047300000000213712307647141023732 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 SyncTeX support is available. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 What is SyncTeX?

SyncTeX is a method that enables synchronization between a TeX source file and the resulting PDF output.

Video Demonstration Press Ctrlclick to sync.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/movingaround.page0000644000373100047300000001332112307647141024742 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Navigating, scrolling and zooming. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Moving around a document

You can move around each page of a document by any of the following methods:

Scrolling up and down using the mouse wheel. To move around a page just by moving the mouse:

Right-click the page and select Autoscroll.

Move the mouse pointer towards the bottom of the window to scroll down; it will scroll faster depending on how far down the window you go.

To stop autoscrolling, click anywhere in the document.

Using the scroll bar on the document window.

Using the up and down arrow keys of your keyboard.

Dragging the page around with your mouse, as if you are grabbing it. To do this:

Move the mouse pointer over the page and hold down the middle mouse button to drag it around.

If you don't have a middle mouse button, hold down the left and right mouse buttons at the same time, then drag.

Flipping between pages

You can move between pages of a document using one of the following methods:

Click the Previous or Next buttons on the toolbar.

Use the Go Menu:

GoNext Page

GoPrevious Page

Press the CtrlPage Up or CtrlPage Down buttons on the keyboard.

To go to a specific page:

Type a page number in the 'page select' tool on the toolbar and press Enter.

If you want to go to the beginning or the end of the document:

Click GoFirst Page. You can also press CtrlHome on your keyboard.

Click GoLast Page or press CtrlEnd on your keyboard.

To move ten pages at a time, press ShiftPage Up or ShiftPage Down.

You can only move around one page at a time, by default. If you want to move between pages just by scrolling or dragging, click ViewContinuous.

Zooming in and out

Click ViewZoom In or use the keyboard shortcuts Ctrl+ to zoom in.

Click ViewZoom Out or use the keyboard shortcuts Ctrl- to zoom out.

Alternatively, you can do one of the following:

hold down Ctrl and use your mouse scroll wheel to zoom.

select desired zoom percentage from the drop down menu above the window.

The Best Fit option will make a document page fit the whole height of the window.

The Fit Page Width option will make a document page fill the whole width of the window.

If you want to see two pages at once, side by side, like in a book, click ViewDual.

You can use the whole of your screen to view the document:

Click ViewFullscreen or press F11.

To exit from the full screen mode:

Press F11 or Escape

or click the Leave Fullscreen button at the top of the screen.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000215012307647141023666 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improve the Document Viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The Document Viewer is developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop the Document Viewer, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/password.page0000644000373100047300000000212312307647141024072 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Handling password protected PDFs. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Password-protected documents

If you try to open a PDF document that is protected with a password, a window will appear asking you to enter the document password. Enter the password and click Open Document.

There are two types of passwords:

The user password is needed to view the document.

The master password is required to print the document as well as view it.

These passwords are set by the person who created the document.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000331512307647141024231 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Localize the Document Viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The Document Viewer user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/duplex-14pages.page0000644000373100047300000000473412307647141025005 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 14 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 14-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9, 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

Once the pages have printed, take the paper with page 2 on it, place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 1 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range select the Pages option and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 16-page booklet. You may wish to add 2 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 2-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 16-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/noprint.page0000644000373100047300000000511012307647141023720 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The author may have put printing restrictions on the document. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 I can't print a document
Possible reasons for printing failure

A document might not print because of:

Printer problems or,

PDF printing restrictions.
Printer problems

There are many reasons why your printer might not be working. For example, it could be out of paper or ink, or unplugged or damaged.

To check if your printer is printing correctly:

Click your name on the topbar and select System Settings.

Click on your printer in the list.

Click on Print Test Page. A page should be sent to your printer.

If this fails, see Printing help. You may also need to see your printer's manual to see what else you can do.

PDF printing restrictions

Some PDF documents have a setting which prevents you from printing them. Authors can set this printing restriction when they write a document. The document viewer overrides this restriction by default, but you may want to check that it hasn't been disabled:

Press AltF2 to open the Run Application window.

Type dconf-editor into the text box and click Run. The Configuration Editor will open.

Browse to /org/gnome/evince using the side pane.

Make sure that the override_restrictions option is checked.

Go back to the Document Viewer and try to print the document again.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/convertpdf.page0000644000373100047300000000352012307647141024404 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert a document to PDF by "printing" it to a file. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Converting a document to PDF

You can convert documents of the following format types into PDF format:

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

PostScript (.ps)

This works by opening the file in Document Viewer and "printing" the document as a PDF file.

Click FilePrint and go to the General tab.

Select Print to File and choose PDF as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Print. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

You can't select text in PostScript or .dvi files, but you usually can do this in PDF files. Converting .dvi or PostScript files to PDF will not make the text selectable. This is because the text itself isn't stored in the file (it's just an image of what the text looks like), so there is no way to recover it and put it in the PDF. You can use Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software to extract the text from files if you need to.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/formats.page0000644000373100047300000000312012307647141023701 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 PDF, PostScript and many others are. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Supported formats

The document viewer supports the following formats:

Comic Book Archive (.cbr and .cbz)

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

OpenOffice Presentation (.odp)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Scalable Vector Graphics (.svg)

Tagged Image File Format (.tiff, .tif)

Other Image Files (.gif, .jpeg, .png)

In some Linux distributions, not all formats are supported by default, so you might not be able to view all the formats listed above.

Support for a format is called a backend. If you get the error "Unable to Open Document", you may wish to check whether the backend package for the format is installed.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/synctex-compile.page0000644000373100047300000000174312307647141025362 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to compile your TeX document with SyncTeX Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Compile TeX with SyncTeX

Adding the line \synctex=1 in the preamble of your TeX file will trigger synchronization with SyncTeX.

\documentclass{article} \synctex=1 \usepackage{fullpage} \begin{document} ... \end{document}

Alternatively, you can run the pdflatex command with the -synctex=1 option:

pdflatex -synctex=1 yourFile.tex usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/convertPostScript.page0000644000373100047300000000271012307647141025745 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert a document to PostScript. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Converting a document to PostScript

You can convert documents of the following format types to PostScript files:

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

Tagged Image File Format (.tiff, .tif)

This works by opening the file in Document Viewer and "printing" the document as a PostScript file.

Click FilePrint and go to the General tab.

Select Print to File and choose PostScript as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Print. The PostScript file will be saved in the folder you chose.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/printing.page0000644000373100047300000000240012307647141024060 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to print, and common questions about printing. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Printing a document

To print a document:

Click FilePrint

Choose your printer from the list

Click Print.

Printing is enabled for the following file formats:

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Tagged Image File Format (.tiff, .tif)

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/duplex-11pages.page0000644000373100047300000000435612307647141025002 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 11 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 11-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 11, 2, 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Type the numbers of the remaining pages in this order: 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 12-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 12-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/synctex-search.page0000644000373100047300000000477212307647141025204 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Flip between the document viewer and gedit. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Search with SyncTeX

After you compile your TeX file with SyncTeX, you will be able to search. SyncTeX even supports forward and backward search from an included file.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/print-differentsize.page0000644000373100047300000000262512307647141026232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Printing a document on paper of a different size, shape or orientation. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Changing the paper size when printing

If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document.

Click FilePrint

Select the Page Setup tab.

Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the dropdown list.

Click Print and your document should print.

You can also use the Orientation menu to choose a different orientation:

Portrait

Landscape

Reverse portrait

Reverse landscape

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001524412307647141024276 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 See a list of all shortcuts, and learn how to create your own custom shortcuts. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Keyboard shortcuts
Default shortcuts
Opening, closing, saving and printing

Open a document.

CtrlO

Open a copy of the current document.

CtrlN

Save a copy of the current document with a new file name.

CtrlS

Print the current document.

CtrlP

Close the current document window.

CtrlW

Reload the document (effectively closes and re-opens the document).

CtrlR
Moving around the document

Move up/down a page.

Arrow keys

Move up/down a page several lines at a time.

Page Up / Page Down

Go to the previous/next page.

CtrlPage Up / CtrlPage Down

Go to the beginning of a page (beginning of the document if View Continuous is selected).

Home

Go to the end of a page (end of the document if ViewContinuous is selected).

End

Go to the beginning of the document.

CtrlHome

Go to the end of the document.

CtrlEnd
Selecting and copying text

Copy highlighted text.

CtrlC

Select all the text in a document.

CtrlA
Finding text

Show the toolbar that lets you search for words in the document. The search box is automatically highlighted when you press this, and the search will start as soon as you type some text.

CtrlF

Go to the next search result.

CtrlG

Go to the previous search result.

CtrlShiftG
Rotating and zooming

Rotate the pages 90 degrees counter-clockwise.

CtrlLeft arrow

Rotate the pages 90 degrees clockwise.

CtrlRight arrow

Zoom in.

Ctrl+

Zoom out.

Ctrl-
Create your own custom shortcuts

Enable the /desktop/gnome/interface/can_change_accels flag in gconf:

Press AltF2. The Run Application dialogue opens.

In the textbox, type 'gconf-editor'.

In the Configuration Editor select desktopgnomeinterface.

Check the value box for can_change_accels in the right side of the window.

You can add/change the shortcut as follows:

Open the document viewer.

Hover the pointer over the menu item you want to change/create the shortcut for.

Enter the shortcut you want on the keyboard, e.g. CtrlShiftT.

Close the document viewer.

Repeat steps 1-3.

Uncheck the value box for can_change_accels in the right side of the window.

The next time the document viewer launches, your custom shortcut key will be preserved.

Note that this also works for many other Gnome applications as well.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/annotation-properties.page0000644000373100047300000000322612307647141026601 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to customize the author, color, style or icon of an annotation. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Customize annotations

Right click on the annotation icon in the document.

Select Annotation Properties.

In the Annotation Properties window, you can change the author, color, style and icon of your note.

The annotation properties will be applied to the note for which you made the changes only. Each note can have a different set of properties.

Can I permanently change the default annotation properties?

The default annotation properties (author, colour, style and icon) can only be changed on a particular note as stated above. So if you want all icons for your notes to be red instead of yellow, you will have to change the default from yellow to red individually on each note. There is no way to save different default settings for annotation properties, at this time.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/duplex-10pages.page0000644000373100047300000000471312307647141024776 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 10 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 10-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7, 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

Once the pages have printed, take the paper with page 2 on it, place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 1 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range select the Pages option and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 12-page booklet. You may wish to add 2 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 2-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 12-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/forms-saving.page0000644000373100047300000000354512307647141024654 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make sure you save the form, otherwise all of the information you entered will be lost. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Saving a form

After you have filled it out, you may wish to save your form in one of two ways:

To save a copy that can be edited in the future (form remains interactive):

FileSave a copy

Choose a name and folder to save the file in, then click Save. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

To save a copy that can no longer be edited (for example, to e-mail the form or submit it on-line):

Click FilePrint and go to the General tab.

Select Print to File and choose PDF as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder to save the file in, then click Print. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

Copies of encrypted files can't be saved or printed.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/duplex-npages.page0000644000373100047300000000376412307647141025020 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a booklet over 16 pages. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 n-page booklet

n is a multiple of 4.

If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11... ...until you have typed n-number of pages.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/print-booklet.page0000644000373100047300000000204212307647141025021 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to print a booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Printing a booklet

If you are printing a booklet (which will perhaps be bound or stapled in the middle of each page), select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list below. Then select the number of printed pages your booklet will have.

Printer allows single-sided printing
Printer allows double-sided printing
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/annotations-navigate.page0000644000373100047300000000242112307647141026362 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to navigate to annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Annotation navigation

If you have created annotations on your document, you can use the List tab to display the list of all the annotations in the document. The list indicates the type, page number, author and date of the annotation.

To quickly navigate to the location of a particular annotation, click on the arrow to the left of the page number. You will see a list of annotations on that page. Click on the annotation you are interested in, and the document viewer will navigate to the location of the annotation in the document.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/annotations-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000126412307647141026032 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can't remove annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Removing annotations

You can't remove an annotation in the document viewer at this time.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/convertSVG.page0000644000373100047300000000251612307647141024276 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert a document to SVG by "printing" it to a file. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Converting a document to SVG

You can convert documents of the following format types to SVG files:

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

This works by opening the file in Document Viewer and "printing" the document as an SVG file.

Click FilePrint and go to the General tab.

Select Print to File and choose SVG as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Print. The SVG file will be saved in the folder you chose.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/index.page0000644000373100047300000000343612307647141023347 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" src="figures/evince-trail.png"/> Evince Document Viewer Evince Document Viewer Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" src="figures/evincelogo.png">Evince logo</media>Evince document viewer
Reading documents
Presentations and other supported formats
Printing
Annotations and bookmarks
Interactive forms
Frequently asked questions
Advanced
Tips and tricks
SyncTeX
Get involved
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000102712307647141023202 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 United States License.

As a special exception, the copyright holders give you permission to copy, modify, and distribute the example code contained in this document under the terms of your choosing, without restriction.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/invert-colors.page0000644000373100047300000000157512307647141025050 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Inverting the colors can make it easier to read some text. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Invert colors on a page

To swap black for white, white for black, and so on, click ViewInverted Colors.

Doing this can make it easier to read text, especially in the case of certain kinds of visual impairment.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/synctex-editors.page0000644000373100047300000000340712307647141025402 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Which editor can you use to edit your TEX file? Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Supported editors
<app>gedit</app>

Forward Search (from gedit to the document viewer) and Backward search (from the document viewer to gedit) are both supported.

Vim-latex

The gedit plugin contains a python script (evince_dbus.py) that can be used to get SyncTeX working with Vim. In order to use vim-latex together with the document viewer you need to follow the next steps:

Copy the evince_dbus.py to some directory in your path and give it +x permissions.

Modify your ~/.vimrc file and add the following lines.

let g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf = 'evince_dbus.py' let g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat = 'pdf' let g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf = 'pdflatex --synctex=1 -interaction=nonstopmode $*'

Now you can use Forward search from vim-latex by typing \ls. Backward search is not yet supported.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/annotations.page0000644000373100047300000000432612307647141024574 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to create and customize annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Adding annotations

An annotation is a note or comment added to a PDF document. You can add annotations using the document viewer.

When you open a file, you should have a side pane on the left side of the window. If you do not have a visible side pane, click ViewSide Pane or press F9.

At the top of this side pane, there is a drop-down menu with options like Thumbnails, Index and Annotations (some of which may be dimmed for some documents).

To create an annotation:

Select Annotations from the drop-down menu.

You should now see List and Add tabs under the drop-down menu.

Select the Add tab.

Click on the icon to add a text annotation.

Click on the spot in the document window you would like to add the annotion to. Your annotation window will open.

Type your text into the annotation window.

You can resize the note by clicking and holding the left mouse button on one of the bottom corners of the note, and moving it around.

Close the note by clicking on the x in the top corner of the note.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000223612307647141025106 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contact the Documentation Team. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The Document Viewer documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/duplex-9pages.page0000644000373100047300000000666012307647141024731 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 09-Page Booklet Print a 9 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 9-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Once the page has printed, take the paper and place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 2 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again and choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 2

Choose the Page Setup tab and in the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint again.

In the General tab enter 3 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab, set the Page ordering to Right to left.

Click Print.

Once page 3 has printed, place the paper back in the printer taking care to orient it correctly (pages 4 and 9 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab enter pages 4,9 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint.

Enter pages 8, 5, 6, 7 in the Pages selection menu and set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 12-page booklet. You may wish to add 3 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 3-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 12-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/evince/duplex-5pages.page0000644000373100047300000000636012307647141024722 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 05-Page Booklet Print a 5 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 5-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Once the page has printed, take the paper and place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 2 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

To print page 3, click FilePrint again.

In the General tab enter the page number in the Pages selection .

In the Page Setup tab, set the Page ordering to Right to left.

Click Print.

Once page 3 has printed, place the paper back in the printer (taking care to orient it correctly (pages 4 and 9 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab enter pages 4, 9 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 8-page booklet. You may wish to add 3 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 3-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 8-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-bluetooth/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000752412303136004025034 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-bluetooth/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000004533312303136004025677 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 gnome-bluetooth"> ]>
gnome-bluetooth 手冊 2009 Baptiste Mille-Mathias Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Baptiste Mille-Mathias GNOME Documentation Project
baptiste.millemathias@gmail.com
1.0 March 2009 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptiste.millemathias@gmail.com 本手冊乃描述 gnome-bluetooth 2.28 版。 反饋 To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the gnome-bluetooth application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page . gnome-bluetooth 是一套管理 GNOME 桌面下藍牙裝置的應用程式。 gnome-bluetooth Bluetooth Communication 簡介 gnome-bluetooth is an application that let you manage Bluetooth in the GNOME destkop. gnome-bluetooth permits to send files to your Bluetooth devices, or browse their content. Connect to your devices, like headset or audio gateway. You can add or delete Bluetooth devices, or manage their permissions. 藍牙面板程式 該面板程式是您可以在通知面板程式內找到的常駐程式，它讓您可以快速存取一些功能，像是：傳送檔案、管理您的裝置等。
藍牙面板程式圖示位於通知區域內
啟動藍牙面板程式 The gnome-bluetooth applet is started automatically when you log into your session, and you can find its icon in the notification zone. To launch manually the applet, open menu ApplicationsAccessoriesTerminal and type bluetooth-applet. To prevent launching of the applet in your desktop, open menu SystemPreferencesSession and disable Bluetooth Manager. 關閉您的藍牙接收器 停用您的藍牙接收器將停止目前以及所有將來您藍牙接收器與藍牙裝置間的相互溝通。停用您的藍牙接收器能讓您節省筆電的電量，所以該功能讓您可以自己做決定。當您不會用到您的藍牙裝置時，停用它是個好點子。 點擊面板程式圖示，並選擇 關閉藍牙，通知區域的圖示將轉為灰色調。 傳送檔案至藍牙裝置 選擇此選單以傳送檔案至某裝置；接著將出現檔案選擇程式來讓您挑選要傳送的檔案，然後您必須選取要傳送檔案至何裝置。 瀏覽藍牙裝置 選擇此選單以直接在您的檔案管理程式內瀏覽裝置檔案系統。 上次使用的裝置 此選項會顯示您可以連接的配對過的裝置。 要連接到該裝置，請點擊其名稱，接著名稱會成粗體以通知您將要連接至它。 加入新裝置 若要加入新裝置 (需要您的接收器與您的裝置互相配對)，請點擊該面板程式圖示，接著選擇 設定新裝置...。圖形化的助理程式將在過程中協助您設定您的裝置。 Don't forget to set your remote device in discoverable mode before starting the process, else the wizard won't be able to find it. The wizard will present the discoverable devices it has found all around. You can filter out the list of devices by choosing the type of devices you're looking for.
Device search in wizard
If your device has a harcoded passkey, choose Passkey Options..., in the new dialog, choose the passkey to use. Choose Forward for the pairing step; if you defined a fixed passkey in the previous step the pairing will occur automatically, else you'll be presented a passkey to enter in your device, type it on your device, once done the devices and your adapter will be paired. 偏好設定 Click on the icon of the applet, and choose Preferences , the preferences dialog will appear. 若要瞭解更多關於偏好設定的資訊，請見 一節。 偏好設定 gnome-bluetooth偏好設定對話窗讓您可以管理您的多項藍牙裝置，或是變更您藍牙接收器的屬性。
偏好設定對話窗
Discoverable When your adapter is set to Discoverable any Bluetooth device around will be able to see it, and therefore will able to ask pairing. Bluetooth as other network types implies security risks, so setting your adapter undiscoverable to other devices is a good thing to do to limit the possibility of cracking. This is only useful to set your device discoverable if you plan to pair it with another device, once it is done, you can untick Discoverable. When your device is undiscoverable, communication with already paired Bluetooth devices is possible. 接收器的友善名稱 友善名稱是用來辨識每個藍牙裝置位址的別名，讓您更便於記憶。 預設情況下，接收器的友善名稱為 HOSTNAME-0 (HOSTNAME 是您電腦的名稱)，若要修改它，編輯該文字條目並設為您想要的名稱。修改會立即生效。 已知裝置 Known devices lists the Bluetooth devices you paired and let you manage them, like deleting them, connect to them or adding new one. Setup new device, as described in Connect / Disconnect to a device. Device Deletion. Deletion will suppress pairing between the adapter and the device, and no communication will be allowed. You need to pair them together again if you want transfer files for instance. 顯示藍牙圖示 您可以在面板內顯示或隱藏藍牙圖示。請見 以瞭解該面板程式功能特色。 如果您停用了面板內的圖示，只會剩下有限的幾項動作可用。 接收檔案 點擊 接收檔案 按鈕，接著會出現 個人檔案分享偏好設定 對話窗。您可以在那裡設定藍牙檔案接收與分享功能。 本功能並非由 gnome-bluetooth 提供。一定要安裝 gnome-user-share 才能使用本功能。 Read more in the Personal File Sharing Manual: receiving and sharing. 常見問答集 我看不出要怎樣在 gnome-bluetooth 內透過我電腦的藍牙接收檔案，難道是我瞎了嗎？ 在 gnome-bluetooth 內檔案接收功能尚未實作，但是在 gnome-user-share 內有，因此您必須安裝此應用程式才能透過藍牙來接收檔案。在 所解說的按鈕只不過是該程式設定對話窗的啟動按鈕。 我發現 gnome-bluetooth 內有軟體錯誤，我該怎麼做？ 您應該提交軟體錯誤報告至 。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-bluetooth/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000752412303136005025005 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-bluetooth/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000004533312303136005025650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 gnome-bluetooth"> ]>
gnome-bluetooth 手冊 2009 Baptiste Mille-Mathias Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Baptiste Mille-Mathias GNOME Documentation Project
baptiste.millemathias@gmail.com
1.0 March 2009 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptiste.millemathias@gmail.com 本手冊乃描述 gnome-bluetooth 2.28 版。 反饋 To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the gnome-bluetooth application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page . gnome-bluetooth 是一套管理 GNOME 桌面下藍牙裝置的應用程式。 gnome-bluetooth Bluetooth Communication 簡介 gnome-bluetooth is an application that let you manage Bluetooth in the GNOME destkop. gnome-bluetooth permits to send files to your Bluetooth devices, or browse their content. Connect to your devices, like headset or audio gateway. You can add or delete Bluetooth devices, or manage their permissions. 藍牙面板程式 該面板程式是你可以在通知面板程式內找到的常駐程式，它讓你可以快速存取一些功能，像是：傳送檔案、管理你的裝置等。
藍牙面板程式圖示位於通知區域內
啟動藍牙面板程式 The gnome-bluetooth applet is started automatically when you log into your session, and you can find its icon in the notification zone. To launch manually the applet, open menu ApplicationsAccessoriesTerminal and type bluetooth-applet. To prevent launching of the applet in your desktop, open menu SystemPreferencesSession and disable Bluetooth Manager. 關閉你的藍牙接收器 停用你的藍牙接收器將停止目前以及所有將來你藍牙接收器與藍牙裝置間的相互溝通。停用你的藍牙接收器能讓你節省筆電的電量，所以該功能讓你可以自己做決定。當你不會用到你的藍牙裝置時，停用它是個好點子。 點擊面板程式圖示，並選擇 關閉藍牙，通知區域的圖示將轉為灰色調。 傳送檔案至藍牙裝置 選擇此選單以傳送檔案至某裝置；接着將出現檔案選擇程式來讓你挑選要傳送的檔案，然後你必須選取要傳送檔案至何裝置。 瀏覽藍牙裝置 選擇此選單以直接在你的檔案管理程式內瀏覽裝置檔案系統。 上次使用的裝置 此選項會顯示你可以連接的配對過的裝置。 要連接到該裝置，請點擊其名稱，接著名稱會成粗體以通知你將要連接至它。 加入新裝置 若要加入新裝置 (需要你的接收器與你的裝置互相配對)，請點擊該面板程式圖示，接着選擇 設定新裝置...。圖形化的助理程式將在過程中協助你設定你的裝置。 Don't forget to set your remote device in discoverable mode before starting the process, else the wizard won't be able to find it. The wizard will present the discoverable devices it has found all around. You can filter out the list of devices by choosing the type of devices you're looking for.
Device search in wizard
If your device has a harcoded passkey, choose Passkey Options..., in the new dialog, choose the passkey to use. Choose Forward for the pairing step; if you defined a fixed passkey in the previous step the pairing will occur automatically, else you'll be presented a passkey to enter in your device, type it on your device, once done the devices and your adapter will be paired. 偏好設定 Click on the icon of the applet, and choose Preferences , the preferences dialog will appear. 若要瞭解更多關於偏好設定的資訊，請見 一節。 偏好設定 gnome-bluetooth偏好設定對話窗讓你可以管理你的多項藍牙裝置，或是更改你藍牙接收器的屬性。
偏好設定對話窗
Discoverable When your adapter is set to Discoverable any Bluetooth device around will be able to see it, and therefore will able to ask pairing. Bluetooth as other network types implies security risks, so setting your adapter undiscoverable to other devices is a good thing to do to limit the possibility of cracking. This is only useful to set your device discoverable if you plan to pair it with another device, once it is done, you can untick Discoverable. When your device is undiscoverable, communication with already paired Bluetooth devices is possible. 接收器的友善名稱 友善名稱是用來辨識每個藍牙裝置位址的別名，讓你更便於記憶。 預設情況下，接收器的友善名稱為 HOSTNAME-0 (HOSTNAME 是你電腦的名稱)，若要修改它，編輯該文字條目並設為你想要的名稱。修改會立即生效。 已知裝置 Known devices lists the Bluetooth devices you paired and let you manage them, like deleting them, connect to them or adding new one. Setup new device, as described in Connect / Disconnect to a device. Device Deletion. Deletion will suppress pairing between the adapter and the device, and no communication will be allowed. You need to pair them together again if you want transfer files for instance. 顯示藍牙圖示 你可以在面板內顯示或隱藏藍牙圖示。請見 以瞭解該面板程式功能特色。 如果你停用了面板內的圖示，只會剩下有限的幾項動作可用。 接收檔案 點擊 接收檔案 按鈕，接着會出現 個人檔案分享偏好設定 對話窗。你可以在那裏設定藍牙檔案接收與分享功能。 本功能並非由 gnome-bluetooth 提供。一定要安裝 gnome-user-share 才能使用本功能。 Read more in the Personal File Sharing Manual: receiving and sharing. 常見問答集 我看不出要怎樣在 gnome-bluetooth 內透過我電腦的藍牙接收檔案，難道是我瞎了嗎？ 在 gnome-bluetooth 內檔案接收功能尚未實作，但是在 gnome-user-share 內有，因此你必須安裝此應用程式才能透過藍牙來接收檔案。在 所解說的按鈕只不過是該程式設定對話窗的啟動按鈕。 我發現 gnome-bluetooth 內有軟件錯誤，我該怎麼做？ 你應該提交軟件錯誤報告至 。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/deja-dup/license.page0000644000373100047300000000164112317333246024075 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 瞭解您的權利 授權條款

本程式是是自由軟體；您可以依照自由軟體基金會所發布的 GNU 通用公眾授權內的條款再次散布它，與、或修改它；不管是該授權的第 3 版，或是更後面推出的版本 (您可以自由採用)。

散布這個程式的目的是希望它會有用，但沒有任何使用保證；甚至不會暗示地保證可售性或適用於任何特定目的。請參閱 GNU General Public License 獲取更多條款細節。

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/deja-dup/restore-worst-case.page0000644000373100047300000002411712317333246026226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 What to do if you can’t restore your files When Everything Goes Wrong

Déjà Dup may fail. Maybe it crashes or gives you an error when you try to restore. When you really need your data back, the last thing you want do deal with is a bug. Consider filing a bug report but in the meantime, here are some approaches to workaround a misbehaving Déjà Dup and get your data back.

This is going to get technical. If none of this makes sense to you, don’t be afraid to ask for help.

Open a Terminal window by pressing CtrlAltT.

Create the directory in which you will place your restored files. This guide will use /tmp/restore:

mkdir -p /tmp/restore
Restoring with Duplicity

On the assumption that Déjà Dup is just not working for you right now, you’re going to use the command line tool duplicity that is used by Déjà Dup behind the scenes to back up and restore your files.

If you want more information about duplicity than presented here, run man duplicity.

The first thing we’ll try is a simple restore of all your data. Assuming your files are on an external drive mounted as /media/backup and you chose to encrypt the backup, try this:

duplicity --gio file:///media/backup /tmp/restore

If you didn’t encrypt the backup, add --no-encryption to the command.

Other Backup Locations

If you backed up to a remote or cloud server, the syntax you use with duplicity will be different than the external drive example above. See below for how to connect to your chosen backup location.

Remember to add --no-encryption to any example commands if your backup is not encrypted.

If duplicity appears to be having trouble connecting to your server, try downloading all the duplicity files yourself to a local folder and following the simpler example above.

Amazon S3

Look up your Amazon S3 access key ID and secret access key and replace instances of ID and SECRET in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=ID export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=SECRET duplicity s3+http://deja-dup-auto-LOWERCASE_ID/FOLDER /tmp/restore Rackspace Cloud Files

Look up your Rackspace username and API key and replace instances of USERNAME and KEY in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a container in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of CONTAINER with that name.

export CLOUDFILES_USERNAME=USERNAME export CLOUDFILES_APIKEY=KEY duplicity cf+http://CONTAINER /tmp/restore FTP

Look up your server address, port, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

If you chose to not log in with a username, use anonymous as your USERNAME below.

gvfs-mount ftp://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER duplicity --gio ftp://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER /tmp/restore SSH

Look up your server address, port, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

gvfs-mount ssh://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER duplicity --gio ssh://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER /tmp/restore WebDAV

Look up your server address, port, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

If you chose to use a secure connection (HTTPS) when backing up, use davs:// instead of dav:// in the example below.

gvfs-mount dav://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER duplicity --gio dav://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER /tmp/restore Windows 共享資源

Look up your server address, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

If you specified a domain for your Windows server, add it to the beginning of USERNAME with a semicolon between them. For example, domain;username.

gvfs-mount smb://USERNAME@SERVER/FOLDER duplicity --gio smb://USERNAME@SERVER/FOLDER /tmp/restore
Restoring by Hand

If even duplicity isn’t working for you, there may be little hope. The backup file format is complicated and not easily manipulated. But if you’re desperate, it’s worth a try.

If you used a remote or cloud server to store your backup, first download all the duplicity files and place them in a folder on your computer. Then enter that folder in your terminal.

Duplicity stores your data in small chunks called volumes. Some volumes belong to the periodic ‘full’ or fresh backups and others to the ‘inc’ or incremental backups. Starting with a full backup set of volumes at volume 1, you’ll need to restore files volume by volume.

If you encrypted your backup, first you must decrypt the volume with gpg. Say you have duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar.gpg:

gpg --output duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar --decrypt duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar.gpg

Or to do all at once (make sure you have plenty of space!):

gpg --multifile --decrypt duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.*.difftar.gpg

Now you have either a .difftar or a .difftar.gz volume (depending on whether you had to decrypt it or not). Use tar on whichever one you have to extract the individual patch files:

tar xf duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar

Or again, to do all at once:

for t in duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.*.difftar; do tar xf $t; done

Now the patch files will be in multivolume_snapshot and snapshot folders. Each file that spanned multiple volumes will be in multivolume_snapshot. Let’s say you backed up /home/jane/essay.txt:

cd multivolume_snapshot/home/jane/essay.txt cat * > essay.txt

To recover data from incremental backups, use rdiff to stitch the files together. See man rdiff for usage.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/deja-dup/support.page0000644000373100047300000000133512317333246024167 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 取得更多幫助 支援

If you have unanswered questions or a problem you don’t understand, please ask about it it in the support forum.

Keep in mind that the people answering your questions are volunteers and that while Déjà Dup is intended to work well, it comes with no warranty. So please be polite and patient.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/deja-dup/credits.page0000644000373100047300000000351112317333246024106 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 會見團隊 鳴謝
開發

Andrew Fister

Michael Terry

Michael Vogt

Urban Skudnik

Canonical Ltd
文件

Michael Terry

Canonical Ltd
美工

Andreas Nilsson

Jakub Steiner

Lapo Calamandrei

Michael Terry
翻譯 Launchpad Contributions: Cheng-Chia Tseng https://launchpad.net/~zerng07 Walter Cheuk https://launchpad.net/~wwycheuk
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/deja-dup/backup-auto.page0000644000373100047300000000171112317333246024664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Give yourself peace of mind 自動備份

If you only back up when you remember to do so, you’re not backing up often enough. Fortunately, it’s easy to set up automatic backups.

Open your Backups settings.

Review your backup settings, to confirm they are what you want.

Turn on the Automatic backups option on the Overview page.

Consider only saving your backups for a certain length of time, using the Keep backups option on the Schedule page. Otherwise, they may end up consuming a lot of space while you’re not paying attention.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/deja-dup/backup-first.page0000644000373100047300000000137212317333246025046 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 立刻開始 您的第一個備份

Open your Backups settings.

Review your backup settings, to confirm they are what you want.

Click on the Back Up Now… button on the Overview page.

Wait. It may take a long time to backup, especially if you are backing up to a remote server. Just let it run in the background while you do something else.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/deja-dup/restore-revert.page0000644000373100047300000000236212317333246025444 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore a previous version of a file Reverting a File

Browse to the folder containing the file you want to revert.

Select the file you want to revert by clicking on it.

Click EditRevert to Previous Version….

When the Restore dialog appears, choose the date from which to restore.

Click Forward.

Review your selections and click Restore. Note that this will overwrite your current version of the file.

You can select multiple files at once before reverting.

You can also revert files on the command line:

deja-dup --restore FILE1 FILE2 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/deja-dup/restore-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000223712317333246025117 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 還原一個不再出現的檔案 正在還原喪失的檔案

Browse to the folder containing the file you lost.

Click FileRestore Missing Files….

When the Restore dialog appears, it will scan for files that are in the backup but no longer in the folder.

When you see the file you want to restore appear, select it and click Forward.

Review your selections and click Restore.

You can restore lost files from the command line as well, if you remember what their filenames were:

deja-dup --restore FILE1 FILE2 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/deja-dup/prefs.page0000644000373100047300000001071112317333246023570 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 調整您的備份設定值 設定值 <gui>Automatic backup</gui>

Turn this option on to have Déjà Dup automatically back up for you. This is recommended so that you don’t forget to do it yourself. Backups are more useful the more recent they are, so it is important to back up regularly.

 <gui>Folders to save</gui>

Choose a list of folders to save in your backup. Press the Add or Remove buttons to modify the list. If you are only interested in backing up your own data, the default of Home is sufficient.

 <gui>要忽略的資料夾</gui>

Choose a list of folders to not save in your backup. Press the Add or Remove buttons to modify the list.

Some of your data may be large and not very important to you. In that case, you can save yourself some time and space by not backing them up.

Some locations are always ignored by default:

~/.adobe/Flash_Player/AssetCache

~/.cache

~/.gvfs

~/.Private

~/.recent-applications.xbel

~/.recently-used.xbel

~/.steam/root (which by default also ignores ~/.local/share/Steam)

~/.thumbnails

~/.xsession-errors

/proc

/run

/sys

/tmp

 <gui>Storage location</gui>

Use these options to specify the storage location that Déjà Dup will use when backing up or restoring:

雲端服務

The first few storage locations are cloud storage services provided by various companies. For a small fee, they hold your data for you. A cloud service like this is recommended because it is an easy way to keep your data offsite (meaning out of your home: in case of disaster or theft, your data will still be safe).

These services cost money. Read their rates carefully before using them.

 遠端伺服器

Choose the type of remote server to which you want to connect. Then you can enter the server information. Alternatively, if you know your server’s URL, choose Custom Location and enter it.

 可移除式媒體

You may see removable media like external hard drives or thumb drives listed.

 本地端資料夾

You may also want to choose a local folder as a storage location. Note that backups can be quite large, so make sure you have enough free disk space.

This is not recommended, because if your hardware fails, you will lose both your original data and your backups.

 <gui>Keep</gui>

Choose the minimum amount of time to keep backup files. If you find that the backup files are taking up too much space, you may want to decrease this duration. Due to implementation details, files may be kept a bit longer than the chosen time. But no files will be deleted early.

Backups are kept forever by default, but still may be deleted earlier if the storage location begins to run out of space.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/deja-dup/contribute.page0000644000373100047300000000370012317333246024627 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 幫忙讓 Déjà Dup 更好 參與其中

所以您想要幫忙讓 Déjà Dup 變得更好嗎？很好！這裡有一些建議。

回報議題

您有找到什麼缺失嗎？您有任何新功能或特色的點子嗎？只要將它作為臭蟲回報即可。請耐心等候回覆。

請注意臭蟲回報只應以英文撰寫。

和我們聊聊

我們不會咬人。請寄送電子郵件至這個郵遞清單。

Or subscribe to the list. The list is very low traffic.

Note that the list is English only.

翻譯

Do you speak both English and another language? Good! You can help translate Déjà Dup through a web interface. It’s really quite easy and is very appreciated.

支援

Do you like helping people? Answer user questions and support requests.

This is another great way for non-English speakers to get involved, as you can answer questions posted in your language.

撰寫程式

There are always more bugs to fix. If you want to find out what needs doing, talk to us on the mailing list as described above.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/deja-dup/index.page0000644000373100047300000000174412317333246023566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Backup Help Backup Help Michael Terry mike@mterry.name 2010,2011

Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported License

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/deja-dup-icon.png"/> Backup Help
備份
還原檔案
關於 <app>Déjà Dup 備份工具</app>
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/deja-dup/restore-full.page0000644000373100047300000000461312317333246025100 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Recover from total system failure Full System Restore
設置

Get your system to a fresh state. For example, a fresh install or a new account on an old computer. Don’t worry about getting comfortable and customizing settings yet. Wait until after you restore your previous settings to change anything, as any customizations you make now may get overridden once you restore.

Next, you need to install Déjà Dup. Your distribution vendor may package it for you. Otherwise, download and compile it.
還原

Open your Backups settings.

Click on the Restore… button on the Overview page.

A Restore dialog will appear asking where your backup files are stored (your Backup location).

Click Forward and wait for Déjà Dup to scan the backup location.

Choose the date you want to restore from. Usually you can just leave this alone, as the default is the most recent backup.

Click Forward.

Choose where to restore. Since this is a full system backup, leave it as the default (which restores over your current install).

Click Forward.

Review your selections and click Restore.

Wait. It may take a long time to finish restoring.

Finally, reinstall any programs that you enjoyed in your previous install.

If for whatever reason you have a problem after trying to restore with the Restore files to original locations option, try restoring instead to a temporary directory and moving your files to where they belong.

If that still doesn’t work, there are more drastic things you can try.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/base.page0000644000373100047300000000200212300453144025060 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 數基

若要輸入使用特定數基 (進位制) 的數字，使用 下標數字。下面的數字都是一樣的。

1001011₂

113₈

75

4B₁₆

在 軟件開發模式 下有二進制 (CtrlB)、八進制 (CtrlO) 以及十六進制 (CtrlH) 的按鈕。

若要改變結果的進制顯示，請改變 結果格式。

若要改變目前結果的數基 (進位制)，使用進位制按鈕或是 CtrlD 以十進制格式顯示。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/functions.page0000644000373100047300000000411112300453144026161 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 函數

要使用函數，輸入函數的名稱，後面再加上參數。如果參數不是數字或 變數，在參數兩旁使用括號。

sin 30

abs (5−9)

下面是預先定義的函數。

abs

Absolute Value

cos

Cosine

cosh

Hyperbolic Cosine

frac

小數部分

int

整數部分

ln

Natural Logarithm

log

Logarithm

not

Boolean NOT

ones

1 的補數

sin

Sine

sinh

Hyperbolic Sine

sqrt

Square Root

tan

Tangent

tanh

Hyperbolic Tangent

twos

2 的補數

Calculator does not support user-defined functions.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/modulus.page0000644000373100047300000000053612300453144025650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 餘數除法

計算餘數除法會使用 mod 運算子。

9 mod 5

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/trigonometry.page0000644000373100047300000000215712300453144026723 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 三角函數

三角函數運算可以使用 sin、cos，以及 tan 函數。

sin 45

The angle units used can be changed from the CalculatorPreferences menu. Trigonometry buttons are visible when in Advanced mode.

在函數尾端加上「h」後，便可使用雙曲函數。

sinh 0.34

要輸入反函數，可以使用反函數符號「⁻¹」(CtrlI)，或是在函數前加上「a」。下面的兩個方程式是相同的。

sin⁻¹ 0.5

asin 0.5

若要用鍵盤輸入 π，使用 CtrlP。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/conv-character.page0000644000373100047300000000071212300453144027053 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 字符碼

在 軟件開發模式 下，á 按鈕會開啟對話框，將字符轉換成字符碼。

字符無法使用鍵盤轉換。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000101412300453144025120 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported License.

As a special exception, the copyright holders give you permission to copy, modify, and distribute the example code contained in this document under the terms of your choosing, without restriction.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/financial.page0000644000373100047300000000421312300453144026100 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 財務函數

下面是財務模式下可以使用的按鈕。

Ctrm

計算增加現值的投資使其等於未來值所需的複利週期數，每一複利週期使用定期利率。

Ddb

計算在指定的期間中某資產的折舊免稅額，使用雙倍餘額遞減法。

Fv

根據定期等額付款計算投資的未來值，按照約定付款期數的定期利率。

Gpm

計算產品的轉售價格，以產品成本與期望的毛利率決定。

Pmt

計算貸款每期付款的金額，其中付款日期為每一個付款週期的最後一天。

Pv

根據定期等額付款計算投資的現值，按照約定付款期數的定期利率下進行折現。

Rate

計算投資增加到未來值所需的定期利率，按照複利期數。

Sln

計算一期間內資產的直線折舊。直線折舊法在資產可用年限內將折舊花費平均分攤。可用年限指資產折舊的期數，典型狀況下為年。

Syd

計算在指定的期間中某資產的折舊免稅額，使用年數總和法。這個折舊方式會加速折舊率，所以前期會比後期有更多折舊費用。可用年限是指該資產折舊的週期數 (通常為年)。

Term

計算普通年金期間累積至未來值所需的付款期數，按照某一定期利率。

財務函數無法使用鍵盤進行。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/logarithm.page0000644000373100047300000000141012300453144026136 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 對數

計算對數可以使用 log 函數 。

log 100

若要計算使用不同底數的對數，在函數後面使用 下標數字。

log₂ 32

若要計算自然對數，使用 ln 函數。

ln 1.32

要輸入歐拉數，使用 變數 e。

e^1.32

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/absolute.page0000644000373100047300000000063612300453144025777 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 絕對值

計算絕對值可以使用「|」符號或是 abs 函數。

|−1|

abs (−1)

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/number-display.page0000644000373100047300000000235612300453144027115 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 結果格式

顯示結果的格式可從 計數機偏好設定 選單內更改。

十進制

結果會以十進位數字顯示

科學

結果會以 科學記號 顯示

工程

結果會以科學記號顯示，指數永遠是 3 的倍數

二進制

結果會以 二進位數字 顯示

八進制

結果會以 八進位數字 顯示

十六進制

結果會以 十六進位數字 顯示

十進位制的數字也可以設定：是否小數點後面補零、是否顯示千分位分隔。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/variables.page0000644000373100047300000000226012300453144026124 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 變數

要將一個值指定為變數，使用「=」符號，或者用 進階模式 下的 x 按鈕來選擇欲指定的變數。變數名稱只能包含大小寫字母。

x=5

value=82

變數可以在任何方程式下使用，替代指定給它們的值。插入變數可以使用 x 按鈕。

6x+3

xy-3x+7y-21

下面是預先定義好的變數。

ans

上次的計算結果

e

Euler's Number

π

Pi

rand

範圍 [0,1] 內的任意值 (在每次讀取時改變)
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/factorial.page0000644000373100047300000000057312300453144026125 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 階乘

階乘使用「!」符號來作輸入。若要計算 6 的階乘，輸入如下。

6!

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/power.page0000644000373100047300000000212112300453144025304 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 冪與方根

要輸入冪，在值後放入 上標數字。

5²

要輸入一個數字的倒數，可以使用倒數符號「⁻¹」(CtrlI) 。

3⁻¹

冪運算也可以使用「^」符號。這會使冪成為一個方程式。

5^(6−2)

如果你的鍵盤上沒有 ^ 鍵的話，也可以按兩次 * 鍵。

要計算平方根，使用符號「√」(CtrlR) 。

√2

要計算 n 次方根，可在根號符號前放入 下標數字 。

₃√2

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/conv-length.page0000644000373100047300000000104112300453144026374 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 長度/面積/體積

若要轉換長度、面積與體積單位，使用 in 運算子。

6 meters in inches

1 acre in cm²

1 pint in mL

長度/面積/體積轉換必須使用鍵盤進行。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/index.page0000644000373100047300000000155612300453144025272 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Robert Ancell robert.ancell@gmail.com <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png"/> Calculator Help
使用者介面
方程式
數字
轉換
財務計算
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/conv-currency.page0000644000373100047300000000113012300453144026744 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 貨幣

若要轉換貨幣單位，進入 財務模式 並使用貨幣控制。

你也可以使用鍵盤和 in 運算子來轉換貨幣單位。

13.65 USD in GBP

貨幣資訊只是一個大概值，不應該用於財務決策。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/equation.page0000644000373100047300000000202612300453144026001 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 0 基本方程

方程式以標準的數學模式來作輸入。舉例來說，要將 7 和 2 相加，輸入如下：

7+2

若要得到結果，用你的滑鼠按下 = 按鈕，或是用你的鍵盤按下 Enter 鍵。

計算會根據數學規則來進行 (先乘除後加減)。下面方程式的解為 1 (3×2 = 6, 7−6 = 1)。

7−3×2

要更改計算的次序，使用括弧。下面方程式的解為 8 (7−3 = 4, 4×2 = 8)。

(7−3)×2

若要清除顯示，按下 Clr 按鈕或是 Escape 鍵。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/scientific.page0000644000373100047300000000162412300453144026277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 科學記號

若要輸入以科學記號表示的數字，使用 ×10x 按鈕 (CtrlE)。數字模式 會自動變成上標型式。若要輸入「2×10¹⁰⁰」，從尾數 (2) 開始輸入：

2

然後按下科學記號按鈕 (或是按下 CtrlE)：

2×10

接着輸入指數 (100)：

2×10¹⁰⁰

若要以科學記號顯示結果，請改變 結果格式。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/superscript.page0000644000373100047300000000174012300453144026541 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 _ 上標和下標

有些方程式可能需要輸入以上、下標型式顯示的數字。例如：

x³+2x²−5

若要使用滑鼠輸入上標數，按下 ↑n 以及 ↓n 按鈕選擇數字模式。當其中一個模式啟動之後，點擊數字按鈕將會輸入上標或下標型式的數字。若要回到正常的數字模式，點選被啟動的按鈕。

若要使用鍵盤輸入上標數，在輸入數字的時候按住 Ctrl 鍵。下標數則按住 Alt 鍵。

在輸入非數字的字符後 (如「+」)，數字模式會回復正常。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/percentage.page0000644000373100047300000000132412300453144026271 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 百分比

計算百分比時會使用「%」符號。

當使用加減時，代表加減該值的百分比。下面的方程式計算了 $140 的物品加上 15% 稅率的價錢 (140 + (15÷100)×140)。

140+15%

在其他情況下，百分比符號代表分母為 100 的分數 (除以 100)。下列的方程式計算了 80 顆蘋果的四分之一 ((25÷100)×80)。

25%×80

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/mouse.page0000644000373100047300000000170312300453144025305 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 使用滑鼠

All equations can be entered using the mouse. To access all buttons there are a number of modes that can be selected from the Mode menu.

基本

提供適合 基本方程 的按鈕

進階

Provides buttons suitable for advanced mathematics such as

財務

提供適合 財務方程 的按鈕

軟件開發

提供適合電腦程式設計師的按鈕
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/keyboard.page0000644000373100047300000000201512300453144025752 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 使用鍵盤

所有數學方程式都可以從鍵盤輸入。

下面的組合鍵可供輸入那些你的鍵盤上可能沒有的按鍵。

×

*

÷

/

^

* 兩次

√

CtrlR

π

CtrlP

若要輸入 上標數字，使用 Ctrl數字，下標數字則使用 Alt數字。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/boolean.page0000644000373100047300000000134012300453144025571 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 邏輯代數

邏輯代數 (邏輯代數) 可以使用 AND、OR、XOR 運算子來作計算。

010011₂ AND 110101₂

這些符號按鈕可以從 軟件開發模式 中選取。

NOT 函數 會將數字內的位元倒置。文字大小是在 計數機偏好設定 選單內設置。

NOT 010011₂

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/factorize.page0000644000373100047300000000063512300453144026146 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 因數分解

你可以按下 fact 按鈕，將目前顯示的數字作因數分解。這個按鈕在 軟件開發模式 裏面。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/complex.page0000644000373100047300000000047712300453144025633 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 複數

Complex numbers are not supported in Calculator.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/conv-time.page0000644000373100047300000000067512300453144026065 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 時間

若要轉換時間單位，使用 in 運算子。

3 years in hours

時間轉換必須使用鍵盤進行。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/conv-base.page0000644000373100047300000000073212300453144026033 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 數基

若要轉換數基 (進位制)，輸入一個數字 (或是為一個方程式求解)，並從 計數機偏好設定 選單改變 結果格式。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gnome-calculator/conv-weight.page0000644000373100047300000000067412300453144026415 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 質量

若要轉換質量單位，使用 in 運算子。

1kg in pounds

質量轉換必須使用鍵盤進行。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/base.page0000644000373100047300000000200212300453151025106 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 數基

若要輸入使用特定數基 (進位制) 的數字，使用 下標數字。下面的數字都是一樣的。

1001011₂

113₈

75

4B₁₆

在 軟體開發模式 下有二進制 (CtrlB)、八進制 (CtrlO) 以及十六進制 (CtrlH) 的按鈕。

若要改變結果的進制顯示，請改變 結果格式。

若要改變目前結果的數基 (進位制)，使用進位制按鈕或是 CtrlD 以十進制格式顯示。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/functions.page0000644000373100047300000000411112300453151026207 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 函數

要使用函數，輸入函數的名稱，後面再加上參數。如果參數不是數字或 變數，在參數兩旁使用括號。

sin 30

abs (5−9)

下面是預先定義的函數。

abs

Absolute Value

cos

Cosine

cosh

Hyperbolic Cosine

frac

小數部分

int

整數部分

ln

Natural Logarithm

log

Logarithm

not

Boolean NOT

ones

1 的補數

sin

Sine

sinh

Hyperbolic Sine

sqrt

Square Root

tan

Tangent

tanh

Hyperbolic Tangent

twos

2 的補數

Calculator does not support user-defined functions.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/modulus.page0000644000373100047300000000053612300453151025676 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 餘數除法

計算餘數除法會使用 mod 運算子。

9 mod 5

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/trigonometry.page0000644000373100047300000000215712300453151026751 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 三角函數

三角函數運算可以使用 sin、cos，以及 tan 函數。

sin 45

The angle units used can be changed from the CalculatorPreferences menu. Trigonometry buttons are visible when in Advanced mode.

在函數尾端加上「h」後，便可使用雙曲函數。

sinh 0.34

要輸入反函數，可以使用反函數符號「⁻¹」(CtrlI)，或是在函數前加上「a」。下面的兩個方程式是相同的。

sin⁻¹ 0.5

asin 0.5

若要用鍵盤輸入 π，使用 CtrlP。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/conv-character.page0000644000373100047300000000071212300453151027101 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 字元碼

在 軟體開發模式 下，á 按鈕會開啟對話框，將字元轉換成字元碼。

字元無法使用鍵盤轉換。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000101412300453151025146 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported License.

As a special exception, the copyright holders give you permission to copy, modify, and distribute the example code contained in this document under the terms of your choosing, without restriction.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/financial.page0000644000373100047300000000421312300453151026126 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 財務函數

下面是財務模式下可以使用的按鈕。

Ctrm

計算增加現值的投資使其等於未來值所需的複利週期數，每一複利週期使用定期利率。

Ddb

計算在指定的期間中某資產的折舊免稅額，使用雙倍餘額遞減法。

Fv

根據定期等額付款計算投資的未來值，按照約定付款期數的定期利率。

Gpm

計算產品的轉售價格，以產品成本與期望的毛利率決定。

Pmt

計算貸款每期付款的金額，其中付款日期為每一個付款週期的最後一天。

Pv

根據定期等額付款計算投資的現值，按照約定付款期數的定期利率下進行折現。

Rate

計算投資增加到未來值所需的定期利率，按照複利期數。

Sln

計算一期間內資產的直線折舊。直線折舊法在資產可用年限內將折舊花費平均分攤。可用年限指資產折舊的期數，典型狀況下為年。

Syd

計算在指定的期間中某資產的折舊免稅額，使用年數總和法。這個折舊方式會加速折舊率，所以前期會比後期有更多折舊費用。可用年限是指該資產折舊的週期數 (通常為年)。

Term

計算普通年金期間累積至未來值所需的付款期數，按照某一定期利率。

財務函數無法使用鍵盤進行。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/logarithm.page0000644000373100047300000000141012300453151026164 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 對數

計算對數可以使用 log 函數 。

log 100

若要計算使用不同底數的對數，在函數後面使用 下標數字。

log₂ 32

若要計算自然對數，使用 ln 函數。

ln 1.32

要輸入歐拉數，使用 變數 e。

e^1.32

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/absolute.page0000644000373100047300000000063612300453151026025 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 絕對值

計算絕對值可以使用「|」符號或是 abs 函數。

|−1|

abs (−1)

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/number-display.page0000644000373100047300000000235612300453151027143 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 結果格式

顯示結果的格式可從 計算機偏好設定 選單內更改。

十進制

結果會以十進位數字顯示

科學

結果會以 科學記號 顯示

工程

結果會以科學記號顯示，指數永遠是 3 的倍數

二進制

結果會以 二進位數字 顯示

八進制

結果會以 八進位數字 顯示

十六進制

結果會以 十六進位數字 顯示

十進位制的數字也可以設定：是否小數點後面補零、是否顯示千分位分隔。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/variables.page0000644000373100047300000000226012300453151026152 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 變數

要將一個值指定為變數，使用「=」符號，或者用 進階模式 下的 x 按鈕來選擇欲指定的變數。變數名稱只能包含大小寫字母。

x=5

value=82

變數可以在任何方程式下使用，替代指定給它們的值。插入變數可以使用 x 按鈕。

6x+3

xy-3x+7y-21

下面是預先定義好的變數。

ans

上次的計算結果

e

Euler's Number

π

Pi

rand

範圍 [0,1] 內的任意值 (在每次讀取時改變)
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/factorial.page0000644000373100047300000000057312300453151026153 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 階乘

階乘使用「!」符號來作輸入。若要計算 6 的階乘，輸入如下。

6!

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/power.page0000644000373100047300000000212112300453151025332 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 冪與方根

要輸入冪，在值後放入 上標數字。

5²

要輸入一個數字的倒數，可以使用倒數符號「⁻¹」(CtrlI) 。

3⁻¹

冪運算也可以使用「^」符號。這會使冪成為一個方程式。

5^(6−2)

如果您的鍵盤上沒有 ^ 鍵的話，也可以按兩次 * 鍵。

要計算平方根，使用符號「√」(CtrlR) 。

√2

要計算 n 次方根，可在根號符號前放入 下標數字 。

₃√2

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/conv-length.page0000644000373100047300000000104112300453151026422 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 長度/面積/體積

若要轉換長度、面積與體積單位，使用 in 運算子。

6 meters in inches

1 acre in cm²

1 pint in mL

長度/面積/體積轉換必須使用鍵盤進行。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/index.page0000644000373100047300000000155612300453151025320 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Robert Ancell robert.ancell@gmail.com <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png"/> Calculator Help
使用者介面
方程式
數字
轉換
財務計算
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/conv-currency.page0000644000373100047300000000113012300453151026772 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 貨幣

若要轉換貨幣單位，進入 財務模式 並使用貨幣控制。

您也可以使用鍵盤和 in 運算子來轉換貨幣單位。

13.65 USD in GBP

貨幣資訊只是一個大概值，不應該用於財務決策。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/equation.page0000644000373100047300000000202612300453151026027 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 0 基本方程

方程式以標準的數學模式來作輸入。舉例來說，要將 7 和 2 相加，輸入如下：

7+2

若要得到結果，用您的滑鼠按下 = 按鈕，或是用您的鍵盤按下 Enter 鍵。

計算會依照數學規則來進行 (先乘除後加減)。下面方程式的解為 1 (3×2 = 6, 7−6 = 1)。

7−3×2

要變更計算的次序，使用括弧。下面方程式的解為 8 (7−3 = 4, 4×2 = 8)。

(7−3)×2

若要清除顯示，按下 Clr 按鈕或是 Escape 鍵。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/scientific.page0000644000373100047300000000162412300453151026325 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 科學記號

若要輸入以科學記號表示的數字，使用 ×10x 按鈕 (CtrlE)。數字模式 會自動變成上標型式。若要輸入「2×10¹⁰⁰」，從尾數 (2) 開始輸入：

2

然後按下科學記號按鈕 (或是按下 CtrlE)：

2×10

接著輸入指數 (100)：

2×10¹⁰⁰

若要以科學記號顯示結果，請改變 結果格式。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/superscript.page0000644000373100047300000000174012300453151026567 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 _ 上標和下標

有些方程式可能需要輸入以上、下標型式顯示的數字。例如：

x³+2x²−5

若要使用滑鼠輸入上標數，按下 ↑n 以及 ↓n 按鈕選擇數字模式。當其中一個模式啟動之後，點擊數字按鈕將會輸入上標或下標型式的數字。若要回到正常的數字模式，點選被啟動的按鈕。

若要使用鍵盤輸入上標數，在輸入數字的時候按住 Ctrl 鍵。下標數則按住 Alt 鍵。

在輸入非數字的字元後 (如「+」)，數字模式會回復正常。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/percentage.page0000644000373100047300000000132412300453151026317 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 百分比

計算百分比時會使用「%」符號。

當使用加減時，代表加減該值的百分比。下面的方程式計算了 $140 的物品加上 15% 稅率的價錢 (140 + (15÷100)×140)。

140+15%

在其他情況下，百分比符號代表分母為 100 的分數 (除以 100)。下列的方程式計算了 80 顆蘋果的四分之一 ((25÷100)×80)。

25%×80

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/mouse.page0000644000373100047300000000170312300453151025333 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 使用滑鼠

All equations can be entered using the mouse. To access all buttons there are a number of modes that can be selected from the Mode menu.

基本

提供適合 基本方程 的按鈕

進階

Provides buttons suitable for advanced mathematics such as

財務

提供適合 財務方程 的按鈕

軟體開發

提供適合電腦程式設計師的按鈕
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/keyboard.page0000644000373100047300000000201512300453151026000 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 使用鍵盤

所有數學方程式都可以從鍵盤輸入。

下面的組合鍵可供輸入那些您的鍵盤上可能沒有的按鍵。

×

*

÷

/

^

* 兩次

√

CtrlR

π

CtrlP

若要輸入 上標數字，使用 Ctrl數字，下標數字則使用 Alt數字。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/boolean.page0000644000373100047300000000134012300453151025617 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 布林代數

布林代數 (邏輯代數) 可以使用 AND、OR、XOR 運算子來作計算。

010011₂ AND 110101₂

這些符號按鈕可以從 軟體開發模式 中選取。

NOT 函數 會將數字內的位元倒置。文字大小是在 計算機偏好設定 選單內設置。

NOT 010011₂

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/factorize.page0000644000373100047300000000063512300453151026174 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 因數分解

您可以按下 fact 按鈕，將目前顯示的數字作因數分解。這個按鈕在 軟體開發模式 裡面。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/complex.page0000644000373100047300000000047712300453151025661 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 複數

Complex numbers are not supported in Calculator.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/conv-time.page0000644000373100047300000000067512300453151026113 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 時間

若要轉換時間單位，使用 in 運算子。

3 years in hours

時間轉換必須使用鍵盤進行。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/conv-base.page0000644000373100047300000000073212300453151026061 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 數基

若要轉換數基 (進位制)，輸入一個數字 (或是為一個方程式求解)，並從 計算機偏好設定 選單改變 結果格式。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gnome-calculator/conv-weight.page0000644000373100047300000000067412300453151026443 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 質量

若要轉換質量單位，使用 in 運算子。

1kg in pounds

質量轉換必須使用鍵盤進行。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-printing-select.page0000644000373100047300000000264612315065465026240 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Only Printing Certain Pages

You can selectively print only certain pages from the document. For example, if you enter the page numbers "1,3,5-7,9", then only pages 1, 3, 5, 6, 7 and 9 will be printed. To print pages of your choice:

Select File Print….

In the General tab in the Print dialog choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print from the document, separated by commas. Use a dash to specify a range of pages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-tabs.page0000644000373100047300000000311612315065465024053 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Add and remove tabs

Working with tabs in gedit allows you to keep an eye on several files in a single window. The tab that is larger than the other tabs indicates the file that is currently open. The smaller tabs indicate other files that are available to work on.

Adding tabs

To add a new tab, create a new file with Ctrl N. The tab will be added to the right side of any other tabs.

Removing tabs

To remove a tab, click the × on the tab's right side. To remove all open tabs, press Ctrl ShiftW.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-edit-as-root.page0000644000373100047300000000247112315065465025434 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Edit a file as the root user

Editing files as the root user is potentially dangerous, and may break your system in bad ways. Take great care when editing files as the root user.

To edit files as the root user, launch gedit from the terminal by entering:

sudo gedit

Using the sudo command, you will need to successfully enter your password before gedit will open.

As an alternative to the sudo command, you may obtain administrative privileges by entering:

su -

You would then launch gedit using the gedit command.

Once you have opened gedit with administrative privileges, gedit will keep those privileges until you close it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-close-file.page0000644000373100047300000000164212315065465025146 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Close a file

To close a file in gedit, select File Close. Alternately, you can click the small "X" that appears on the right-side of the file's tab, or press Ctrl W.

Any one of these actions will close a file in gedit. If your file contains changes that have not been saved, gedit will prompt you to save those changes before closing the file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-plugins-pyconsole.page0000644000373100047300000000227412315065466026621 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Add an interactive Python console to the bottom pane Python console

You can add a Python console to the bottom pane, allowing you to test Python scripts without leaving gedit. To enable the Python console, select gedit PreferencesPlugins Python Console.

Once the Python console is enabled, you can open it by selecting ViewBottom Pane, or just press ShiftF9.

If you have also enabled the Embeded Terminal plugin, the Python Console will appear as a separate tab in the bottom pane.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-change-default-font.page0000644000373100047300000000264612315065466026745 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com 2011 2012 2013 Change the default font

gedit will use the system fixed-width font by default, but you can change the default gedit font to suit your preferences.

To change the default font in <app>gedit</app>:

Select gedit Preferences Font & Colors.

Uncheck the box next to the phrase, "Use the system fixed-width font."

Click on the current font name. gedit will open a font-chooser window, allowing you to see available fonts and choose the one that you prefer.

After you have chosen a new font, use the slider under the list of fonts to set the default font size.

Click Select, and then click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-open-files-from-sidepane.page0000644000373100047300000000462512315065466027721 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com View and open files from the side pane

The most common way to switch between files in gedit is by using the tabs at the top of the gedit window. In some cases, though, particularly when you are working with a large number of open files, you may find it easier to use the side pane.

To activate the side pane, select View Side Pane, or just press the F9 key.

You can toggle the side pane open or closed by pressing F9 at any time.

Opening files from the side pane

To open files from the side pane, first open the side pane by selecting View Side Pane, then click on the file-browser icon at the bottom of the pane.

This will activate the file-browser mode of the side pane. You can then use the navigation buttons at the top of the pane to locate and open your desired files.

Using the side pane to switch between open files

Once you have several files open, you can use the side pane to switch between open files. To activate the file browser portion of the side pane, click on the file icon at the bottom of the side pane.

Clicking on any file name in the side pane will open that file for editing.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/index.page0000644000373100047300000000342412315065466023142 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 gedit Text Editor gedit Text Editor Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/gedit-icon.png" its:translate="no"/> gedit Text Editor

Welcome to the gedit help guide. For a quick introduction into both gedit's most basic features, as well as some advanced keyboard shortcuts, visit the Get started with gedit and Shortcut keys pages.

Other help topics are grouped together into sections below. Enjoy using gedit!

Working With Files
Configure gedit
gedit Plugins
Printing with gedit
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-plugins-change-case.page0000644000373100047300000000370612315065466026745 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the case of selected text Change case

This plugin helps you to change the case of selected portions of text. You can use it to change text to be all lower case, all upper case, to invert the case, or apply title case. To enable this plugin, select geditPreferences PluginsChange Case.

Once the Change Case plugin is enabled, you can use it by completing the following steps:

Highlight the portion of text that you want to change.

Select geditChange Case

Choose your desired text-formatting option.

The updates to the text formatting will take place immediately.

The Invert Case option will convert all lower case letters to upper case, and will convert all upper case letters to lower case.

The Title Case option will convert the first letter of each word to upper case. All other letters will be converted to lower case.

If you have not highlighted any text, the Change Case feature will be grayed-out. You need to select a portion of text before you use the Change Case feature.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-plugins-doc-stats.page0000644000373100047300000000324712315065466026510 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com View document statistics Document statistics

The Document Statistics plugin shows you various statistics about your current document. To enable this plugin, select geditPreferences PluginsDocument Statistics.

Using Document Statistics

Once the plugin is enabled, use it by selecting Tools Document Statistics. A window will display the statistical information of your document, including the number of words, lines, characters, non-space characters, and the size of your file in bytes.

You can also use Document Statistics to show you information about just a portion of your document. To do this, use the mouse pointer to select the portion of text that you want to examine, and then select ToolsDocument Statistics. Gedit will display information for both your entire document, and for the portion of text that you highlighted.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-view-open-files-in-sidepane.page0000644000373100047300000000376012315065466030333 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in View a list of files in the side pane

Keeping track of a large number of files using tabs can be difficult. One way of managing large numbers of files is viewing them in a side pane. Side panes allow you to view more files at a time than is possible using tabs alone.

To view a list of open files in a side pane, click View Side Pane. A pane will appear to the left of the workspace with a listing of all currently open files. Clicking a file in the side pane will display that file in the workspace.

The side pane also contains a File Browser view. If the pane displays a file directory instead of currently open files, click documents icon at the bottom of the pane to switch to the Documents view.

The side pane only displays files that are open in the current window. When multiple windows are open, only the files in the current window will be displayed in the side pane.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-spellcheck.page0000644000373100047300000001150712315065466025243 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Enable and use spell-checking feature Spell-check your document
Enable the spell checker

The Spell-check feature is provided as a plugin in gedit which can be enabled as required. To enable the plugin:

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Spell Checker to enable the plugin.
Spell-check your document

To check for misspelt words in your document:

Select Tools Check Spelling.

To have gedit automatically highlight misspelt words in your document as you type, select ToolsHighlight Misspelled Words.
Using spell-check

You can choose the right substitution for misspelt words using the Check Spelling dialog. The misspelt word being checked by the spell-checker is displayed in bold style next to Misspelled word:. You can choose from the following corrective actions:

Change to: allows you to input a word and use Check Word to check the validity of the spelling.

Suggestions: lists the available substitutions for the word.

Ignore allows you to bypass spell check for a instance of current word.

Ignore All allows you to bypass spell check for all instances of the current word.

Change substitutes the misspelt or unrecognized word with a chosen substitute from the Suggestions: list.

Change all substitutes all misspelt or unrecognized words with the chosen substitute from the Suggestions: list.

Add word allows you to add the current word to the gedit User dictionary. Adding custom words to the User dictionary will allow gedit to recognize the word in documents and thus will not be highlighted as a misspelt word.
Define the language to use for spell checking

By default, gedit will use your current language to spell check your document. If you need to use another language, choose ToolsSet Language…, then choose the language you want to use.

Dictionaries

gedit uses Enchant, a small system utility, for spell checking. Enchant can use several different dictionaries to check your spelling. Two such dictionary back-ends are Hunspell and Aspell.

If the language you want to use is not available in gedit, use your computer's software installer or package manager to install the dictionary back-end that you want.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-shortcut-keys.page0000644000373100047300000002517112315065466025754 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paolo Borelli Jesse van den Kieboom Steve Frécinaux Ignacio Casal Quinteiro Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Shortcut keys

Use shortcut keys to perform common tasks more quickly than with the mouse and menus. The following tables list all of gedit's shortcut keys.

Tab-related Shortcut keys

To Do This

Press This

Switch to the next tab to the left

CtrlAlt PageUp

Switch to the next tab to the right

CtrlAlt PageDown

Close tab

CtrlW

Save all tabs

CtrlShift L

Close all tabs

CtrlShift W

Jump to nth tab

Alt n
Shortcut keys for working with files

To Do This

Press This

Create a new document

CtrlN

Open a document

CtrlO

Save the current document

CtrlS

Save the current document with a new filename

CtrlShift S

Print the current document

Ctrl P

Print preview

CtrlShift P

Close the current document

CtrlW

Quit gedit

CtrlQ
Shortcut keys for editing files

To Do This

Press This

Move to the beginning of the current line

Home

Move to the end of the current line

End

Move to the beginning of the document

CtrlHome

Move to the end of the document

CtrlEnd

Move the selected word right one word

AltRight Arrow

Move the selected word left one word

AltLeft Arrow

Undo the last action

CtrlZ

Redo the last undone action

CtrlShift Z

Cut the selected text or region and place it on the clipboard

CtrlX

Copy the selected text or region onto the clipboard

CtrlC

Paste the contents of the clipboard

CtrlV

Select all text in the file

CtrlA

Delete the current line

CtrlD

Move the selected line up one line

AltUp Arrow

Move the selected line down one line

AltDown Arrow

Add a tab stop

Tab

Remove a tab stop

ShiftTab
Shortcut keys for showing and hiding panes

To Do This

Press This

Show / hide the side pane

F9

Show / hide the bottom pane.

CtrlF9
Shortcut keys for searching

To Do This

Press This

Find a string

CtrlF

Find the next instance of the string

CtrlG

Find the previous instance of the string

CtrlShiftG

Search and Replace

CtrlH

Clear highlight

CtrlShift K

Goto line

CtrlI
Shortcut keys for tools

To Do This

Press This

Check spelling

ShiftF7

Remove trailing spaces (with plugin)

AltF12

Run "make" in the current directory (with plugin)

F8

Directory listing (with plugin)

CtrlShift D
Shortcut keys for user help

To Do This

Press This

Open the gedit user guide

F1
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-plugins-install.page0000644000373100047300000000511112315065466026245 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com How to install third-party plugins Additional gedit plugins

Installing third-party plugins gives you extra functionality that isn't available in default gedit plugins, or even the extra plugins that are part of the gedit-plugins package. An online list of third-party plugins is kept here.

Installing a third-party plugin involves downloading the plugin, placing the plugin files in the right directory, and activating the plugin.

You can usually download a plugin from the plugin's website, but may need to use a revision-control program like git, bazaar, or subversion to copy a plugin's software repository from the internet. Refer to the plugin's documentation for information on getting the plugin.

Place the plugin files into the /home/username/.local/share/gedit/plugins directory.

Of course, replace the word username with your own username.

After you have placed the plugin files into the correct directory, the plugin will appear in the Preferences menu. Select Edit PreferencesPlugins [Name of Plugin] to enable the plugin.

Click Close.

After you have enabled the plugin, it should be available for you to use.

The .local directory is hidden by default. To view it and other hidden files, select ViewShow Hidden Files, or press CtrlH.

If the directory .local/share/gedit/plugins/ is not present on your system, you will need to create it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-printing.page0000644000373100047300000000755112315065466024764 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Printing documents

Printing with gedit requires that you have connected and configured your printer. If you have not done this, please consult the printing help for GNOME.

gedit allows you to print both to a file and to paper.

Printing To Paper

You can print your documents to paper using a local or remote printer. To print a file:

Select File Print General.

Select the desired printer from the list of printers available.

You can preview the file using Print Preview and once you are satisfied with the settings, click Print to send the file to printer.

Additionally, from Page Setup tab: you can choose Layout and Paper options. As these settings are available throughout GNOME programs, please consult Layout and Paper options help.

Print Multiple Copies And Between Specified Ranges

You can set Range and Copies options to help you:

Printing To File

You can also use gedit to print to a file. To print your document to file of a different format:

Select File Print Print to File.

Printing is enabled for the following file formats, you may select from:

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Scalable Vector Graphic (.svg)

To print the document to file, click Print.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-plugins-file-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000343712315065466027210 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Use the side pane to browse and open files File browser pane

Depending on how you use gedit, you may find it helpful to use the File Browser pane plugin. This plugin embeds a file browser in the side pane, giving you easy access to your frequently-used files.

You can enable the Side Pane by selecting geditPreferences PluginsFile Browser Pane.

Opening files from the side pane

To activate and use the side pane, select ViewSide pane (or just press F9), and then click on the file-browser icon at the bottom of the pane.

This will activate the file-browser mode of the side pane. You can then use the navigation buttons at the top of the pane to locate and open your desired files.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-open-files.page0000644000373100047300000000322112315065466025161 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Open a file or set of files

To open a file in gedit, click the Open button, or press CtrlO.

This will cause the Open Files dialog to appear. Use your mouse or keyboard to select the file that you wish to open, and then click Open. The file that you've selected will open in a new tab.

To close the Open Files dialog without opening a file, click Cancel.

You can use the Ctrl and Shift keys to open more than one file at a time. If you hold down the Ctrl key while you select multiple files, clicking Open will open each of the files that you have selected.

Holding down the Shift while you select multiple files will open the first file that you select, the last file that you select, and all of the files in between.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-syntax-highlighting.page0000644000373100047300000000255512315065466027122 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Turn on syntax highlighting
Syntax Highlighting

gedit provides syntax highlighting for a wide range of markup, programming, and scientific languages. If gedit recognizes the syntax being used when you open a file, it will automatically highlight the text.

If your syntax or language is not highlighted upon startup, you can select the appropriate syntax or language by clicking View Highlight Mode, and then choosing the desired syntax. Alternately, you can select the syntax name from a list at the bottom of the gedit window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-plugins-insert-date-time.page0000644000373100047300000000267512315065466027766 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Insert the current date/time at the cursor position Insert date/time

As this name of this plugin suggests, the Insert Date/Time plugin allows you to insert the date and/or time at the current cursor position. To enable this plugin, select gedit PreferencesPlugins Insert Date/Time. To use the plugin, press EditInsert Date and Time.

By default, the Insert Date/Time plugin will prompt you to choose your preferred date/time format each time that you use the plugin. However, you can choose your own default date and time format by selecting geditPreferences PluginsInsert Date/TimeConfigure.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-tabs-moving.page0000644000373100047300000000646712315065466025365 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Move and re-order tabs

Tabs in gedit can be moved, making it easier to work with your files. Tabs can be can re-ordered within the same window, moved outside of gedit (creating a new gedit window), and moved from one window to another.

Change the order of tabs in the gedit window

To change the ordering of tabs in a window:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Move the tab to the desired position among the other tab.

Release the mouse button.

The tab will be placed in the position closest to where you release the tab, immediately beside other opened tabs.

Move a tab, creating a new gedit window

To create a new window from an existing tab:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Drag the tab out of the gedit window.

Release the mouse button.

or, while the tab to be moved is open, choose Documents Move to New Window

To move a tab into a new window when gedit is maximized, drag the tab onto the top bar at the top of the screen.
Move a tab to another gedit window

If you want to move a tab from one window to another:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Drag the tab to the new window.

Place it beside other tabs in the new window.

Release the mouse button.

You may find it easier to move a tab from one window to another by dragging the tab to the Activities hot-corner of GNOME Shell. This will reveal each of the open gedit windows. You can then release the tab on the desired gedit window.

See the tab-related shortcut keys table to make it easier to manage your tabs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-plugins-quick-open.page0000644000373100047300000000514412315065466026660 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Quickly open a file or set of files Quick open

As the name of this plugin would imply, the Quick Open plugin helps you to open files more quickly than using the usual ways of opening files. To enable this plugin, select gedit PreferencesPluginsQuick Open.

Once you have enabled the Quick Open plugin you can use it as follows:

Open the Quick Open dialog box by pressing CtrlAltO, or by selecting FileQuick Open.

The Quick Open file dialog will appear.

Use your mouse to select the file or files that you want to open.

To select several individual files, hold down your Ctrl key while you click on the files that you want to open.

To select a group of files, click on the first file that you want to open, hold down the Shift key, and then click on the last file in the list that you want to open.

Click Open.

Quick Open will look for files in:

The directory of the currently opened document

The root directory of the File Browser Pane plugin

Recent documents which are also shown in theRecent folder in Files

Directories which you have bookmarked in Files

Your Desktop directory

Your Home directory

Quick Open displays files in any of the above locations regardless of whether or not you have opened them previously.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-plugins-zeitgeist-dataprovider.page0000644000373100047300000000246012315065466031274 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Log user activity for documents which are opened in gedit Zeitgeist dataprovider

Zeitgeist is a service that logs user activities and events. Zeitgeist lets other applications access this information in the form of statistics and timelines.The Zeitgeist dataprovider plugin for gedit records user activity for documents used with gedit giving easy access to recently-used and frequently-used files.

Enable Zeitgeist dataprovider

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Zietgeist Dataprovider.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-open-recent.page0000644000373100047300000000271112315065466025342 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Reopen a recently-used file

By default, gedit provides easy access to five of your most recently-used files. Here is how you can open a recently-used file:

Click the downward-facing arrow to the right of the Open button.

gedit will display a list of the five most-recently used files.

Select the desired file, and it will open in a new tab.

To adjust the number of recently-used files that gedit displays, you will need to use the dconf-editor application.

Launch dconf-editor and select org gnomegeditpreferencesui max-recents.

Double-click on the number next to max-recents and change the number to your desired value.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-plugin-guide.page0000644000373100047300000000234112315065466025513 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Configure and use gedit Plugins

You can do more with gedit by using plugins. Several plugins are installed by default, but a large number of other plugins are available separately.

Many Linux distributions make a group of these plugins available as a gedit-plugins package. Install the gedit-plugins package to make these extra plugins available to gedit.
Default gedit Plugins
Additional gedit Plugins
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-change-color-scheme.page0000644000373100047300000000321612315065466026727 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the color scheme

gedit includes several different color schemes, allowing you to change the appearance of the main text window.

To change the color scheme, complete the following steps:

Select gedit Preferences Font & Colors.

Choose your desired color scheme.

The new color scheme will be applied immediately.

Use a Custom Color Scheme

You can also use color schemes that have been created by others, or create and use your own color schemes.

Instructions on how to install custom color schemes, as well as examples of color schemes that you can download and use, are available on the gedit wiki.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-undo-recent-action.page0000644000373100047300000000265612315065466026631 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Undo a recent action

If you make a mistake while using gedit, you can undo it by pressing CtrlZ, or by clicking gedit Undo. Doing so will cause gedit to undo one set of similar actions.

Undoing a "set of similar actions" means, for example, that gedit will remove an entire word rather than removing each character in the word one at a time. This makes gedit's undo feature more efficient.

You cannot undo a change after you have saved it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-plugins-snippets.page0000644000373100047300000001503712315065466026454 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Use snippets to quickly insert often-used pieces of text Snippets

Snippets provide a convenient way of inserting repetitive portions of code into your files. For example, an HTML snippet for the ]]> tag would insert the opening and closing portions of the tag, as well as fixed places where you can enter image attributes. This can make writing code easier and faster.

Enable Snippets Plugin

To enable the Snippets plugin:

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Snippets to enable the plugin.
Browse Snippets

To browse available snippets:

Select Tools Manage Snippets.

Make sure the syntax is set appropriately. The status bar at the bottom of the gedit window will show the current language setting. This language setting is what allows gedit to insert the proper snippets. Gedit will normally detect the language or syntax of the file that you're using, but sometimes you may need to set it.

In this example, the language is set to HTML.

Browse the snippets that are available for your language or syntax.
Using Snippets

To insert a snippet into your current document:

Type the desired snippet name anywhere in your current document.

Press Tab to insert the snippet associated with the input term.
Snippet Example Usage

For example, if you have set the syntax to HTML, type head , and press the Tab key. The text would have auto completed into a snippet as:

Page Title ]]>
Adding Snippets

You can add new Snippets that work either globally (that is, they are language agnostic) or only in a particular syntax.

Select Tools Manage Snippets.

From the Manage Snippets sidebar select the desired syntax and click on the "+" button to list existing snippets for the selected syntax.

To add a snippet that works globally (that is, when no particular syntax or language has been set for the document), select Global from the Manage Snippets sidebar.

To add a new snippet, click on the "plus" icon in the Manage Snippets sidebar.

Input a name for the new snippet. The name of the snippet can be different from the snippet you want to add.

Under the Activation section, you must input a term for the Tab trigger: textarea. You will be using this term to insert your snippet.

If you wish to insert a snippet with a keyboard shortcut, then click your mouse pointer on Shortcut key: textarea and press the desired combination of keys. Once you have pressed and released the keys, the keyboard shortcut will be set.

Under the textarea for Edit:, input the desired text for the snippet. You may use ${n} to indicate variables, where n is replaced with a number that represents the numerical order of variables included.
New Snippet Example

Consider you have created a snippet with the term greetings in Tab trigger:. The Edit: textarea contains:

Hello ${1:wonderful}${2:amazing} world! ]]>

You can insert this snippet by typing greetings in the document and pressing the Tab key. The following text snippet will be inserted:

Hello wonderfulamazing world!]]>

The words "wonderful" and "amazing" can be retained or deleted depending on your choice of usage. To do so, press Tab to choose between "wonderful" and "amazing" and press Del to delete the least preferred option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-quickstart.page0000644000373100047300000000254312315065466025320 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Get started with gedit

gedit is a full-featured text editor for the GNOME desktop environment. You can use it to prepare simple notes and documents, or you can use some of its advanced features, making it your own software development environment.

Once gedit launches, you can start writing right away. To save your text, just click Save.

To learn about additional gedit features and to get assistance with performing additional tasks, explore the other portions of the gedit help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-plugins-sort.page0000644000373100047300000000565012315065466025576 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Sort lines of text into alphabetical order 排序

The Sort plugin arranges selected lines of text into alphabetical order.

You cannot use the Undo feature to correct a Sort operation, so we recommend that you save the file immediately before performing the sort. If you make a mistake with the sort, you can revert to the previously-saved version of the file by selecting FileRevert.
Enable Sort Plugin

To enable the Sort plugin:

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Sort to enable the plugin.
Using Sort Plugin

To use the Sort plugin:

Drag and highlight the desired lines of text.

Select gedit Sort.

The Sort dialog will open, allowing you to choose between several sorting options:

Reverse order will arrange the text in reverse alphabetical order.

Remove duplicates will remove duplicate values from the list.

Ignore case will ignore case sensitivity.

To have the sort ignore the characters at the start of the lines, set the first character that should be used for sorting in the Start at column spin box.

To perform the sort operation, click Sort.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-plugins-modelines.page0000644000373100047300000000652312315065466026566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Emacs, Kate and Vim-style modelines support for gedit Modelines

The Modelines plugin allows gedit to analyze the lines of text at the start and end of a file, and then apply a set of document preferences to the file. The Modelines plugin supports a subset of the options used by the Emacs, Kate and Vim text editors.

To enable the Modelines plugin, select gedit PreferencesPluginsModelines.

General Modeline Options

The following options can be set using gedit modelines:

Tab width

Indent width

Inserting spaces instead of tabs

Text Wrapping

Right margin width

Preferences set using modelines take precedence over the ones specified in the preference dialog.
Emacs Modelines

The first two lines of a document are scanned for Emacs modelines, and gedit supports the following Emacs modeline options:

Tab-width

Indent-offset

Indent-tabs-mode

Text auto-wrap

For more information on Emacs modelines, visit the GNU Emacs Manual.

Kate Modelines

The first and last ten lines a document are scanned for Kate modelines, and gedit supports the following Kate modeline options:

tab-width

indent-width

space-indent

word-wrap

word-wrap-column

For more information about Kate modelines, visit the Kate website.

Vim Modelines

The first and last three lines a document are scanned for Vim modelines, and gedit supports the following Vim modeline options:

et (expandtab)

ts (tabstop)

sw (shiftwidth)

wrap

textwidth

For more information on Vim modelines, visit the Vim website.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-printing-order.page0000644000373100047300000000425712315065466026075 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Getting Copies To Print In The Correct Order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. To reverse the order:

Select File Print.

In the General tab of the Print dialog under Copies, check Reverse.

The last page will be printed first, and so on.

理序

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print outs will be grouped by page number by default. (e.g. The copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, etc.) Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together.

To Collate:

Click File Print.

In the General tab of the Print dialog under Copies check Collate.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-replace.page0000644000373100047300000000714312315065466024542 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Replace text

Editing text can be time consuming. To save time, gedit includes a Replace function that helps you to find and replace portions of text.

Replace text in <app>gedit</app>

Open the Replace tool by clicking Search Replace or press CtrlH.

Enter the text that you wish to replace into the 'Search for:' field.

Enter the new, replacement text into the 'Replace with:' field.

Once you have entered the original and replacement text, select your desired replacement options:

To replace only the next matching portion of text, click Replace.

To replace all occurrences of the searched-for text, click Replace All.

Use the Replace All function with care. Replace All works on the entirety of your text file, and does not allow you to highlight portions of text where the replace function will be performed.
More options Match case

The Match case option allows you to specify whether you want your search to be case-sensitive. If this option is selected, searches will be case-sensitive. If not, searches will not be case-sensitive.

 Match entire word only

Use this option to search for a specific word without including fragments of other words. For example, if you searched for the word 'and' with this option selected, the word 'and' would be matched, but the words 'sand' and 'commander' would not be matched.

Search backwards

This command behaves identically to the Find Previous command. If you wish to step through search results from end to beginning, select this option.

 Wrap around

With the wrap around option enabled, gedit will re-start the search/replace action at the top of the file after it has reached the bottom of the file. This ensures that your search/replace action is made across your entire file.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-save-file.page0000644000373100047300000000215212315065466024775 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Save a file

To save a file in gedit, click on the disk-drive icon with the word Save next to it. You may also select File Save, or just press CtrlS.

If you are saving a new file, the Save File dialog will appear, and you can select a name for the file, as well as the directory where you would like the file to be saved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000071412315065466023002 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License. To view a copy of this license, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/ or send a letter to Creative Commons, 444 Castro Street, Suite 900, Mountain View, California, 94041, USA.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-create-new-file.page0000644000373100047300000000172412315065466026075 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Create a new file

The easiest way to create a new file in gedit, is to click the icon in the toolbar that looks like a blank piece of paper. If you prefer, you may also select FileNew, or press CtrlN.

Any one of these actions will create a new file in the gedit window. If you have other files open in gedit, the new file that you create will appear as a new tab to the right of those files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-full-screen.page0000644000373100047300000000377212315065466025352 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Use fullscreen mode

When working with a large document, you may find it helpful to work in gedit's fullscreen mode. Using fullscreen mode will hide the menu bar, tab bar and the tool bar, presenting you with more of your text and allowing you to better focus on your tasks.

Turn on fullscreen mode

To turn on fullscreen mode, select View Fullscreen, or press F11. gedit's menu, title, and tab-bars will hide, and you will only be presented with the text of your current file.

If you need to perform an action from the gedit menu while working in fullscreen mode, move your mouse pointer to the top of the screen. The gedit menu bar will reappear, and you can select your desired action.

To switch between open tabs while in fullscreen mode, press either CtrlAltPgUp or CtrlAltPgDn.
Turn off fullscreen mode

To turn off fullscreen mode and return to the standard gedit window, press F11.

You can also move your mouse cursor to the top of the screen, and wait for the menu bar to appear. When the menu bar appears, select Leave Fullscreen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-plugins-external-tools.page0000644000373100047300000000344212315065466027564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Run scripts on your current files, and interact with other applications External tools

The External Tools plugin can help simplify repetitive tasks. Specifically, it extends gedit by helping you to run scripts on your working files, and by allowing gedit to interact with other programs on your computer. To enable the External Tools plugin, select gedit PreferencesPlugins External Tools.

Configure the external tools plugin

Once you have enabled the plugin, you will need to configure it to suit your needs. The configuration options are available by selecting ToolsManage External Tools.

This plugin is for advanced users, and requires knowledge of scripting to be used effectively. Use this plugin with care, as mistakes with your scripts can affect your work in unintended ways.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-files-basic.page0000644000373100047300000000132012315065466025277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com File basics: Open, close, and save files

If you are new to gedit, these topics will help you with creating, saving, and opening and closing files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-open-on-server.page0000644000373100047300000000420212315065466025777 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Open a file that is located on a server

Prior to opening a file on a server from within gedit, you need to know some technical information about the server. For example, you will need to know the IP Address or URL of the server, and may need to know what kind of server it is (e.g., HTTP, FTP, etc.).

Also, some types of servers impose restrictions on what you can do with files stored on the server. For example, you may be able to open a file from a server, but may need to save any changes to the file locally, on your own computer.

With these caveats in mind, perform the following steps to open a file from a server using gedit:

Choose FileOpen to display the Open Files dialog.

Select the Pencil icon near the top of the Open Files dialog.

Enter the IP Address or URL of the appropriate server.

Find and select the file that you wish to open.

Use the Character coding drop-down list to select the appropriate character coding.

Click Open.

Valid types of URI include http:, ftp:, file:, and all of the methods supported by gvfs.

Files from some types of URI are opened as read-only, and any changes you make must be saved to a different location. For example, HTTP only allows files to be read. Files opened from FTP are read-only because not all FTP servers may correctly work with saving remote files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/gedit/gedit-search.page0000644000373100047300000000765212315065466024401 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Search for text

The Find tool can help you find specific sequences of text within in your file.

Finding text

Open the search window by clicking Search Find or pressing CtrlF. This will move your cursor to the start of the search window.

Type the text you wish to search for in the search window.

As you type, gedit will begin highlighting the portions of text that match what you have entered.

To scroll through the search results, do any of the following:

Click on the up or down facing arrows next to the search window.

Press the up arrow or down arrow keys on your keyboard.

Press CtrlG or CtrlShiftG.

Press the Ctrl and use your mouse or touchpad's scroll feature to move up or down through the text.

To close the search window, press either Esc or Enter. Pressing Esc will return the cursor to where it was before you began your search. Pressing Enter will return the cursor to the current position in the search results.

Search tips

If you highlight a portion of text with your mouse, and then press CtrlF, the text you've highlighted will appear in the search window.

For more search options, click on the Magnifying Glass icon in the search window, or right-click anywhere in the search window. You can select one or more of the following search options:

Select Match Case to make the search case sensitive.

Select Match Entire Word Only to search only complete words.

Select Wrap Around to search text from top to bottom and cycle back again.

The text that you've searched for will remain highlighted by gedit, even after you have completed your search. To remove the highlight, click SearchClear Highlight, or press CtrlShiftK.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-printing-select.page0000644000373100047300000000264612315065507026265 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Only Printing Certain Pages

You can selectively print only certain pages from the document. For example, if you enter the page numbers "1,3,5-7,9", then only pages 1, 3, 5, 6, 7 and 9 will be printed. To print pages of your choice:

Select File Print….

In the General tab in the Print dialog choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print from the document, separated by commas. Use a dash to specify a range of pages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-tabs.page0000644000373100047300000000311612315065507024100 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Add and remove tabs

Working with tabs in gedit allows you to keep an eye on several files in a single window. The tab that is larger than the other tabs indicates the file that is currently open. The smaller tabs indicate other files that are available to work on.

Adding tabs

To add a new tab, create a new file with Ctrl N. The tab will be added to the right side of any other tabs.

Removing tabs

To remove a tab, click the × on the tab's right side. To remove all open tabs, press Ctrl ShiftW.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-edit-as-root.page0000644000373100047300000000247112315065507025461 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Edit a file as the root user

Editing files as the root user is potentially dangerous, and may break your system in bad ways. Take great care when editing files as the root user.

To edit files as the root user, launch gedit from the terminal by entering:

sudo gedit

Using the sudo command, you will need to successfully enter your password before gedit will open.

As an alternative to the sudo command, you may obtain administrative privileges by entering:

su -

You would then launch gedit using the gedit command.

Once you have opened gedit with administrative privileges, gedit will keep those privileges until you close it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-close-file.page0000644000373100047300000000164212315065507025173 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Close a file

To close a file in gedit, select File Close. Alternately, you can click the small "X" that appears on the right-side of the file's tab, or press Ctrl W.

Any one of these actions will close a file in gedit. If your file contains changes that have not been saved, gedit will prompt you to save those changes before closing the file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-plugins-pyconsole.page0000644000373100047300000000227412315065507026645 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Add an interactive Python console to the bottom pane Python console

You can add a Python console to the bottom pane, allowing you to test Python scripts without leaving gedit. To enable the Python console, select gedit PreferencesPlugins Python Console.

Once the Python console is enabled, you can open it by selecting ViewBottom Pane, or just press ShiftF9.

If you have also enabled the Embeded Terminal plugin, the Python Console will appear as a separate tab in the bottom pane.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-change-default-font.page0000644000373100047300000000264612315065507026771 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com 2011 2012 2013 Change the default font

gedit will use the system fixed-width font by default, but you can change the default gedit font to suit your preferences.

To change the default font in <app>gedit</app>:

Select gedit Preferences Font & Colors.

Uncheck the box next to the phrase, "Use the system fixed-width font."

Click on the current font name. gedit will open a font-chooser window, allowing you to see available fonts and choose the one that you prefer.

After you have chosen a new font, use the slider under the list of fonts to set the default font size.

Click Select, and then click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-open-files-from-sidepane.page0000644000373100047300000000462512315065507027745 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com View and open files from the side pane

The most common way to switch between files in gedit is by using the tabs at the top of the gedit window. In some cases, though, particularly when you are working with a large number of open files, you may find it easier to use the side pane.

To activate the side pane, select View Side Pane, or just press the F9 key.

You can toggle the side pane open or closed by pressing F9 at any time.

Opening files from the side pane

To open files from the side pane, first open the side pane by selecting View Side Pane, then click on the file-browser icon at the bottom of the pane.

This will activate the file-browser mode of the side pane. You can then use the navigation buttons at the top of the pane to locate and open your desired files.

Using the side pane to switch between open files

Once you have several files open, you can use the side pane to switch between open files. To activate the file browser portion of the side pane, click on the file icon at the bottom of the side pane.

Clicking on any file name in the side pane will open that file for editing.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/index.page0000644000373100047300000000342412315065507023166 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 gedit Text Editor gedit Text Editor Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/gedit-icon.png" its:translate="no"/> gedit Text Editor

Welcome to the gedit help guide. For a quick introduction into both gedit's most basic features, as well as some advanced keyboard shortcuts, visit the Get started with gedit and Shortcut keys pages.

Other help topics are grouped together into sections below. Enjoy using gedit!

Working With Files
Configure gedit
gedit Plugins
Printing with gedit
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-plugins-change-case.page0000644000373100047300000000370612315065507026771 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the case of selected text Change case

This plugin helps you to change the case of selected portions of text. You can use it to change text to be all lower case, all upper case, to invert the case, or apply title case. To enable this plugin, select geditPreferences PluginsChange Case.

Once the Change Case plugin is enabled, you can use it by completing the following steps:

Highlight the portion of text that you want to change.

Select geditChange Case

Choose your desired text-formatting option.

The updates to the text formatting will take place immediately.

The Invert Case option will convert all lower case letters to upper case, and will convert all upper case letters to lower case.

The Title Case option will convert the first letter of each word to upper case. All other letters will be converted to lower case.

If you have not highlighted any text, the Change Case feature will be grayed-out. You need to select a portion of text before you use the Change Case feature.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-plugins-doc-stats.page0000644000373100047300000000324712315065507026534 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com View document statistics Document statistics

The Document Statistics plugin shows you various statistics about your current document. To enable this plugin, select geditPreferences PluginsDocument Statistics.

Using Document Statistics

Once the plugin is enabled, use it by selecting Tools Document Statistics. A window will display the statistical information of your document, including the number of words, lines, characters, non-space characters, and the size of your file in bytes.

You can also use Document Statistics to show you information about just a portion of your document. To do this, use the mouse pointer to select the portion of text that you want to examine, and then select ToolsDocument Statistics. Gedit will display information for both your entire document, and for the portion of text that you highlighted.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-view-open-files-in-sidepane.page0000644000373100047300000000376012315065507030357 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in View a list of files in the side pane

Keeping track of a large number of files using tabs can be difficult. One way of managing large numbers of files is viewing them in a side pane. Side panes allow you to view more files at a time than is possible using tabs alone.

To view a list of open files in a side pane, click View Side Pane. A pane will appear to the left of the workspace with a listing of all currently open files. Clicking a file in the side pane will display that file in the workspace.

The side pane also contains a File Browser view. If the pane displays a file directory instead of currently open files, click documents icon at the bottom of the pane to switch to the Documents view.

The side pane only displays files that are open in the current window. When multiple windows are open, only the files in the current window will be displayed in the side pane.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-spellcheck.page0000644000373100047300000001150712315065507025267 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Enable and use spell-checking feature Spell-check your document
Enable the spell checker

The Spell-check feature is provided as a plugin in gedit which can be enabled as required. To enable the plugin:

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Spell Checker to enable the plugin.
Spell-check your document

To check for misspelt words in your document:

Select Tools Check Spelling.

To have gedit automatically highlight misspelt words in your document as you type, select ToolsHighlight Misspelled Words.
Using spell-check

You can choose the right substitution for misspelt words using the Check Spelling dialog. The misspelt word being checked by the spell-checker is displayed in bold style next to Misspelled word:. You can choose from the following corrective actions:

Change to: allows you to input a word and use Check Word to check the validity of the spelling.

Suggestions: lists the available substitutions for the word.

Ignore allows you to bypass spell check for a instance of current word.

Ignore All allows you to bypass spell check for all instances of the current word.

Change substitutes the misspelt or unrecognized word with a chosen substitute from the Suggestions: list.

Change all substitutes all misspelt or unrecognized words with the chosen substitute from the Suggestions: list.

Add word allows you to add the current word to the gedit User dictionary. Adding custom words to the User dictionary will allow gedit to recognize the word in documents and thus will not be highlighted as a misspelt word.
Define the language to use for spell checking

By default, gedit will use your current language to spell check your document. If you need to use another language, choose ToolsSet Language…, then choose the language you want to use.

Dictionaries

gedit uses Enchant, a small system utility, for spell checking. Enchant can use several different dictionaries to check your spelling. Two such dictionary back-ends are Hunspell and Aspell.

If the language you want to use is not available in gedit, use your computer's software installer or package manager to install the dictionary back-end that you want.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-shortcut-keys.page0000644000373100047300000002517112315065507026000 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paolo Borelli Jesse van den Kieboom Steve Frécinaux Ignacio Casal Quinteiro Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Shortcut keys

Use shortcut keys to perform common tasks more quickly than with the mouse and menus. The following tables list all of gedit's shortcut keys.

Tab-related Shortcut keys

To Do This

Press This

Switch to the next tab to the left

CtrlAlt PageUp

Switch to the next tab to the right

CtrlAlt PageDown

Close tab

CtrlW

Save all tabs

CtrlShift L

Close all tabs

CtrlShift W

Jump to nth tab

Alt n
Shortcut keys for working with files

To Do This

Press This

Create a new document

CtrlN

Open a document

CtrlO

Save the current document

CtrlS

Save the current document with a new filename

CtrlShift S

Print the current document

Ctrl P

Print preview

CtrlShift P

Close the current document

CtrlW

Quit gedit

CtrlQ
Shortcut keys for editing files

To Do This

Press This

Move to the beginning of the current line

Home

Move to the end of the current line

End

Move to the beginning of the document

CtrlHome

Move to the end of the document

CtrlEnd

Move the selected word right one word

AltRight Arrow

Move the selected word left one word

AltLeft Arrow

Undo the last action

CtrlZ

Redo the last undone action

CtrlShift Z

Cut the selected text or region and place it on the clipboard

CtrlX

Copy the selected text or region onto the clipboard

CtrlC

Paste the contents of the clipboard

CtrlV

Select all text in the file

CtrlA

Delete the current line

CtrlD

Move the selected line up one line

AltUp Arrow

Move the selected line down one line

AltDown Arrow

Add a tab stop

Tab

Remove a tab stop

ShiftTab
Shortcut keys for showing and hiding panes

To Do This

Press This

Show / hide the side pane

F9

Show / hide the bottom pane.

CtrlF9
Shortcut keys for searching

To Do This

Press This

Find a string

CtrlF

Find the next instance of the string

CtrlG

Find the previous instance of the string

CtrlShiftG

Search and Replace

CtrlH

Clear highlight

CtrlShift K

Goto line

CtrlI
Shortcut keys for tools

To Do This

Press This

Check spelling

ShiftF7

Remove trailing spaces (with plugin)

AltF12

Run "make" in the current directory (with plugin)

F8

Directory listing (with plugin)

CtrlShift D
Shortcut keys for user help

To Do This

Press This

Open the gedit user guide

F1
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-plugins-install.page0000644000373100047300000000511112315065507026271 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com How to install third-party plugins Additional gedit plugins

Installing third-party plugins gives you extra functionality that isn't available in default gedit plugins, or even the extra plugins that are part of the gedit-plugins package. An online list of third-party plugins is kept here.

Installing a third-party plugin involves downloading the plugin, placing the plugin files in the right directory, and activating the plugin.

You can usually download a plugin from the plugin's website, but may need to use a revision-control program like git, bazaar, or subversion to copy a plugin's software repository from the internet. Refer to the plugin's documentation for information on getting the plugin.

Place the plugin files into the /home/username/.local/share/gedit/plugins directory.

Of course, replace the word username with your own username.

After you have placed the plugin files into the correct directory, the plugin will appear in the Preferences menu. Select Edit PreferencesPlugins [Name of Plugin] to enable the plugin.

Click Close.

After you have enabled the plugin, it should be available for you to use.

The .local directory is hidden by default. To view it and other hidden files, select ViewShow Hidden Files, or press CtrlH.

If the directory .local/share/gedit/plugins/ is not present on your system, you will need to create it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-printing.page0000644000373100047300000000755112315065507025010 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Printing documents

Printing with gedit requires that you have connected and configured your printer. If you have not done this, please consult the printing help for GNOME.

gedit allows you to print both to a file and to paper.

Printing To Paper

You can print your documents to paper using a local or remote printer. To print a file:

Select File Print General.

Select the desired printer from the list of printers available.

You can preview the file using Print Preview and once you are satisfied with the settings, click Print to send the file to printer.

Additionally, from Page Setup tab: you can choose Layout and Paper options. As these settings are available throughout GNOME programs, please consult Layout and Paper options help.

Print Multiple Copies And Between Specified Ranges

You can set Range and Copies options to help you:

Printing To File

You can also use gedit to print to a file. To print your document to file of a different format:

Select File Print Print to File.

Printing is enabled for the following file formats, you may select from:

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Scalable Vector Graphic (.svg)

To print the document to file, click Print.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-plugins-file-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000343712315065507027234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Use the side pane to browse and open files File browser pane

Depending on how you use gedit, you may find it helpful to use the File Browser pane plugin. This plugin embeds a file browser in the side pane, giving you easy access to your frequently-used files.

You can enable the Side Pane by selecting geditPreferences PluginsFile Browser Pane.

Opening files from the side pane

To activate and use the side pane, select ViewSide pane (or just press F9), and then click on the file-browser icon at the bottom of the pane.

This will activate the file-browser mode of the side pane. You can then use the navigation buttons at the top of the pane to locate and open your desired files.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-open-files.page0000644000373100047300000000322112315065507025205 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Open a file or set of files

To open a file in gedit, click the Open button, or press CtrlO.

This will cause the Open Files dialog to appear. Use your mouse or keyboard to select the file that you wish to open, and then click Open. The file that you've selected will open in a new tab.

To close the Open Files dialog without opening a file, click Cancel.

You can use the Ctrl and Shift keys to open more than one file at a time. If you hold down the Ctrl key while you select multiple files, clicking Open will open each of the files that you have selected.

Holding down the Shift while you select multiple files will open the first file that you select, the last file that you select, and all of the files in between.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-syntax-highlighting.page0000644000373100047300000000255512315065507027146 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Turn on syntax highlighting
Syntax Highlighting

gedit provides syntax highlighting for a wide range of markup, programming, and scientific languages. If gedit recognizes the syntax being used when you open a file, it will automatically highlight the text.

If your syntax or language is not highlighted upon startup, you can select the appropriate syntax or language by clicking View Highlight Mode, and then choosing the desired syntax. Alternately, you can select the syntax name from a list at the bottom of the gedit window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-plugins-insert-date-time.page0000644000373100047300000000267512315065507030012 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Insert the current date/time at the cursor position Insert date/time

As this name of this plugin suggests, the Insert Date/Time plugin allows you to insert the date and/or time at the current cursor position. To enable this plugin, select gedit PreferencesPlugins Insert Date/Time. To use the plugin, press EditInsert Date and Time.

By default, the Insert Date/Time plugin will prompt you to choose your preferred date/time format each time that you use the plugin. However, you can choose your own default date and time format by selecting geditPreferences PluginsInsert Date/TimeConfigure.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-tabs-moving.page0000644000373100047300000000646712315065507025411 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Move and re-order tabs

Tabs in gedit can be moved, making it easier to work with your files. Tabs can be can re-ordered within the same window, moved outside of gedit (creating a new gedit window), and moved from one window to another.

Change the order of tabs in the gedit window

To change the ordering of tabs in a window:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Move the tab to the desired position among the other tab.

Release the mouse button.

The tab will be placed in the position closest to where you release the tab, immediately beside other opened tabs.

Move a tab, creating a new gedit window

To create a new window from an existing tab:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Drag the tab out of the gedit window.

Release the mouse button.

or, while the tab to be moved is open, choose Documents Move to New Window

To move a tab into a new window when gedit is maximized, drag the tab onto the top bar at the top of the screen.
Move a tab to another gedit window

If you want to move a tab from one window to another:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Drag the tab to the new window.

Place it beside other tabs in the new window.

Release the mouse button.

You may find it easier to move a tab from one window to another by dragging the tab to the Activities hot-corner of GNOME Shell. This will reveal each of the open gedit windows. You can then release the tab on the desired gedit window.

See the tab-related shortcut keys table to make it easier to manage your tabs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-plugins-quick-open.page0000644000373100047300000000514412315065507026704 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Quickly open a file or set of files Quick open

As the name of this plugin would imply, the Quick Open plugin helps you to open files more quickly than using the usual ways of opening files. To enable this plugin, select gedit PreferencesPluginsQuick Open.

Once you have enabled the Quick Open plugin you can use it as follows:

Open the Quick Open dialog box by pressing CtrlAltO, or by selecting FileQuick Open.

The Quick Open file dialog will appear.

Use your mouse to select the file or files that you want to open.

To select several individual files, hold down your Ctrl key while you click on the files that you want to open.

To select a group of files, click on the first file that you want to open, hold down the Shift key, and then click on the last file in the list that you want to open.

Click Open.

Quick Open will look for files in:

The directory of the currently opened document

The root directory of the File Browser Pane plugin

Recent documents which are also shown in theRecent folder in Files

Directories which you have bookmarked in Files

Your Desktop directory

Your Home directory

Quick Open displays files in any of the above locations regardless of whether or not you have opened them previously.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-plugins-zeitgeist-dataprovider.page0000644000373100047300000000246012315065507031320 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Log user activity for documents which are opened in gedit Zeitgeist dataprovider

Zeitgeist is a service that logs user activities and events. Zeitgeist lets other applications access this information in the form of statistics and timelines.The Zeitgeist dataprovider plugin for gedit records user activity for documents used with gedit giving easy access to recently-used and frequently-used files.

Enable Zeitgeist dataprovider

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Zietgeist Dataprovider.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-open-recent.page0000644000373100047300000000271112315065507025366 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Reopen a recently-used file

By default, gedit provides easy access to five of your most recently-used files. Here is how you can open a recently-used file:

Click the downward-facing arrow to the right of the Open button.

gedit will display a list of the five most-recently used files.

Select the desired file, and it will open in a new tab.

To adjust the number of recently-used files that gedit displays, you will need to use the dconf-editor application.

Launch dconf-editor and select org gnomegeditpreferencesui max-recents.

Double-click on the number next to max-recents and change the number to your desired value.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-plugin-guide.page0000644000373100047300000000234112315065507025537 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Configure and use gedit Plugins

You can do more with gedit by using plugins. Several plugins are installed by default, but a large number of other plugins are available separately.

Many Linux distributions make a group of these plugins available as a gedit-plugins package. Install the gedit-plugins package to make these extra plugins available to gedit.
Default gedit Plugins
Additional gedit Plugins
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-change-color-scheme.page0000644000373100047300000000321612315065507026753 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the color scheme

gedit includes several different color schemes, allowing you to change the appearance of the main text window.

To change the color scheme, complete the following steps:

Select gedit Preferences Font & Colors.

Choose your desired color scheme.

The new color scheme will be applied immediately.

Use a Custom Color Scheme

You can also use color schemes that have been created by others, or create and use your own color schemes.

Instructions on how to install custom color schemes, as well as examples of color schemes that you can download and use, are available on the gedit wiki.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-undo-recent-action.page0000644000373100047300000000265612315065507026655 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Undo a recent action

If you make a mistake while using gedit, you can undo it by pressing CtrlZ, or by clicking gedit Undo. Doing so will cause gedit to undo one set of similar actions.

Undoing a "set of similar actions" means, for example, that gedit will remove an entire word rather than removing each character in the word one at a time. This makes gedit's undo feature more efficient.

You cannot undo a change after you have saved it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-plugins-snippets.page0000644000373100047300000001503712315065507026500 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Use snippets to quickly insert often-used pieces of text Snippets

Snippets provide a convenient way of inserting repetitive portions of code into your files. For example, an HTML snippet for the ]]> tag would insert the opening and closing portions of the tag, as well as fixed places where you can enter image attributes. This can make writing code easier and faster.

Enable Snippets Plugin

To enable the Snippets plugin:

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Snippets to enable the plugin.
Browse Snippets

To browse available snippets:

Select Tools Manage Snippets.

Make sure the syntax is set appropriately. The status bar at the bottom of the gedit window will show the current language setting. This language setting is what allows gedit to insert the proper snippets. Gedit will normally detect the language or syntax of the file that you're using, but sometimes you may need to set it.

In this example, the language is set to HTML.

Browse the snippets that are available for your language or syntax.
Using Snippets

To insert a snippet into your current document:

Type the desired snippet name anywhere in your current document.

Press Tab to insert the snippet associated with the input term.
Snippet Example Usage

For example, if you have set the syntax to HTML, type head , and press the Tab key. The text would have auto completed into a snippet as:

Page Title ]]>
Adding Snippets

You can add new Snippets that work either globally (that is, they are language agnostic) or only in a particular syntax.

Select Tools Manage Snippets.

From the Manage Snippets sidebar select the desired syntax and click on the "+" button to list existing snippets for the selected syntax.

To add a snippet that works globally (that is, when no particular syntax or language has been set for the document), select Global from the Manage Snippets sidebar.

To add a new snippet, click on the "plus" icon in the Manage Snippets sidebar.

Input a name for the new snippet. The name of the snippet can be different from the snippet you want to add.

Under the Activation section, you must input a term for the Tab trigger: textarea. You will be using this term to insert your snippet.

If you wish to insert a snippet with a keyboard shortcut, then click your mouse pointer on Shortcut key: textarea and press the desired combination of keys. Once you have pressed and released the keys, the keyboard shortcut will be set.

Under the textarea for Edit:, input the desired text for the snippet. You may use ${n} to indicate variables, where n is replaced with a number that represents the numerical order of variables included.
New Snippet Example

Consider you have created a snippet with the term greetings in Tab trigger:. The Edit: textarea contains:

Hello ${1:wonderful}${2:amazing} world! ]]>

You can insert this snippet by typing greetings in the document and pressing the Tab key. The following text snippet will be inserted:

Hello wonderfulamazing world!]]>

The words "wonderful" and "amazing" can be retained or deleted depending on your choice of usage. To do so, press Tab to choose between "wonderful" and "amazing" and press Del to delete the least preferred option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-quickstart.page0000644000373100047300000000254312315065507025344 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Get started with gedit

gedit is a full-featured text editor for the GNOME desktop environment. You can use it to prepare simple notes and documents, or you can use some of its advanced features, making it your own software development environment.

Once gedit launches, you can start writing right away. To save your text, just click Save.

To learn about additional gedit features and to get assistance with performing additional tasks, explore the other portions of the gedit help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-plugins-sort.page0000644000373100047300000000565012315065507025622 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Sort lines of text into alphabetical order 排序

The Sort plugin arranges selected lines of text into alphabetical order.

You cannot use the Undo feature to correct a Sort operation, so we recommend that you save the file immediately before performing the sort. If you make a mistake with the sort, you can revert to the previously-saved version of the file by selecting FileRevert.
Enable Sort Plugin

To enable the Sort plugin:

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Sort to enable the plugin.
Using Sort Plugin

To use the Sort plugin:

Drag and highlight the desired lines of text.

Select gedit Sort.

The Sort dialog will open, allowing you to choose between several sorting options:

Reverse order will arrange the text in reverse alphabetical order.

Remove duplicates will remove duplicate values from the list.

Ignore case will ignore case sensitivity.

To have the sort ignore the characters at the start of the lines, set the first character that should be used for sorting in the Start at column spin box.

To perform the sort operation, click Sort.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-plugins-modelines.page0000644000373100047300000000652312315065507026612 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Emacs, Kate and Vim-style modelines support for gedit Modelines

The Modelines plugin allows gedit to analyze the lines of text at the start and end of a file, and then apply a set of document preferences to the file. The Modelines plugin supports a subset of the options used by the Emacs, Kate and Vim text editors.

To enable the Modelines plugin, select gedit PreferencesPluginsModelines.

General Modeline Options

The following options can be set using gedit modelines:

Tab width

Indent width

Inserting spaces instead of tabs

Text Wrapping

Right margin width

Preferences set using modelines take precedence over the ones specified in the preference dialog.
Emacs Modelines

The first two lines of a document are scanned for Emacs modelines, and gedit supports the following Emacs modeline options:

Tab-width

Indent-offset

Indent-tabs-mode

Text auto-wrap

For more information on Emacs modelines, visit the GNU Emacs Manual.

Kate Modelines

The first and last ten lines a document are scanned for Kate modelines, and gedit supports the following Kate modeline options:

tab-width

indent-width

space-indent

word-wrap

word-wrap-column

For more information about Kate modelines, visit the Kate website.

Vim Modelines

The first and last three lines a document are scanned for Vim modelines, and gedit supports the following Vim modeline options:

et (expandtab)

ts (tabstop)

sw (shiftwidth)

wrap

textwidth

For more information on Vim modelines, visit the Vim website.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-printing-order.page0000644000373100047300000000425712315065507026121 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Getting Copies To Print In The Correct Order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. To reverse the order:

Select File Print.

In the General tab of the Print dialog under Copies, check Reverse.

The last page will be printed first, and so on.

理序

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print outs will be grouped by page number by default. (e.g. The copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, etc.) Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together.

To Collate:

Click File Print.

In the General tab of the Print dialog under Copies check Collate.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-replace.page0000644000373100047300000000714312315065507024566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Replace text

Editing text can be time consuming. To save time, gedit includes a Replace function that helps you to find and replace portions of text.

Replace text in <app>gedit</app>

Open the Replace tool by clicking Search Replace or press CtrlH.

Enter the text that you wish to replace into the 'Search for:' field.

Enter the new, replacement text into the 'Replace with:' field.

Once you have entered the original and replacement text, select your desired replacement options:

To replace only the next matching portion of text, click Replace.

To replace all occurrences of the searched-for text, click Replace All.

Use the Replace All function with care. Replace All works on the entirety of your text file, and does not allow you to highlight portions of text where the replace function will be performed.
More options Match case

The Match case option allows you to specify whether you want your search to be case-sensitive. If this option is selected, searches will be case-sensitive. If not, searches will not be case-sensitive.

 Match entire word only

Use this option to search for a specific word without including fragments of other words. For example, if you searched for the word 'and' with this option selected, the word 'and' would be matched, but the words 'sand' and 'commander' would not be matched.

Search backwards

This command behaves identically to the Find Previous command. If you wish to step through search results from end to beginning, select this option.

 Wrap around

With the wrap around option enabled, gedit will re-start the search/replace action at the top of the file after it has reached the bottom of the file. This ensures that your search/replace action is made across your entire file.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-save-file.page0000644000373100047300000000215212315065507025021 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Save a file

To save a file in gedit, click on the disk-drive icon with the word Save next to it. You may also select File Save, or just press CtrlS.

If you are saving a new file, the Save File dialog will appear, and you can select a name for the file, as well as the directory where you would like the file to be saved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000071412315065507023026 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License. To view a copy of this license, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/ or send a letter to Creative Commons, 444 Castro Street, Suite 900, Mountain View, California, 94041, USA.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-create-new-file.page0000644000373100047300000000172412315065507026121 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Create a new file

The easiest way to create a new file in gedit, is to click the icon in the toolbar that looks like a blank piece of paper. If you prefer, you may also select FileNew, or press CtrlN.

Any one of these actions will create a new file in the gedit window. If you have other files open in gedit, the new file that you create will appear as a new tab to the right of those files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-full-screen.page0000644000373100047300000000377212315065507025376 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Use fullscreen mode

When working with a large document, you may find it helpful to work in gedit's fullscreen mode. Using fullscreen mode will hide the menu bar, tab bar and the tool bar, presenting you with more of your text and allowing you to better focus on your tasks.

Turn on fullscreen mode

To turn on fullscreen mode, select View Fullscreen, or press F11. gedit's menu, title, and tab-bars will hide, and you will only be presented with the text of your current file.

If you need to perform an action from the gedit menu while working in fullscreen mode, move your mouse pointer to the top of the screen. The gedit menu bar will reappear, and you can select your desired action.

To switch between open tabs while in fullscreen mode, press either CtrlAltPgUp or CtrlAltPgDn.
Turn off fullscreen mode

To turn off fullscreen mode and return to the standard gedit window, press F11.

You can also move your mouse cursor to the top of the screen, and wait for the menu bar to appear. When the menu bar appears, select Leave Fullscreen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-plugins-external-tools.page0000644000373100047300000000344212315065507027610 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Run scripts on your current files, and interact with other applications External tools

The External Tools plugin can help simplify repetitive tasks. Specifically, it extends gedit by helping you to run scripts on your working files, and by allowing gedit to interact with other programs on your computer. To enable the External Tools plugin, select gedit PreferencesPlugins External Tools.

Configure the external tools plugin

Once you have enabled the plugin, you will need to configure it to suit your needs. The configuration options are available by selecting ToolsManage External Tools.

This plugin is for advanced users, and requires knowledge of scripting to be used effectively. Use this plugin with care, as mistakes with your scripts can affect your work in unintended ways.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-files-basic.page0000644000373100047300000000132012315065507025323 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com File basics: Open, close, and save files

If you are new to gedit, these topics will help you with creating, saving, and opening and closing files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-open-on-server.page0000644000373100047300000000420212315065507026023 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Open a file that is located on a server

Prior to opening a file on a server from within gedit, you need to know some technical information about the server. For example, you will need to know the IP Address or URL of the server, and may need to know what kind of server it is (e.g., HTTP, FTP, etc.).

Also, some types of servers impose restrictions on what you can do with files stored on the server. For example, you may be able to open a file from a server, but may need to save any changes to the file locally, on your own computer.

With these caveats in mind, perform the following steps to open a file from a server using gedit:

Choose FileOpen to display the Open Files dialog.

Select the Pencil icon near the top of the Open Files dialog.

Enter the IP Address or URL of the appropriate server.

Find and select the file that you wish to open.

Use the Character coding drop-down list to select the appropriate character coding.

Click Open.

Valid types of URI include http:, ftp:, file:, and all of the methods supported by gvfs.

Files from some types of URI are opened as read-only, and any changes you make must be saved to a different location. For example, HTTP only allows files to be read. Files opened from FTP are read-only because not all FTP servers may correctly work with saving remote files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/gedit/gedit-search.page0000644000373100047300000000765212315065507024425 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Search for text

The Find tool can help you find specific sequences of text within in your file.

Finding text

Open the search window by clicking Search Find or pressing CtrlF. This will move your cursor to the start of the search window.

Type the text you wish to search for in the search window.

As you type, gedit will begin highlighting the portions of text that match what you have entered.

To scroll through the search results, do any of the following:

Click on the up or down facing arrows next to the search window.

Press the up arrow or down arrow keys on your keyboard.

Press CtrlG or CtrlShiftG.

Press the Ctrl and use your mouse or touchpad's scroll feature to move up or down through the text.

To close the search window, press either Esc or Enter. Pressing Esc will return the cursor to where it was before you began your search. Pressing Enter will return the cursor to the current position in the search results.

Search tips

If you highlight a portion of text with your mouse, and then press CtrlF, the text you've highlighted will appear in the search window.

For more search options, click on the Magnifying Glass icon in the search window, or right-click anywhere in the search window. You can select one or more of the following search options:

Select Match Case to make the search case sensitive.

Select Match Entire Word Only to search only complete words.

Select Wrap Around to search text from top to bottom and cycle back again.

The text that you've searched for will remain highlighted by gedit, even after you have completed your search. To remove the highlight, click SearchClear Highlight, or press CtrlShiftK.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/commandline.page0000644000373100047300000000344712307574675024044 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Command Line The eog command can open any number of images in various modes. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 The command line

To start the Image Viewer from the Terminal, type eog.

You can open a specific file by typing the filename after the eog command:

eog image.jpeg

You can open a specific folder by typing the folder name after the eog command:

eog folder

To see all the images in a folder at once, you may wish to browse the image gallery.

Open an image in fullscreen mode eog --fullscreen image.jpeg
Open image in a new instance eog --new-instance image.jpeg
Open a folder in slideshow mode eog --slide-show Pictures/
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/preferences.page0000644000373100047300000001060112307574675024045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Image view, slideshow and plugins. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 個人喜好

This topic explains all of the settings that you can change in the image viewer. Click EditPreferences to start changing the preferences.

Image view preferences Image enhancements

Select Smooth images when zoomed out to enable image smoothing when you zoom in and out. This makes low-resolution (pixelated) pictures look better by smoothing out jagged edges.

If you enable Automatic orientation, pictures will be automatically rotated according to their Exif metadata. This is information about a picture that is automatically inserted by a digital camera, and can include details on which way up the camera was held when the picture was taken. For example, when automatic orientation is enabled, portrait photos are automatically rotated upright. The rotation is not saved until you save the rotated image.

Automatic orientation does not work with all pictures; only pictures taken using a camera that saves Exif orientation metadata will be rotated.

 Transparent parts

Select one of the following options to determine how the transparent parts of a picture are displayed, if it has any:

As check pattern:

Displays any transparent parts of the image in a check pattern.

As custom color:

Displays any transparent parts of the image in a solid color that you specify by clicking on the color selector button.

As background:

Displays any transparent parts of the image in the Background color, if As custom color under Background is checked. Otherwise, the default background color is used.
Slide show preferences

To customize slideshow settings:

Under Image Zoom you can select if you would like pictures that are smaller than the screen to be expanded so that they fit the screen.

Under Sequence you can select how many seconds each picture should be displayed for (between 1 and 100) before the next picture is shown.

Check Loop sequence if you want the slideshow to repeat continuously. If unchecked, the slideshow will start at the picture you selected, and finish at the last picture in the folder.
Plugin preferences

Here you can check/uncheck any additional features you would like to activate or deactivate. The picture on the left shows the plugins that are available by default.

You may also wish to install the eog-plugins package, which contains plugins providing a number of extra features. After installing it, you will be able to activate additional plugins, like the ones shown in the picture on the right.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/default.page0000644000373100047300000000306512307574675023176 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make image viewer the default application for viewing pictures. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Open pictures in the image viewer by default

If you want to make the image viewer the default program that opens certain image file types:

In the files app, right click the file and choose Properties.

Go to the Open With tab. A list of Recommended Applications will appear.

Select the Image Viewer and click Set as default.

If Image Viewer is not on the Recommended Applications list, click Show other applications. Select Image Viewer from the list that appears and click Set as default.

Click Close.

In future, when you double-click a file of the same type, it will open up in the image viewer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/plugin-python-console.page0000644000373100047300000000271512307574675026030 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Python console can be used to add extra functions and run scripts in the image viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Python console

The image viewer has a plugin system which uses the Python scripting language. If you activate the Python console, you can gain direct access to a Python interpreter from inside the image viewer, which you can then use to write scripts or programmatically manipulate images, for example.

Before you can activate the Python console, you will need to install eog-plugins.

Once eog-plugins is installed, click Edit Preferences and go to the Plugins tab.

Check Python Console and click Close.

Click ToolsPython Console to bring up the console.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/index.page0000644000373100047300000000306312307574675022657 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Help for the Eye of GNOME Image Viewer. <media type="image" src="figures/eog-trail.png"/> Eye of GNOME Image Viewer Eye of GNOME Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 <media type="image" src="figures/eog-logo.png">Eye of GNOME logo</media> Eye of GNOME Image Viewer
View pictures
Edit pictures
Print pictures
Add extra features
Advanced
Frequently asked questions
Tips and tricks
Get involved
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/plugin-zoom-width.page0000644000373100047300000000206412307574675025145 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjusts the zoom to fit a picture's full width into the window. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Zoom to fit picture width

Activate the Zoom to fit image width plugin if you want pictures to be expanded to fill the full width of the window.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Zoom to fit image width and click Close.

In order to add this functionality, you will need to have installed eog-plugins.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/zoom.page0000644000373100047300000000353312307574675022536 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enlarge the picture on the screen by clicking ViewZoom In. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Zoom

You can zoom in and out to show more or less of a picture on the screen at once. This is useful if you want to see a big picture in its entirety, or if you want to inspect the fine details of a picture.

You can zoom using the mouse wheel. Scroll up to zoom in or scroll down to zoom out.

You can also zoom using the buttons on the toolbar. To zoom in, click the Enlarge the image icon, and to zoom out click the Shrink the image icon. These look like "plus" and "minus" signs.

Alternatively, click ViewZoom In or ViewZoom Out.

To view the picture in its original, unscaled size, click ViewNormal Size. This is the same as the "100%" zoom level.

Zoom to best-fit the window

You can choose to zoom in so that the picture fits fully in the window, even if you resize it. Click ViewBest Fit to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/view.page0000644000373100047300000000561712307574675022531 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Press Left and Right to flip between pictures, or use the image gallery to show them all. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 View all pictures in a folder

You can quickly browse through all of the pictures in a folder by opening one of the pictures and then clicking Next and Previous (for example). You can also view an image gallery, with small previews of all of the pictures in a folder shown at once.

Browse through all pictures in a folder

If you have a folder containing several pictures, you can conveniently browse through all of the pictures without having to open them individually.

Open any one of the pictures from the folder you want to browse through.

Click Next and Previous in the toolbar, or press the Right and Left keys, to flip between pictures.

Alternatively, you can use the Up and Down keys, or Space bar and Backspace keys. You can also click GoPrevious Image and GoNext Image.

You can browse through the pictures in fullscreen mode by clicking ViewFullscreen or by pressing F11. Use the keyboard keys to flip between pictures in fullscreen mode.

To return to normal viewing, press Esc or F11.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/format-change.page0000644000373100047300000000640512307574675024266 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert pictures from one image format to another. You can do this in a batch for multiple pictures. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Convert to a different file format

Pictures are saved in a specific file format, like JPEG or PNG. You can convert from one file format to another.

Convert a single picture to a different file format

Click ImageSave As. The Save Image window will pop up.

In the name field, change the file extension to the file format you want to convert your image to. The file extension is the part of the file name after the period.

For example, to convert a JPEG (.jpg) file into a Bitmap file (.bmp):

original file: image.jpg

new file: image.bmp

Click Save, and a new file will be saved in the new format. The old file (in the old format) will remain where it was, and will not be deleted.

The image viewer tries to guess which file format to save a picture in based on the file extension you choose. If it doesn't recognize the file extension you type, or if you don't know which one to use, click Supported image files in the Save Image window. This will allow you to choose the file format from the drop down box.

Convert multiple pictures to a different format

You can convert a number of pictures from one file format to another in one go. This is useful if you have a lot of pictures that need converting.

In the image gallery, press and hold down the Ctrl key and select the pictures you want to convert one by one. Alternatively, press CtrlA to select all of the pictures.

Click ImageSave as. A window will appear (shown below).

The converted pictures will be saved in the current folder by default. If you want to save them elsewhere, change the Destination folder.

Select the file format you want to convert the pictures to from the drop-down list to the right of the Filename format box.

Click Save.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000330512307574675023544 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Localize the Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The Image Viewer user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/plugin-fullscreen-double-click.page0000644000373100047300000000220612307574676027540 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Activate fullscreen mode by double-clicking a picture. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Full-screen with double-click

If you like, you can make it so that pictures are shown full-screen when you double-click them in the image viewer.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Fullscreen with double-click and click Close.

Now, double-clicking on an image will toggle between the fullscreen and normal (window) modes.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/flip-rotate.page0000644000373100047300000000405212307574676023776 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Horizontal/vertical, clockwise/counter-clockwise Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Flip or rotate pictures

If your pictures are the wrong way up or back-to-front, you can flip or rotate them so that they look right.

Flip a picture

Click Edit.

Select either Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical.

If you want to keep the picture flipped in this way, click ImageSave.

Otherwise, don't save the picture and it will be returned to its original orientation the next time you open it.
Rotate a picture

Click Edit.

Select either Rotate Clockwise or Rotate Counter-clockwise.

If you want to keep the picture rotated in this way, click ImageSave.

Otherwise, don't save the picture and it will be returned to its original orientation the next time you open it.

You can use the tools in the toolbar to do this instead. You can also use the keyboard shortcuts:

Rotate Clockwise

CtrlR

Rotate Counter-clockwise

CtrlShiftR
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000102712307574676022517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 United States License.

As a special exception, the copyright holders give you permission to copy, modify, and distribute the example code contained in this document under the terms of your choosing, without restriction.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/plugin-fullscreen-background.page0000644000373100047300000000216112307574676027322 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enables changing background color in fullscreen mode. Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Change fullscreen background color

If you like, you can change the background color in fullscreen mode.

To do this, make sure that eog-plugins is installed. Then, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Fullscreen Background and click Preferences. Choose the color you want in fullscreen mode and click Close

Now, when in fullscreen mode, the background color is the one you selected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/open.page0000644000373100047300000000252112307574676022510 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pictures open in a new window. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Open a picture

Pictures should automatically open in the image viewer when you double-click them in the files file browser. If this is not the case, you may need to make the image viewer the default application for viewing pictures.

Each picture you double-click will open in a new image viewer window by default, but you can view multiple pictures in one window if you like.

You can also open pictures from within the image viewer itself:

Click ImageOpen (or press CtrlO). The Open Image window will appear.

Select the picture you want to open and click Open.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/plugin-send-by-mail.page0000644000373100047300000000242012307574676025322 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Easily send pictures by attaching them to a new email. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Send pictures by email

You can add a button that provides a convenient way of sending pictures to people by email.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Send By Mail and click Close. This will give you a ToolsSend by mail menu item.

In order to enable this feature, you need to have installed eog-plugins.

Evolution mail must be set up to connect to your email account for this to work.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/print.page0000644000373100047300000000360712307574676022711 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click ImagePrint and then use the tabs to change print settings. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Print a picture

To print the picture that you are currently viewing:

Click ImagePrint.

Under the General tab, choose the printer you want to use and the number of copies you want to print.

If you go to the Image Settings tab, you can adjust the Position and Size of the picture.

The position of the image on the page can also be adjusted by dragging it around in the preview.

If you are using high-quality photo paper, go to the Page Setup tab and select the correct Paper Type. You should also go to the Image Quality tab and choose a high quality setting, so that you get the best possible photo quality.

Click Print.

Note that some of the tabs mentioned above are not displayed for certain printer models. This is because the printer drivers for those printers don't allow some settings to be changed. So, for example, if you don't see an Image Quality tab, that probably means that the printer drivers that are being used don't support those settings.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/slideshow.page0000644000373100047300000000316612307574676023556 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click ViewSlideshow to show all of the pictures in a folder as a slideshow. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Slideshow

To view all of the pictures in a folder as a slideshow:

Open one of the pictures from the folder.

Click ViewSlideshow or press F5.

A full-screen slideshow will start. Every few seconds a new picture will be displayed. If you would like to move through the slideshow more quickly, or return to an image which has already been displayed, you can use the Left and Right arrow keys to manually move backward and forward.

To quit the slideshow, press Esc or F5.

You can change slideshow settings like how long it should show each picture for. See the topic on slideshow preferences for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/plugin-picasa.page0000644000373100047300000000223012307574676024300 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Easily upload pictures to PicasaWeb directly from the Image Viewer. Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Upload photos to <app>PicasaWeb</app>

PicasaWeb is a photo album service that lets you share pictures with people online. You can add a shortcut button that provides a convenient way of uploading pictures to PicasaWeb.

To do this, make sure that eog-plugins is installed. Then, click EditPreferences, go to the Plugins tab and check PicasaWeb Uploader.

This will give you a convenient ToolsUpload to PicasaWeb menu item.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/formats-view.page0000644000373100047300000000315212307574676024173 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The image viewer can display pictures in a wide range of image formats, including PNG, JPEG, and TIFF. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Supported image formats

The image viewer is able to open pictures in the following formats:

ANI - Animation

BMP - Bitmap

GIF - 圖形交換格式

ICO - Windows 圖示

JPEG/JPG - Joint Photographic Experts Group

PCX - PC Paintbrush

PNG - 可攜式網路圖形

PNM - PPM 圖形檔工具箱中的圖形轉換格式

RAS - Sun Raster 格式

SVG - Scalable Vector Graphics

TGA - Targa

TIFF - 標籤影像檔案格式

WBMP - Wireless Bitmap

XBM - X 點陣圖

XPM - X 像素對映圖

If you try to open a picture in an unsupported format, you will get a Could not load image 'image_name'. error.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000462712307574676023603 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 File a bug against the image viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Report a problem with the image viewer

The image viewer is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you experience problems with the image viewer (for example, if it crashes or behaves unexpectedly), or if it is missing some feature that you think it should have, please file a bug report by clicking on the link . Bug reports are how software developers keep track of problems so that they can fix them.

To participate, you need an account which will give you the ability to file bugs and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by email about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, and click File a BugCoreeog. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

To file your bug, choose the component in the Component menu. If you are not sure which component your bug pertains to, choose general.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Bugs can take a while to be fixed, and the software developers might ask you for further information to help them figure out what the problem is.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/plugin-slideshow-shuffle.page0000644000373100047300000000211212307574676026472 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show photos in a random order when playing a slideshow. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Slideshow shuffle

You can make it so that pictures are shown in a random order when you start a slideshow.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Slideshow Shuffle and click Close.

In order to enable this feature, you need to have installed eog-plugins.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/desktop-background.page0000644000373100047300000000207712307574676025343 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set your favorite picture as your desktop background/wallpaper. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Make the current picture your desktop background

To set the picture that you are currently viewing as the background image on your desktop, click ImageSet as Wallpaper .

This will immediately change the background to the picture you're viewing. You will then be asked if you would like to modify the picture's appearance using the background preferences window. If you click Hide, the message will disappear.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/formats-save.page0000644000373100047300000000175312307574676024164 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 JPEG, PNG, BMP and others. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Formats supported for saving pictures

The image viewer can save pictures in the following file formats:

JPEG/JPG

PNG

BMP

TIFF

It may be possible to save other image formats depending on the system configuration.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000423212307574676023212 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show, hide or edit the toolbar. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Toolbar

The toolbar provides easy access to features like zooming and rotating. You can hide it if you find it distracting or it it takes up too much room, however.

Show or hide the toolbar

To toggle whether the toolbar is displayed or not, click ViewToolbar.

Add, remove and rearrange the tools in the toolbar.

By default, the toolbar contains only a basic set of tools. You can add useful extra ones by modifying the toolbar:

Make sure that the toolbar is not hidden.

Click EditToolbar.

The toolbar editor contains the items that are not in the toolbar (see the picture, below). There is also a separator that you can use to group toolbar items together.

To add new items to the toolbar, drag them from the toolbar editor to the toolbar.

To rearrange items on the toolbar, drag them to a new position.

You can remove items from the toolbar by dragging them from the toolbar to the toolbar editor.

When you have finish editing the toolbar, click Close in the toolbar editor window.

To reset the toolbar to its default settings, click Reset to Default in the editor window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/plugins.page0000644000373100047300000000563212307574676023236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Install plugins to access extra features. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Plugins

You can install the eog-plugins package to get extra plugins for the image viewer. Plugins add additional features, like the ones listed below.

You can install the eog-plugins package using your Linux distribution's package manager.

install eog-plugins

The following features are included in eog-plugins:

Date in statusbar: Shows the image date in the window statusbar.

Exif display: Displays camera settings and histograms for digital photos.

Fullscreen Background: Enables changing background in fullscreen mode.

Fullscreen with double-click: Activate fullscreen mode with double-click.

Map: Display the geolocation of a digital photo on a map.

PicasaWeb Uploader: Upload your pictures to PicasaWeb.

Python Console: A Python scripting console for the image viewer.

Send By Mail: Send a picture to a friend by attaching it to a new email.

Slideshow Shuffle: Shuffles images in slideshow mode.

Zoom to fit image width: Adjusts the zoom to have the pictures's full width fit into the window.

You can manage plugins by using the the Plugins tab in the Preferences window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/edit.page0000644000373100047300000000333012307574676022473 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click ImageOpen with to edit a picture using an external image editor. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Edit or delete a picture
Edit a picture

The image viewer can only be used to view pictures; it can't edit them. For that, you must use a picture editing application, like the GIMP image editor. To open a picture for editing in a different application:

Click ImageOpen with, or right-click on the image.

Select the application you want to use to edit the picture.

When you are finished editing, save it and close the other application.

The image viewer will detect that the picture has been changed and will reload it.
Delete a picture

To delete a picture that you don't want any more, click EditMove to Trash, or right-click the picture and select Move to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000204412307574676024270 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Welcome to the Eye of GNOME Image Viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 介紹

Eye of GNOME is an image viewer. With it, you can view pictures of almost any type. It can handle large collections of pictures, and can display a slideshow. You can also make basic changes to pictures, like rotating or flipping them, or converting them to a different file format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001111112307574676023600 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A list of all keyboard shortcuts. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Keyboard shortcuts

This is a list of all of the keyboard shortcuts that you can use in the image viewer.

Opening, closing, saving and printing

Open an image file

CtrlO

Save the image with the same filename

CtrlS

Save a copy of the current image with a new file name

ShiftCtrlS

Print the current image

CtrlP

Close the current window

CtrlW

Set the image as your desktop background

CtrlF8
Viewing images

Go to the previous image in the folder

Back space / Left

Go to the next image in the folder

Space bar / Right

Go to first image in the folder

AltHome

Go to the last image in the folder

AltEnd

Choose a random image in the folder

CtrlM

View the image gallery

F9

View fullscreen

F11

View slideshow

F5

Actual size

Ctrl0 (Zero)

Best fit

F

Scroll around a large image

Altarrow keys
Copy an image to paste into another application

Copy

CtrlC
Zoom and rotate

Zoom in

+

Zoom out

-

Rotate clockwise

CtrlR

Rotate counter-clockwise

ShiftCtrlR
Other

View side pane

CtrlF9

View image properties

AltReturn

Undo

CtrlZ

Help

F1
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356412307574676023201 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. License

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000215412307574676023207 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improve the Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The Image Viewer is developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop the Image Viewer, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/rename-multiple.page0000644000373100047300000000661312307574676024655 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Automatically rename and number batches of pictures. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Rename many pictures at once

If you have lots of pictures that you want to rename, perhaps so that they have a standard, numbered name format:

Open the image gallery by pressing F9.

Select all of the pictures that you would like to rename from the image gallery by holding down Ctrl and clicking them one by one.

Alternatively, press CtrlA to select all of the pictures.

Click ImageSave as. A window with some filename options will appear (the picture, below, shows what this window looks like).

The renamed pictures will be saved in the current folder by default. To save them elsewhere, change the Destination folder.

Use the Filename format box to choose a naming format for the pictures. The File Name Preview shows you what the new filenames will look like. See the section, below, for advice on choosing how to rename the files.

Ensure that the Filename Format drop-down list says as is, unless you want to convert the pictures to a different file format.

Click Save As and the pictures will be renamed.
Choose a filename format

The filenames of the renamed files are determined by what you put in the Filename format box.

You can keep the original filename as part of the new filename by leaving the %f in the box.

For example, if you type paris_%f into the Filename format box, pictures called flower.jpg, house.jpg, and cat.jpg would be renamed to paris_flower.jpg, paris_house.jpg, and paris_cat.jpg.

Adding a %n will number the pictures consecutively, starting at the counter number you choose under Options.

For example, if you type sunshine_%n into the Filename format box, pictures called flower.jpg, house.jpg, and cat.jpg would be renamed to sunshine_2.jpg, sunshine_3.jpg, and sunshine_1.jpg. (They will be numbered by alphabetical order of the original filenames.)
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/copy-paste.page0000644000373100047300000000223612307574676023636 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to copy/paste from the image viewer into another application. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Copy and paste a picture

To copy a picture from the image viewer into another application, click EditCopy or right-click on the picture and choose Copy.

The picture has been copied to the clipboard, and can now be pasted into a LibreOffice document, Gimp image, or other application.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000223112307574677024417 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Join the Documentation Team. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The Image Viewer documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/eog/plugin-exif-digital.page0000644000373100047300000000747312307574677025425 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View information such as camera settings and histogram, geolocation, and date. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 View detailed information about a picture

Pictures taken by digital cameras are stored with a host of extra information embedded in them, such as the date that they were taken, what exposure settings were used on the camera and, in some cases, even where the picture was taken.

This topic shows you how to access this information.

Show the date in the status bar

You can display the date that a picture was taken in the status bar at the bottom of the window.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Date in statusbar.

Detailed Exif data

The detailed information stored with digital photos is called Exif data. You can view it by installing a plugin for the image viewer.

To be able to see the Exif data embedded in your photos, you must first install the eog-plugins package.

If eog-plugins is installed, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Exif display and click Close.

Click ViewSide Pane to view the camera settings used to take the photo. To also view histograms showing the balance of colors and light/shade in the picture, select Exif display in the Plugins tab and click Preferences. Check the histograms you want to view, listed under Histogram.

You can also view the camera settings used to take the photo in the statusbar. Select Exif display in the Plugins tab and click Preferences. Check Display camera settings in statusbar.
Display a photo location map

Some cameras are able to attach geolocation information (geotags) to digital photos. Geotags are usually just the GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude) for the place where a photo was taken.

To be able to see a map of where your photos were taken, you must first install the eog-plugins package.

If eog-plugins is installed, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Map and click Close.

Click ViewSide Pane to show the map.

The map will show the location that a picture was taken in only if there is geolocation information attached to the photo. Many cameras do not attach geolocation information to pictures.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/baobab/scan-file-system.page0000644000373100047300000000415412307647417025334 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Scan all internal and removable storage devices. Scan the file system

To find out how much space your file system takes up:

Select AnalyzerScan File System from the menu

Your file system includes all internal and removable storage devices which are mounted when the respective folder is scanned.

If the file system that you are trying to scan is large, it may take a few minutes for the scan to complete.

Select AnalyzerStop to cancel the current scan, or AnalyzerRefresh to repeat the last scan.

The results may be useful in deciding which folders can be archived, deleted or moved to free up space. You can also use the results to estimate how much space would be needed for a backup of specific folders.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/baobab/scan-home.page0000644000373100047300000000514512307647417024024 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Scan all of your personal files that are on your internal storage device. Scan your <file>Home</file> folder

The Home folder is where most files are located for the average user because default settings are often set to save or copy files into subdirectories within it. This includes downloads from the internet, documents which you work on and photos from your camera. Normally, one Home folder exists for each user on the computer.

Select AnalyzerScan Home Folder from the menu

Select AnalyzerStop to cancel the current scan, or AnalyzerRefresh to repeat the last scan.

The results may be useful in deciding which folders can be archived, deleted or moved to free up space. You can also use the results to estimate how much space would be needed for a backup of your Home folder.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

The default subdirectories usually include Desktop, Documents, Downloads, Pictures and Music, among others. Some of these will already exist when GNOME is installed; others will be created by applications when they are needed.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/baobab/scan-folder.page0000644000373100047300000000434412307647417024347 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Scan a local folder, including all subfolders. Scan a folder

Scans of individual folders are faster than those of the whole file system, so they may be more efficient if you want information only about a specific part of your file system.

Select AnalyzerScan Folder… from the menu

Use the file browser to navigate around your file system and select the desired folder

Click Open to commence scanning

Select AnalyzerStop to cancel the current scan, or AnalyzerRefresh to repeat the last scan.

The results may be useful in deciding which folders can be archived, deleted or moved to free up space. You can also use the results to estimate how much space would be needed for a backup of specific folders.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/baobab/pref.page0000644000373100047300000000261012307647417023100 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Skip specific devices and partitions when scanning the file system. Disable scanning of individual storage devices and partitions

Disk Usage Analyzer allows you to scan only the partitions and storage devices that you have selected in the Preferences dialog. By default, all devices and partitions are selected, but the application will store your preferences when you close it.

Select EditPreferences

Select the storage devices and partitions that you want to scan, or deselect those that you do not wish to scan

Click Close to save your preferences

The first item in the list, which is mounted on /, cannot be deselected

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/baobab/scan-remote.page0000644000373100047300000000706712307647417024374 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Scan a folder remotely from your computer. Scan a remote folder

Disk Usage Analyzer can scan storage devices which are accessible remotely. To scan the whole file system or any specific folder remotely:

Select Analyzer Scan Remote Folder… from the menu

Choose the protocol that you wish to use

Enter in the IP address of the remote storage device into the Server field or the URI, depending on the protocol that you are using.

Click Scan to continue; you may be asked for more details, like a password and username, before the scan will commence.

Scanning over the network may be slower than scanning a local file system.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/baobab/pref-view-menu.page0000644000373100047300000000205512307647417025015 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Hide or show the toolbar and the status bar. Toolbar and statusbar

The Toolbar provides shortcuts to the various scan actions, while the Statusbar provides the status of the application (for example, Ready and Scanning…).

Select ViewToolbar from the menu and enable or disable the option

Select ViewStatusbar from the menu and enable or disable the option

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/baobab/pref-view-chart.page0000644000373100047300000000263312307647417025154 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Display the results as a ring chart or a treemap chart. Different chart views

By default, the scan results show each subfolder as the section of a ring, comprising an angle proportional to the size of the relevant folder. Sub-folders are shown in different colors.

Move your mouse over the rings chart displays more details about the subfolders.

Chart visibility can be changed to Treemap View using the drop-down list at the top of the chart on the right-hand side. The tree layout displays the folders as proportionately sized boxes.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/baobab/index.page0000644000373100047300000000172512307647417023261 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Disk Usage Analyzer, a graphical storage device scanner. Disk Usage Analyzer
Scan storage devices
Views and preferences
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/baobab/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000302212307647417024663 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Disk Usage Analyzer, also referred to as baobab, graphically represents your use of storage space. 介紹

Disk Usage Analyzer is a graphical, menu-driven application for analysing storage device usage. It can be used to scan multiple local or remote storage device (including hard disks, SSDs, USB sticks, digital cameras and memory cards). Disk Usage Analyzer can scan either the whole file system tree, your Home directory, a specific user-requested directory or a remote folder.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/baobab/scan-file-system.page0000644000373100047300000000415412307647422025360 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Scan all internal and removable storage devices. Scan the file system

To find out how much space your file system takes up:

Select AnalyzerScan File System from the menu

Your file system includes all internal and removable storage devices which are mounted when the respective folder is scanned.

If the file system that you are trying to scan is large, it may take a few minutes for the scan to complete.

Select AnalyzerStop to cancel the current scan, or AnalyzerRefresh to repeat the last scan.

The results may be useful in deciding which folders can be archived, deleted or moved to free up space. You can also use the results to estimate how much space would be needed for a backup of specific folders.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/baobab/scan-home.page0000644000373100047300000000514512307647422024050 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Scan all of your personal files that are on your internal storage device. Scan your <file>Home</file> folder

The Home folder is where most files are located for the average user because default settings are often set to save or copy files into subdirectories within it. This includes downloads from the internet, documents which you work on and photos from your camera. Normally, one Home folder exists for each user on the computer.

Select AnalyzerScan Home Folder from the menu

Select AnalyzerStop to cancel the current scan, or AnalyzerRefresh to repeat the last scan.

The results may be useful in deciding which folders can be archived, deleted or moved to free up space. You can also use the results to estimate how much space would be needed for a backup of your Home folder.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

The default subdirectories usually include Desktop, Documents, Downloads, Pictures and Music, among others. Some of these will already exist when GNOME is installed; others will be created by applications when they are needed.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/baobab/scan-folder.page0000644000373100047300000000434412307647422024373 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Scan a local folder, including all subfolders. Scan a folder

Scans of individual folders are faster than those of the whole file system, so they may be more efficient if you want information only about a specific part of your file system.

Select AnalyzerScan Folder… from the menu

Use the file browser to navigate around your file system and select the desired folder

Click Open to commence scanning

Select AnalyzerStop to cancel the current scan, or AnalyzerRefresh to repeat the last scan.

The results may be useful in deciding which folders can be archived, deleted or moved to free up space. You can also use the results to estimate how much space would be needed for a backup of specific folders.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/baobab/pref.page0000644000373100047300000000261012307647422023124 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Skip specific devices and partitions when scanning the file system. Disable scanning of individual storage devices and partitions

Disk Usage Analyzer allows you to scan only the partitions and storage devices that you have selected in the Preferences dialog. By default, all devices and partitions are selected, but the application will store your preferences when you close it.

Select EditPreferences

Select the storage devices and partitions that you want to scan, or deselect those that you do not wish to scan

Click Close to save your preferences

The first item in the list, which is mounted on /, cannot be deselected

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/baobab/scan-remote.page0000644000373100047300000000706712307647422024420 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Scan a folder remotely from your computer. Scan a remote folder

Disk Usage Analyzer can scan storage devices which are accessible remotely. To scan the whole file system or any specific folder remotely:

Select Analyzer Scan Remote Folder… from the menu

Choose the protocol that you wish to use

Enter in the IP address of the remote storage device into the Server field or the URI, depending on the protocol that you are using.

Click Scan to continue; you may be asked for more details, like a password and username, before the scan will commence.

Scanning over the network may be slower than scanning a local file system.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/baobab/pref-view-menu.page0000644000373100047300000000205512307647422025041 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Hide or show the toolbar and the status bar. Toolbar and statusbar

The Toolbar provides shortcuts to the various scan actions, while the Statusbar provides the status of the application (for example, Ready and Scanning…).

Select ViewToolbar from the menu and enable or disable the option

Select ViewStatusbar from the menu and enable or disable the option

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/baobab/pref-view-chart.page0000644000373100047300000000263312307647422025200 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Display the results as a ring chart or a treemap chart. Different chart views

By default, the scan results show each subfolder as the section of a ring, comprising an angle proportional to the size of the relevant folder. Sub-folders are shown in different colors.

Move your mouse over the rings chart displays more details about the subfolders.

Chart visibility can be changed to Treemap View using the drop-down list at the top of the chart on the right-hand side. The tree layout displays the folders as proportionately sized boxes.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/baobab/index.page0000644000373100047300000000172512307647422023305 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Disk Usage Analyzer, a graphical storage device scanner. Disk Usage Analyzer
Scan storage devices
Views and preferences
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/baobab/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000302212307647422024707 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Disk Usage Analyzer, also referred to as baobab, graphically represents your use of storage space. 介紹

Disk Usage Analyzer is a graphical, menu-driven application for analysing storage device usage. It can be used to scan multiple local or remote storage device (including hard disks, SSDs, USB sticks, digital cameras and memory cards). Disk Usage Analyzer can scan either the whole file system tree, your Home directory, a specific user-requested directory or a remote folder.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/a11y-stickykeys.page0000644000373100047300000000637712320733353026215 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 一次按一個鍵來輸入捷徑鍵，不用再同時按下所有鍵了。 開啟黏性特殊鍵

黏性特殊鍵可以讓您一次按一個鍵來輸入捷徑鍵，不需要同時按下所有鍵。舉個例子，AltTab 這個捷徑鍵可以切換視窗。如果沒有開啟黏性特殊鍵，您必須要同時按下這兩個鍵才可以；開啟黏性特殊鍵之後，您就可以先按 Alt，接著再按 Tab，結果都會一樣。

如果同時按下數個按鍵對您而言有困難的話，您可以考慮開啟黏性特殊鍵。

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

開啟無障礙功能，選擇輸入分頁。

將黏性特殊鍵開關打開。

 Quickly turn sticky keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press Shift five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys.

If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way.

假設您有開啟黏性特殊鍵，但同時按下了 Alt 和 Tab，只要有啟動這個選項，黏性特殊鍵就不會等您另一個按鍵了。不過，它會在您只按下一個按鍵的前提下等待。如果有某些鍵盤捷徑鍵您可以同時按下（例如按鍵相近的捷徑鍵），但其他的捷徑鍵您無法做到的話，這個選項會很有幫助。

要啟用這個規則，就選擇如果同時按下任何兩鍵則停用。

您可以在有開啟黏性特殊鍵、開始輸入鍵盤捷徑鍵的時候，讓電腦發出「嗶」的聲響。這個功能可以幫助您知道，黏性特殊鍵現在有沒有預期到有捷徑鍵輸入，下一個按鍵會不會被當成捷徑鍵的一部分。選擇當按下特殊按鍵時發出聲響來啟用它。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000510112320733353027377 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 啟用、停用電腦上的藍牙裝置。 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 開啟或關閉藍牙

選單列內的藍牙圖示

將藍牙開啟後，您可以使用藍牙裝置並收發檔案，要節省電力時也可以關掉它。若要開啟藍牙，點擊選單列內的藍牙圖示，點選開啟藍牙。

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch Bluetooth on.

許多筆記型電腦有實體開關或搭配鍵可以開啟、關閉藍牙。如果藍牙硬體是關著的，您無法在選單列上看到藍牙圖示。檢查您的電腦上的開關或是鍵盤上的按鍵。若是鍵盤按鍵，通常會搭配 Fn 鍵來一併使用。

許多筆記型電腦有實體開關或搭配鍵可以開啟、關閉藍牙。如果藍牙的硬體是關著的，您無法在頂端列上看到藍牙圖示。檢查您的電腦上的開關或是鍵盤上的按鍵。若是鍵盤按鍵，通常會搭配 Fn 鍵來一併使用。

若要關掉藍牙，點擊藍牙圖示後點選關閉藍牙。

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch Bluetooth off.

只有在您要從另一台裝置連接這台電腦時，才需要將可見性打開。更多資訊請參閱。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/power.page0000644000373100047300000000224512320733353024364 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Natalia Ruz nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Suspend, energy savings, power off, screen dimming… 電源與電池
電池設定值
電源問題 電源、電池的問題與疑難排解。 問題
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/nautilus-connect.page0000644000373100047300000001454012320733353026524 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 檢視、編輯另一台 FTP、SSH、Windows 共享、WebDAV 電腦上的檔案。 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 瀏覽伺服器或網路分享裝置的檔案

您可以連接到一台伺服器或網路共享，瀏覽並檢視伺服器上的檔案，就跟您在自己電腦上的操作一模一樣。從網路下載、上傳檔案，或是在本地網路內和他人分享檔案都變得十分方便。

To browse files over the network, open the Files application from the Dash, and click Browse Network in the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address.

連接至檔案伺服器

In the file manager, click Files in the menu bar and pick Connect to Server from the app menu.

Enter the address of the server, in the form of a URL. Details on supported URLs are listed below.

If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the Recent Servers list.

Click Connect. A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the future
Writing URLs

A URL, or uniform resource locator, is a form of address that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted like this:

scheme://servername.example.com/folder

The scheme specifies the protocol or type of server. The example.com portion of the address is called the domain name. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:

scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder

Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the domain name:

scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder

Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported.

伺服器類型

You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a username and password.

在伺服器上，您可能沒有權限來執行特定的動作。例如在公共 FTP 站上，您應該沒辦法隨意刪除檔案。

The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its file shares.

SSH

If you have a secure shell account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in.

A typical SSH URL looks like this:

ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder

在使用 SSH 時，所有您傳送的資料（包含密碼）都會被加密，網路上的其他使用者都無法看到裡面的內容。

 FTP （需登入）

以網路上交換檔案來說，FTP 是一個蠻流行的方式。由於 FTP 在傳輸資料時不會加密它們，所以現在很多伺服器都改用 SSH。不過仍然有某些伺服器允許/要求您使用 FTP 上傳、下載檔案。通常您可以在需登入的 FTP 站內刪除和上傳檔案。

A typical FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/

 公共 FTP

Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files.

A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://ftp.example.com/path/

Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and password, or with a public username using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the FTP (with login) method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site.

 Windows 共享

Windows 電腦會利用一個專有連接埠，在本地區域網路內分享檔案。某些時候，Windows 網路上的電腦會組織成一個網域，以更好控制存取。如果您有遠端電腦上的正確權限，就可以從檔案管理員連接到 Windows 共享。

A typical Windows share URL looks like this:

smb://servername/Share

 WebDAV 與 Secure WebDAV

WebDAV 基於 HTTP 連接埠，需要在網路上使用。有時它可以用來在本地網路內分享檔案，並儲存檔案至網際網路。如果您要連接的伺服器支援安全連線，應該要選擇 Secure WebDAV，它有使用加強 SSL 加密，因此您的密碼不會被其他使用者看到。

A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:

http://example.hostname.com/path
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/unity-scrollbars-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000565312320733353027703 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 在很長的文件上，那個細細的橘色條就是疊層式滾動條。 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com 什麼是疊層式滾動條？

Ubuntu includes overlay scrollbars which take up less screen space than traditional scrollbars, giving you more room for your content. While inspired by mobile devices where traditional scrollbars aren't needed, Ubuntu's overlay scrollbars are designed to work just as well with a mouse.

某些程式，如 Firefox 和 LibreOffice 尚未支援新式的滾動條。

使用滾動條

疊層式滾動條會在可滾動的區域邊緣顯示，樣子是一個細橘色條。滾動條的位置跟您螢幕在可滾動內容的位置相對應。條帶的長度跟內容長度有關；條帶越短，內容的長度也越長。

將您的滑鼠游標，移動到內容的捲動邊緣上任何一點，滑動鈕就會出現。

使用滾動條的方式：

點擊滑動鈕的上半部，可以向上滾動一頁。點擊下半部則會向下滾動一頁。

將滑動鈕向上、向下拖曳，可以移動螢幕位置，確實到您想要的地方。

在滑動鈕上，可以不須拖曳、一頁頁滾動即可移動螢幕位置。這在文件很長的時候非常有用。
停用滾動條：

如果您比較喜歡傳統樣式的滾動條，可以將新的滾動條停用：

Open the Terminal by pressing CtrlAltt or by searching for terminal in the Dash.

輸入以下的指令並按下 Enter：

gsettings set com.canonical.desktop.interface scrollbar-mode normal

如果您改變心意，想要重新啟用滾動條，執行以下指令：

gsettings reset com.canonical.desktop.interface scrollbar-mode

將您的佈景主題設成高對比也會停用疊層式滾動條。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/keyboard-nav.page0000644000373100047300000001445312320733353025616 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu 文件團隊 ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com 不需滑鼠即可使用應用程式與桌面。 鍵盤導覽

這份頁面講述的是鍵盤導覽，適合無法使用滑鼠或其他指向裝置的人，還有想要盡可能使用鍵盤的人使用。至於對所有使用者皆有幫助的鍵盤捷徑鍵，請改參閱。

如果您沒辦法使用滑鼠等指向裝置，您可以使用鍵盤上的數字鍵盤來控制滑鼠游標。詳情請參閱。

 導覽使用者介面

Tab 與 CtrlTab

在不同控制間移動鍵盤焦點。Ctrl Tab 在控制群組間移動，像是從側邊欄到主內容。CtrlTab 也可以跳出只使用 Tab 的控制，如文字區域。

按住 Shift 不放，以相反方向移動焦點。

方向鍵

在單一控制的項目間移動選擇，或是在一組相關控制間移動選擇。用方向鍵來聚焦工具列按鈕、選擇清單或圖示檢視下的項目，或是從群組內選擇一個單選鈕。

在樹狀檢視下，用左/右方向鍵收起、展開子項目。

Ctrl方向鍵

在清單或圖示檢視下，移動鍵盤焦點至另一個項目，且不改變已選擇的項目。

Shift方向鍵

在清單或圖示檢視下，選擇從目前所選項目到新焦點項目之間的所有項目。

空白鍵

啟動焦點項目，如按鈕、勾選框或是清單項目。

Ctrl空白鍵

在清單或圖示檢視下，選擇/取消選擇焦點項目，而不取消選擇其他項目。

Alt

按住 Alt 鍵不放以顯示快速鍵：選單項目、按鈕和其他控制上的底線字母。按 Alt 和底線字母來啟動控制，就跟您點擊它一樣。

Esc

離開選單、跳出視窗、切換器或是對話視窗。

F10

Open the first menu on the menu bar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus.

ShiftF10 或選單 (Menu) 鍵

跳出目前選擇項目的右鍵選單，就跟您點下右鍵一樣。

CtrlF10

在檔案管理員內，跳出目前資料夾的右鍵選單，就跟您在背景（不在任何一個項目上）點擊右鍵一樣。

CtrlPageUp 與 CtrlPageDown

在有分頁的介面內切至左/右分頁。
導覽桌面
導覽視窗

AltF4

關閉目前視窗。

CtrlSuper↓

將最大化視窗還原至原本大小。

AltF7

移動目前的視窗。按 AltF7，接著用方向鍵移動視窗。按 Enter 結束移動視窗，或是 Esc 還原至原本的位置。

AltF8

設定視窗的大小。按 AltF8，接著用方向鍵重新設定視窗大小。按 Enter 結束改變視窗大小，或是 Esc 還原成原本的大小。

CtrlSuper↑

最大化視窗。

CtrlSuper←

讓視窗沿著螢幕左側垂直最大化。

CtrlSuper→

讓視窗沿著螢幕右側垂直最大化。

Alt空白鍵

跳出視窗選單，就跟您在標題列上點擊右鍵一樣。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/sound-alert.page0000644000373100047300000000300112320733353025454 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 選擇出現訊息時應播放的音效，設定警示音量，或停用警示音效。 選擇或停用警示音效

出現特定類型的訊息或事件時，您的電腦會播放一個簡單的警示音效。您可以選擇不同的聲音片段當作警示音效，設定它們並不會影響系統音效。您也可以將警示音效關掉。

點擊選單列上的音效選單，再點擊音效設定值。

在聲音效果分頁下選擇一種警示音效。當您點選某個音效的同時，也會播放該音效，可以聽聽它到底是什麼樣子。

用聲音效果分頁下的音量滑桿，設定警示音效的音量。這不會對您的音樂、電影，或是其他音訊檔造成影響。

若要完全停用警示音效，只要選擇警示音量旁邊的靜音即可。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-visibility.page0000644000373100047300000000250612320733353027422 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 其他裝置是否可以看見您的電腦。 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 什麼是藍牙可見性？

藍牙可見性，簡單來說，就是其他裝置在搜尋藍牙裝置時，可不可以看見您的電腦。在藍牙可見性開啟時，您的電腦會向範圍內所有其他裝置通告，讓它們可以嘗試和您連接。

您的電腦在搜尋其他裝置時，並不需要開啟可見性，但這些裝置需要設成可見，您的電腦才可以發現它們。

在您連接至裝置後，您的電腦和裝置要和彼此聯絡時，都不必設為可見。

除非您或您信任的其他人需要從另一個裝置連接您的電腦，否則您應該要將可見性關閉。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/wacom.page0000644000373100047300000000104312320733353024331 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet. Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Wacom Graphics Tablet usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/keyboard-cursor-blink.page0000644000373100047300000000312712320733353027440 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 讓輸入點閃爍，並控制閃爍的快慢。 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 讓鍵盤游標閃爍

如果您覺得在文字欄找尋鍵盤游標有困難的話，可以讓鍵盤游標閃爍，找它的時候會比較容易。

點擊選單列最右側的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

在「硬體」區域內點擊鍵盤。

選擇文字輸入欄中的游標可以閃爍。

利用速度滑桿，可以調整游標閃爍的速度快慢。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-email-virus.page0000644000373100047300000000334712320733353026255 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com 病毒不太會感染您的電腦，但可能會感染您的收件人。 我需不需要為電子郵件掃毒？

電腦病毒是一種程式，它們會用各種方式潛入電腦，然後進行破壞。其中一種常見方式，就是透過電子郵件。

由於可以感染 Linux 電腦的病毒十分稀少，您不太會只是收個信（或是作其他事）就中毒。如果您收到一封藏有病毒的電子郵件，它或許對您的電腦一點影響都沒有。因此，您不太需要對收來的電子郵件掃毒。

但是，若您不想成為傳播病毒的中繼者，就會想對郵件掃毒對吧？舉個例子，您有一位朋友，他的 Windows 電腦內有毒。今天他傳了一封隱含病毒的郵件給您，接著您把這封信件寄給同樣使用 Windows 電腦的另一個朋友，那麼，第二位朋友就很有可能會中毒。您可以安裝一個防毒軟體，掃描信件以防患未然，但一來這種情況很少發生，二來很多使用 Windows、Mac OS 的人都會安裝防毒軟體。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-chat.page0000644000373100047300000000134612320733353024734 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 使用Empathy在任何網路上聊天、進行視訊通話、安裝 Skype、社群網路程式 Ubuntu 文件團隊 聊天與社群網路 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/video-dvd-restricted.page0000644000373100047300000000415012320733353027254 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 多數商業版 DVD 都會被加密，沒有解密軟體便無法播放。 Ubuntu 文件專案 ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com 為了播放 DVD，要如何啟用受限制的編解碼器？

由於法律與技術上的限制，Ubuntu 預設無法提供 DVD 的支援。多數商業版 DVD 都有被加密過，因此若要播放它們，必須使用解密軟體。

使用 Fluendo 合法播放 DVD

您可以向 Fluendo 購買一套商業版 DVD 解碼器來處理防拷保護。這可以在 Linux 下使用，且在所有國家都應可合法使用。

使用替代的解密軟體

在某些國家，使用下面未經授權的解密軟體，是不被法律所允許的。請確認您是否有這個權利去使用它們。

安裝 libdvdnav4、libdvdread4、gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad 以及 gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly。

如果您要播放加密過的 DVD（也請過目上面的法律注意事項），開啟 Dash 後啟動終端機。

在出現的畫面中輸入下列指令，並按下 Enter：

sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh

輸入您的密碼以完成安裝程序。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/files-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000607212320733353025574 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 移除您不再需要的檔案、資料夾。 Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 刪除檔案與資料夾

如果有檔案或資料夾您不需要，可以刪除它。當您刪除一個項目時，它會被移動至回收筒資料夾內存放，直到您清空回收筒為止。若您還需要回收筒內的項目，或者誤刪了某些項目，可以在回收筒資料夾內將項目還原到它們原本的位置。

若要將檔案送至回收筒：

選擇您要放到回收筒的項目，點擊它一次。

按下鍵盤上的 Delete 鍵。或者，將該項目拖曳至側邊欄的回收筒。

若要永久刪除檔案，並為電腦的硬碟釋放空間，您需要清空回收筒。右鍵點擊側邊欄的回收筒，選擇清理回收筒。

永久刪除檔案

您可以不必將檔案先送至回收筒，直接永久刪除它們。

若要永久刪除檔案：

選擇您要刪除的檔案。

按住 Shift 鍵不放，接著按鍵盤上的 Delete 鍵。

由於這個動作無法被復原，會詢問您是否確定要刪除該檔案或資料夾。

If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a Delete entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab. Select Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash.

在移動式裝置上刪除檔案，對其他作業系統（如 Windows 或 Mac OS）來說可能不會有效。檔案仍然在原處，在您將裝置插回您的電腦時，依舊可以使用。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/nautilus-views.page0000644000373100047300000001311212320733353026222 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 指定檔案管理員預設使用的檢視模式、分類順序，以及縮放層級。 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Views preferences in <app>Files</app>

You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select Files Preferences in the top bar while Files is open and select the Views tab.

預設顯示模式 <gui>顯示新資料夾時使用的顯示模式</gui>

By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the View items as a list or View items as a grid of icons button in the toolbar.

 <gui>項目排列方式</gui>

You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the Arrange items drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed or when they were trashed.

You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and choosing By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu only affects the current folder.

 <gui>永遠在檔案前先列出資料夾</gui>

By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To see all folders listed before files, enable this option.

 <gui>顯示隱藏檔及備份檔</gui>

The file manager does not display hidden files and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting this option.

You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting Show Hidden Files, from the View options menu in the toolbar.
預設圖示顯示 <gui>預設縮放程度</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option.

In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level.
預設清單顯示 <gui>預設縮放程度</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-screen.page0000644000373100047300000000434412320733354027552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 若要顯示準確的顏色，校正您的螢幕是很重要的。 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 我要如何校正螢幕？

Calibrating your screen should be a requirement if you're involved in computer design or artwork.

By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running System SettingsColor you can create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running System SettingsColor you can create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

螢幕一直都在變化 —— TFT 的背光在大約每 18 個月後亮度會降為一半。隨著年齡變大，光線也會變黃。當顏色控制面板內出現 [!] 圖示時，您應該要重新校正您的螢幕。

LED 螢幕也會隨時間變化，但幅度比 TFT 小很多。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/nautilus-display.page0000644000373100047300000000460112320733354026536 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control icon captions used in the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu 文件團隊 ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com 檔案管理員的顯示偏好設定

You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click Edit in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Display tab.

圖示標題

檔案管理員的圖示附加標題

當您使用圖示檢視模式時，可以選擇在各圖示下，以標題的形式加上檔案和資料夾的一些額外資訊。若您常常需要查看檔案的所有人，或是上次修改的時間，有了這個會蠻方便的。

You can zoom in a folder by clicking the View Zoom In or press Ctrl+. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes.

如果您有開著的檔案管理員視窗，可能需要重新載入，讓圖示標題的更改生效。點擊檢視重新載入，或是按 CtrlR。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/documents-previews.page0000644000373100047300000000261512320733354027075 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 You can only preview files stored locally. Why don't some files have previews?

When you open Documents, a preview thumbnail is displayed for documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like Google Docs or SkyDrive show as missing (or blank) preview thumbnails.

If you download a Google Docs or SkyDrive document to local storage, a thumbnail will be generated.

The local copy of a document downloaded from Google Docs or SkyDrive will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-size.page0000644000373100047300000000230412320733354030367 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu 文件團隊 Make the icons in the Launcher larger or smaller. Change the size of icons in the Launcher

You can make the Launcher icons smaller to allow more items to fit in the Launcher. Or you might want to make the Launcher icons larger so they are easier to click.

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

點擊外觀。

移動啟動器圖示尺寸滑桿，可以增加、減少啟動器圖示的大小。

預設的啟動器圖示大小為 48。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/wacom-left-handed.page0000644000373100047300000000237612320733354026515 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the Wacom tablet to Left-Handed Orientation. Use the tablet left-handed

Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated 180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the orientation to left-handed:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Switch Left-Handed Orientation to ON.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/disk-capacity.page0000644000373100047300000000637512320733354025766 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check space and capacity. 檢查磁碟還有多少剩餘容量

您可以使用磁碟用量分析器或是系統監控，檢查磁碟的剩餘空間。

以磁碟用量分析器檢查

若要使用磁碟用量分析器檢查可用磁碟空間與磁碟容量：

Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the Dash. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

點擊工具列上的其中一個按鈕，您可以選擇掃描個人資料夾、掃描檔案系統、掃描資料夾，或是掃描遠端資料夾。

The information is displayed according to Folder, Usage, Size and Contents. See more details in Disk Usage Analyzer.

以系統監控檢查

若要使用系統監控檢查可用磁碟空間與磁碟容量：

從 Dash 開啟系統監控程式。

Open the System Monitor application from the Activities overview.

選擇檔案系統分頁，可以檢視系統的分割區以及使用狀況。這些資訊會以總數、剩餘、可用空間與已用表示。
如果硬碟快要滿了，要怎麼辦？

如果硬碟的剩餘容量不足，您應該：

刪除不重要、或是您不會再使用的檔案。

為您暫時不需要的重要檔案做備份，再把它們從硬碟內刪除。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050312320733354024174 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/user-admin-explain.page0000644000373100047300000000676312320733354026744 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 您需要有管理員權限，才能更動系統的重要部分。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 管理員權限是怎麼運作的？

就跟您所建立的檔案一樣，您的電腦上有若干份系統必需的檔案，這樣系統才能正常運作。如果不適當地改動這些重要的系統檔案，會弄糟很多東西，因此預設情況下它們會被保護，不可變更。某些應用程式也會修改系統的重要部分，它們也會受到保護。

只有擁有管理員權限的使用者，才可以更動受保護的檔案、使用受保護的應用程式。平常在使用的時候，您沒有必要改變任何系統檔案，或是執行這些應用程式，因此您預設不會有管理權限。

某些情況下，您需要使用這些應用程式，因此您可以暫時取得管理權限，讓您所作的變更生效。如果有個應用程式需要管理權限，會詢問您的密碼。比如說您要安裝某些新軟體，軟體安裝程式（套件管理員）會問您管理密碼為何，才能將新的應用程式加入系統內。安裝結束後，您的管理權限將會被收回。

Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the "root" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for example).

總而言之，管理權限可以讓您在需要的時候改變系統的重要部分，也可以預防您不小心做出傻事。

「超級使用者」是什麼意思？

擁有管理員權限的使用者，有時會被叫做超級使用者，這是因為該使用者比一般使用者擁有更多權限。您可能會看過人們討論諸如 su 和 sudo 的程式，它們可以暫時給予您「超級使用者」（管理員）的權限。
為什麼管理員權限會有用處？

在執行重要的系統變更時，會要求使用者必須有管理權限。這種機制很有幫助，它能為您預防系統受到無心或有心地破壞。

如果您一直使用管理員權限做事，可能會不小心改到重要檔案，或是執行到會導致某些地方錯誤的程式。只有在您需要的時候，才暫時使用管理員權限，減少發生錯誤的機率。

Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/wacom-mode.page0000644000373100047300000000331412320733354025257 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode. Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode

Tracking Mode determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Next to Tracking Mode, select Tablet (absolute) or Touchpad (relative).

In absolute mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds to the same point on the tablet.

In relative mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with less hand movement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/user-accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000301512320733354026020 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 使用者 Add user or guest user, change password, administrators… GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 使用者帳號

每位要使用電腦的人都需要一個不同的使用者帳號，這樣子他們的檔案就不會和您的混在一起，也能讓他們自己選擇如何設定。這樣也比較安全，您只有在知道該使用者帳號的密碼才能進行存取。

帳號 管理使用者帳號
密碼
權限 使用者權限
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page0000644000373100047300000000531112320733354027653 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 在鍵盤設定值內定義或改變鍵盤捷徑鍵。 設定鍵盤捷徑鍵

若要改變鍵盤捷徑鍵的鍵值：

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

開啟鍵盤並選擇捷徑鍵分頁。

Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New accelerator…

Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to clear.
自訂捷徑鍵

若要建立您自己的鍵盤捷徑鍵：

Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the + button (or click the + button in any category). The Custom Shortcut window will appear.

Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it Music and use the rhythmbox command.

Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination.

您輸入的指令名稱應該要是一個有效的系統指令。您可以開啟一個「終端機」，在裡面輸入指令檢查它有沒有作用。開啟應用程式的指令可能不會跟應用程式的名稱一模一樣。

若您想要更改與自訂鍵盤捷徑鍵相關聯的指令，雙擊該捷徑鍵的名稱。自訂捷徑鍵視窗將會出現，您便可以編輯指令。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/power-whydim.page0000644000373100047300000000253512320733354025666 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 當您的筆記型電腦在使用電池時，電腦閒置時會調暗螢幕以節省電力。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 為什麼我的螢幕過一段時間會變暗？

當您的筆記型電腦在使用電池時，電腦閒置時會調暗螢幕以節省電力。等到您再次使用電腦時，螢幕就會變亮。

您可以設定讓螢幕不要自己調暗：

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save power.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/sound-nosound.page0000644000373100047300000001124712320733354026046 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 檢查是否被調成靜音、線路是否有接好、是否偵測到音效卡。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 我聽不到電腦有任何聲音

如果您無法聽到電腦的任何聲音（例如，當您想播放音樂的時候），試著依下面的疑難排解步驟來修復問題。

確認聲音沒有被調成靜音

點擊選單列上的音效選單（長得像喇叭的那個），並確認聲音沒有被關掉、或被調成靜音。

某些筆記型電腦的鍵盤上有靜音開關/按鍵，試著按一下，看有沒有解除靜音狀態。

您也需要檢查：播放聲音的應用程式未調成靜音（例如音樂、影片播放器）。這些程式或許在主視窗內有個靜音（或音量）的按鈕，檢查一下。也點擊選單列上的聲音選單，選擇音效設定值。當音效視窗出現後，到程式集分頁，並檢查您的應用程式有沒有被調成靜音。

檢查喇叭是否開機並確實連接

如果您的電腦使用的是外接式喇叭，請確認它們有沒有開機、音量有沒有調大、喇叭接線有沒有確實插在電腦背面的「輸出」音效插孔內。這個插孔通常為淺綠色。

某些音效卡可以切換輸出（至喇叭）和輸入（例如從麥克風）使用的插孔。Linux 下使用的輸出插孔可能會和 Windows 或 Mac OS 下有所不同。試著將喇叭線連接到電腦上不同的音效插孔，看有沒有用。

最後要檢查的是，音源線有沒有確實插在喇叭背面。某些喇叭有不只一個輸入端。

檢查是否選擇了正確的音效裝置

某些電腦會安裝多個「音效裝置」。其中有些可以輸出聲音，有些則否，所以您得檢查有沒有選擇到正確的那一項。可能要試錯多次後才會選擇到正確的項目。

點擊選單列上的音效選單，再點擊音效設定值。

在出現的音效視窗內，試著從播放音效於清單中選擇一個不同的輸出。

選擇裝置後點擊測試音效。在跳出的視窗中，點擊每個喇叭的按鈕。每個按鈕只會以該喇叭相對應的頻道，說出自己的位置。

如果沒有用，清單列出的其他裝置也可以試著做看看。
檢查是否正確偵測音效卡

您的音效卡可能沒有被正確偵測。如果是這樣，電腦會認為它無法播放聲音。一個可能的原因是，沒有安裝音效卡的驅動程式。

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

輸入 aplay -l 並按 Enter。

會出現一個裝置清單。如果沒有 PLAYBACK 硬體裝置清單，代表沒有偵測到您的音效卡。

如果音效卡未被偵測，您可能得自行安裝該卡的驅動程式。至於如何安裝，取決於您的音效卡而定。

您可以在終端機下使用 lspci 指令，看您用的是什麼音效卡。以超級使用者的身分執行 lspci 可以得到更完整的結果：輸入 sudo lspci 以及您的密碼。看有沒有 audio controller 或 audio device 被列出，那裡應該有音效卡的製造商與型號。sudo lspci -v 會顯示一份清單，裡頭有更詳盡的資訊。

You may be able to find and install drivers for your card by searching the Internet. Otherwise, you can file a bug.

如果您沒有辦法拿到音效卡的驅動程式，可以考慮買一張新的音效卡，內接式或 USB 外接式皆可。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/prefs-language.page0000644000373100047300000000225312320733354026130 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu 文件團隊 Install languages, change language, region and formats, input sources… Region & Language
Language Support
Text Entry
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/a11y-slowkeys.page0000644000373100047300000000455012320733354025663 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 從按下按鍵到螢幕出現該字之間插入延遲。 開啟遲緩按鍵

如果您想要在按下按鍵到螢幕顯示該字間插入延遲時間的話，就將遲緩按鍵打開。每次要打進任何字詞時，您都要按住每個按鍵一些時間，才會出現字詞。如果您在打字時會不小心按到很多按鍵，或是您覺得第一次就按到鍵盤上正確的鍵很困難的話，就可以使用遲緩按鍵。

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

開啟無障礙功能，選擇輸入分頁。

將遲緩按鍵開關打開。

 Quickly turn slow keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold Shift for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys.

使用接受時間延遲滑桿來控制要按住按鍵多久才會作輸入。

您可以設定在按鍵時讓電腦發出聲響。要在按鍵被接受時發聲，或是要在按鍵因為按壓時間不夠久被拒絕時發聲，都悉聽尊便。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/clock-set.page0000644000373100047300000000537212320733354025121 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 更新螢幕上方顯示的時間/日期。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu 文件專案 ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the date and time

If the date and time displayed on the menu bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the menu bar and select Date & Time Settings.

Change the system time zone by clicking on the map or entering your city into the Location box.

預設 Ubuntu 會定期和網路上的精準時鐘進行時間校正，因此您可以不用去手動設定。

Click on the clock at the right side of the top bar and select Date and Time Settings.

You may need to click Unlock and type the admin password.

Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists.

If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching Network Time on.

When Network Time is switched on, the computer will periodically synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to the internet.

You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting 24-hour or AM/PM format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/clock-timezone.page0000644000373100047300000000335112320733354026153 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 加入其他時區後，您可以查看其他城市的時間。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 顯示其他時區

如果您想要知道世界上不同城市的時間，可以在時鐘選單內加入其他時區。這些城市在您點擊時鐘時，會顯示在日曆下方。

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings.

切換至時鐘分頁，選擇其他位置下的時間。

點擊選擇位置。

點擊 + 即可加入一個位置。

在位置欄內填入您要加入的城市名稱。稍待一會兒，會以下拉式選單來列出可能符合的城市。

選擇您想要的城市，該地目前的時間會自動被填入。

點擊 - 可以從列表刪除城市。

您也可以在位置視窗內拖曳城市，改變它們在時鐘選單內顯示的順序。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/a11y-dwellclick.page0000644000373100047300000000555712320733354026130 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 有了停駐點擊（替代點擊）功能，只要將滑鼠定住不動就可以完成點擊。 用停駐來模擬點擊

只要您將滑鼠指標懸空在螢幕上的控制器或物件上，即可輕易點擊、拖曳。如果同時移動滑鼠和點擊對您來說有困難的話，它就會幫您一個大忙。這個功能被稱為「停駐點擊」或「替代點擊」。

在啟用停駐點擊後，您只要移動滑鼠指標到定點，放開滑鼠並稍待一會兒，系統就會幫您點擊。

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

開啟無障礙功能，選擇指標和點擊分頁。

將停駐即點擊開關打開。

Hover Click 視窗就會出現，且會一直待在所有視窗的最上方。您可以用它來選擇停駐時要使用什麼點擊。例如，若您選擇次要點擊，指標懸空之後就會自動按下右鍵。在您雙擊、右鍵點擊、拖曳之後，會自動回到單次點擊。

當您將滑鼠指標懸空在按鈕上，不去動它的話，指標的顏色會漸漸改變。當它的顏色完全改變後，就會按下按鈕。

調整延遲設定值，可以改變點擊前您需要穩住滑鼠指標的時間多寡。

您在懸空按鈕等待點擊時，並不需要把滑鼠給完美固定住。指標其實可以移動一點點，之後仍會點擊。但是如果移動的幅度太大，就不會作點擊了。

調整移動速度設定值，可以改變指標在懸空時可允許的移動幅度多寡。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/accounts-which-application.page0000644000373100047300000000644012320733354030452 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012-2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Applications can use the accounts created in Online Accounts and the services they exploit. Which applications take advantage of online accounts?

Online Accounts can be used by external applications to automatically configure themselves.

With a Google account

Evolution, the email application. Your email account will be added to Evolution automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your Google agenda.

Empathy, the instant messaging application. Your online account will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends.

Contacts, which will allow to see and edit your contacts.

Documents can access your online documents and display them.

With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts

Empathy can use these accounts to connect you online and chat with your contacts, friends, and followers.

With a SkyDrive account

Documents can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive and display them.

With a Exchange account

Once you have created an Exchange account, Evolution will start retrieving mails from this account.

With a ownCloud account

When an ownCloud account is set up, Evolution is able to access and edit contacts and calendar appointments.

Files and other applications will be able to list and access your online files stored in the ownCloud installation.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/user-forgottenpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001505212320733354027777 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 重新設定密碼的進階技巧 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 我把密碼給忘了！

選擇一個良好且安全的密碼固然重要，但您也必須能夠記住它。如果您忘記了密碼，無法登入電腦帳號的話，可依照以下的步驟重新設置。

如果您有選擇為使用者目錄加密，忘記密碼時是無法重設它的。

如果您只是要更換密碼，請參閱。

使用 Grub 重設密碼

重新啟動電腦，在啟動過程中按住 Shift 不放，會進入 Grub 選單。

如果您的機器為雙重開機，且開機時可選擇進入哪一套系統，Grub 選單會自動出現，不需按壓 Shift 鍵。

如果您無法進入 Grub 開機選單，就無法選擇進入修復模式，可以使用一張 live CD 重設您的使用者密碼。

按下您鍵盤上的「向下箭頭」按鍵，把結尾是「修復模式」（或 recovery mode）的那一行標亮，接著按下 Enter。

您的電腦現在將進行開機作業。稍待一下，將會出現 Recovery Menu（修復選單）。使用您的向下箭頭，標亮 root 後按下 Enter。

在 # 符號後面輸入：

passwd username（username 是您要改變密碼的使用者帳號名稱。）

您會被要求輸入一組新的 UNIX 密碼，之後還要再進行一次確認。

接著輸入：

# reboot

當您成功登入後，會無法對您的「鑰匙圈」進行存取（因為您已不記得舊密碼）。這代表所有您儲存過的密碼，像是無線網路、Jabber 帳號等都無法存取。您需要刪除舊的鑰匙圈，才能使用一份新的。

使用 Live CD 或 USB 重設密碼

使用 Live CD 或 USB 開機。

掛載您的磁碟。

按下 AltF2，叫出執行指令視窗。

輸入 gksu nautilus，以全系統的權限啟動檔案管理員。

您可以檢查剛剛掛載的磁碟，是不是正確的磁碟。在該磁碟根目錄內點擊 home，再來是您的「使用者名稱」。

到該掛載磁碟的頂層目錄。接著進入 etc 目錄。

找出「shadow」這份檔案，並先做個備份：

在 shadow 檔案上點擊右鍵，選擇複製。

接著在空白處點擊右鍵，選擇貼上。

重新命名備份檔為「shadow.bak」。

用任一文字編輯器，編輯「shadow」這個原始檔案。

找出您忘記其密碼的使用者帳號。它應該長得像這樣（冒號後面的字元不會和這個一樣）：

username:$1$2abCd0E 或

username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::

刪除第一個和第二個冒號之間的字元。這樣該帳號的密碼就被移除了。

儲存檔案，關閉一切程式。再來，重新啟動您的電腦，這時候要將 Live CD 和 USB 卸除。

當您回到原本安裝的系統時，點擊選單列上您的名稱。開啟我的帳號並重新設定密碼。

不要在目前密碼內輸入任何東西，因為您目前的密碼是空的！只需要點下認證，接著輸入新密碼即可。

當您成功登入後，會無法對您的「鑰匙圈」進行存取（因為您已不記得舊密碼）。這代表所有您儲存過的密碼，像是無線網路、Jabber 帳號等都無法存取。您需要刪除舊的鑰匙圈，才能使用一份新的。

擺脫鑰匙圈

這將會刪除您所有已儲存的密碼：無線網路、即時訊息帳號等等。只有在您不記得鑰匙圈所使用的密碼時才這麼做。

Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the Dash.

按下 Ctrlh（或是點選檢視顯示隱藏檔。）

Double click on the folder ~/.local/share.

雙擊資料夾「keyrings」。

刪除鑰匙圈資料夾下看到的所有檔案。

重新啟動電腦。

在您重新啟動、登入以後，將會詢問您輸入無線網路的密碼。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/a11y-right-click.page0000644000373100047300000000610712320733354026203 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 將滑鼠左鍵按住不放來作右鍵點擊。 模擬滑鼠的右鍵點擊

您可以按住滑鼠左鍵不放來作右鍵點擊。如果讓一手的手指各自移動對您而言有困難，或是您的指向裝置只有一個按鍵，這個功能會很有幫助。

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

開啟無障礙功能，選擇指標和點擊分頁。

將模擬次要點擊開關打開。

You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, change the Acceptance delay under Simulated Secondary Click.

To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, release the mouse button to right-click.

Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get visual feedback from the pointer.

If you use Mouse Keys, this also allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your keypad.

In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-click.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver.page0000644000373100047300000000337512320733354026324 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 有了硬體/裝置的驅動程式，電腦才能夠使用插在上面的裝置。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 什麼是驅動程式？

裝置是電腦的實體「部位」。它們可以是外接型式，如印表機與螢幕；或者為內建型式，如顯示卡與音效卡。

電腦為了要能夠使用這些裝置，它必須知道怎麼跟裝置們溝通。這個重責大任，就是交給叫做裝置驅動程式的小程式負責。

當您將裝置連接到電腦時，電腦必須有安裝正確的驅動程式，裝置才會開始運作。舉例來說，如果您將一台印表機連上電腦，可是沒有正確的驅動程式可以使用，這台印表機就沒辦法使用了。正常來說，每種型號的裝置所使用的驅動程式，無法和其他型號的裝置混用。

預設 Linux 已經安裝好大多數裝置的驅動程式，在您插入裝置後，應該就萬事 OK 了。不過，您也可能會碰到需要手動安裝驅動程式，或是完全沒有驅動程式可用的狀況。

還有，某些已經存在的驅動程式並不完整，或是無法執行某些功能。例如，您的印表機可能沒辦法作雙面列印，其他功能則完全正常，可以使用。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-nonm.page0000644000373100047300000000307312320733354024764 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 按下 AltF2。輸入 nm-applet 選單列內沒看到網路選單

如果選單列上的網路選單消失了，可能是您的網路管理員沒有執行。若要重新啟動它：

按下 AltF2

輸入 nm-applet 後按 Enter。

可能會跳出無線網路驗證的方框。在對應的欄位內輸入您的密碼後點擊連線。

If this doesn't work, there could be a problem with the Network Manager. To see if this is the case, go to the Dash and open the Terminal. Type nm-applet and press Enter and see if the network menu appears. If it doesn't, you should see some error messages appear in the Terminal. These should tell you what is going wrong, but they may be quite technical in nature. If so, ask for help on a support forum and quote these error messages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/a11y-font-size.page0000644000373100047300000000277312320733354025726 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 使用較大的字體，讓文字更容易閱讀。 改變螢幕上的文字大小

如果您在閱讀螢幕文字上有困難，可以改變字體的大小。

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch Large Text to ON.

在許多程式下，您可以按 Ctrl+ 來增加文字大小。若要縮減文字大小，就按 Ctrl-。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/files-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000245312320733354026013 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more. Preview files and folders

You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview.

The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio.

To view a preview full-screen press f. Press f again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/files-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000632212320733354025564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 讓檔案隱形，在檔案管理員內無法看見它們。 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 隱藏檔案

The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file manager, but it's still there in its folder.

若要隱藏檔案，就將它重新命名，新名稱前面加上一個 .。例如，若要隱藏一個名字叫 example.txt 的檔案，應該將它重新命名為 .example.txt。

隱藏資料夾的方式和檔案是一樣的。在資料夾的名稱前面加一個 . 即可隱藏資料夾。
顯示所有隱藏檔案

If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH. You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden.

To hide these files again, either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH again.

取消隱藏檔案

To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a . in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called .example.txt, you should rename it to example.txt.

Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH to hide any other hidden files again.

預設只有在您關掉檔案管理員前才看得到隱藏檔案。若要改變這個設定值，讓檔案管理員一直顯示隱藏檔案，請參閱。

大多數隱藏檔案的名稱開頭都有一個 .，但也有名稱結尾後面加上 ~ 的檔案。那些檔案是備份檔。更多資訊請參閱 。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/accounts-provider-not-available.page0000644000373100047300000000335312320733355031416 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Kevin M. Godby kevin@godby.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Why aren't service providers listed? Why is my account type not on the list?

Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop it. Currently, the following types of online accounts are supported:

Facebook

Flickr

Google

Twitter

AIM

Windows Live

Salut

Jabber

Yahoo

If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the bug tracker.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-tiled.page0000644000373100047300000000273212320733355027131 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 將兩個視窗最大化、邊對邊對齊。 平鋪視窗

您可以讓視窗只最大化到螢幕左側或右側，這樣您就可以放兩個邊對邊的視窗，在它們之間快速切換。

若要讓視窗沿著螢幕的某一側最大化，抓住標題列後，將它拖曳至左側或右側，直到半邊的螢幕被標亮。用鍵盤的話，按住 Ctrl 和 Super，接著再按左鍵或右鍵。

按住 Alt 鍵，拖曳視窗內任何一處來移動視窗。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-ports.page0000644000373100047300000000456512320733355026777 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 您需要指定正確的網路連接埠，才能用您的防火牆啟用/停用程式的網路存取。 Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com 常用的網路連接埠

這裡是一個常用網路連接埠清單，應用程式可以用它們來提供檔案分享、遠端桌面檢視等網路服務。您可以改變系統的防火牆，封鎖或允許對這些程式的存取。這張表尚未完備，因為已被使用的連接埠有幾千個。

連接埠

名稱

描述

5353/udp

mDNS、Avahi

系統可以尋找彼此，並描述它們提供的服務，不需您手動指定這些詳細資訊。

631/udp

列印

可以跨網路傳送列印工作至印表機。

631/tcp

列印

可以和網路上其他人分享您的印表機。

5298/tcp

現況

可以向網路上的其他人刊登您的即時通狀態，像是「上線」或是「忙碌」。

5900/tcp

遠端桌面

可以分享您的桌面，讓其他人可以觀看、提供遠端協助。

3689/tcp

音樂分享 (DAAP)

可以在網路上和其他人分享您的音樂庫。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net.page0000644000373100047300000000236012320733355024016 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Wireless, wired, connection problems, web browsing, email accounts, instant messaging… 連線、網路、郵件與聊天 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/nautilus-list.page0000644000373100047300000000650412320733355026051 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 控制要在清單檢視模式下顯示哪些欄位。 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 檔案管理員的欄位清單偏好設定

There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file manager's list view. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and choose the List Columns tab to select which columns will be visible.

利用上移和移下按鈕來調整會出現的欄位順序。

 <gui>名稱</gui>

您所檢視的資料夾內，資料夾和檔案的名稱。

 <gui>大小</gui>

資料夾的大小，是內含的項目總數。檔案的大小則以位元組、KB 或 MB 表示。

 <gui>類型</gui>

顯示「資料夾」或是檔案類型：如「PDF 文件」、「JPEG 影像」、「MP3 音訊」等等。

 <gui>修改時間</gui>

上一次修改檔案的日期和時間。

 <gui>擁有者</gui>

擁有資料夾、檔案的使用者的名稱。

 <gui>群組</gui>

檔案的擁有群組。在家用電腦上，每個使用者都會在各自的群組內。企業環境底下有時會用到群組，使用者可能會以部門或專案來分群組。

 <gui>權限</gui>

顯示檔案的存取權限，如：drwxrw-r--

第一個字元 - 代表檔案類型。- 指的是正常檔案，d 則為目錄（資料夾）。

接下來三個字元 rwx 代表檔案擁有者的權限。

下一組三字元 rw- 代表檔案的擁有群組內所有成員的權限。

欄位內最後三個字元 r-- 代表系統下其他使用者的權限。

每個字元都有各自的意義，如下所述：

r ：讀取權限。

w ：寫入權限。

x ：執行權限。

- ：無此權限。

 <gui>MIME 類型</gui>

顯示項目的 MIME 類型。

 <gui>位置</gui>

檔案所在位置的路徑。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-wepwpa.page0000644000373100047300000000252712320733355027157 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org WEP 和 WPA 是加密無線網路資料的方式。 WEP 和 WPA 是什麼意思？

WEP 和 WPA（以及 WPA2）是加密工具的名稱，它們是用來保障您的無線網路連線的安全。加密會將網路連線的內容編碼，這樣就不會有人可以「竊聽」連線，觀看您正在瀏覽的網頁等等。WEP 的意思是有線等效加密，而 WPA 則為無線保護存取。WPA2 是 WPA 標準的第二版。

使用某些加密方法永遠會比完全不用還好，但 WEP 是這些標準中安全性最低的，如果可以避免的話，您應該不要使用它。WPA2 是這三者中最安全的。如果您的無線網卡和路由器支援 WPA2，在設定您的無線網路時就應該要使用它。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/contacts-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000253712320733355026212 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account. Starting Contacts for the first time

When you run Contacts for the first time, the Contacts Setup window opens.

If you have online accounts configured, they are listed with Local Address Book. Select an item from the list and click Select.

Click the Online Account Settings to edit existing account settings.

If you have no online accounts configured, click Online Accounts to begin the setup. If you don't wish to set up online accounts at this time, click Local Address Book.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/backup-restore.page0000644000373100047300000000254112320733355026157 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 從備份取回您的檔案。 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 還原備份

如果您遺失或刪除了您的某些檔案，但您有它們的備份時，就可以用備份來還原它們：

To restore your backup from a device such as an external hard drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can copy the files back to your computer.

如果您有使用備份程式（如 Déjà Dup）建立您的備份，建議您使用相同的應用程式來還原您的備份。請參考您的備份程式的幫助文件：它會提供明確的指示，教您如何還原您的檔案。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/keyboard-repeat-keys.page0000644000373100047300000000365212320733355027264 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 設定讓鍵盤不要在按住一鍵時重複輸入，或是更改重複按鍵的延遲時間與速度。 關閉按鍵重複輸入

當您按住鍵盤上的某一個按鍵不放時，字母/符號預設會一直被輸出，直到您放開該按鍵為止。如果您很難快速將手指提回來，可以將這個功能停用，或是改變按壓一鍵到開始重複輸入的花費時間。

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

在「硬體」區域內點擊鍵盤。

將當按下某鍵不放時重複輸出該字元這個選項關閉，以完全停用重複輸入的功能。

或者，調整延遲滑桿來控制按住一鍵不放以重複字元的時間，並調整速度滑桿來控制壓住按鍵重複的速度快慢。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/a11y-contrast.page0000644000373100047300000000275612320733355025647 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 將螢幕上的視窗和按鈕的鮮明度增加（或減少），比較容易觀看。 調整對比

您可以調整視窗和按鈕的對比，讓它們比較容易觀看。這跟改變整個螢幕的亮度並不一樣，它只會改變部分的使用者介面。

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch High Contrast to ON.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/addremove-ppa.page0000644000373100047300000000406512320733355025760 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu 文件團隊 加入 PPA，幫助測試預發行版或安裝特別軟體。 加入個人套件庫 (PPA)

個人套件庫 (PPA) 是為 Ubuntu 使用者所設計的軟體套件庫，比其他第三方套件庫更易於安裝。

只加入那些您信任來源的軟體套件庫！

第三方軟體套件庫的安全度與信賴度並沒有經過 Ubuntu 成員們的檢查，裡面可能含有對您電腦有害的軟體。

 安裝 PPA

在 PPA 的概覽頁面，尋找 Adding this PPA to your system（將此 PPA 加入您的系統）這個標題。記錄 PPA 的位置，它們應該長得像這樣：ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next。

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Software Center in the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, click Edit Software Sources

切換至其他軟體分頁。

點擊添加並輸入 PPA 的位置。

點擊添加來源。在認證視窗內輸入您的密碼。

關閉軟體來源視窗。Ubuntu 軟體中心將會檢查您的軟體來源是否有新的軟體。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationtargets.page0000644000373100047300000000244112320733355030225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 在為掃描器和相機建立設定組合時，需要用到顏色目標。 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com 你們有支援什麼顏色目標？

我們有支援以下類型的目標：

CMP DigitalTarget

ColorChecker 24

ColorChecker DC

ColorChecker SG

i1 RGB Scan 14

LaserSoft DC Pro

QPcard 201

IT8.7/2

您可以在各家線上商店內購買來自知名廠商 KODAK、X-Rite 以及 LaserSoft 的顏色目標。

或者您也可以從 Wolf Faust 用合理的價格買到顏色目標。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/hardware-cardreader.page0000644000373100047300000000516512320733355027125 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 讀卡機的疑難排解 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 讀卡機問題

很多電腦都有包含 SD (Secure Digital)、MMC (MultiMediaCard)、SmartMedia、Memory Stick、CompactFlash，以及其他類型儲存卡的讀卡機。它們應該可被自動偵測、掛載。如果沒有，這裡有一些疑難排解的步驟：

Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CompactFlash, require a small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)

Open Files by using the Dash. Does the inserted card appear in the Devices list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press F9 or click View Sidebar Show Sidebar.)

如果側邊欄內沒有顯示您的儲存卡，點擊前往電腦。如果您的讀卡機的設置正確，讀卡機本身（不含卡片）應該會被當成磁碟，掛載卡片時則為儲存卡本身（請看以下的圖例）。

如果您有看見讀卡機，但非卡片，問題可能是出在儲存卡上面。可以的話，試著插入一張不同的儲存卡，或是用一台不同的讀卡機檢查卡片。

如果電腦資料夾內沒有看到任何儲存卡或是裝置，可能是您的讀卡機無法在 Linux 下使用：沒有適合的驅動程式。如果您的讀卡機是內建式的（在電腦內部，而不是放置在外面），就更有可能了。最好的解決方法，就是直接將您的裝置（數位相機、手機等）連接到電腦的 USB 埠內。您也可以使用 USB 外接讀卡機，在 Linux 下也有更良好的支援。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-install-java-plugin.page0000644000373100047300000000147212320733355027700 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu 文件團隊 讓瀏覽器可以顯示需要 Java 的網站。 安裝 Java 瀏覽器外掛程式

某些網站會使用小小的 Java 程式，必須要先安裝 Java 外掛程式，才可以執行它們。

安裝 icedtea6-plugin 套件後，就可以在瀏覽器內檢視 Java 程式。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/user-changepicture.page0000644000373100047300000000306012320733355027023 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 在登入與使用者畫面加入您的照片。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 更換您在登入畫面所用的照片

在您登入或是切換使用者時，會看到一張使用者清單，上面附有他們的登入用照片。您可以改變自己的照片，從圖片庫或您自己的圖片都行。您甚至可以用網路攝影機拍一張新的登入用照片。

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

點擊您名稱旁邊的圖片，會顯示下拉圖庫，裡面有幾張登入用範例照片。如果有一張您中意的，就點選它，作為您的登入用照片吧。

如果您還是要使用自己存在電腦內的圖片，就點選瀏覽更多照片。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-states.page0000644000373100047300000000743512320733355027340 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 還原、調整大小、整理和隱藏。 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 視窗操作

您可以調整視窗的大小或隱藏視窗，以配合您的工作計畫。

最小化、還原與關閉

若要最小化或隱藏視窗：

點擊應用程式選單列左上角的 - 圖示。如果程式已被最大化（佔用了您全部的螢幕），選單列會出現在螢幕的最頂端；若否，則最小化按鈕會出現在程式視窗的頂端處。

Or press AltSpace to bring up the window menu. Then press n. The window 'disappears' into the Launcher.

若要還原視窗：

Click on it in the Launcher or retrieve it from the window switcher by pressing AltTab.

若要關閉視窗：

點擊視窗左上角的 x，或者

按 AltF4，或者

按 Alt空白鍵叫出視窗選單。接著按下 c。
調整大小

最大化的視窗，大小是無法調整的。

若要調整您的視窗水平、垂直大小：

移動滑鼠游標至視窗的任何角落，直到游標變成「角落加游標」為止。點擊、按穩後拖曳，就能以任意方向改變視窗的大小。

若只要調整水平方向的大小：

移動滑鼠游標至視窗任兩側，直到游標變成「邊加游標」為止。點擊、按穩後拖曳，就能以水平方向改變視窗的大小。

若只要調整垂直方向的大小：

移動滑鼠游標至視窗頂端或底端，直到游標變成「頂加游標」或「底加游標」為止。點擊、按穩後拖曳，就能以垂直方向改變視窗的大小。
在您的工作區組織視窗

若要將兩個視窗邊對邊對齊：

點擊其中一個視窗的標題列，將它拖曳至螢幕左邊緣。當滑鼠游標碰到邊緣時，螢幕的左半邊會被標亮。放開滑鼠按鈕，視窗將會填滿左半邊螢幕。

將另外一個視窗拖向右側：當右半邊的螢幕被標亮時放開按鍵。這兩個視窗將各填滿半個螢幕。

按 Alt 並點擊視窗內任何一處，就可以移動視窗。對某些人而言，這會比點擊應用程式的標題列容易。.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/index.page0000644000373100047300000000355412320733355024345 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu 桌面版手冊 Ubuntu 桌面版手冊 <media type="image" mime="image/png" width="16" height="16" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">幫助</media> Ubuntu 桌面版手冊 <media type="image" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">Ubuntu Logo</media> Ubuntu 桌面版手冊 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/documents-viewgrid.page0000644000373100047300000000306212320733355027047 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 Change the way documents are displayed. View files in a list or grid

Documents and collections are presented in Grid format by default. To view in List format:

Go to the top bar and click Documents to display the app menu.

Click List from the View as section.

List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and whether it's stored locally, or in Google Docs or SkyDrive.

Click Grid in the app menu to return to the default format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page0000644000373100047300000000561112320733355033602 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu 文件維基的貢獻者們 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 確認基本網路設定值是否正確，並為接下來幾個疑難排解步驟做好準備。 無線網路疑難排解 進行初始連線檢查

在這一個步驟中，您將要檢查無線網路連線的一些基本資訊。這是要確認您的網路問題並不是由一些小因素引起（像是無線網路連線被關掉），並為之後幾個疑難排解步驟做準備。

確認您的筆記型電腦並沒有連接至有線網路連線。

如果您有外接的無線網路配接器（像是 USB 配接器，或是插在您筆電裡面的 PCMCIA 卡），請確認它已經確實插在電腦的正確插槽上。

如果您的無線網卡是內建在您的電腦內，確認您的無線網路開關已經開啟（如果有的話）。筆記型電腦通常會有您可以切換的無線網路開關，方法是按下一個鍵盤按鍵組合。

點擊選單列上的網路選單，確認是否有勾選啟用無線網路設定值。

開啟終端機，輸入 nm-tool 後按 Enter。

This will display information about your network hardware and connection status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line State: connected in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it is working and connected to your wireless router.

如果您已經連接到您的無線路由器，但依然無法存取網路，可能是您的路由器沒有設定正確，或是您的網路服務提供者 (ISP) 碰到一些技術性問題。請回頭參閱您的路由器、ISP 的安裝手冊，確定這些設定值是否正確，或是聯絡您的 ISP 尋求協助。

如果 nm-tool 的資訊並未指出您有連線到網路上，就點擊下一頁，前往疑難排解手冊的下一個部分。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-wired.page0000644000373100047300000000126212320733355025126 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Wired internet connections, Fixed IP addresses… Ubuntu 文件團隊 有線網路 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/session-language.page0000644000373100047300000000612212320733355026474 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 切換至不同語言的使用者介面與幫助文件。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu 文件團隊 更改您使用的語言

You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer.

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

點擊語言支援。

在語言分頁下選擇您要的語言。將該語言拖曳至清單最上方。

您必須登出再重新登入，以讓語言更動生效。點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇登出後即可登出。

某些翻譯可能尚未完成，也可能有應用程式不支援您的語言。

您的使用者目錄下有一些特殊的資料夾，應用程式可以在裡面儲存音樂、圖片、文件之類的東西。當您重新登入後，會詢問您是否要將這些資料夾重新命名成您所選語言下的標準名稱。如果您計畫之後要一直使用新語言，您應該更新這些資料夾的名稱。

更改系統語言

當您更改您的語言時，改變的只有當您登入後您的帳號所使用的語言。您也可以更改系統語言，它會被使用在如登入畫面等地方。

跟上面所述一致，更改您的語言。

點擊套用至全系統。

這需要系統管理員權限。輸入您的密碼，如果有要求使用某個系統管理員帳號，就輸入該帳號的密碼。

您可以在語言支援幫助內找到更多更為詳細的語言、地區格式相關指引。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-files.page0000644000373100047300000000320612320733355026415 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find files, folders, and downloads. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Files lens

The files lens is the second lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a document. The files lens gives you access to recently used files, folders, or downloads.

You can use SuperF to open the Dash directly at the files lens.

If you use Google Drive, be sure to add your Google credentials to Online Accounts to see search results from Google Drive.
Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the file format, file size, and when it was last saved.

You can open a file, email it, or open the folder that contains the file.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by file type, file size, or the last time the file was saved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-airplane.page0000644000373100047300000000307312320733355027444 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu 文件團隊 點擊選單列上的網路選單，取消勾選「啟用無線網路」。 關閉無線網路（飛安模式）

如果您在飛機上（或是其他不允許無線網路的地方）使用電腦，應該要將無線網路的功能關閉。還有其他原因會讓您想關閉無線網路功能（例如節省電池電力）。若要這麼做：

若要這麼做的話，點擊選單列上的網路選單，取消勾選啟用無線網路。這會將您的無線網路連線關閉，直到您再次將它切回來。

若要將無線網路切回來，點擊選單列上的網路選單，選擇啟用無線網路，讓前面出現一個勾勾。

如果您沒有關閉藍牙，您的筆記型電腦可能仍會進行廣播。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/documents-select.page0000644000373100047300000000341312320733355026506 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection. Selecting documents

From Documents selection mode you can open, print, view or make collections of your documents. To use selection mode:

Click the ✓ button.

Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the actions that are valid for your selection.
Selection mode actions

After selecting one or more documents you can:

Open with Document Viewer (folder icon).

Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents.

Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-friends.page0000644000373100047300000000273212320733355026750 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Browse messages from your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Friends scope

The Friends scope is the sixth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a speaking bubble. The Friends scope gives you access to your social media accounts.

You can use SuperG to open the Dash directly at the Friends Scope icon.

The lens will be blank until you enter your credentials in Online Accounts.
Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview gives you more information and allows you to "like" or reshare posts.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/power-suspend.page0000644000373100047300000000327512320733356026052 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 暫停會讓您的電腦進入睡眠，因而用的電力也較少。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 在我暫停電腦的時候發生了什麼事？

當您暫停電腦時，就是讓電腦進入睡眠。您所有的應用程式和文件都會保持開啟，但螢幕和電腦的其他部位都會關閉，以節省電源。電腦仍然處於開機狀態，並依然會使用一點點電源。您只需按個鍵、點個滑鼠就可以把它叫醒。沒有用的話就試著按電源鍵。

某些電腦在硬體支援上有些問題，也就是說它們可能無法正常暫停或休眠。在使用暫停功能前，您可以在您的電腦上測試暫停功能，看它可不可以運作。

在暫停前一定要儲存您的工作

在將電腦暫停之前，應該要儲存您所有的工作，避免到時萬一出了什麼差錯，之後恢復電腦時，您所開啟的程式和文件都付諸東流，無法恢復。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/contacts-link-unlink.page0000644000373100047300000000517212320733356027304 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Combine information for a contact from multiple sources. Link and unlink contacts usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/keyboard-layouts.page0000644000373100047300000001276712320733356026543 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Juanjo Marín juanj.marin@juntadeandalucia.es Ubuntu 文件團隊 Add input sources and switch between them. Use alternative input sources

依語言的不同，鍵盤發展出了幾百種的按鍵配置。就算是同一種語言，通常也會有多種鍵盤配置，例如英文的 Dvorak 配置。您可以讓您的鍵盤變成不同的配置，無須理會按鍵上的字母與符號。若您常要在多種語言間切換，這麼好用的招數就值得您一學。

Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the input sources you can choose between enable such a method.

Options with input methods are only available if respective input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean (Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice separately.
Add input sources

You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking preview.

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the + button, select an input source, and click Add.

The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the ↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the list.

If you select a source with an input method, you can click preferences to access that method's preferences dialog if any.
Input source indicator

You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the current source, such as En for the standard English layout or a symbol in case of a source that uses a special input method, e.g. Chinese (Chewing). Click the input source indicator and select from the menu the source you want to use.

鍵盤快捷鍵

You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is SuperSpace, but you can change it:

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next source using.

When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut.
Set input source for all windows or individually for each window

When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different source for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your input source selection will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows.

By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/tips.page0000644000373100047300000000117712320733356024215 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Special characters, middle click shortcuts… 技巧與訣竅 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/sound-crackle.page0000644000373100047300000000347312320733356025771 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 檢查您的音源線，以及音效卡的驅動程式。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 在播放聲音時，我聽到劈啪聲或嗡嗡聲

如果電腦在播音的時候，您有聽到劈啪聲或嗡嗡聲，問題可能在於音源線、連接器，或者是音效卡的驅動程式。

檢查喇叭是否有正確地插上。

如果喇叭沒有完整地插入插孔，或是連接到錯誤的插孔，您可能會聽到嗡嗡的聲音。

確認喇叭/耳機的接線沒有損壞。

音源線、連接器會因為使用而漸漸磨損。試著將連接線、耳機插入另一個音效裝置（像 MP3、CD 播放器），檢查是否還有劈啪聲出現。如果還存在，您可能得更換音源線/耳機。

檢查音效驅動程式是否良好。

某些音效卡在 Linux 下的運作不良，因為他們沒有良好的驅動程式。這個問題比較難被偵測到。試著在網路上搜尋音效卡的製造商以及型號，加上搜尋字詞「Ubuntu」，看看是否有其他人碰到跟您一樣的問題。

您可以在終端機下執行 sudo lspci -v，取得您的音效卡的更多相關資訊。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/sound-usemic.page0000644000373100047300000000353112320733356025645 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 使用類比式或是 USB 麥克風，並選擇預設的輸入裝置。 使用不同的麥克風

您可以使用外接式麥克風來跟朋友聊天、工作時跟同事講話、錄音，或是使用其他多媒體程式。您的電腦可能有內建麥可風、或附帶麥克風的網路攝影機，不過一個獨立的麥克風可以提供更好的音質。

如果您的麥克風使用的是圓形接頭，將它插至電腦上對應的配接孔即可。多數電腦會有兩個配接孔：一個給麥克風用，另一個給喇叭用。去找旁邊圖示為麥克風的配接孔。插入對應配接孔的麥克風，預設下通常可以直接使用。如果沒有，請參考以下的指示來設定預設輸入裝置。

如果您有 USB 的麥克風，將它們插入電腦上任何一處 USB 插孔即可。USB 麥克風會被視作單獨的音效裝置，您可能需要指定預設使用的麥克風。

選擇預設的音效輸入裝置

點擊選單列上的音效選單，選擇音效設定值。

在輸入分頁下的裝置清單中，選擇要成為預設值的裝置。當您說話時，輸入等級指示器應會作回應。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000151112320733356025475 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support… Ubuntu 文件團隊 網頁瀏覽器 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-default-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000336112320733356027124 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 到系統設定值的詳細資料改變預設的網頁瀏覽器。 改變要用什麼網路瀏覽器打開網站

在任何應用程式下，當您點擊一個連結後，會自動以一套網頁瀏覽器開啟該網頁。但如果您有安裝兩個以上的瀏覽器，開啟的網頁瀏覽器可能不會是您想要的那個。您可以更改預設網路瀏覽器來解決這個問題：

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

開啟詳細資料，在視窗左側的清單內選擇預設應用程式。

要用什麼網頁瀏覽器開啟連結呢？在網頁選項內，更改成您要的網頁瀏覽器。

若您開啟的是其他網頁瀏覽器，該瀏覽器可能會提醒您：它並非預設瀏覽器。若有遇到這種情況，點擊取消（或是類似的按鈕），該瀏覽器就不會再去嘗試把自己設為預設瀏覽器。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/look-resolution.page0000644000373100047300000000625112320733356026401 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 更改螢幕的解析度以及（旋轉）方向。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 更改螢幕的大小或旋轉角度

您可以改變螢幕的畫面解析度來改變顯示畫面的大小（或是詳盡度）。如果您有一台可以旋轉的顯示器的話，也可以改變旋轉角度，決定畫面以什麼方向顯現。

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

開啟顯示器。

If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area.

選擇您想要的解析度與旋轉角度。

點擊套用。新的設定值將會套用 30 秒後還原。這麼一來，要是您套用新設定值後卻沒看到任何東西，之後將會自動還原您的舊設定值。如果您對新設定值滿意的話，就點擊保留這個組態。

當您使用另外一台顯示儀器（如投影機）時，系統應該會自動偵測到儀器，更改該顯示器設定值的方式就跟您平常在使用的顯示器一樣。若沒有偵測到顯示器，就點擊偵測顯示器。
解析度

解析度代表螢幕的水平、垂直方向可以顯示多少個像素（畫面上的點）。每個解析度都有一個長寬比，它是寬度對高度的比例。寬螢幕顯示器使用 16:9 的長寬比，傳統顯示器使用的則是 4:3。如果您選擇的解析度跟您顯示器的長寬比不合，螢幕上會出現黑邊，避免失真。

您可以在解析度下拉選單內，選擇您要的解析度。如果您選擇的解析度跟您的螢幕不合，畫面會看起來很模糊，或是會看得出一格格的色塊。

畫面旋轉

On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your display from the Rotation drop-down list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/printing-differentsize.page0000644000373100047300000000331212320733356027720 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 使用不同的紙張大小、方向來列印文件。 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com 在列印時改變紙張大小

如果您想要更改文件的紙張大小（例如在一張 A4 紙上列印美制 Letter 大小的 PDF 文件），可以更改文件的列印格式。

點擊檔案列印

選擇頁面設定分頁。

在紙張大小欄位的下拉選單內，選擇您需要的紙張大小。

點擊列印，就會開始列印您的文件。

您也可以使用方向選單，選擇一個不同的列印方向：

直向

橫向

直向倒轉

橫向倒轉

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-othersconnect.page0000644000373100047300000000373512320733356026702 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 您可以儲存網路連線的設定值（如密碼），這樣使用這台電腦的所有人都能夠用它來連線。 其他使用者無法連上網路

如果您設定了一個網路連線，但其他的電腦使用者無法用它來連線，代表他們在連線時可能輸入了錯誤的設定值。舉例來說，若您弄的是無線網路，他們可能沒有輸入正確的無線安全性密碼。

您可以在設定網路連線時，讓所有人可以分享網路的設定值。這代表您只需設定一次，其他電腦上的人不必回答問題就可以用它來連線。若要這麼做的話：

點擊選單列上的網路選單，點擊編輯連線。

找出您要所有人都可以使用的連線。您或許要切換到無線網路分頁。選擇網路的名稱後點擊編輯。

勾選所有使用者皆可用，點擊儲存。您需要輸入您的管理員密碼才能儲存變更。這個動作只有管理員可以進行。

現在電腦上的其他使用者就能夠使用此連線，不必再輸入任何細部資訊了。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-chat-skype.page0000644000373100047300000000340112320733356026062 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu 文件團隊 Skype 是專有軟體，在 Ubuntu 上必須手動安裝 我要如何在 Ubuntu 上使用 Skype？

Skype 是一套專有軟體，您可以用它在電腦上進行跨網路的通話。

Skype 使用分散式 P2P 技術，您的通話會藉由分散伺服器以及其他使用者間來傳輸，而非藉由單一的中心伺服器。

Skype 軟體可以免費使用，但它並非自由軟體：專有原始碼，且不可自由修改。

Skype 預設不會在 Ubuntu 上安裝。安裝skype 套件之後才可以使用。

您必須啟用 Canonical 夥伴套件庫才能夠安裝 Skype

 其他與 <app>Skype</app> 相關的幫助資源

如何記錄 Skype 的對話

和 Skype 相容的網路攝影機列表

Skype 疑難排解（給進階使用者）

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page0000644000373100047300000001026012320733356032553 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 控制什麼人可以檢視、編輯您的檔案和資料夾。 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 設定檔案權限

您可以利用檔案權限，控制您所擁有的檔案可以讓誰檢視、編輯。在檔案上點下右鍵，選擇屬性，接著前往權限分頁。

請參閱下面的和章節，深入了解可設置的權限類型。

檔案

您可以設定檔案擁有者、群組擁有者，以及系統的其他使用者。以您的檔案來說，您就是擁有者，可以給自己「唯讀」或是「可讀寫」的權限。如果您不想讓該檔案被誤改，就將它設成唯讀。

電腦上每一位使用者都歸屬於一個群組。在家用電腦上比較常見的情況是，每個使用者都有他們各自的群組，群組權限很少會被使用到。如果是在企業、團體的環境之下，在分部門或專案時就可能會用到群組。每個檔案除了有自己的擁有者以外，也歸屬於某一個群組。您可以設定該檔案的群組，並控制該群組的所有使用者，對檔案的權限為何。您只能設定自己所屬的那一個群組。

您也可以設定其他人（非擁有者，也不在檔案擁有群組裡面）對檔案的權限。

如果該檔案是一個程式（如腳本檔案），您必須選擇允許檔案作為程式執行，才能執行它。但即使有勾選這個選項，檔案管理員可能仍以應用程式開啟檔案，或是會問您要做什麼。更多相關資訊請參閱。

資料夾

您可以為資料夾設定擁有者、群組，以及其他使用者的權限。上面的檔案權限章節，對於擁有者、群組和其他使用者權限有很詳盡的介紹。

您可以為資料夾設定的權限，跟檔案可以設定的權限並不相同。

<gui>沒有</gui>

使用者會連資料夾內有什麼檔案都無法看到。

 <gui>只能列出檔案</gui>

使用者可以觀看資料夾內有什麼檔案，但無法在裡面開啟、建立、刪除檔案。

 <gui>存取檔案</gui>

使用者可以在資料夾內開啟檔案（他們同時也需要該個別檔案的權限），但無法建立新檔案，或是刪除檔案。

 <gui>建立與刪除檔案</gui>

使用者對資料夾有完整的存取權限。可以開啟、建立、刪除檔案。

You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by clicking Change Permissions for Enclosed Files. Use the drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and click Change. Permissions are applied to files and folders in subfolders as well, to any depth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/look-background.page0000644000373100047300000000532212320733356026313 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 將圖像、顏色或漸層設成您的桌面背景。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 改變桌面背景

您可以用圖片、單色或是漸層來更換桌面背景。

在桌面上點擊右鍵，選擇更改桌面背景。

選擇一張圖像或是顏色。設定值會立即生效。切換至一個空的工作區來檢視整張桌面。

右上方的下拉清單內有三個選項。

選擇桌布，這裡有很多隨 Ubuntu 一同發布的專業背景圖像，您可以自由選擇。除了 Ubuntu 自己的桌布以外，其他的預設桌布選項，都是由社群的桌布比賽優勝者製作的。

某些桌布會有部份透明，背景顏色可以穿透過來。點選這些桌布時，右下角會出現一個顏色選擇按鈕。

選擇圖片資料夾，您可以從「圖片」資料夾內，選擇一張您擁有的照片當作桌布。大多數照片管理程式都會把照片存在這裡。

選擇顏色與漸層，只用一個平塗顏色或是線性漸層當作桌面。右下角會出現可以選擇顏色的按鈕。

您也可以點擊 + 按鈕，瀏覽電腦內任何一張圖片。用這種方式加入的圖片會出現在圖片資料夾底下。選擇任一張圖片，點擊 - 按鈕，可以將它們從清單內移除。將圖片從清單內移除，原本的檔案並不會被刪除。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/mouse-mousekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000645112320733356026410 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad

如果您沒辦法使用滑鼠或是其他指向裝置，可以用您鍵盤上的數字鍵盤來控制滑鼠游標。這項功能被稱為滑鼠控制鍵。

Tap the Super key to open the Dash.

Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the Universal Access settings.

Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab.

Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then press Enter to switch it on.

確定 Num Lock 已經關閉。您現在可以用小鍵盤移動滑鼠游標了。

這裡的步驟提供了最簡短的方式，只需要鍵盤就能夠啟用滑鼠鍵。選擇無障礙功能設定值可以看到更多無障礙選項。

小鍵盤是您鍵盤上的一組數字按鈕，通常會集中在一個方形區塊內。如果您的鍵盤上沒有小鍵盤（例如筆記型電腦的鍵盤），可能得先按住功能鍵（Fn）之後，再使用其他對應按鍵當作小鍵盤。如果您常常在筆記型電腦上使用滑鼠控制鍵的話，可以考慮購買一個 USB 外接式小鍵盤。

小鍵盤上每一個數字都代表一個方向。例如，按 8 游標會向上移動；按 2 游標則向下移動。按 5 會當作一次滑鼠單擊，快速按兩次則變成雙擊。

大多數鍵盤都會有一個特殊按鍵，可以用來當作滑鼠右鍵，通常會在空白鍵旁邊。不過要注意的是，這個鍵生效的位置會在鍵盤現在工作的區域，而非滑鼠游標的位置。關於如何按住 5 或滑鼠左鍵來作右鍵點擊的資訊，請參閱。

如果在啟用滑鼠控制鍵的期間，您想要使用小鍵盤輸入數字的話，就將 Num Lock 打開。不過在 Num Lock 開啟的期間，小鍵盤就無法控制滑鼠了。

鍵盤上面排成一列的正常數字鍵並沒辦法控制滑鼠游標。只有小鍵盤的數字鍵可以。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000224012320733356025045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Add accounts, Remove accounts, Disable services Online accounts

You can enter your login details for online services, such as Google and Facebook, into the Online Accounts application. This will let you access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar applications without having to enter your account details again.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/color-whatisspace.page0000644000373100047300000000706512320733356026667 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 顏色空間是定義好的顏色範圍。 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com 什麼是顏色空間？

顏色空間是定義好的顏色範圍。眾所皆知的顏色空間有 sRGB、AdobeRGB 和 ProPhotoRGB。

人的視覺系統並非只是一個單純的 RGB 感應器，但我們可以模擬眼睛對 CIE 1931 色度圖的反應，會顯示出人的視覺反應為馬蹄形。您可以看到在人類的視覺中，偵測到的綠色色調比藍色、紅色還多。利用三基色顏色空間（如 RGB），我們只要使用三個數值，就可以在電腦上顯示顏色，而這三個數值對於顏色的限制，可以製成一個三角形。

使用如 CIE 1931 色度圖這一類的模型，會大幅簡化人類的視覺系統，而且真實的色域會以 3D 殼線來表示，而非 2D 投影。3D 形狀的 2D 投影有時會誤導人，因此，若您要觀看 3D 殼線，就安裝 gnome-color-manager，並執行 gcm-viewer。
利用白色三角形表示 sRGB、AdobeRGB 和 ProPhotoRGB

First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and so most modern monitors can display more colors than this. sRGB is a least-common-denominator standard and is used in a large number of applications (including the Internet).

AdobeRGB 常被當作是編輯用空間。它可以編碼的顏色比 sRGB 更多，這代表您在改變照片顏色時，不需過於擔心最鮮艷的顏色被裁剪、黑色碎裂等問題。

ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!

Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The answer is to do with quantization. If you only have 8 bits (256 levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger steps between each value.

差階越大，代表捕捉的顏色和儲存的顏色的誤差越大，對於某些顏色來說會是個大問題。如果這些顏色（如重要的皮膚顏色）是關鍵的顏色，就算是一個再小的誤差，未受過訓練的檢視者也會注意到：相片似乎有地方看起來怪怪的。

Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel.

顏色管理，是從一種顏色空間轉換到另外一種顏色空間的手續。這些顏色空間可以是眾所皆知的 sRGB，或是自訂的空間，像是您的顯示器、印表機的設定組合。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page0000644000373100047300000001413212320733356034010 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu 文件維基的貢獻者們 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com 某些裝置驅動程式在特定的無線網路配接器下無法良好運作，因此您可能需要找一個更好的。 無線網路疑難排解 確認工作裝置的驅動程式已經安裝

在這個步驟中，您可以檢查看看，是否可以為您的無線網路配接器拿到可以運作的裝置驅動程式。裝置驅動程式是一支小程式，它會告訴電腦要如何讓硬體裝置正常運作。就算無線網路配接器有被電腦辨識，它可能沒有讓它運作良好的驅動程式。說不定您可以找到一些不同的、可以讓無線網路配接器運作的驅動程式。在以下的選項中挑幾項試試：

檢查您的無線網路配接器是否有在支援裝置清單內

多數 Linux 發行版本會有一份清單，列出它們有支援哪些無線網路裝置。有時候這些清單會提供額外資訊，告訴您要如何為特定的配接器拿到可以讓它們正常運作的驅動程式。前往您所用發行版本的清單（例如Ubuntu、Fedora 或是 openSuSE），看您的無線網路配接器的製造商和型號有沒有列在上面。您或許可以用那裡的某些資訊，讓您的無線網路驅動程式運作。

尋找額外的開源或專有驅動程式

雖然 Ubuntu 已經內含大量裝置的支援，還是有某些驅動程式仍需要您額外去安裝。使用額外驅動程式工具來檢查這些額外的開源或專有驅動程式。

點擊選單列最右側的按鈕，選擇系統設定值。

In the System section, click Software Sources.

Switch to the Additional Drivers tab.

為您的配接器使用 Windows 驅動程式

一般而言，您無法用為某個作業系統（如 Windows）設計的裝置驅動程式，在另外一個作業系統（如 Linux）下使用。這是因為它們處理裝置的方式並不一樣。不過說到無線網路配接器，您可以安裝一個叫做 NDISwrapper 的相容層，它可以讓您在 Linux 上使用某些 Windows 的無線網路驅動程式。它很有用，因為無線網路配接器幾乎都有 Windows 驅動程式可以使用，有時卻沒有 Linux 驅動程式可以使用。您可以在這裡進一步了解要如何使用 NDISwrapper。請注意，並非所有無線網路驅動程式可以透過 NDISwrapper 使用。

ndiswrapper 的完整資訊會保存在此頁面，裡面包含了 ndiswrapper 特定的疑難排解幫助。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/documents-filter.page0000644000373100047300000000245012320733356026515 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Choose which documents to display. Filter documents

Click the down button next to the search bar to limit the scope of the search in these categories:

Sources: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All.

Type: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text Documents, or All.

Title, Author, or All.

In order for Google or SkyDrive to appear in the filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an online account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors.page0000644000373100047300000000531612320733356027475 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up dual monitors on your laptop. Ubuntu 文件團隊 ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com 將您的筆記型電腦連接至外面的顯示器
設定外部顯示器

若要為您的筆記型電腦設定外部顯示器，就將顯示器連接至您的電腦上。如果您的系統沒有立即辨識出它的話，可以調整這些設定值：

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

開啟顯示器。

點擊您要啟用/停用的顯示器代表圖像，將它切換成開/關。

By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which monitor is "primary", change the monitor in the Launcher Placement drop-down box. You could also drag the Launcher in the preview to the monitor you want to set as the "primary" monitor.

If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher Placement to All Displays.

若要改變顯示器的「位置」，就點擊它並拖曳至想要的位置。

若您想要兩個顯示器都顯示相同的內容，就勾選鏡射顯示器。

當您滿意自己的設定值後，點擊套用，接著點擊保留這個組態。

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.

黏性邊界

雙顯示器的一個典型問題，就是不管您願不願意，滑鼠游標很容易就會「滑到」另一台顯示器。Unity 的黏性邊界功能可以改善這種問題，您需要施一點力才能將滑鼠游標從一台顯示器移動到另一台顯示器上。

如果您不喜歡這項功能，可以將黏性邊界關閉。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/power-batterylife.page0000644000373100047300000000752212320733356026702 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer. GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 少用點電力並增加電池使用時間

電腦所消耗的電力十分可觀。只要使用一些基本的節能策略，您不僅可以減少自己的能源開支，也可以為環境盡一份心力。如果您用的是筆記型電腦，這些策略也可以幫助電腦，將使用電池時的可用時間拉長。

一般技巧

當您沒有在使用電腦時，請將它暫停。這可以有效減少電腦使用的電力量，要喚醒電腦時也只需片刻時間。

Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the case.

使用系統設定值下的電源偏好設定來改變您的電源設定值。那裡有一些選項可以幫助您節省電源：您可以讓顯示器經過一段特定時間後自動調暗；降低顯示器亮度（筆記型電腦適用）；當您有一段時間不會使用電腦時，讓電腦自動暫停。

Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them.
筆記型電腦、小筆電，以及其他使用電池的裝置

降低螢幕的亮度；螢幕的發光在筆記型電腦的電力消耗上佔了很重的份量。

大多數筆記型電腦的鍵盤上會有按鍵（或是鍵盤快捷鍵），您可以用它來降低亮度。

If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power.

某些電腦上會有一個實體按鈕可以將它關閉，至於其他電腦則會有一個鍵盤快捷鍵可以讓您使用。您可以在需要時將它再次開啟。
更多進階技巧

減少在背景執行的工作數量。電腦要做的工作越多，使用的電力也會越多。

您大多數執行的應用程式，在您沒有使用它們時，能做的事情非常有限。不過，常常從網路上抓取資料、播放音樂或影片的應用程式，會影響您的電源消耗量。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/look-display-fuzzy.page0000644000373100047300000000512612320733356027030 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 可能是沒有將螢幕設置成正確的解析度。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 螢幕看起來很模糊，還看得出一格格的色點，怎麼回事？

這是因為您的螢幕所套用的顯示解析度並不正確。

要如何解決呢？點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，前往系統設定值。在「硬體」區域內選擇顯示器。在解析度下試著用一些選項看看，設定成讓螢幕看起來順眼的那一個吧。

連接多台顯示器

如果您的電腦連接了兩台顯示儀器（例如一台正常的螢幕，以及一台投影機），它們兩個所使用的解析度可能不同。但是，電腦的顯示卡同時只能以一種解析度顯示畫面，所以至少會有一台顯示儀器的畫面看起來很模糊。

其實兩台顯示儀器可以有不同的解析度，做一些設定就可以了。不過這樣兩台顯示器就無法顯示相同畫面了。設定生效後，您的兩個獨立畫面會同時連接在一起。您可以將視窗從一台螢幕移動到另外一台上，但沒辦法在兩個畫面內同時顯示相同的視窗。

要將顯示器設定成可以擁有各自的解析度：

點擊選單列最右側的圖示，選擇系統設定值。開啟顯示器。

取消勾選鏡射顯示器。

在顯示器視窗上方的灰色區塊內，可以選擇每一台顯示器。更改顯示器的解析度，直到它們的顯示正常為止。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-wired-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000324412320733356026560 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 在設定多數有線網路連線時，您只需將網路纜線接上即可。 連接至有線（乙太網）網路

在設定多數有線網路連線時，您只需將網路纜線接上即可。選單列上的網路圖示會閃動幾秒，在您連上網路後就會變成一個「插槽」圖示。

如果連線不成，首先您應該要確認網路纜線是否已經插上。纜線的一端要插在您電腦上的長方形乙太網（網路）接口，另一端則插在交換器、路由器、牆壁上的網路接口或是類似的地方（端看您的網路安裝方式而定）。某些時候，乙太網接口旁邊若有亮光，代表接線已經插上且正在活動。

您沒辦法用一條網路纜線直接連接兩台電腦（至少在沒做過額外設定的情況下）。若要連接兩台電腦，您應該要將它們兩個連到網路集線器、路由器或是交換器上。

如果您依然無法連線，可能是您的網路不支援自動設置 (DHCP)。這種情況下，您就需要手動設定網路。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/addremove-install-synaptic.page0000644000373100047300000000474412320733356030503 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu 文件團隊 Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com

Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0).

Synaptic 是強大但複雜的軟體管理程式，跟 Ubuntu 軟體中心類似。 使用 Synaptic 作更高階的軟體管理

更強大的 Synaptic 套件管理程式可以執行 Ubuntu 軟體中心無法做到的軟體管理任務。Synaptic 的介面比較複雜，且不支援軟體中心的新功能，像是評等與評論，因此並不推薦給 Ubuntu 的新手使用。

預設 Synaptic 不會被安裝，但您可以用「軟體中心」來安裝它。

用 Synaptic 安裝軟體

Open Synaptic from the Dash or the Launcher. You will need to enter your password in the Authenticate window.

點擊搜尋來搜尋應用程式，或是點擊組別，在各個組別內尋找程式。

在您想要安裝的應用程式上點右鍵，選擇標記為安裝。

If you are asked to mark additional changes, click Mark.

若還有其他您想要安裝的程式，也請一併選擇。

點擊套用，接著在出現的視窗中點擊套用。您所選擇的應用程式將會被下載、安裝。

For more information about using Synaptic, consult the Synaptic How To.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/report-ubuntu-bug.page0000644000373100047300000000575712320733356026654 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu 問題回報的方式與地方。 Ubuntu 文件團隊 ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com 回報 Ubuntu 下的問題

如果您發現 Ubuntu 有任何問題，可以發送一份問題回報。

Type AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug nameofprogram

如果是硬體上的問題，或者您不知道受影響程式的名稱，輸入 ubuntu-bug 即可

After running one of the above commands, Ubuntu will gather information about the bug. This may take a few minutes. Review the collected information if you wish. Click Send to continue.

網頁瀏覽器將會開啟一個新分頁，以繼續處理程式錯誤的資料。Ubuntu 以 Launchpad 這個網站來管理它的程式錯誤回報。您必須要擁有（或是註冊）一個 Launchpad 帳號才能發送回報，接收它的狀態更新郵件。點擊 Create a new account（建立新帳號）來註冊吧。

登入 Launchpad 之後，在 Summary（概要）欄內輸入問題的相關說明。

點擊 Next（下一步）後，Launchpad 會搜尋是否有相似的問題回報，或許您遭遇到的問題已經被回報過了。如果問題已被回報過，您可以標記這個問題也影響到您。您也可以訂閱該問題回報，收到的更新內或許有修復該問題的方式。如果問題尚未被回報，點擊 No, I need to report a new bug（不，我要回報新的問題）。

在 Description（描述）欄內輸入相關資訊，越多越好。有三件重要的事情您必須清楚地說明：

您預期會發生什麼事

實際發生的事

可能的話，提供讓它發生所需要的最短步驟，從步驟 1「開啟程式」開始

您的回報將會被編上一組 ID 號碼，隨著處理進度，狀態也會更新。謝謝您的幫助，讓 Ubuntu 變得更好！

如果您得到「此非正版 Ubuntu 套件」這個錯誤，代表您要嘗試回報問題的軟體並非來自 Ubuntu 官方套件庫。這種情況下，就無法使用 Ubuntu 的內建問題回報工具。

更多有關回報 Ubuntu 問題的資訊，請參閱外部線上文件（英文）。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-default-email.page0000644000373100047300000000300412320733356026522 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 到系統設定值的詳細資料改變預設的郵件程式。 改變撰寫電子郵件的郵件程式

當您在某個地方（如文書處理程式內）點擊一個按鈕、連結來傳送新郵件時，會開啟您的預設郵件程式，以及一份空白訊息來讓您書寫。但如果您有安裝兩個以上的郵件程式，開啟的郵件程式可能不會是您想要的那個。您可以更改預設郵件程式來解決這個問題：

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

開啟詳細資料，在視窗左側的清單內選擇預設應用程式。

在郵件選項內，更改成您要設為預設的郵件程式。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/power-batteryoptimal.page0000644000373100047300000000411712320733357027426 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips such as "Do not let the battery charge get too low" GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 有效利用您筆記型電腦的電池

As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference.

Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge before the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is worse for the battery.

Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get any warmer than it has to.

就算您將電池拿去儲存，它們還是會老化。如果您在得到原本的電池時，還去買一個替代用電池，意義其實不大。請您在需要替代品的時候才去購買它們。

這裡的建議是特別為鋰離子電池所寫的，這一類電池是最為常見的類型。其他類型的電池的照顧方式可能會有不同。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/prefs-language-install.page0000644000373100047300000000377712320733357027613 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Install more translations and related language support packages. Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com Install languages

When you install Ubuntu, the language you select at installation gets installed together with English, but you can add further languages.

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

在「個人」區域內，點擊語言支援。

Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently installed languages checked.

Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently installed languages you want to remove.

Click Apply Changes.

這需要系統管理員權限。輸入您的密碼，如果有要求使用某個系統管理員帳號，就輸入該帳號的密碼。

In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a new language may follow various language support components such as dictionaries for spell checking, fonts and input methods.

某些翻譯可能尚未完成，也可能有應用程式不支援您的語言。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000605012320733357026450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Dash is the top button in the Launcher. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Find apps, files, music, and more with the Dash

Unity 的搜尋

The Dash allows you to search for applications, files, music, and videos, and shows you items that you have used recently. If you have ever worked on a spreadsheet or edited an image and forgot where you saved it, you will surely find this feature of the Dash to be useful.

To start using the Dash, click the top icon in the Launcher. This icon has the Ubuntu logo on it. For faster access, you can just press the Super key.

To hide the Dash, click the top icon again or press Super or Esc.

Search everything from the Dash home

The first thing you'll see when opening the Dash is the Dash Home. Without typing or clicking anything, the Dash Home will show you apps and files you've used recently.

Only one row of results will show for each type. If there are more results, you can click See more results to view them.

To search, just start typing and related search results will automatically appear from the different installed lenses.

Click on a result to open it, or you can press Enter to open the first item in the list.

Lenses

Lenses allow you to focus the Dash results and exclude results from other lenses.

You can see the available lenses in the lens bar, the darker strip at the bottom of the Dash.

To switch to a different lens, click the appropriate icon or press CtrlTab.

Filters

Filters allow you to narrow down your search even further.

Click Filter results to choose filters. You may need to click a filter heading such as Sources to see the available choices.

Previews

If you right click on a search result, a preview will open with more information about the result.

To close the preview, click any empty space or press Esc.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/disk-format.page0000644000373100047300000000544512320733357025461 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 將外部硬碟或 USB 隨身碟格式化，移除裡面所有的檔案和資料夾。 將可卸除式磁碟的所有內容清空

如果您有一個可卸除式裝置，像是 USB 隨身碟或是外接硬碟，有時候可能要刪除裡面所有的檔案和資料夾。此時您可以將裝置格式化 —— 裡面所有的檔案都會被統統刪掉，該裝置內部就空無一物了。

將可卸除式磁碟格式化

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

在儲存裝置清單內選擇您要清空的磁碟。

請確定您選擇的磁碟是正確的！如果您挑到錯誤的磁碟，會把其他磁碟裡面的檔案統統給刪除掉！

在儲存區部份，點擊卸載儲存區。接著點擊格式化儲存區。

在跳出的視窗中，為磁碟選擇一個檔案系統類型。

如果您除了 Linux 電腦以外，也有在使用 Windows 和 Mac OS 的電腦，請選擇 FAT。如果您只會在 Windows 上使用它，NTFS 這個選項可能會比較好。對於檔案系統類型的簡短描述會以標籤顯示。

給這個磁碟一個新名稱後，點擊格式化。接著就會開始清空磁碟。

格式化結束後，將磁碟給安全移除。磁碟裡面應該已全部清空，可以準備再次使用了。

 格式化磁碟並非安全刪除檔案

將磁碟格式化，並不完全是一個清空資料的安全方式。一個被格式化的磁碟，上面不會出現任何檔案，但特殊的還原軟體或許有能力把檔案取回。如果您需要將檔案安全地刪除掉，就需要使用一些命令列工具程式，如 shred。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/sound-broken.page0000644000373100047300000000155012320733357025640 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 沒有聲音出來？音質很差？各種問題的疑難排解。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 聲音問題

電腦的播放出了問題嗎？可能的原因有很多種。以下的主題中，哪一個最符合您遇到的狀況？

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-photos.page0000644000373100047300000000301612320733357026630 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View photos from your computer or your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Photos lens

The photos lens is the fifth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a camera. The photos lens gives you access to photos on your computer or from Online Accounts such as Facebook or Google Picasa.

You can use SuperC to open the Dash directly at the photos lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the photo and a larger thumbnail.

For photos stored on your computer, you can open, print, view, or email them.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by date the photo was taken or the source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-what-is-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000313512320733357027424 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com IP 位址就像是電腦的電話號碼。 什麼是 IP 位址？

「IP 位址」的意思是網路協議位址，每個連接到網路（如網際網路）的裝置都會有一個 IP 位址。

IP 位址很像是您的電話號碼。您的電話號碼是一組獨特的數字組合，可以識別您的電話，讓其他人可以向您通話。IP 位址的原理也很類似，它也是一組獨特的數字組合，可以識別您的電腦，這樣它才可以和其他電腦互相傳送、接收資料。

目前大多數 IP 位址都由四個數字組成，每個數字都以句號分隔。192.168.1.42 是一個 IP 位址的範例。

IP 位址可以是動態或固定。在每次您的電腦要連上網路時，會暫時指定一個動態 IP 位址給您。固定 IP 位址則是固定不變的。動態 IP 位址比固定位址還要常見 —— 通常固定位址只在有特殊需求時才會使用，像是管理伺服器。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/color-howtoimport.page0000644000373100047300000000303712320733357026743 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color profiles can be imported by opening them. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 我要如何匯入顏色設定組合？

The profile can be imported by double clicking on the .ICC or .ICM file in the file browser.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsColor when selecting a profile for a device.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsColor when selecting a profile for a device.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/wacom-stylus.page0000644000373100047300000000427712320733357025712 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus. Configure the stylus

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. These settings can be adjusted:

Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" (how physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft and Firm.

Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, Forward.

Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" between Soft and Firm.

If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use the pager to choose which stylus to configured.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/mouse-problem-notmoving.page0000644000373100047300000001111212320733357030031 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 如果滑鼠的運作出了問題，要如何檢查？ Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 滑鼠游標不會移動
檢查滑鼠是否有連上電腦

如果您的滑鼠是有線滑鼠，檢查它有沒有穩穩地接在電腦上面。

如果是 USB 滑鼠（連接孔是長方形），試著將它插在不同的 USB 插槽內。如果是 PS/2 滑鼠（連接孔是圓形、有六個針頭），請確定它是插在綠色的滑鼠插孔，而不是紫色的鍵盤插孔。如果滑鼠沒有連接正確，連接好後可能需要重新啟動電腦。

檢查您的電腦有沒有辨識到滑鼠

Type CtrlAltT to open the Terminal.

在終端機視窗內，確實輸入以下的指令：xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer，接著按下 Enter。

接著會出現一張簡短的滑鼠裝置清單。檢查裡面有沒有至少一個寫著 [XExtensionPointer] 的項目，以及那個 [XExtensionPointer] 項目的左邊有沒有列出滑鼠的名稱。

如果沒有出現滑鼠名稱加上 [XExtensionPointer] 的項目，代表滑鼠沒有被電腦辨識出來。如果有出現這條項目，代表電腦有辨識到這顆滑鼠。如果沒有辨識到，您應該要檢查這顆滑鼠是否已經插上電腦、有沒有在運作條件之下。

如果您的滑鼠是序列式滑鼠（RS-232），可能需要做一些額外步驟才能正常使用。至於這些步驟則視滑鼠的製造商和型號為定。

滑鼠偵測問題的解決方式比較複雜。如果您認為滑鼠沒辦法被正常偵測到，請向您的發行商、廠商尋求支援。

檢查滑鼠能不能確實運作

將滑鼠插上一台不同的電腦，看看能不能使用。

如果您的滑鼠是光學或雷射滑鼠，在開啟狀態下，滑鼠底部應該會發出光芒。如果連一絲光都沒有，檢查滑鼠有沒有開啟。如果已經開啟滑鼠卻仍然沒有光芒出現，那麼這顆滑鼠可能已經壞掉了。

檢查無線滑鼠

請確認滑鼠是否已經啟動。通常滑鼠底部會有一個開關可以確實關閉滑鼠，您在帶著它到處走時，滑鼠就不會時常保持喚醒狀態。

如果您使用的是藍牙滑鼠，請確認您已經確實將滑鼠和您的電腦配對。請參閱。

點擊按鈕，看滑鼠游標現在可不可以移動。某些無線滑鼠會進入睡眠以節省電力，因此不會有任何反應，直到您點擊按鍵為止。請參閱。

檢查滑鼠的電池還有沒有電。

確定接收器（加密狗）有穩固接在電腦上。

如果您的滑鼠和接收器可以使用不同的無線電頻道，確認它們所設置的頻道是否相同。

您可能需要按下滑鼠、接收器上的某個按鈕，雙方才能夠建立連線。如果是這種原因，請查閱您的滑鼠操作手冊，裡面應該會有更詳盡的說明。

大多數 RF（無線電）無線滑鼠在插入電腦的時候，就會自動設定好，馬上可以使用。如果您用的是藍牙或是 IR（紅外線）無線滑鼠，可能得做一些額外的步驟才能使用它們。至於這些步驟則視滑鼠的製造商和型號為定。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/documents-print.page0000644000373100047300000000224212320733357026364 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Print documents that are stored locally or online. Print a document

To print a document:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the document to be printed.

Click the Print button in the button bar. The Print dialog opens.

Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a collection is selected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationdevices.page0000644000373100047300000000405212320733357030200 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 我們有支援很多校正裝置。 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com 你們有支援什麼顏色測量儀器？

GNOME 藉由 ArgyllCMS 專案來支援顏色儀器。因此，我們有支援以下所示的測量儀器：

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro（光譜儀）

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor（光譜儀）

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1、2 或 LT（色度計）

X-Rite i1 Display Pro（色度計）

X-Rite ColorMunki Design 或 Photo（光譜儀）

X-Rite ColorMunki Create（色度計）

X-Rite ColorMunki Display（色度計）

Pantone Huey（色度計）

MonacoOPTIX（色度計）

ColorVision Spyder 2 和 3（色度計）

Colorimètre HCFR（色度計）

Pantone Huey 是目前最便宜、在 Linux 下的支援也最好的硬體。

感謝 Argyll 也支援了很多點與線讀取反射光譜儀，讓您也可以為印表機校正或作特性描述：

X-Rite DTP20 "Pulse"（「刷取式」反射光譜儀）

X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook（點式反射光譜儀）

X-Rite DTP41（點與線讀取反射光譜儀）

X-Rite DTP41T（點與線讀取反射光譜儀）

X-Rite DTP51（點讀取反射光譜儀）

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/a11y-visualalert.page0000644000373100047300000000336412320733357026343 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 當播放警示音效時，啟用視覺警示閃動螢幕、視窗。 為警示音效閃動螢幕

如果有特定類型的訊息和事件，您的電腦會播放一個簡易的警示音效。如果您很難聽到這些聲響，可以選擇在播放警示音效時，也閃動整個畫面，或是只閃動您目前的視窗。

This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such as in a library (see to learn how to mute the alert sound).

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

開啟無障礙功能，選擇聽覺分頁。

Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title to flash.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/color-testing.page0000644000373100047300000000405512320733357026026 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles. How do I test if color management is working correctly?

The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to see if anything much has changed.

In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being applied:

Bluish Test: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being sent to the display

ADOBEGAMMA-test: This will turn the screen pink and tests different features of a screen profile

FakeBRG: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but images will look very different in applications that support color management.

Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the System SettingsColor preferences.

Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color management.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/disk-benchmark.page0000644000373100047300000000512612320733357026117 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 為您的硬碟做效能評測，檢查它的速度有多快。 測試您的硬碟效能

若要測試您硬碟的速度：

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the activities overview.

Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list.

Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive.

Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and Access Time parameters as desired.

Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from the disk. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete.

測試結束後，結果會出現在圖表上。綠點以及連線代表取樣；對應到右邊的座標為存取時間，到下面的座標則代表效能評測的經過時間百分比。藍線代表讀取率，紅線代表寫入率；左邊的座標代表存取資料的速率，對應到遍歷磁碟的百分比，沿著底下的座標從磁碟外側到軸心。

圖表底下會顯示以下數值：最小、最大與平均讀取率和寫入率、平均存取時間，以及離上次效能評測有多少時間。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000317212320733357027757 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 若要列印出準確的顏色，校正您的印表機是很重要的。 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com 我要如何校正印表機？

有兩種方式可以為印表機裝置建立設定組合：

使用光電比色計裝置，如 Pantone ColorMunki

從色彩公司的網站下載一份列印參考檔案

如果您的紙張類型只有一到兩種，利用色彩公司通常會是產生印表機設定組合最便宜的選擇。從公司的網站下載參考圖表，接著將印出來的結果放入軟墊信封送回公司，他們會掃描紙張，產生設定組合後，將準確的 ICC 設定組合用電子郵件寄回給您。

如果您要為為數眾多的墨水裝置或紙張類型建立設定組合，使用如 ColorMunki 等價錢不菲的裝置會比較划得來。

如果您有更換墨水匣的話，記得重新校正一次印表機！

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/files-templates.page0000644000373100047300000000373712320733357026341 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 用自訂的檔案模板，快速建立新文件。 Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 為常用的文件類型建立模板

如果您時常建立基本內容一模一樣的文件，利用檔案模板或許可以幫您一把。檔案模板可以是任何類型的檔案，而裡面的格式、內容是可以重複利用的。例如，您可以建立一份文件模板，裡面已預放您的信箋。

建立新模板

建立一份要設為模板的文件。例如，您可以在文書處理程式製作您的信箋。

將內含模板內容的檔案存放在家目錄下的模板資料夾內。如果模板資料夾並不存在，您需要先建立它才能繼續。

 用模板建立文件

開啟您要放置新文件的資料夾。

Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose New Document. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu.

從清單內選擇您想要的模板。

為新建立的文件輸入一個檔案名稱。

雙擊檔案開啟，就可以開始編輯了！

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/color-notifications.page0000644000373100047300000000364312320733357027224 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate. Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?

Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended.

Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product.

If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will be shown in the System SettingsColor dialog next to the profile. A warning notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer.

To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum age of the profile in days:

[rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180 [rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/addremove-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000327412320733357026500 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu 文件團隊 移除您不會再使用的軟體。 移除應用程式

The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you no longer use.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher or search for Software Center in the Dash.

在打開軟體中心之後，點擊頂端的已安裝。

Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by looking through the list of installed applications.

選擇應用程式後，點擊移除。

您可能會被要求輸入密碼。完成之後程式就會被移除。

Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be removed. You will be asked to confirm whether you want this to happen before the applications are removed.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-othersedit.page0000644000373100047300000000433112320733357026170 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 您需要在網路連線設定中，取消勾選所有使用者皆可用這個選項。 其他使用者無法編輯網路連線

如果您可以編輯網路連線，但其他電腦使用者不行的話，可以將連線設定成所有使用者皆可用。這麼一來，任何電腦上的人都可以使用這個連線來上網，但只有有管理員權限的使用者可以更改它的設定值。

這個規定的理由是，既然設定值的更動會影響到所有人，系統只會允許高信任度的（管理員）使用者修改連線。

如果其他使用者真的有需要要自己改變連線，就不要將這個連線設定成電腦上所有人都能使用。這麼一來，每個人都可以管理他們自己的連線設定值，而不用依賴某個全系統設定值的分享連線。

讓連線再也不會被分享

點擊選單列上的網路選單，點擊編輯連線。

找出您想要每個人都可以自己管理/編輯的連線。選擇它後點擊編輯。

您需要輸入您的管理員密碼才能改變連線。只有管理員使用者可以做這個動作。

取消勾選所有使用者皆可用，點擊儲存。現在，其他的電腦使用者可以自己管理連線了。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/hardware.page0000644000373100047300000000234312320733357025030 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 硬體 Hardware problems, printers, power settings, color management, Bluetooth, disks… 硬體與驅動程式 更多主題
問題 硬體問題 常見問題
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-macaddress.page0000644000373100047300000000374012320733357026127 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 指定給網路硬體的獨特識別碼。 什麼是 MAC 位址？

A MAC address is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an Ethernet card). MAC stands for Media Access Control, and each identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device.

MAC 位址由六組雙字元所組成，組和組之間用冒號分隔。這裡是一個 MAC 位址的範例：00:1B:44:11:3A:B7。

若要找出您的網路硬體的 MAC 位址：

點擊選單列上的網路選單。

選擇連線資訊。

您的 MAC 位址會顯示在硬體位址內。

In practice, you may need to modify or "spoof" a MAC address. For example, some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/sharing-bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000262212320733357026671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options. Ubuntu 文件團隊 ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Control sharing over Bluetooth

You can allow access to your Public and Downloads folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only trusted devices. Configure Personal File Sharing Preferences to control access to the shared folders on your computer.

A Bluetooth device is trusted if you have paired, or connected your computer to it. See .

 Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth

In the Dash, open Personal File Sharing.

Select the desired Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options options from the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/app-cheese.page0000644000373100047300000000276512320733357025255 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu 文件團隊 ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com 如同屬於您個人的攝影舖。 用您的網路攝影機，製造有趣的照片和影像

With the Cheese application and your webcam, you can take photos and videos, apply fun special effects and share the fun with others.

Ubuntu 預設並未安裝 Cheese。若要安裝 Cheese：

點擊此連結啟動軟體中心。

閱讀關於 Cheese 的資訊和評論，以確定是否要安裝它。

如果您決定安裝，在軟體中心視窗內點擊安裝。

您可能需要提供系統管理密碼來完成安裝程序。

For help with using Cheese, read the Cheese user guide.

您需要先安裝好 Cheese，才可以閱讀 Cheese 使用說明。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/about-this-guide.page0000644000373100047300000000403412320733357026404 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu 文件團隊 A few tips on using the Ubuntu Desktop Guide. 關於本手冊

This guide gives you a tour of Ubuntu desktop features, answers your computer-related questions, and provides tips on using your computer effectively.

The guide is divided into small, task-oriented topics - not chapters. This means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find answers to your questions.

Related items are linked together. "See Also" links at the bottom of some pages direct you to related topics.

The text input box at the top of this guide acts as a search bar, and relevant results will appear beneath it as soon as you start typing. Left-click on any result to open its page.

The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive collection of helpful information, we know we won't answer all of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things more helpful, though.

Thank you for taking the time to read the Ubuntu Desktop Guide.

-- The Ubuntu Documentation team

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-switch.page0000644000373100047300000000337312320733360030016 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 開啟工作區切換器，並雙擊其中一個工作區。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 在工作區間切換 使用滑鼠：

打開啟動器並點擊靠近底部的工作區切換器按鈕。在要切換至的視窗或工作區上雙擊，或是再按一次「工作區切換器」，回到您前一個工作區。

 使用鍵盤：

按 CtrlAlt→，可移動到目前工作區右邊的工作區。

按 CtrlAlt←，可移動到目前工作區左邊的工作區。

按 CtrlAlt↓，可移動到目前工作區下方的工作區。

按 CtrlAlt↑，可移動到目前工作區上方的工作區。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-menu.page0000644000373100047300000000317512320733360027142 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Stephen M. Webb stephen@ubuntu.com Right clicking a Launcher Icon reveals a menu of actions. The Launcher Icon Menus

Right clicking on a Launcher icon will reveal a menu of actions. The actions available depend on whether the icon is locked to the launcher or not, if the icons is for an application whether it's running or not, and on the specific icon itself. Available actions can include the following.

launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device

unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )

locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )

quitting the application if it's running

switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one instance or window

application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000233112320733360025227 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connect, send files, turn on and off… 藍牙

藍牙是一種無線傳輸協定，讓您可以連接許多不同類型的裝置到電腦上。藍牙常被使用在頭戴式耳機以及輸入裝置（如滑鼠和鍵盤）。您也可以用藍牙在裝置間傳送檔案，例如：從您的電腦傳送檔案到您的手機。

藍牙問題 問題
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-install-moonlight.page0000644000373100047300000000302312320733360027451 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com 某些網站會使用 Silverlight 顯示網頁。Moonlight 外掛程式可以讓您檢視這些頁面。 安裝 Silverlight 外掛程式

Silverlight 是一個給網路瀏覽器使用的外掛程式，有了它以後，您可以在某些網站上觀賞影片、使用互動式網頁。若沒有安裝 Silverlight，某些網站您會無法使用。

如果您要檢視一個有使用 Silverlight 的網站，但沒有安裝外掛程式的話，或許會看見相關提示訊息。該訊息應該也會教您如何取得外掛程式，但是這些步驟可能不適用於您的網頁瀏覽器或是 Linux 版本。

如果您想要檢視使用 Silverlight 的網站，得改為安裝 Moonlight 外掛程式。它是一個免費、開放源碼版本的 Silverlight，可以在 Linux 上運作。

請參閱 Moonlight 網站，裡面有更多資訊與安裝流程。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/documents-search.page0000644000373100047300000000236512320733360026475 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Find your documents by title or author. 搜尋檔案

To start a search in Documents:

Press CtrlF.

Click the magnifying glass icon.

Start typing. Documents will match by title or author.

You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the down button and selecting various filters.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/printing-2sided.page0000644000373100047300000000316212320733360026227 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 紙張的正反兩面都列印，或是在一張紙上包含多頁。 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com 雙面列印與一版多面

若要列印在紙張的正反兩面（雙面）：

點擊檔案列印。

前往列印視窗的頁面設定分頁，在雙面下拉清單內選擇需要的選項。如果這個選項被停用，代表您的印表機無法使用雙面列印的功能。

要達成雙面列印，每台印表機的方法並非完全一致。測試您的印表機，看看它怎麼樣運作會比較好喔。

您可以在紙張的一面內列印兩頁以上的文件。用每張紙的頁數這個選項來調整吧。

這些選項的出現與否，取決於您的印表機類型，以及您正在使用的應用程式。這個選項可能不會永遠可用。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/color-notspecifiededid.page0000644000373100047300000000273712320733360027652 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date. Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?

The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color correction.

As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date.

Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself would lead to more accurate color correction.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/documents-view.page0000644000373100047300000000265312320733360026202 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 View documents full-screen. Display documents stored locally or online

When you open Documents, all of your documents, those stored locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails.

In order for your Google Docs or SkyDrive documents to appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, as an online account.

To view the contents of a document:

Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the Documents window (or full-screen if maximized).

To exit the document, click the back arrow button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page0000644000373100047300000001153012320733360031255 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 檢視檔案的基本資料、設定權限、選擇預設的應用程式。 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 檔案屬性

在檔案或資料夾上點擊右鍵，選擇屬性，就可以檢視它們的相關資訊。您也可以選擇檔案後按下 AltEnter。

檔案屬性視窗會顯示如檔案類型、大小，以及上一次修改時間等等資訊。如果您常常需要這一類的資訊，可以利用清單檢視欄位或是圖示標題來顯示它們。

基本分頁內所提供的資訊會在下面作解釋。該視窗內還有權限與以此開啟分頁。特定的檔案類型（如圖像和影片）還會有一個分頁，裡面會提供如尺寸、時間長度與編解碼器等資訊。

基本屬性 <gui>名稱</gui>

若要重新命名，您可以在這個欄位作更改。您也可以在屬性視窗外重新命名檔案。請參閱。

 <gui>類型</gui>

它可以幫您辨認檔案的類型，如 PDF 文件、OpenDocument 文件，或是 JPEG 圖像。檔案類型會決定用來開啟檔案的應用程式。舉個例子，音樂播放器就無法拿來開啟圖片。請參閱以了解更多。

檔案的 MIME 類型會顯示在括號內。MIME 類型是電腦用來指出檔案類型的正規方式。

 內容

如果您看的是資料夾的屬性，而非檔案，裡面就會出現這個欄位。這裡顯示了資料夾內部的項目總數。如果該資料夾下有包括其他資料夾，每個子資料夾都會被計為一個項目，無論它們裡面是否還有更多項目。每個檔案也會被計為一個項目。如果該資料夾是空的，內容則會顯示：沒有。

 大小

如果您觀看的是檔案（而非資料夾），就會顯示這個欄位。檔案大小會告訴您它佔用了多少磁碟空間。如果這個檔案正在下載、以電子郵件傳輸（大型檔案會花上較長時間傳送/接收），也可以把此欄位當成是一個指示器。

大小會以位元組、KB、MB 或是 GB 表示，如果單位是最後那三個，也會在括號內提供位元組大小。技術上來說，1 KB 等於 1024 位元組，1 MB 等於 1024 KB，以此類推。

 位置

電腦上每個檔案的位置會以它的絕對路徑表示。對您電腦上的檔案來說，這是一個獨特的「地址」，由一串資料夾所構成，您必須一一進入這些資料夾，才能找到檔案。舉個例子，假設 Jim 有一個檔案在他的使用者資料夾內，叫做 Resume.pdf，這個檔案的位置就會是：/home/jim/Resume.pdf。

 檔案系統

這是存放該檔案的檔案系統或裝置。它會告訴您檔案實際上被存放在何處，例如在硬碟、CD，或是在網路共享、檔案伺服器上。硬碟可以被分割成數塊磁碟分割區；分割區也會出現在檔案系統內。

 可用空間

只會在資料夾的屬性內出現。這裡會顯示資料夾所在磁碟的可用空間有多少。這是檢查硬碟空間是否用盡的一個實用方法。

 存取時間

上一次開啟檔案的日期與時間。

 修改時間

上一次更改並儲存檔案的日期與時間。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/user-changepassword.page0000644000373100047300000000541412320733360027213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 要保持您帳號的安全，就要常常在帳號設定中更換密碼。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 更換您的密碼

定期改變您的密碼會是個好主意，尤其如果您認為有其他人知道密碼的話。

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

點擊密碼旁邊的標籤。

如果您已經有設定密碼，標籤會是一連串點或框框。

輸入您目前的密碼以及新密碼。接著在確認密碼欄位再輸入一次新密碼。

您也可以按下新密碼欄位旁邊的按鈕，選擇一個隨機產生、安全性足夠的密碼。這些密碼很難被其他人猜中，不過要記住它們也不容易，所以請小心使用。

點擊改變。

請確認您選擇的是個良好的密碼。這對於您的帳號安全會很有幫助的。

更換鑰匙圈密碼

如果您更換了您的登入密碼，鑰匙圈密碼可能不會與其同步。鑰匙圈可讓您不需記住一大堆密碼，只需要一組主密碼就可以存取所有東西。如果您變更了使用者密碼（詳見上面），您的鑰匙圈密碼還是跟舊的密碼一樣。若要改變您的鑰匙圈密碼（以和登入密碼相符）：

Open the Passwords and Keys application from the Dash.

In the View menu, ensure By keyring is checked.

In the sidebar under Passwords, right-click on Login keyring and select Change Password.

輸入您的舊密碼，接著輸入新的一組密碼，並在確認欄位再輸入一次新密碼。

點擊確定。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/power-batteryestimate.page0000644000373100047300000000452512320733360027571 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 在您點擊電池圖示時所顯示的電池可用時間，只能當作參考。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 估計的電池可用時間有誤

在您查看電池還可以使用多久時，可能會發現它報告的剩餘時間，和實際上電池剩餘的時間不同。這是因為電池的剩餘使用時間只能用估計得知。正常來說，時間一久估計值會變得較準確。

為了要估計電池的剩餘使用時間，有很多因素都必須納入考量。一個是電腦正在使用的電力量：現在開啟了多少程式、插入了什麼裝置、您是否正在執行任何密集的作業（例如觀看 DVD 或是轉換音樂檔）都會影響到電力消耗量。這些狀況一直都在改變，也很難去預測。

另外一個因素是電池如何放電。某些電池放電的速度快，也就更快耗盡自身的電力。如果對於電池如何放電沒有精確知識的話，就只能粗略估計電池的剩餘使用時間了。

在電池放電的時候，電源管理員會找出它的放電屬性，學習如何讓電池的估計使用時間更好。儘管如此，這些估計值是絕對無法變得完全精準的。

如果您得到的估計電池剩餘時間簡直錯得離譜（例如幾百多天！），可能是電源管理員錯失掉某些要做出合理估計的必需資料。

若您將電源線拔除，讓筆記型電腦用電池跑一段時間，接著再接回電源線讓電池重新充電，電源管理員應該就會得到它需要的資料。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/files-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000751412320733360025304 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 複製、移動項目至新資料夾。 Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 複製/移動檔案與資料夾

A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or using keyboard shortcuts.

舉個例子，您可能想要複製一份簡報到隨身碟內，這樣您就可以隨時隨地處理它。或者，您在修改文件時，想要建立一個備份拷貝檔（若您不喜歡您的改變時，就可以使用舊的拷貝檔）。

這些步驟皆適用於檔案和資料夾。複製、移動檔案和複製、移動資料夾的方式完全一樣。

複製並貼上檔案

選擇您要複製的檔案，點擊它一次。

Right-click and pick Copy, or press CtrlC.

切換到您要放置複製檔案的資料夾。

Click the gear icon and pick Paste to finish copying the file, or press CtrlV. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder.

 剪下並貼上檔案來移動它們

選擇您要移動的檔案，點擊它一次。

Right-click and pick Cut, or press CtrlX.

切換到您要放置移動檔案的資料夾。

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Paste to finish moving the file, or press CtrlV. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder.

 拖曳檔案以複製/移動

開啟檔案管理員，前往您要複製檔案所在的資料夾。

Click Files in the top bar, select New Window (or press CtrlN) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the file.

從原視窗點擊、拖曳檔案至另一個視窗。如果目的地也在相同的裝置上，檔案將會被移動；要是目的地在不同的裝置上，檔案則會被複製。

For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied because you're dragging from one device to another.

您可以在拖曳時按住 Ctrl 鍵，強制複製檔案；或是在拖曳時按住 Shift 鍵，強制移動檔案。

您無法在唯讀資料夾內複製/移動檔案。某些資料夾會被設成唯讀，預防裡面的內容被更動。您可以改變檔案權限，將它們取消唯讀。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/accounts-disable-service.page0000644000373100047300000000376312320733360030112 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Some online accounts allow you to use multiple services (like calendar and email). You can control which of these services can be used by local applications. Disable account services

Some types of online accounts allow access to several services from a single user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to email, calendar, code, contacts, among others. You can choose Google for email and Yahoo! for chat, or any combination the service provider allows.

To disable services:

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

Select Online Accounts.

Select the account you want to change from left windowpane.

Services available for this account are listed in the right windowpane.

Switch off the services you do not want used.

Once a service has been disabled, local applications no longer have access to it. To regain access, go back into Online Accounts and switch it on.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/documents-collections.page0000644000373100047300000000414212320733360027541 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Group related documents in a collection. Make collections of documents

Documents lets you put together documents of different types in one place called a collection. If you have documents that are related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF documents, can be grouped in one collection.

To create or add to a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the documents to be collected.

Click the + button in the button bar.

In the collection list, click Add and type a new collection name, or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to the collection.

Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: you cannot put collections inside collections.

To delete a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted.

Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, leaving the original documents.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/user-goodpassword.page0000644000373100047300000000777112320733360026726 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 使用更長、更複雜的密碼。 選擇一個安全的密碼

用一個您自己可以輕易記住，但他人（包括電腦程式）非常難猜中的密碼。

選擇一個好密碼可以保護您電腦的安全。如果您的密碼猜測的難度很低，有心人士猜中之後就可以拿到您的個人資料。

甚至有人為了要得到密碼，會用電腦進行系統性的嘗試。即使一個對常人來說非常難猜的密碼，電腦程式卻不需吹灰之力即可破解。下面有一些選擇良好密碼的技巧：

Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols, and spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess. There are more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords would have to be checked by someone when trying to guess yours.

A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song, or an album. For example, "Flatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd.

您的密碼盡可能越長越好。裡面包含的字元數越多，他人或電腦要猜出來就得花上更長的時間。

Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "password" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!

Do not use any personal information, such as a date, license plate number, or any family member's name.

不要使用任何名詞。

Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to reduce the chance of someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you.

Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be found!

不同的地方就使用不同的密碼。

不同的帳號就使用不同的密碼。

如果您所有的帳號的密碼都設成同一個，只要有人猜出那個密碼，這些帳號都立刻成為他的囊中物了！

It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords. Though not as secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email).

定期更換您的密碼。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/media.page0000644000373100047300000000304612320733360024305 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Digital cameras, iPods, playing videos… 音效、影片與照片
音效 音效 音效 Volume, speakers and headphones, microphones… 基本音效
音樂與播放器 音樂與可攜式播放器
照片 照片與數位相機
影片 影片與攝影機
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/a11y-braille.page0000644000373100047300000000177012320733360025413 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 在盲文顯示機上使用 Orca 螢幕閱讀器 以盲文閱讀螢幕

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to display the user interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-connect-device.page0000644000373100047300000000723012320733360030116 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 配對藍牙裝置。 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 將您的電腦連接至藍牙裝置

在您使用藍牙裝置（如滑鼠或頭戴式耳機）前，首先您需要將您的電腦連接至裝置。這也稱之為配對藍牙裝置。

在開始之前，請確認您的電腦已啟用藍牙功能。請參閱。

點擊選單列內的藍牙圖示，選擇設定新的裝置...。

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Set up a New Device.

讓另一個藍牙裝置設定成可被偵測或可見，並將它放置在離您的電腦 10 公尺（大約 33 英尺）以內的範圍。點擊繼續。您的電腦將會開始搜尋裝置。

如果列出的裝置太多的話，使用裝置類型下拉選單，可以讓清單只顯示單一類型的裝置。

點擊PIN 碼選項...，設定 PIN 碼如何被傳送至其他裝置。

自動 PIN 碼設定值會用 6 個數字當作 PIN 碼。若裝置沒有輸入鍵、螢幕（像是滑鼠或頭戴式耳機），可能需要一個特殊的 PIN 碼如 0000，或者不需任何 PIN 碼。檢查裝置的手冊來做出適當的設定。

為您的裝置選擇一個適當的 PIN 碼設定值，接著點擊關閉。

選擇繼續進行。如果您沒有選擇一個預設 PIN 碼，它將會出現在螢幕上。

若有需要的話，在您的其他裝置確認 PIN 碼。裝置應該會向您顯示您在電腦螢幕上看到的 PIN 碼，或是要求您輸入 PIN 碼。在裝置上確認 PIN 碼，接著點擊相符。

在大多數裝置上，您需要在大約 20 秒內完成輸入，否則將無法完成連接。若沒有連接成功，回到裝置清單並重新開始。

當成功完成連接後，會出現一則訊息。點擊關閉。

之後若您需要，可以移除藍牙連線。

To control access to your shared files, refer to the Bluetooth Sharing settings. See .

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/user-admin-change.page0000644000373100047300000000374012320733360026516 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 您可以決定哪個使用者擁有管理員權限，讓他們可以對系統作出更動。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 決定擁有管理員權限的人

管理員權限擁有與否，決定該使用者是否可以改動系統的重要部分。您可以決定哪些人可以擁有管理員權限，哪些人不行。這樣可以讓您的系統比較安全，也能預防有人作出未授權的破壞性更動。

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

點擊解除鎖定並輸入您的密碼，將帳號設定給解鎖。（若要給使用者管理權限，您自己必須也有管理權限。）

選擇您要更改權限的使用者。

Click the label Standard next to Account type and select Administrator.

關閉「使用者帳號」視窗。使用者權限將在他們下次登入的時候改變。

系統的第一位使用者擁有管理員權限。這個使用者帳號在您第一次安裝系統的時候已經建立。

同一系統內，讓太多使用者擁有管理員權限並不是件聰明的事。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page0000644000373100047300000000474012320733360031020 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 可能是配接器沒有開啟、沒有驅動程式、或是藍牙被停用或封鎖。 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com 我無法連接我的藍牙裝置

若您無法連接至藍牙裝置（像是手機或頭戴式耳機），可能的原因有很多種：

連線被阻擋或未被信任

某些藍牙裝置預設會阻擋連線，或者您需要更改設定值來允許建立連線。請確認您的裝置已設定好來允許連接。

 無法辨識藍牙硬體

您的藍牙配接器/傳輸器，電腦並無法辨識。可能是沒有安裝該配接器的驅動程式。某些藍牙配接器在 Linux 下未被支援，所以您可能無法拿到正確的驅動程式。這種情況下，您或許得使用一個不同的藍牙配接器。

 尚未開啟配接器

請確認您的藍牙配接器已經開啟。在選單列內點擊藍牙圖示，檢查它沒有被停用。

Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and check that it's not disabled.

 裝置的藍牙連線是關著的

檢查您要嘗試連接的裝置，有沒有開啟藍牙？舉例來說，若您要和一台手機連接，請確認它沒有被調成飛安模式下。

 您的電腦內沒有藍牙配接器

許多電腦並未搭配藍牙配接器。如果您要使用藍牙，可以購買一個配接器。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-disconnecting.page0000644000373100047300000000602612320733360030475 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com 可能是訊號過低，或是網路沒辦法讓您正常連接。 為什麼我的無線網路一直斷線？

您可能會發現，在您想要保持連線時，無線網路的連線就被中斷了。在這個情況發生後，正常情況下您的電腦會立即嘗試重新連線（在嘗試連線時，選單列上的網路圖示會閃動），但這樣很讓人困擾，特別是在您正在使用網路的時候。

無線網路訊號很弱

無線網路連線中斷的一個常見原因是您收到的訊號過弱。無線網路的範圍是有限制的，因此如果您離無線基地台過遠的話，您收到的訊號可能會沒強到可以維持連線。您和基地台中間的牆壁和其他物體也會讓訊號變弱。

選單列上的網路圖示會顯示您的無線網路訊號有多強。如果訊號看起來很弱，試著移動到離無線基地台更近的地方。

網路連線沒有被正確建立

有時當您連線到無線網路時，一開始可能會顯示您已經成功連接，但不久之後連線就被中斷。當發生這種情況，正常來說是您的電腦對網路的連線只有部分成功 ―― 電腦曾嘗試建立連線，但因為某些原因而沒有完成連線，因而中斷連線。

一個可能的原因是您輸入的無線網路密語錯誤，或是網路並不接受您的電腦（例如，因為網路需要使用者名稱才能登入）。

不可靠的無線網路硬體/驅動程式

某些網路硬體可能會有點不可靠。無線網路非常複雜，因此無線網卡和基地台偶爾會碰到一些小問題，連線可能就會停止。這種情況十分煩人，但它常在很多裝置上發生。如果您的無線網路連線會不時斷線，這可能會是唯一原因。如果它一直會發生，您可能要考慮換個不同的硬體。

忙碌的無線網路

在忙碌地點（例如大學、咖啡店）的無線網路，通常一次會有很多電腦嘗試進行連線。有時這些網路會過於忙碌，可能會無法處理所有嘗試連線的電腦，因此有些電腦會被斷線。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/power-willnotturnon.page0000644000373100047300000000472112320733360027317 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 鬆脫的電線、硬體問題都是可能的原因。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 我的電腦無法開機

您的電腦無法開機嗎？可能的原因有很多種。這個主題會稍微簡述某些可能的原因。

電腦沒接上電線、電池沒電，或是電線鬆脫

確認電腦的電源線有確實接上，插座已經開啟。確認顯示器也已經插上、啟動。如果您的電腦是筆記型，就連接電源線（如果電池已經耗盡）。如果您的筆電電池是可拆卸式的，也要檢查電池是否正確安裝到位（檢查筆電底部）。

電腦硬體的問題

可能是您電腦的某個部位壞掉、故障了。如果是這個原因，您需要將電腦拿去修理。常見的故障包括電源供應器壞掉、部件沒有安裝正確（如記憶體/RAM），以及主機板故障。

電腦嗶了幾聲就關機了

在您開機時，如果電腦嗶了幾聲後就關機（或是無法開機），代表它有偵測到問題。有些時候，這些嗶聲代表了嗶聲代碼，這些嗶聲的模式會告訴您電腦出了哪一種問題。不同的製造商所用的嗶聲代碼會不一樣，因此您需要查閱您的電腦主機板手冊，或是將您的電腦拿去修理。

電腦風扇有在轉動，可是螢幕上沒有任何東西

第一件事情是檢查您的顯示器，有沒有接上電源？已經啟動了嗎？

這個問題也可能是因為硬體發生故障。當您按下電源鍵時，風扇或許可以運轉，但電腦的其他基本部件卻無法啟動。如果是這種原因，就要把您的電腦拿去修理。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/color-assignprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000405112320733360027367 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 到系統設定值顏色找選項作更改。 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 我要如何為裝置指定設定組合？

開啟系統設定值顏色，點擊您要加入設定組合的裝置。

開啟系統設定值顏色，點擊您要加入設定組合的裝置。

點擊加入設定組合，您可以選擇一個既有的設定組合，或是匯入新檔案。

每台裝置可以指定多個設定組合，但只有一個設定組合會被設為預設的設定組合。如果沒有額外資訊來自動選擇設定組合的話，就會使用預設設定組合。下面是一個自動選擇的例子：一設定組合用於鏡面紙，另一個則用於普通的紙張。

要讓什麼設定組合成為預設值呢？利用單選按鈕來更改。

If calibration hardware is connected the Calibrate… button will create a new profile.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/sound-usespeakers.page0000644000373100047300000000502512320733360026705 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 將喇叭或耳機連接電腦，並選擇一個音訊輸出裝置為預設值。 使用不同的喇叭或耳機

您可以將外接式喇叭或耳機連上電腦，一起搭配使用。通常喇叭會使用圓形的 TRS —— 左聲道 (tip)、右聲道 (ring)、接地 (sleeve) 接頭，或是 USB 接頭來連接電腦。

如果您的喇叭或耳機使用的是 TRS 接頭，就把它插至電腦上對應的插孔。多數電腦會有兩個插孔：一個給麥克風用，另一個給喇叭用。去找旁邊圖示為「耳機」的插孔。插入 TRS 插孔的喇叭或耳機，預設下通常可以直接使用。如果沒有，請參考以下的指示來設定預設裝置。

有些電腦可支援環場音效的多聲道輸出。這通常會使用數個 TRS 插孔，每個都帶有顏色標記。如果您不確定哪個接頭和哪個插孔配對，可以在音效設定值內測試聲音輸出：點擊選單列上的音效選單，再點擊音效設定值。在裝置清單中選擇您的喇叭，接著點擊 測試音效。在跳出的視窗內，點選每個喇叭的按鈕。每個按鈕只會以該喇叭相對應的頻道，指出自己的位置。

如果您有 USB 的喇叭/耳機，或者類比耳機有和 USB 音效卡連接, 將它們插入任何一處 USB 插孔即可。USB 類型的喇叭會被視作單獨的音效裝置，您可能需要指定預設使用的喇叭。

選擇預設的音效輸入裝置

點擊選單列上的音效選單，選擇音效設定值。

在輸出分頁下的裝置清單中，選擇要成為預設值的裝置。

如果您沒有在輸出分頁下看到裝置，到硬體分頁下檢查。選擇您的裝置並嘗試不同的設定組合。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/sound-volume.page0000644000373100047300000000436312320733361025667 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 設定電腦的音量，並控制每個程式各自的聲音大小。 改變聲音的音量

若要改變音量大小，點擊選單列上的聲音選單，將音量滑桿往左或往右拖動。點選靜音可以徹底把聲音關掉。

某些鍵盤會提供您控制音量的按鍵。正常來說，它們看起來像是正在發出波形的喇叭，且通常屬於功能鍵（有「F」字樣的）。若是筆記型電腦的鍵盤，它們通常會在功能鍵上。按住您鍵盤上的 Fn 鍵不放來使用它們。

當然，如果您的喇叭是屬於外接式的，也可以用喇叭自己的音量控制鈕來改變音量。某些耳機也有可以調音量的地方。

改變個別應用程式的音量大小

您可以改變某個程式的音量，且讓其他程式的音量保持不變。假設您正一邊瀏覽網頁一邊聽音樂，您會想要關掉網頁瀏覽器的聲音，讓網頁的聲音不會打擾您聽的音樂，此時該招數就很好用。

某些程式會在主視窗提供音量控制。如果您的程式有，就用那個來改變音量。不是的話，點選選單列上的聲音選單，點擊音效設定值。到程式集分頁下，可改變程式的音量。

只有正在播放聲音的應用程式會被顯示出來。如果有程式正在播放音樂但未被顯示，那它可能不支援此種控制音量的方式。在這個情況下，您便無法改變它的音量。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-apps.page0000644000373100047300000000360512320733361026256 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Run, install, or uninstall apps. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Applications lens

The applications lens is the first lens after the Dash home in the lens bar. The applications lens gives you access to your apps or apps available for install.

You can use SuperA to open the Dash directly at the applications lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows a short description of the app, a screenshot, its Software Center rating, and what version is available.

For installed apps, you can see when the app was installed and either launch the app or uninstall it. Certain essential apps cannot be uninstalled from the preview.

For apps that haven't been installed, you can install them right from the preview.

Filters

Click Filter results if you'd like to only see results for a certain type of application. You can also click SourcesLocal Apps to only view installed apps or SourcesSoftware Center to only show apps available for install.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page0000644000373100047300000000361412320733361030712 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 開啟工作區切換器，並拖曳視窗到不同的工作區。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 移動視窗到不同的工作區

使用滑鼠：

打開啟動器並點擊靠近底部的工作區切換器。

將視窗拖曳至您選擇的工作區。

使用鍵盤：

選擇您要移動的視窗。

按 CtrlAltShift→，讓視窗移動至工作區切換器中目前工作區右邊的工作區。

按 CtrlAltShift←，讓視窗移動至工作區切換器中目前工作區左邊的工作區。

按 CtrlAltShift↓，讓視窗移動至工作區切換器中目前工作區下面的工作區。

按 CtrlAltShift↑，讓視窗移動至工作區切換器中目前工作區上面的工作區。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-chat-empathy.page0000644000373100047300000000315312320733361026376 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu 文件團隊 ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com 有了 Empathy 以後，就可以和各個網路上的朋友同事們一起聊天，也能進行通話與視訊交流 Ubuntu 的即時通訊

只要有 Empathy 這套程式，您就可以和朋友同事們一起線上聊天，無論他們使用的是 Google Talk、AIM、Windows Live 或其他許多聊天程式。如果您有麥克風或是網路攝影機，也可以進行音訊與視訊的通話。

Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant Messaging from the Dash, the Launcher or choose Chat from the Messaging menu.

You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy, etc.) from the Messaging menu.

在您使用 Empathy 時若需要幫助，請閱讀Empathy 說明手冊。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page0000644000373100047300000000420412320733361030001 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 為檔案管理員加入、刪除、重新命名書籤。 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 編輯資料夾書籤

Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager.

加入書籤：

開啟您要設為書籤的資料夾（或是位置）。

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Bookmark this Location.

 刪除書籤：

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete and click the - button.

 重新命名書籤：

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename.

在名稱文字框內輸入書籤的新名稱。

重新命名書籤並不會改變資料夾的名稱。如果您有兩個書籤指向不同位置的不同資料夾，但那兩個資料夾的名稱相同的話，這兩個書籤的預設名稱也會一模一樣，要分辨它們就很困難。若有這種情況發生，給書籤取一個跟指向地不同的名稱就有用處了。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/disk.page0000644000373100047300000000140712320733361024160 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Disk space, performance, problems, volumes and partitions… 磁碟與儲存 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/keyboard.page0000644000373100047300000000230412320733361025023 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Input sources, cursor blinking, super key, keyboard accessibility… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ubuntu 文件團隊 ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com 鍵盤 Region & Language 無障礙功能 其他主題 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/mouse-sensitivity.page0000644000373100047300000000435012320733361026746 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 改變使用滑鼠/觸控板時游標移動的速度。 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 調整滑鼠與觸控板的速度

If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices.

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you.

You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the Mouse and Touchpad sections.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-shapes.page0000644000373100047300000000401012320733361027447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com The triangles show you your currently running apps. What do the different shapes and colors in Launcher icons mean?

When you start an app, the Launcher icon pulses to let you know that Ubuntu is starting your app. This is useful because while some apps start immediately, others may take a minute to load.

Once the app has finished starting, a small white triangle will show to the left of the Launcher square. Two triangles means that you have two windows of the same app open. If you have three or more windows of the same app open, three triangles will show.

Apps that aren't currently running have translucent Launcher icon squares. When an app is running, the Launcher icon square is full of color.
Notifications

If an app wants your attention to notify you of something (like a finished download), the Launcher icon will wiggle and glow and the white triangle will become blue. Click the Launcher icon to dismiss the notification.

Apps can also show a number on their Launcher icon. Messaging apps use the number to tell you how many unread messages you have. Software Updater uses it to tell you how many updates are available.

Finally, apps can use a progress bar to let you know how long a process is taking without you needing to keep the app window in view.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/addremove-install.page0000644000373100047300000000466712320733361026653 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu 文件團隊 使用 Ubuntu 軟體中心加入程式，讓 Ubuntu 變得更好用。 安裝其他軟體

Ubuntu 開發團隊已為您預選了應用程式套組，我們認為這些軟體讓 Ubuntu 足以應付多數的日常工作。不過，您應會想要安裝更多軟體，讓 Ubuntu 更符合您的需求。

若要安裝其他額外軟體，依照下列的步驟進行：

使用無線或有線網路連線來連上網際網路。

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Software Center in the Dash.

啟動軟體中心之後，可以直接搜尋應用程式，或是選擇一個類別後，從清單內尋找應用程式。

選擇您有興趣的應用程式，點擊安裝。

您將會被要求輸入密碼。完成之後就會開始進行安裝。

通常安裝程序很快就會完成，但如果您的網路連線很慢，可能會花上一點時間

A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in Launcher.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/sharing.page0000644000373100047300000000141112320733361024654 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop sharing, Share files… Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Ubuntu 文件團隊 ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com 分享 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-mobile.page0000644000373100047300000000464412320733361025267 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu 文件團隊 使用行動寬頻連接到網路 連接至行動寬頻

行動寬頻指的是由 3G USB 棒、手機等外部裝置所提供的任一類高速網路連線，它們有內建 HSPA/UMTS/GPRS 的資料連線。某些最近出產的筆記型電腦已經有內建行動寬頻的裝置了。

Most mobile broadband devices should be recognized automatically when you connect them to your computer. Ubuntu will prompt you to configure the device.

當您連接好裝置後，會自動開啟新的行動寬頻連線精靈。

點擊前進，並輸入您的詳細資料，包含您的行動寬頻裝置是在哪個國家、網路提供者以及連線的類型（例如：合約制或是預付制）。

為您的連線命名後點擊套用。

您的連線現在已經準備好了。若要連接的話，點擊選單列上的網路選單，並選擇您的新連線。

若要斷線，點擊選單列上的網路選單，並點選斷線。

If you are not prompted to configure the device when you connect it, it may still be recognized by Ubuntu. In such cases you can add the connection manually.

點擊選單列內的網路選單，選擇編輯連線...

切換至行動寬頻分頁。

點擊加入。

這樣應該就會開啟新的行動寬頻連線精靈。如上所述，輸入您的詳細資訊。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/contacts-add-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000345312320733361027070 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Lucie Hankey ldhankey@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Add or remove a contact in the local address book. Add or remove a contact

To add a contact:

Press New.

In the New contact window, enter the contact name and the desired information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose Work, Home or Other.

Press Create Contact.

To remove a contact:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Press Remove Contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/mouse-touchpad-click.page0000644000373100047300000001014112320733361027241 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad

您可以只用觸控板達成點擊、雙擊、拖曳與滑動的動作，不需要其他硬體按鍵的幫忙。

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

在觸控板上點一下就是點擊一次。

若要雙擊就點個兩次。

若要拖曳項目，在上面點擊兩次，但第二下不要放開，將項目拖曳至想要的地方後，拿開手指，就會放下該項目。

如果您的觸控板有支援多點觸控，用兩根手指同時點一下就是右鍵點擊了。沒辦法的話，您仍得需要使用硬體按鈕才能作右鍵點擊。請參閱，了解在不需第二滑鼠按鍵（右鍵）的情況下，作右鍵點擊的方式。

如果您的觸控板支援多點觸控，同時用三根手指點一次就是中鍵點擊。

在使用多根手指點擊、拖曳時，要確認您的手指分得夠開。如果您手指與手指間靠得太近，您的電腦會把它們當作是一根手指。
Two finger scroll

You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers.

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll.

When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select Enable horizontal scrolling, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your touchpad.

並非所有觸控板都可以使用兩點捲動的功能。
Content sticks to fingers

You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad.

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to fingers.

This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse Scrolling.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-maximize.page0000644000373100047300000000335312320733361027650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 雙擊或拖曳標題列，可以最大化或還原視窗。 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 最大化和取消最大化視窗

You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can look at two windows at once. See for details.

To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press ↑.

若要將視窗還原成未最大化的大小，將它拖離螢幕邊緣。如果視窗已經完全最大化，您可以雙擊標題列來還原它。您也可以使用鍵盤捷徑鍵：Ctrl Super ↓。

按住 Alt 鍵，拖曳視窗內任何一處來移動視窗。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/printing.page0000644000373100047300000000257512320733361025067 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Local setup, order and collate, two-sided and multi-page… 列印
設置 設定印表機
大小與版式 不同的紙張大小與版式
Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong… 列印問題
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/a11y-bouncekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000350712320733361026151 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 將同一按鍵的快速重續按鍵忽略。 開啟回鍵

開啟回鍵會忽略快速重複按鍵。舉例來說，如果您會手抖，現在您只想要按一次鍵，結果卻按到很多次的話，就應該要將回鍵打開。

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

開啟無障礙功能，選擇輸入分頁。

將回鍵開關打開。

在您第一次按下按鍵後，回鍵要等待多久才會允許下一個按鍵動作呢？這個由接受時間延遲滑桿來控制。忽略按鍵離上一次按鍵的時間非常短，如果您想要電腦在每次忽略按鍵時都發出聲響，就選擇當拒絕按鍵動作則發出聲響。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/nautilus-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000470712320733361026557 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control when thumbnails are used for files. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 檔案管理員的預覽偏好設定

The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Preview tab.

<gui>檔案</gui>

By default, all previews are done for Local Files Only, those on your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to Always or Never. The file manager can browse files on other computers over a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview option to Always.

In addition, you can use the Only for files smaller than setting to limit the size of files previewed.

 <gui>資料夾</gui>

如果您有用清單檢視欄位或是圖示標題顯示檔案大小，資料夾會隨著它們所包含的檔案與資料夾總數一同顯示。對於非常龐大、或是跨網路的資料夾來說，計算項目的數量會變得很慢。您可以開啟、關閉這個功能，或是讓這個功能只適用於您電腦以及本地外接式磁碟的檔案。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/printing-envelopes.page0000644000373100047300000000377612320733361027071 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 請確認信封/標籤的放置方向是否正確，並選擇正確的大小。 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com 列印信封與標籤

多數印表機可以直接列印信封或標籤紙。如果您有很多信要寄，這項功能可以幫您很大的忙。

列印信封

在列印信封前，您需要先作兩項檢查：首先，印表機必須知道信封的大小。點擊列印後，會出現列印視窗，接著到頁面設定分頁。如果紙張類型內有「Envelope（信封）」的話，請選擇它。如果沒有，看可不可以將紙張大小設成信封的大小（例如，C5）。信封的包裝上面應該會標示大小；大部分信封都會以標準大小製作。

第二點，檢查信封在印表機進紙匣的位置、方向是否正確。您可以查閱印表機的手冊，或是試著列印一張信封，檢查哪一邊被列印到，以了解正確的擺放位置。

某些印表機（尤其是雷射印表機）是無法列印信封的。檢查您的印表機手冊，看它是否能夠列印信封，否則擅自將信封放入，可能會把印表機弄壞。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page0000644000373100047300000000261612320733361031223 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Show the Launcher only when you need it. Auto-hide the Launcher

You can hide the Launcher if you only want to see it when you move your mouse or touchpad pointer to the left side of the screen.

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

In the Personal section, click Appearance.

Switch to the Behavior tab.

Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on.

To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make the Launcher show. You can adjust the force needed by setting the Reveal sensitivity lower or higher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-manual.page0000644000373100047300000000441012320733361025264 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com 如果網路設定值沒有被自動指定，您可能要自己輸入它們。 手動設定網路設定值

如果您的網路沒有自動為電腦指定網路設定值的話，您可能要自己手動輸入設定值。這個主題假設您已經知道要使用的正確設定值。如果不是的話，您可能需要詢問您的網路管理員，或是查看您的路由器或網路交換器的設定值。

若要手動設定您的網路設定值：

點擊選單列上的網路選單，點擊編輯連線。

選擇您要手動設定的網路連線。例如，如果您用插入纜線的方式連接網路，就查看有線分頁。

點擊您想要編輯的連線來選擇它，接著點擊編輯。

前往 IPv4 設定分頁，將方法改變成手動。

點擊加入，在位址清單的對應欄位內輸入 IP 位址、網路遮罩以及預設的通訊閘 IP 位址。輸入每個位址後按下 Enter 或 Tab。

These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods (e.g., 123.45.6.78).

輸入您要使用的 DNS 伺服器它們的 IP 位址，用逗號分隔。

點擊儲存。如果您沒有連線到網路，點擊選單列的網路圖示並連線。若要測試網路設定值，可以試著造訪網站、檢視網路上的分享檔案等等。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-music.page0000644000373100047300000000265012320733361026432 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play music from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Music lens

The music lens is the fourth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a music note. The music lens gives you access to your music or music available online.

You can use SuperM to open the Dash directly at the music lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the cover art and the tracks.

Click the track number to play the song right from the preview. Click the track number again to pause the song.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by decade or genre.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/unity-introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000511012320733361027110 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 關於 Unity 桌面的含圖介紹。 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Welcome to Ubuntu

Ubuntu features Unity, a reimagined way to use your computer. Unity is designed to minimize distractions, give you more room to work, and help you get things done.

This guide is designed to answer your questions about using Unity and your Ubuntu desktop. First we will take a moment to look at some of Unity's key features, and how you can use them.

開始使用 Unity

Unity 桌面
啟動器

啟動器

在您登入桌面以後，啟動器會自動顯示，讓您能快速存取最常使用的應用程式。

Learn more about the Launcher.
Dash

The Ubuntu Button sits near the top left corner of the screen and is always the top item in the Launcher. If you click the Ubuntu Button, Unity will present you with an additional feature of the desktop, the Dash.

Unity Dash

The Dash is designed to make it easier to find, open, and use apps, files, music, and more. For example, if you type the word "document" into the Search Bar, the Dash will show you applications that help you write and edit documents. It will also show you relevant folders and documents that you have been working on recently.

Learn more about the Dash.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page0000644000373100047300000001520112320733361033737 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu 文件維基的貢獻者們 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 就算您的無線網路配接器已經連上電腦，它也有可能無法被電腦正確辨識出來。 無線網路連線疑難排解 檢查無線網路配接器是否可被辨識

就算無線網路配接器已經連上電腦，它也有可能無法被電腦辨識為網路裝置。在這個步驟中，您將要檢查裝置是否被正確辨識。

開啟終端機視窗，輸入 sudo lshw -C network 後按 Enter。如果跑出錯誤訊息，您可以在電腦上安裝 lshw 程式，方式是在終端機內輸入 sudo apt-get install lshw。

在所出現的資訊中找出 Wireless interface（無線網路介面）這一區。如果您的無線網路配接器有被正確偵測到，您應該會看到跟這個類似（但並非一致）的東西：

*-network description: Wireless interface product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection vendor: Intel Corporation

如果有列出無線網路裝置，就繼續前往裝置驅動程式的步驟。

要是沒有任何無線網路裝置被列出，您的下一個步驟將會取決於您使用的裝置類型為何。請參考以下和您電腦使用的無線網路配接器類型相關的區域：（內建 PCI、USB 或 PCMCIA）。
PCI（內建）無線網路配接器

最常見的是內建的 PCI 配接器，在這幾年製造的大多數筆記型電腦中都可以找到。若要檢查您的 PCI 無線網路配接器是否被正確辨識：

開啟終端機，輸入 lspci 後按 Enter。

檢查顯示的裝置清單，看有沒有標示著 Network controller 或 Ethernet controller 的字詞。某些裝置會以這種方式來做記號；跟您的無線網路配接器相關的字詞可能有wireless、WLAN、wifi 或 802.11。這裡有一個類似的項目範例：

Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection

如果您有在清單內發現您的無線網路配接器，就前往裝置驅動程式的步驟。如果您沒有發現任何跟您的無線網路配接器相關的資訊，就請參閱以下的指示。
USB 無線網路配接器

以 USB 埠插入電腦的無線網路配接器並不常見。它們可以直接插在 USB 孔上，或是以 USB 纜線連接。3G/行動寬頻配接器看起來跟無線網路 (wifi) 配接器蠻類似的，所以若您認為您的 USB 配接器是無線網路配接器，請再次確認它的確不是一個 3G 配接器。若要檢查您的 USB 無線網路 配接器是否有被辨識：

開啟終端機，輸入 lsusb 後按 Enter。

檢查顯示的裝置清單，找看看有沒有任何看起來跟無線網路或網路裝置相關的字詞。與您的無線網路配接器相關的字詞可能有 wireless、WLAN、wifi 或 802.11。這裡有一個類似的項目範例：

Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card

如果您有在清單內發現您的無線網路配接器，就前往裝置驅動程式的步驟。如果您沒有發現任何跟您的無線網路配接器相關的資訊，就請參閱以下的指示。
檢查 PCMCIA 裝置

PCMCIA 無線網路配接器通常是一塊長方形的網卡，插在您的筆記型電腦邊緣內。它們在比較老舊的電腦上會較為常見。若要檢查您的 PCMCIA 配接器是否有被辨識：

在沒有插入無線網路配接器的情況下，將您的電腦開機。

開啟終端機，輸入以下字詞後按 Enter：

tail -f /var/log/dmesg

這將會顯示一連串與您電腦硬體相關的訊息，且會隨著您硬體的更動而自動更新。

將您的無線網路配接器插入 PCMCIA 插槽，看終端機視窗有沒有什麼改變。這些改變應該會包含某些與您的無線網路配接器相關的資訊。將這些資訊看過一遍，看您可不可以辨認出它來。

若要停止在終端機內執行的指令，按 CtrlC。完成以後，您就可以關掉終端機，隨您高興。

如果您有發現任何跟您的無線網路配接器相關的資訊，就前往裝置驅動程式的步驟。如果您沒有發現任何跟您的無線網路配接器相關的資訊，就請參閱以下的指示。
無線網路配接器沒有被辨識出

如果您的無線網路配接器沒有被辨識出，可能是它沒有正常運作，或是沒有為它安裝正確的驅動程式。

若需要特定幫助，請到您的發行版本網站找尋支援選項。例如，到郵件論壇以及網路聊天室詢問您的無線網路配接器問題。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/accounts-add.page0000644000373100047300000000552712320733361025602 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Connect to online accounts Add an account

Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set up for you.

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

Select Online Accounts.

Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane.

If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process afterwards.

A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your Google username, password and sign in.

If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password.

Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want the calendar, turn the calendar option off.

After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will automatically use those credentials when you log into your account.

For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, remove it.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/backup-check.page0000644000373100047300000000277012320733361025552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 確認您的備份是否成功。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 檢查您的備份

在您為檔案備份好以後，得確認備份是否成功。如果備份沒有正確地進行，某些檔案可能會沒備份到，而讓您遺失重要資料。

當您使用檔案管理員複製、移動檔案時，電腦會檢查所有資料是否傳輸正確。但如果傳輸的資料對您而言很重要，您或許會想進行額外的檢查，確認您的資料有被正確傳輸。

您可在目的端媒介上查看複製過來的檔案、資料夾，進行額外的檢查。確認您所傳輸的檔案與資料夾都確實在備份內，相信您對備份作業是否順利會有更多信心。

如果您所做的定期備份，需要備份大量的資料，您可以考慮使用較為簡單的備份專用程式，如 Déjà Dup。這類程式比起複製貼上來說，更強大也更可靠。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/session-screenlocks.page0000644000373100047300000000317412320733362027226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the Brightness & Lock settings. GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 才過不久螢幕就會自己鎖定

如果您中途離開電腦幾分鐘，螢幕會自動鎖定自己，您必須輸入密碼才能繼續使用。這個設計基於安全的理由（這樣沒有人可以在您離開電腦時把您的寶貴心血搞砸），但若螢幕太快鎖定自己，也會造成困擾。

若要讓自動鎖定螢幕之前的等待間隔拉長：

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

Click Brightness & Lock.

在關閉於下拉選單內更改數值。

如果您不想讓螢幕自己鎖定，就將鎖定關掉。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000130212320733362025037 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Access your contacts. Contacts

Use Contacts to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your Online Accounts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/contacts-search.page0000644000373100047300000000346712320733362026320 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Search for a contact. Search for a contact

You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:

In the Activities overview, start typing the name of the contact.

Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of applications.

Press Enter to select the contact at the top of the list or click the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top.

To search from inside Contacts:

Click inside the search field.

Start typing the name of the contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001227212320733362030172 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 一張鍵盤遊遍整個桌面。 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 有用的鍵盤快捷鍵

這份頁面概略顯示了一些鍵盤捷徑鍵，可以幫助您更有效率地使用您的桌面與應用程式。如果您完全無法使用滑鼠或指向裝置，可以參閱，那裡有更多以鍵盤導覽使用者界面的資訊。

桌面趴趴走

AltF4

關閉目前視窗。

AltF2

跳出指令視窗（快速執行指令）

AltTab

快速地在視窗間切換。按住 Shift 不放則方向相反。

Alt`

在同一個應用程式的視窗間切換，或是按了 AltTab 以後從選擇的程式內作視窗切換。

在美式 (US) 鍵盤上，這個捷徑鍵使用的是 `。` 這個鍵位於 Tab 上方。至於其他的鍵盤，該捷徑鍵是 Alt 加上 Tab 上面的那一個按鍵（無論那是什麼）。

SuperS

啟動工作區切換器。拉遠至所有工作區。

SuperW

啟動「Expo」模式。顯示目前工作區下的所有視窗。

CtrlAlt方向鍵

在工作區間切換。

CtrlAltShift方向鍵

移動目前視窗至不同的工作區。

CtrlAltDelete

登出。

CtrlSuperD

隱藏所有視窗，顯示桌面。再按一次可以恢復您的視窗。

CtrlAltL

鎖定螢幕。
常見的編輯用快捷鍵

CtrlA

選擇清單內所有文字或項目。

CtrlX

剪下（移除）選擇的文字或項目，將它放在剪貼簿內。

CtrlC

將選擇的文字或項目複製到剪貼簿。

CtrlV

貼上剪貼簿的內容。

CtrlZ

復原上一個動作。
抓取螢幕畫面

Print Screen

拍下快照。

AltPrint Screen

拍下一個視窗的快照。

ShiftPrint Screen

拍下螢幕上一個區域的快照。滑鼠游標會變成一個十字。點擊並拖曳以選擇一塊區域。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-remove-connection.page0000644000373100047300000000332212320733362030662 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 從藍牙裝置清單內移除裝置。 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com 移除藍牙裝置的連接

如果您再也不想連接至某一個藍牙裝置，可以移除連接。如果您之後不會再使用滑鼠、頭戴式耳機等裝置，或是您之後不會用裝置收發檔案的話，這個動作會很有用處。

在選單列上點擊藍牙圖示，選擇藍牙設定值。

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

在左側面板選擇您要取消連接的裝置，接著點擊清單底下的 - 圖示。

在確認視窗內點擊移除。

之後若您需要，可以重新連接藍牙裝置。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/shell-guest-session.page0000644000373100047300000000513612320733362027147 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 讓朋友、同事借用您的電腦，同時保持安全。 Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com 啟動有所限制的訪客作業階段
暫時性、限制權限的作業階段

Once in a while a friend, family member, or colleague may want to borrow your computer. The Ubuntu Guest Session feature provides a convenient way, with a high level of security, to lend your computer to someone else. A guest session can be launched either from the login screen or from within a regular session. If you are currently logged in, click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select Guest Session. This will lock the screen for your own session and start the guest session.

A guest cannot view the home folders of other users, and by default any saved data or changed settings will be removed/reset at logout. It means that each session starts with a fresh environment, unaffected by what previous guests did.

自訂性

The Customize Guest Session online tutorial explains how to customize the appearance and behavior.

Disabling the feature

If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable the Guest Session feature. To do so, press CtrlAltT to open a terminal window, and then run this command (it's one long command, even if it may be shown wrapped on the screen - copy and paste to get it right):

sudo sh -c 'printf "[SeatDefaults]\nallow-guest=false\n" >/usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf'

The command creates a small configuration file. To re-enable Guest Session, simply remove that file:

sudo rm /usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/files-share.page0000644000373100047300000000524612320733362025436 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 分享並傳輸檔案

You can share files with your contacts or transfer them to external devices or network shares directly from the file manager.

開啟檔案管理員。

找出您要傳送的檔案。

在檔案上點擊右鍵，選擇傳送到。

傳送到視窗將會出現。選擇您要傳送檔案到哪裡後，點擊傳送。可以看看下面的目的地清單，可以得到更多資訊。

您可以一次傳送多份檔案。按住 Ctrl 不放以選擇多個檔案，接著在任一個已選取檔案上點擊右鍵。您可以選擇是否讓這些檔案自動壓縮成一份 zip 或 tar 壓縮檔。

 目的地

若要寄出檔案，選擇電子郵件後，輸入收件人的 E-mail 地址。

若要將檔案寄給即時通訊的聯絡人，選擇即時通訊後，在下拉選單內選擇聯絡人。可能要開啟您的即時通訊程式，才可以使用這項功能。

若要將檔案寫入至 CD/DVD，選擇 CD/DVD 製作程式。請參閱了解更多。

若要傳輸檔案至藍牙裝置，選擇藍牙 (OBEX Push)，並選擇要傳送檔案到哪個裝置。您將只會看到您已經配對過的裝置。更多資訊請參閱。

若要複製檔案至外接裝置如 USB 隨身碟，或是將檔案上傳至已連接的伺服器，選擇卸除式磁碟與分享後，選擇您要複製檔案到哪一個裝置/伺服器。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-video.page0000644000373100047300000000253112320733362026417 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play videos from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Video lens

The video lens is the third lens after the Dash home on the lens bar and is represented by a film strip. The video lens gives you access to your videos or videos available online.

You can even buy or rent videos from the Dash.

You can use SuperV to open the Dash directly at the video lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the video.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by video source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/documents-tracker.page0000644000373100047300000000217512320733362026664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Local or remote documents do not appear. My documents cannot be seen

If your documents fail to display in Documents, Tracker may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/wacom-multi-monitor.page0000644000373100047300000000253212320733362027152 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor. Choose a monitor

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Click Map to Monitor…

Check Map to single monitor.

Next to Output, select the monitor you wish to receive input from your graphics tablet.

Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable.

點擊關閉。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/display-dimscreen.page0000644000373100047300000000472412320733362026650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 將螢幕調暗，節省能源；或是將亮度增強，在明亮的光線下較容易閱讀。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 設定螢幕亮度

若您要節省能源，或是讓螢幕在強光下容易閱讀，就可以調整螢幕的亮度。在使用電池時，您也可以設定讓螢幕自動調暗，沒有使用時會自動關閉。

設定亮度

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

Select Brightness & Lock.

調整亮度滑桿至合適的值。

許多筆記型電腦上面會有可調整亮度的特殊按鍵。這些按鍵上面會有個圖示，看起來像顆太陽，它們位於鍵盤頂端的功能鍵上。先按住 Fn 鍵不放，才能使用這些鍵。

您在使用電池時，想要讓亮度自動降低，就選擇調暗螢幕以節省電源。螢幕的背光會消耗很多電力，您的電池續航力也會明顯減少。

若您有一段時間沒有使用電腦，螢幕就會自動關閉。這只會影響顯示器，並非將您的電腦關機。您可以利用當不活動多久後關閉螢幕這個選項，調整要不使用多久才會關閉顯示器。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-vpn-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000562112320733362026247 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org VPN 讓您能夠透過網路連上本地網路。學習如何設定一個 VPN 連線。 連接 VPN

VPN（又稱虛擬私人網路），是一種透過網際網路連接私人網路的方式。舉例來說，您在出差旅行時想要連接您工作地點的本地網路。您可以找一個有網路連線的地方（如旅館），並連到您工作地點的 VPN。這跟您工作時直接連到網路很像，但實際上的網路連線是透過飯店的網路連線。通常 VPN 連線會加密，以防沒作登入的人存取您連線的本地網路。

VPN 有很多種不同的類型。根據您要連線的 VPN，您可能要安裝某些額外的軟體。向該 VPN 的負責人詢問連線的詳細資訊，並看您需要使用什麼樣的VPN 客戶端。接著，打開 Ubuntu 軟體中心並搜尋可以讓您的 VPN 運作的 network-manager 套件，如果有的話就安裝。您需要點擊 Ubuntu 軟體中心底端的顯示技術性項目。

如果沒有任何 NetworkManager 套件適合您的 VPN 類型，或許您需要從提供 VPN 軟體的公司，下載、安裝某些客戶端軟體。您可能要依照某些不同的步驟才能讓它運作。

完成之後就可以設定 VPN 連線：

點擊選單列上的網路選單，在 VPN 連線下選擇設置 VPN。

點擊加入，選擇您的 VPN 連線類型。

點擊建立，並依照畫面上的指示輸入詳細資訊，像是您的使用者名稱跟密碼。

完成設定 VPN 後，點擊選單列上的網路選單，前往 VPN 連線，點擊您剛剛建立好的連線。系統會開始嘗試建立 VPN 連線 —— 嘗試連線時網路圖示會改變。

希望您可以成功連線到 VPN。但如果沒有的話，您可能要重新檢查您輸入的 VPN 設定值。點擊網路選單，選擇編輯連線，接著到 VPN 分頁下檢查。

若要和 VPN 斷線，點擊網路選單後，在您的 VPN 連線名稱下選擇斷線。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/mouse-doubleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000417112320733362026636 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 控制第二下點擊要多快才可以完成雙擊動作。 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 調整滑鼠雙擊速度

雙擊這個動作，只有在您夠快按下兩次滑鼠按鈕的時候才會成立。如果第二下點擊與第一下的時間差太大，會被當成是兩次單擊，而非雙擊。如果您沒辦法快速點擊滑鼠按鈕，就需要增加雙擊的判斷時限。

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a value you find comfortable.

Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight the inside circle.

如果您想要用滑鼠單擊，它卻做了個雙擊，且就算將雙擊分辨時間增加還是沒有改善，代表您的滑鼠可能出問題了。試著用一隻不同的滑鼠插上電腦，看它的運作是否正常。或者，將您的滑鼠插在不同的電腦上，看有沒有出現相同的問題。

這個設定值將會影響您的滑鼠與觸控板，加上其他指向裝置。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/screen-shot-record.page0000644000373100047300000000374712320733362026746 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 拍下螢幕的那一個瞬間。 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 螢幕截圖

您可以為螢幕拍一張照片（也稱螢幕截圖）。假設您想要秀給別人看如何在電腦上做某件事，這一招就值得一學。螢幕截圖跟一般的圖片檔沒什麼兩樣，您可以郵寄、或是在網路上分享它們。

拍下截圖

若要為螢幕上顯示的東西拍照：

Go to the Dash and open the Screenshot tool.

In the Take Screenshot window, select whether to grab the entire desktop, a single window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then choose any effects you want.

點擊拍下螢幕截圖。

If you selected Select area to grab, the pointer changes into a crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot.

In the Save Screenshot window, enter a file name and choose a folder, then click Save.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/prefs-display.page0000644000373100047300000000126712320733362026015 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Background, size and rotation, brightness… 顯示與螢幕 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page0000644000373100047300000000416712320733362031103 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu 文件維基的貢獻者們 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 辨識並修復無線網路的連線問題 無線網路疑難排解

這是一份疑難排解手冊，會一步步幫您偵測並修復無線網路的問題。如果基於某些原因，您沒辦法連上無線網路的話，就試試以下的步驟。

我們會照以下的步驟依序進行，讓您的電腦可以連上網路：

進行初始檢查

收集您的硬體相關資訊

檢查您的硬體

嘗試對您的無線網路路由器建立連線

為您的數據機和路由器執行檢查

要開始了嗎？點擊此頁面右上方的下一頁連結。這個連結，以及之後頁面上類似的連結，也會帶您瀏覽手冊的每個步驟。

使用指令列

Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in the Dash.

如果您對指令列的使用並不熟悉，不要擔心 —— 這份手冊會一步步為您指導。您只要記住，指令有分大小寫（因此它們寫什麼，您就必須確實鍵入什麼），還有，在輸入完每個指令後都要按 Enter，指令才會執行。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/user-add.page0000644000373100047300000000650312320733362024735 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 新增使用者，讓其他人也可以登入電腦。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 新增使用者帳號

在電腦上，您可以增加多組帳號。幫您的家庭、公司內每個人建立一組帳號，讓他們可以擁有自己的使用者目錄、文件與設定值。

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

You need administrator privileges to add user accounts. Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password.

In the list of accounts on the left, click the + button to add a new user account.

If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, select Administrator for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time.

輸入新使用者的全名。使用者名稱會依照全名而自動填入。預設值應該是 OK 的，不過您也可以依自己的喜好來作更改。

Click Create.

The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Under Login Options click Account disabled next to Password. Select Set a password now from the Action drop-down list, and have the user type their password in the New password and Confirm password fields. See .

您也可以按下新密碼欄位旁邊的按鈕，選擇一個隨機產生、安全性足夠的密碼。這些密碼很難被其他人猜中，不過要記住它們也不容易，所以請小心使用。

點擊改變。

In the User Accounts window you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/unity-shopping.page0000644000373100047300000000365012320733362026226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Online results make the Dash more useful and help fund Ubuntu development. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Ubuntu 文件團隊 ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Why are there shopping links in the Dash?

In addition to helping you find apps or files on your computer, the Dash also shows you related online results for your searches. Online sources include Amazon.com and dozens of other online sources.

When you purchase music or products from these sources, Canonical receives a small portion of the profits in exchange for directing more business to these stores. Canonical, the company that created and continues to support the Ubuntu project, then uses this money to make Ubuntu better.

Turn off online search results

If you don't want to receive online search suggestions, you can disable this feature.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab.

Switch off Include online search results.

登出後重新登入，以讓變更生效。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page0000644000373100047300000000461512320733362033625 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu 文件維基的貢獻者們 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 在接下來的疑難排解步驟中，您可能需要一些詳細資訊，像是您的無線網路配接器的型號。 無線網路疑難排解 收集與您的網路硬體相關的資訊

在這個步驟中，您將要收集您的無線網路裝置的相關資訊。很多修復無線網路問題的方式，取決於無線網路配接器的製造商與型號，因此您需要記錄這些細節。如果有您的電腦的附帶物品（如驅動程式安裝光碟），那也很有幫助。請看看您是否還有以下的這些物品：

您的無線網路裝置的包裝與指示（特別是路由器的使用者手冊）

光碟，裡面有您的無線網路配接器的驅動程式（就算它只有包含 Windows 版驅動程式）

您的電腦、無線網路配接器和路由器，它們的製造商名稱與型號。這項資訊通常可以從裝置的底部/背面找到。

在無線網路裝置或它們的包裝上印有的任何版本/修訂版本號碼。這些資訊特別有幫助，所以看仔細了！

驅動程式光碟上，任何可以辨識裝置自己、「韌體」版本或使用組件（晶片組）的任何資訊。

可能的話，試著存取一個工作的替代網路連線，以便讓您在必要時下載軟體和驅動程式。（將您的電腦直接以網路纜線插入路由器是一種方式，但只在您需要的時候插入。）

一旦您盡可能收集到這些東西後，點擊下一頁。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/files.page0000644000373100047300000000345412320733362024335 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ubuntu 文件團隊 ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com 檔案 Searching, delete files, backups, removable drives, documents… 檔案、資料夾與搜尋

Nautilus 檔案管理員

 常見課題 更多主題
可攜式裝置與外部硬碟
備份
Documents
小技巧與問題
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/disk-check.page0000644000373100047300000000571012320733362025235 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 測試您的硬碟有沒有問題，以確認它的健康狀況。 檢查您的硬碟有沒有問題
檢查硬碟

硬碟有一套內建的健康檢查工具，叫做 SMART（自我監測、分析及報告技術），它會持續檢查硬碟是否有潛存問題。如果硬碟即將毀損，SMART 也會提醒您，並提供協助以避免您的重要資料遺失。

Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by running the Disks application:

Check your disk's health using the Disks application

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

從儲存裝置清單內選擇您要檢查的磁碟。磁碟機底下將會出現該磁碟的相關資訊與狀態。

SMART 狀態應該會寫說「磁碟機是正常的」。

點擊SMART 資料按鈕以檢視更多磁碟資訊，您也可以執行一次自我測試。
如果磁碟機不正常，要怎麼辦？

就算 SMART 狀態有指出磁碟機並不正常，可能也不會出現警告原因。不過，請您最好先準備好備份，以防資料毀於一旦。

如果狀態為「Pre-fail」，理論上磁碟仍然健康，但有偵測到老舊的跡象，代表再過不久磁碟就會損壞。如果您的硬碟（或電腦）是幾年前製造的，就很有可能在某些檢查項目內看到這則訊息。您應該定期備份重要檔案，並定期檢查該磁碟的狀態是否繼續惡化。

如果磁碟狀態每下愈況，您或許得將電腦/硬碟交由專業人士，作進一步的診斷或修復。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/get-involved.page0000644000373100047300000000255312320733362025635 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 這些幫助主題有一些問題，要如何回報？到哪裡回報？ Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com 參與改進這份手冊

這份輔助系統是由志願者社群所建立，也歡迎您一同參與。如果您注意到這些幫助頁面有問題（像是筆誤、錯誤指示，或是有未涵蓋到的主題），可以發送一份問題回報。

若要發送問題回報，按下 AltF2 並輸入 ubuntu-bug ubuntu-docs。按下 Enter，會開始進行問題蒐集的動作。

See the Ubuntu bug reporting instructions for more information about how to file your bug.

感謝您的協助，讓 Ubuntu 幫助文件變得更好！

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/contacts-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000251712320733362026477 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Email, chat with, or phone a contact. Connect with your contact

To email, chat with, or phone someone in Contacts:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press on the Detail that you want to use. For example, to email your contact, press the email address.

The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/power-othercountry.page0000644000373100047300000000414512320733362027130 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 您的電腦可以運作，但您可能需要不同的電源纜線或是旅用轉接器。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com 我的電腦可以在其他國家的電力系統下運作嗎？

不同的國家所使用的電源供應系統會有不同的電壓（通常為 110V 或 220-240V）以及交流電頻率（通常為 50 Hz 或 60 Hz）。如果您有一個適合的電源轉接器，您的電腦就應該可以在不同國家的電力系統下使用。您或許也需要切個開關。

如果您用的是筆記型電腦，您需要做的就是為您的電源轉接器找個正確的插頭。某些筆記型電腦的轉接器接頭會有兩個以上，所以您可能已經有正確的接頭了。如果沒有的話，將您有的那個插入一個標準的旅用轉接器，這樣應該就夠了。

如果您用的是桌上型電腦，您也可以用一條不同接頭的纜線，或是使用旅用轉接器。不過在這種情況下，如果您電腦上的電源供應器有一個電壓開關，您可能需要去改動它。大多數電腦並沒有這樣的開關，兩種電壓下都可以快樂的工作。看一下電腦的背面，找到電源纜線接上的那個插槽。插槽附近可能會有一個小開關，標示著「110V」或「230V」（舉例）。切到您需要的那一個電壓。

在更換電源纜線或使用旅用轉接器時請小心。可以的話先關掉所有東西。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/shell-exit.page0000644000373100047300000000677212320733362025317 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 學習如何離開使用者帳號：登出、切換使用者等等。 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Alexandre Franke afranke@gnome.org 登出、關機、切換使用者

當您結束使用電腦時，可以將它關機、暫停（以便省電），或是登出系統，讓電腦維持開機狀態。

登出或切換使用者

當其他使用者要使用電腦時，您可以選擇登出，或者，只需切換使用者，讓自己維持在登入狀態。切換使用者後，您所有的應用程式還是會持續執行。當您再次登入時，一切都和離開前一模一樣。

若要登出或切換使用者，點擊選單列最右邊的系統選單，並選擇相對應的選項。

鎖定螢幕

如果您要離開電腦一段時間，應該要將自己的螢幕鎖定，避免其他人任意存取您的檔案、執行程式。您回來時只需鍵入自己的密碼即可再次登入。如果您沒有做鎖定，過了一定的時間後，螢幕會自己鎖定。

若要鎖定螢幕，點擊選單列內的系統選單，選擇鎖定螢幕。

當您的螢幕被鎖定時，其他使用者只要點擊密碼視窗上的切換使用者，便可登入他們自己的帳號。在他們結束使用後，您可以切換回自己的桌面。

暫停

若要節省能源，當您沒有在使用電腦的時候，就將您的電腦暫停。如果您使用的是筆記型電腦，Ubuntu 會在您關上上蓋的時候，自動將您的電腦暫停。您的狀態會儲存在您電腦內的記憶體內，並關閉電腦大部分的功能。暫停過程中依然會使用極少的電力。

若要手動暫停您的電腦，點擊選單列內的系統選單，選擇暫停。

關機或重新啟動

如果您要徹底關閉電腦的電源，或是要完整地重新啟動一次，點擊系統選單並選擇關機。

如果有其他使用者登入系統，您可能無法關閉/重新啟動電腦，因為這也會終止他們的作業階段。如果您是系統管理員，或許會要求您輸入密碼以關閉系統。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-email.page0000644000373100047300000000116712320733362025105 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 預設郵件程式 Ubuntu 文件團隊 GNOME 文件專案 電子郵件與郵件軟體 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/power-constantfan.page0000644000373100047300000000346712320733363026710 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 可能是某些風扇控制軟體遺失，或是您的筆記型電腦變熱了。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 筆記型電腦的風扇一直在轉

如果您的筆記型電腦的冷卻風扇一直在轉動，可能是控制電腦冷卻系統的硬體並未被 Linux 完善支援。某些筆記型電腦需要額外的軟體，才能有效控制它們的冷卻風扇，但這些軟體可能沒有被安裝（或 Linux 下完全沒有可用程式），風扇才會一直以全速運轉。

如果是這個原因，您或許可以改變某些設定值，或者安裝額外的軟體來完全控制風扇。例如，可以安裝 vaiofand 以控制某些 Sony VAIO 筆記型電腦的風扇。安裝這種軟體的過程偏技術性，且這些方式會高度依賴於您筆電的製造商與型號，因此 您或許要尋求如何套用在您電腦上的個別建議。

另外一種可能是，您的筆記型電腦產生了大量的熱。這並不完全代表它過熱，可能只是熱度讓風扇需要全速運作才能保持涼爽。如果是這樣，您沒有多少選擇，只能讓風扇一直全速運轉。有時間您可以為您的筆記型電腦購買額外的冷卻配件，或許會有點幫助。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/power-batteryslow.page0000644000373100047300000000201012320733363026730 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 某些筆記型電腦在使用電池時，會刻意減緩自己的速度。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?

Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery should last longer.

這項功能被叫做 CPU 頻率調節。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-security-tips.page0000644000373100047300000000540512320733363026642 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 在使用網路時，應當謹記於心的一般技巧 Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com 在網路上保持安全

A possible reason for why you are using Ubuntu is the robust security that Linux based systems are known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux based systems are also very secure due to their open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution.

Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Ubuntu is secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:

網絡釣魚詐騙（試圖用欺騙的手段獲取敏感資訊的網站與電子郵件）

轉發惡意電子郵件

含有惡意內容的應用程式（病毒）

Unauthorized remote/local network access

若要在線上保持安全，請將以下的技巧謹記於心：

對不明人士傳來的電子郵件、附件以及連結，請謹慎以對。

如果某網站提供了好到不對勁的服務，或是會詢問您敏感且看來不需要的資訊，請您三思您正要傳送過去的資訊，還有，若該資訊被身份竊賊或其他犯罪者利用的潛在後果。

在向任何應用程式提供系統等級的權限時都要小心，特別是那些您從未使用過、或是不知名的程式。向任何人/東西提供系統等級的權限，您的電腦置於被攻擊利用的風險會很高。

確定您只有執行必要的遠端存取服務。執行 SSH 或 VNC 的確有用，但若沒有防護正確，也會讓您的電腦曝露在攻擊底下。請考慮使用一套防火牆，幫助您保護電腦免受侵擾。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/windows-key.page0000644000373100047300000000424212320733363025510 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Super key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher. GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu 文件團隊 ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com 什麼是「Super」鍵？

這個鍵通常在您的鍵盤左下角，Alt 鍵的旁邊，它上面通常會有個視窗/正方形圖示。它有時被稱為 Windows 鍵、logo 鍵，或是 system 鍵。

If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a Windows key on your keyboard. The ⌘ (Command) key can be used instead.

Unity 下有一個特別功能就是使用 Super 鍵。若您按下 Super 鍵，就會顯示 Dash。如果您按下 Super 鍵且不要放開，會出現一個畫面顯示許多 Unity 的鍵盤捷徑鍵，放開 Super 鍵就會消失。

Super 鍵可以為您做的還不只這些。欲了解更多 Super 鍵的使用方式，請參閱鍵盤快捷鍵頁面。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/user-admin-problems.page0000644000373100047300000000237212320733363027117 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 只有擁有管理員權限的使用者可以做某些事，像是安裝應用程式。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 管理權限制所帶來的問題

如果您沒有管理員權限，可能會碰到一些問題。某些工作需要管理員的權限才會生效，像是：

連接至網路/無線網路

檢視和電腦連接的可卸除式磁碟，或是不同磁碟分割區的內容（像是 Windows 的分割區）。

安裝新的應用程式

您可以決定可擁有管理員權限的使用者。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-findip.page0000644000373100047300000000376012320733363025271 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 知道 IP 位址，可以幫助您解決網路問題。 找出您的 IP 位址

知道 IP 位址，可以幫助您為網路連線的問題找出解決之道。您知道您的 IP 位址其實有兩個嗎？一組 IP 位址是您的電腦在內部網路的位置，另一組則是您的電腦在網際網路的位置。

找出您的內部（網路）IP 位址：

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

Open Network and select Wired or Wireless from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to find the IP address for.

Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information.

 找出您的外部（網路）IP 位址：

前往 whatismyipaddress.com。

網站會向您顯示外部 IP 位址。

取決於您電腦連上網路的方式，這些位址可能會一樣。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/session-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000533412320733363026367 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu 文件團隊 選擇區域，以使用日期、時間、數字、匯率與測量方式。 更改日期與測量格式

您可以控制日期、時間、數字、匯率與測量方式的格式，以符合您所在地區的當地習慣。

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

開啟語言支援，選擇區域格式分頁。

選擇最符合您欲使用格式的地區。清單預設只會顯示那些使用語言分頁內所設語言的地區。

您需要登出後重新登入，才能讓這些改變生效。點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇登出後就會登出。

當您選擇一個地區後，清單下面的區域會顯示各種範例，告訴您日期和其他值會怎麼顯示。您的地區也控制了日曆內每星期的起始日，雖然它沒有出現在範例內。

更改系統格式

當您改變您的地區格式後，您只有影響到您登入後所使用的帳號而已。您也可以改變系統格式，它會被使用在如登入畫面的地方。

跟上述一樣，更改您的格式。

點擊套用至全系統。

這需要系統管理員權限。輸入您的密碼，如果有要求使用某個系統管理員帳號，就輸入該帳號的密碼。

您可以在語言支援幫助內找到更多更為詳細的語言、地區格式相關指引。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/backup-thinkabout.page0000644000373100047300000000600612320733363026643 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 一份資料夾清單，您可以在裡面找到可能想備份的文件、檔案與設定值。 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 我要去哪裡找到想要備份的檔案？

Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up.

個人檔案（文件、音樂、照片和影片）

These are usually stored in your home folder (/home/your_name). They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music, and Videos.

如果您的備份媒介空間足夠（例如外接式硬碟），可以考慮將整個個人資料夾給備份下來。您可以使用磁碟用量分析器看您的個人資料夾佔用了多少磁碟空間。

隱藏檔案

任何名稱開頭為句點 (.) 的檔案或資料夾預設會被隱藏。若要檢視隱藏檔，點擊檢視顯示隱藏檔或是按 CtrlH。您可以複製它們到備份地點，就跟其他檔案一樣。

個人設定值（桌面偏好設定、佈景主題和軟體設定值）

大多數應用程式會將它們的設定值存放在您個人資料夾下的隱藏資料夾（隱藏檔案的資訊請參閱上面）。

Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders .config, .gconf, .gnome2, and .local in your Home folder.

全系統設定值

系統中重要部位的設定值並不會存放在您的個人資料夾。它們可能被存放的地點有很多個，但多數設定值會被存放在 /etc 資料夾底下。一般來說，在家用電腦下您不需要備份這些檔案。但是，如果您有在跑伺服器的話，有跑什麼服務，就應該要備份與這些服務相關的檔案。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-chat-social.page0000644000373100047300000000343312320733363026204 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu 文件團隊 直接在您的桌面上貼文到 Twitter、Facebook以及其他社群網站。 在桌面上做社群網路交流

With Ubuntu you can post to your favorite social networking sites from your desktop. Ubuntu uses the Friends scope to allow you to organize your social networking sites in one place, and to post updates from the Me Menu without opening any website.

若要設定您的社群網路帳號：

Open the System menu on the right hand side of the menu bar and select "System Settings...".

Choose Online accounts

Choose the social networking site you want to set up and click Add Account...

點擊授權，輸入您在該網站所使用的帳號設定值，並照步驟進行

You can now view your social networking messages from the Messaging menu on the right hand side of the menu bar, in the Broadcast section. Click on any of the items in that section to open Friends scope and to read or post messages to your social network.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/color.page0000644000373100047300000000177012320733363024351 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why is this important, Color profiles, How to calibrate a device… 顏色管理
顏色設定組合
校正
問題
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-wireless.page0000644000373100047300000000166412320733363025656 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting… Ubuntu 文件團隊 無線網路 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000374212320733363027106 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu 文件團隊 點擊選單列上的網路選單，選擇連接到隱藏的無線網路。 連接到隱藏的無線網路

要設定一個「隱藏」的無線網路是可能的。當您點擊選單列上的網路選單時，會出現一個網路清單，被隱藏的網路是不會出現在該清單上面的（也不會出現在任一台其他電腦的無線網路清單上）。若要連接到隱藏的無線網路：

點擊選單列上的網路選單，選擇連接到隱藏的無線網路。

在出現的視窗內，輸入網路的名稱，選擇無線網路防護的類型，並點擊連線。

您可能要檢查無線基地台或路由器的設定值，看網路的名稱為何。有時這會被稱為 BSSID（基礎服務組識別碼），看起來會像這樣：02:00:01:02:03:04。

您應該也要檢查無線基地台的安全性設定。找看看有沒有 WEP 和 WPA 等類似字語。

您可能會認為隱藏您的無線網路會增強它的安全性，避免不知道該網路的人連線。但實際上並非如此，該網路會有點難找，但還是可以偵測的到。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/power-batterybroken.page0000644000373100047300000000313412320733363027234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 您的電池或許還沒壞掉；比較有可能的原因是電池老舊。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 出現電池容量極低的錯誤訊息

當您第一次登入時，可能會看到以下這則訊息：

電池可能已損壞。您的電池容量極低，這表示該電池可能太過老舊或已經損壞。

當電腦偵測到電池沒有足夠容量來儲存很多電力時，就會顯示這個訊息。但不必太擔心，最有可能的原因是電池老舊，而非電池損壞。

所有筆記型電腦的電池，它們儲存電力的能力會隨時間消逝。過一段時間（正常情況下一年或更久）後，電池能夠儲存到的電力，只有佔全新電池可儲存電力的一部分而已。當這種情況發生，就會顯示以上的訊息。

如果您的電腦、電池還很新，電池實際能儲存的電力，其佔設計總容量的百分比應該還很高。如果沒有，代表您的電池可能已經損壞，需要再去找一塊新的來代替。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-general.page0000644000373100047300000000156112320733363025432 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find your IP address, WEP & WPA security, MAC addresses, proxies… Ubuntu 文件團隊 GNOME 文件專案 網路名詞與技巧 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/more-help.page0000644000373100047300000000147712320733363025127 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Tips on using this guide, help improve this guide… 取得更多幫助

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-problem.page0000644000373100047300000000133112320733363025450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshooting wireless connections, finding your wifi network… Ubuntu 文件團隊 網路問題 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/color-canshareprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000331612320733363027675 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 由於硬體會隨時間改變，分享顏色設定組合一直都不會是個好主意。 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com 可以把我的設定組合拿來分享嗎？

您自己建立的顏色設定組合，是專用於您校正過的硬體，以及您校正當時的採光條件。一台已經開機了幾百個鐘頭的顯示器，它跟另一台亮了一千個鐘頭的類似顯示器（序號是前個顯示器序號的下一個）相比，兩者的顏色設定組合天差地遠。

這樣看來，如果您有跟其他人分享您的顏色設定組合，可能會讓他們較接近校正後的結果，但絕非代表他們的顯示器已經被校正好，這是誤導的說法。

同樣道理，除非每個人在檢視、編輯影像時，它們的房間都採用建議的控制照明條件（例如，沒有日光照進視窗、黑色牆壁、日光燈泡），那麼分享您為自己專屬的採光條件所建立的設定組合，其實沒有太大的意義。

對於從廠商網站下載來、或是以您自己的名義建立的設定組合，您應該要小心檢查它們的重新散布條件。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/printing-order.page0000644000373100047300000000367412320733363026203 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 分頁與倒轉列印次序。 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com 以不同次序列印頁面
倒轉

通常印表機會從第一頁開始列印，最後一頁則在最後，當您將所有紙張拾起時，它們會以相反的順序排列。如果需要的話，您可以將列印次序倒轉過來。

若要倒轉次序：

點擊檔案列印。

在列印視窗的一般分頁下，勾選份數下面的反序。最後一頁會先開始列印，依此類推。
分頁

如果您要將文件列印兩份以上，預設紙張會以頁碼排列（例如，所有的第一頁會先出來，接下來是所有第二頁，依此類推）。若將它們分頁，每一份複本會好好地依照頁碼順序列印出來。

若要分頁：

點擊檔案列印。

在列印視窗的一般分頁下，勾選份數下面的順序。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/video-sending.page0000644000373100047300000000524212320733363025764 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 檢查他們有沒有安裝正確的視訊編解碼器。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 其他人沒辦法播放我做的影片

如果您在 Linux 電腦下製作了一段影片，並傳給其他使用 Windows 或 Mac OS 的使用者，他們在播放該影片時可能會有一些問題。

您的收件人必須有安裝正確的編解碼器，才能夠播放您的影片。編解碼器是一套小軟體，但它知道如何處理影片並顯示在螢幕上。影片格式有很多種類，每個都需要一個不同的編解碼器才能夠播放出來。您可以用以下的方式檢查影片的格式：

開啟檔案管理員。

右鍵點擊影片檔，選擇屬性。

到音效/視像分頁下，看看影片下有列出什麼編解碼器。

問問那些播放有問題的人：有沒有安裝正確的編解碼器呢？用「編解碼器的名稱」和他們使用的「影片播放軟體」當關鍵字搜尋，會蠻有幫助的。舉例來說，如果您的影片使用的是 Theora 格式，而您有一位朋友想要使用 Windows Media Player 來播放它，就可以搜尋「theora windows media player」。您通常可以免費下載正確的編解碼器來安裝。

如果您沒有找到合適的編解碼器，可以試試 VLC 媒體播放器。它可以在 Windows、Mac OS 和 Linux 下使用，並支援了很多不同的影片格式。不然，您也可以試著將影片轉換成不同格式。多數影片編輯器可以做到這點，也有專門的影片轉檔器可用。到 Ubuntu 軟體中心挖個寶吧。

還有一些可能原因使其他人無法播放您的影片。影片在您傳送給他們時損壞（有時候大型檔案並沒有完全被複製過去）、他們對自己的影片播放程式有一些問題，或是製作影片的過程不適當（當您儲存影片的時候可能會出現一些錯誤）。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/printing-streaks.page0000644000373100047300000000347712320733363026545 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 如果列印成品上有條紋、褪色，或是少了某些顏色的話，請檢查您的墨水含量，或是清潔列印頭。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 列印成品上怎麼會有條紋、線條、錯誤的顏色？

如果您列印出來的內容，上面有條紋、褪色、有不該出現的線條，或是其他品質不好的跡象，可能代表印表機的墨水/碳粉含量已經不夠了。

文字、影像褪色

墨水、碳粉可能要用完了。檢查您的墨水/碳粉量，有需要的話就購買一個新的墨水/碳粉匣。

條紋與線條

如果您使用的是噴墨印表機，可能是列印頭被弄髒或是有部分被擋住。請試著清理列印頭（參閱印表機的手冊找出步驟）。

錯誤的顏色

印表機可能有一個顏色的墨水/碳粉匣用完了。檢查您的墨水/碳粉量，有需要的話就購買一個新的墨水/碳粉匣。

鋸齒線、線條不直

如果列印出來的內容，裡面原本是一直線的線條變得歪歪扭扭，可能需要校正對齊列印頭。至於詳細的調整步驟，就請參閱印表機的操作手冊。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/files-search.page0000644000373100047300000000713512320733363025601 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 以名稱、類型來尋找檔案。儲存您的搜尋，以後還可以使用。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 搜尋檔案

在檔案管理員內，您可以直接以檔案的名稱、類型來搜尋檔案。您甚至可以儲存常用的搜尋，它們會以特殊資料夾的型式顯示在您的家目錄內。

其他搜尋用程式 搜尋

開啟檔案管理員

若您知道需要的檔案在哪一個資料夾下，就切至該資料夾。

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press CtrlF.

Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word "Invoice", type invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless of case.

You can narrow your results by location and file type.

Click Home to restrict the search results to your Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere.

Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x button to remove this option and widen the search results.

可以在搜尋結果內將檔案開啟、複製、刪除、或是其他檔案處理動作，就跟您在檔案管理員內任一資料夾下操作並無兩樣。

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder.

如果您常用某些特定的關鍵字來搜尋，可以將它們儲存起來，以便快速存取。

儲存搜尋

進行一次搜尋，方法如上所述。

When you're happy with the search parameters, click the ⚙ gear button and select Save Search As.

為該搜尋決定一個名稱後點擊儲存。您要的話可以為搜尋選擇一個不同的存放資料夾。在檢視該資料夾時，您所儲存的搜尋會以橘色資料夾圖示表示，中間有一支放大鏡。

當您完成搜尋後，若要移除搜尋檔，就直接刪除搜尋即可，跟刪除其他檔案一樣。當您刪除儲存的搜尋時，並不會把符合搜尋的檔案一同刪除。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/power-hibernate.page0000644000373100047300000000700212320733363026320 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 休眠沒有被良好支援，因此預設休眠會被停用。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com 我要如何讓我的電腦休眠？

當電腦休眠時，您所有的應用程式與文件都會被儲存，電腦會完全關閉，不會使用任何電力，但當您再啟動電腦後，這些應用程式和文件依然會處於開啟的狀態。

Unfortunately, hibernate doesn't work in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default.

測試休眠是否有用 在休眠前一定要儲存您的工作

在休眠電腦前，您應該要將您所有的工作儲存起來，避免到時出了差錯，在您將電腦開機後，無法恢復您開啟的應用程式與文件。

您可以使用指令列，測試您的電腦能不能使用休眠。

Open the Terminal by pressing Ctrl Altt or by searching for terminal in the Dash.

Open the Terminal by searching for terminal in the Activities overview.

在終端機內輸入 sudo pm-hibernate，按下 Enter。

依照提示輸入您的密碼。

在您的電腦關閉後，將它重新切回來。您開啟的應用程式依然是開著的嗎？

如果休眠沒有作用，檢查您的 swap 分割區是否至少跟您的可用 RAM 一樣大。
啟用休眠

如果休眠測試成功，在您想要休眠時，可以繼續使用 sudo pm-hibernate 這個指令。

您也可以在選單中啟用休眠選項。若要這麼做，用您喜歡的文字編輯器建立 /etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/com.ubuntu.enable-hibernate.pkla。將以下的文字加入檔案後儲存：

[Re-enable hibernate by default in upower] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.upower.hibernate ResultActive=yes [Re-enable hibernate by default in logind] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.login1.hibernate ResultActive=yes
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-send-file.page0000644000373100047300000001066412320733363027106 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 在手機等藍牙裝置間分享檔案。 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 傳送檔案至藍牙裝置

您可以傳送檔案至已連接的藍牙裝置，像是某些手機或其他電腦。某些類型的裝置並不允許檔案傳輸，或是特殊類型的檔案。若要傳送檔案，您可以從以下三種方式中任選一種：用選單列內的藍牙圖示、用藍牙設定視窗，或是直接用檔案管理員。

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window.

若要直接從檔案管理員傳送檔案，請參閱。

在開始之前，請確認您的電腦已啟用藍牙功能。請參閱。

 使用藍牙圖示傳送檔案

在選單列上點擊藍牙圖示，選擇傳送檔案到裝置。

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Send Files to Device.

選擇您要傳送的檔案，並點擊選取。

若要傳送資料夾內多份檔案，在您選擇每個檔案時，按住 Ctrl 不放。

選擇您要傳送檔案到哪一個裝置，之後點擊傳送。

裝置清單會顯示您已經連接的裝置以及範圍內可見的裝置。如果您尚未連接至選擇的裝置，點擊傳送後將會被提示與該裝置配對。這將可能需要另一台裝置的確認。

如果裝置太多的話，您可以使用裝置類型下拉選單，限制清單只列出特定的裝置類型。

通常該接收裝置的擁有者需要按下一個按鍵，才能接受檔案。一旦擁有者接受/拒絕，檔案傳輸的結果將會顯示在您的螢幕上。

 從藍牙設定傳送檔案

點擊選單列內的藍牙圖示，選擇藍牙設定值。

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

在左邊的清單內選擇要傳送檔案到哪一個裝置。該清單只會顯示您已經連接的裝置。請參閱。

在右邊的裝置資訊內點擊傳送檔案。

選擇您要傳送的檔案，並點擊選取。

若要傳送資料夾內多份檔案，在您選擇每個檔案時，按住 Ctrl 不放。

通常該接收裝置的擁有者需要按下一個按鍵，才能接受檔案。一旦擁有者接受/拒絕，檔案傳輸的結果將會顯示在您的螢幕上。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-scanner.page0000644000373100047300000000343112320733363027720 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 若要捕捉到準確的顏色，校正您的掃描器是很重要的。 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 我要如何校正掃描器？

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsColor to create a profile for the device.

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsColor to create a profile for the device.

掃描器對於時間和溫度的耐受度非常的高，並不太需要常常作校正。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/user-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000363312320733363025451 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 移除不再使用電腦的使用者。 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 刪除使用者帳號

您可以為電腦增加多組使用者帳號，方法請參閱。如果有人不會再使用您的電腦，您可以刪除該使用者的帳號。

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

在右上角點擊解除鎖定，輸入您的密碼以套用變更。您必須是系統管理員，才能刪除使用者帳號。

選擇您要刪除的使用者，點擊 - 按鈕。

每個使用者都有他們自己的使用者目錄，裡頭存放著他們的檔案與設定值。這個目錄您可以選擇保留，或是刪除。如果您確定不再需要這些資料，且您需要釋放一些磁碟空間時，就點擊刪除檔案。這些檔案將會被永久刪除，無法回復。在刪除這些檔案之前，您或許會想要把它們備份至外接硬碟或是 CD 上。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/printing-paperjam.page0000644000373100047300000000227312320733364026662 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 排除卡紙的方式跟印表機的製造商與機型有關。 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com 排除印表機卡紙

有些時候，印表機進紙不正確，會讓紙張卡在裡面不動。

您的印表機手冊通常會提供詳細的步驟，告訴您如何排除卡紙。通常會需要把印表機的一塊面板打開，找出卡紙點後，穩穩地（但要非常小心！）將卡住的紙從進紙機器內抽出。

排除掉卡紙後，可能需要按下印表機的繼續 (Resume) 按鈕，列印方可繼續進行。某些印表機會需要將其關機後重啟，才能繼續執行列印工作。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/accounts-whyadd.page0000644000373100047300000000245312320733364026330 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Susanna Huhtanen ihmis.suski@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop? Why should I add an account?

Adding your accounts brings a choice of services like calendar, chat, and e-mail straight to your desktop, making services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts, you can keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services you've added will be ready for you.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-camera.page0000644000373100047300000000301012320733364027511 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 若要捕捉到準確的顏色，校正您的相機是很重要的。 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com 我要如何校正相機？

要校正相機裝置，就得在要求的採光條件下為目標拍照。將 RAW 檔轉換成 TIFF 檔，就可以在顏色控制面板內校正相機裝置。

You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount.

採光條件必須和得取原始圖像當時一樣，出來的設定組合結果才會有效。這代表您或許要為照相室、明亮晴天以及陰天這幾種採光條件建立設定組合數次。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000577712320733364027317 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu 文件團隊 連上網路，不需任何線路！ 連接至無線網路

如果您的電腦已經開啟無線網路的功能，就可以連線到範圍內的無線網路，以便存取網際網路、檢視分享的檔案等等。

如果您的電腦上有無線網路硬體的開關，請確認它有沒有開啟。

點擊選單列上的網路選單，並點擊您想要連接的網路名稱。

如果網路的名稱沒有出現在清單上，選擇更多網路，看看它有沒有出現在清單下面。如果仍然沒看到網路，您可能是在網路的範圍外，或是網路被隱藏起來了。

如果網路被密碼保護（加密金鑰），在提示時輸入密碼後點擊連接。

如果您不知道金鑰的話，它可能會寫在無線路由器或基地台的底部、指示說明書內，或者您也可以詢問無線網路的管理員。

在電腦嘗試連接網路時，網路圖示的外觀也會改變。

當連線成功後，圖示會變成一個上面有數個棒條的點。更多的棒條代表網路的連線更強。如果棒條數沒有很多，連線則會很弱，有時候會不太可靠。

If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password again or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's wireless card might have a problem, for example. See for more help.

無線網路有更強的連線，並不一定代表您的網路連線更快、或是有更快的下載速度。無線網路會將您的電腦連接到提供該網路連線的裝置（像是路由器、數據機），但這兩個連線實際上並不一樣，速度也因而不同。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-fixed-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000444312320733364027150 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com 使用固定 IP 位址，要用您的電腦提供某些網路服務時就變得更容易。 用固定 IP 位址建立連線

大多數網路在您連上時，會自動為您的電腦指定一個 IP 位址，還有其他細部資訊。這些細部資訊會定期更換，但您或許會想要為電腦弄一個固定 IP 位址，這樣您就可以永遠知道它的位址（例如，一個檔案伺服器）。

若要給您的電腦一個固定（靜態）IP 位址：

點擊選單列上的網路選單，選擇編輯連線。

Select the Wired connection on the Wired tab or your WiFi network on the Wireless tab and click Edit.

點擊 IPv4 設定分頁，將方法改變為手動。

如果位址清單內沒有列出任何連線資訊，或是您要設定心連線，點擊加入。

在適當的欄位內輸入 IP 位址、網路遮罩以及通訊閘這些資訊。您對這些資訊的選擇會取決於您的網路安裝：網路的 IP 位址和網路遮罩若要有效，需要遵守一些特定的規則。

如果有必要的話，在 DNS 伺服器輸入一個網域名稱伺服器的位址。這是可以查詢網域名稱的伺服器，它的 IP 位址。大多數公司網路還有網路提供商都會有專用的 DNS 伺服器。

點擊儲存。現在網路連線應該會有一個固定的 IP 位址了。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/sharing-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000706112320733364026335 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Ubuntu 文件團隊 ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com 使用 VNC，讓其他人可以檢視您的桌面並進行互動。 分享您的桌面

使用桌面檢視程式，您可以讓其他人從另一台電腦觀看、控制您的桌面。若要讓其他人能夠存取您的桌面，請設定桌面分享並調整安全性的選項。

In the Dash, open Desktop Sharing.

若要讓其他人觀看您的桌面，選擇允許其他使用者觀看您的桌面。這樣其他人就可以連線至您的電腦，並檢視您的螢幕上有什麼東西。

如果要讓其他人可以和您的桌面進行互動，選擇允許其他使用者控制您的桌面。這樣其他人就能夠移動您的滑鼠，並在您的電腦上執行程式、瀏覽檔案，視您目前使用的安全性設定值為定。
安全性

重要事項：在更改任何安全性選項前，請確定您充分了解每個選項所代表的意義。

確認對機器的存取

如果您想要選擇哪些人可以存取桌面，哪些人不行的話，選擇您必須確認每次對這臺機器的連線。如果您將這個選項停用，當有人要連接到您的電腦時，系統就不會詢問您。

這個選項預設為啟用。

 啟用密碼

若您要其他人在連線到桌面時需輸入密碼，選擇使用者需要輸入密碼：。如果您沒有使用此選項，任何人想要的話都可以觀看您的桌面。

這個選項預設為停用，但您應該將它啟用，並設定一個安全的密碼。

 允許跨網路的桌面存取

如果您的路由器支援 UPnP 網路閘道連接埠，並且有啟用的話，您可以允許讓非本地網路的人也可以觀看您的桌面。要怎麼做呢？選擇自動設定 UPnP 路由器來開啟並將連接埠轉址。或者您也可以手動設定自己的路由器。

這個選項預設為停用。
在通知區中顯示圖示

若要能夠將觀看桌面的使用者斷線，您需要啟用這個選項。如果您選擇永遠，無論是否有人在觀看您的桌面，都看得到這個圖示。

如果這個選項被停用，有人可能會在您不知情的狀況下連進您的桌面，這要看您的安全性的設定如何。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/video-dvd.page0000644000373100047300000000421312320733364025110 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 可能是您沒有安裝正確的編解碼器，或是該 DVD 不屬於此地區。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 為什麼 DVD 無法播放？

如果您將一片 DVD 插入電腦，但它無法播放，可能是您沒有安裝正確的 DVD編解碼器，或者該 DVD 來自不同的地區。

安裝正確的編解碼器以便播放 DVD

您必須安裝好正確的編解碼器才能播放 DVD。編解碼器是一個軟體，它可以讓應用程式讀取聲音、影像格式的檔案。如果您嘗試在未安裝正確編解碼器的情況下播放 DVD，影片播放器就會提醒您，並協助您安裝它們。

DVD 也使用一種叫做「CSS」的系統來達成防拷保護。這個系統禁止您複製 DVD，但它也禁止您去播放 DVD，除非您有額外的軟體可以處理防拷保護。

檢查 DVD 的地區

DVD 帶有區碼，告訴您在世界上的哪些地區才可允許播放這片 DVD。如果您電腦的 DVD 播放器的區域，和您嘗試要播放的 DVD 的區域不符，就無法播放這片 DVD。舉例來說，如果您有一台地區 1 的 DVD 播放器，您只被允許播放來自北美洲的 DVD。

更改您 DVD 播放器的地區通常可行，但這個動作只能做個幾次，之後該播放器就會永久鎖定至單一區域。若要更改您電腦上 DVD 播放器的區碼，就使用 regionset。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/power-hotcomputer.page0000644000373100047300000000501112320733364026727 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 電腦通常會變暖，但如果它們變得很燙就會過熱，可能會造成損壞。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 我的電腦變得非常熱

大多數電腦在使用一段時間後會變暖，而某些電腦會變得很熱。這個現象很正常：這只是電腦要冷卻自己的一個方式。不過要是您的電腦變得太熱，可能就是機器過熱的預兆，可能會造成潛在性的傷害。

多數筆記型電腦在您使用一段時間後會變暖。一般來說並不需要擔心 —— 電腦會製造大量的熱，而筆記型電腦的動作又很緊湊，所以它們需要快速移除它們的熱，結果就讓外殼熱起來了。但某些筆電會變得太燙，用起來很不舒服。這一般是冷卻系統設計不良所造成的。有時間您可以拿一些額外的冷卻配件，搭在筆記型電腦的底部，可以提供更有效率的冷卻。

如果您發現您的桌上型電腦很燙，無法觸摸，代表它的冷卻可能不夠。如果是的話，您可以購買額外的冷卻風扇，或是檢查冷卻風扇和排氣口是不是被灰塵還是其他堵塞物堵住。您或許可以考慮把電腦放在通風更好的地方 —— 如果電腦放在密閉處（像是在櫥櫃內），電腦的冷卻系統可能無法移除熱能，吸入冷空氣的速度也不夠快。

有些人會擔心使用很熱的筆記型電腦會有健康風險。有一說是長時間在膝蓋上使用熱筆電可能會降低（男性的）生殖能力，也有發生輕微灼傷的案例出現（在極端情況下）。如果您很在意這些潛在問題的話，可以向醫療人員諮詢相關建議。當然您也可以選擇不要把筆記型電腦放在您的膝蓋上。

現在大多數電腦在它們變得很熱時，會自動關機以避免自己損毀。如果您的電腦一直會自己關機，或許就是因為這個原因。如果您的電腦有過熱的情況，您可能需要把它拿去維修。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/a11y.page0000644000373100047300000000525412320733364024010 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Seeing, hearing, mobility, braille… 無障礙功能

The Unity desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the Universal Access section of System Settings.

The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility menu in the top bar.

視覺障礙 失明 低視力 色盲 其他主題
聽覺障礙
行動障礙 滑鼠移動 點擊與拖曳 鍵盤使用 其他主題
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/backup-what.page0000644000373100047300000000456012320733364025442 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 萬一發生什麼差錯，哪些檔案您無法忍受遺失？將它們都備份起來吧。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 該備份什麼？

您最重要的檔案，還有那些很難重建的檔案，都應當優先備份。下面有個例子，其重要程度的排列順序為遞減：

您的個人資料

這可能包含了文件、試算表、郵件、日曆行程、財務資料、和家人的照片，或是任何您認為無可取代的個人資料。

 您的個人設定值

這裡包括您對桌面所作的變更，例如色彩、背景、螢幕解析度、滑鼠設定等。還包括應用程式的偏好設定，像是 LibreOffice、您的音樂播放器和郵件程式。它們可被取代，但可能要花上一段時間來重建它們。

 系統設定值

大多數人並不會動過那些安裝時建立的系統設定值，但如果基於原因，您有為系統客製化，或是您將電腦作為伺服器使用，那麼您應該會希望將這些設定值備份起來。

 已安裝軟體

雖然經過一場嚴重的電腦問題，您使用的軟體通常只需重新安裝就可以快速還原。

一般來說，您會想要備份那些無可取代的檔案，以及若無備份得花很長時間恢復的檔案。若某些東西可以很容易取代掉，從另一個角度來看，您不會想要浪費磁碟空間為它們備份。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/accounts-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000324112320733364026341 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Remove online account services Remove an account

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

Select Online Accounts.

From the left windowpane, select the account you wish to remove.

Click the Remove Account button in the lower-right portion of the window.

Removing the selection from Online Accounts in no way affects the account from your service provider.

點擊移除。

Instead of deleting the account completely, you can restrict the service from being accessed by your desktop.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/unity-hud-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000404712320733364026313 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 使用 HUD 來搜尋您所使用程式的選單。 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com 什麼是 HUD？

The HUD or Heads Up Display is a search-based alternative to traditional menus and was introduced in Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.

某些應用程式，想是 Gimp、Inkscape，它們有數百個選單項目。如果您有在使用類似的程式，可能會記得某個選單項目的名稱，但您卻忘記要怎麼從選單中找出它來。

Using a search box can be quite a bit faster than navigating extended menu hierarchies. The HUD also can be more accessible than normal menus as some people are unable to precisely control a mouse pointer.

使用 HUD

To try the HUD:

按 Alt 就可以開啟 HUD 了。

開始打字。

When you see a result that you want to run, use the up and down keys to select the result, then press Enter, or click your desired search result.

If you change your mind and want to exit the HUD, tap the Alt again or the Esc. You can also click anywhere outside the HUD to close the HUD.

HUD 會追蹤您的搜尋歷史記錄，並調整搜尋結果，您使用它越多次，它就會變得更實用喔！

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/color-whatisprofile.page0000644000373100047300000000250512320733364027225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 顏色設定組合就是一份基本的檔案，用來表示顏色空間或是裝置回應。 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com 什麼是顏色設定組合？

顏色設定組合是一組資料，它描繪了裝置（如投影機）或是顏色空間（如 sRGB）。

大多數顏色設定組合會以 ICC 設定組合的形式出現，通常它們是副檔名為 .ICC 或 .ICM 的小檔案。

顏色設定組合可以被嵌帶進圖像中，用來指定資料的色域範圍。這樣就能確保使用者在不同的裝置上可以看到相同的顏色。

每個處理顏色的裝置應該會有自己的 ICC 設定組合，如果有達成條件，系統會提示有點對點顏色管理流程。如果有這種類型的工作流程，就可以確定顏色不會被遺漏、改動。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/display-lock.page0000644000373100047300000000354012320733364025624 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 避免有其他人在您離開電腦時動到您的桌面。 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 自動鎖定您的螢幕

在您離開您的電腦時，應該要將螢幕鎖定，避免有其他人偷用您的桌面並存取您的檔案。電腦會維持您的登入狀態，您的所有應用程式也會繼續執行，但您必須要輸入您的密碼才能繼續使用電腦。您可以手動鎖定螢幕，不過要讓螢幕自動鎖定也是可以的。

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

Select Brightness & Lock.

確認鎖定開關已經開啟，接著從下面的下拉清單內選擇一個逾時時間。如果電腦在這段期間內沒有任何動靜，螢幕就會自動鎖上。您也可以選擇螢幕關閉，當螢幕自動關閉時也會自動鎖定。螢幕關閉的時間可由上面的下拉選單（當不活動多久後關閉螢幕）控制。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/unity-menubar-intro.page0000644000373100047300000001271412320733364027164 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. Ubuntu 文件團隊 Manage apps & settings with the menu bar

The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. It contains the window management buttons, the app menus, and the status menus.

Window management buttons

The window management buttons are on the top left corner of windows. When maximized, the buttons are in the top left of the screen. Click the buttons to close, minimize, maximize or restore windows.

App menus

The app menus are by default located to the right of the window management buttons. Unity hides the app menus and the window management buttons unless you move your mouse pointer to the top left of the screen or press AltF10. This feature enables you to see more of your content at once, which is especially valuable on small screens like netbooks.

If you want, you can change the default behavior, and have your menus attached to the window title bar of respective application instead of the menu bar.

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the Behavior tab.

Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's title bar.
Status menus

Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status menus are a convenient place where you can check and modify the state of your computer and applications.

List of status menus and what they do

網路選單 網路斷線圖示

連接至有線、無線、行動和 VPN 網路。

Input source menu Input source icon

Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources.

藍牙選單 藍牙圖示

使用藍牙傳送或接收檔案。若沒有偵測到支援的藍牙裝置，該選單會被隱藏。

訊息選單 訊息圖示

簡單地啟動傳訊程式（包括郵件、社群網路和網路聊天程式），並接收新傳來的通知。

電池選單 電池圖示

檢查筆記型電腦地電池的電量狀態。若沒有偵測到電池，該選單會被隱藏。

音效選單 音量圖示

設定音量，調整聲音設定值，並控制媒體播放器（如 Rhythmbox ）。

時鐘

Access the current time and date. Appointments from your Evolution calendar can also display here.

系統選單 電源按鈕圖示

Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, suspend, restart or shutdown your computer.

某些指示器選單所用的圖示，會根據該程式的狀態而有變化。

其他程式，像是 Tomboy 或 Transmission，也會將指示器選單加在面板上。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-wrongnetwork.page0000644000373100047300000000307312320733364026564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com 編輯您的連線設定值，並移除不想要的連線選項。 我的電腦連錯網路了

當您將電腦開機，或是移動到不同的位置時，您的電腦會自動嘗試連線到以前曾連線過的無線網路。如果它每次都會嘗試連到錯誤的網路（也就是說，該網路不是您要連接的），就做以下的動作：

點擊選單列上的網路選單，選擇編輯連線。

前往無線網路分頁，找出您不想要保持連線的網路。

單擊該網路來選擇它，並點擊刪除。您的電腦就不會再嘗試去連接它了。

如果您之後想要連線到您剛剛刪除的網路，在您點擊選單列上的網路選單時，會出現無線網路清單，在清單內選擇它即可 ―― 就跟您連線到其他任何無線網路一樣。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/clock-calendar.page0000644000373100047300000000460212320733364026073 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 在螢幕上方的日曆顯示您的行程。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Calendar appointments

如果您有在使用 Evolution 這套郵件與行事曆程式，只要點擊面板上的時鐘，就可以組織您的日曆行程。

如果您已經設定好 Evolution，點擊選單列上的時鐘，接著點擊加入活動，便可以開始新增行程。加入的行程在您點擊時鐘時，會出現在日曆下方。

若要快速的進入完整的 Evolution 行事曆，點擊時鐘後，再點選第一列，也就是今天的日期。

只有在您已經有 Evolution 帳號的情況下才會運作。否則就會出現一個視窗，要求通過幾項步驟來新增您的第一個帳號。
關閉與 Evolution 行事曆的整合

若您要的話，也可以關閉這項功能。

點擊時鐘，選擇時間與日期設定值。

現在切換至時鐘分頁。

取消勾選接下來的事件 (來自 Evolution 行事曆)。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/color-whyimportant.page0000644000373100047300000000646312320733364027121 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 對設計師、攝影師和藝術家來說，顏色管理是很重要的。 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com 為什麼顏色管理很重要？

顏色管理是用輸入裝置抓取顏色、在螢幕上顯示顏色，以及列印的過程，也全程附上每個媒介的真實顏色和顏色範圍的管理。

為什麼需要顏色管理？下面有一張冬天結霜時一隻鳥兒的圖片，拿這張來解釋或許會最好。

從相機的取景器看到結霜牆上的鳥兒。

以一般過飽和的藍色色頻顯示，讓圖像呈現冷色溫。

這是從一般商用筆記型電腦的螢幕上看到的結果

請注意，這裡白色並非「紙張白」，眼睛的黑色並非泥褐色。

這是用一般噴墨式印表機列印出來的結果

在這裡，我們所碰到的基本問題是，每台裝置有能力處理的顏色範圍並不相同。也就是說，您或許可以拍出電藍色的照片，但大多數印表機並沒有能力將它重製出來。

大多數影像裝置會以 RGB（紅、綠、藍）抓取，需要轉換成 CMYK (青、洋紅、黃、黑）才能列印。另外一個問題是，不可能有白色的墨水，也就是說白色的程度最多只會跟紙張顏色一樣。

單位也是一個問題。如果不先指定顏色測量的尺度，那麼 100% 的紅色，到底是接近紅外光呢？還是只是印表機裡面最深的紅色墨水？某一台顯示器上的 50% 紅，可能是另一台顯示器上的 62% 紅。這就跟告訴其他人說：「我剛才開了 7 單位距離」，沒有單位的話，您不知道到底是 7 公里還是 7 公尺。

在顏色裡我們所採用的單位是「色域」。色域本質上就是可重製的顏色範圍。超高色域的裝置如 DSLR 相機，可以捕捉到傍晚時候的所有顏色，但如果是色域窄的投影機，得到的顏色看起來就像快要「褪色」了一般。

在某些情況下，我們可以更改傳送到裝置的資料來修正裝置的輸出，但是在其他無法辦到的狀況（列印電藍色是天方夜譚），我們就需要向使用者顯示將會呈現的結果。

就照相來說，使用全色調範圍的顏色裝置很合乎道理，因為顏色的變化必須要平緩才行。其他圖形可能就會要求顏色準確。這很重要，假如您要印製一份客制的馬克杯，上面有紅帽公司的標誌，那麼就必須是貨真價實的紅色帽子頭才行。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/files-disc-write.page0000644000373100047300000000644512320733364026412 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 使用 CD/DVD 燒錄機，將檔案、文件放入空白 CD 或 DVD。 寫入檔案至 CD 或 DVD

您可以使用 CD/DVD 製作程式將檔案放入空白光碟。在您放入 CD 到您的 CD/DVD 燒錄機之後，檔案管理員內就會出現建立 CD 或 DVD 的選項。若要將檔案傳至其他電腦，或是執行備份作業，就在檔案管理員內將檔案放入空白光碟內即可。若要將檔案寫入至 CD 或 DVD：

將一片空白光碟放入您的 CD/DVD 光碟燒錄機。

當空白 CD/DVD-R 光碟視窗出現時，選擇 CD/DVD 製作程式後點擊確定。接著會開啟 CD/DVD 製作程式資料夾視窗。

（您也可以點擊檔案管理員側邊欄內，裝置底下的空白 CD/DVD-R 光碟。）

在光碟名稱欄位內輸入該光碟所用的名稱。

將需要的檔案拖曳或複製到視窗內。

點擊寫入光碟。

在選擇要寫入的目標光碟下，選擇空白光碟。

（您也可以選擇映像檔案來替代。檔案將會被放在一份光碟映像檔案內，這份檔案會存在您的電腦上。您之後可以將該映像檔燒錄至空白光碟內。）

如果您想要調整燒錄速度、暫存檔位置和其他選項，點擊屬性。預設的選項應該足以應付燒錄工作。

點擊燒錄按鈕後就會開始進行錄製。

如果選擇的是燒錄多個複本，將會提示您加入其他光碟。

當光碟燒錄結束後，將會自動退出光碟。選擇製作更多複本或是關閉離開。

若需要更為進階的 CD/DVD 燒錄專案，試試 Brasero。

For help with using Brasero, read the user guide.
如果光碟沒有燒錄成功

有時候，電腦沒有正確記錄資料，當您將光碟插入電腦時，就無法看到您放在裡面的檔案。

在這種情況下，試著用較小的速度再燒錄一次，假設上次用 48x，這次就用 12x。以較慢速度來燒錄會更可靠。您可以在 CD/DVD 製作程式視窗內點擊屬性按鈕，接著選擇速度。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/files-select.page0000644000373100047300000000414612320733364025613 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 按 CtrlS，將名稱相似的檔案都選擇起來。 以字串樣式選擇檔案

您可以用檔案名稱的一些特徵，在資料夾內選取數份檔案。按 CtrlS 叫出選擇項目比對視窗。接著輸入一條字串樣式，通常為檔案名稱加上萬用字元。有兩種萬用字元可以在這裡使用：

* 代表任意數量的任意字元，即使沒有任何字元也可以。

? 代表一個任意字元。

舉例來說：

如果您有一份 OpenDocument 文字檔案、一份 PDF 檔案以及一張圖片，它們的名稱內都有 Invoice 這個字詞的話，使用下面的字串樣式將它們三個都選取起來：

Invoice.*

如果您有幾張照片，它們的命名方式如下：Vacation-001.jpg、Vacation-002.jpg、Vacation-003.jpg...就以下面的字串樣式將它們全部選取：

Vacation-???.jpg

同上，您擁有數張 Vacation 照片，但您曾經編輯過其中某些照片，並在這些照片的名稱結尾加上 -edited 的話，用以下的字串樣式選取編輯過的照片：

Vacation-???-edited.jpg

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/printing-cancel-job.page0000644000373100047300000000601512320733364027056 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 取消待執行的列印工作，並將它從佇列中移除。 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Cancel, pause or release a print job

You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the printer settings.

取消列印工作

If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so that you do not need to waste any ink or paper.

How to cancel a print job:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog.

Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the play-pause-stop symbols.

If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the Cancel button on your printer.

要是沒辦法將這個列印工作取消，特別是那些會用掉一堆紙張的列印工作，最後手段就是將印表機紙匣內的紙張全部移走。印表機應該會發現沒有紙張而停止列印。接著您可以再試著將列印工作取消掉，或者，將印表機關機後再開機。

在移開紙張時請小心，不要把印表機弄壞了。如果紙張需要用很大的力氣才拿得開的話，把它留在原處會比較好。
Pause and release a print job

If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog and either pause or release the print job based on your needs.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000537112320733364027010 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 您可以控制什麼程式可以存取網路。這可以保持您電腦的安全。 Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com 啟用或封鎖防火牆存取

Ubuntu 在安裝時已經帶有不複雜的防火牆（ufw），但防火牆預設不會被啟用。因為 Ubuntu 預設的安裝並不會開啟任何網路服務（基本的網路架構除外），並不需要防火牆來封鎖可能侵入的有害連線。

更多有關如何使用 ufw 的資訊，請參閱線上文件。

開啟、關閉防火牆

若要開啟防火牆，在終端機內輸入 sudo ufw enable。若要將 ufw 關閉，就輸入 sudo ufw disable。

允許或封鎖特定網路活動

許多程式本身會提供網路服務。舉例來說，您可以分享內容，或是讓其他人遠端檢視您的桌面。根據您所安裝的額外程式，您或許需要調整防火牆，才能讓這些服務能夠正常運作。UfW 已經預先設置了一些規則，例如要允許 SSH 連線的話，在終端機內輸入 sudo ufw allow ssh。若要封鎖 ssh，則輸入 sudo ufw block ssh。

每個提供服務的程式，都會使用特定的網路連接埠。若要啟用程式服務的存取，得需要讓防火牆允許該特定連接埠可被存取。若要允許，就在終端機內輸入 sudo ufw allow 53。要封鎖連接埠 53，就輸入 sudo ufw block 53。

若要檢查 ufw 的目前狀態，在終端機內輸入 sudo ufw status。

不在終端機上來使用 ufw

如果您要在不使用終端機的情況下設定防火牆，也可以安裝 gufw。點擊此連結來安裝。

您可以在 Dash 搜尋防火牆設定來啟動程式。防火牆會自己運作，不需讓程式保持開啟狀態。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/whats-new.page0000644000373100047300000000645412320733364025155 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improvements in the latest version of Ubuntu. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Ubuntu 文件團隊 ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What's new in Ubuntu 14.04?

Ubuntu 14.04 LTS continues the evolution of the Unity interface. Below are a few highlights of changes since Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.

New and improved features

The menus of the currently focused application are by default available in Ubuntu's integrated menu bar. However, if you want you can switch to the conventional style and show the app menus in the window title bar of respective application instead (this latter option is new since Ubuntu 13.10).

Support added for scaling Unity on a per-monitor basis, which allows for a better experience on high-DPI displays. Similar scaling support is also available in LibreOffice and Chromium.

Improved look and style including rounded window decorations, a new interface for screen unlock, and other tweaks to the theme.

The integrated Text Entry interface and the related input source status menu are designed to set both keyboard layout and IBus input methods.

A number of improvements have been made to the Dash:

The Dash may now search dozens of different online sources simultaneously. The Internet-based searches may be disabled.

The Dash search results may be filtered by category and source..

Right-clicking on a search result in the Dash will display a full-screen preview with more information.

Use the photos lens to view photos from your computer or from your social networks.

Add or remove scopes from the Dash to customize your experience.

Browse messages from your social networks with the new Friends scope.

Enter your credentials in Online Accounts to easily set up online integration for the Dash, Empathy, and more.

Keep track of contact information for your friends and colleagues with Contacts, your personal address book.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/files-sort.page0000644000373100047300000000700212320733364025315 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 將檔案以名稱、大小、類型或修改時間排列。 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 排列檔案與資料夾

You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file size. See below for a list of common ways to sort files. See for information on how to change the default sort order.

The way that you can sort files depends on the folder view that you are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in the toolbar.

圖示檢視

To sort files in a different order, click the down button in the toolbar and choose By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date.

As an example, if you select By Name, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical order. See for other options.

You can sort in the reverse order by selecting Reversed Order from the pull-down menu.

清單檢視

若要用不同的排序方式來排列檔案，點擊檔案管理員內其中一個欄位開頭。例如，點擊類型，就會以檔案類型來排列。再點擊欄位開頭一次，會以相反順序排列。

In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click the down button in the toolbar, pick Visible Columns and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those columns. See for descriptions of available columns.

排列檔案的方式 依名稱

依照檔案名稱的字母順序排列檔案。

 依大小

依照檔案的大小（佔用了多少磁碟空間）來排列。預設從小到大。

 依類型

依照檔案類型與字母順序排列。相同類型的檔案會一起排列，接著才依照名稱排列。

 依修改日期

依照檔案上一次的更改日期與時間來排列。預設從舊到新。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/clock-more-info.page0000644000373100047300000000347112320733364026220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 選擇是否顯示其他資訊，像是日期、星期幾等。 Ubuntu 文件專案 ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com 改變時鐘顯示的資訊多寡

預設 Ubuntu 只會在時鐘內顯示時間。您可以設定時鐘，並選擇讓它顯示什麼額外資訊。

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings. Switch to the Clock tab. Select the time and date options you want to display.

您也可以將整個時鐘關掉，只要取消勾選在選單列內顯示時鐘。

若您之後改變心意，可以再將時鐘弄回來：點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。在「系統」區域內，點擊時間與日期。
改變時間格式

您也可以改變時鐘的日期格式，以符合您的地方所使用的標準。

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

在「個人」區域內，點擊語言支援。

切換至區域格式分頁。

在下拉式選單內選擇您要的位置。

You will need to log out and log back in for this change to take effect.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/tips-specialchars.page0000644000373100047300000000553112320733364026651 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu 文件團隊 打出不在鍵盤上的字元，如外國字母、數學符號和雜錦字。 輸入特殊字元

世界上多數書寫系統所用的數千種字元，很多並沒有出現在鍵盤上，但您還是可以檢視、輸入它們。本頁將列出幾種輸入特殊字元的方式。

輸入字元的方法
字元對應表

GNOME 下有一個字元對應表程式，您可以使用它瀏覽萬國碼裡面的全部字元。用字元對應表找出您要的字元，並複製貼上至您所需的地方。

You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more information on the character map, see the Character Map Manual.

編碼位置

只要有字元的編碼位置（數值）加上一個鍵盤，就可以輸入任何萬國碼內的字元。每個字元都被分到一個四字元的編碼位置，以做為識別。若要尋找某個字元的編碼位置，到「字元對應表」程式下找出該字元，切換至字元詳細資料分頁後，檢查狀態列。U+ 後面的四個字元，即為該字元的編碼位置。

若要以編碼位置輸入字元，首先按住 Ctrl 和 Shift 不放，輸入 u 以及後面的四個字元（編碼位置），接著將 Ctrl 和 Shift 放開。如果您常使用某些字元，但它們無法輕易地用其他方式取得，記住那些字元的編碼位置會很有用，還可以快速地輸入它們。

Input sources

You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between different input sources using an icon in the menu bar. To learn how, see .

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/power-suspendfail.page0000644000373100047300000000724112320733365026703 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 某些電腦硬體在暫停或休眠時會發生問題。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 為什麼我的電腦在暫停後沒辦法叫回來？

如果您讓您的電腦暫停或休眠，之後試著要恢復或將它開機時，可能會發現它沒有跟您預期一樣作用。這可能是暫停和休眠功能並未被您的硬體正確支援。

我的電腦在暫停中，無法恢復

在您暫停您的電腦後，接著按一個鍵或是點擊滑鼠，電腦應該就會被喚醒，並顯示一個視窗詢問您的密碼。如果沒有發生，試著按下電源鍵（不要按住不放，只需按一次即可）。

如果這樣還是沒用，確認您的電腦顯示器有開著，並再次按鍵盤上任何一鍵。

最後手段就是按住電源鍵 5-10 秒，將電腦關機，但做這個動作會讓您損失所有未儲存的工作。不過您現在應該可以將電腦開機了。

要是您每次暫停電腦後都會發生這種狀況，代表暫停功能可能無法在您的硬體上作用。

如果您的電腦喪失電力，且沒有替代電源供應（如工作電池）的話，它就會關機。
當我再次啟動電腦後，我的程式/文件沒有一個是打開的

在您讓電腦休眠，之後再啟動電腦時，若您的文件或程式沒有一個是打開的話，可能是電腦沒有正確休眠。有時候這是因為某個小問題，電腦在下次您要休眠時就會正常了。也有可能是您已經做了軟體升級，需要電腦重新啟動，這種情況下電腦可能就會關機，而非休眠。

或者，可能的原因是硬體無法正確支援休眠的功能，因此電腦沒有辦法休眠。其中一個可能是硬體的 Linux 驅動程式的問題。您可以做個測試：做第二次休眠，看能不能運作。如果沒有的話，或許就是您電腦的驅動程式問題。

當我喚醒電腦時，我的無線網路連線（或其他硬體）沒有作用

If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device doesn't work properly. This could be because the device's driver doesn't properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a problem with the driver and not the device itself.

如果裝置上面有電源開關，試著關掉重開一次。多數情況下，裝置就會開始運作了。如果裝置有用 USB 線或是類似的東西連接，將裝置拔除後再插回一次，看可不可以運作。

若您無法關掉/拔除裝置，您可能需要重新啟動您的電腦，才能讓裝置重新開始運作。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/documents-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000155612320733365026711 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhill@src.gnome.org 2012 Documents displays a number of popular document types. Formats supported

Documents displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats supported by Document Viewer (Evince), Microsoft Office, LibreOffice and Google Docs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/music-cantplay-drm.page0000644000373100047300000000367212320733365026751 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 可能是還沒安裝歌曲檔案格式的支援，或是該歌曲被「防拷保護」。 我在線上音樂商店購買的歌曲無法播放

如果您有從線上商店下載過一些音樂，特別是那些在 Windows 或 Mac OS X 電腦上購買後再複製過來的音樂，它們可能沒辦法在您的電腦上播放。

可能是您的電腦無法辨識出音樂的格式。若要播放音樂，您需要安裝正確的音效格式支援 —— 舉例來說，若您想要播放 MP3 檔案，就需要安裝 MP3 支援。如果您沒有該音效格式的支援檔案，在您嘗試播放歌曲的時候應該會看到一個提示訊息。此訊息也會提供安裝支援的步驟，完成之後您就可以播放歌曲了。

如果您已經安裝好歌曲的檔案格式支援，但仍然無法播放它的話，可能這首歌曲已經被防拷保護（另一種說法是 DRM 限制）。DRM 是一種限制播放人與機器的作法。可以控制 DRM 的只有販售歌曲給您的公司，您無法作主。如果有一份音樂檔案內含 DRM 限制，您或許會無法播放它 —— 通常您需要從廠商那邊拿到特殊的軟體，才能夠播放被 DRM 限制的檔案，但是這類軟體通常無法適用於 Linux 。

您可以到電子前線基金會（Electronic Frontier Foundation）的網站，進一步了解 DRM。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/files-open.page0000644000373100047300000000564412320733365025302 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 使用非檔案類型所預設的應用程式開啟檔案。您也可以更改預設程式。 Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 用其他程式開啟檔案

當您在檔案管理員內雙擊檔案時，會開啟該檔案類型的預設程式。您可以用不同的程式來開啟、線上搜尋應用程式、或是為所有相同類型的檔案設定預設程式。

若要用非預設的程式開啟檔案，在該檔案上點下右鍵，在選單頂部選擇您要的應用程式。如果沒有看到想要的程式，點擊以其他應用程式開啟。檔案管理員預設只會顯示就它所知可處理該檔案的應用程式。若要檢視電腦內的所有程式，點擊顯示其他的應用程式。

如果您仍然沒有找到想要的應用程式，點擊線上尋找應用程式來搜尋更多應用程式。檔案管理員將會在網路上搜尋可處理該類型檔案的已知程式套件。

改變預設程式

您可以改變用來開啟該檔案類型的預設程式。這樣一來，當您雙擊檔案時，就可以用您喜歡的應用程式來開啟。例如，當您雙擊一份 MP3 檔案，就會用您喜歡的音樂播放器來開啟它。

選擇您要改變預設程式的檔案類型。例如，若要改變 MP3 的預設開啟程式，就選擇一份 .mp3 檔案。

右鍵點擊該檔案，選擇屬性。

選擇以此開啟分頁。

選擇您要的應用程式，點擊設為預設值。檔案管理員預設只會顯示就它所知可處理檔案的應用程式。若要檢視電腦內的所有程式，點擊顯示其他的應用程式。

如果其他的應用程式有包含您有時想要使用的應用程式，但不想讓它成為預設值的話，選擇該應用程式後，點擊加入。它會被加入到建議的應用程式。之後您就可以右鍵點擊檔案，從清單內選擇這個應用程式使用了。

改變預設程式不是只影響到所選擇的檔案，而是所有相同類型的檔案。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/documents-info.page0000644000373100047300000000420712320733365026165 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 See a document's name, location, date modified, or type. Find information about documents

When a document is created, it comes with metadata. Documents displays the following metadata for each document:

Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;

Source: the path of the folder containing the document;

Date Modified;

Type: the file format of the document.

To see a document's properties:

Click the Check button to switch to selection mode.

Select a document.

Click the Properties button at the right end of the button bar.

Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, preventing access to their metadata or content.

Files does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to create the document (e.g. LibreOffice or Adobe Acrobat ).

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/backup-where.page0000644000373100047300000000426212320733365025611 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 有關備份存放位置，以及該使用哪一類儲存裝置的建議。 c GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 要將備份存到哪裡？

您應該將備份出來的複製檔，存放至您的電腦以外的地方，例如外接硬碟。這樣如果您的電腦故障了，也不會影響到備份。若要讓安全性達到最高，不要將備份檔和電腦存放在同一棟建築物內。要是發生火災或是竊盜，一起存放的兩份檔案可能會全部遺失。

It is important to choose an appropriate backup medium, too. You need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for all of the backed-up files.

本地與遠端儲存的選擇

USB 隨身碟（低容量）

可寫入 CD 或是 DVD（低/中容量）

外接硬碟（通常為高容量）

內接硬碟（高容量）

網路硬碟（高容量）

檔案/備份伺服器（高容量）

Online backup service (Amazon S3, for example; capacity depends on price)

Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of every file on your system, which is also known as a complete system backup.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/files-rename.page0000644000373100047300000001027712320733365025606 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 改變檔案或資料夾名稱。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 重新命名檔案或資料夾

您可以使用檔案管理員來改變檔案或資料夾的名稱。

若要重新命名檔案或資料夾：

在項目上點擊右鍵，選擇重新命名，或是選擇檔案後按下 F2。

輸入新的名稱後按 Enter。

您也可以從屬性視窗重新命名檔案。

當您要重新命名檔案時，只會選取前面部分的檔案名稱，副檔名（在「.」之後的部分）則無。副檔名，又稱擴展名，正常情況下用來表示檔案的類型為何（例如 file.pdf 是一份 PDF 文件），您通常應不會想去動它。如果您也需要更改副檔名，就將整個檔案名稱選擇起來，接著改變它。

If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the toolbar and select Undo to restore the former name.
檔案命名的有效字元

為檔案命名時，您可以使用任何一個字元，但 /（斜線）除外。不過某些裝置所使用的檔案系統，在檔案命名上有更多限制。因此最好的方式，是避免在您的檔名中使用以下的字元：|、\、?、*、<、"、:、>、/。

如果您為檔案命名，第一個字元是 . 的話，當您要在檔案管理員內檢視該檔案時，它將會被隱藏起來。
常見問題 檔名已被使用

在相同的資料夾下，您無法擁有兩個同名的檔案/資料夾。如果您嘗試要命名成該資料夾下已有的名稱，檔案管理員是不會允許的。

檔案和資料夾的名稱有分大小寫，因此這個檔名 File.txt 和 FILE.txt 並不一樣。使用如上這組不同的檔名可以被允許，但不建議這麼做。

 檔案名稱太長

On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (e.g., /home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… ), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible.

 重新命名的選項變成灰色，無法使用

如果重新命名變成灰階，代表您沒有權限去重新命名這個檔案。某些受保護的檔案若被重新命名，可能會讓您的系統變得不穩定。在您重新命名這種檔案時，應當小心謹慎。更多資訊請參閱：。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/addremove-sources.page0000644000373100047300000000607012320733365026662 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu 文件團隊 加入其他套件庫，擴展 Ubuntu 用來安裝、更新程式的軟體來源。 加入其他軟體來源

跟預設的 Ubuntu 軟體套件庫一樣，軟體也可以從第三方來源中取得。若您想要從第三方軟體套件庫安裝軟體，您必須將它加入 Ubuntu 的可用套件庫清單。

只加入那些您信任來源的軟體套件庫！

第三方軟體套件庫的安全度與信賴度並沒有經過 Ubuntu 成員們的檢查，裡面可能含有對您電腦有害的軟體。

 安裝其他套件庫

點擊啟動器內的 Ubuntu 軟體中心圖示，或是用 Dash 的搜尋列搜尋「軟體中心」。

When the Software Center launches, click Edit Software Sources

您會被要求輸入密碼。完成以後切換至其他軟體分頁。

點擊添加並輸入套件庫的 APT 來源列。APT 來源列應可以從套件庫網站中取得，且應該長得像這樣：

deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ trusty main

點擊添加來源，接著關閉軟體來源視窗。Ubuntu 軟體中心將會檢查您的軟體來源是否有新的更新。
啟用 Canonical 夥伴套件庫

Canonical 夥伴套件庫提供了一些專有應用程式，安裝它們不必花費任何金錢，但它們是閉源軟體。這些軟體包括 Skype、Adobe Reader 以及 Adobe Flash 外掛程式。在該套件庫下的軟體會出現在 Ubuntu 軟體中心的搜尋結果內，但如果沒有啟用該套件庫是無法安裝它們的。

若要啟用該套件庫，依照上面的步驟進行，直到開啟軟體來源的其它軟體為止。如果您在清單內看見 Canonical 夥伴這個套件庫，確認它是否有被勾選後，關閉軟體來源視窗。如果您沒看見它，點擊添加並輸入：

deb http://archive.canonical.com/ubuntu trusty partner

點擊添加來源，接著關閉軟體來源視窗。稍待一會兒，讓 Ubuntu 軟體中心下載套件庫資訊。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/music-player-ipodtransfer.page0000644000373100047300000000401512320733365030340 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 使用媒體播放器複製歌曲，之後將 iPod 安全移除。 我已經把歌曲複製到我的 iPod 內，可是 iPod 沒有顯示它們

當您把 iPod 插入電腦時，它會出現在音樂播放程式內，以及檔案管理員（啟動器內的檔案程式）。若要複製歌曲到 iPod 上，您必須使用音樂播放器 —— 用檔案管理員複製歌曲是沒有用的，因為沒辦法把它們放在正確的位置。iPod 有一個用來存放歌曲的特殊位置，這個地方只有音樂播放器程式知道，檔案管理員則否。

您也需要耐心的等候，等到所有歌曲都完全複製到 iPod 後，才可以將它拔除。在拔除 iPod 前，請確定您已經將它安全移除。做了這個步驟，可以確定所有歌曲都已確實地複製過來。

A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the music player application you're using does not support converting the songs from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis (.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software (also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the software installer for an appropriate codec.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-antivirus.page0000644000373100047300000000341312320733365026041 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 在 Linux 下活躍的病毒很少，所以您不太需要用到防毒軟體。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu 文件團隊 我需要防毒軟體嗎？

如果您有使用 Windows 或 Mac OS 的經驗，可能會覺得裝一套防毒軟體隨時待命是一件很稀鬆平常的事。防毒軟體會在背景執行，不斷地檢查有沒有電腦病毒鑽進您的電腦來製造麻煩。

在 Linux 下的確有防毒軟體，但您可能不會需要用到。現在可以影響 Linux 的病毒依然十分稀少。有些人的看法是，Linux 並沒有像其他作業系統一樣廣泛的使用，因此不會有人會為 Linux 寫病毒；也有人認為 Linux 本質上就比較安全，而病毒可以利用的安全性問題也很快就會被修復。

無論原因為何，Linux 病毒的數量十分稀少，因此目前您並不需要擔心會不會中毒。

如果您想要讓電腦更加安全，或是您有和 Windows 和 Mac OS 的使用者互傳檔案，想要檢查裡面有沒有病毒的話，還是可以安裝防毒軟體。檢查一下 Ubuntu 軟體中心，裡面有一些防毒應用程式可以使用。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-security.page0000644000373100047300000000126112320733365025663 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Antivirus software, basic firewalls… Ubuntu 文件團隊 在網路上保持安全 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000155212320733365024352 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 設定值 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Keyboard, mouse, display, languages, user accounts… 使用者與系統設定值 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/files-browse.page0000644000373100047300000000616512320733365025641 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 使用檔案瀏覽器來管理、組織檔案。 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu 文件團隊 瀏覽檔案與資料夾

Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares.

To start the file manager, open Files in the Launcher. You can also search for files and folders with the Dash in the same way you would search for applications. They will appear under the heading Files and Folders.

瀏覽資料夾的內容

In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window.

檔案和資料夾清單上方有一個路徑列，會顯示您正在檢視的資料夾，也包括其上頭的母資料夾。點擊路徑列上的母資料夾，就會跳至該資料夾。在路徑列上任一資料夾上點擊右鍵，可以選擇用新分頁或新視窗開啟、複製或移動資料夾、或是存取它的屬性。

If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search.

You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/files-removedrive.page0000644000373100047300000000524712320733365026667 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 退出、卸載 USB 隨身碟、CD、DVD 或其他裝置。 安全移除外接裝置

當您在使用外接式的儲存裝置（如 USB 隨身碟）時，在拔除它們前應該要先將它們安全移除。或許還有應用程式正在使用這個裝置，要是直接拔除，會有部分檔案遺失、損壞的風險。當您使用 CD、DVD 光碟時，也可以使用相同的步驟來退出碟片。

若要退出可移除式裝置：

開啟檔案管理員。

在側邊欄內找出裝置。在名稱旁邊應該會有一個小小的退出圖示。點擊這個退出圖示，即可安全移除或退出裝置。

或者，您可以在側邊欄內的裝置名稱上點擊右鍵，選擇退出。
安全移除正在使用的裝置

如果裝置內還有任何檔案仍然被應用程式開啟、使用的話，您便無法安全移除裝置。接著會有提示出現說「儲存區忙碌中」，並列出所有有開啟裝置內檔案的程式。等到您將裝置內所有檔案都關閉以後，才會自動將裝置安全移除。此時您就可以拔除或退出它。

如果您無法關閉其中某一個檔案，比如說使用該檔案的程式被鎖起來時，可以右鍵點擊儲存區忙碌中視窗內的檔案，選擇終止程序。整個遭鎖定的應用程式將會被強制關閉，該程式所開啟的其他檔案也會被跟著關閉。

You can also choose Eject Anyway to remove the device without closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those files open.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-slow.page0000644000373100047300000000602612320733365025004 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com 可能有其他東西正在下載、您的連線不佳，或是正值一日繁忙之時。 網路看起來很慢

覺得您正在使用的網路很慢嗎？讓網路變慢的原因有很多種。

試著關掉重開您的網路瀏覽器和網路。（這個動作會重新設置一堆可能會導致網路變慢的東西。）

正值一日繁忙之時

通常網路服務提供者會設定網路連線，讓網路可以在數個家戶間共享。即使您用自己的電話線或纜線來分開連線，電話交換內連至其餘網路的連線實際上可能也會共享。這種情況下，若您的鄰居們也跟您一樣在相同的時間使用網路，您就會注意到網路變慢了。在您的鄰居可能使用網路的時段，最有可能會碰到這種情況（例如晚上）。

一次下載太多東西

如果您、或是跟您一起使用的網路連線的其他人，正在利用連線一次下載數個檔案或是觀看影片的話，網路連線的速度可能會來不及跟上需求。在這種情況下，您就會覺得網路很慢了。

連線不可靠

某些網路連線並不可靠，特別是那些暫時性的或是位於高需求區域的連線。如果您正在一個繁忙的咖啡店或是會議中心，網路連線可能會太過繁忙、不太可靠。

低的無線網路訊號

如果您有連到無線網路 (wifi)，檢查選單列上的網路選單，看您的無線訊號是否良好。如果不是的話，網路會慢的原因可能就是您沒有很強的訊號。

使用的行動網路連線很慢

如果您發現正在使用的行動網路連線很慢，可能是您移動到訊號接受很差的地點。當這種情況發生時，網路連線會自動從快速的「行動寬頻」（如 3G）切換到更可靠但更慢的連線（如 GPRS）。

網路瀏覽器有問題

某些時候，網路瀏覽器會碰到一點問題，讓它們的速度變慢。原因可能有很多種：例如，您可能造訪了會讓瀏覽器載入困難的網站，或是您讓瀏覽器開了一段很長的時間。試著關閉所有瀏覽器視窗，再重新開啟瀏覽器，看有沒有什麼不同。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver-proprietary.page0000644000373100047300000000314112320733365030673 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 專有裝置驅動程式並無法自由使用，或者並非開放源碼。 Ubuntu 文件團隊 ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com 什麼是專有驅動程式？

大多數和您的電腦連接的裝置（硬體），在 Ubuntu 下應該可以正常運作。這類型的裝置都有開放源碼的驅動程式，它們可以被 Ubuntu 開發者修改，裡面若有任何問題也可以修復。

某些硬體並沒有開放源碼的驅動程式，通常是因為廠商並未釋出硬體的詳細規格，沒有那些資料就無法製作出驅動程式。這些裝置可以使用的功能會受到限制，甚至完全無法使用。

如果該裝置有專有驅動程式可以使用，您可以安裝它，讓裝置能夠正常運作，或是添加新的功能。例如，為某些顯示卡安裝專有驅動程式，可以讓您使用更多進階的視覺特效。

很多電腦的硬體，開源驅動程式都可以完全支援，因此並不需要任何專有驅動程式。

多數專有驅動程式的問題，Ubuntu 開發人員是無法修理的。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/power-lowpower.page0000644000373100047300000000360412320733365026243 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 讓電池完全放完電力，對它非常不好。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 為什麼我的電腦在電池到 10% 時會自己關機/暫停？

當電池的電量變得太低時，您的電腦就會自動暫停。它這麼做的原因是確保電池不會完全放電，因為這樣對電池很不好。而且，如果電池的電力用盡，電腦也不會有足夠的時間去關機。

You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, click the battery menu in the menu bar and select Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your applications and documents will not be saved when the computer turns off.

某些電腦在暫停的時候會出現問題，在您重新開機時可能無法恢復您開啟過的應用程式和文件。要是您在電腦暫停前沒有儲存工作，又出現這種狀況的話，您的心血可能就會遺失掉部分。不過您或許可以將暫停的問題給修復。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/backup-why.page0000644000373100047300000000242612320733365025306 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 為何備份？備份什麼？備份到哪裡？以及如何備份？ 備份 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 備份您的重要檔案

備份您的檔案，簡單來說，就是將檔案複製一份以供安全保存。這麼做可以因應原始檔案遺失/損壞而無法使用的狀況。若有遺失的狀況發生，用這些複製檔案就可以還原成原本的檔案。複製檔應該要放在和原始檔不同的裝置上。例如，您可以使用 USB 隨身碟、外接式硬碟、CD/DVD 或是異地服務。

備份檔案最好的方式，就是定期備份、（或許）將備份加個密，之後再存至異地服務。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/printing-inklevel.page0000644000373100047300000000321312320733365026670 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 檢查印表機的列印匣，裡面還有多少墨水/碳粉。 Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com 我想檢查印表機的墨水/碳粉量，要怎麼做呢？

檢查印表機內殘餘墨水/碳粉量的方式，得視印表機的製造商、型號，以及電腦內安裝的驅動與應用程式而定。

某些印表機有內建螢幕，會顯示墨水量和其他資訊。

HPLIP（HP Linux 影像與列印）這項專案提供了大部分 HP 印表機所適用的驅動程式與狀態工具。至於其他製造商，可能也會提供包含類似功能的專有驅動程式。

或者，您可以安裝一些應用程式來檢查、監控墨水量。Inkblot 可以顯示許多 HP、Epson 以及 Canon 印表機的墨水狀態。看看您的印表機有沒有在支援機型清單內。另外一個查看墨水量的程式，mktink，適用於 Epson 以及其他一些機型。

某些印表機對 Linux 的支援並不完善，也有某些機型並未設計回報墨水量的功能。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000403012320733365031134 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer. Connect an extra monitor

To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

開啟顯示器。

點擊您要啟用/停用的顯示器代表圖像，將它切換成開/關。

The monitor with the menu bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "main", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the "main" monitor.

若要改變顯示器的「位置」，就點擊它並拖曳至想要的位置。

若您想要兩個顯示器都顯示相同的內容，就勾選鏡射顯示器。

當您滿意自己的設定值後，點擊套用，接著點擊保留這個組態。

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/files-autorun.page0000644000373100047300000001257412320733365026036 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 當插入 CD、DVD、照相機、音樂播放器和其他裝置媒介時，自動執行應用程式。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 為裝置或光碟開啟應用程式

在您插入裝置、光碟片或記憶卡時，可以設定讓一個程式自我啟動。舉例來說，當您插入一台數位相機時，或許也會想啟動相片組織程式吧？當然您也可以將這個功能關閉，在您插入裝置時就不會有任何事情發生。

若要決定插入各種裝置時該開啟哪個程式：

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

選擇詳細資料可移除式媒體。

Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. See below for a description of the different types of devices and media.

Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen automatically.

軟體跟其他選項有一點小不同：如果電腦偵測到插入的裝置內有軟體存在，若您有指定，就會自動執行該軟體。如果您的 CD 內有安裝一份程式（例如幻燈片），想讓光碟一插入便自動執行該程式，這會是個不錯的選擇。

如果您在清單內沒看見要改變的裝置、媒體類型（如 Blu-ray 光碟或電子書閱讀器），點擊其他媒體可以看到更詳盡的裝置清單。從類型下拉選單中選擇裝置、媒體的類型，還有，在動作下拉選單中選擇應用程式或動作。

要是無論插入什麼裝置，您都不想要讓任何程式自動執行，就選擇位於「可移除式媒體」視窗底部的插入媒體時永遠不提示或啟動程式。
Types of devices and media Audio discs

Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other Media. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application.

 Video discs

Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do not work correctly when you insert them, see .

Blank discs

Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs.

 Cameras and photos

Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse your photos using the file manager.

Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called PICTURES.

 Music players

Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 E-book readers

Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 Software

Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run.

Never run software from media you don't trust.
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/mouse-middleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000671312320733365026631 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 滑鼠的中鍵可以用來開啟程式、貼上文字、開啟分頁等等。 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 中鍵點擊

多數滑鼠和某些觸控板會配備一個中鍵。如果是有滾輪的滑鼠，通常可以直接按下滾輪當作中鍵使用。如果您的滑鼠沒有中鍵，可以同時按下左右鍵，效果就跟點擊中鍵一樣。如果您發現您沒辦法用這種方式來做中鍵點擊，可以試試以下這些指示。

如果您的觸控板支援多點觸控，可以一次以三隻手指頭觸擊當作中鍵。前提是您必須在觸控板設定內啟用觸控點擊。

很多程式會拿中鍵來達成進階的快捷點擊法。

一個常見的快捷法就是貼上選擇的文字。（也稱之為首要選取貼上。）將您要貼取的文字選擇起來，接著到您要貼上的地方，按下中鍵。選擇的文字會被貼在滑鼠游標所在的位置上。

用滑鼠中鍵貼取文字，和正常的剪貼簿是完全獨立開來的。選擇的文字不會被複製到您的剪貼簿內。這種快速貼取方式只能以中鍵達成。

在滾動條和滑動條上，在空白區域作一個正常的點擊，會向您點擊的方向移動一個設定距離（像是一頁）。您也可以在空白區域作中間點擊，確實移動至您點擊的位置。

You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the Launcher on the left, or in the Dash.

大多數網路瀏覽器下，只要使用中鍵，就能以分頁啟動連結，十分快速。用您的中鍵點擊任何一個連結，就會出現一個新分頁將連結開啟。不過，在 Firefox 網路瀏覽器下點擊連結時要小心。如果您在 Firefox 下用中鍵點擊到任何連結以外的東西，它會把您選擇的文字當作是一個 URL 來載入，就跟您以中鍵把文字貼到位置列並按 Enter 的意思一樣。

在檔案管理員下的中鍵有兩種功能。如果您在資料夾上按下中鍵，會以新的分頁開啟該資料夾。這跟知名網路瀏覽器的行為十分雷同。如果您用中鍵點擊檔案，就會開啟該檔案，就跟您雙擊檔案的結果一樣。

某些專業程式會用中鍵來達成其他功能。可以用 middle-click（中鍵點擊）或是 middle mouse button（滑鼠中鍵）搜尋這些程式的幫助文件。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/shell-apps-favorites.page0000644000373100047300000000327312320733365027305 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, move, or remove frequently-used program icons on the Launcher. GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu 文件專案 ubuntu-doc@list.ubuntu.com Change which applications show in the Launcher

To add an application to the Launcher for quick access:

Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher.

或者當應用程式在執行時，在該程式的圖示上點下右鍵，選擇鎖定至啟動器。

The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location.

To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the application icon and select Unlock from Launcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/color-why-calibrate.page0000644000373100047300000000250112320733366027076 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 如果您很在意顯示、列印的顏色，校正這件事就很重要。 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com 為什麼我需要自己作校正？

一般的設定組合通常很糟。當製造商在建立新模型時，他們只會從生產線上抓個幾台來取它們的平均：

取平均的設定組合

每一台顯示面板間的差異甚大，而且隨著它們的使用年齡增加，也會有大幅度的改變。比起顯示器，印表機的難度更高，只要紙張的類型、磅數改變，就會讓特性描述變成無效，也讓設定組合喪失精確度。

要確定您擁有的設定組合準確的最好方式，就是自己動手作校正，或是讓外面的公司來提供您基於正確特性描述的設定組合。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/backup-frequency.page0000644000373100047300000000360112320733366026475 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 了解要多久備份您的重要檔案一次，才能確保它們的安全。 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 備份的頻率

多久要進行一次備份？這得看您所備份的資料是什麼類型。舉個例子，如果您正在管理一台網路伺服器，裡面存放著十分重要的資料，那麼就算每夜備份一次也是不夠的。

另一方面，如果您要為您家裡的電腦備份，一小時備份一次其實不太適合。在計畫您的備份週期時，考慮以下的因素或許對您會有些幫助：

您花在電腦上的時間總數。

電腦內的資料更動的頻率，以及多少資料被更動。

如果您要備份的資料優先度較低，或是只有一點點改變，像是音樂、郵件還有家族照片，那麼每週、甚至每個月備份一次就夠了。但要是您正忙著做稅務審核等等，就得需要更頻繁的備份。

一般而言，備份的時間間隔，不要超過您可接受重做遺失作業的時間總數。例如，要是花一個星期重寫遺失的文件，這件苦差事對您來說太長，您應該要至少每星期備份一次。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/power-closelid.page0000644000373100047300000000465012320733366026166 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 筆記型電腦在您關閉上蓋時會進入睡眠，以節省電力。 為什麼當我關閉上蓋時電腦就關機了？

當您關上筆記型電腦的上蓋時，電腦就會暫停以節省電力。這並不代表電腦關機 —— 它只是進入睡眠罷了。只要開啟上蓋就可以將它恢復。如果電腦沒有恢復，試著點擊滑鼠或是按一個鍵。如果還是沒用，就按下電源鍵。

某些電腦無法正確地暫停，一般是因為它們的硬體沒有被作業系統完整支援（例如：Linux 驅動程式並不完全）。在這種情況下，您可能會發現在您關上上蓋後，沒辦法將電腦重新喚醒。您可以試著修復電腦暫停的問題，或是避免電腦在您關閉上蓋時嘗試暫停。

阻止電腦在上蓋關閉時暫停

如果您不想要電腦在您關上上蓋時暫停，可以改變這個行為的設定值：

若您要改變這個設定值，請您要非常小心。某些筆記型電腦若在上蓋關上時繼續運轉，機器就會過熱，特別是在密閉空間（如背包內部）。

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

在硬體區域下點擊電源。

設定當上蓋關閉時旁邊的下拉選單，選擇不做任何事。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/keyboard-osk.page0000644000373100047300000000256712320733366025635 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 使用螢幕上的鍵盤，用滑鼠點擊按鈕來輸入文字。 使用螢幕鍵盤

如果您的電腦沒有接上鍵盤，或是您不想使用它，可以利用螢幕鍵盤來輸入文字。

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

開啟無障礙功能，選擇輸入分頁。

將輸入助理開關打開，顯示螢幕鍵盤。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/addremove.page0000644000373100047300000000142212320733366025176 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add/remove software Ubuntu 文件團隊 Install, remove, extra repositories… 安裝與移除軟體 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/music-player-notrecognized.page0000644000373100047300000000446012320733366030517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 加入一份 .is_audio_player 檔案，告訴您的電腦：它是一個音樂播放機。 為什麼系統無法辨識我插入的隨身聽？

如果您將音樂播放機（例如 MP3 隨身聽）插上電腦，可是音樂管理程式內看不到它的話，可能是該裝置沒有被正確辨識為音樂播放機。

先試著將播放機拔除後再次插入。如果沒有用，開啟檔案管理員。您應該會在側邊欄內的裝置清單內看到該播放機。現在，點擊檔案建立新的文件空的文件，輸入 .is_audio_player 後按下 Enter（句點和下劃線很重要，名稱必須全部是小寫）。這個檔案會告訴您的電腦，要把這個裝置當作是一台音樂播放機。

現在從檔案管理員的側邊欄內找出此播放機後，將它退出（右鍵點擊後點選退出）。將播放機拔除，接著再將它接回。這個時候，您的音樂管理員應該就會視它為音樂碧放機了。如果仍然沒有，試著將音樂管理員關閉後重開。

這幾項步驟無法適用於 iPods 和其他一些音樂播放機。不過，若您的播放機是 USB 大容量儲存裝置（播放機的手冊應該會講明），就可以運用這幾項步驟。

當您再次進入音樂播放機的資料夾內時，不會看到 .is_audio_player 這個檔案。這是因為，檔案管理員會將名稱前面有一點的檔案都隱藏起來。您可以點擊檢視顯示隱藏檔，確認這個檔案是否仍然存在。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/nautilus-behavior.page0000644000373100047300000001054312320733366026675 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 單擊開啟檔案、執行/檢視可執行文字檔案、指定回收筒行為。 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in 檔案管理員的行為偏好設定

You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab.

運作方式 <gui>按一下會開啟項目</gui> <gui>連按兩下會開啟項目</gui>

預設需要連按兩下才會開啟所選擇的檔案。您可以取而代之，選擇只按一下即可開啟檔案與資料夾。在單擊模式下，按住 Ctrl 鍵不放，可以選擇一個或多個檔案。
可執行的文字檔

An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The file permissions must also allow for the file to run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py and .pl, respectively.

When you open an executable text file, you can select from:

Run executable text files when they are opened

View executable text files when they are opened

Ask each time

If Ask each time is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file.

Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in ~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts folder will appear in the context menu for a file under the Scripts submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:

Navigate to the desired folder.

Select the desired file.

Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired script to execute from the Scripts menu.

A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote folder such as a folder showing web or ftp content.
檔案管理員回收筒的偏好設定 回收筒 <gui>清理回收筒或刪除檔案前會先詢問</gui>

預設此選項已被選取。在清空回收筒前，會出現一個訊息，問您是否確認清空回收筒或刪除檔案。

 <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>

Selecting this option will add a Delete item to the menu that pops up when you right-click on an item in the Files application.

使用這個刪除選項刪除項目時，會跳過回收筒這個步驟。項目會完全地從系統中移除。被「刪除」的項目是沒有辦法還原的。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/a11y-screen-reader.page0000644000373100047300000000165012320733366026523 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 使用 Orca 螢幕閱讀器來朗讀使用者介面。 大聲朗讀螢幕

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, and then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/mouse-wakeup.page0000644000373100047300000000233612320733366025657 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 搖動、點擊一下滑鼠，讓它們恢復反應。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working

Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "wake up" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse.

Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/mouse.page0000644000373100047300000000235412320733366024365 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Left-handed, speed and sensitivity, touchpad clicking and scrolling… Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 滑鼠
常見滑鼠問題 常見問題 常見問題
滑鼠技巧 技巧 技巧
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-install-flash.page0000644000373100047300000000470012320733366026557 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com 若您要瀏覽如 Youtube 這類有影片播放以及互動式網頁功能的網站，或許需要安裝 Flash。 安裝 Flash 外掛程式

Flash 是一個給網路瀏覽器使用的外掛程式，有了它以後，您可以在某些網站上觀賞影片、使用互動式網頁。若沒有安裝 Flash，某些網站您會無法使用。

如果您尚未安裝 Flash，在造訪需要使用 Flash 的網站時，可能會看見相關提示訊息。多數網頁瀏覽器所使用的 Flash 都可以免費取得（但並非開放源碼）。

如何安裝 Flash

點擊這個連結啟動軟體中心。

閱讀相關資訊與評論，確認您是否想要安裝 Flash。

如果您選擇要安裝 Flash，在軟體中心的視窗內點擊安裝。

如果您要開啟任何網頁瀏覽器視窗，請將它們關閉後再重新開啟。在重新開啟網頁的同時，網頁瀏覽器應該會偵測出 Flash 已經安裝，現在，您應該可以檢視有使用 Flash 的網站了。
Flash 的開源替代品

有一些免費且開放源碼的 Flash 替代軟體可以拿來使用。在某些方面（例如處理音效播放）做的比 Flash 外掛還要好；但在其他方面來說就比較差（例如，無法顯示某些比較複雜的 Flash 網頁）。

如果您對 Flash 播放器不太滿意，或是您希望在電腦上盡量使用開源軟體，可以考慮試試其中一個替代品。這裡有幾個選項供您參考：

Gnash

LightSpark
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/mouse-disabletouchpad.page0000644000373100047300000000273412320733366027520 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 在打字時將觸控板關閉，避免不必要的點擊。 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 打字時停用觸控板

通常筆記型電腦上的觸控板，跟您在打字時手腕的放置點相去不遠，有時候一不小心就會點擊到莫名其妙的地方。您可以設定在打字時將觸控板停用，按完最後一個鍵之後不久，觸控板就可以再次使用了。

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-find.page0000644000373100047300000000403112320733366026566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 無線功能可能關閉或損壞、附近的無線網路可能過多，或是您正在範圍之外。 我沒在清單上看見我的無線網路

在您點擊選單列上的網路圖示時，會出現網路清單，在裡面沒看到您的無線網路嗎？原因有很多種。

如果清單上沒有出現任何網路，可能是您的無線網路硬體被關掉了，或是它沒有正常運作。請確認它已經開啟。

如果附近有很多無線網路，您要尋找的網路可能不會出現在清單的第一頁上。如果是這個原因，到清單底部下找到指向右邊的箭頭，將您的滑鼠懸停在它上面，就能顯示剩餘的無線網路。

您可能是在網路的服務範圍之外。試著移動到離無線基地台/路由器近一點的地方，待一會兒再看看網路有沒有出現在清單上面。

無線網路的清單更新需要一些時間。如果您剛將電腦開機，或是移動到不同的地點，先等待個一分鐘，再檢查網路有沒有出現在清單上。

網路可能被隱藏起來了。如果這個網路是隱藏網路，您需要用不同的方式連線。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-noconnection.page0000644000373100047300000000553012320733366030347 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, turn the wireless card off and on again… 我已經輸入正確的密碼，但還是無法連線

如果您確定自己輸入了正確的無線網路密碼，但您仍然無法成功連線到無線網路，就試試以下的方法：

再一次檢查您的密碼是否正確

密碼有分大小寫（大寫字母和小寫字母是有差的），所以，請檢查您有沒有把字母的大小寫搞錯。

試試 Hex 或是 ASCII 金鑰

您輸入的密碼也可以用不同的形式來表示 —— 例如一個十六進位的字串（數字 0-9 以及字母 a-f），又稱之為金鑰。每個密碼都會擁有一個金鑰。如果您可以存取金鑰（跟密碼/密語一樣）的話，試著改成輸入金鑰。當系統詢問您的密碼時，請確定您選擇的是正確的無線網路防護選項。例如，當您要在 WEP 加密連線輸入 40 字元的密語時，就選擇WEP 40/128-位元 密語選項。

試著關掉並重開您的無線網卡

有時候無線網卡會卡住，或碰到小問題，讓他們無法連線。試著將網卡關掉，再開啟網卡以便重設 —— 更多資訊請參閱。

檢查您使用的無線網路防護是不是正確的類型

當系統提示需要您的無線防護密碼時，您可以選擇要使用哪一種無線防護方式。請確定您選擇的是路由器或無線基地台所使用的方式。預設已經選擇好了，但有時候會因為某些原因而未選取。如果您不知道要選擇哪一種，用試錯的方式來檢查不同的選項。

檢查您的無線網卡有被正確支援

某些無線網卡並沒有完善的支援。它們會顯示有無線連線，但無法連上網路，因為它們的驅動程式缺乏連線的能力。看看您能不能得到一個替代的無線驅動程式，還是要做一些額外的設置（像是安裝一個不同的韌體）。更多資訊請參見。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/disk-partitions.page0000644000373100047300000000620112320733366026354 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 了解什麼是儲存區、分割區，並使用磁碟公用程式來管理它們。 管理儲存區與分割區

儲存區一詞是用來描述一台儲存裝置，例如硬碟。由於裝置的儲存空間可以分割成很多塊，因此「儲存區」也可以是指裝置的某一部分儲存位置。在儲存區可被存取之前，電腦會經由檔案系統來掛載該儲存區。掛載儲存區可以是硬碟、USB 隨身（硬）碟、DVD-RW、SD 卡或是其他媒介裝置。儲存區被掛載好後，您可以讀取裡面的檔案，若有可能的話，也可以將檔案寫入儲存區內。

掛載的儲存區，也常被稱為是一個分割區，但它們兩個並不完全是同一種東西。「分割區」指的是單一磁碟裝置內一塊實體區域。一旦分割區完成掛載，您就可以存取裡面的檔案，也就無異于儲存區。您可以這樣想：儲存區是有標記、可被存取的「店面」，操作的功能則在分割區與磁碟的「後房」內完成。

使用磁碟公用程式檢視和管理儲存區、分割區

您可以藉由磁碟公用程式，檢查和修改電腦的儲存分區。

Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application.

您會在儲存裝置欄位內找到硬碟、CD/DVD 光碟機以及其他實體裝置。點擊您要觀看的裝置。

右邊欄位內有標記儲存區的區域內，該裝置的儲存區、分割區的分割狀況一目了然。這裡也包含了各種管理儲存區工具。

請小心：使用這些工具可能會把磁碟內的資料全數清除！

通常您的電腦會至少有一個主分割區，以及一個置換空間。置換空間是用來給作業系統作記憶體管理，掛載它的機會不多。主分割區則包含了您的作業系統、應用程式、設定值以及個人資料。為了安全或便利起見，這些檔案會分布在多個分割區底下。

您的電腦在啟動時會使用到一些資訊，它們會被放在某一個主分割區，或是 boot 分割區內。基於這個原因，這個分割區有時會被稱為開機分割區、開機儲存區。若要查出分割區是否可開機，就在公用程式下看它的分割區旗標。諸如 USB 隨身（硬）碟、CD 等外接媒介，可能也會有一個可開機儲存區。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/files-tilde.page0000644000373100047300000000321012320733366025426 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 它們是備份檔案。它們預設會被隱藏。 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 有些檔案後面接了一個「~」，它們是什麼？

名稱尾端接了一個「~」的檔案（例如 example.txt~），是 gedit 文字編輯器以及某些程式在編輯文件時，自動建立的備份用複製檔。刪除它們不會有問題，但將它們留在您的電腦上也沒有任何壞處。

These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected Show Hidden Files (in the down menu of the Files toolbar) or pressed CtrlH. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps.

這些檔案被看作是一般的隱藏檔案，處理的方式也相同。請參閱，看看一些處理隱藏檔的建議。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationcharacterization.page0000644000373100047300000000461712320733366032117 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 校正和特性描述，這兩個是完全不一樣的東西。 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com 校正和特性描述之間有什麼不同？

很多人一開始會搞不清楚「校正」和「特性描述」之間的差異。校正，是修改裝置顏色行為的過程。一般會以兩種機制來完成：

改變裝置的控制方法或是內部設定值

套用曲線到裝置的色頻

在校正時，會將裝置的顏色反饋調回定義狀態。校正通常會是每日的例行公事，這樣才能維持裝置的重製行為。通常校正檔會存放在裝置，或是存成系統指定的檔案格式，裡面記錄了裝置的設定值，或是各色頻的校正曲線。

特性描述（建立設定組合），是記錄裝置重製、反應顏色的方法。通常結果會存成一份裝置 ICC 設定組合。設定組合不會自己以任何方式修改顏色。當和另一台裝置設定組合合併時，會允許如 CMM （色彩管理模組）或是色彩感知程式這些系統來修改顏色。只有在了解這兩台裝置的特性描述以後，才能決定將一台裝置的顏色表示轉換到另外一台裝置的方式。

請注意，在為裝置作特性描述時，裝置的狀態必須跟校正一模一樣，特性描述（設定組合）才會有效。

顯示設定組合還有一些會讓人困惑的地方：通常為了方便起見，校正資訊會被存放在設定組合裡面。依照慣例，它會被存在一個叫做 vcgt 的標籤內。就算它有被存放在設定組合裡面，沒有任何正常的 ICC 工具或是應用程式會注意到它，更別說對它做任何事了。同樣道理，一般的顯示校正工具、應用程式也不會注意 ICC 特性描述（設定組合）的資訊，也不會對它做任何動作。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/shell-overview.page0000644000373100047300000000206412320733366026206 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 桌面 Introduction, keyboard shortcuts, windows… GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 桌面、應用程式與視窗
桌面
應用程式與視窗
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/mouse-lefthanded.page0000644000373100047300000000255212320733366026461 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 到滑鼠的設定值內交換左右鍵。 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 用左手使用滑鼠

如果您是左撇子，可以把滑鼠/觸控板左右鍵的行為交換，使用起來會比較舒服。

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the General section, switch Primary button to Right.

這個設定值將會影響您的滑鼠與觸控板，加上其他指向裝置。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-edit-connection.page0000644000373100047300000002055312320733366030737 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com 了解無線網路編輯畫面的選項是什麼意思。 編輯無線網路連線

這個主題描述的，是編輯無線網路連線時所有可以使用的選項。若要編輯連線，點擊選單列上的網路選單，並選擇編輯連線。

大多數網路只要將設定值留成預設值即可，可以正常運作，所以您應該不需要改變任何設定值。這裡提供了很多選項，讓您能更好控制比較進階的網路。
所有使用者皆可用 / 自動連線 <gui>自動連線</gui>

若您要讓電腦自己嘗試連線到此無線網路（無論有沒有在範圍內），就勾選這個選項。

如果有數個設成自動連線的網路在範圍內，電腦會自動連接網路連線視窗內無線網路分頁中第一個顯示的網路。電腦不會從一個可用網路斷線，並連接一個不同的範圍內網路。

 <gui>所有使用者皆可用</gui>

若您要電腦上所有的使用者都可以存取此無線網路，就勾選這個選項。如果該網路有設 WEP/WPA 密碼，且此選項有勾選的話，您只會需要輸入密碼一次。所有其他的電腦使用者並不需要自己知道密碼，就能夠連接到這個網路上。

如果有勾選此項，您需要是一位管理員，才能改變此網路的任何設定值。系統可能會要您輸入您的管理員密碼。
無線網路 <gui>SSID</gui>

這是您要連接的無線網路的名稱，另外也稱之為服務設定識別碼。除非您有改變無線網路的名稱（例如改變您的無線路由器或基地台的設定值），請不要改變這個設定值。

 <gui>模式</gui>

Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base station or router) or an Ad-hoc network (where there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to set-up your own ad-hoc network though.

若您選擇了 Ad-hoc，會看到另外兩個選項：頻寬和頻道。在這裡可以決定 Ad-hoc 無線網路所運作的無線頻率頻帶。某些電腦只能在特定的頻帶上運作（例如只有 A，或是只有 B/G），因此您應該要挑選一個可以讓 Ad-hoc 網路上所有電腦使用的頻帶。在繁忙的地帶可能會有數個無線網路分享相同的頻道，這可能會減緩您的連線，因此您可以改變要使用的頻道。

 <gui>BSSID</gui>

這是基礎服務組識別碼。SSID（請參閱上面）是人要讀取的網路名稱；BSSID 是電腦所理解的名稱（它是字母和數字組成的字串，對無線網路來說是獨特的）。如果網路被隱藏起來，它不會有 SSID，但是它會有一個 BSSID。

 <gui>裝置的 MAC 位址</gui>

MAC 位址是用來辨識網路硬體（例如無線網卡、乙太網路卡，或是路由器）的碼號。每一個可以用來連接至網路的裝置，在出廠時都會附有一個獨一無二的 MAC 位址。

這個選項可以用來改變您的網路卡的 MAC 位址。

 <gui>複製的 MAC 位址</gui>

您的網路硬體（無線網卡）可以假裝有一個不同的 MAC 位址。如果您有一個只跟特定 MAC 位址溝通的裝置或服務（例如有線寬頻數據機），這個方式會很好用。如果您在複製的 MAC 位址欄位填入該 MAC 位址，裝置/服務會認為您的電腦的 MAC 位址是複製的那一個，而不是真正的位址。

 <gui>MTU</gui>

這個設定值會改變最大傳輸單元，他是透過網路傳送的資料塊的最大大小。當檔案在網路上傳送時，資料會被分成小塊（或封包）。您的網路的最佳 MTU 取決於封包的遺失程度（由雜訊造成），以及連線的速度有多快。一般來說，您應該不需改變這裡的設定值。
無線網路防護 <gui>安全性</gui>

這裡決定了您的無線網路要使用什麼類型的加密方式。加密連線可以保護您的無線連接不被攔截，這樣其他人就無法「偷聽」，查看您正在造訪的網站等等。

某些類型的加密方式比其他加密還強，但可能不被較為老舊的無線網路器材支援。正常情況下，您會需要輸入一個密碼才能連線；更嚴謹的類型可能會要求使用者帳號以及一個數位「憑證」。請參閱，了解更多知名的無線網路加密類型。
IPv4 設定

使用這個分頁來定義連線資訊，如您的電腦 IP 位址和要使用的 DNS 伺服器。改變方法來看不同得取、設定資訊的方式。

以下是可用的方式：

<gui>自動 (DHCP)</gui>

從 DHCP 伺服器得取如 IP 位址和欲使用 DNS 伺服器的資訊。DHCP 伺服器是一台有連接網路的電腦（或是其他裝置如路由器），它決定了您的電腦應該有的設定值 —— 當您第一次連線到網路時，伺服器會自動指定正確的設定值。大多數網路都使用 DHCP。

 <gui>只用自動 (DHCP) 位址</gui>

如果您選擇了這個設定值，您的電腦會從 DHCP 伺服器得到自己的 IP 位址，但您得手動定義其他的詳細資訊（像是要使用什麼 DNS 伺服器）。

 <gui>手動</gui>

如果您要自己定義所有的網路設定值，包含電腦應該使用的 IP 位址，就選擇這個項目。

 <gui>只有本機連線</gui>

本機連線是一個將電腦們連接起來的方法，您不需要 DHCP 伺服器，或是手動定義 IP 位址與其他資訊。如果您連上一個本機連線網路，網路上的電腦會自己決定要使用什麼 IP 位址。如果您想要暫時將幾台電腦連接起來，讓它們互相溝通，這個方式就可以派上用場。

 <gui>已停用</gui>

這個選項會停用網路連線，避免您連接到網路上。請注意，雖然 IPv4 和 IPv6 連線用的是同一張網路卡，這兩種連線是會被分開處理的。如果您有啟用某一種連線，可能也會想把另一種連線停用掉。
IPv6 設定

這裡跟 IPv4 分頁類似，不過它處理的是新型的 IPv6 標準。比較先進的網路會使用 IPv6，但以目前來說 IPv4 仍然是主流。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/printing-setup-default-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000402012320733366031320 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 挑選您最常使用的印表機。 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 設定預設印表機

如果您有兩台以上可以使用的印表機，可以選擇一台當作您的預設印表機。就選擇您最常使用的印表機吧。

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

在可用印表機清單內，右鍵點擊您要設成預設的印表機，接著點選設為預設值。

When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for example, 1st floor or entrance).

The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of new printers.

當在應用程式內使用列印功能時，除非您有選擇一台不同的印表機執行該列印工作，否則將會自動使用預設的印表機。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/shell-windows.page0000644000373100047300000000445412320733366026037 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 移動並組織您的視窗。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 視窗與工作區

Like other desktops, Unity uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the Dash and the Launcher, you can launch new applications and control which window is active.

除了視窗，您也可以利用工作區，將應用程式給組織起來。想要多了解這些功能的使用方式嗎？就請閱覽「視窗與工作區」的以下幫助主題吧。

視窗 以視窗進行工作
工作區 以工作區進行工作
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/backup-how.page0000644000373100047300000000443612320733366025300 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 使用 Déjà Dup（或其他備份程式）備份您的寶貴資料與設定值，避免遺失。 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 要如何備份？

The recommended way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, like Déjà Dup.

您所選的備份程式將會幫助、引導您設置備份的偏好設定，以及要如何還原您的資料。

一個替代方案是複製您的檔案到安全的地方，像是外接式硬碟、另一台在網路上的電腦，或是 USB 隨身碟。通常您的個人檔案與設定值，就在您的使用者目錄底下，您可以從那邊將它們複製過來。

您可以備份的資料總數，會被儲存裝置的大小限制。如果您的備份用裝置上有足夠的空間，最好將整個使用者目錄備份下來，但以下類型的檔案例外：

已經備份在其他地方的檔案。其他地方可以是 CD、DVD 或是其他可卸除式媒介。

您可以輕易重建的檔案。舉例來說，假如您是一位程式設計者，當您編譯您的程式時，不需要備份那些產生出來的檔案。只要確定您有備份到原本的原始碼檔案就好了。

任何在回收筒內的檔案。您的回收筒資料夾位於 ~/.local/share/Trash。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-chat-video.page0000644000373100047300000000222112320733366026035 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu 文件團隊 我可以用什麼應用程式來做視訊通話？ 視訊通話

若您要在 Ubuntu 下進行視訊通話，並不需要安裝任何額外的軟體。只要使用 Empathy 就可以藉由 Google Talk、MSN、Jabber 以及 SIP 網路來做視訊通話。請參閱 Empathy 手冊，裡面有以Empathy進行視訊通話的幫助說明。

其他支援視訊通話的應用程式

Skype

Ekiga

usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/contacts-edit-details.page0000644000373100047300000000355012320733366027420 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Edit the information for each contact. Edit contact details

Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete.

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Edit the contact details.

To add a detail such as a new phone number or email address, press New Detail and select the field that you want to add.

Press Done to finish editing the contact.

In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the profile's avatar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/music-player-newipod.page0000644000373100047300000000251412320733366027310 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 在使用全新的 iPod 前，要先使用 iTunes 軟體設置好。 我的新 iPod 無法使用

如果您有一台從未和電腦連接過的新 iPod，將它接上 Linux 電腦的話，系統會沒有辦法正確辨識裝置。這是因為，iPod 需要先使用 iTunes 這套軟體進行設置、更新，而 iTunes 只能在 Windows 以及 Mac OS X 下執行。

若要設定您的 iPod，請先在一台 Windows 或是 Mac 電腦上安裝好 iTunes，再來將 iPod 接上電腦。接下來您會經過幾項設置步驟。磁碟格式請選擇MS-DOS (FAT)、Windows 或類似的選項。其他格式 (HFS/Mac) 在 Linux 下的運作不是非常的好。

設置大功告成，以後當您將 iPod 接上 Linux 電腦後，應該就可以正常運作了。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/printing-select.page0000644000373100047300000000241312320733367026341 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 只要列印指定的頁面，或是一小段範圍的頁面。 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com 只列印特定頁面

若要列印文件的某些特定頁面：

點擊檔案列印

在列印視窗的一般分頁下，選擇範圍區域下的頁數。

在文字框內輸入您要列印的頁面號碼，以逗號做分類。用連接號代表頁面範圍。

舉個例子，如果您在頁數文字框內輸入「1,3,5-7,9」，就會列印第一、三、五、六、七和九頁。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/power-nowireless.page0000644000373100047300000000400412320733367026554 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 某些無線網路裝置在您的電腦暫停時，控制會出問題，無法被正確恢復。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 當我喚醒電腦時，沒有無線網路可用

If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens when the driver for the wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed.

如果有這種情形發生，試著將您的無線網路連線關掉重開。

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值

開啟網路，選擇無線分頁

將無線網路關掉重開

要是無線網路仍然無法運作，打開飛安模式後再把它關掉

如果依然沒用，重新啟動您的電腦，這樣無線網路應該就可以運作了。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/clock.page0000644000373100047300000000137212320733367024330 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set time and date, timezone, calendar and appointments… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 時間與日期 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/files-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000411112320733367025310 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 如果您無法找到建立、下載過的檔案，照著這些步驟做吧。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 尋找迷失的檔案

如果您曾經建立、下載過的檔案，現在卻找不到它的話，照著以下的步驟進行。

如果您不記得將檔案儲存在何處，但對它的名稱還有一些印象的話，就用名稱來搜尋看看吧。參閱來了解如何進行。

如果您剛剛才下載這個檔案，網路瀏覽器可能自動將它存放在一個常用資料夾內。到使用者目錄下的「桌面」、「下載」資料夾檢查看看吧。

您可能不小心把檔案刪除了。當您刪除檔案時，它會被移至回收筒內待著，直到您手動清空回收筒為止。參閱來了解如何還原被刪除的檔案。

You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000320712320733367027334 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Launcher is at the left of your screen. Ubuntu 文件團隊 用啟動器開啟應用程式

啟動器圖示

The Launcher is one of the key components of the Unity desktop. When you log in to your desktop, it will appear along the left-hand side of the screen. The Launcher provides you with quick access to applications, workspaces, removable devices and the trash.

如果啟動器上有您想要啟動的應用程式，可以點擊該程式的圖示，程式就會被啟動，等待您的操作。

欲進一步了解啟動器，可瀏覽以下任何有關啟動器的幫助主題。

Use the Launcher
Customize the Launcher
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-adhoc.page0000644000373100047300000000325212320733367026731 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 使用 Ad-hoc 網路，讓其他裝置連上您的電腦，以及它的網路連線。 建立無線網路熱點

您可以將您的電腦設成無線網路熱點。這可以讓其他裝置不須另外的網路即可與您連接，您也可以分享您已在其它界面建立的連線，像是有線網路或是透過手機網路。

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

開啟網路，選擇左邊的無線。

點擊做為熱點按鈕。

如果您已經連線到一個無線網路，會被詢問是否要切斷該網路連線。單一無線網路配接器一次只能連接或建立一個網路。點擊建立熱點確認。

網路名稱 (SSID) 與保安金鑰將會自動產生。網路的名稱會參考您電腦的名稱來命名。其他裝置需要這項資訊，才能跟您剛才建立的熱點連接。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/printing-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000615612320733367026232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 設置已和電腦連接的印表機。 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 設置本地印表機

很多類型的印表機在與電腦連接時，系統可以自動辨識出它們。大部分印表機會使用 USB 傳輸線來連接您的電腦。

You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local printer now. They are listed in one window.

請確認印表機已經開機。

使用適當的傳輸線連接印表機與系統。當系統在搜尋驅動程式時，您會在螢幕上看見相關進度，系統可能也會要求您的認證來安裝它們。

A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or Options to make additional changes in the printer setup.

如果您的印表機沒有被自動設置好，可以在印表機設定內將它加入。

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

點擊加入，接著在裝置視窗內選擇印表機。

點擊下一步，它會開始搜尋驅動程式，請稍等片刻。

若您想要的話，可以自訂印表機的名稱、描述以及位置。結束後點擊套用。

您現在可以列印一份測試頁面，或是點擊取消跳過該步驟。

如果電腦內有多個驅動程式可以使用，可能會要求您選擇一個驅動程式。若要使用建議的驅動，只要在該視窗內點擊「下一步」即可。

當您安裝好印表機之後，可以改變您的預設印表機。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/power-batterywindows.page0000644000373100047300000000355212320733367027456 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 製造商的調整，以及不同的電池剩餘時間估計方法，可能是導致問題的原因。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com 為什麼我的電池剩餘時間比在 Windows/Mac OS 上少？

某些電腦在運行 Linux 時的電池剩餘時間，會比運行 Windows 或 Mac OS 的時間還要少。有一個原因是電腦的製造商有為 Windows/Mac OS 安裝特殊軟體，它會優化該型號的電腦的各種硬體/軟體設定值。這些調整通常都是高度針對性的，它們也不會被寫入文件內，因此要將它們納入 Linux 非常困難。

不幸的是，在不知道這些調整方法為何的情況下，您沒有任何辦法自己應用這些方式。不過，使用某些省電方式可能會有點效果。如果您的電腦有可以變速的處理器，改變它的設定值說不定也會有用。

另一個造成這種差異的可能原因是，Windows/Mac OS 對電池剩餘時間的估計方式跟 Linux 不同。實際上的電池剩餘時間可能一樣，但不同的方式會產生出不同的估計結果。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/files-recover.page0000644000373100047300000000354612320733367026007 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 被刪除的檔案正常情況下會被送至回收筒，但它們可以被還原。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 還原回收筒內的檔案

如果您是在檔案管理員刪除檔案的話，正常情況下該檔案會被放在回收筒，且應該可以被還原回來。

若要從回收筒還原檔案：

Open the Launcher and then click the Trash shortcut which is located at the bottom of the Launcher.

如果您刪除的檔案有在那邊，就在它上面點擊右鍵，選擇還原。它會被還原至當初被刪除時所在的資料夾。

如果您是用 ShiftDelete 刪除檔案，或是直接用指令列的話，該檔案就會被永久刪除。被永久刪除的檔案沒辦法從回收筒還原。

有一些恢復工具或許可以恢復那些被永久刪除的檔案，但這些工具通常都不太容易使用。如果您不小心將檔案給永久刪除，或許最好的方式，就是到支援論壇上詢問相關建議，看能不能將檔案給還原回來。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/color-missingvcgt.page0000644000373100047300000000215712320733367026710 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 全螢幕顏色校正會修正所有視窗上的全部畫面顏色。 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com 全螢幕顏色校正需要的資訊有缺？

很不幸的是，許多廠商提供的 ICC 設定組合都沒有包含全螢幕顏色校正所需要的資訊。對於能夠做顏色補償的應用程式來說，這些設定組合仍然有用處，但是您不會看到螢幕上的所有顏色改變。

為了要建立顯示同時包含校正與特性描述資料的設定組合，您需要使用一個特殊的顏色測量工具，叫作色度計，或稱為光譜儀。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/nautilus-prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000117712320733367026221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 檔案管理員的偏好設定 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/color-virtualdevice.page0000644000373100047300000000375112320733367027222 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 虛擬裝置是沒有和電腦連接的顏色管理裝置。 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 什麼是虛擬顏色管理裝置？

虛擬裝置，是未和電腦連接的顏色管理裝置。這種類型裝置的例子有：

線上沖洗商店：上傳照片後，會沖洗出照片寄回給您

在數位相機上的照片：它們存放在一張記憶卡上

若要為數位相機建立虛擬設定組合，只要把其中一張圖像檔拖曳到系統設定值顏色對話視窗上即可。您接著可以像其他裝置一樣，為它指定設定組合，或甚至幫它校正。

若要為數位相機建立虛擬設定組合，只要把其中一張圖像檔拖曳到系統設定值顏色對話視窗上即可。您接著可以像其他裝置一樣，為它指定設定組合，或甚至幫它校正。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/net-proxy.page0000644000373100047300000000476612320733367025214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 代理伺服器會過濾您所觀看的網站，通常是為了控制或是安全的目的。 定義代理伺服器設定值
什麼是代理伺服器？

網路代理伺服器會過濾您所觀看的網站，當他收到您的網頁瀏覽器的要求後，會擷取網頁與其元素，並遵照定則來決定是否要將它們傳回給您。代理伺服器通常被用於商業環境以及公共的無線熱點，以控制您可以觀看的網站、預防您未登入而存取網路、或是對網站做安全性檢查。

更改代理伺服器方法

點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。

開啟網路，並在視窗左側的清單內選擇網路代理伺服器。

在以下的方式中選擇您要使用哪一種代理伺服器方法。

沒有

應用程式將會以直接連線獲取網路上的內容。

 手動

為每一個可供代理的協定，定義代理伺服器的位置，以及協定的連接埠號。這些協定包括 HTTP、HTTPS、FTP 和 SOCKS。

 自動

An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system.

The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network connection to use the chosen configuration.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces.page0000644000373100047300000000432412320733367026523 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 工作區可以用來組織您桌面上的視窗。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org 什麼是工作區？它對我有什麼幫助？

工作區切換器按鈕

工作區可以為您組織桌面上的視窗。這些虛擬桌面加大了您的工作空間。工作區不僅減少雜亂，也讓桌面變得更容易瀏覽。

工作區可以用來組織您的工作。舉例來說，您可以將所有通訊視窗（如電子郵件、聊天程式）放在一個工作區，正在處理的工作則放在另一個不同的工作區，而您的音樂管理員可以放在第三個工作區。

打開啟動器並點選位於底端附近的工作區切換器圖示。Ubuntu 預設顯示了四個工作區，兩排兩列。您可以更改工作區的數量：

改變工作區的數量

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

若要更改排數，鍵入以下指令，將最後面的數字改成您想要的數字。按下 Enter。

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ vsize 2

若要更改列數，鍵入以下指令，將最後面的數字改成您想要的數字。按下 Enter。

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ hsize 3 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/documents.page0000644000373100047300000000233512320733367025236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Ubuntu 文件團隊 ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online. Documents

Documents is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using Google Docs or SkyDrive.

View, Sort and Search
Select, Organize, Print
Questions
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-switching.page0000644000373100047300000000573212320733367030035 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 按下 AltTab。 GNOME 文件專案 gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu 文件專案 ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com 在視窗間切換
From the Launcher

Show the Launcher by moving your mouse to the top left corner of your screen.

若有任何應用程式在執行，圖示的左邊會有一個小小的白色三角形箭頭。點擊任何一個執行中程式即可切換。

如果執行中的程式開啟了數個視窗，圖示左邊會有數個白色箭頭。點擊該程式圖示第二次，會以縮圖的方式顯示所有開啟的視窗。點擊您要切換至的視窗。
用鍵盤

Press AltTab to bring up the window switcher.

Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the switcher.

Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle through the list of open windows, or ShiftTab to cycle backwards.

Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through.

You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse.

Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the ↓ key.

只有目前工作區下的視窗會被顯示。若要顯示所有工作區的視窗，按住 Ctrl 和 Alt 鍵不放，並按 Tab 或是 ShiftTab。

Press SuperW to show all open windows zoomed out.

點擊您要切換至的視窗。
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/hardware-problems-graphics.page0000644000373100047300000000133712320733367030452 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com 有關螢幕、顯示的問題與疑難排解。 螢幕問題

大多數的顯示相關問題，都跟顯示卡與設定值脫不了關係。以下的主題中，哪一個最符合您遇到的狀況？

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/ubuntu-help/color-gettingprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000300612320733367027552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 顏色設定組合是由廠商提供，您也可以自己產生。 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com 我要在哪裡取得顏色設定組合？

取得設定組合的最好方式，就是自己產生一個出來，雖然一開始會產生一些支出。

許多製造商會嘗試為裝置提供顏色設定組合，它們有時會被包在驅動程式組合包內，您需要去下載、解壓縮並搜尋裡面的顏色設定組合。

某些製造商並沒有為硬體提供準確的設定組合，像這種設定組合最好避免。這裡有一個好線索：下載設定組合看看，如果建立日期跟您購買裝置的日期差滿一年，那麼這個設定組合就跟虛擬產生的資料一樣，完全沒有用處。

請參閱，了解為何廠商提供的設定組合常常比完全無用還糟糕。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/brasero/tools-check-integrity.page0000644000373100047300000000322212253720472026613 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 你可以在燒錄一片光碟之後測試它的完整性。 Paulina Gonzalez pau.gonzalezbr@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 檢查光碟的完整性。

在使用「Brasero」燒錄完成一張CD/DVD光碟之後，你可以檢查光碟的完整性來確保在光碟中的檔案是正常無損壞的。

選擇「工具檢查完整性」。

選擇「使用 MD5 檔案檢查光碟」選項以使用 MD5 檔案來檢查光碟的完整性。

MD5〈信息-摘要算法 5〉是一個檔案校驗功能，廣泛的運用於檢查資料的完整性。

如果你選擇了此選項，你將需要點擊下面的資料夾圖示來找到MD5檔案。

按下「檢查」來繼續動作或是「關閉」來取消它。

檢查程序完成之後你可以選擇「再檢查一次」或選擇「關閉」。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/brasero/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000250512253720472025110 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Introduction to the Brasero disc burning application. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 引言

「Brasero」是用來燒錄 CD 和 DVD 的應用程式，它被設計成易於使用，並且提供所有燒錄所需的工具。

在「Brasero」中你可以：

將資料燒錄至 CD 和 DVD

將數碼音樂檔案（例如 ogg、flac 和 mp3）燒錄為音樂 CD

複製 CD 和 DVD

建立影片 DVD 或 SVCD

建立映像檔和燒錄既存的映像檔

抹除 CD-RW 和 DVD-RW

檢查光碟和光碟映像檔的完整性
「<gui>Brasero</gui>」主視窗
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/brasero/prob-dvd.page0000644000373100047300000000251412253720472024104 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 我不能燒錄一張 DVD-R 或 DVD-RW。 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 在建立DVD時發生的問題

一些 DVD-R 和 DVD-RW 可能沒有辦法兼容於所有的燒錄裝置。根據下面所列的資訊來得知它們能不能用於你的燒錄裝置。

Check if your DVD drive accepts DVD+ or DVD- discs; if it is labelled with "multi", that usually indicates that it accepts both. Check your disc to see if it is the same as the DVD drive.

檢查你的光碟是否是雙層光碟或單層光碟：一些DVD裝置沒有辦法寫入雙層光碟。

如果你想要使用 DVD-R，檢查它是否有寫入過。如果你想要使用 DVD-RW，嘗試在你要燒錄之前先將它抹除。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/brasero/create-cover.page0000644000373100047300000000452212253720472024747 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Create an inlay for a jewel case. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 建立一個封套

You can use Brasero to create inlays for your jewel cases. Access the creator by clicking Tools Cover Editor.

If you are creating an audio project and finish putting together the project before creating an inlay, then when you access the Cover Editor interface from the audio project window, the tracks will automatically be listed on the back cover.

If you close the Cover Editor, your changes will be lost.

開啟「封套編輯器」。

Choose the formatting you wish to use for the text and type the text, scrolling down to see the side and back inlay for the jewel case.

When you first see the Cover Editor dialog, you will not be able to click on any of the text formatting options. Click on the cover you want to work on to be able to use those.

按一下位於工具列的「背景屬性」圖示然後為你現在的封套建立背景，或直接在你想要編輯的封套上按右鍵「設定背景屬性」。你可以選擇單色的背景顏色或是選擇背景圖片。

如果你選擇將背景圖片置中，「Brasero」有時候會在你按下「關閉」按鈕的時候沒有回應。

按一下「關閉」來套用更改並關閉「背景屬性」對話視窗。

按一下「列印」來將你的封套輸出，這個按鈕位在視窗右上角的下拉式選單裏。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/brasero/project-data.page0000644000373100047300000000507712253720472024753 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 將資料寫入一張 CD 或 DVD。 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 建立一個資料專案

A data project is used for writing data (for example, files, photos or music) to a disc, without changing those files in any way. This can be useful for transferring files between computers.

按下主視窗的「資料專案」或選擇「專案新專案新資料專案」。

Add the desired files to the project by clicking Add in the toolbar and selecting the files. You can also add files by dragging and dropping them onto the project area or by clicking EditAdd Files.

You can create folders on the CD to store your data in a more structured manner. To create a folder, click New Folder in the toolbar or select EditNew Folder from the menu bar. You can also create folders inside other folders.

You can add a title for the disc in the text entry field below the project area.

Select the blank disc in the drop down list.

按一下「燒錄‧‧‧」以繼續。

在下拉式清單「燒錄速度」中你可以選擇任一你想要的燒錄速度。

Click Burn to burn a single CD of the project or Burn Several Copies to burn your project to multiple CDs

如果你正要使用一張可複寫光碟，且上頭已經包含資料，那麼你將會被詢問是否要抹除這張光碟或是插入另一張新的光碟來進行動作。

如果你正想要使用一張上頭包含未完成燒錄資料的可複寫光碟，你可能需要在你嘗試進行動作之前先完全抹除〈不是快速抹除〉這張光碟。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/brasero/index.page0000644000373100047300000000131012253720472023467 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png"/> Brasero Help
建立新專案
疑難排解
其他工具
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/brasero/project-save.page0000644000373100047300000000500012253720472024762 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 先儲存專案便於稍後編輯或燒錄。 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 儲存為一個專案

你可以在「Brasero」中先將音樂、資料或影片專案先儲存以便於稍後編輯或燒錄。

新建一個專案然後將你想要使用的檔案增加進專案之中。

按一下「專案儲存」來儲存你的專案。

輸入你想要為這個專案取的名字然後按一下「儲存」來儲存你的專案。

有許多方式可以用來開啟已經儲存的「Brasero」專案，這些方法為：

從主視窗的「選擇最近使用的專案」點選要開啟的專案。

按一下「專案最近使用的專案」

按一下「專案開啟」並選擇你想要開啟的專案。

在檔案管理員中直接開啟一個專案檔案。

Only one instance of Brasero can be opened at any time. If you try to open a second instance, the currently open Brasero window will be focused.

If Brasero is already running and you try to open some files with it from Files, the files will be added to the project that you are currently working on.

If you open a saved project, Brasero will treat it as a new project: if you want to save an updated version of the project, it will ask you to enter a name for it, at this point you can overwrite the old version or save it as a new project by entering a different file name.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/brasero/project-audio.page0000644000373100047300000000406212253720472025134 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 建立一個音樂專案。 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 燒錄一張音樂CD

Brasero can write audio files to a CD, which you can then use for playing in CD players and so on. It is usually best to use a non-rewritable CD because not all CD players will play rewritable CDs.

在主視窗中按「音樂專案」或選擇「專案新專案新音樂專案」。

Add audio files to the project by clicking Add in the toolbar and selecting the desired files. You can also add files by dragging and dropping them onto the project area or by clicking EditAdd Files.

You can add a title for the CD in the text entry field below the project area.

Select the blank CD in the drop down list.

按一下「燒錄‧‧‧」以繼續。

在下拉式清單「燒錄速度」中你可以選擇任一你想要的燒錄速度。

Click Burn to burn a single disc of the project or Burn Several Copies to burn your project to multiple discs.

You can also split individual tracks into multiple tracks using the Split tool and add a two second break after a track using the Pause button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/brasero/split-track.page0000644000373100047300000000546412253720472024633 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 分割一個音樂專案成多個音軌。 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 分割一個音軌

當你將音樂檔案放入一個音樂專案時，你可以分割一個音樂音軌成多個音軌。

開始一個音樂專案然後新增你想要使用的音軌。

選擇你想要分割的音軌，然後選擇「編輯分割軌道‧‧‧」或直接在音軌上點擊右鍵然後在選單中選擇「分割軌道‧‧‧」。

選擇你偏好於分割音軌的方式：

手動分割音軌

這個選項可以讓你手動選擇這首音軌每個新區塊適當的長度。

 將音軌分割為固定長度的等分

選擇這個選項將你選擇的音軌分割成多個相同長度的等分。

 將音軌分割為固定數量的等分

這個方式可以讓你將你選擇的音軌分割成你設定數量的等分，每個等分會是相同的長度。

 以每個分割點來分割音軌

選擇這項將可以使「Brasero」自動偵測音軌中的靜音處並且將音軌以靜音處作分割。

按一下「分割」來開始分割音軌。

如果你嘗試將一個音軌分割成一個少於六秒鐘的分割，這個分割將會重新調整為六秒鐘的長度。

按一下「確定」來確認你即將要做的分割方式和對音軌的改變。

You can split and merge the same track as many times as you like while you are viewing the split track dialog. Once you confirm your track splitting by clicking OK, you will no longer be able to merge the sections you have already split off. To revert the changes, remove the split sections of the track from your project and re-add the track.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/brasero/prob-cd.page0000644000373100047300000000251012253720472023711 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 我的MP3檔案沒有辦法在CD或是DVD播放機中播放。 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 不能在CD播放機中播放CD光碟。

If your CD is not playing in your CD player or stereo, it is probably because the music was not correctly written to the disc or because you used a data project to write the music to the CD instead of an audio project.

很多新的CD和DVD播放器可以播放由資料專案製作出來的音樂CD，但是其他大部分的老舊播放器可能沒有辦法做到。

其他CD播放機可能沒有辦法播放 CD-RW 格式的光碟。

如果你正在使用 CD-RW，請將它抹除。

重新並使用音樂專案來燒錄這張CD。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/brasero/project-disc-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000321712253720472025726 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 建立一個完整的光碟副本。 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 複製光碟

在主視窗中按「光碟複製」或選擇「專案新專案光碟複製」。

Select the disc you would like to copy from the drop down list below Select disc to copy. If you have more than one disc drive, all discs which are currently in them should be listed.

Choose whether you want to make a copy to another disc or create an image for later use.

Click the Properties button to select burning speed and other custom options.

Click Copy to start copying the disc, or Make Several Copies, if you plan to make more than one copy of the disc.

If you are copying the disc and have only one disc drive, you will be asked to replace the disc you are copying with a writable one after the contents are copied temporarily to your hard disk.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/brasero/tools-blank.page0000644000373100047300000000261512253720472024616 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 使用填充的方式抹除一張可複寫的CD或DVD光碟。 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 抹除一張光碟

你可以準備一張有檔案在上頭的可複寫光碟，這張光碟將要使用填充的方式來抹除。

選擇「工具抹除‧‧‧」。

如果你有超過一台的光碟機且包含可複寫光碟的話，你可以在「選擇光碟」中選擇你想要抹除的光碟。

你可以選擇「快速抹除」來加快抹除光碟的速度。

如果你在快速抹除的光碟下發生了燒錄的問題，嘗試取消快速抹除的選項然後再將光碟抹除一遍。

點一下「抹除」以繼續。

光碟有可能會在抹除完畢的時候退出。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/brasero/project-video.page0000644000373100047300000000350312253720472025140 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 3 將影片燒錄製 DVD 或 SVCD。 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 建立一個影片專案

「Brasero」可以用來製作讓DVD播放機或手提電腦播放的影音光碟。

在主視窗中按「影片專案」或選擇「專案新專案新影片專案」。

在工具列上按一下「加入」選擇影片檔案並將檔案加入專案之中。你也可以拖曳你想要加入的檔案至專案區域上頭或按一下「編輯新增檔案」。

You can add a title for the disc in the text entry field below the project area.

Select the blank disc in the drop down list.

按一下「燒錄‧‧‧」以繼續。

在下拉式清單「燒錄速度」中你可以選擇任一你想要的燒錄速度。

Click Burn to burn a single disc of the project or Burn Several Copies to burn your project to multiple discs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_HK/brasero/project-image-burn.page0000644000373100047300000000576612253720472026075 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 將現有的映像檔燒錄至 CD 或 DVD。 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 燒錄映像檔

Brasero allows you to burn disc images to a CD or DVD. It supports the following extensions of optical disc images: .iso, .toc and .cue.

Disc images are archive files which contain all the data that is on a CD or DVD. Only one disc image can be on a CD at a time, but each archive can contain as little or as much data as you want, as long as it fits on the disc.

如果想要將映像檔燒錄至 CD 或 DVD，請跟隨下列步驟：

Click Burn image on the start page or select ProjectNew ProjectBurn image… .

Select a disc image to write by clicking Click here to select a disc image.

Select the disc that you want to use from drop down list below Select a disc to write to. If you have more than one disc drive, all discs which are currently in them should be listed.

After choosing the disc Brasero shows how much free space will remain on the disc after burning.

Click the Properties button to select burning speed and other custom options.

Click Burn to start burning the image. After this operation you can either finish burning or make the other copy of the image.

If you are using a re-writable disc, which already contains data, you will be asked if you want to blank it or insert a different disc.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/brasero/tools-check-integrity.page0000644000373100047300000000322212253720474026645 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 您可以在燒錄一片光碟之後測試它的完整性。 Paulina Gonzalez pau.gonzalezbr@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 檢查光碟的完整性。

在使用「Brasero」燒錄完成一張CD/DVD光碟之後，您可以檢查光碟的完整性來確保在光碟中的檔案是正常無損壞的。

選擇「工具檢查完整性」。

選擇「使用 MD5 檔案檢查光碟」選項以使用 MD5 檔案來檢查光碟的完整性。

MD5〈信息-摘要算法 5〉是一個檔案校驗功能，廣泛的運用於檢查資料的完整性。

如果您選擇了此選項，您將需要點擊下面的資料夾圖示來找到MD5檔案。

按下「檢查」來繼續動作或是「關閉」來取消它。

檢查程序完成之後您可以選擇「再檢查一次」或選擇「關閉」。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/brasero/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000250512253720474025142 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Introduction to the Brasero disc burning application. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 引言

「Brasero」是用來燒錄 CD 和 DVD 的應用程式，它被設計成易於使用，並且提供所有燒錄所需的工具。

在「Brasero」中您可以：

將資料燒錄至 CD 和 DVD

將數位音樂檔案（例如 ogg、flac 和 mp3）燒錄為音樂 CD

複製 CD 和 DVD

建立影片 DVD 或 SVCD

建立映像檔和燒錄既存的映像檔

抹除 CD-RW 和 DVD-RW

檢查光碟和光碟映像檔的完整性
「<gui>Brasero</gui>」主視窗
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/brasero/prob-dvd.page0000644000373100047300000000251412253720474024136 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 我不能燒錄一張 DVD-R 或 DVD-RW。 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 在建立DVD時發生的問題

一些 DVD-R 和 DVD-RW 可能沒有辦法相容於所有的燒錄裝置。依照下面所列的資訊來得知它們能不能用於您的燒錄裝置。

Check if your DVD drive accepts DVD+ or DVD- discs; if it is labelled with "multi", that usually indicates that it accepts both. Check your disc to see if it is the same as the DVD drive.

檢查您的光碟是否是雙層光碟或單層光碟：一些DVD裝置沒有辦法寫入雙層光碟。

如果您想要使用 DVD-R，檢查它是否有寫入過。如果您想要使用 DVD-RW，試著在您要燒錄之前先將它抹除。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/brasero/create-cover.page0000644000373100047300000000452212253720474025001 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Create an inlay for a jewel case. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 建立一個封套

You can use Brasero to create inlays for your jewel cases. Access the creator by clicking Tools Cover Editor.

If you are creating an audio project and finish putting together the project before creating an inlay, then when you access the Cover Editor interface from the audio project window, the tracks will automatically be listed on the back cover.

If you close the Cover Editor, your changes will be lost.

開啟「封套編輯器」。

Choose the formatting you wish to use for the text and type the text, scrolling down to see the side and back inlay for the jewel case.

When you first see the Cover Editor dialog, you will not be able to click on any of the text formatting options. Click on the cover you want to work on to be able to use those.

按一下位於工具列的「背景屬性」圖示然後為您現在的封套建立背景，或直接在您想要編輯的封套上按右鍵「設定背景屬性」。您可以選擇單色的背景顏色或是選擇背景圖片。

如果您選擇將背景圖片置中，「Brasero」有時候會在您按下「關閉」按鈕的時候沒有回應。

按一下「關閉」來套用變更並關閉「背景屬性」對話視窗。

按一下「列印」來將您的封套輸出，這個按鈕位在視窗右上角的下拉式選單裡。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/brasero/project-data.page0000644000373100047300000000507712253720474025005 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 將資料寫入一張 CD 或 DVD。 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 建立一個資料專案

A data project is used for writing data (for example, files, photos or music) to a disc, without changing those files in any way. This can be useful for transferring files between computers.

按下主視窗的「資料專案」或選擇「專案新專案新資料專案」。

Add the desired files to the project by clicking Add in the toolbar and selecting the files. You can also add files by dragging and dropping them onto the project area or by clicking EditAdd Files.

You can create folders on the CD to store your data in a more structured manner. To create a folder, click New Folder in the toolbar or select EditNew Folder from the menu bar. You can also create folders inside other folders.

You can add a title for the disc in the text entry field below the project area.

Select the blank disc in the drop down list.

按一下「燒錄‧‧‧」以繼續。

在下拉式清單「燒錄速度」中您可以選擇任一您想要的燒錄速度。

Click Burn to burn a single CD of the project or Burn Several Copies to burn your project to multiple CDs

如果您正要使用一張可複寫光碟，且上頭已經包含資料，那麼您將會被詢問是否要抹除這張光碟或是插入另一張新的光碟來進行動作。

如果您正想要使用一張上頭包含未完成燒錄資料的可複寫光碟，您可能需要在您嘗試進行動作之前先完全抹除〈不是快速抹除〉這張光碟。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/brasero/index.page0000644000373100047300000000131012253720474023521 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png"/> Brasero Help
建立新專案
疑難排解
其他工具
usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/brasero/project-save.page0000644000373100047300000000500012253720474025014 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 先儲存專案便於稍後編輯或燒錄。 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 儲存為一個專案

您可以在「Brasero」中先將音樂、資料或影片專案先儲存以便於稍後編輯或燒錄。

新建一個專案然後將您想要使用的檔案增加進專案之中。

按一下「專案儲存」來儲存您的專案。

輸入您想要為這個專案取的名字然後按一下「儲存」來儲存您的專案。

有許多方式可以用來開啟已經儲存的「Brasero」專案，這些方法為：

從主視窗的「選擇最近使用的專案」點選要開啟的專案。

按一下「專案最近使用的專案」

按一下「專案開啟」並選擇您想要開啟的專案。

在檔案管理員中直接開啟一個專案檔案。

Only one instance of Brasero can be opened at any time. If you try to open a second instance, the currently open Brasero window will be focused.

If Brasero is already running and you try to open some files with it from Files, the files will be added to the project that you are currently working on.

If you open a saved project, Brasero will treat it as a new project: if you want to save an updated version of the project, it will ask you to enter a name for it, at this point you can overwrite the old version or save it as a new project by entering a different file name.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/brasero/project-audio.page0000644000373100047300000000406212253720474025166 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 建立一個音樂專案。 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 燒錄一張音樂CD

Brasero can write audio files to a CD, which you can then use for playing in CD players and so on. It is usually best to use a non-rewritable CD because not all CD players will play rewritable CDs.

在主視窗中按「音樂專案」或選擇「專案新專案新音樂專案」。

Add audio files to the project by clicking Add in the toolbar and selecting the desired files. You can also add files by dragging and dropping them onto the project area or by clicking EditAdd Files.

You can add a title for the CD in the text entry field below the project area.

Select the blank CD in the drop down list.

按一下「燒錄‧‧‧」以繼續。

在下拉式清單「燒錄速度」中您可以選擇任一您想要的燒錄速度。

Click Burn to burn a single disc of the project or Burn Several Copies to burn your project to multiple discs.

You can also split individual tracks into multiple tracks using the Split tool and add a two second break after a track using the Pause button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/brasero/split-track.page0000644000373100047300000000546412253720474024665 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 分割一個音樂專案成多個音軌。 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 分割一個音軌

當您將音樂檔案放入一個音樂專案時，您可以分割一個音樂音軌成多個音軌。

開始一個音樂專案然後新增您想要使用的音軌。

選擇您想要分割的音軌，然後選擇「編輯分割軌道‧‧‧」或直接在音軌上點擊右鍵然後在選單中選擇「分割軌道‧‧‧」。

選擇您偏好於分割音軌的方式：

手動分割音軌

這個選項可以讓您手動選擇這首音軌每個新區塊適當的長度。

 將音軌分割為固定長度的等分

選擇這個選項將您選擇的音軌分割成多個相同長度的等分。

 將音軌分割為固定數量的等分

這個方式可以讓您將您選擇的音軌分割成您設定數量的等分，每個等分會是相同的長度。

 以每個分割點來分割音軌

選擇這項將可以使「Brasero」自動偵測音軌中的靜音處並且將音軌以靜音處作分割。

按一下「分割」來開始分割音軌。

如果您嘗試將一個音軌分割成一個少於六秒鐘的分割，這個分割將會重新調整為六秒鐘的長度。

按一下「確定」來確認您即將要做的分割方式和對音軌的改變。

You can split and merge the same track as many times as you like while you are viewing the split track dialog. Once you confirm your track splitting by clicking OK, you will no longer be able to merge the sections you have already split off. To revert the changes, remove the split sections of the track from your project and re-add the track.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/brasero/prob-cd.page0000644000373100047300000000251012253720474023743 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 我的MP3檔案沒有辦法在CD或是DVD播放機中播放。 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 不能在CD播放機中播放CD光碟。

If your CD is not playing in your CD player or stereo, it is probably because the music was not correctly written to the disc or because you used a data project to write the music to the CD instead of an audio project.

很多新的CD和DVD播放器可以播放由資料專案製作出來的音樂CD，但是其他大部分的老舊播放器可能沒有辦法做到。

其他CD播放機可能沒有辦法播放 CD-RW 格式的光碟。

如果您正在使用 CD-RW，請將它抹除。

重新並使用音樂專案來燒錄這張CD。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/brasero/project-disc-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000321712253720474025760 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 建立一個完整的光碟副本。 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 複製光碟

在主視窗中按「光碟複製」或選擇「專案新專案光碟複製」。

Select the disc you would like to copy from the drop down list below Select disc to copy. If you have more than one disc drive, all discs which are currently in them should be listed.

Choose whether you want to make a copy to another disc or create an image for later use.

Click the Properties button to select burning speed and other custom options.

Click Copy to start copying the disc, or Make Several Copies, if you plan to make more than one copy of the disc.

If you are copying the disc and have only one disc drive, you will be asked to replace the disc you are copying with a writable one after the contents are copied temporarily to your hard disk.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/brasero/tools-blank.page0000644000373100047300000000261512253720474024650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 使用填充的方式抹除一張可複寫的CD或DVD光碟。 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 抹除一張光碟

您可以準備一張有檔案在上頭的可複寫光碟，這張光碟將要使用填充的方式來抹除。

選擇「工具抹除‧‧‧」。

如果您有超過一台的光碟機且包含可複寫光碟的話，您可以在「選擇光碟」中選擇您想要抹除的光碟。

您可以選擇「快速抹除」來加快抹除光碟的速度。

如果您在快速抹除的光碟下發生了燒錄的問題，試著取消快速抹除的選項然後再將光碟抹除一遍。

點一下「抹除」以繼續。

光碟有可能會在抹除完畢的時候退出。

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/brasero/project-video.page0000644000373100047300000000350612253720474025175 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 3 將影片燒錄製 DVD 或 SVCD。 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 建立一個影片專案

「Brasero」可以用來製作讓DVD播放機或筆記型電腦播放的影音光碟。

在主視窗中按「影片專案」或選擇「專案新專案新影片專案」。

在工具列上按一下「加入」選擇影片檔案並將檔案加入專案之中。您也可以拖曳您想要加入的檔案至專案區域上頭或按一下「編輯新增檔案」。

You can add a title for the disc in the text entry field below the project area.

Select the blank disc in the drop down list.

按一下「燒錄‧‧‧」以繼續。

在下拉式清單「燒錄速度」中您可以選擇任一您想要的燒錄速度。

Click Burn to burn a single disc of the project or Burn Several Copies to burn your project to multiple discs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/zh_TW/brasero/project-image-burn.page0000644000373100047300000000576612253720474026127 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 將現有的映像檔燒錄至 CD 或 DVD。 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 燒錄映像檔

Brasero allows you to burn disc images to a CD or DVD. It supports the following extensions of optical disc images: .iso, .toc and .cue.

Disc images are archive files which contain all the data that is on a CD or DVD. Only one disc image can be on a CD at a time, but each archive can contain as little or as much data as you want, as long as it fits on the disc.

如果想要將映像檔燒錄至 CD 或 DVD，請跟隨下列步驟：

Click Burn image on the start page or select ProjectNew ProjectBurn image… .

Select a disc image to write by clicking Click here to select a disc image.

Select the disc that you want to use from drop down list below Select a disc to write to. If you have more than one disc drive, all discs which are currently in them should be listed.

After choosing the disc Brasero shows how much free space will remain on the disc after burning.

Click the Properties button to select burning speed and other custom options.

Click Burn to start burning the image. After this operation you can either finish burning or make the other copy of the image.

If you are using a re-writable disc, which already contains data, you will be asked if you want to blank it or insert a different disc.

 language-pack-gnome-zh-hant-base/data/zh_HK/0000755000000000000000000000000012321561226015741 5ustar language-pack-gnome-zh-hant-base/data/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/0000755000000000000000000000000012321561246017530 5ustar language-pack-gnome-zh-hant-base/data/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/devhelp.po0000644000000000000000000003240312321561226021517 0ustar # Chinese (Hong Kong) translation for devhelp. # Copyright (C) 2001, 03, 04, 06, 07 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Joe Man , 2001. # Abel Cheung , 2003, 04. # Lin-Chieh Shangkuan , 2006. # Woodman Tuen , 2007. # Hialan Liu , 2008. # Chao-Hsiung Liao , 2010. # Wei-Lun Chao , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: devhelp 2.91.6\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: " "http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=devhelp&keywords=I18N+L10N&co" "mponent=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 04:00+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Chao-Hsiung Liao \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Hong Kong) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:32+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. i18n: Please don't translate "Devhelp" (it's marked as translatable #. * for transliteration only) #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/dh-app.c:162 ../src/dh-app.c:347 #: ../src/dh-window.c:655 msgid "Devhelp" msgstr "Devhelp" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Developer's Help program" msgstr "程式開發者的說明書瀏覽程式" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "Documentation Browser" msgstr "文件瀏覽器" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "documentation;information;manual;developer;api;" msgstr "documentation;information;manual;developer;api;文件;資訊;手冊;開發者;" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:1 msgid "Main window maximized state" msgstr "視窗最大化" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:2 msgid "Whether the main window should start maximized." msgstr "程式啟動時主視窗應否成為最大化的狀態。" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:3 msgid "Width of the main window" msgstr "主視窗闊度" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:4 msgid "The width of the main window." msgstr "主視窗的闊度。" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:5 msgid "Height of main window" msgstr "主視窗高度" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:6 msgid "The height of the main window." msgstr "主視窗的高度。" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:7 msgid "X position of main window" msgstr "主視窗水平位置" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:8 msgid "The X position of the main window." msgstr "主視窗的水平位置。" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:9 msgid "Y position of main window" msgstr "主視窗垂直位置" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:10 msgid "The Y position of the main window." msgstr "主視窗垂直位置。" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:11 msgid "Width of the index and search pane" msgstr "索引及搜尋窗格闊度。" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:12 msgid "The width of the index and search pane." msgstr "索引及搜尋窗格闊度。" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:13 msgid "Selected tab: \"content\" or \"search\"" msgstr "已選取分頁：「內容」或「搜尋」" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:14 msgid "Which of the tabs is selected: \"content\" or \"search\"." msgstr "哪個分頁已選取：「內容」或「搜尋」。" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:15 msgid "Books disabled" msgstr "已停用書籍" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:16 msgid "List of books disabled by the user." msgstr "被使用者停用的書籍清單。" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:17 msgid "Group by language" msgstr "以語言為羣組" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:18 msgid "Whether books should be grouped by language in the UI" msgstr "書本在使用者介面中是否應以語言做為羣組" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:19 msgid "Width of the assistant window" msgstr "助理視窗闊度" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:20 msgid "The width of the assistant window." msgstr "助理視窗的闊度。" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:21 msgid "Height of assistant window" msgstr "助理視窗高度" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:22 msgid "The height of the assistant window." msgstr "助理視窗的高度。" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:23 msgid "X position of assistant window" msgstr "助理視窗的 X 位置" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:24 msgid "The X position of the assistant window." msgstr "助理視窗的 X 位置。" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:25 msgid "Y position of assistant window" msgstr "助理視窗的 Y 位置" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:26 msgid "The Y position of the assistant window." msgstr "助理視窗的 Y 位置。" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:27 msgid "Use system fonts" msgstr "使用系統字型" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:28 msgid "Use the system default fonts." msgstr "使用系統預設字型。" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:29 msgid "Font for text" msgstr "普通文字字型" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:30 msgid "Font for text with variable width." msgstr "可變闊度文字所使用的字型。" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:31 msgid "Font for fixed width text" msgstr "固定闊度字型" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:32 msgid "Font for text with fixed width, such as code examples." msgstr "固定闊度文字所使用的字型，例如原始碼範例。" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Devhelp support" msgstr "Devhelp 支援" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Makes F2 bring up Devhelp for the word at the cursor" msgstr "使得按 F2 會以游標所在的文字啟動 Devhelp" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.py:69 msgid "Show API Documentation" msgstr "顯示 API 文件" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.py:71 msgid "Show API Documentation for the word at the cursor" msgstr "以游標所在的文字顯示其 API 文件" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:1 msgid "New window" msgstr "新增視窗" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:2 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "偏好設定" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:3 msgid "About Devhelp" msgstr "關於 Devhelp" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:4 msgid "Quit" msgstr "結束" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:5 msgid "New _Tab" msgstr "新增分頁(_T)" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:6 msgid "_Print" msgstr "打印(_P)" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:7 msgid "_Find" msgstr "尋找(_F)" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:8 msgid "_Larger text" msgstr "放大文字(_L)" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:9 msgid "S_maller text" msgstr "縮小文字(_M)" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:10 msgid "_Normal size" msgstr "正常大小(_N)" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:11 msgid "_Group by language" msgstr "以語言為羣組(_G)" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:12 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "已啟用" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:13 msgid "Title" msgstr "標題" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:14 msgid "Book Shelf" msgstr "書櫃" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:15 msgid "_Use system fonts" msgstr "使用系統字型(_U)" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:16 msgid "_Variable width: " msgstr "可變闊度(_V)： " #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:17 msgid "_Fixed width:" msgstr "固定闊度(_F)：" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:18 msgid "Fonts" msgstr "字型" #: ../src/dh-app.c:157 msgid "translator_credits" msgstr "" "如對翻譯有任何意見，請送一封電子郵件給\n" "以下地址，GNOME 翻譯隊伍會盡快回覆你：\n" "zh-l10n@lists.linux.org.tw\n" "\n" "Hialan Liu , 2008\n" "Woodman Tuen , 2007\n" "Lin-Chieh Shangkuan , 2006\n" "Abel Cheung , 2003-04\n" "Joe Man , 2001\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Chao-Hsiung Liao https://launchpad.net/~j-h-liau\n" " Woodman Tuen https://launchpad.net/~wmtuen\n" " ericsk https://launchpad.net/~ericsk\n" " hialan https://launchpad.net/~hialan-liu" #: ../src/dh-app.c:164 msgid "A developers' help browser for GNOME" msgstr "GNOME 的程式開發者說明文件瀏覽程式" #: ../src/dh-app.c:172 msgid "DevHelp Website" msgstr "DevHelp 網站" #. i18n: Please don't translate "Devhelp". #: ../src/dh-assistant.c:121 msgid "Devhelp — Assistant" msgstr "Devhelp — 助理" #: ../src/dh-assistant-view.c:403 msgid "Book:" msgstr "書本：" #: ../src/dh-book.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Language: %s" msgstr "語言：%s" #: ../src/dh-book.c:256 msgid "Language: Undefined" msgstr "語言：未定義" #. i18n: a documentation book #: ../src/dh-link.c:267 msgid "Book" msgstr "書本" #. i18n: a "page" in a documentation book #: ../src/dh-link.c:270 msgid "Page" msgstr "頁面" #. i18n: a search hit in the documentation, could be a #. * function, macro, struct, etc #: ../src/dh-link.c:274 msgid "Keyword" msgstr "關鍵字" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:279 msgid "Function" msgstr "函數" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:284 msgid "Struct" msgstr "Struct" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:289 msgid "Macro" msgstr "巨集" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:294 msgid "Enum" msgstr "Enum" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:299 msgid "Type" msgstr "類型" #: ../src/dh-main.c:43 msgid "Opens a new Devhelp window" msgstr "開啟新的 Devhelp 視窗" #: ../src/dh-main.c:48 msgid "Search for a keyword" msgstr "搜尋關鍵字" #: ../src/dh-main.c:49 ../src/dh-main.c:54 msgid "KEYWORD" msgstr "KEYWORD" #: ../src/dh-main.c:53 msgid "Search and display any hit in the assistant window" msgstr "在助理視窗中搜尋並顯示任何提示" #: ../src/dh-main.c:58 msgid "Display the version and exit" msgstr "顯示版本號及離開" #: ../src/dh-main.c:63 msgid "Quit any running Devhelp" msgstr "結束所有執行中的 Devhelp 進程" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:97 ../src/dh-parser.c:199 ../src/dh-parser.c:263 #: ../src/dh-parser.c:273 #, c-format msgid "Expected '%s', got '%s' at line %d, column %d" msgstr "第 %3$d 列第 %4$d 字應該是‘%1$s’，但實際是‘%2$s’" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Invalid namespace '%s' at line %d, column %d" msgstr "第 %2$d 列第 %3$d 字出現無效的 namespace‘%1$s’" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:143 #, c-format msgid "" "\"title\", \"name\" and \"link\" elements are required at line %d, column %d" msgstr "第 %d 列第 %d 字需要指定 \"title\"，\"name\"及\"link\"元素" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:218 #, c-format msgid "" "\"name\" and \"link\" elements are required inside on line %d, column " "%d" msgstr "第 %d 列第 %d 字的 之內需要指定\"name\"及\"link\"元素" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:298 #, c-format msgid "" "\"name\" and \"link\" elements are required inside '%s' on line %d, column %d" msgstr "「%s」的第 %d 列第 %d 字需要指定\"name\"及\"link\"元素" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:311 #, c-format msgid "\"type\" element is required inside on line %d, column %d" msgstr " 的第 %d 列第 %d 字需要指定\"type\"元素" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:514 #, c-format msgid "Cannot uncompress book '%s': %s" msgstr "無法將說明書‘%s’解壓：%s" #. Setup the Current/All Files selector #: ../src/dh-sidebar.c:478 msgid "Current" msgstr "目前的" #: ../src/dh-sidebar.c:481 #| msgid "All books" msgid "All Books" msgstr "所有書籍" #: ../src/dh-window.c:86 msgid "50%" msgstr "50%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:87 msgid "75%" msgstr "75%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:88 msgid "100%" msgstr "100%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:89 msgid "125%" msgstr "125%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:90 msgid "150%" msgstr "150%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:91 msgid "175%" msgstr "175%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:92 msgid "200%" msgstr "200%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:93 msgid "300%" msgstr "300%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:94 msgid "400%" msgstr "400%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:688 #| msgid "_Back" msgid "Back" msgstr "上一頁" #: ../src/dh-window.c:695 #| msgid "_Forward" msgid "Forward" msgstr "下一頁" #: ../src/dh-window.c:967 msgid "Error opening the requested link." msgstr "開啟要求的連結時發生錯誤。" #: ../src/dh-window.c:1317 ../src/dh-window.c:1503 msgid "Empty Page" msgstr "空白頁" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:320 msgid "Find:" msgstr "搜尋：" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:329 msgid "Find Previous" msgstr "尋找上一筆" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:333 ../src/eggfindbar.c:336 msgid "Find previous occurrence of the search string" msgstr "尋找上一個出現的搜尋字串" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:342 msgid "Find Next" msgstr "尋找下一筆" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:346 ../src/eggfindbar.c:349 msgid "Find next occurrence of the search string" msgstr "尋找下一個出現的搜尋字串" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:358 msgid "C_ase Sensitive" msgstr "區分大小寫(_A)" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:362 ../src/eggfindbar.c:365 msgid "Toggle case sensitive search" msgstr "選取後在搜尋時將區分大小寫" language-pack-gnome-zh-hant-base/data/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/eog.po0000644000000000000000000013520412321561226020645 0ustar # Chinese (Hong Kong) translation of eog. # Copyright (C) 2000-07 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Jing-Jong Shyue , 2000. # Abel Cheung , 2001-2003. # Lawrence Leung , 2004. # Ching-Hung Lin <2billlin@yahoo.com.tw>, 2004. # Woodman Tuen , 2005-2006. # Chao-Hsiung Liao , 2008, 2010. # Wei-Lun Chao , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: eog 3.1.92\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-11 11:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-22 12:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Hong Kong) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:40+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #. Translaters: This string is for a toggle to display a toolbar. #. * The name of the toolbar is automatically computed from the widgets #. * on the toolbar, and is placed at the %s. Note the _ before the %s #. * which is used to add mnemonics. We know that this is likely to #. * produce duplicates, but don't worry about it. If your language #. * normally has a mnemonic at the start, please use the _. If not, #. * please remove. #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:992 #, c-format msgid "Show “_%s”" msgstr "顯示「%s」" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1485 msgid "_Move on Toolbar" msgstr "移至工具列(_M)" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1486 msgid "Move the selected item on the toolbar" msgstr "將選取的項目移至工具列" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1487 msgid "_Remove from Toolbar" msgstr "從工具列移除(_R)" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1488 msgid "Remove the selected item from the toolbar" msgstr "從工具列移除選取的項目" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1489 msgid "_Delete Toolbar" msgstr "刪除工具列(_D)" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1490 msgid "Remove the selected toolbar" msgstr "移除選取的工具列" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-toolbar-editor.c:489 msgid "Separator" msgstr "分隔線" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:49 #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:1 ../src/eog-window.c:4038 msgid "_View" msgstr "檢視(_V)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:2 ../src/eog-window.c:4064 msgid "_Toolbar" msgstr "工具列(_T)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:3 ../src/eog-window.c:4067 msgid "_Statusbar" msgstr "狀態列(_S)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:4 ../src/eog-window.c:4070 msgid "_Image Gallery" msgstr "影像集(_I)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:5 ../src/eog-window.c:4073 msgid "Side _Pane" msgstr "側邊窗格(_P)" # src/preferences.c:219 #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:6 ../src/eog-window.c:4052 msgid "Prefere_nces" msgstr "偏好設定(_N)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:7 ../src/eog-window.c:2565 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4041 msgid "_Help" msgstr "求助(_H)" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:32 #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:8 msgid "_About Image Viewer" msgstr "關於影像檢視器(_A)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:9 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "結束(_Q)" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:32 #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/eog-application.c:269 #: ../src/eog-window.c:6163 msgid "Image Viewer" msgstr "影像檢視器" #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Browse and rotate images" msgstr "瀏覽及更改影像的方向" #. Extra keywords that can be used to search for eog in GNOME Shell and Unity #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Picture;Slideshow;Graphics;" msgstr "Picture;Slideshow;Graphics;照片;投影片;影像;" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:1 ../src/eog-window.c:5039 msgid "Image Properties" msgstr "影像屬性" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Previous" msgstr "上一個(_P)" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Next" msgstr "下一個(_N)" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:495 msgid "Name:" msgstr "名稱：" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:32 #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:5 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:497 msgid "Width:" msgstr "闊度：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:6 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:499 msgid "Height:" msgstr "高度：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:7 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:501 msgid "Type:" msgstr "類型：" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:7 #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Bytes:" msgstr "位元組：" # src/tb-image.c:33 # src/window.c:181 #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:9 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:505 msgid "Folder:" msgstr "資料夾：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:10 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:493 msgid "General" msgstr "一般" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:11 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:530 msgid "Aperture Value:" msgstr "光圈值：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:12 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:533 msgid "Exposure Time:" msgstr "曝光時間：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:13 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:536 msgid "Focal Length:" msgstr "焦距：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:14 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:538 msgid "Flash:" msgstr "閃光燈：" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:7 #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:15 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:542 msgid "ISO Speed Rating:" msgstr "ISO 速率：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:16 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:545 msgid "Metering Mode:" msgstr "測光模式：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:17 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:548 msgid "Camera Model:" msgstr "相機型號：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:18 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:550 msgid "Date/Time:" msgstr "日期/時刻：" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:7 #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:19 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:555 msgid "Description:" msgstr "描述：" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:7 #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:20 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:558 msgid "Location:" msgstr "位置：" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:7 #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:21 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:561 msgid "Keywords:" msgstr "關鍵字：" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:7 #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:22 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:563 msgid "Author:" msgstr "作者：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:23 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:566 msgid "Copyright:" msgstr "版權：" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:7 #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:24 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:569 msgid "Details" msgstr "詳細資料" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:25 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:526 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "中繼資料" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Save As" msgstr "另存新檔" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:5 #, no-c-format msgid "%f: original filename" msgstr "%f: 原始檔案名稱" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:7 #, no-c-format msgid "%n: counter" msgstr "%n: 計數" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Filename format:" msgstr "檔案名稱格式:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Choose a folder" msgstr "選擇一個資料夾" # src/tb-image.c:33 # src/window.c:181 #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Destination folder:" msgstr "目的地資料夾:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "File Path Specifications" msgstr "檔案路徑規則" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Start counter at:" msgstr "開始計數於：" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Replace spaces with underscores" msgstr "以底線替代空格" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:7 #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Options" msgstr "選項" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Rename from:" msgstr "重新命名格式:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "To:" msgstr "到:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "File Name Preview" msgstr "檔案名稱預覽" # src/preferences.c:219 #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "偏好設定" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Image Enhancements" msgstr "影像增強" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:7 #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Smooth images when zoomed _out" msgstr "拉遠時將影像平滑化(_O)" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:7 #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Smooth images when zoomed _in" msgstr "拉近時將影像平滑化(_I)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Automatic orientation" msgstr "自動調整方向(_A)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Background" msgstr "背景" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "As custom color:" msgstr "使用自選顏色：" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "背景顏色" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Transparent Parts" msgstr "透明部分" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "As check _pattern" msgstr "以方格表示(_P)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "As custom c_olor:" msgstr "以自選顏色表示(_O):" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "Color for Transparent Areas" msgstr "表示透明區域的顏色" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "As _background" msgstr "以背景表示(_B)" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:32 #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Image View" msgstr "影像顯示" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Image Zoom" msgstr "影像縮放" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "E_xpand images to fit screen" msgstr "放大至適合螢幕的大小(_X)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "Sequence" msgstr "播放順序" #. I18N: This sentence will be displayed above a horizonzal scale to select a number of seconds in eog's preferences dialog. #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "_Time between images:" msgstr "兩張影像之間的時間(_T):" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "_Loop sequence" msgstr "循環順序(_L)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "Slideshow" msgstr "投影片" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:22 msgid "Plugins" msgstr "外掛程式" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Automatic orientation" msgstr "自動調整方向" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether the image should be rotated automatically based on EXIF orientation." msgstr "是否以 EXIF 的方向資料自動調整影像的方向。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "The color that is used to fill the area behind the image. If the use-" "background-color key is not set, the color is determined by the active GTK+ " "theme instead." msgstr "用來填滿影像後方區域的顏色。如果沒有設定 use-background-color 設定鍵，則由使用的 GTK+ 布景主題來代替。" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:7 #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Interpolate Image" msgstr "對影像使用插值法" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether the image should be interpolated on zoom-out. This leads to better " "quality but is somewhat slower than non-interpolated images." msgstr "當縮放影像時是否使用插值法處理。這樣品質會較佳，但顯示時會比不使用插值法的來得慢。" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:7 #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Extrapolate Image" msgstr "對影像使用外推法" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether the image should be extrapolated on zoom-in. This leads to blurry " "quality and is somewhat slower than non-extrapolated images." msgstr "當縮放影像時是否使用外推法處理。這樣會造成品質變模糊，但顯示時會比不使用外推法的來得慢。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Transparency indicator" msgstr "表示透明的方式" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are " "CHECK_PATTERN, COLOR and NONE. If COLOR is chosen, then the trans-color key " "determines the color value used." msgstr "" "決定表示透明的方式。有效的值為「CHECK_PATTERN」、「COLOR」及「NONE」。如果選取 COLOR，則以 trans-color " "設定鍵來決定使用哪種顏色。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Scroll wheel zoom" msgstr "滑鼠滾輪縮放" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether the scroll wheel should be used for zooming." msgstr "是否使用滑鼠滾輪來做縮放動作。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Zoom multiplier" msgstr "縮放倍數" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:15 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The multiplier to be applied when using the mouse scroll wheel for zooming. " "This value defines the zooming step used for each scroll event. For example, " "0.05 results in a 5% zoom increment for each scroll event and 1.00 result in " "a 100% zoom increment." msgstr "" "使用滑鼠滾輪縮放時的倍數。這個數值定義每次滾輪事件的縮放級數。舉例來說，0.05 代表每次滾輪事件會以 5% 縮放，而 1.00 代表每次滾輪事件會以 " "100% 縮放。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Transparency color" msgstr "表示透明的顏色" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "" "If the transparency key has the value COLOR, then this key determines the " "color which is used for indicating transparency." msgstr "如果表示透明的設定鍵的值是‘COLOR’，這個設定鍵會決定哪一種顏色會用來表示透明。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Use a custom background color" msgstr "使用自選背景顏色" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "" "If this is active, the color set by the background-color key will be used to " "fill the area behind the image. If it is not set, the current GTK+ theme " "will determine the fill color." msgstr "" "如果使用這個選項，會使用 background-color 設定鍵指定的顏色填滿影像後的區域。如果沒有指定，則由目前的 GTK+ " "布景主題決定要填入的顏色。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Loop through the image sequence" msgstr "根據影像順序循環顯示" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Whether the sequence of images should be shown in an endless loop." msgstr "在不斷循環播放影像時是否顯示影像的順序。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:23 #, no-c-format msgid "Allow zoom greater than 100% initially" msgstr "允許初始時縮放比例大於 100%" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "If this is set to FALSE small images will not be stretched to fit into the " "screen initially." msgstr "如果將這設定為‘FALSE’，小型影像將不會被在初始時延展為符合視窗的大小。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Delay in seconds until showing the next image" msgstr "延遲多少秒才顯示下一張影像" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "" "A value greater than 0 determines the seconds an image stays on screen until " "the next one is shown automatically. Zero disables the automatic browsing." msgstr "大於 0 的值表示，直到下一張影像自動顯示之前，這張影像的停留時間。0 表示取消自動瀏覽功能。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Show/Hide the window toolbar." msgstr "顯示/隱藏視窗的工具列。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Show/Hide the window statusbar." msgstr "顯示/隱藏視窗的狀態列。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Show/Hide the image gallery pane." msgstr "顯示/隱藏影像集窗格。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "" "Image gallery pane position. Set to 0 for bottom; 1 for left; 2 for top; 3 " "for right." msgstr "影像集面板位置。設為 0 是底部；1 是左方；2 是上方；3 是右方。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Whether the image gallery pane should be resizable." msgstr "影像集窗格是否可以重設大小。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Show/Hide the window side pane." msgstr "顯示/隱藏視窗側邊窗格。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show/Hide the image gallery pane scroll buttons." msgstr "顯示/隱藏影像集窗格捲軸按鈕。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "Close main window without asking to save changes." msgstr "關閉主視窗且不詢問是否儲存更改。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Trash images without asking" msgstr "無需確認便將影像移至回收筒" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "If activated, Eye of GNOME won't ask for confirmation when moving images to " "the trash. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the " "trash and would be deleted instead." msgstr "如果啟用，Eye of GNOME 在將影像移至回收筒時不會要求確認。但是當檔案中有任何一個無法移至回收筒而必須直接刪除時仍會先詢問。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "" "Whether the file chooser should show the user's pictures folder if no images " "are loaded." msgstr "如果沒有載入影像，檔案選擇程式是否要顯示使用者的照片資料夾。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "" "If activated and no image is loaded in the active window, the file chooser " "will display the user's pictures folder using the XDG special user " "directories. If deactivated or the pictures folder has not been set up, it " "will show the current working directory." msgstr "" "如果在使用中而目前的視窗沒有載入影像，檔案選擇程式會顯示使用 XDG " "特殊使用者目錄的照片資料夾。如果沒有使用或照片資料夾尚未設定，就會顯示目前的工作目錄。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "" "Whether the metadata list in the properties dialog should have its own page." msgstr "屬性對話盒中的中繼資料清單是否要自成一個頁面。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "" "If activated, the detailed metadata list in the properties dialog will be " "moved to its own page in the dialog. This should make the dialog more usable " "on smaller screens, e.g. as used by netbooks. If disabled, the widget will " "be embedded on the \"Metadata\" page." msgstr "" "如果在使用中，在屬性對話盒中的詳細中繼資料清單會移至對話盒中自己的頁面。這樣會讓對話盒在小型螢幕上更易於使用，例如用於輕省筆電。如果停用則此視窗元件會內嵌" "於「中繼資料」頁面。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "External program to use for editing images" msgstr "用來編輯影像的外部程式" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "" "The desktop file name (including the \".desktop\") of the application to use " "for editing images (when the \"Edit Image\" toolbar button is clicked). Set " "to the empty string to disable this feature." msgstr "用來編輯影像（當點選「編輯影像」工具列按鈕時）的應用程式桌面檔案名稱（包含「.desktop」）。設定空字串則會停用這項功能。" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Active plugins" msgstr "使用的外掛程式" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "" "List of active plugins. It doesn't contain the \"Location\" of the active " "plugins. See the .eog-plugin file for obtaining the \"Location\" of a given " "plugin." msgstr "使用中外掛程式的清單。這裏沒有包含這些外掛程式的「位置」。請參閱 .eog-plugin 檔案來取得這些外掛程式的「位置」資訊。" #: ../plugins/fullscreen/fullscreen.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Fullscreen with double-click" msgstr "連按兩下全螢幕模式" #: ../plugins/fullscreen/fullscreen.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Activate fullscreen mode with double-click" msgstr "連按兩下後開啓全螢幕模式" # src/window.c:704 #: ../plugins/reload/eog-reload-plugin.c:74 #: ../plugins/reload/reload.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Reload Image" msgstr "重新載入影像" #: ../plugins/reload/eog-reload-plugin.c:76 #: ../plugins/reload/reload.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Reload current image" msgstr "重新載入目前的影像" #: ../plugins/statusbar-date/statusbar-date.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Date in statusbar" msgstr "狀態列中的日期" #: ../plugins/statusbar-date/statusbar-date.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Shows the image date in the window statusbar" msgstr "在視窗狀態列中顯示影像日期" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:166 msgid "Close _without Saving" msgstr "關閉但不儲存(_W)" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:212 msgid "Question" msgstr "問題" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:391 msgid "If you don't save, your changes will be lost." msgstr "如果你不儲存它們，你的更改就會消失。" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:428 #, c-format msgid "Save changes to image \"%s\" before closing?" msgstr "關閉前要儲存修改到影像「%s」嗎？" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:635 #, c-format msgid "There is %d image with unsaved changes. Save changes before closing?" msgid_plural "" "There are %d images with unsaved changes. Save changes before closing?" msgstr[0] "還有 %d 張影像含有未儲存的更改。是否在關閉前儲存更改？" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:652 msgid "S_elect the images you want to save:" msgstr "請選擇要儲存的影像(_E):" #. Secondary label #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:671 msgid "If you don't save, all your changes will be lost." msgstr "如果不儲存，你所有的更改將會消失。" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:172 #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:119 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:456 #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:464 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:472 #: ../src/eog-window.c:3367 ../src/eog-window.c:3370 ../src/eog-window.c:3621 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "取消(_C)" # src/window.c:704 #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:124 ../src/eog-window.c:847 msgid "_Reload" msgstr "重新載入(_R)" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:129 ../src/eog-window.c:4085 msgid "Save _As…" msgstr "儲存為(_A)…" # src/util.c:47 #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:171 #, c-format msgid "Could not load image '%s'." msgstr "無法載入影像‘%s’。" # src/util.c:47 #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:213 #, c-format msgid "Could not save image '%s'." msgstr "無法儲存影像「%s」。" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:256 #, c-format msgid "No images found in '%s'." msgstr "在「%s」中找不到影像。" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:263 msgid "The given locations contain no images." msgstr "提供的位置並未包含影像。" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:65 msgid "Camera" msgstr "照相機" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:32 #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:66 msgid "Image Data" msgstr "影像資料" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:67 msgid "Image Taking Conditions" msgstr "拍照時的環境狀態" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:68 msgid "GPS Data" msgstr "GPS 資料" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:69 msgid "Maker Note" msgstr "拍攝者附記" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:26 #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:70 msgid "Other" msgstr "其他" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:72 msgid "XMP Exif" msgstr "XMP Exif" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:73 msgid "XMP IPTC" msgstr "XMP IPTC" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:74 msgid "XMP Rights Management" msgstr "XMP 版權管理" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:26 #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:75 msgid "XMP Other" msgstr "XMP 其他" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:251 msgid "Tag" msgstr "標籤" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:258 msgid "Value" msgstr "數值" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:436 msgid "North" msgstr "北" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:439 msgid "East" msgstr "東" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:442 msgid "West" msgstr "西" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:445 msgid "South" msgstr "南" #. A strftime-formatted string, to display the date the image was taken. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:120 ../src/eog-exif-util.c:160 msgid "%a, %d %B %Y %X" msgstr "%Y年%m月%d日%A %X" #. A strftime-formatted string, to display the date the image was taken, for the case we don't have the time. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:154 msgid "%a, %d %B %Y" msgstr "%Y年%m月%d日%A" #. TRANSLATORS: This is the actual focal length used when #. the image was taken. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:251 #, c-format msgid "%.1f (lens)" msgstr "%.1f (鏡片)" #. Print as float to get a similar look as above. #. TRANSLATORS: This is the equivalent focal length assuming #. a 35mm film camera. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:262 #, c-format msgid "%.1f (35mm film)" msgstr "%.1f (35mm 軟片)" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:119 msgid "File format is unknown or unsupported" msgstr "檔案格式未知或不支援" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:124 msgid "" "Image Viewer could not determine a supported writable file format based on " "the filename." msgstr "影像檢視器無法根據據此檔案名稱來判斷是否為可寫入的檔案格式。" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:125 msgid "Please try a different file extension like .png or .jpg." msgstr "請嘗試不同的延伸檔名如 .png 或 .jpg。" #. Filter name: First description then file extension, eg. "The PNG-Format (*.png)". #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:160 #, c-format msgid "%s (*.%s)" msgstr "%s (*.%s)" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:212 msgid "All files" msgstr "所有檔案" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:217 msgid "Supported image files" msgstr "支援的影像檔案" #. Pixel size of image: width x height in pixel #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:289 ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:232 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:236 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:134 #: ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:136 ../src/eog-thumb-view.c:515 msgid "pixel" msgid_plural "pixels" msgstr[0] "像素" # src/window.c:704 #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:459 msgid "Open Image" msgstr "開啟影像" # src/window.c:704 #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:467 msgid "Save Image" msgstr "儲存影像" # src/tb-image.c:33 # src/window.c:181 #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:475 msgid "Open Folder" msgstr "開啟資料夾" #: ../src/eog-image.c:613 #, c-format msgid "Transformation on unloaded image." msgstr "改變未載入的影像。" #: ../src/eog-image.c:641 #, c-format msgid "Transformation failed." msgstr "轉換失敗。" #: ../src/eog-image.c:1116 #, c-format msgid "EXIF not supported for this file format." msgstr "本檔案格式不支 EXIF。" #: ../src/eog-image.c:1265 #, c-format msgid "Image loading failed." msgstr "載入影像失敗。" #: ../src/eog-image.c:1846 ../src/eog-image.c:1966 #, c-format msgid "No image loaded." msgstr "沒有載入影像。" #: ../src/eog-image.c:1854 ../src/eog-image.c:1975 #, c-format msgid "You do not have the permissions necessary to save the file." msgstr "你沒有儲存檔案所需的權限。" #: ../src/eog-image.c:1864 ../src/eog-image.c:1986 #, c-format msgid "Temporary file creation failed." msgstr "建立暫存檔失敗。" #: ../src/eog-image-jpeg.c:374 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't create temporary file for saving: %s" msgstr "無法建立暫存檔來儲存： %s" #: ../src/eog-image-jpeg.c:393 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't allocate memory for loading JPEG file" msgstr "無法分配記憶體來載入 JPEG 檔案" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:245 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:151 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:503 msgid "File size:" msgstr "檔案大小：" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:519 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:666 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4089 msgid "Show the folder which contains this file in the file manager" msgstr "在檔案管理程式中顯示包含這個檔案的資料夾" #: ../src/eog-preferences-dialog.c:109 #, c-format msgid "%lu second" msgid_plural "%lu seconds" msgstr[0] "%lu 秒" #: ../src/eog-print.c:371 msgid "Image Settings" msgstr "影像設定" # src/window.c:704 #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:902 msgid "Image" msgstr "影像" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:903 msgid "The image whose printing properties will be set up" msgstr "要進行打印設定的影像" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:909 msgid "Page Setup" msgstr "頁面設定" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:910 msgid "The information for the page where the image will be printed" msgstr "將列印影像的頁面資訊" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:936 msgid "Position" msgstr "位置" # # #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:940 msgid "_Left:" msgstr "左(_L):" # #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:942 msgid "_Right:" msgstr "右(_R):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:943 msgid "_Top:" msgstr "上(_T):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:944 msgid "_Bottom:" msgstr "下(_B):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:947 msgid "C_enter:" msgstr "置中(_C):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:952 msgid "None" msgstr "沒有" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:954 msgid "Horizontal" msgstr "水平" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:956 msgid "Vertical" msgstr "垂直" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:958 msgid "Both" msgstr "兩者" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:974 msgid "Size" msgstr "大小" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:32 #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:977 msgid "_Width:" msgstr "闊度(_W):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:979 msgid "_Height:" msgstr "高度(_H):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:982 msgid "_Scaling:" msgstr "比率(_S):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:993 msgid "_Unit:" msgstr "單位(_U):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:998 msgid "Millimeters" msgstr "毫米" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:1000 msgid "Inches" msgstr "英吋" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:1029 msgid "Preview" msgstr "預覽" #: ../src/eog-save-as-dialog-helper.c:162 msgid "as is" msgstr "原來格式" #. Translators: This string is displayed in the statusbar. #. * The first token is the image number, the second is total image #. * count. #. * #. * Translate to "%Id" if you want to use localized digits, or #. * translate to "%d" otherwise. #. * #. * Note that translating this doesn't guarantee that you get localized #. * digits. That needs support from your system and locale definition #. * too. #: ../src/eog-statusbar.c:126 #, c-format msgid "%d / %d" msgstr "%d / %d" #: ../src/eog-thumb-view.c:543 msgid "Taken on" msgstr "拍攝日" #: ../src/eog-uri-converter.c:980 #, c-format msgid "At least two file names are equal." msgstr "最少有兩個檔案的名稱相同。" #: ../src/eog-util.c:68 msgid "Could not display help for Image Viewer" msgstr "無法顯示影像檢視器的說明文件" #: ../src/eog-util.c:116 msgid " (invalid Unicode)" msgstr " （無效的萬國碼）" #. Translators: This is the string displayed in the statusbar #. * The tokens are from left to right: #. * - image width #. * - image height #. * - image size in bytes #. * - zoom in percent #: ../src/eog-window.c:541 #, c-format msgid "%i × %i pixel %s %i%%" msgid_plural "%i × %i pixels %s %i%%" msgstr[0] "%i × %i 像素 %s %i%%" #: ../src/eog-window.c:849 ../src/eog-window.c:2784 msgctxt "MessageArea" msgid "Hi_de" msgstr "隱藏(_D)" #. The newline character is currently necessary due to a problem #. * with the automatic line break. #: ../src/eog-window.c:859 #, c-format msgid "" "The image \"%s\" has been modified by an external application.\n" "Would you like to reload it?" msgstr "" "影像「%s」已被外部應用程式修改。\n" "你是否想要重新載入它？" #: ../src/eog-window.c:1023 #, c-format msgid "Use \"%s\" to open the selected image" msgstr "使用「%s」開啟選定的影像" # src/window.c:704 #. Translators: This string is displayed in the statusbar #. * while saving images. The tokens are from left to right: #. * - the original filename #. * - the current image's position in the queue #. * - the total number of images queued for saving #: ../src/eog-window.c:1179 #, c-format msgid "Saving image \"%s\" (%u/%u)" msgstr "儲存影像「%s」(%u/%u)" # src/window.c:704 #: ../src/eog-window.c:1574 #, c-format msgid "Opening image \"%s\"" msgstr "正在開啟影像「%s」" #. L10N: This the reason why the screensaver is inhibited. #: ../src/eog-window.c:2030 msgid "Viewing a slideshow" msgstr "以幻燈片檢視" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2259 #, c-format msgid "" "Error printing file:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "列印檔案時發生錯誤：\n" "%s" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2558 msgid "Toolbar Editor" msgstr "工具列編輯器" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2561 msgid "_Reset to Default" msgstr "重設為預設值(_R)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2731 ../src/eog-window.c:2746 msgid "Error launching System Settings: " msgstr "錯誤的執行系統設定值： " #. I18N: When setting mnemonics for these strings, watch out to not #. clash with mnemonics from eog's menubar #: ../src/eog-window.c:2782 msgid "_Open Background Preferences" msgstr "開啟背景偏好設定(_O)" #. The newline character is currently necessary due to a problem #. * with the automatic line break. #: ../src/eog-window.c:2798 #, c-format msgid "" "The image \"%s\" has been set as Desktop Background.\n" "Would you like to modify its appearance?" msgstr "" "圖片「%s」已被設為桌面背景。\n" "您是否想要修改它的外觀？" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3265 msgid "Saving image locally…" msgstr "將影像儲存到本地端…" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3343 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "\"%s\" permanently?" msgstr "" "確定要將「%s」\n" "永久移除嗎？" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3346 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "the selected image permanently?" msgid_plural "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "the %d selected images permanently?" msgstr[0] "" "確定要將選取的影像\n" "移至回收筒嗎？" # src/window.c:704 #: ../src/eog-window.c:3368 ../src/eog-window.c:3632 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "刪除(_D)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3371 ../src/eog-window.c:3634 msgid "_Yes" msgstr "是(_Y)" #. add 'dont ask again' button #: ../src/eog-window.c:3375 ../src/eog-window.c:3626 msgid "Do _not ask again during this session" msgstr "在這個作業階段中不要再詢問(_N)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3419 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't retrieve image file" msgstr "無法取回影像檔案" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3435 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't retrieve image file information" msgstr "無法取回影像檔案資訊" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3451 ../src/eog-window.c:3693 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't delete file" msgstr "無法刪除檔案" #. set dialog error message #: ../src/eog-window.c:3501 ../src/eog-window.c:3789 #, c-format msgid "Error on deleting image %s" msgstr "當刪除影像 %s 時發生錯誤" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3594 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "\"%s\" to the trash?" msgstr "確定要將“%s”移至回收筒嗎？" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3597 #, c-format msgid "" "A trash for \"%s\" couldn't be found. Do you want to remove this image " "permanently?" msgstr "找不到「%s」的回收筒。是否要永久移除這個影像？" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3602 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the selected image to the trash?" msgid_plural "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the %d selected images to the trash?" msgstr[0] "" "確定要將選取的影像\n" "移至回收筒嗎？" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3607 msgid "" "Some of the selected images can't be moved to the trash and will be removed " "permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "有部分被選取的影像不能移至回收筒，因而將被直接刪除。你確定要繼續嗎？" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3624 ../src/eog-window.c:4115 ../src/eog-window.c:4142 msgid "Move to _Trash" msgstr "移至回收筒(_T)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3671 ../src/eog-window.c:3685 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't access trash." msgstr "無法存取回收筒。" # src/window.c:704 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4036 msgid "_Image" msgstr "影像(_I)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4037 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "編輯(_E)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4039 msgid "_Go" msgstr "前往(_G)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4040 msgid "_Tools" msgstr "工具(_T)" # src/window.c:181 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4043 msgid "_Open…" msgstr "開啟(_O)…" # src/tb-image.c:33 # src/window.c:181 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4044 msgid "Open a file" msgstr "開啟檔案" # src/tb-image.c:35 #: ../src/eog-window.c:2563 ../src/eog-window.c:4046 msgid "_Close" msgstr "關閉(_C)" # src/window.c:186 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4047 msgid "Close window" msgstr "關閉視窗" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4049 msgid "T_oolbar" msgstr "工具列(_O)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4050 msgid "Edit the application toolbar" msgstr "編輯應用程式工具列" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4053 msgid "Preferences for Image Viewer" msgstr "影像檢視器偏好設定" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4055 msgid "_Contents" msgstr "內容(_C)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4056 msgid "Help on this application" msgstr "本應用程式的說明文件" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:8 ../src/eog-window.c:4058 msgid "_About" msgstr "關於(_A)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4059 msgid "About this application" msgstr "關於此程式" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4065 msgid "Changes the visibility of the toolbar in the current window" msgstr "在目前的視窗中切換是否顯示工具列" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4068 msgid "Changes the visibility of the statusbar in the current window" msgstr "在目前的視窗中切換是否顯示狀態列" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4071 msgid "" "Changes the visibility of the image gallery pane in the current window" msgstr "在目前的視窗中切換是否顯示影像集窗格" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4074 msgid "Changes the visibility of the side pane in the current window" msgstr "在目前的視窗中切換是否顯示側邊窗格" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:178 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:465 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4079 msgid "_Save" msgstr "儲存(_S)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4080 msgid "Save changes in currently selected images" msgstr "儲存對目前選定影像所做的更改" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4082 msgid "Open _with" msgstr "以此開啟(_W)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4083 msgid "Open the selected image with a different application" msgstr "使用不同的應用程式開啟選定的影像" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4086 msgid "Save the selected images with a different name" msgstr "將選定的影像儲存為不同的名稱" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4088 msgid "Show Containing _Folder" msgstr "顯示包含的資料夾(_F)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4091 msgid "_Print…" msgstr "打印(_P)…" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4092 msgid "Print the selected image" msgstr "列印選定的影像" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4094 msgid "Prope_rties" msgstr "屬性(_R)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4095 msgid "Show the properties and metadata of the selected image" msgstr "顯示選定影像的屬性和中繼資料" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4097 msgid "_Undo" msgstr "復原(_U)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4098 msgid "Undo the last change in the image" msgstr "復原上次對該影像所做的更改" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4100 msgid "Flip _Horizontal" msgstr "左右相反(_H)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4101 msgid "Mirror the image horizontally" msgstr "水平鏡射該影像" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4103 msgid "Flip _Vertical" msgstr "上下顛倒(_V)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4104 msgid "Mirror the image vertically" msgstr "垂直鏡射該影像" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4106 msgid "_Rotate Clockwise" msgstr "順時針方向旋轉(_R)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4107 msgid "Rotate the image 90 degrees to the right" msgstr "向右 90 度旋轉該影像" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4109 msgid "Rotate Counterc_lockwise" msgstr "逆時針方向旋轉(_L)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4110 msgid "Rotate the image 90 degrees to the left" msgstr "向左 90 度旋轉該影像" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4112 msgid "Set as Wa_llpaper" msgstr "設為桌布(_L)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4113 msgid "Set the selected image as the wallpaper" msgstr "u將選取的影像設為桌布" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4116 msgid "Move the selected image to the trash folder" msgstr "將選定的影像移至回收筒" # src/window.c:704 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4118 msgid "_Delete Image" msgstr "刪除影像(_D)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4119 msgid "Delete the selected image" msgstr "刪除選取的影像" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4121 msgid "_Copy" msgstr "複製(_C)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4122 msgid "Copy the selected image to the clipboard" msgstr "將選取的影像複製至剪貼簿" # src/window.c:221 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4124 ../src/eog-window.c:4133 ../src/eog-window.c:4136 msgid "_Zoom In" msgstr "拉近(_Z)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4125 ../src/eog-window.c:4134 msgid "Enlarge the image" msgstr "放大該影像" # src/window.c:225 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4127 ../src/eog-window.c:4139 msgid "Zoom _Out" msgstr "拉遠(_O)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4128 ../src/eog-window.c:4137 ../src/eog-window.c:4140 msgid "Shrink the image" msgstr "縮小該影像" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4130 msgid "_Normal Size" msgstr "正常大小(_N)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4131 msgid "Show the image at its normal size" msgstr "以影像的原始尺寸顯示" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:39 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4148 msgid "_Fullscreen" msgstr "全螢幕(_F)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4149 msgid "Show the current image in fullscreen mode" msgstr "以全螢幕模式顯示目前的影像" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4151 msgid "Pause Slideshow" msgstr "暫停投影片" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4152 msgid "Pause or resume the slideshow" msgstr "暫停或繼續播放投影片" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4154 msgid "_Best Fit" msgstr "最適大小(_B)" # src/preferences-dialog.glade.h:38 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4155 msgid "Fit the image to the window" msgstr "影像符合視窗尺寸" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4160 ../src/eog-window.c:4175 msgid "_Previous Image" msgstr "上一幅影像(_P)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4161 msgid "Go to the previous image of the gallery" msgstr "移至影像集的上一張影像" # src/window.c:704 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4163 msgid "_Next Image" msgstr "下一幅影像(_N)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4164 msgid "Go to the next image of the gallery" msgstr "移至影像集的下一張影像" # src/window.c:704 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4166 ../src/eog-window.c:4178 msgid "_First Image" msgstr "第一幅影像(_F)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4167 msgid "Go to the first image of the gallery" msgstr "移至影像集的第一張影像" # src/window.c:704 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4169 ../src/eog-window.c:4181 msgid "_Last Image" msgstr "最後一幅影像(_L)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4170 msgid "Go to the last image of the gallery" msgstr "移至影像集的最後一張影像" # src/window.c:704 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4172 msgid "_Random Image" msgstr "隨機影像(_R)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4173 msgid "Go to a random image of the gallery" msgstr "移至影像集的隨機影像" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4331 msgid "S_lideshow" msgstr "投影片(_L)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4332 msgid "Start a slideshow view of the images" msgstr "以投影片檢視播放圖片" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4404 msgid "Previous" msgstr "上一幅" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4409 msgid "Next" msgstr "下一幅" # (Abel) Right == Clockwise，如果用「右」就不知是由頂部還是底部轉向右 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4416 msgid "Right" msgstr "順時針" # (Abel) Left == Anti-clockwise，如果用「左」就不知是由頂部還是底部轉向左 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4419 msgid "Left" msgstr "逆時針" # src/tb-image.c:33 # src/window.c:181 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4422 msgid "Show Folder" msgstr "顯示資料夾" # src/tb-image.c:43 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4425 msgid "In" msgstr "拉近" # src/tb-image.c:44 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4428 msgid "Out" msgstr "拉遠" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4431 msgid "Normal" msgstr "原來大小" # src/tb-image.c:46 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4434 msgid "Fit" msgstr "符合" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4437 msgid "Gallery" msgstr "影像集" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4454 msgctxt "action (to trash)" msgid "Trash" msgstr "回收筒" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4820 #, c-format msgid "Edit the current image using %s" msgstr "使用 %s 編輯目前的影像" # src/window.c:704 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4822 msgid "Edit Image" msgstr "編輯影像" # src/window.c:166 #: ../src/eog-window.c:6166 msgid "The GNOME image viewer." msgstr "GNOME 影像檢視器。" #: ../src/eog-window.c:6169 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "如對翻譯有任何意見，請送一封電子郵件給\n" "以下地址，GNOME 翻譯隊伍會盡快回覆你：\n" "zh-l10n@lists.linux.org.tw\n" "\n" "Woodman Tuen , 2005-07\n" "Ching-Hung Lin <2billlin@yahoo.com.tw>, 2004\n" "Lawrence Leung , 2004\n" "Abel Cheung , 2001-2003\n" "Jing-Jong Shyue , 2000\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Chao-Hsiung Liao https://launchpad.net/~j-h-liau\n" " Cheng-Chia Tseng https://launchpad.net/~zerng07\n" " K https://launchpad.net/~yaukwankiu\n" " Roy Chan https://launchpad.net/~roy-chan-linux\n" " Woodman Tuen https://launchpad.net/~wmtuen" # src/window.c:162 # src/window.c:573 # src/window.c:812 #: ../src/main.c:56 msgid "GNOME Image Viewer" msgstr "GNOME 影像檢視器" #: ../src/main.c:63 msgid "Open in fullscreen mode" msgstr "以全螢幕模式開啟" #: ../src/main.c:64 msgid "Disable image gallery" msgstr "停用影像集" #: ../src/main.c:65 msgid "Open in slideshow mode" msgstr "以投影片模式開啟" #: ../src/main.c:66 msgid "Start a new instance instead of reusing an existing one" msgstr "啟動新的實體而非重複使用既存的" #: ../src/main.c:67 msgid "" "Open in a single window, if multiple windows are open the first one is used" msgstr "以單獨視窗開啟，若已開啟多個視窗則使用第一個" #: ../src/main.c:69 msgid "Show the application's version" msgstr "顯示應用程式的版本" #: ../src/main.c:99 msgid "[FILE…]" msgstr "[檔案…]" #. I18N: The '%s' is replaced with eog's command name. #: ../src/main.c:112 #, c-format msgid "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command line options." msgstr "執行「%s --help」可列出命令列中可用的完整選項。" language-pack-gnome-zh-hant-base/data/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-3.10.po0000644000000000000000000223215312321561227022502 0ustar # Chinese (Hong Kong) translation of Evolution. # Copyright (C) 2001, 03, 04, 05, 06 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Joe Man , 2001. # Chao-Hsiung Liao , 2003. # Craig Jeffares , 2004. # Chao-Hsiung Liao , 2005, 2010. # Abel Cheung , 2006. # Wei-Lun Chao , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evolution 3.1.91\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-06 17:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-22 14:34+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cheng-Chia Tseng \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Hong Kong) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:45+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: zh_TW\n" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:1 msgid "This address book could not be opened." msgstr "無法開啟此通訊錄。" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This address book server might be unreachable or the server name may be " "misspelled or your network connection could be down." msgstr "此通訊錄伺服器無法連線，或伺服器名稱可能拼錯，或你的網絡連線已經停止。" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Failed to authenticate with LDAP server." msgstr "無法驗證 LDAP 伺服器。" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly and that you are using " "a supported login method. Remember that many passwords are case sensitive; " "your caps lock might be on." msgstr "請檢查來確定你的密碼拼法正確，而且你使用的是支援的登入方法。請記得許多密碼有區分大小寫；你可能啟動了大寫鎖定鍵。" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:5 msgid "This address book server does not have any suggested search bases." msgstr "此通訊錄伺服器沒有任何建議的搜尋基礎。" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "This LDAP server may use an older version of LDAP, which does not support " "this functionality or it may be misconfigured. Ask your administrator for " "supported search bases." msgstr "此 LDAP 伺服器可能使用舊的 LDAP 版本，它不支援此功能，或可能設定錯誤。請洽詢管理員，瞭解支援的搜尋基礎。" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:7 msgid "This server does not support LDAPv3 schema information." msgstr "此伺服器不支援 LDAPv3 綱要資訊。" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Could not get schema information for LDAP server." msgstr "無法取得 LDAP 伺服器的綱要資訊。" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:9 msgid "LDAP server did not respond with valid schema information." msgstr "LDAP 伺服器未回應有效的綱要資訊。" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Could not remove address book." msgstr "無法移除通訊錄。" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Delete address book '{0}'?" msgstr "刪除通訊錄「{0}」？" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:12 msgid "This address book will be removed permanently." msgstr "此通訊錄將被永遠移除。" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:7 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:66 msgid "Do _Not Delete" msgstr "不要刪除(_N)" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:14 msgid "Delete remote address book "{0}"?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the address book "{0}" from the " "server. Are you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:16 #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:61 msgid "_Delete From Server" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:17 msgid "Category editor not available." msgstr "分類編輯器無法使用。" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Unable to open address book" msgstr "無法開啟通訊錄" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Unable to perform search." msgstr "無法執行搜尋。" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:20 msgid "Would you like to save your changes?" msgstr "要儲存所做的更改？" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:21 msgid "" "You have made modifications to this contact. Do you want to save these " "changes?" msgstr "你已經修改此聯絡人。要儲存這些更改？" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:22 msgid "_Discard" msgstr "放棄(_D)" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:23 msgid "Cannot move contact." msgstr "無法移動聯絡人。" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:24 msgid "" "You are attempting to move a contact from one address book to another but it " "cannot be removed from the source. Do you want to save a copy instead?" msgstr "你正在嘗試從某一個通訊錄，將聯絡人移至另一個通訊錄，但是它無法從來源移除。你想要儲存一個副本來代替嗎？" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:25 msgid "" "The image you have selected is large. Do you want to resize and store it?" msgstr "你所選擇的圖片太大。你是否要改變大小後才儲存它？" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:26 msgid "_Resize" msgstr "調整大小(_R)" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:27 msgid "_Use as it is" msgstr "將它視為(_U)" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:28 msgid "_Do not save" msgstr "不要儲存(_D)" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:29 msgid "Unable to save {0}." msgstr "無法儲存 {0}。" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:30 msgid "Error saving {0} to {1}: {2}" msgstr "將 {0} 儲存至 {1} 發生錯誤： {2}" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:31 msgid "Address '{0}' already exists." msgstr "通訊錄「{0}」已存在。" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:32 msgid "" "A contact already exists with this address. Would you like to add a new card " "with the same address anyway?" msgstr "此聯絡人的電子郵件地址已經存在。你無論如何都要加入同樣位址的新卡片嗎？" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:33 #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:997 ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:397 msgid "_Add" msgstr "加入(_A)" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Some addresses already exist in this contact list." msgstr "有些位址已在這個聯絡人清單中。" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "You are trying to add addresses that are part of this list already. Would " "you like to add them anyway?" msgstr "你嘗試加入的位址已經是這個清單的一部分。要強制加入它們嗎？" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:36 msgid "Skip duplicates" msgstr "略過重複項目" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:37 msgid "Add with duplicates" msgstr "加入重複項目" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:38 msgid "List '{0}' is already in this contact list." msgstr "清單「{0}」已經在這個聯絡人清單中。" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:39 msgid "" "A contact list named '{0}' is already in this contact list. Would you like " "to add it anyway?" msgstr "以「{0}」為名的聯絡人清單已經存在這個聯絡人清單中。要強制加入它嗎？" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:40 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1251 msgid "Failed to delete contact" msgstr "刪除聯絡人失敗" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:41 msgid "You do not have permission to delete contacts in this address book." msgstr "你沒有足夠的權限刪除這個通訊錄中的聯絡人。" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:42 msgid "Cannot add new contact" msgstr "不能加入新的聯絡人" #. For Translators: {0} is the name of the address book source #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:44 msgid "" "'{0}' is a read-only address book and cannot be modified. Please select a " "different address book from the side bar in the Contacts view." msgstr "「{0}」是一個唯讀的通訊錄，不能被修改。請從聯絡人檢視的側邊欄中選擇不同的通訊錄。" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:1 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:650 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:672 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:2958 msgid "Contact Editor" msgstr "聯絡人編輯器" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Image" msgstr "圖片" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Nic_kname:" msgstr "網名(_K):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "_File under:" msgstr "歸檔為(_F):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:5 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "_Where:" msgstr "通訊錄(_W):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:27 msgid "Ca_tegories..." msgstr "分類(_T)…" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:7 msgid "Full _Name..." msgstr "全名(_N)…" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "_Wants to receive HTML mail" msgstr "想接收 HTML 郵件(_W)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:9 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:409 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:6 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:590 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:966 #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:395 msgid "Email" msgstr "電子郵件" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "Telephone" msgstr "電話" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:11 msgid "Instant Messaging" msgstr "即時通訊" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:12 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:1003 msgid "Contact" msgstr "聯絡人" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:13 msgid "_Home Page:" msgstr "首頁(_H):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:709 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:22 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1889 msgid "_Calendar:" msgstr "行事曆(_C):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:15 msgid "_Free/Busy:" msgstr "空閒/忙碌(_F):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:16 msgid "_Video Chat:" msgstr "視像交談(_V):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:17 msgid "Home Page:" msgstr "首頁：" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:18 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/evolution-cal-config-google.c:97 msgid "Calendar:" msgstr "行事曆：" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:19 msgid "Free/Busy:" msgstr "空閒/忙碌：" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:20 msgid "Video Chat:" msgstr "視像聊天：" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:21 msgid "_Blog:" msgstr "部落格(_B):" #. Translators: an accessibility name #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:23 msgid "Blog:" msgstr "部落格：" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:24 msgid "Web Addresses" msgstr "網址" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:25 msgid "Web addresses" msgstr "網址" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:26 msgid "_Profession:" msgstr "職業(_P):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:27 msgctxt "Job" msgid "_Title:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:28 msgid "_Company:" msgstr "公司(_C):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:29 msgid "_Department:" msgstr "部門(_D):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:30 msgid "_Manager:" msgstr "主管(_M):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:31 msgid "_Assistant:" msgstr "助理(_A):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:32 msgid "Job" msgstr "工作" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:33 msgid "_Office:" msgstr "辦公室(_O):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:34 msgid "_Spouse:" msgstr "配偶(_S):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:35 msgid "_Birthday:" msgstr "生日(_B):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:36 msgid "_Anniversary:" msgstr "週年紀念日(_A):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:37 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:685 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2278 msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "週年紀念日" #. XXX Allow the category icons to be referenced as named #. * icons, since GtkAction does not support GdkPixbufs. #. Get the icon file for some default category. Doesn't matter #. * which, so long as it has an icon. We're just interested in #. * the directory components. #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:38 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:684 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2277 ../shell/main.c:128 msgid "Birthday" msgstr "生日" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:39 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "雜項" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:40 msgid "Personal Information" msgstr "個人資料" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:41 msgid "_City:" msgstr "縣/市(_C):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:42 msgid "_Zip/Postal Code:" msgstr "郵遞區號(_Z):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:43 msgid "_State/Province:" msgstr "州/省(_S):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:44 msgid "_Country:" msgstr "國家/地區(_C):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:45 msgid "_PO Box:" msgstr "郵箱(_P):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:46 msgid "_Address:" msgstr "地址(_A):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:47 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:191 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map.c:372 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:357 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:81 msgid "Home" msgstr "住家" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:48 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:190 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map.c:385 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:354 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:80 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:666 msgid "Work" msgstr "工作" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:49 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:192 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:82 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:368 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:719 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3963 msgid "Other" msgstr "其他" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:50 msgid "Mailing Address" msgstr "郵寄地址" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:51 msgid "Notes" msgstr "備註" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:170 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:593 msgid "AIM" msgstr "AIM" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:171 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:596 msgid "Jabber" msgstr "Jabber" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:172 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:598 msgid "Yahoo" msgstr "Yahoo" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:173 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:599 msgid "Gadu-Gadu" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:174 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:597 msgid "MSN" msgstr "MSN" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:175 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:595 msgid "ICQ" msgstr "ICQ" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:176 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:594 msgid "GroupWise" msgstr "GroupWise" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:177 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:600 msgid "Skype" msgstr "Skype" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:178 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:601 msgid "Twitter" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:230 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:503 msgid "Error adding contact" msgstr "新增聯絡人時發生錯誤" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:250 msgid "Error modifying contact" msgstr "修改聯絡人時發生錯誤" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:270 msgid "Error removing contact" msgstr "移除聯絡人時發生錯誤" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:666 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:2952 #, c-format msgid "Contact Editor - %s" msgstr "聯絡人編輯器 - %s" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3485 msgid "Please select an image for this contact" msgstr "請選取代表此聯絡人的圖片" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3486 msgid "_No image" msgstr "沒有圖片(_N)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3827 msgid "" "The contact data is invalid:\n" "\n" msgstr "" "聯絡人資料無效：\n" "\n" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3833 #, c-format msgid "'%s' has an invalid format" msgstr "「%s」含有無效的格式" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3841 #, c-format msgid "'%s' cannot be a future date" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3849 #, c-format msgid "%s'%s' has an invalid format" msgstr "%s「%s」含有無效的格式" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3862 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3876 #, c-format msgid "%s'%s' is empty" msgstr "%s「%s」是空的" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3891 msgid "Invalid contact." msgstr "無效的聯絡人。" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:452 msgid "Contact Quick-Add" msgstr "快速新增聯絡人" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:455 msgid "_Edit Full" msgstr "編輯全部(_E)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:508 msgid "_Full name" msgstr "全名(_F)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:521 msgid "E_mail" msgstr "電子郵件(_M)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:534 msgid "_Select Address Book" msgstr "選擇通訊錄(_S)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:1 msgid "Mr." msgstr "Mr." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:2 msgid "Mrs." msgstr "Mrs." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:3 msgid "Ms." msgstr "Ms." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:4 msgid "Miss" msgstr "Miss" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:5 msgid "Dr." msgstr "Dr." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:6 msgid "Sr." msgstr "Sr." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:7 msgid "Jr." msgstr "Jr." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:8 msgid "I" msgstr "I" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:9 msgid "II" msgstr "II" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:10 msgid "III" msgstr "III" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:11 msgid "Esq." msgstr "Esq." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:12 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:2 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "全名" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:13 msgid "_First:" msgstr "名字(_F):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:14 msgctxt "FullName" msgid "_Title:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:15 msgid "_Middle:" msgstr "(_Middle):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:16 msgid "_Last:" msgstr "姓氏(_L):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:17 msgid "_Suffix:" msgstr "(_Suffix):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:1 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:818 msgid "Contact List Editor" msgstr "聯絡人清單編輯器" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "_List name:" msgstr "列出名稱(_L):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Members" msgstr "成員" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "_Type an email address or drag a contact into the list below:" msgstr "輸入電子郵件地址或拖曳聯絡人到以下清單(_T):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "_Hide addresses when sending mail to this list" msgstr "當傳送電子郵件至此清單時隱藏其位址(_H)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:7 msgid "Add an email to the List" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "Remove an email address from the List" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:9 msgid "Insert email addresses from Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "_Select..." msgstr "選取(_S)…" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:941 msgid "Contact List Members" msgstr "聯絡人清單成員" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1475 msgid "_Members" msgstr "成員(_M)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1597 msgid "Error adding list" msgstr "新增清單時發生錯誤" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1617 msgid "Error modifying list" msgstr "編輯清單時發生錯誤" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1637 msgid "Error removing list" msgstr "移除清單時發生錯誤" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:1 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:1 msgid "Duplicate Contact Detected" msgstr "偵測到重複的聯絡人" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:2 msgid "" "The name or email of this contact already exists in this folder. Would you " "like to save the changes anyway?" msgstr "此聯絡人的名稱或電子郵件地址已經存在於此資料夾。要強制儲存更改嗎？" #. Translators: Heading of the contact which has same name or email address in this folder already. #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:4 msgid "Conflicting Contact:" msgstr "衝突的聯絡人:" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:5 msgid "Changed Contact:" msgstr "更改後的聯絡人:" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:2 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:364 msgid "_Merge" msgstr "合併(_M)" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:3 msgid "" "The name or email address of this contact already exists\n" "in this folder. Would you like to add it anyway?" msgstr "" "此聯絡人的名稱或電子郵件地址已經存在\n" "於此資料夾。你無論如何都要新增它嗎？" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:5 msgid "Original Contact:" msgstr "原本的聯絡人:" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:6 msgid "New Contact:" msgstr "新的聯絡人:" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:244 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:14 msgid "Cancelled" msgstr "已取消" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:346 msgid "Merge Contact" msgstr "合併聯絡人" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:1 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1151 msgid "Name contains" msgstr "名稱包含" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:2 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1144 msgid "Email begins with" msgstr "電子郵件開始於" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:26 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:19 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:30 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1137 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1771 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:791 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:990 msgid "Any field contains" msgstr "任何欄位包含" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:163 msgid "No contacts" msgstr "沒有聯絡人" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:167 #, c-format msgid "%d contact" msgid_plural "%d contacts" msgstr[0] "%d 個聯絡人" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:373 msgid "Error getting book view" msgstr "取得書本檢視時發生錯誤" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:820 msgid "Search Interrupted" msgstr "搜尋被中斷" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-table-adapter.c:204 msgid "Error modifying card" msgstr "編輯卡片時發生錯誤" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:649 msgid "Cut selected contacts to the clipboard" msgstr "剪下選取的聯絡人至剪貼簿" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:655 msgid "Copy selected contacts to the clipboard" msgstr "複製選取的聯絡人至剪貼簿" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:661 msgid "Paste contacts from the clipboard" msgstr "從剪貼簿貼上聯絡人" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:667 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:951 msgid "Delete selected contacts" msgstr "刪除選定的聯絡人" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:673 msgid "Select all visible contacts" msgstr "選擇全部可見的聯絡人" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1299 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these contact lists?" msgstr "你確定要刪除這些聯絡人清單？" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1303 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact list?" msgstr "你確定要刪除這個聯絡人清單？" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1307 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact list (%s)?" msgstr "你確定要刪除這個聯絡人清單 (%s)？" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1313 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these contacts?" msgstr "你確定要刪除這些聯絡人？" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1317 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact?" msgstr "你確定要刪除這個聯絡人？" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1321 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact (%s)?" msgstr "你確定要刪除這個聯絡人 (%s)？" #. Translators: This is shown for > 5 contacts. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1477 #, c-format msgid "" "Opening %d contacts will open %d new windows as well.\n" "Do you really want to display all of these contacts?" msgid_plural "" "Opening %d contacts will open %d new windows as well.\n" "Do you really want to display all of these contacts?" msgstr[0] "" "開啟 %d 個聯絡人會同時開啟 %d 個新視窗。\n" "確定要顯示這裏所有的聯絡人？" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1485 msgid "_Don't Display" msgstr "不要顯示(_D)" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1486 msgid "Display _All Contacts" msgstr "顯示所有的聯絡人(_A)" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:1 msgid "File As" msgstr "歸檔為" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:3 msgid "Given Name" msgstr "名" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:4 msgid "Family Name" msgstr "姓" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:5 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:592 msgid "Nickname" msgstr "網名" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:7 msgid "Email 2" msgstr "電子郵件 2" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:8 msgid "Email 3" msgstr "電子郵件 3" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:9 msgid "Assistant Phone" msgstr "助理電話" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:10 msgid "Business Phone" msgstr "商務電話" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:11 msgid "Business Phone 2" msgstr "商務電話 2" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:12 msgid "Business Fax" msgstr "商務傅真" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:13 msgid "Callback Phone" msgstr "回撥電話" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:14 msgid "Car Phone" msgstr "汽車電話" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:15 msgid "Company Phone" msgstr "公司電話" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:16 msgid "Home Phone" msgstr "家用電話" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:17 msgid "Home Phone 2" msgstr "家用電話 2" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:18 msgid "Home Fax" msgstr "家用傳真" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:19 msgid "ISDN Phone" msgstr "ISDN 電話" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:20 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:682 msgid "Mobile Phone" msgstr "流動電話" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:21 msgid "Other Phone" msgstr "其它電話" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:22 msgid "Other Fax" msgstr "其它傳真" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:23 msgid "Pager" msgstr "傳呼機" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:24 msgid "Primary Phone" msgstr "主要電話" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:25 msgid "Radio" msgstr "無線電電話" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:26 msgid "Telex" msgstr "電報" #. Translators: This is a vcard standard and stands for the type of #. phone used by the hearing impaired. TTY stands for "teletype" #. (familiar from Unix device names), and TDD is "Telecommunications #. Device for Deaf". However, you probably want to leave this #. abbreviation unchanged unless you know that there is actually a #. different and established translation for this in your language. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:33 msgid "TTYTDD" msgstr "TTYTDD" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:34 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:645 msgid "Company" msgstr "公司" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:35 msgid "Unit" msgstr "單位" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:36 msgid "Office" msgstr "辦公室" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:37 msgid "Title" msgstr "銜頭" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:38 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:666 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:5 msgid "Role" msgstr "角色" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:39 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:649 msgid "Manager" msgstr "主管" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:40 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:650 msgid "Assistant" msgstr "助理" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:41 msgid "Web Site" msgstr "網址" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:42 msgid "Journal" msgstr "日誌" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:43 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:20 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:12 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:4 ../e-util/e-categories-dialog.c:89 msgid "Categories" msgstr "分類" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:44 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:686 msgid "Spouse" msgstr "配偶" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:45 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:741 msgid "Note" msgstr "備註" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map-window.c:374 msgid "Contacts Map" msgstr "聯絡人地圖" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:191 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Searching for the Contacts..." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "搜尋聯絡人..." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:194 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Search for the Contact\n" "\n" "or double-click here to create a new Contact." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "搜尋聯絡人\n" "\n" "連按兩下這裏以建立新的聯絡人。" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:197 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "There are no items to show in this view.\n" "\n" "Double-click here to create a new Contact." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "沒有項目可供這種檢視方式顯示。\n" "\n" "連按兩下這裏以建立新的聯絡人。" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:201 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Search for the Contact." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "尋找聯絡人。" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:203 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "There are no items to show in this view." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "沒有項目可供這種檢視方式顯示。" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:93 msgid "Work Email" msgstr "工作電子郵件" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:94 msgid "Home Email" msgstr "住家電子郵件" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:95 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:828 msgid "Other Email" msgstr "其它電子郵件" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-addressbook-view.c:95 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-addressbook-view.c:104 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:194 msgid "evolution address book" msgstr "evolution 通訊錄" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:36 msgid "New Contact" msgstr "新增聯絡人" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:37 msgid "New Contact List" msgstr "新增聯絡人清單" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:177 #, c-format msgid "current address book folder %s has %d card" msgid_plural "current address book folder %s has %d cards" msgstr[0] "目前的通訊錄資料夾 %s 有 %d 張卡片" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:34 msgid "Open" msgstr "開啟" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:160 msgid "Contact List: " msgstr "聯絡人清單: " #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:161 msgid "Contact: " msgstr "聯絡人: " #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:188 msgid "evolution minicard" msgstr "Evolution 迷你卡片" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:150 msgid "Copy _Email Address" msgstr "複製電子郵件位址(_E)" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:152 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:428 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:307 msgid "Copy the email address to the clipboard" msgstr "複製電子郵件位址到剪貼簿" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:157 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:433 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:312 msgid "_Send New Message To..." msgstr "傳送新郵件至(_S)…" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:159 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:435 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:314 msgid "Send a mail message to this address" msgstr "傳送郵件到這個位址" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:291 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:970 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:990 #, c-format msgid "Click to mail %s" msgstr "按一下來傳送郵件 %s" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:137 msgid "Open map" msgstr "開啟地圖" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:529 msgid "List Members:" msgstr "清單成員：" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:646 msgid "Department" msgstr "部門" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:647 msgid "Profession" msgstr "職業" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:648 msgid "Position" msgstr "位置" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:651 msgid "Video Chat" msgstr "視像交談" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:652 #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:8 ../e-util/e-send-options.c:546 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:216 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:245 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view.c:591 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:21 msgid "Calendar" msgstr "行事曆" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:653 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:116 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:343 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:2 msgid "Free/Busy" msgstr "空閒/忙碌" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:654 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:681 msgid "Phone" msgstr "電話" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:655 msgid "Fax" msgstr "傳真" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:656 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:683 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:709 msgid "Address" msgstr "地址" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:679 msgid "Home Page" msgstr "首頁" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:680 msgid "Web Log" msgstr "網誌" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:696 msgid "Personal" msgstr "個人" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:930 msgid "List Members" msgstr "清單成員" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:951 msgid "Job Title" msgstr "職稱" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:992 msgid "Home page" msgstr "首頁" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:1002 msgid "Blog" msgstr "網誌" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:123 msgid "" "This address book cannot be opened. This either means this book is not " "marked for offline usage or not yet downloaded for offline usage. Please " "load the address book once in online mode to download its contents." msgstr "我們無法開啟這個目錄服務。這可能表示此目錄服務未標記為離線用途或者尚未下載以供離線使用。請於上線模式再次讀取目錄服務以下載它的內容。" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:142 #, c-format msgid "" "This address book cannot be opened. Please check that the path %s exists " "and that permissions are set to access it." msgstr "我們無法開啟這個目錄服務。請檢查路徑 %s 是否存在而且權限已設定可以存取它。" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:155 msgid "" "This version of Evolution does not have LDAP support compiled in to it. To " "use LDAP in Evolution an LDAP-enabled Evolution package must be installed." msgstr "" "此 Evolution 版本未將 LDAP 支援編譯進去。如果你想在 Evolution 使用 LDAP，必須安裝啟用 LDAP 的 Evolution " "套件。" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:164 msgid "" "This address book cannot be opened. This either means that an incorrect URI " "was entered, or the server is unreachable." msgstr "我們無法開啟這個目錄服務。這表示你輸入錯誤的URI，或伺服器無法連線。" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:174 msgid "Detailed error message:" msgstr "詳細的錯誤訊息：" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:211 msgid "" "More cards matched this query than either the server is \n" "configured to return or Evolution is configured to display.\n" "Please make your search more specific or raise the result limit in\n" "the directory server preferences for this address book." msgstr "" "符合此次查詢的卡片超過伺服器設定傳回\n" "或是 Evolution 設定顯示的數量。\n" "請使用更加明確的查詢或是提高此目錄服務的目錄\n" "伺服器偏好設定中的結果限制。" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:218 msgid "" "The time to execute this query exceeded the server limit or the limit\n" "configured for this address book. Please make your search\n" "more specific or raise the time limit in the directory server\n" "preferences for this address book." msgstr "" "執行此次查詢的時間超過了伺服器的限制或是你為\n" "此目錄服務所設定的上限。請使用更加明確的查詢\n" "或是提高此目錄服務的目錄伺服器偏好設定中的\n" "時間上限。" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:226 #, c-format msgid "The backend for this address book was unable to parse this query. %s" msgstr "此目錄服務的後端程式無法解析這次的查詢。%s" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:231 #, c-format msgid "The backend for this address book refused to perform this query. %s" msgstr "此目錄服務的後端程式拒絕執行這次的查詢。%s" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:237 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:243 #, c-format msgid "This query did not complete successfully. %s" msgstr "這次的查詢並未完全成功。%s" #. This is a filename. Translators take note. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:265 msgid "card.vcf" msgstr "card.vcf" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:316 msgid "Select Address Book" msgstr "選擇通訊錄" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:398 msgid "list" msgstr "清單" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:587 msgid "Move contact to" msgstr "將聯絡人移到" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:589 msgid "Copy contact to" msgstr "複製聯絡人到" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:592 msgid "Move contacts to" msgstr "將聯絡人移到" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:594 msgid "Copy contacts to" msgstr "複製聯絡人到" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:747 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:549 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:281 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:440 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:935 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:974 ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Importing..." msgstr "正在匯入..." #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1082 msgid "Outlook Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1083 msgid "Outlook Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1091 msgid "Mozilla Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1092 msgid "Mozilla Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1100 msgid "Evolution Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1101 msgid "Evolution Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:807 msgid "LDAP Data Interchange Format (.ldif)" msgstr "LDAP 資料交換格式 (.ldif)" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:808 msgid "Evolution LDIF importer" msgstr "Evolution LDIF 輸入器" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:666 msgid "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd)" msgstr "vCard (.vcf、.gcrd)" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:667 msgid "Evolution vCard Importer" msgstr "Evolution vCard 匯入程式" #. Uncomment next if it is successful to get total number if pages in list view #. * g_object_get (operation, "n-pages", &n_pages, NULL) #: ../addressbook/printing/e-contact-print.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Page %d" msgstr "第 %d 頁" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:59 msgid "Specify the output file instead of standard output" msgstr "指定輸出檔案而不是標準輸出" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:60 msgid "OUTPUTFILE" msgstr "輸出檔案" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:63 msgid "List local address book folders" msgstr "列出本地通訊錄資料夾" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:66 msgid "Show cards as vcard or csv file" msgstr "將卡片顯示成 vcard 或 csv 檔案" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:67 msgid "[vcard|csv]" msgstr "[vcard|csv]" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:136 msgid "" "Command line arguments error, please use --help option to see the usage." msgstr "指令列引數錯誤，請使用 --help 選項來查看用法。" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:150 msgid "Only support csv or vcard format." msgstr "僅支援 csv 或 vcard 格式。" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:181 msgid "Unhandled error" msgstr "未處理的錯誤" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-cards.c:625 #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-folders.c:46 msgid "Can not open file" msgstr "無法開啟檔案" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-folders.c:76 #, c-format msgid "Failed to open client '%s': %s" msgstr "無法開啟客戶端「%s」：%s" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:106 msgid "minute" msgid_plural "minutes" msgstr[0] "分鐘" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:119 msgid "hour" msgid_plural "hours" msgstr[0] "小時" #. For Translator : 'day' is part of the sentence of the form 'appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [first] [day] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in[square brackets]). This means that after 'first', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:132 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1248 msgid "day" msgid_plural "days" msgstr[0] "天" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:329 msgid "Start time" msgstr "開始時刻" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:1 msgid "Appointments" msgstr "約會" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:2 msgid "Dismiss _All" msgstr "全部解除(_A)" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:3 msgid "_Snooze" msgstr "延期(_S)" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:4 ../e-util/e-alert-dialog.c:166 msgid "_Dismiss" msgstr "解除(_D)" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:5 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1835 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1845 #: ../modules/cal-config-weather/evolution-cal-config-weather.c:209 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1501 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1612 msgid "Location:" msgstr "位置:" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:6 msgid "location of appointment" msgstr "約會的地點" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:7 msgid "Snooze _time:" msgstr "忽略時間(_T):" #. Translators: This is the last part of the sentence: #. * "Purge events older than <> days" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:6 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:8 #: ../e-util/e-interval-chooser.c:143 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:352 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:6 msgid "days" msgstr "天" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:5 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:18 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:7 #: ../e-util/e-interval-chooser.c:141 msgid "hours" msgstr "小時" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:10 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:19 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:6 #: ../e-util/e-interval-chooser.c:139 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:527 msgid "minutes" msgstr "分鐘" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1679 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1815 msgid "No summary available." msgstr "沒有可用的摘要。" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1688 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1690 msgid "No description available." msgstr "沒有任何描述。" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1698 msgid "No location information available." msgstr "沒有可用的地點資訊。" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1703 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1806 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:2145 msgid "Evolution Reminders" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1747 #, c-format msgid "You have %d reminder" msgid_plural "You have %d reminders" msgstr[0] "你有 %d 個鬧鈴" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1965 msgid "Warning" msgstr "警告" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1971 #, c-format msgid "" "An Evolution Calendar reminder is about to trigger. This reminder is " "configured to run the following program:\n" "\n" " %s\n" "\n" "Are you sure you want to run this program?" msgstr "" "一個 Evolution 行事曆提醒即將被觸發。\n" "這個提醒被設定要執行下列程式：\n" "\n" " %s\n" "\n" "你確定要執行這個程式？" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1986 msgid "Do not ask me about this program again." msgstr "不要再詢問我關於這個程式。" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:44 msgid "invalid time" msgstr "失效時間" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d hours before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:70 ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:370 #: ../calendar/gui/misc.c:96 #, c-format msgid "%d hour" msgid_plural "%d hours" msgstr[0] "%d 時" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d minutes before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:76 ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:376 #: ../calendar/gui/misc.c:102 #, c-format msgid "%d minute" msgid_plural "%d minutes" msgstr[0] "%d 分" #. TRANSLATORS: here, "second" is the time division (like "minute"), not the ordinal number (like "third") #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d seconds before start of appointment" #. TRANSLATORS: here, "second" is the time division (like "minute"), not the ordinal number (like "third") #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:80 ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:382 #: ../calendar/gui/misc.c:106 #, c-format msgid "%d second" msgid_plural "%d seconds" msgstr[0] "%d 秒" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Would you like to send all the participants a cancelation notice?" msgstr "要傳送取消通知給所有的參與者？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the meeting is canceled." msgstr "如果不傳送取消通知，其他參與者可能不知道會議已經取消。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Do _not Send" msgstr "不要傳送(_N)" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:4 msgid "_Send Notice" msgstr "傳送通知(_S)" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:5 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this meeting?" msgstr "確定要刪除此會議？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "All information on this meeting will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "會刪除此會議的所有資訊而且無法復原。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:8 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the task has been deleted." msgstr "如果未傳送取消通知，其他參與者可能不知道工作已經刪除。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:196 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this task?" msgstr "確定要刪除此工作？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:10 msgid "All information on this task will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "會刪除此工作的所有資訊而且無法復原。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Would you like to send a cancelation notice for this memo?" msgstr "是否要傳送此備忘錄的取消通知？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the memo has been deleted." msgstr "如果未傳送取消通知，其他參與者可能不知道該備忘錄已經刪除。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:199 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this memo?" msgstr "確定要刪除此備忘錄？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:14 msgid "All information on this memo will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "會刪除此備忘錄上的所有資訊而且無法復原。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:15 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the meeting titled '{0}'?" msgstr "確定要刪除標題為「{0}」的會議？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the appointment titled '{0}'?" msgstr "確定要刪除標題為 '{0}' 的約會？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "All information on this appointment will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "會刪除此約會的所有資訊而且無法復原。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this appointment?" msgstr "確定要刪除此約會？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the '{0}' task?" msgstr "確定要刪除 '{0}'工作？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:20 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the memo '{0}'?" msgstr "確定要刪除備忘錄 '{0}'？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:21 msgid "All information in this memo will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "會刪除此備忘錄中的所有資訊而且無法復原。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these {0} appointments?" msgstr "確定要刪除這 {0} 約會？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:23 msgid "" "All information on these appointments will be deleted and can not be " "restored." msgstr "會刪除這些約會的所有資訊而且無法復原。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:24 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these {0} tasks?" msgstr "確定要刪除這 {0} 工作？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:25 msgid "" "All information on these tasks will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "會刪除這些工作的所有資訊而且無法復原。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:26 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these {0} memos?" msgstr "確定要刪除這 {0} 個備忘錄？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:27 msgid "" "All information in these memos will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "會刪除這些備忘錄中的所有資訊而且無法復原。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:28 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this meeting?" msgstr "要儲存對此會議所做的更改？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:29 msgid "You have changed this meeting, but not yet saved it." msgstr "你已經更改此會議，但尚未儲存它。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:30 msgid "_Save Changes" msgstr "儲存更改(_S)" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:31 #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:16 msgid "_Discard Changes" msgstr "放棄更改(_D)" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:32 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this appointment?" msgstr "要儲存對此約會所做的更改？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:33 msgid "You have changed this appointment, but not yet saved it." msgstr "你已經更改此約會，但尚未儲存它。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this task?" msgstr "要儲存對此工作所做的更改？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:35 msgid "You have changed this task, but not yet saved it." msgstr "你已經更改此工作，但尚未儲存它。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:36 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this memo?" msgstr "要儲存對此備忘錄所做的更改？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:37 msgid "You have made changes to this memo, but not yet saved them." msgstr "你已經更改此備忘錄，但尚未儲存它們。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:38 msgid "Would you like to send meeting invitations to participants?" msgstr "要傳送會議邀請給參與者？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:39 msgid "" "Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to reply." msgstr "電子郵件邀請函會傳送給所有參與者並讓他們回覆。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:40 #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:13 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:8 #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:5 msgid "_Send" msgstr "傳送(_S)" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:41 msgid "Would you like to send updated meeting information to participants?" msgstr "要傳送會議更新資訊給參與者？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:42 msgid "" "Sending updated information allows other participants to keep their " "calendars up to date." msgstr "傳送更新的資訊允許其他參與者保有最新的行事曆。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:43 msgid "Would you like to send this task to participants?" msgstr "要傳送此工作給參與者？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:44 msgid "" "Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to accept " "this task." msgstr "電子郵件邀請會傳送給所有參與者並讓他們接受此工作。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:45 msgid "Download in progress. Do you want to save the task?" msgstr "下載尚在進行中。你是否要儲存此工作？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:46 msgid "" "Some attachments are being downloaded. Saving the task would result in the " "loss of these attachments." msgstr "這裏有一些需要下載的附件。儲存此工作將會失去這些附件。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:47 ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:297 msgid "_Save" msgstr "儲存(_S)" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:48 msgid "Download in progress. Do you want to save the appointment?" msgstr "下載尚在進行中。你是否要儲存此約會？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:49 msgid "" "Some attachments are being downloaded. Saving the appointment would result " "in the loss of these attachments." msgstr "這裏有一些需要下載的附件。儲存此約會將會失去這些附件。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:50 msgid "Would you like to send updated task information to participants?" msgstr "要傳送更新的工作資訊給參與者？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:51 msgid "" "Sending updated information allows other participants to keep their task " "lists up to date." msgstr "傳送更新的資訊讓其他參與者保有最新的工作清單。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:52 msgid "Editor could not be loaded." msgstr "無法載入編輯器。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:53 msgid "Delete calendar '{0}'?" msgstr "刪除行事曆「{0}」？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:54 msgid "This calendar will be removed permanently." msgstr "這個行事曆將會被永遠移除。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:55 msgid "Delete task list '{0}'?" msgstr "刪除工作清單「{0}」？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:56 msgid "This task list will be removed permanently." msgstr "這項工作清單將會被永遠移除。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:57 msgid "Delete memo list '{0}'?" msgstr "刪除備忘錄清單「{0}」？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:58 msgid "This memo list will be removed permanently." msgstr "這個備忘錄清單將會被永遠移除。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:59 msgid "Delete remote calendar '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:60 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the calendar '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:62 msgid "Delete remote task list '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:63 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the task list '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:64 msgid "Delete remote memo list '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:65 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the memo list '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:66 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the appointment without a summary?" msgstr "你確定要儲存沒有摘要的約會？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:67 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful summary to your appointment will give you an idea of " "what your appointment is about." msgstr "新增有意義的摘要到你的約會可以讓你知道這個約會和什麼事有關。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:68 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the task without a summary?" msgstr "你確定要儲存沒有摘要的工作？" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:69 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful summary to your task will give you an idea of what your " "task is about." msgstr "新增有意義的摘要到你的工作可以讓你知道這個工作和什麼事有關。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:70 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the memo without a summary?" msgstr "確定要儲存沒有摘要的備忘錄？" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:72 msgid "Error loading calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:73 msgid "The calendar is not marked for offline usage." msgstr "此行事曆尚未標記為離線使用。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:74 msgid "Cannot save event" msgstr "不能儲存事件" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar source #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:76 msgid "" "'{0}' is a read-only calendar and cannot be modified. Please select a " "different calendar that can accept appointments." msgstr "「{0}」是一個唯讀的行事曆來源。請選取一個能加入約會的行事曆。" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:77 msgid "Cannot save task" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar source #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:79 msgid "" "'{0}' does not support assigned tasks, please select a different task list." msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:81 msgid "Error loading task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:82 msgid "The task list is not marked for offline usage." msgstr "此工作清單尚未標記為離線使用。" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:84 msgid "Error loading memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:85 msgid "The memo list is not marked for offline usage." msgstr "此備忘錄清單尚未標記為離線使用。" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:87 msgid "Failed to copy an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:89 msgid "Failed to copy a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:91 msgid "Failed to copy a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:93 msgid "Failed to move an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:95 msgid "Failed to move a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:97 msgid "Failed to move a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:99 msgid "Copying an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:101 msgid "Copying a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:103 msgid "Copying a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:105 msgid "Moving an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:107 msgid "Moving a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:109 msgid "Moving a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:2 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:1 ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:376 msgid "Summary" msgstr "摘要" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:2 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:2 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:11 msgid "contains" msgstr "包含" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:3 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:3 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:17 msgid "does not contain" msgstr "不包含" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:4 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:4 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:4 #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:4 ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:528 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:69 msgid "Description" msgstr "描述:" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:5 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:5 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:7 msgid "Any Field" msgstr "任何欄位" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:6 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:7 msgid "Classification" msgstr "歸類" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:7 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:9 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:34 msgid "is" msgstr "是" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:8 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:10 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:40 msgid "is not" msgstr "不是" #. To Translators: This is task classification #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:9 ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.c:250 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:454 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:461 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:547 #: ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:10 msgid "Public" msgstr "公開" #. To Translators: This is task classification #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:10 ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.c:251 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:463 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:548 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:11 msgid "Private" msgstr "私人" #. To Translators: This is task classification #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:11 ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.c:252 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:465 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:549 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:12 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:7 msgid "Confidential" msgstr "機密" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:12 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:5 msgid "Organizer" msgstr "會議召集人" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:6 msgid "Attendee" msgstr "到會者" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:5 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:14 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:897 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:22 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:390 msgid "Location" msgstr "位置" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:15 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:23 ../e-util/e-categories-selector.c:328 msgid "Category" msgstr "分類" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:16 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:15 ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print.c:54 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:204 #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:6 msgid "Attachments" msgstr "附件" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:17 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:15 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:16 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:27 msgid "Exist" msgstr "存在" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:18 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:17 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:24 msgid "Do Not Exist" msgstr "不存在" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:19 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:310 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:331 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:15 msgid "Recurrence" msgstr "週期性" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:20 msgid "Occurs" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:21 msgid "Less Than" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:22 msgid "Exactly" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:23 msgid "More Than" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:24 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:17 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:28 msgid "Summary Contains" msgstr "摘要包含" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:25 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:18 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:29 msgid "Description Contains" msgstr "描述包含" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:669 msgid "Edit Reminder" msgstr "編輯提醒" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:897 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:412 msgid "Pop up an alert" msgstr "顯示提示" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:898 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:408 msgid "Play a sound" msgstr "播放音效" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:899 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:420 msgid "Run a program" msgstr "執行外部程式" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:900 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:416 msgid "Send an email" msgstr "傳送電子郵件" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:909 msgid "before" msgstr "早於" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:910 msgid "after" msgstr "晚於" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:919 msgid "start of appointment" msgstr "約會開始" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:920 msgid "end of appointment" msgstr "約會結束" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "minute(s)" msgstr "分鐘" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "hour(s)" msgstr "小時" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "day(s)" msgstr "天" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Add Reminder" msgstr "加入提醒" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:353 msgid "Reminder" msgstr "提醒" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Repeat" msgstr "重複" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Repeat the reminder" msgstr "重複這個提醒(_R)" #. This is part of the sentence: 'Repeat the reminder %d extra times every %d minutes'. Where %d are numbers. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "extra times every" msgstr "提醒間隔每" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:13 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:30 msgid "Options" msgstr "選項" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Custom _message" msgstr "自選訊息(_M)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Mes_sage:" msgstr "訊息(_S):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "Custom reminder sound" msgstr "自選提醒聲音" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "_Sound:" msgstr "聲音(_S):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:18 msgid "Select A File" msgstr "請選取檔案" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "_Program:" msgstr "執行程式(_P):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "_Arguments:" msgstr "引數(_A):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "Send To:" msgstr "收件者：" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-list-dialog.c:240 msgid "Action/Trigger" msgstr "動作/觸發" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-list-dialog.ui.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:25 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:62 msgid "Reminders" msgstr "提醒" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-list-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "A_dd" msgstr "加入(_D)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:60 msgid "This event has been deleted." msgstr "這個事件已刪除。" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:64 msgid "This task has been deleted." msgstr "這項工作已刪除。" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:68 msgid "This memo has been deleted." msgstr "這個備忘錄已刪除。" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:78 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made changes. Forget those changes and close the editor?" msgstr "%s 你已經做了些更改。放棄這些更改並且關閉這個編輯器？" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:80 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made no changes, close the editor?" msgstr "%s 你沒有做任何更改，關閉這個編輯器？" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:85 msgid "This event has been changed." msgstr "這個事件已更改。" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:89 msgid "This task has been changed." msgstr "這項工作已更改。" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:93 msgid "This memo has been changed." msgstr "這個備忘錄已更改。" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:103 #, c-format msgid "" "%s You have made changes. Forget those changes and update the editor?" msgstr "%s 你已經做了些更改。放棄這些更改並且更新這個編輯器？" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:105 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made no changes, update the editor?" msgstr "%s 你沒有做任何更改，更新這個編輯器？" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:266 msgid "Could not save attachments" msgstr "無法儲存附件" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:620 msgid "Could not update object" msgstr "無法更新物件" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:754 msgid "Edit Appointment" msgstr "編輯約會" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:761 #, c-format msgid "Meeting - %s" msgstr "會議 - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:763 #, c-format msgid "Appointment - %s" msgstr "約會 - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:769 #, c-format msgid "Assigned Task - %s" msgstr "指派的工作 - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:771 #, c-format msgid "Task - %s" msgstr "工作 - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:776 #, c-format msgid "Memo - %s" msgstr "備忘錄 - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:792 msgid "No Summary" msgstr "沒有摘要" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:913 msgid "Keep original item?" msgstr "是否保持原始項目？" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1080 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1108 msgid "Unable to synchronize with the server" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1222 msgid "Close the current window" msgstr "關閉目前的視窗" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1229 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:121 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:558 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:455 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1296 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:341 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1305 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:136 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:888 msgid "Copy the selection" msgstr "複製選取的內容" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1236 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:114 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:553 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1290 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1299 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:143 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:895 msgid "Cut the selection" msgstr "剪下選取範圍" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1243 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:135 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:568 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:902 msgid "Delete the selection" msgstr "刪除選取範圍" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1250 msgid "View help" msgstr "檢視求助" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1257 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:128 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:563 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1302 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1311 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:150 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:923 msgid "Paste the clipboard" msgstr "貼上剪貼簿的內容" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1278 msgid "Save current changes" msgstr "儲存目前的更改" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1283 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:317 msgid "Save and Close" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1285 msgid "Save current changes and close editor" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1292 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:142 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:573 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:157 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1000 msgid "Select all text" msgstr "選取所有文字" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1299 msgid "_Classification" msgstr "歸類(_C)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1306 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:19 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:16 #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:171 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:32 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1028 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "編輯(_E)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1313 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:322 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:164 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1035 msgid "_File" msgstr "檔案(_F)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1320 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1042 msgid "_Help" msgstr "求助(_H)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1327 msgid "_Insert" msgstr "插入(_I)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1334 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:320 msgid "_Options" msgstr "選項(_O)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1341 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:178 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1077 ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:5 msgid "_View" msgstr "檢視(_V)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1351 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:269 msgid "_Attachment..." msgstr "附件(_A)…" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1353 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:271 ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:413 msgid "Attach a file" msgstr "附加檔案" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1361 msgid "_Categories" msgstr "分類(_C)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1363 msgid "Toggles whether to display categories" msgstr "切換是否顯示「分類」" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1369 msgid "Time _Zone" msgstr "時區(_Z)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1371 msgid "Toggles whether the time zone is displayed" msgstr "切換是否顯示「時區」" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1380 msgid "Pu_blic" msgstr "公開(_B)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1382 msgid "Classify as public" msgstr "分類為公開" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1387 msgid "_Private" msgstr "私人(_P)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1389 msgid "Classify as private" msgstr "歸類為私人" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1394 msgid "_Confidential" msgstr "機密(_C)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1396 msgid "Classify as confidential" msgstr "歸類為機密" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1404 msgid "R_ole Field" msgstr "角色欄位(_O)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1406 msgid "Toggles whether the Role field is displayed" msgstr "切換是否顯示「角色」欄位" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1412 msgid "_RSVP" msgstr "_RSVP" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1414 msgid "Toggles whether the RSVP field is displayed" msgstr "切換是否顯示「RSVP」欄位" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1420 msgid "_Status Field" msgstr "狀態欄位(_S)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1422 msgid "Toggles whether the Status field is displayed" msgstr "切換是否顯示「狀態」欄位" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1428 msgid "_Type Field" msgstr "類型欄位(_T)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1430 msgid "Toggles whether the Attendee Type is displayed" msgstr "切換是否顯示「到會者類型」欄位" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:2211 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:488 msgid "Attach" msgstr "附加" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:2541 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:2751 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:3764 msgid "Changes made to this item may be discarded if an update arrives" msgstr "如果有新的更新，則會放棄對此項目所做的更改" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:3726 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:121 msgid "attachment" msgstr "附件" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:3796 msgid "Unable to use current version!" msgstr "無法使用目前的版本！" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor-page.c:441 #, c-format msgid "Validation error: %s" msgstr "確認上的錯誤： %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:121 msgid "Could not open destination" msgstr "無法開啟目的地" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:131 msgid "Destination is read only" msgstr "目的地是唯讀" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:173 msgid "Cannot create object" msgstr "不能建立物件" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:204 msgid "Could not open source" msgstr "無法開啟來源" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:216 msgid "_Delete this item from all other recipient's mailboxes?" msgstr "是否刪除其他所有收件者信箱中的這個項目(_D)？" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:219 msgid "_Retract comment" msgstr "收回註解(_R)" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:55 #, c-format msgid "The event could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "由於 dbus 錯誤，所以無法刪除事件：%s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:59 #, c-format msgid "The task could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "由於 dbus 錯誤，所以無法刪除工作：%s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:63 #, c-format msgid "The memo could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "由於 dbus 錯誤，所以無法刪除該備忘錄：%s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:67 #, c-format msgid "The item could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "由於 dbus 錯誤，所以無法刪除項目：%s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:74 msgid "The event could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "因為權限被拒絕，所以無法刪除事件。" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:77 msgid "The task could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "因為權限被拒絕，所以無法刪除工作。" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:80 msgid "The memo could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "因為權限被拒絕，所以無法刪除該備忘錄。" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:83 msgid "The item could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "因為權限被拒絕，所以無法刪除項目。" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:91 #, c-format msgid "The event could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "由於發生錯誤，所以無法刪除事件：%s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:95 #, c-format msgid "The task could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "由於發生錯誤，所以無法刪除工作：%s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:99 #, c-format msgid "The memo could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "由於發生錯誤，所以無法刪除該備忘錄：%s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:103 #, c-format msgid "The item could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "由於發生錯誤，所以無法刪除項目：%s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Enter Delegate" msgstr "輸入代表" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Delegate To:" msgstr "委託給：" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Contacts..." msgstr "聯絡人…" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:205 msgid "_Reminders" msgstr "提醒(_R)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:207 msgid "Set or unset reminders for this event" msgstr "設定或取消這個事件的提醒" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:215 msgid "Show Time as _Busy" msgstr "顯示時間為忙碌(_B)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:217 msgid "Toggles whether to show time as busy" msgstr "切換是否將時間顯示為忙碌" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:226 msgid "_Recurrence" msgstr "週期性(_R)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:228 msgid "Make this a recurring event" msgstr "將此項設為週期性事件" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:233 ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:14 msgid "Send Options" msgstr "傳送選項" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:235 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:96 msgid "Insert advanced send options" msgstr "插入進階傳送選項" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:243 msgid "All _Day Event" msgstr "全天事件(_D)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:245 msgid "Toggles whether to have All Day Event" msgstr "切換是否要有全天事件" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:254 msgid "_Free/Busy" msgstr "空閒/忙碌(_F)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:256 msgid "Query free / busy information for the attendees" msgstr "查詢此到會者的空閒/忙碌資訊" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:307 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3505 msgid "Appointment" msgstr "約會" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:377 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:24 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:165 msgid "Attendees" msgstr "到會者" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:574 msgid "Print this event" msgstr "打印這個事件" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:557 msgid "Event's start time is in the past" msgstr "事件的開始時刻在過去" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:634 msgid "Event cannot be edited, because the selected calendar is read only" msgstr "不能編輯事件，因為選取的行事曆是唯讀的" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:638 msgid "Event cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "不能完整的編輯事件，因為你不是召集人" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:650 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3165 msgid "This event has reminders" msgstr "這個事件具有提醒" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:717 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:13 msgid "Or_ganizer:" msgstr "會議召集人(_G):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1300 msgid "Event with no start date" msgstr "無開始日期的事件" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1303 msgid "Event with no end date" msgstr "無結束日期的事件" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1476 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:726 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1025 msgid "Start date is wrong" msgstr "開始日期錯誤" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1487 msgid "End date is wrong" msgstr "結束日期錯誤" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1511 msgid "Start time is wrong" msgstr "開始時間錯誤" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1519 msgid "End time is wrong" msgstr "結束時間錯誤" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1683 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:765 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1079 msgid "An organizer is required." msgstr "需要一個召集人。" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1718 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1114 msgid "At least one attendee is required." msgstr "最少需要一個到會者。" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1924 msgid "_Delegatees" msgstr "代理者(_D)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1926 msgid "Atte_ndees" msgstr "到會者(_N)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3445 #, c-format msgid "%d day before appointment" msgid_plural "%d days before appointment" msgstr[0] "在每個約會前 %d 天" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3451 #, c-format msgid "%d hour before appointment" msgid_plural "%d hours before appointment" msgstr[0] "約會前 %d 小時" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3457 #, c-format msgid "%d minute before appointment" msgid_plural "%d minutes before appointment" msgstr[0] "約會前 %d 分鐘" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3478 msgid "Customize" msgstr "自選" #. Translators: "None" for "No reminder set" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3485 msgctxt "cal-reminders" msgid "None" msgstr "沒有" #. TRANSLATORS: 'for' in a sense of 'duration'; example string: Time: [date] [time] for [ H ] hours [ M ] minutes #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:2 #| msgid "for" msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "for" msgstr "共" #. TRANSLATORS: 'until' in a sense of 'duration'; example string: Time: [date] [time] until [ date ] [ time ] #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:4 #| msgid "until" msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "until" msgstr "直到" #. TRANSLATORS: Predefined reminder's description #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:6 #| msgid "15 minutes before appointment" msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "15 minutes before appointment" msgstr "約會前 15 分鐘" #. TRANSLATORS: Predefined reminder's description #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:8 #| msgid "1 hour before appointment" msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "1 hour before appointment" msgstr "約會前 1 小時" #. TRANSLATORS: Predefined reminder's description #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:10 #| msgid "1 day before appointment" msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "1 day before appointment" msgstr "約會前 1 天" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:11 msgid "_Location:" msgstr "位置(_L):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:12 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:29 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:357 msgid "_Description:" msgstr "描述(_D):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:14 msgid "_Time:" msgstr "時刻(_T):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:15 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:13 msgid "Time _zone:" msgstr "時區(_Z):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:17 msgid "_Summary:" msgstr "摘要(_S):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:21 msgid "Event Description" msgstr "事件描述" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:23 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:30 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:547 msgid "Atte_ndees..." msgstr "到會者(_N)…" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:26 msgid "_Reminder" msgstr "提醒(_R)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:27 msgid "Custom Reminder:" msgstr "自選提醒：" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "January" msgstr "一月" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "February" msgstr "二月" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "March" msgstr "三月" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "April" msgstr "四月" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "May" msgstr "五月" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "June" msgstr "六月" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "July" msgstr "七月" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "August" msgstr "八月" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "September" msgstr "九月" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "October" msgstr "十月" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "November" msgstr "十一月" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "December" msgstr "十二月" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "Select Date" msgstr "選擇日期" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:14 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1379 msgid "Select _Today" msgstr "選擇今天(_T)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-editor.c:106 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3509 msgid "Memo" msgstr "備忘錄" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-editor.c:156 msgid "Print this memo" msgstr "打印這個備忘錄" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:421 msgid "Memo's start date is in the past" msgstr "備忘錄的開始時刻在過去" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:457 msgid "Memo cannot be edited, because the selected memo list is read only" msgstr "不能編輯備忘錄，因為選取的備忘錄清單是唯讀的" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:461 msgid "Memo cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "不能完整的編輯備忘錄，因為你不是召集人" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:1160 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:203 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:220 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:49 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:78 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:9 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:66 msgid "To" msgstr "收件者" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:426 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:31 msgid "_List:" msgstr "清單(_L):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:434 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:24 msgid "Organi_zer:" msgstr "會議召集人(_Z):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:5 msgid "T_o:" msgstr "收件者(_O):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:26 msgid "Sta_rt date:" msgstr "開始日(_R):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:7 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:23 msgid "Su_mmary:" msgstr "摘要(_M):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:53 #, c-format msgid "You are modifying a recurring event. What would you like to modify?" msgstr "你正在修改週期性事件。你想要修改什麼？" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:55 #, c-format msgid "" "You are delegating a recurring event. What would you like to delegate?" msgstr "你正在委任週期性事件。你想要委派什麼？" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:59 #, c-format msgid "You are modifying a recurring task. What would you like to modify?" msgstr "你正在修改週期性工作。你想要修改什麼？" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:63 #, c-format msgid "You are modifying a recurring memo. What would you like to modify?" msgstr "你正在修改週期性備忘錄。你想要修改什麼？" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:89 msgid "This Instance Only" msgstr "限此例項" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:93 msgid "This and Prior Instances" msgstr "此例項和先前的例項" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:99 msgid "This and Future Instances" msgstr "此例項和以後的例項" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:104 msgid "All Instances" msgstr "所有例項" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:575 msgid "This appointment contains recurrences that Evolution cannot edit." msgstr "Evolution 無法編輯這個週期性約會。" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1000 msgid "Recurrence date is invalid" msgstr "週期性日期無效" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1044 msgid "End time of the recurrence was before event's start" msgstr "週期性事件的結束時刻早於開始時刻" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] week(s) on [Wednesday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after the 'on', name of a week day always follows. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1073 msgid "on" msgstr "的" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [first] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'first', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1154 msgid "first" msgstr "一" #. TRANSLATORS: here, "second" is the ordinal number (like "third"), not the time division (like "minute") #. * Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [second] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'second', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1160 msgid "second" msgstr "二" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [third] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'third', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1165 msgid "third" msgstr "三" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [fourth] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'fourth', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1170 msgid "fourth" msgstr "四" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [fifth] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'fifth', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1175 msgid "fifth" msgstr "第五" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [last] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'last', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1180 msgid "last" msgstr "最後" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [Other date] [11th to 20th] [17th] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1204 msgid "Other Date" msgstr "其他日期" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a submenu option string to split the date range into three submenus to choose the exact day of #. * the month to setup an appointment recurrence. The entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) #. * on the [Other date] [1st to 10th] [7th] [forever]' (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1210 msgid "1st to 10th" msgstr "1日至10日" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a submenu option string to split the date range into three submenus to choose the exact day of #. * the month to setup an appointment recurrence. The entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) #. * on the [Other date] [11th to 20th] [17th] [forever]' (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1216 msgid "11th to 20th" msgstr "11日至20日" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a submenu option string to split the date range into three submenus to choose the exact day of #. * the month to setup an appointment recurrence. The entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) #. * on the [Other date] [21th to 31th] [27th] [forever]' (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1222 msgid "21st to 31st" msgstr "21日至31日" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1249 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:25 msgid "Monday" msgstr "星期一" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1250 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:28 msgid "Tuesday" msgstr "星期二" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1251 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:31 msgid "Wednesday" msgstr "星期三" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1252 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:34 msgid "Thursday" msgstr "星期四" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1253 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:37 msgid "Friday" msgstr "星期五" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1254 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:40 msgid "Saturday" msgstr "星期六" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1255 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:43 msgid "Sunday" msgstr "星期日" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [second] [Tuesday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets])." #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1386 msgid "on the" msgstr "在第" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1571 msgid "occurrences" msgstr "次" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2341 msgid "Add exception" msgstr "加入例外" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2383 msgid "Could not get a selection to modify." msgstr "無法取得要編輯的選取區。" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2389 msgid "Modify exception" msgstr "編輯例外" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2435 msgid "Could not get a selection to delete." msgstr "無法取得要刪除的選取區。" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2576 msgid "Date/Time" msgstr "日期/時間" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:2 #| msgid "day(s)" msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "day(s)" msgstr "天" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:4 #| msgid "week(s)" msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "week(s)" msgstr "週" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:6 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "month(s)" msgstr "個月" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:8 #| msgid "year(s)" msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "year(s)" msgstr "年" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:10 #| msgid "for" msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "for" msgstr "共" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:12 #| msgid "until" msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "until" msgstr "直到" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:14 #| msgid "forever" msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "forever" msgstr "永遠" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:16 msgid "This appointment rec_urs" msgstr "這個約會的週期性規則為(_U)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:17 msgid "Every" msgstr "每" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:18 msgid "Exceptions" msgstr "例外" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:20 msgid "Preview" msgstr "預覽" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:173 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:255 msgid "Send my reminders with this event" msgstr "將我的提醒與這個事件一起送出" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:175 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:257 msgid "Notify new attendees _only" msgstr "只通知新的到會者(_O)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:94 msgid "_Send Options" msgstr "傳送選項(_S)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:149 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3507 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.c:553 msgid "Task" msgstr "工作" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:286 msgid "Print this task" msgstr "打印這項工作" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:330 msgid "Task's start date is in the past" msgstr "工作的開始時刻在過去" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:331 msgid "Task's due date is in the past" msgstr "工作的結束時刻在過去" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:364 msgid "Task cannot be edited, because the selected task list is read only" msgstr "不能編輯工作，因為選取的工作清單是唯讀的" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:368 msgid "Task cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "不能完整的編輯工作，因為你不是召集人" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:372 msgid "" "Task cannot be edited, because the selected task list does not support " "assigned tasks" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1006 msgid "Due date is wrong" msgstr "到期日錯誤" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1174 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1199 msgid "Completed date is wrong" msgstr "完成日期錯誤" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:337 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:573 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:19 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:2 ../mail/message-list.c:320 msgid "High" msgstr "高" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:10 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:339 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1666 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:574 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:20 ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:5 #: ../mail/message-list.c:319 msgid "Normal" msgstr "一般" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:12 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:341 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:575 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:21 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:4 ../mail/message-list.c:318 msgid "Low" msgstr "低" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:576 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:22 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Undefined" msgstr "未指定" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:322 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:311 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:553 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:214 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:229 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:656 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3591 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:11 msgid "Not Started" msgstr "未開始" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:18 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:312 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:313 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:555 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:633 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:216 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:231 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:657 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3594 msgid "In Progress" msgstr "進行中" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:20 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:315 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:315 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:557 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:205 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:228 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:218 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:233 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:658 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3597 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:13 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:380 msgid "Completed" msgstr "已完成" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:22 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:318 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:317 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:559 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:220 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:235 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:659 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3600 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:878 msgid "Canceled" msgstr "已取消" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:25 msgid "D_ue date:" msgstr "到期日(_U):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:28 msgid "Time zone:" msgstr "時區：" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:32 msgid "_Status:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:33 msgid "Date _completed:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:34 msgid "_Percent complete:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:35 msgid "Priorit_y:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:36 msgid "C_lassification:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:37 msgid "_Web Page:" msgstr "網頁(_W):" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:324 msgid "New Appointment" msgstr "新增約會" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:325 msgid "New All Day Event" msgstr "新增全天事件" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:326 msgid "New Meeting" msgstr "新增會議" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:327 msgid "Go to Today" msgstr "移至今日" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:328 msgid "Go to Date" msgstr "移至日期" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:298 msgid "It has reminders." msgstr "它具有提醒。" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:301 msgid "It has recurrences." msgstr "它是週期性約會。" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:304 msgid "It is a meeting." msgstr "這是一項會議。" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Calendar Event: Summary is %s." msgstr "行事曆事件：摘要為 %s。" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:314 msgid "Calendar Event: It has no summary." msgstr "行事曆事件：沒有摘要。" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:337 msgid "calendar view event" msgstr "行事曆檢視事件" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:569 msgid "Grab Focus" msgstr "得到焦點" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:154 ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:154 #, c-format msgid "It has %d event." msgid_plural "It has %d events." msgstr[0] "它有 %d 個事件。" #. To translators: Here, "It" is either like "Work Week View: July #. 10th - July 14th, 2006." or "Day View: Thursday July 13th, 2006." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:161 ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:157 msgid "It has no events." msgstr "它沒有事件。" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:169 #, c-format msgid "Work Week View: %s. %s" msgstr "工作週檢視：%s。%s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:176 #, c-format msgid "Day View: %s. %s" msgstr "日檢視：%s。%s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:210 msgid "calendar view for a work week" msgstr "工作週的行事曆檢視" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:212 msgid "calendar view for one or more days" msgstr "用於一或多日的行事曆檢視" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view-main-item.c:327 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view-main-item.c:354 msgid "a table to view and select the current time range" msgstr "用來檢視與選擇時刻範圍的表格" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:48 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:56 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1114 msgid "Gnome Calendar" msgstr "Gnome 行事曆" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:204 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1191 msgid "%A %d %b %Y" msgstr "%Y年%m月%d日 (%A)" #. strftime format %a = abbreviated weekday name, %d = day of month, #. * %b = abbreviated month name. Don't use any other specifiers. #. strftime format %a = abbreviated weekday name, #. * %d = day of month, %b = abbreviated month name. #. * You can change the order but don't change the #. * specifiers or add anything. #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:208 ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:2793 #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-top-item.c:859 #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:219 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1195 msgid "%a %d %b" msgstr "%m月%d日 (%a)" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:211 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:217 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:220 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1198 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1204 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1207 msgid "%a %d %b %Y" msgstr "%Y年%m月%d日 (%a)" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:239 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:247 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:254 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:257 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1224 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1235 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1242 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1245 msgid "%d %b %Y" msgstr "%Y年%m月%d日" #. strftime format %d = day of month, %b = abbreviated month name. #. * Don't use any other specifiers. #. strftime format %d = day of month, %b = abbreviated #. * month name. You can change the order but don't #. * change the specifiers or add anything. #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:244 ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:2809 #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-top-item.c:863 #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:233 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1231 msgid "%d %b" msgstr "%m月%d日" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-jump-button.c:151 msgid "Jump button" msgstr "跳躍按鈕" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-jump-button.c:160 msgid "Click here, you can find more events." msgstr "按這裏，你可以找到更多事件。" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d days before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:358 #, c-format msgid "%d day" msgid_plural "%d days" msgstr[0] "%d 日" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d weeks before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:364 #, c-format msgid "%d week" msgid_plural "%d weeks" msgstr[0] "%d 週" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:426 msgid "Unknown action to be performed" msgstr "要執行的未知動作" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:441 #, c-format msgid "%s %s before the start of the appointment" msgstr "於約會開始前 %2$s%1$s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:447 #, c-format msgid "%s %s after the start of the appointment" msgstr "於約會開始後 %2$s%1$s" #. Translator: The %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a sound" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:454 #, c-format msgid "%s at the start of the appointment" msgstr "%s 於約會開始時" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:466 #, c-format msgid "%s %s before the end of the appointment" msgstr "於約會結束前 %2$s%1$s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:472 #, c-format msgid "%s %s after the end of the appointment" msgstr "於約會結束後 %2$s%1$s" #. Translator: The %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a sound" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:479 #, c-format msgid "%s at the end of the appointment" msgstr "%s 於約會結束時" #. Translator: The first %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a Sound". Second %s is an absolute time, e.g. "10:00AM" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:503 #, c-format msgid "%s at %s" msgstr "%s 在 %s" #. Translator: The %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a sound". "Trigger types" are absolute or relative dates #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:511 #, c-format msgid "%s for an unknown trigger type" msgstr "%s 為未知的觸發類型" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Month View: %s. %s" msgstr "月檢視：%s。%s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:168 #, c-format msgid "Week View: %s. %s" msgstr "週檢視：%s。%s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:202 msgid "calendar view for a month" msgstr "用於月的行事曆檢視" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:204 msgid "calendar view for one or more weeks" msgstr "用於一或多週的行事曆檢視" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:223 ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:750 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-page.c:126 msgid "Untitled" msgstr "無標題" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:231 msgid "Categories:" msgstr "分類：" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:263 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "摘要：" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:272 msgid "Start Date:" msgstr "開始日期：" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:284 msgid "End Date:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:296 msgid "Due Date:" msgstr "截止日期：" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:308 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1504 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1621 msgid "Status:" msgstr "狀態：" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:335 msgid "Priority:" msgstr "優先等級：" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:360 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-service-page.c:672 msgid "Description:" msgstr "描述：" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:391 msgid "Web Page:" msgstr "網頁：" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-selector.c:358 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1097 #, c-format msgid "Copying an event into the calendar %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-selector.c:359 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1096 #, c-format msgid "Moving an event into the calendar %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:1 msgid "Click to add a task" msgstr "請按這裏增加新的工作" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:2 msgid "Start date" msgstr "開始日期" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:652 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:3 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:586 #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:159 msgid "Type" msgstr "類型" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:5 msgid "Completion date" msgstr "完成日期" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:6 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:880 msgid "Complete" msgstr "完成" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:7 msgid "Due date" msgstr "到期日" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:9 #, no-c-format msgid "% Complete" msgstr "% 完成" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:10 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:18 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:387 msgid "Priority" msgstr "優先等級" #. To Translators: 'Status' here means the state of the attendees, the resulting string will be in a form: #. * Status: Accepted: X Declined: Y ... #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:11 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:4017 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:695 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:8 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:75 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:1 msgid "Status" msgstr "狀態" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:7 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:6 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:381 msgid "Created" msgstr "已建立" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:7 msgid "Last modified" msgstr "修改日期" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:446 msgid "Cut selected events to the clipboard" msgstr "剪下選取的事件至剪貼簿" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:452 msgid "Copy selected events to the clipboard" msgstr "複製選取的事件至剪貼簿" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:458 msgid "Paste events from the clipboard" msgstr "從剪貼簿貼上事件" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:464 msgid "Delete selected events" msgstr "刪除選取的事件" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:484 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:183 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:270 msgid "Deleting selected objects" msgstr "刪除選定的物件" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:646 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:878 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1176 msgid "Updating objects" msgstr "更新物件" #. To Translators: It will display "Organiser: NameOfTheUser " #. To Translators: It will display #. * "Organizer: NameOfTheUser " #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2084 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:553 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:840 #, c-format msgid "Organizer: %s <%s>" msgstr "召集人: %s <%s>" #. With SunOne accouts, there may be no ':' in organiser.value #. With SunOne accounts, there may be no ':' in #. * organizer.value. #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2088 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:558 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:844 #, c-format msgid "Organizer: %s" msgstr "會議召集人: %s" #. To Translators: It will display "Location: PlaceOfTheMeeting" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2104 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2664 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3545 #, c-format msgid "Location: %s" msgstr "位置：%s" #. To Translators: It will display "Time: ActualStartDateAndTime (DurationOfTheMeeting)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2135 #, c-format msgid "Time: %s %s" msgstr "時刻: %s %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:5 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "開始日期" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:2 msgid "End Date" msgstr "結束日期" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:467 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:185 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:199 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:135 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:170 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:233 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1251 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1268 ../e-util/e-charset.c:52 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3508 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6092 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:100 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1668 msgid "Recurring" msgstr "週期性模式" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1670 msgid "Assigned" msgstr "已指定" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1672 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:1163 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:209 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:177 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:187 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1024 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1672 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:1163 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:210 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:189 msgid "No" msgstr "否" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3958 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:221 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:197 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:220 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6080 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "接受" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3959 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:222 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:199 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:222 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6086 msgid "Declined" msgstr "婉拒" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3960 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:223 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:201 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:224 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:526 msgid "Tentative" msgstr "暫訂" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3961 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:224 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:203 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:226 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6089 msgid "Delegated" msgstr "已委派" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3962 msgid "Needs action" msgstr "需要動作" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-calendar.c:125 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:631 msgid "Free" msgstr "空閒" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-calendar.c:128 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:527 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:632 msgid "Busy" msgstr "忙碌" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:499 msgid "" "The geographical position must be entered in the format: \n" "\n" "45.436845,125.862501" msgstr "" "經緯必須根據此格式輸入：\n" "\n" "45.436845,125.862501" #. Translators: "None" for task's status #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:551 msgctxt "cal-task-status" msgid "None" msgstr "沒有" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 24-hour. #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:159 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d (%a) %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 12-hour. #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:162 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d (%a) %p %I:%M:%S" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:170 #, c-format msgid "" "The date must be entered in the format: \n" "%s" msgstr "" "日期必須根據此格式輸入：\n" "%s" #. String to use in 12-hour time format for times in the morning. #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:1983 ../calendar/gui/e-week-view.c:1554 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1074 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1093 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:2637 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2657 msgid "am" msgstr "上午" #. String to use in 12-hour time format for times in the afternoon. #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:1986 ../calendar/gui/e-week-view.c:1557 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1079 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1095 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:2642 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2659 msgid "pm" msgstr "下午" #. strftime format %A = full weekday name, %d = day of month, #. * %B = full month name. Don't use any other specifiers. #. strftime format %A = full weekday name, %d = day of #. * month, %B = full month name. You can change the #. * order but don't change the specifiers or add #. * anything. #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:2776 ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-top-item.c:855 #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:210 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2093 msgid "%A %d %B" msgstr "%m月%d日%A" #. To Translators: the %d stands for a week number, it's value between 1 and 52/53 #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:3438 #, c-format msgid "Week %d" msgstr "第 %d 週" #. Translators: %02i is the number of minutes; #. * this is a context menu entry to change the #. * length of the time division in the calendar #. * day view, e.g. a day is displayed in #. * 24 "60 minute divisions" or #. * 48 "30 minute divisions". #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:801 #, c-format msgid "%02i minute divisions" msgstr "間隔 %02i 分鐘" #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:826 msgid "Show the second time zone" msgstr "顯示第二時區" #. Translators: "None" indicates no second time zone set for a day view #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:843 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:306 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:358 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:11 msgctxt "cal-second-zone" msgid "None" msgstr "沒有" #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:877 #: ../calendar/gui/e-timezone-entry.c:324 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:389 msgid "Select..." msgstr "選擇…" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:64 msgid "Chair Persons" msgstr "主席" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:65 msgid "Required Participants" msgstr "出席者" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:66 msgid "Optional Participants" msgstr "列席者" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:67 msgid "Resources" msgstr "資源" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:181 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:110 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:127 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1018 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1247 msgid "Individual" msgstr "個別" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:182 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:112 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:129 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1248 ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:5 msgid "Group" msgstr "羣組" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:183 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:114 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:131 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1249 msgid "Resource" msgstr "資源" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:184 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:116 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:133 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1250 msgid "Room" msgstr "會議室" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:195 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:145 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:162 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1264 msgid "Chair" msgstr "主席" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:196 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:147 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:164 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1021 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1265 msgid "Required Participant" msgstr "出席者" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:197 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:149 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:166 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1266 msgid "Optional Participant" msgstr "列席者" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:198 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:151 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:168 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1267 msgid "Non-Participant" msgstr "缺席者" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:220 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:195 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:218 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1031 msgid "Needs Action" msgstr "需要動作" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:626 msgid "Attendee " msgstr "到會者 " #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:681 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:6 msgid "RSVP" msgstr "RSVP" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:207 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:230 msgid "In Process" msgstr "進行中" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1910 #, c-format msgid "" "Enter password to access free/busy information on server %s as user %s" msgstr "輸入使用者 %2$s 在伺服器 %1$s 上存取空閒/忙碌資訊的密碼" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1920 #, c-format msgid "Failure reason: %s" msgstr "失敗原因：%s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1925 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:351 #: ../smime/gui/component.c:64 msgid "Enter password" msgstr "輸入密碼" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:528 msgid "Out of Office" msgstr "不在辦公室" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:530 msgid "No Information" msgstr "沒有資訊" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:570 msgid "O_ptions" msgstr "選項(_P)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:590 msgid "Show _only working hours" msgstr "只顯示工作時間(_O)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:603 msgid "Show _zoomed out" msgstr "顯示縮小(_Z)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:621 msgid "_Update free/busy" msgstr "更新空閒/忙碌(_U)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:638 msgid "_<<" msgstr "_<<" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:658 msgid "_Autopick" msgstr "自動選擇(_A)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:675 msgid ">_>" msgstr ">_>" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:696 msgid "_All people and resources" msgstr "所有人員和資源(_A)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:707 msgid "All _people and one resource" msgstr "所有人員和一個資源(_P)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:718 msgid "_Required people" msgstr "必要的人員(_R)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:728 msgid "Required people and _one resource" msgstr "必要人員和一個資源(_O)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:767 msgid "_Start time:" msgstr "開始時刻(_S):" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:796 msgid "_End time:" msgstr "結束時刻(_E):" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2660 #, c-format msgid "" "Summary: %s\n" "Location: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2662 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3534 #, c-format msgid "Summary: %s" msgstr "摘要：%s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:1 msgid "Click here to add an attendee" msgstr "按這裏新增到會者" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:3 msgid "Member" msgstr "成員" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:7 msgid "Delegated To" msgstr "委派給" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:8 msgid "Delegated From" msgstr "委任自" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:10 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "普通名稱" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:11 msgid "Language" msgstr "語言" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:434 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-content.c:482 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:212 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:227 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:307 msgid "Memos" msgstr "備忘錄" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:515 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:803 msgid "* No Summary *" msgstr "* 沒有摘要 *" #. Translators: This is followed by an event's start date/time #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:602 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:887 msgid "Start: " msgstr "開始: " #. Translators: This is followed by an event's due date/time #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:621 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:905 msgid "Due: " msgstr "到期: " #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:742 msgid "Cut selected memos to the clipboard" msgstr "剪下選取的備忘錄至剪貼簿" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:748 msgid "Copy selected memos to the clipboard" msgstr "複製選取的備忘錄至剪貼簿" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:754 msgid "Paste memos from the clipboard" msgstr "從剪貼簿貼上備忘錄" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:760 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:589 msgid "Delete selected memos" msgstr "刪除選定的備忘錄" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:766 msgid "Select all visible memos" msgstr "選擇全部可見的備忘錄" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:1 msgid "Click to add a memo" msgstr "請按這裏增加新的備忘錄" #. Translators: "%d%%" is the percentage of a task done. #. * %d is the actual value, %% is replaced with a percent sign. #. * Result values will be 0%, 10%, 20%, ... 100% #. #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:604 #, c-format msgid "%d%%" msgstr "%d%%" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:721 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2418 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:79 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1078 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:61 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-content.c:439 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:235 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:250 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:462 msgid "Tasks" msgstr "工作" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1040 msgid "Cut selected tasks to the clipboard" msgstr "剪下選取的工作至剪貼簿" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1046 msgid "Copy selected tasks to the clipboard" msgstr "複製選取的工作至剪貼簿" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1052 msgid "Paste tasks from the clipboard" msgstr "從剪貼簿貼上工作" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1058 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:713 msgid "Delete selected tasks" msgstr "刪除選定的工作" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1064 msgid "Select all visible tasks" msgstr "選擇全部可見的工作" #: ../calendar/gui/e-timezone-entry.c:335 msgid "Select Timezone" msgstr "選擇一個時區" #. strftime format %d = day of month, %B = full #. * month name. You can change the order but don't #. * change the specifiers or add anything. #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:227 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2072 msgid "%d %B" msgstr "%m月%d日" #: ../calendar/gui/gnome-cal.c:2369 msgid "Purging" msgstr "清除" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:648 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:706 #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:840 msgid "An organizer must be set." msgstr "必須指定一個召集人。" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:697 msgid "At least one attendee is necessary" msgstr "至少需要一個到會者" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:928 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1089 msgid "Event information" msgstr "事件資訊" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:931 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1092 msgid "Task information" msgstr "工作資訊" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:934 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1095 msgid "Memo information" msgstr "備忘錄資訊" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:937 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1113 msgid "Free/Busy information" msgstr "空閒/忙碌資訊" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:940 msgid "Calendar information" msgstr "行事曆資訊" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Accepted: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:977 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Accepted" msgstr "已接受" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Tentatively Accepted: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:984 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Tentatively Accepted" msgstr "暫時接受" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Declined: Meeting Name". #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Declined: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:991 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1039 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Declined" msgstr "已拒絕" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Delegated: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:998 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Delegated" msgstr "已委派" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Updated: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1011 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Updated" msgstr "已更新" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Cancel: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1018 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Cancel" msgstr "取消" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Refresh: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1025 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Refresh" msgstr "重新整理" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Counter-proposal: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1032 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Counter-proposal" msgstr "投票表决" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1110 #, c-format msgid "Free/Busy information (%s to %s)" msgstr "空閒/忙碌資訊 (%s 到 %s)" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1118 msgid "iCalendar information" msgstr "iCalendar 資訊" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1146 msgid "Unable to book a resource, the new event collides with some other." msgstr "無法取得資源，新的事件與其他事件有所重疊。" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1154 #, c-format msgid "Unable to book a resource, error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1326 msgid "You must be an attendee of the event." msgstr "你必須是此事件的到會者。" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "1st" msgstr "1日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "2nd" msgstr "2日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "3rd" msgstr "3日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "4th" msgstr "4日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "5th" msgstr "5日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "6th" msgstr "6日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "7th" msgstr "7日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "8th" msgstr "8日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "9th" msgstr "9日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "10th" msgstr "10日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "11th" msgstr "11日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "12th" msgstr "12日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "13th" msgstr "13日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "14th" msgstr "14日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "15th" msgstr "15日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "16th" msgstr "16日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "17th" msgstr "17日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "18th" msgstr "18日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "19th" msgstr "19日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "20th" msgstr "20日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "21st" msgstr "21日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "22nd" msgstr "22日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "23rd" msgstr "23日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "24th" msgstr "24日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "25th" msgstr "25日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "26th" msgstr "26日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "27th" msgstr "27日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "28th" msgstr "28日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "29th" msgstr "29日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "30th" msgstr "30日" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:667 msgid "31st" msgstr "31日" #. Translators: These are workday abbreviations, #. * e.g. Su=Sunday and Th=thursday #. G_DATE_BAD_WEEKDAY #. G_DATE_MONDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:727 msgid "Mo" msgstr "一" #. G_DATE_TUESDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:728 msgid "Tu" msgstr "二" #. G_DATE_WEDNESDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:729 msgid "We" msgstr "三" #. G_DATE_THURSDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:730 msgid "Th" msgstr "四" #. G_DATE_FRIDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:731 msgid "Fr" msgstr "五" #. G_DATE_SATURDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:732 msgid "Sa" msgstr "六" #. G_DATE_SUNDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:733 msgid "Su" msgstr "日" #. Translators: This is part of "START to END" text, #. * where START and END are date/times. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3328 msgid " to " msgstr " 到 " #. Translators: This is part of "START to END #. * (Completed COMPLETED)", where COMPLETED is a #. * completed date/time. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3338 msgid " (Completed " msgstr " (已完成) " #. Translators: This is part of "Completed COMPLETED", #. * where COMPLETED is a completed date/time. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3344 msgid "Completed " msgstr "已完成 " #. Translators: This is part of "START (Due DUE)", #. * where START and DUE are dates/times. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3354 msgid " (Due " msgstr " (期限) " #. Translators: This is part of "Due DUE", #. * where DUE is a date/time due the event #. * should be finished. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3361 msgid "Due " msgstr "期限 " #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3564 msgid "Attendees: " msgstr "到會者: " #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3608 #, c-format msgid "Status: %s" msgstr "狀態(_S): %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3624 #, c-format msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "優先順序(_P): %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3642 #, c-format msgid "Percent Complete: %i" msgstr "完成百分比: %i" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3656 #, c-format msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "網址: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3670 #, c-format msgid "Categories: %s" msgstr "分類: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3681 msgid "Contacts: " msgstr "聯絡人: " #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:12 msgid "In progress" msgstr "正在進行" #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:25 #, no-c-format msgid "% Completed" msgstr "% 已完成" #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:26 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:38 msgid "is greater than" msgstr "大於" #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:27 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:39 msgid "is less than" msgstr "小於" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:78 msgid "Appointments and Meetings" msgstr "約會和會議" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:462 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:901 msgid "Opening calendar" msgstr "開啟行事曆" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:610 msgid "iCalendar files (.ics)" msgstr "iCalendar 檔案 (.ics)" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:611 msgid "Evolution iCalendar importer" msgstr "Evolution iCalendar 輸入器" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:703 msgid "Reminder!" msgstr "提醒！" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:787 msgid "vCalendar files (.vcs)" msgstr "vCalendar 檔案 (.vcs)" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:788 msgid "Evolution vCalendar importer" msgstr "Evolution vCalendar 輸入器" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1071 msgid "Calendar Events" msgstr "行事曆事件" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1115 msgid "Evolution Calendar intelligent importer" msgstr "Evolution 行事曆智慧輸入器" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1186 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1500 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Meeting" msgstr "會議" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1186 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1500 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Event" msgstr "事件" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1189 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1501 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Task" msgstr "工作" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1192 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1502 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Memo" msgstr "備忘錄" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1201 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has recurrences" msgstr "具有週期性" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1206 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "is an instance" msgstr "是一個實體" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1211 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has reminders" msgstr "具有提醒" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1216 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has attachments" msgstr "具有附件" #. Translators: Appointment's classification #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1229 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Public" msgstr "公開" #. Translators: Appointment's classification #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1232 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Private" msgstr "私人" #. Translators: Appointment's classification #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1235 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Confidential" msgstr "機密" #. Translators: Appointment's classification section name #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1239 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Classification" msgstr "歸類" #. Translators: Appointment's summary #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1244 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1544 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Summary" msgstr "摘要" #. Translators: Appointment's location #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1250 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Location" msgstr "位置" #. Translators: Appointment's start time #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1258 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1539 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Start" msgstr "開始" #. Translators: 'Due' like the time due a task should be finished #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1269 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Due" msgstr "到期" #. Translators: Appointment's end time #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1281 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "End" msgstr "結束" #. Translators: Appointment's categories #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1291 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Categories" msgstr "分類" #. Translators: Appointment's complete value (either percentage, or a date/time of a completion) #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1315 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Completed" msgstr "已完成" #. Translators: Appointment's URL #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1323 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. Translators: Appointment's organizer #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1334 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1337 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Organizer" msgstr "會議召集人" #. Translators: Appointment's attendees #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1357 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1360 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Attendees" msgstr "到會者" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1374 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Description" msgstr "描述" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1534 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Type" msgstr "類型" #. #. * #. * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or #. * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public #. * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either #. * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) version 3. #. * #. * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, #. * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of #. * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU #. * Lesser General Public License for more details. #. * #. * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public #. * License along with the program; if not, see #. * #. * #. * Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Novell, Inc. (www.novell.com) #. * #. #. #. * These are the timezone names from the Olson timezone data. #. * We only place them here so gettext picks them up for translation. #. * Don't include in any C files. #. #: ../calendar/zones.h:26 msgid "Africa/Abidjan" msgstr "非洲/阿必尚" #: ../calendar/zones.h:27 msgid "Africa/Accra" msgstr "非洲/阿克拉" #: ../calendar/zones.h:28 msgid "Africa/Addis_Ababa" msgstr "非洲/阿迪斯阿貝巴" #: ../calendar/zones.h:29 msgid "Africa/Algiers" msgstr "非洲/阿爾及爾" #: ../calendar/zones.h:30 msgid "Africa/Asmera" msgstr "非洲/阿斯馬拉" #: ../calendar/zones.h:31 msgid "Africa/Bamako" msgstr "非洲/巴馬科" #: ../calendar/zones.h:32 msgid "Africa/Bangui" msgstr "非洲/班基" #: ../calendar/zones.h:33 msgid "Africa/Banjul" msgstr "非洲/斑竹" #: ../calendar/zones.h:34 msgid "Africa/Bissau" msgstr "非洲/比索" #: ../calendar/zones.h:35 msgid "Africa/Blantyre" msgstr "非洲/布蘭泰爾" #: ../calendar/zones.h:36 msgid "Africa/Brazzaville" msgstr "非洲/布拉薩市" #: ../calendar/zones.h:37 msgid "Africa/Bujumbura" msgstr "非洲/布松布拉" #: ../calendar/zones.h:38 msgid "Africa/Cairo" msgstr "非洲/開羅" #: ../calendar/zones.h:39 msgid "Africa/Casablanca" msgstr "非洲/卡薩布蘭加" #: ../calendar/zones.h:40 msgid "Africa/Ceuta" msgstr "非洲/休達" #: ../calendar/zones.h:41 msgid "Africa/Conakry" msgstr "非洲/柯那克里" #: ../calendar/zones.h:42 msgid "Africa/Dakar" msgstr "非洲/達卡" #: ../calendar/zones.h:43 msgid "Africa/Dar_es_Salaam" msgstr "非洲/達萊撒蘭" #: ../calendar/zones.h:44 msgid "Africa/Djibouti" msgstr "非洲/吉布提" #: ../calendar/zones.h:45 msgid "Africa/Douala" msgstr "非洲/杜阿拉" #: ../calendar/zones.h:46 msgid "Africa/El_Aaiun" msgstr "非洲/愛恩" #: ../calendar/zones.h:47 msgid "Africa/Freetown" msgstr "非洲/自由城" #: ../calendar/zones.h:48 msgid "Africa/Gaborone" msgstr "非洲/嘉柏隆里" #: ../calendar/zones.h:49 msgid "Africa/Harare" msgstr "非洲/哈拉雷" #: ../calendar/zones.h:50 msgid "Africa/Johannesburg" msgstr "非洲/約翰尼斯堡" #: ../calendar/zones.h:51 msgid "Africa/Kampala" msgstr "非洲/坎帕拉" #: ../calendar/zones.h:52 msgid "Africa/Khartoum" msgstr "非洲/卡土穆" #: ../calendar/zones.h:53 msgid "Africa/Kigali" msgstr "非洲/吉佳利" #: ../calendar/zones.h:54 msgid "Africa/Kinshasa" msgstr "非洲/金夏沙" #: ../calendar/zones.h:55 msgid "Africa/Lagos" msgstr "非洲/拉哥斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:56 msgid "Africa/Libreville" msgstr "非洲/自由市" #: ../calendar/zones.h:57 msgid "Africa/Lome" msgstr "非洲/洛梅" #: ../calendar/zones.h:58 msgid "Africa/Luanda" msgstr "非洲/羅安達" #: ../calendar/zones.h:59 msgid "Africa/Lubumbashi" msgstr "非洲/羅彭巴布" #: ../calendar/zones.h:60 msgid "Africa/Lusaka" msgstr "非洲/路沙卡" #: ../calendar/zones.h:61 msgid "Africa/Malabo" msgstr "非洲/馬拉布" #: ../calendar/zones.h:62 msgid "Africa/Maputo" msgstr "非洲/馬布多" #: ../calendar/zones.h:63 msgid "Africa/Maseru" msgstr "非洲/馬塞魯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:64 msgid "Africa/Mbabane" msgstr "非洲/墨巴本" #: ../calendar/zones.h:65 msgid "Africa/Mogadishu" msgstr "非洲/摩加迪休" #: ../calendar/zones.h:66 msgid "Africa/Monrovia" msgstr "非洲/蒙羅維亞" #: ../calendar/zones.h:67 msgid "Africa/Nairobi" msgstr "非洲/奈洛比" #: ../calendar/zones.h:68 msgid "Africa/Ndjamena" msgstr "非洲/恩將納" #: ../calendar/zones.h:69 msgid "Africa/Niamey" msgstr "非洲/尼阿美" #: ../calendar/zones.h:70 msgid "Africa/Nouakchott" msgstr "非洲/諾克少" #: ../calendar/zones.h:71 msgid "Africa/Ouagadougou" msgstr "非洲/瓦加杜古" #: ../calendar/zones.h:72 msgid "Africa/Porto-Novo" msgstr "非洲/新港" #: ../calendar/zones.h:73 msgid "Africa/Sao_Tome" msgstr "非洲/聖多美" #: ../calendar/zones.h:74 msgid "Africa/Timbuktu" msgstr "非洲/廷巴克圖" #: ../calendar/zones.h:75 msgid "Africa/Tripoli" msgstr "非洲/的黎波里" #: ../calendar/zones.h:76 msgid "Africa/Tunis" msgstr "非洲/突尼斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:77 msgid "Africa/Windhoek" msgstr "非洲/文胡克" #: ../calendar/zones.h:78 msgid "America/Adak" msgstr "美洲/艾達克" #: ../calendar/zones.h:79 msgid "America/Anchorage" msgstr "美洲/安克治" #: ../calendar/zones.h:80 msgid "America/Anguilla" msgstr "美洲/安圭拉島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:81 msgid "America/Antigua" msgstr "美洲/安地瓜島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:82 msgid "America/Araguaina" msgstr "美洲/阿拉圭" #: ../calendar/zones.h:83 msgid "America/Aruba" msgstr "美洲/阿魯巴" #: ../calendar/zones.h:84 msgid "America/Asuncion" msgstr "美洲/亞松森" #: ../calendar/zones.h:85 msgid "America/Barbados" msgstr "美洲/巴巴多斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:86 msgid "America/Belem" msgstr "美洲/貝倫" #: ../calendar/zones.h:87 msgid "America/Belize" msgstr "美洲/伯利兹" #: ../calendar/zones.h:88 msgid "America/Boa_Vista" msgstr "美洲/保維斯塔" #: ../calendar/zones.h:89 msgid "America/Bogota" msgstr "美洲/波哥大" #: ../calendar/zones.h:90 msgid "America/Boise" msgstr "美洲/波夕" #: ../calendar/zones.h:91 msgid "America/Buenos_Aires" msgstr "美洲/布宜諾賽利斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:92 msgid "America/Cambridge_Bay" msgstr "美洲/劍橋灣" #: ../calendar/zones.h:93 msgid "America/Cancun" msgstr "美洲/Cancun" #: ../calendar/zones.h:94 msgid "America/Caracas" msgstr "美洲/卡拉卡斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:95 msgid "America/Catamarca" msgstr "美洲/卡塔馬卡" #: ../calendar/zones.h:96 msgid "America/Cayenne" msgstr "美洲/開雲" #: ../calendar/zones.h:97 msgid "America/Cayman" msgstr "美洲/開曼" #: ../calendar/zones.h:98 msgid "America/Chicago" msgstr "美洲/芝加哥" #: ../calendar/zones.h:99 msgid "America/Chihuahua" msgstr "美洲/赤瓦瓦" #: ../calendar/zones.h:100 msgid "America/Cordoba" msgstr "美洲/哥多華" #: ../calendar/zones.h:101 msgid "America/Costa_Rica" msgstr "美洲/哥斯達黎加" #: ../calendar/zones.h:102 msgid "America/Cuiaba" msgstr "美洲/古雅巴" #: ../calendar/zones.h:103 msgid "America/Curacao" msgstr "美洲/古拉索" #: ../calendar/zones.h:104 msgid "America/Danmarkshavn" msgstr "美洲/Danmarkshavn" #: ../calendar/zones.h:105 msgid "America/Dawson" msgstr "美洲/道生" #: ../calendar/zones.h:106 msgid "America/Dawson_Creek" msgstr "美洲/道生溪" #: ../calendar/zones.h:107 msgid "America/Denver" msgstr "美洲/丹佛" #: ../calendar/zones.h:108 msgid "America/Detroit" msgstr "美洲/底特律" #: ../calendar/zones.h:109 msgid "America/Dominica" msgstr "美洲/多明尼克" #: ../calendar/zones.h:110 msgid "America/Edmonton" msgstr "美洲/艾德蒙吞" #: ../calendar/zones.h:111 msgid "America/Eirunepe" msgstr "美洲/艾魯內佩" #: ../calendar/zones.h:112 msgid "America/El_Salvador" msgstr "美洲/沙爾瓦多" #: ../calendar/zones.h:113 msgid "America/Fortaleza" msgstr "美洲/福塔力沙" #: ../calendar/zones.h:114 msgid "America/Glace_Bay" msgstr "美洲/格雷斯貝" #: ../calendar/zones.h:115 msgid "America/Godthab" msgstr "美洲/哥特哈布" #: ../calendar/zones.h:116 msgid "America/Goose_Bay" msgstr "美洲/古斯灣" #: ../calendar/zones.h:117 msgid "America/Grand_Turk" msgstr "美洲/Grand_Turk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:118 msgid "America/Grenada" msgstr "美洲/格林納達" #: ../calendar/zones.h:119 msgid "America/Guadeloupe" msgstr "美洲/瓜德魯普" #: ../calendar/zones.h:120 msgid "America/Guatemala" msgstr "美洲/危地馬拉" #: ../calendar/zones.h:121 msgid "America/Guayaquil" msgstr "美洲/圭亞基爾" #: ../calendar/zones.h:122 msgid "America/Guyana" msgstr "美洲/圭亞那" #: ../calendar/zones.h:123 msgid "America/Halifax" msgstr "美洲/哈利法克斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:124 msgid "America/Havana" msgstr "美洲/哈瓦那" #: ../calendar/zones.h:125 msgid "America/Hermosillo" msgstr "美洲/厄莫休" #: ../calendar/zones.h:126 msgid "America/Indiana/Indianapolis" msgstr "美洲/印第安納/Indianapolis" #: ../calendar/zones.h:127 msgid "America/Indiana/Knox" msgstr "美洲/印第安納/諾克斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:128 msgid "America/Indiana/Marengo" msgstr "美洲/印第安納/馬倫哥" #: ../calendar/zones.h:129 msgid "America/Indiana/Vevay" msgstr "美洲/印第安納/Vevay" #: ../calendar/zones.h:130 msgid "America/Indianapolis" msgstr "美洲/印第安納波利" #: ../calendar/zones.h:131 msgid "America/Inuvik" msgstr "美洲/伊奴維克" #: ../calendar/zones.h:132 msgid "America/Iqaluit" msgstr "美洲/Iqaluit" #: ../calendar/zones.h:133 msgid "America/Jamaica" msgstr "美洲/牙買加" #: ../calendar/zones.h:134 msgid "America/Jujuy" msgstr "美洲/胡韋" #: ../calendar/zones.h:135 msgid "America/Juneau" msgstr "美洲/朱諾" #: ../calendar/zones.h:136 msgid "America/Kentucky/Louisville" msgstr "美洲/肯塔基/路易斯維" #: ../calendar/zones.h:137 msgid "America/Kentucky/Monticello" msgstr "美洲/肯塔基/蒙提瑟洛" #: ../calendar/zones.h:138 msgid "America/La_Paz" msgstr "美洲/拉巴斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:139 msgid "America/Lima" msgstr "美洲/來瑪" #: ../calendar/zones.h:140 msgid "America/Los_Angeles" msgstr "美洲/洛杉磯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:141 msgid "America/Louisville" msgstr "美洲/路易斯維" #: ../calendar/zones.h:142 msgid "America/Maceio" msgstr "美洲/馬瑟歐" #: ../calendar/zones.h:143 msgid "America/Managua" msgstr "美洲/馬拿瓜" #: ../calendar/zones.h:144 msgid "America/Manaus" msgstr "美洲/瑪瑙斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:145 msgid "America/Martinique" msgstr "美洲/馬丁尼克" #: ../calendar/zones.h:146 msgid "America/Mazatlan" msgstr "美洲/馬薩特蘭" #: ../calendar/zones.h:147 msgid "America/Mendoza" msgstr "美洲/門多薩" #: ../calendar/zones.h:148 msgid "America/Menominee" msgstr "美洲/美諾米尼" #: ../calendar/zones.h:149 msgid "America/Merida" msgstr "美洲/美里達" #: ../calendar/zones.h:150 msgid "America/Mexico_City" msgstr "美洲/墨西哥城" #: ../calendar/zones.h:151 msgid "America/Miquelon" msgstr "美洲/密啟倫" #: ../calendar/zones.h:152 msgid "America/Monterrey" msgstr "美洲/蒙特瑞" #: ../calendar/zones.h:153 msgid "America/Montevideo" msgstr "美洲/蒙特維多" #: ../calendar/zones.h:154 msgid "America/Montreal" msgstr "美洲/蒙特利爾" #: ../calendar/zones.h:155 msgid "America/Montserrat" msgstr "美洲/蒙瑟拉特" #: ../calendar/zones.h:156 msgid "America/Nassau" msgstr "美洲/拿索" #: ../calendar/zones.h:157 msgid "America/New_York" msgstr "美洲/紐約" #: ../calendar/zones.h:158 msgid "America/Nipigon" msgstr "美洲/尼匹岡" #: ../calendar/zones.h:159 msgid "America/Nome" msgstr "美洲/諾姆" #: ../calendar/zones.h:160 msgid "America/Noronha" msgstr "美洲/Noronha" #: ../calendar/zones.h:161 msgid "America/North_Dakota/Center" msgstr "美洲/北達科塔/中部" #: ../calendar/zones.h:162 msgid "America/Panama" msgstr "美洲/巴拿馬" #: ../calendar/zones.h:163 msgid "America/Pangnirtung" msgstr "美洲/潘尼爾東" #: ../calendar/zones.h:164 msgid "America/Paramaribo" msgstr "美洲/巴拉馬里波" #: ../calendar/zones.h:165 msgid "America/Phoenix" msgstr "美洲/費尼克斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:166 msgid "America/Port-au-Prince" msgstr "美洲/太子港" #: ../calendar/zones.h:167 msgid "America/Port_of_Spain" msgstr "美洲/西班牙港" #: ../calendar/zones.h:168 msgid "America/Porto_Velho" msgstr "美洲/維留港" #: ../calendar/zones.h:169 msgid "America/Puerto_Rico" msgstr "美洲/波多黎各" #: ../calendar/zones.h:170 msgid "America/Rainy_River" msgstr "美洲/Rainy_River" #: ../calendar/zones.h:171 msgid "America/Rankin_Inlet" msgstr "美洲/蘭金" #: ../calendar/zones.h:172 msgid "America/Recife" msgstr "美洲/雷西非" #: ../calendar/zones.h:173 msgid "America/Regina" msgstr "美洲/雷吉納" #: ../calendar/zones.h:174 msgid "America/Rio_Branco" msgstr "美洲/里約布蘭科" #: ../calendar/zones.h:175 msgid "America/Rosario" msgstr "美洲/羅沙略" #: ../calendar/zones.h:176 msgid "America/Santiago" msgstr "美洲/聖地牙哥" #: ../calendar/zones.h:177 msgid "America/Santo_Domingo" msgstr "美洲/聖多明哥" #: ../calendar/zones.h:178 msgid "America/Sao_Paulo" msgstr "美洲/聖保羅" #: ../calendar/zones.h:179 msgid "America/Scoresbysund" msgstr "美洲/Scoresbysund" #: ../calendar/zones.h:180 msgid "America/Shiprock" msgstr "美洲/船岩峰" #: ../calendar/zones.h:181 msgid "America/St_Johns" msgstr "美洲/聖約翰斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:182 msgid "America/St_Kitts" msgstr "美洲/聖啟斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:183 msgid "America/St_Lucia" msgstr "美洲/聖盧西亞" #: ../calendar/zones.h:184 msgid "America/St_Thomas" msgstr "美洲/聖湯母斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:185 msgid "America/St_Vincent" msgstr "美洲/聖文森特和格林內丁斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:186 msgid "America/Swift_Current" msgstr "美洲/瑞夫卡倫特" #: ../calendar/zones.h:187 msgid "America/Tegucigalpa" msgstr "美洲/德古斯加巴" #: ../calendar/zones.h:188 msgid "America/Thule" msgstr "美洲/杜里" #: ../calendar/zones.h:189 msgid "America/Thunder_Bay" msgstr "美洲/珊德灣" #: ../calendar/zones.h:190 msgid "America/Tijuana" msgstr "美洲/提華納" #: ../calendar/zones.h:191 msgid "America/Tortola" msgstr "美洲/托托拉" #: ../calendar/zones.h:192 msgid "America/Vancouver" msgstr "美洲/溫哥華" #: ../calendar/zones.h:193 msgid "America/Whitehorse" msgstr "美洲/懷特荷斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:194 msgid "America/Winnipeg" msgstr "美洲/溫尼伯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:195 msgid "America/Yakutat" msgstr "美洲/雅庫塔" #: ../calendar/zones.h:196 msgid "America/Yellowknife" msgstr "美洲/黃刀鎮" #: ../calendar/zones.h:197 msgid "Antarctica/Casey" msgstr "南極洲/開西" #: ../calendar/zones.h:198 msgid "Antarctica/Davis" msgstr "南極洲/大衛斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:199 msgid "Antarctica/DumontDUrville" msgstr "南極洲/杜蒙特 維德" #: ../calendar/zones.h:200 msgid "Antarctica/Mawson" msgstr "南極洲/茂遜" #: ../calendar/zones.h:201 msgid "Antarctica/McMurdo" msgstr "南極洲/麥克馬多海峽" #: ../calendar/zones.h:202 msgid "Antarctica/Palmer" msgstr "南極洲/帕麥" #: ../calendar/zones.h:203 msgid "Antarctica/South_Pole" msgstr "南極洲/南極" #: ../calendar/zones.h:204 msgid "Antarctica/Syowa" msgstr "南極洲/Syowa" #: ../calendar/zones.h:205 msgid "Antarctica/Vostok" msgstr "南極洲/佛斯托克" #: ../calendar/zones.h:206 msgid "Arctic/Longyearbyen" msgstr "北極/Longyearbyen" #: ../calendar/zones.h:207 msgid "Asia/Aden" msgstr "亞洲/亞丁" #: ../calendar/zones.h:208 msgid "Asia/Almaty" msgstr "亞洲/Almaty" #: ../calendar/zones.h:209 msgid "Asia/Amman" msgstr "亞洲/安曼" #: ../calendar/zones.h:210 msgid "Asia/Anadyr" msgstr "亞洲/阿納底" #: ../calendar/zones.h:211 msgid "Asia/Aqtau" msgstr "亞洲/Aqtau" #: ../calendar/zones.h:212 msgid "Asia/Aqtobe" msgstr "亞洲/Aqtobe" #: ../calendar/zones.h:213 msgid "Asia/Ashgabat" msgstr "亞洲/Ashgabat" #: ../calendar/zones.h:214 msgid "Asia/Baghdad" msgstr "亞洲/巴格達" #: ../calendar/zones.h:215 msgid "Asia/Bahrain" msgstr "亞洲/巴林" #: ../calendar/zones.h:216 msgid "Asia/Baku" msgstr "亞洲/巴庫" #: ../calendar/zones.h:217 msgid "Asia/Bangkok" msgstr "亞洲/曼谷" #: ../calendar/zones.h:218 msgid "Asia/Beirut" msgstr "亞洲/貝魯特" #: ../calendar/zones.h:219 msgid "Asia/Bishkek" msgstr "亞洲/畢斯凱" #: ../calendar/zones.h:220 msgid "Asia/Brunei" msgstr "亞洲/汶萊" #: ../calendar/zones.h:221 msgid "Asia/Calcutta" msgstr "亞洲/加爾各答" #: ../calendar/zones.h:222 msgid "Asia/Choibalsan" msgstr "亞洲/喬巴山" #: ../calendar/zones.h:223 msgid "Asia/Chongqing" msgstr "亞洲/重慶" #: ../calendar/zones.h:224 msgid "Asia/Colombo" msgstr "亞洲/可倫坡" #: ../calendar/zones.h:225 msgid "Asia/Damascus" msgstr "亞洲/大馬士革" #: ../calendar/zones.h:226 msgid "Asia/Dhaka" msgstr "亞洲/達卡" #: ../calendar/zones.h:227 msgid "Asia/Dili" msgstr "亞洲/狄力" #: ../calendar/zones.h:228 msgid "Asia/Dubai" msgstr "亞洲/杜拜" #: ../calendar/zones.h:229 msgid "Asia/Dushanbe" msgstr "亞洲/杜尚貝" #: ../calendar/zones.h:230 msgid "Asia/Gaza" msgstr "亞洲/加薩" #: ../calendar/zones.h:231 msgid "Asia/Harbin" msgstr "亞洲/哈爾濱" #: ../calendar/zones.h:232 msgid "Asia/Hong_Kong" msgstr "亞洲/香港" #: ../calendar/zones.h:233 msgid "Asia/Hovd" msgstr "亞洲/Hovd" #: ../calendar/zones.h:234 msgid "Asia/Irkutsk" msgstr "亞洲/伊爾庫次克" #: ../calendar/zones.h:235 msgid "Asia/Istanbul" msgstr "亞洲/伊斯坦布爾" #: ../calendar/zones.h:236 msgid "Asia/Jakarta" msgstr "亞洲/雅加達" #: ../calendar/zones.h:237 msgid "Asia/Jayapura" msgstr "亞洲/嘉雅浦拉" #: ../calendar/zones.h:238 msgid "Asia/Jerusalem" msgstr "亞洲/耶路撒冷" #: ../calendar/zones.h:239 msgid "Asia/Kabul" msgstr "亞洲/喀布爾" #: ../calendar/zones.h:240 msgid "Asia/Kamchatka" msgstr "亞洲/堪察加半島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:241 msgid "Asia/Karachi" msgstr "亞洲/卡拉奇" #: ../calendar/zones.h:242 msgid "Asia/Kashgar" msgstr "亞洲/Kashgar" #: ../calendar/zones.h:243 msgid "Asia/Katmandu" msgstr "亞洲/加德滿都" #: ../calendar/zones.h:244 msgid "Asia/Krasnoyarsk" msgstr "亞洲/克拉斯諾雅" #: ../calendar/zones.h:245 msgid "Asia/Kuala_Lumpur" msgstr "亞洲/吉隆坡" #: ../calendar/zones.h:246 msgid "Asia/Kuching" msgstr "亞洲/古普" #: ../calendar/zones.h:247 msgid "Asia/Kuwait" msgstr "亞洲/科威特" #: ../calendar/zones.h:248 msgid "Asia/Macao" msgstr "亞洲/澳門" #: ../calendar/zones.h:249 msgid "Asia/Macau" msgstr "亞洲/澳門" #: ../calendar/zones.h:250 msgid "Asia/Magadan" msgstr "亞洲/馬加丹" #: ../calendar/zones.h:251 msgid "Asia/Makassar" msgstr "亞洲/錫江" #: ../calendar/zones.h:252 msgid "Asia/Manila" msgstr "亞洲/馬尼拉" #: ../calendar/zones.h:253 msgid "Asia/Muscat" msgstr "亞洲/馬斯喀特" #: ../calendar/zones.h:254 msgid "Asia/Nicosia" msgstr "亞洲/尼古西亞" #: ../calendar/zones.h:255 msgid "Asia/Novosibirsk" msgstr "亞洲/新西伯利亞" #: ../calendar/zones.h:256 msgid "Asia/Omsk" msgstr "亞洲/鄂本斯克" #: ../calendar/zones.h:257 msgid "Asia/Oral" msgstr "亞洲/奧拉爾" #: ../calendar/zones.h:258 msgid "Asia/Phnom_Penh" msgstr "亞洲/金邊" #: ../calendar/zones.h:259 msgid "Asia/Pontianak" msgstr "亞洲/坤甸" #: ../calendar/zones.h:260 msgid "Asia/Pyongyang" msgstr "亞洲/平壤" #: ../calendar/zones.h:261 msgid "Asia/Qatar" msgstr "亞洲/卡塔爾" #: ../calendar/zones.h:262 msgid "Asia/Qyzylorda" msgstr "亞洲/Qyzylorda" #: ../calendar/zones.h:263 msgid "Asia/Rangoon" msgstr "亞洲/仰光" #: ../calendar/zones.h:264 msgid "Asia/Riyadh" msgstr "亞洲/利雅德" #: ../calendar/zones.h:265 msgid "Asia/Saigon" msgstr "亞洲/西貢" #: ../calendar/zones.h:266 msgid "Asia/Sakhalin" msgstr "亞洲/庫頁島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:267 msgid "Asia/Samarkand" msgstr "亞洲/撒馬爾罕" #: ../calendar/zones.h:268 msgid "Asia/Seoul" msgstr "亞洲/首爾" #: ../calendar/zones.h:269 msgid "Asia/Shanghai" msgstr "亞洲/上海" #: ../calendar/zones.h:270 msgid "Asia/Singapore" msgstr "亞洲/新加坡" #: ../calendar/zones.h:271 msgid "Asia/Taipei" msgstr "亞洲/臺北" #: ../calendar/zones.h:272 msgid "Asia/Tashkent" msgstr "亞洲/塔什干" #: ../calendar/zones.h:273 msgid "Asia/Tbilisi" msgstr "亞洲/提弗利司" #: ../calendar/zones.h:274 msgid "Asia/Tehran" msgstr "亞洲/德黑蘭" #: ../calendar/zones.h:275 msgid "Asia/Thimphu" msgstr "亞洲/辛布" #: ../calendar/zones.h:276 msgid "Asia/Tokyo" msgstr "亞洲/東京" #: ../calendar/zones.h:277 msgid "Asia/Ujung_Pandang" msgstr "亞洲/Ujung_Pandang" #: ../calendar/zones.h:278 msgid "Asia/Ulaanbaatar" msgstr "亞洲/Ulaanbaatar" #: ../calendar/zones.h:279 msgid "Asia/Urumqi" msgstr "亞洲/烏魯木齊" #: ../calendar/zones.h:280 msgid "Asia/Vientiane" msgstr "亞洲/永珍" #: ../calendar/zones.h:281 msgid "Asia/Vladivostok" msgstr "亞洲/海參崴" #: ../calendar/zones.h:282 msgid "Asia/Yakutsk" msgstr "亞洲/雅庫次克" #: ../calendar/zones.h:283 msgid "Asia/Yekaterinburg" msgstr "亞洲/Yekaterinburg" #: ../calendar/zones.h:284 msgid "Asia/Yerevan" msgstr "亞洲/葉勒凡" #: ../calendar/zones.h:285 msgid "Atlantic/Azores" msgstr "大西洋/亞速爾羣島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:286 msgid "Atlantic/Bermuda" msgstr "大西洋/百幕達羣島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:287 msgid "Atlantic/Canary" msgstr "大西洋/加納利羣島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:288 msgid "Atlantic/Cape_Verde" msgstr "大西洋/佛得角羣島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:289 msgid "Atlantic/Faeroe" msgstr "大西洋/法羅羣島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:290 msgid "Atlantic/Jan_Mayen" msgstr "大西洋/央棉島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:291 msgid "Atlantic/Madeira" msgstr "大西洋/馬迪拉羣島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:292 msgid "Atlantic/Reykjavik" msgstr "大西洋/雷克雅維克" #: ../calendar/zones.h:293 msgid "Atlantic/South_Georgia" msgstr "大西洋/南喬治島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:294 msgid "Atlantic/St_Helena" msgstr "大西洋/聖赫勒納島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:295 msgid "Atlantic/Stanley" msgstr "大西洋/史坦萊" #: ../calendar/zones.h:296 msgid "Australia/Adelaide" msgstr "澳大利亞/阿得雷德" #: ../calendar/zones.h:297 msgid "Australia/Brisbane" msgstr "澳大利亞/布利斯班" #: ../calendar/zones.h:298 msgid "Australia/Broken_Hill" msgstr "澳大利亞/斷山" #: ../calendar/zones.h:299 msgid "Australia/Darwin" msgstr "澳大利亞/達爾溫" #: ../calendar/zones.h:300 msgid "Australia/Hobart" msgstr "澳大利亞/霍巴特" #: ../calendar/zones.h:301 msgid "Australia/Lindeman" msgstr "澳大利亞/Lindeman" #: ../calendar/zones.h:302 msgid "Australia/Lord_Howe" msgstr "澳大利亞/羅豪島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:303 msgid "Australia/Melbourne" msgstr "澳大利亞/墨爾本" #: ../calendar/zones.h:304 msgid "Australia/Perth" msgstr "澳大利亞/伯斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:305 msgid "Australia/Sydney" msgstr "澳大利亞/悉尼" #: ../calendar/zones.h:306 msgid "Europe/Amsterdam" msgstr "歐洲/阿姆斯特丹" #: ../calendar/zones.h:307 msgid "Europe/Andorra" msgstr "歐洲/安道爾" #: ../calendar/zones.h:308 msgid "Europe/Athens" msgstr "歐洲/雅典" #: ../calendar/zones.h:309 msgid "Europe/Belfast" msgstr "歐洲/伯發斯特" #: ../calendar/zones.h:310 msgid "Europe/Belgrade" msgstr "歐洲/貝爾格萊德" #: ../calendar/zones.h:311 msgid "Europe/Berlin" msgstr "歐洲/柏林" #: ../calendar/zones.h:312 msgid "Europe/Bratislava" msgstr "歐洲/布拉提拉瓦" #: ../calendar/zones.h:313 msgid "Europe/Brussels" msgstr "歐洲/布魯塞爾" #: ../calendar/zones.h:314 msgid "Europe/Bucharest" msgstr "歐洲/布加勒斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:315 msgid "Europe/Budapest" msgstr "歐洲/布達佩斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:316 msgid "Europe/Chisinau" msgstr "歐洲/奇西瑙" #: ../calendar/zones.h:317 msgid "Europe/Copenhagen" msgstr "歐洲/哥本哈根" #: ../calendar/zones.h:318 msgid "Europe/Dublin" msgstr "歐洲/都柏林" #: ../calendar/zones.h:319 msgid "Europe/Gibraltar" msgstr "歐洲/直布羅陀" #: ../calendar/zones.h:320 msgid "Europe/Helsinki" msgstr "歐洲/赫爾辛基" #: ../calendar/zones.h:321 msgid "Europe/Istanbul" msgstr "歐洲/伊斯坦布爾" #: ../calendar/zones.h:322 msgid "Europe/Kaliningrad" msgstr "歐洲/卡里寧格勒" #: ../calendar/zones.h:323 msgid "Europe/Kiev" msgstr "歐洲/基輔Kiev" #: ../calendar/zones.h:324 msgid "Europe/Lisbon" msgstr "歐洲/里斯本" #: ../calendar/zones.h:325 msgid "Europe/Ljubljana" msgstr "歐洲/留布利安納" #: ../calendar/zones.h:326 msgid "Europe/London" msgstr "歐洲/倫敦" #: ../calendar/zones.h:327 msgid "Europe/Luxembourg" msgstr "歐洲/盧森堡" #: ../calendar/zones.h:328 msgid "Europe/Madrid" msgstr "歐洲/馬德里" #: ../calendar/zones.h:329 msgid "Europe/Malta" msgstr "歐洲/馬爾他" #: ../calendar/zones.h:330 msgid "Europe/Minsk" msgstr "歐洲/明斯克" #: ../calendar/zones.h:331 msgid "Europe/Monaco" msgstr "歐洲/摩納哥" #: ../calendar/zones.h:332 msgid "Europe/Moscow" msgstr "歐洲/莫斯科" #: ../calendar/zones.h:333 msgid "Europe/Nicosia" msgstr "歐洲/尼古西亞" #: ../calendar/zones.h:334 msgid "Europe/Oslo" msgstr "歐洲/奧斯陸" #: ../calendar/zones.h:335 msgid "Europe/Paris" msgstr "歐洲/巴黎" #: ../calendar/zones.h:336 msgid "Europe/Prague" msgstr "歐洲/布拉格" #: ../calendar/zones.h:337 msgid "Europe/Riga" msgstr "歐洲/里加" #: ../calendar/zones.h:338 msgid "Europe/Rome" msgstr "歐洲/羅馬" #: ../calendar/zones.h:339 msgid "Europe/Samara" msgstr "歐洲/沙馬拉" #: ../calendar/zones.h:340 msgid "Europe/San_Marino" msgstr "歐洲/聖馬力諾" #: ../calendar/zones.h:341 msgid "Europe/Sarajevo" msgstr "歐洲/沙拉耶佛" #: ../calendar/zones.h:342 msgid "Europe/Simferopol" msgstr "歐洲/辛佛洛普" #: ../calendar/zones.h:343 msgid "Europe/Skopje" msgstr "歐洲/斯科普耶" #: ../calendar/zones.h:344 msgid "Europe/Sofia" msgstr "歐洲/索非亞" #: ../calendar/zones.h:345 msgid "Europe/Stockholm" msgstr "歐洲/斯德哥爾摩" #: ../calendar/zones.h:346 msgid "Europe/Tallinn" msgstr "歐洲/塔林" #: ../calendar/zones.h:347 msgid "Europe/Tirane" msgstr "歐洲/地拉那" #: ../calendar/zones.h:348 msgid "Europe/Uzhgorod" msgstr "歐洲/烏玆哥洛" #: ../calendar/zones.h:349 msgid "Europe/Vaduz" msgstr "歐洲/瓦都玆" #: ../calendar/zones.h:350 msgid "Europe/Vatican" msgstr "歐洲/梵蒂岡" #: ../calendar/zones.h:351 msgid "Europe/Vienna" msgstr "歐洲/維也納" #: ../calendar/zones.h:352 msgid "Europe/Vilnius" msgstr "歐洲/Vilnius" #: ../calendar/zones.h:353 msgid "Europe/Warsaw" msgstr "歐洲/華沙" #: ../calendar/zones.h:354 msgid "Europe/Zagreb" msgstr "歐洲/札格拉布" #: ../calendar/zones.h:355 msgid "Europe/Zaporozhye" msgstr "歐洲/札波羅結" #: ../calendar/zones.h:356 msgid "Europe/Zurich" msgstr "歐洲/蘇黎世" #: ../calendar/zones.h:357 msgid "Indian/Antananarivo" msgstr "印度/安塔那那利佛" #: ../calendar/zones.h:358 msgid "Indian/Chagos" msgstr "印度/查哥斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:359 msgid "Indian/Christmas" msgstr "印度/聖誕島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:360 msgid "Indian/Cocos" msgstr "印度/可可斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:361 msgid "Indian/Comoro" msgstr "印度/科摩羅羣島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:362 msgid "Indian/Kerguelen" msgstr "印度/克格連羣島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:363 msgid "Indian/Mahe" msgstr "印度/馬赫" #: ../calendar/zones.h:364 msgid "Indian/Maldives" msgstr "印度/馬爾代夫" #: ../calendar/zones.h:365 msgid "Indian/Mauritius" msgstr "印度/毛里裘斯島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:366 msgid "Indian/Mayotte" msgstr "印度/馬約特島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:367 msgid "Indian/Reunion" msgstr "印度/留尼旺島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:368 msgid "Pacific/Apia" msgstr "太平洋/亞庇" #: ../calendar/zones.h:369 msgid "Pacific/Auckland" msgstr "太平洋/奧克蘭" #: ../calendar/zones.h:370 msgid "Pacific/Chatham" msgstr "太平洋/查坦" #: ../calendar/zones.h:371 msgid "Pacific/Easter" msgstr "太平洋/伊斯特島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:372 msgid "Pacific/Efate" msgstr "太平洋/愛發提島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:373 msgid "Pacific/Enderbury" msgstr "太平洋/Enderbury" #: ../calendar/zones.h:374 msgid "Pacific/Fakaofo" msgstr "太平洋/法克奧佛環礁" #: ../calendar/zones.h:375 msgid "Pacific/Fiji" msgstr "太平洋/斐濟" #: ../calendar/zones.h:376 msgid "Pacific/Funafuti" msgstr "太平洋/富納富提" #: ../calendar/zones.h:377 msgid "Pacific/Galapagos" msgstr "太平洋/加拉巴哥羣島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:378 msgid "Pacific/Gambier" msgstr "太平洋/甘比爾" #: ../calendar/zones.h:379 msgid "Pacific/Guadalcanal" msgstr "太平洋/瓜達卡納島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:380 msgid "Pacific/Guam" msgstr "太平洋/關島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:381 msgid "Pacific/Honolulu" msgstr "太平洋/檀香山" #: ../calendar/zones.h:382 msgid "Pacific/Johnston" msgstr "太平洋/詹斯頓" #: ../calendar/zones.h:383 msgid "Pacific/Kiritimati" msgstr "太平洋/Kiritimati" #: ../calendar/zones.h:384 msgid "Pacific/Kosrae" msgstr "太平洋/Kosrae" #: ../calendar/zones.h:385 msgid "Pacific/Kwajalein" msgstr "太平洋/夸加林島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:386 msgid "Pacific/Majuro" msgstr "太平洋/馬久羅島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:387 msgid "Pacific/Marquesas" msgstr "太平洋/馬克沙斯羣島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:388 msgid "Pacific/Midway" msgstr "太平洋/中途島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:389 msgid "Pacific/Nauru" msgstr "太平洋/瑙魯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:390 msgid "Pacific/Niue" msgstr "太平洋/紐威島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:391 msgid "Pacific/Norfolk" msgstr "太平洋/諾福克島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:392 msgid "Pacific/Noumea" msgstr "太平洋/諾美亞" #: ../calendar/zones.h:393 msgid "Pacific/Pago_Pago" msgstr "太平洋/Pago_Pago" #: ../calendar/zones.h:394 msgid "Pacific/Palau" msgstr "太平洋/帕勞羣島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:395 msgid "Pacific/Pitcairn" msgstr "太平洋/皮特康島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:396 msgid "Pacific/Ponape" msgstr "太平洋/波納佩島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:397 msgid "Pacific/Port_Moresby" msgstr "太平洋/摩爾斯貝港" #: ../calendar/zones.h:398 msgid "Pacific/Rarotonga" msgstr "太平洋/拉洛湯加島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:399 msgid "Pacific/Saipan" msgstr "太平洋/塞班島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:400 msgid "Pacific/Tahiti" msgstr "太平洋/大溪地島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:401 msgid "Pacific/Tarawa" msgstr "太平洋/塔拉瓦" #: ../calendar/zones.h:402 msgid "Pacific/Tongatapu" msgstr "太平洋/湯加塔普島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:403 msgid "Pacific/Truk" msgstr "太平洋/楚克島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:404 msgid "Pacific/Wake" msgstr "太平洋/威克島" #: ../calendar/zones.h:405 msgid "Pacific/Wallis" msgstr "太平洋/瓦利斯" #: ../calendar/zones.h:406 msgid "Pacific/Yap" msgstr "太平洋/雅浦島" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:203 msgid "Save as..." msgstr "另存新檔…" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:276 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:308 msgid "_Close" msgstr "關閉(_C)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:278 msgid "Close the current file" msgstr "關閉目前的檔案" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:283 msgid "New _Message" msgstr "撰寫新郵件(_M)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:285 msgid "Open New Message window" msgstr "開啟新的郵件視窗" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:292 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:937 msgid "Configure Evolution" msgstr "設定 Evolution" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:299 msgid "Save the current file" msgstr "儲存目前的檔案" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:304 msgid "Save _As..." msgstr "另存新檔(_A)…" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:306 msgid "Save the current file with a different name" msgstr "以另一個名稱儲存目前的檔案" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:313 msgid "Character _Encoding" msgstr "字符編碼(_E)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:330 msgid "_Print..." msgstr "打印(_P)…" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:337 msgid "Print Pre_view" msgstr "預覽打印(_V)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:344 msgid "Save as _Draft" msgstr "儲存為草稿(_D)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:346 msgid "Save as draft" msgstr "儲存為草稿" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:351 msgid "S_end" msgstr "傳送(_E)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:353 msgid "Send this message" msgstr "傳送這個郵件" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:361 msgid "PGP _Encrypt" msgstr "PGP 加密(_E)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:363 msgid "Encrypt this message with PGP" msgstr "使用 PGP 將這封郵件加密" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:369 msgid "PGP _Sign" msgstr "PGP 加簽(_S)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:371 msgid "Sign this message with your PGP key" msgstr "用您的 PGP 密碼匙為郵件加上數碼簽署" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:377 msgid "_Picture Gallery" msgstr "圖片集(_P)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:379 msgid "Show a collection of pictures that you can drag to your message" msgstr "示你可以拖曳到郵件中的圖片集" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:385 msgid "_Prioritize Message" msgstr "郵件優先權(_P)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:387 msgid "Set the message priority to high" msgstr "將郵件優先權設為「高」" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:393 msgid "Re_quest Read Receipt" msgstr "要求讀信回條(_Q)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:395 msgid "Get delivery notification when your message is read" msgstr "在你的郵件被閱讀時取得送信通知" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:401 msgid "S/MIME En_crypt" msgstr "_S/MIME 加密" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:403 msgid "Encrypt this message with your S/MIME Encryption Certificate" msgstr "使用你的 S/MIME 加密證書將這封郵件加密" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:409 msgid "S/MIME Sig_n" msgstr "S/MI_ME 加簽" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:411 msgid "Sign this message with your S/MIME Signature Certificate" msgstr "用你的 S/MIME 簽署證書為郵件加上數碼簽署" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:417 msgid "_Bcc Field" msgstr "密件副本欄位(_B)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:419 msgid "Toggles whether the BCC field is displayed" msgstr "切換密件副本欄位的顯示狀態" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:425 msgid "_Cc Field" msgstr "副本欄位(_C)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:427 msgid "Toggles whether the CC field is displayed" msgstr "切換副本欄位的顯示狀態" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:433 msgid "_Reply-To Field" msgstr "回覆欄位(_R)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:435 msgid "Toggles whether the Reply-To field is displayed" msgstr "切換回覆欄位的顯示狀態" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:494 msgid "Save Draft" msgstr "儲存草稿" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:39 msgid "Enter the recipients of the message" msgstr "輸入郵件的收件者" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:41 msgid "Enter the addresses that will receive a carbon copy of the message" msgstr "輸入郵件副本的收件者" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:44 msgid "" "Enter the addresses that will receive a carbon copy of the message without " "appearing in the recipient list of the message" msgstr "輸入郵件密件副本的收件者，他們會收到這封郵件但不會出現在郵件的收件者清單" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:772 msgid "Fr_om:" msgstr "寄件者(_O):" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:779 msgid "_Reply-To:" msgstr "回覆(_R):" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:784 msgid "_To:" msgstr "收件者(_T):" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:790 msgid "_Cc:" msgstr "副本(_C):" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:796 msgid "_Bcc:" msgstr "密件副本(_B):" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:801 msgid "_Post To:" msgstr "張貼到(_P):" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:805 msgid "S_ubject:" msgstr "主旨(_U):" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:813 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:489 msgid "Si_gnature:" msgstr "簽名檔(_G):" #: ../composer/e-composer-name-header.c:235 msgid "Click here for the address book" msgstr "按這裏新增目錄服務" #: ../composer/e-composer-post-header.c:184 msgid "Click here to select folders to post to" msgstr "按一下這裏，選取要張貼的資料夾" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:879 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot sign outgoing message: No signing certificate set for this account" msgstr "無法簽署送出的郵件：此帳號沒有設定簽署證書" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:888 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot encrypt outgoing message: No encryption certificate set for this " "account" msgstr "無法加密送出的郵件：沒有設定加密證書(此帳號)" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:1569 ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:1981 msgid "Compose Message" msgstr "編輯郵件" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:4249 msgid "" "The composer contains a non-text message body, which cannot be edited." msgstr "郵件編輯器包含不能編輯的非文字的郵件內文。" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:4949 msgid "Untitled Message" msgstr "未命名的郵件" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:1 msgid "You cannot attach the file "{0}" to this message." msgstr "你無法將檔案 "{0}" 附加到這封郵件。" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:2 msgid "The file '{0}' is not a regular file and cannot be sent in a message." msgstr "檔案「{0}」不是一般檔案而且無法在郵件中傳送。" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Could not retrieve messages to attach from {0}." msgstr "無法擷取郵件來附加 (從 {0})。" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Because "{1}"." msgstr "因為「{1}」。" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Do you want to recover unfinished messages?" msgstr "要復原未完成的郵件？" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Evolution quit unexpectedly while you were composing a new message. " "Recovering the message will allow you to continue where you left off." msgstr "當你撰寫新郵件時，Evolution 意外結束。復原郵件可以讓你從原來中斷的地方繼續。" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:7 msgid "_Do not Recover" msgstr "不要復原(_D)" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:8 msgid "_Recover" msgstr "復原(_R)" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Could not save to autosave file "{0}"." msgstr "無法儲存至自動儲存檔案「{0}」。" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Error saving to autosave because "{1}"." msgstr "儲存至自動儲存時發生錯誤，因為「{1}」。" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Download in progress. Do you want to send the mail?" msgstr "下載尚在進行中。是否寄出郵件？" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" " There are few attachments getting downloaded. Sending the mail will cause " "the mail to be sent without those pending attachments " msgstr " 這裏有一些附件要下載。傳送此郵件將無法一併寄出接下來的附件 " #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:14 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to discard the message, titled '{0}', you are " "composing?" msgstr "確定要放棄正在撰寫，標題為 ‘{0}’ 的郵件？" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "Closing this composer window will discard the message permanently, unless " "you choose to save the message in your Drafts folder. This will allow you to " "continue the message at a later date." msgstr "除非你選擇儲存郵件至「草稿」資料夾，否則關閉此撰寫視窗會永久放棄郵件。儲存草稿可以讓你以後再繼續撰寫郵件。" #. Response codes were chosen somewhat arbitrarily. #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:18 msgid "_Continue Editing" msgstr "繼續編輯(_C)" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:19 msgid "_Save Draft" msgstr "儲存草稿(_S)" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:20 msgid "Could not create message." msgstr "無法建立郵件。" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:21 msgid "" "Because "{0}", you may need to select different mail options." msgstr "因為「{0}」，所以你可能需要選取不同的郵件選項。" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Could not read signature file "{0}"." msgstr "無法讀取簽名檔「{0}」。" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:23 msgid "All accounts have been removed." msgstr "所有帳號已經移除。" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:24 msgid "You need to configure an account before you can compose mail." msgstr "撰寫郵件前，你需要先設定帳號。" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:25 msgid "An error occurred while saving to your Outbox folder." msgstr "當儲存到你的寄件資料夾時發生錯誤。" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:26 msgid "" "The reported error was "{0}". The message has not been sent." msgstr "回報的錯誤為 "{0}"。郵件尚未寄出。" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:27 msgid "An error occurred while saving to your Drafts folder." msgstr "當儲存到你的草稿資料夾時發生錯誤。" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:28 msgid "" "The reported error was "{0}". The message has most likely not been " "saved." msgstr "回報的錯誤為 "{0}"。郵件很可能沒有儲存。" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:29 msgid "An error occurred while sending. How do you want to proceed?" msgstr "在寄信時發生錯誤。你要如何繼續？" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:30 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:156 msgid "The reported error was "{0}"." msgstr "回報的錯誤為 "{0}"。" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:31 msgid "_Save to Outbox" msgstr "儲存到寄件匣(_S)" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:32 msgid "_Try Again" msgstr "再試一次(_T)" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:33 msgid "Your message was sent, but an error occurred during post-processing." msgstr "你的郵件已送出，但是在後續處理期間發生錯誤。" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Saving message to Outbox." msgstr "儲存郵件到寄件匣。" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "The message will be saved to your local Outbox folder, because the " "destination service is currently unavailable. You can send the message by " "clicking the Send/Receive button in Evolution's toolbar." msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution-alarm-notify.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Evolution Alarm Notify" msgstr "Evolution 鬧鈴通知" #: ../data/evolution-alarm-notify.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Calendar event notifications" msgstr "行事曆事件通知" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:1033 #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:212 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-private.c:243 msgid "Evolution" msgstr "Evolution" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:2 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:83 msgid "Groupware Suite" msgstr "Groupware 套裝軟件" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "Evolution Mail and Calendar" msgstr "Evolution 郵件與行事曆" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Manage your email, contacts and schedule" msgstr "管理你的郵件、聯絡人和行程" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:5 msgid "mail;calendar;contact;addressbook;task;" msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:6 msgid "Compose New Message" msgstr "撰寫新郵件" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:7 ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:453 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:304 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:372 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "聯絡人" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Enable address formatting" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether addresses should be formatted according to standard in their " "destination country" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Autocomplete length" msgstr "自動完成長度" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "The number of characters that must be typed before Evolution will attempt to " "autocomplete." msgstr "在 Evolution 嘗試自動完成之前，必須輸入的字符數目。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Show autocompleted name with an address" msgstr "顯示自動補齊的姓名與位址" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether force showing the mail address with the name of the autocompleted " "contact in the entry." msgstr "是否強制顯示在項目中自動補齊的聯絡人姓名與電子郵件位址。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog" msgstr "上次用於選取名稱對話盒的資料夾 URI" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog." msgstr "上次用於選取名稱對話盒的資料夾 URI" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Contact layout style" msgstr "聯絡人配置方式" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the contact list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the " "contact list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the " "contact list." msgstr "" "配置方式決定了在聯絡人清單中預覽窗格的位置。「0」（標準檢視）將預覽窗格放在聯絡人清單下方。「1」（垂直檢視）將預覽窗格放在聯絡人清單旁邊。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Contact preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "聯絡人預覽窗格位置（水平）" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Position of the contact preview pane when oriented horizontally." msgstr "方向為水平時聯絡人預覽窗格的位置。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Contact preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "聯絡人預覽窗格位置（垂直）" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Position of the contact preview pane when oriented vertically." msgstr "方向為垂直時聯絡人預覽窗格的位置。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Show maps" msgstr "顯示地圖" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Whether to show maps in preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Primary address book" msgstr "主通訊錄" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") address book in the sidebar of the " "\"Contacts\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Show preview pane" msgstr "顯示預覽窗格" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether to show the preview pane." msgstr "是否顯示預覽窗格。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.bogofilter.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Convert mail messages to Unicode" msgstr "將郵件轉換為 Unicode" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.bogofilter.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Convert message text to Unicode UTF-8 to unify spam/ham tokens coming from " "different character sets." msgstr "將郵件文字轉換為 Unicode UTF-8 以統一來自不同字集的 spam/ham 特徵。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Save directory for reminder audio" msgstr "儲存提醒音效檔目錄" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Directory for saving reminder audio files" msgstr "用來存放提醒音效檔的目錄" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder value" msgstr "生日和週年紀念日提醒數值" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Number of units for determining a birthday or anniversary reminder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder units" msgstr "生日和週年紀念日提醒單位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Units for a birthday or anniversary reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or " "\"days\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Compress weekends in month view" msgstr "在月檢視內縮小週末顯示" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether to compress weekends in the month view, which puts Saturday and " "Sunday in the space of one weekday" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Ask for confirmation when deleting items" msgstr "當刪除項目時先確認" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Whether to ask for confirmation when deleting an appointment or task" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Confirm expunge" msgstr "清空時確認" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether to ask for confirmation when expunging appointments and tasks" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Month view vertical pane position" msgstr "月檢視的垂直窗格位置" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "Position of the vertical pane, between the calendar lists and the date " "navigator calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Workday end hour" msgstr "工作日結束小時" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Hour the workday ends on, in twenty four hour format, 0 to 23" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Workday end minute" msgstr "工作日結束分鐘" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Minute the workday ends on, 0 to 59." msgstr "工作日結束分鐘，0 到 59。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Workday start hour" msgstr "工作日開始小時" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Hour the workday starts on, in twenty four hour format, 0 to 23." msgstr "工作日開始於幾點，以 24 小時格式，0 至 23。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Workday start minute" msgstr "工作日開始分鐘" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Minute the workday starts on, 0 to 59." msgstr "工作日開始分鐘，0 到 59。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "The second timezone for a Day View" msgstr "用於日檢視的第二時區" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "Shows the second time zone in a Day View, if set. Value is similar to one " "used in a 'timezone' key" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Recently used second time zones in a Day View" msgstr "最近在日檢視中使用的第二時區" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "List of recently used second time zones in a Day View" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Maximum number of recently used timezones to remember" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "" "Maximum number of recently used timezones to remember in a 'day-second-" "zones' list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Default reminder value" msgstr "預設提醒的數值" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "Number of units for determining a default reminder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Default reminder units" msgstr "預設提醒的單位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Units for a default reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or \"days\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show categories field in the event/meeting/task editor" msgstr "在事件/會議/工作編輯器中顯示 分類 欄位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "Whether to show categories field in the event/meeting editor" msgstr "是否在事件/會議編輯器中顯示 狀態 欄位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Show Role field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "在事件/工作/會議編輯器中顯示 角色 欄位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "Whether to show role field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "是否在事件/工作/會議編輯器中顯示 角色 欄位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "Show RSVP field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "在事件/工作/會議編輯器中顯示 RSVP 欄位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "Whether to show RSVP field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "是否在事件/工作/會議編輯器中顯示 RSVP 欄位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "Show status field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "在事件/工作/會議編輯器中顯示 狀態 欄位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "Whether to show status field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "是否在事件/工作/會議編輯器中顯示 狀態 欄位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Show timezone field in the event/meeting editor" msgstr "在事件/會議編輯器中顯示 時區 欄位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "Whether to show timezone field in the event/meeting editor" msgstr "是否在事件/會議編輯器中顯示 時區 欄位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Show type field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "在事件/工作/會議編輯器中顯示 類型 欄位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "Whether to show type field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "是否在事件/工作/會議編輯器中顯示 類型 欄位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Hide completed tasks" msgstr "隱藏已完成的工作" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:46 msgid "Whether to hide completed tasks in the tasks view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:47 msgid "Hide task units" msgstr "隱藏工作單位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:48 msgid "" "Units for determining when to hide tasks, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or \"days\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:49 msgid "Hide task value" msgstr "隱藏工作數值" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:50 msgid "Number of units for determining when to hide tasks" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:51 msgid "Horizontal pane position" msgstr "水平窗格位置" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "" "Position of the horizontal pane, between the date navigator calendar and the " "task list when not in the month view, in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:53 msgid "Last reminder time" msgstr "上次提醒時刻" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Time the last reminder ran, in time_t" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Marcus Bains Line Color - Day View" msgstr "Marcus Bains 線色彩─日檢視" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "Color to draw the Marcus Bains line in the Day View" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Marcus Bains Line Color - Time bar" msgstr "Marcus Bains 線色彩─時刻列" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:58 msgid "" "Color to draw the Marcus Bains Line in the Time bar (empty for default)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:59 msgid "Marcus Bains Line" msgstr "Marcus Bains 線" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "" "Whether to draw the Marcus Bains Line (line at current time) in the calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "Memo preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "備忘錄預覽窗格位置（水平）" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Position of the task preview pane when oriented horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:63 msgid "Memo layout style" msgstr "備忘錄配置方式" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:64 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the memo list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the memo " "list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the memo list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:65 msgid "Memo preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "備忘錄預覽窗格位置（垂直）" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:66 msgid "Position of the memo preview pane when oriented vertically" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "Month view horizontal pane position" msgstr "月檢視的水平窗格位置" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:68 msgid "" "Position of the horizontal pane, between the view and the date navigator " "calendar and task list in the month view, in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:69 msgid "Scroll Month View by a week, not by a month" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:70 msgid "Whether to scroll a Month View by a week, not by a month" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:71 msgid "Reminder programs" msgstr "提醒的外部程式" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:72 msgid "Programs that are allowed to be run by reminders" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:73 msgid "Show display reminders in notification tray" msgstr "在通知區中顯示提醒畫面" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:74 msgid "Whether or not to use the notification tray for display reminders" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:75 msgid "Preferred New button item" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:76 msgid "Name of the preferred New toolbar button item" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:77 msgid "Primary calendar" msgstr "主要行事曆" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:78 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") calendar in the sidebar of the " "\"Calendar\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:79 msgid "Primary memo list" msgstr "主要備忘錄清單" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:80 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") memo list in the sidebar of the " "\"Memos\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:81 msgid "Primary task list" msgstr "主要工作清單" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:82 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") task list in the sidebar of the " "\"Tasks\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:83 msgid "Free/busy template URL" msgstr "空閒/忙碌範本網址" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:85 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The URL template to use as a free/busy data fallback, %u is replaced by the " "user part of the mail address and %d is replaced by the domain" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "Recurrent Events in Italic" msgstr "週期性事件以斜體顯示" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:87 msgid "" "Show days with recurrent events in italic font in bottom left calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:88 msgid "Search range for time-based searching in years" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:89 msgid "" "How many years can the time-based search go forward or backward from " "currently selected day when searching for another occurrence; default is ten " "years" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:90 msgid "Show appointment end times in week and month views" msgstr "在週及月的檢視內顯示約會的結束時間" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Whether to display the end time of events in the week and month views" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:92 msgid "Show the memo preview pane" msgstr "顯示備忘錄預覽窗格" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:93 msgid "If \"true\", show the memo preview pane in the main window" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:94 msgid "Show the task preview pane" msgstr "顯示工作預覽窗格" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:95 msgid "If \"true\", show the task preview pane in the main window" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:96 msgid "Show week numbers in Day View, Work Week View, and Date Navigator" msgstr "在日檢視、工作週檢視和日期導覽顯示週數" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:97 msgid "Whether to show week numbers in various places in the Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:98 msgid "Vertical position for the tag pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:99 msgid "Highlight tasks due today" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:100 msgid "" "Whether highlight tasks due today with a special color (task-due-today-color)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:101 msgid "Tasks due today color" msgstr "今天到期工作的色彩" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:102 msgid "" "Background color of tasks that are due today, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-due-today-highlight" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:103 msgid "Task preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "工作預覽窗格位置（水平）" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:104 msgid "Task layout style" msgstr "工作配置方式" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:105 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the task list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the task " "list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the task list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:106 msgid "Task preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "工作預覽窗格位置（垂直）" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:107 msgid "Position of the task preview pane when oriented vertically" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:108 msgid "Highlight overdue tasks" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:109 msgid "" "Whether highlight overdue tasks with a special color (task-overdue-color)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:110 msgid "Overdue tasks color" msgstr "過期的工作色彩" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:111 msgid "" "Background color of tasks that are overdue, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-overdue-highlight." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:112 msgid "Time divisions" msgstr "時間分隔" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:113 msgid "Intervals shown in Day and Work Week views, in minutes" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:114 msgid "Timezone" msgstr "時區" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:115 msgid "" "The default timezone to use for dates and times in the calendar, as an " "untranslated Olson timezone database location like \"America/New York\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:116 msgid "Twenty four hour time format" msgstr "24 小時制格式" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:117 msgid "" "Whether to show times in twenty four hour format instead of using am/pm" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:118 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder" msgstr "生日和週年紀念日提醒" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:119 msgid "Whether to set a reminder for birthdays and anniversaries" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:120 msgid "Default appointment reminder" msgstr "預設的約會提醒" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:121 msgid "Whether to set a default reminder for appointments" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:122 msgid "Use system timezone" msgstr "使用系統時區" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:123 msgid "Use the system timezone instead of the timezone selected in Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:124 msgid "First day of the week" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:125 msgid "Monday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:126 msgid "Tuesday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:127 msgid "Wednesday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:128 msgid "Thursday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:129 msgid "Friday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:130 msgid "Saturday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:131 msgid "Sunday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:132 msgid "(Deprecated) First day of the week, from Sunday (0) to Saturday (6)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:133 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"week-start-day-name\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:134 msgid "(Deprecated) Work days" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:135 msgid "" "Days on which the start and end of work hours should be indicated. (This key " "was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use the \"work-" "day-monday\", \"work-day-tuesday\", etc. keys instead.)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Previous Evolution version" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The most recently used version of Evolution, expressed as " "\"major.minor.micro\". This is used for data and settings migration from " "older to newer versions." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "List of disabled plugins" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "The list of disabled plugins in Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "The window's X coordinate" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "The window's Y coordinate" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "The window's width in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "The window's height in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Whether the window is maximized" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Gnome Calendar's calendar import done" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether calendar from Gnome Calendar has been imported or not" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Gnome Calendar's tasks import done" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether tasks from Gnome Calendar have been imported or not" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Check whether Evolution is the default mailer" msgstr "檢查 Evolution 是否為預設的郵件程式" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Every time Evolution starts, check whether or not it is the default mailer." msgstr "每次啟動 Evolution 時，檢查它是否為預設的郵件程式。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Default charset in which to compose messages" msgstr "用於撰寫郵件的預設字符集" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Default charset in which to compose messages." msgstr "用於撰寫郵件的預設字符集。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Path where picture gallery should search for its content" msgstr "圖片集用來搜尋內容的路徑" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "This value can be an empty string, which means it'll use the system Picture " "folder, usually set to ~/Pictures. This folder will be also used when the " "set path is not pointing to the existent folder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Spell check inline" msgstr "行內拼字檢查" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Draw spelling error indicators on words as you type." msgstr "當你輸入內容時在文字上顯示拼字錯誤指示。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Automatic link recognition" msgstr "自動連結辨識" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Recognize links in text and replace them." msgstr "辨認文字中的連結並將之取代。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Automatic emoticon recognition" msgstr "自動表情辨識" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Recognize emoticons in text and replace them with images." msgstr "辨認文字中的表情符號並取代成圖示。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Attribute message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when replying to a message, attributing the " "message to the original author" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Forward message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when forwarding a message, saying that the " "forwarded message follows" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Original message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when replying to a message (top posting), saying " "that the original message follows" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Group Reply replies to list" msgstr "羣組回覆回信到通信論壇" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "" "Instead of the normal \"Reply to All\" behaviour, this option will make the " "'Group Reply' toolbar button try to reply only to the mailing list through " "which you happened to receive the copy of the message to which you're " "replying." msgstr "有別於一般的「回覆全部」行為，這個選項會讓「羣組回覆」工具列按鈕嘗試只回信到通信論壇，也就是你收到要回覆的這封信的來源。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Put the cursor at the bottom of replies" msgstr "回覆時將游標置於底部" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "" "Users get all up in arms over where the cursor should go when replying to a " "message. This determines whether the cursor is placed at the top of the " "message or the bottom." msgstr "使用者在回覆郵件時希望游標停在何處。這會決定游標放置在郵件的頂端或底部。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Always request read receipt" msgstr "一定要求讀信回條" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "Whether a read receipt request gets added to every message by default." msgstr "是否預設在每封郵件加入讀信回條的要求" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Send HTML mail by default" msgstr "預設傳送 HTML 郵件" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Send HTML mail by default." msgstr "預設傳送 HTML 郵件。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Spell checking color" msgstr "拼字檢查顏色" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Underline color for misspelled words when using inline spelling." msgstr "使用行內拼字檢查時對拼錯字的底線顏色。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Spell checking languages" msgstr "拼字檢查語言" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "List of dictionary language codes used for spell checking." msgstr "用於拼字檢查的字典語言碼清單。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Show \"Bcc\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "傳送郵件訊息時顯示「密件副本」欄位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "" "Show the \"Bcc\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "傳送郵件訊息時顯示「密件副本」欄位。這是在選取郵件帳號時由檢視選單所控制。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show \"Cc\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "傳送郵件訊息時顯示「副本」欄位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "" "Show the \"Cc\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "傳送郵件訊息時顯示「副本」欄位。這是在選取郵件帳號時由檢視選單所控制。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Show \"Reply To\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "傳送郵件訊息時顯示「回覆」欄位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "Show the \"Reply To\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled " "from the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "傳送郵件訊息時顯示「回覆」欄位。這是在選取郵件帳號時由檢視選單所控制。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "Show \"From\" field when posting to a newsgroup" msgstr "張貼到新聞羣組時顯示「寄件者」欄位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "" "Show the \"From\" field when posting to a newsgroup. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a news account is chosen." msgstr "張貼到新聞羣組時顯示「寄件者」欄位。這是在選取郵件帳號時由檢視選單所控制。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "Show \"Reply To\" field when posting to a newsgroup" msgstr "張貼到新聞羣組時顯示「回覆」欄位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "" "Show the \"Reply To\" field when posting to a newsgroup. This is controlled " "from the View menu when a news account is chosen." msgstr "張貼到新聞羣組時顯示「回覆」欄位。這是在選取郵件帳號時由檢視選單所控制。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Digitally sign replies when the original message is signed" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "" "Automatically enable PGP or S/MIME signatures when replying to a message " "which is also PGP or S/MIME signed." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Encode filenames in an Outlook/GMail way" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "" "Encode filenames in the mail headers same as Outlook or GMail do, to let " "them display correctly filenames with UTF-8 letters sent by Evolution, " "because they do not follow the RFC 2231, but use the incorrect RFC 2047 " "standard." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Put personalized signatures at the top of replies" msgstr "將個人化簽名檔置於回信頂端" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:46 msgid "" "Users get all up in arms over where their signature should go when replying " "to a message. This determines whether the signature is placed at the top of " "the message or the bottom." msgstr "使用者在回覆郵件時希望他們簽名檔放在何處。這會決定簽名檔放置在郵件的頂端或底部。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:47 msgid "Do not add signature delimiter" msgstr "無法加入簽名檔分隔符號" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:48 msgid "" "Set to TRUE in case you do not want to add signature delimiter before your " "signature when composing a mail." msgstr "設為 TRUE 表示在你撰寫郵件時不想在簽名檔前加入簽名檔分隔符。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:49 msgid "Ignore list Reply-To:" msgstr "忽略通信論壇 Reply-To:" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:50 msgid "" "Some mailing lists set a Reply-To: header to trick users into sending " "replies to the list, even when they ask Evolution to make a private reply. " "Setting this option to TRUE will attempt to ignore such Reply-To: headers, " "so that Evolution will do as you ask it. If you use the private reply " "action, it will reply privately, while if you use the 'Reply to List' action " "it will do that. It works by comparing the Reply-To: header with a List-" "Post: header, if there is one." msgstr "" "有些通信論壇會設定 Reply-To: 標頭來誤導使用者傳送回覆的信件到論壇上，即使使用者已要求 Evolution 進行私人回覆也一樣。將這個選項設為 " "TRUE 會嘗試忽略 Reply-To: 標頭，因此 Evolution " "就能根據你所要求的行動。如果你使用私人回覆動作，它就會進行回信給個人的動作；而如果你使用「回覆到論壇」動作，它也會照做。它的運作方式是比對 Reply-" "To: 標頭和 List-Post: 標頭，如果有的話。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:51 msgid "List of localized 'Re'" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "" "Comma-separated list of localized 'Re' abbreviations to skip in a subject " "text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard \"Re\" " "prefix. An example is 'SV,AV'." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:53 msgid "Save file format for drag-and-drop operation" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Can be either 'mbox' or 'pdf'." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Show image animations" msgstr "顯示動畫圖片" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "" "Enable animated images in HTML mail. Many users find animated images " "annoying and prefer to see a static image instead." msgstr "啟用 HTML 郵件中的動畫圖片。許多使用者認為動畫圖片很煩人，因而偏好以靜態圖片代替。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Ellipsize mode for folder names in side bar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:58 msgid "Enable or disable type ahead search feature" msgstr "啟用或停用隨打即查功能" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:59 msgid "" "Enable the side bar search feature to allow interactive searching of folder " "names." msgstr "啟用側邊列搜尋功能允許互動式搜尋資料夾名稱。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "Enable or disable magic space bar" msgstr "啟用或停用魔術空白鍵" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "" "Enable this to use Space bar key to scroll in message preview, message list " "and folders." msgstr "啟用此選項可在郵件預覽、郵件清單和資料夾中使用空白鍵捲動畫面。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders" msgstr "啟用以在所有資料夾使用類似的郵件清單檢視設定值" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:63 msgid "Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders." msgstr "啟用此選項會讓所有的資料夾使用類似的郵件清單檢視設定值。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:64 msgid "Mark citations in the message \"Preview\"" msgstr "在郵件「預覽」中標示引用" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:65 msgid "Mark citations in the message \"Preview\"." msgstr "在郵件「預覽」中標示引用。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:66 msgid "Citation highlight color" msgstr "引用反白色彩" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "Citation highlight color." msgstr "引用反白色彩。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:68 msgid "Enable/disable caret mode" msgstr "啟用/停用插入號模式" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:69 msgid "Enable caret mode, so that you can see a cursor when reading mail." msgstr "啟用插入號模式，如此你可以在閱讀郵件時看到游標。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:70 msgid "Default charset in which to display messages" msgstr "用於顯示郵件的預設字符集" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:71 msgid "Default charset in which to display messages." msgstr "用於顯示郵件的預設字符集。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:72 msgid "Automatically load images for HTML messages over HTTP" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:73 msgid "Show Animations" msgstr "顯示動畫" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:74 msgid "Show animated images as animations." msgstr "播放動畫圖片。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:75 msgid "Show all message headers" msgstr "顯示所有郵件檔頭" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:76 msgid "Show all the headers when viewing a messages." msgstr "檢視郵件時顯示檔頭。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:77 msgid "List of headers to show when viewing a message." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:78 msgid "" "Each header is represented as a pair: the header name, and a boolean " "indicating whether the header is enabled. Disabled headers are not shown " "when viewing a message, but are still listed in Preferences." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:79 msgid "Show photo of the sender" msgstr "顯示寄件者的相片" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:80 msgid "Show the photo of the sender in the message reading pane." msgstr "在郵件閱讀窗格中顯示寄件者的相片。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:81 msgid "Mark as Seen after specified timeout" msgstr "在指定的時限過後，標示成已閱讀" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:82 msgid "Mark as Seen after specified timeout." msgstr "在指定的時限過後，標示成已閱讀。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:83 msgid "Timeout for marking messages as seen" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:84 msgid "Timeout in milliseconds for marking messages as seen." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:85 msgid "Sender email-address column in the message list" msgstr "在郵件清單的寄件者電子郵件欄位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "" "Show the email-address of the sender in a separate column in the message " "list." msgstr "在郵件清單的中以分離的欄位顯示寄件者的電子郵件。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:87 msgid "" "Determines whether to use the same fonts for both \"From\" and \"Subject\" " "lines in the \"Messages\" column in vertical view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:88 msgid "" "Determines whether to use the same fonts for both \"From\" and \"Subject\" " "lines in the \"Messages\" column in vertical view." msgstr "決定是否在垂直檢視的「郵件」裏的「寄件人」及「主旨」中使用同樣的字型。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:89 msgid "Show deleted messages in the message-list" msgstr "在郵件清單中顯示刪除的郵件" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:90 msgid "Show deleted messages (with a strike-through) in the message-list." msgstr "在郵件清單中顯示刪除的郵件 (加上刪除號)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Enable Unmatched search folder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:92 msgid "" "Enable Unmatched search folder within Search Folders. It does nothing if " "Search Folders are disabled." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:93 msgid "Hides the per-folder preview and removes the selection" msgstr "隱藏各資料夾預覽並移除選取區" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:94 msgid "" "This key is read only once and reset to \"false\" after read. This unselects " "the mail in the list and removes the preview for that folder." msgstr "這個鍵值只能讀取一次，並會在讀取後設為「false」。這樣會取消在清單中對該郵件的選取並移除對該資料夾的預覽。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:95 msgid "Height of the message-list pane" msgstr "郵件清單窗格高度" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:96 msgid "Height of the message-list pane." msgstr "郵件清單窗格的高度。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:97 msgid "Whether message headers are collapsed in the user interface" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:98 msgid "Width of the message-list pane" msgstr "郵件清單窗格闊度" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:99 msgid "Width of the message-list pane." msgstr "郵件清單窗格的闊度。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:100 msgid "Layout style" msgstr "配置樣式" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:101 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the message list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the " "message list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the " "message list." msgstr "配置方式決定了在郵件清單中預覽窗格的位置。「0」（標準檢視）將預覽窗格放在郵件清單下方。「1」（垂直檢視）將預覽窗格放在郵件清單旁邊。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:102 msgid "Variable width font" msgstr "變動闊度字型" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:103 msgid "The variable width font for mail display." msgstr "用於顯示郵件的變動闊度字型。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:104 msgid "Terminal font" msgstr "終端機字型" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:105 msgid "The terminal font for mail display." msgstr "用於顯示郵件的終端機字型。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:106 msgid "Use custom fonts" msgstr "使用自選字型" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:107 msgid "Use custom fonts for displaying mail." msgstr "使用自選字型來顯示郵件。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:108 msgid "Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC" msgstr "壓縮在 TO/CC/BCC 中位址的顯示方式" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:109 msgid "" "Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC to the number specified in " "address_count." msgstr "將 TO/CC/BCC 中位址的顯示方式壓縮為 address_count 中指定的長度。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:110 msgid "Number of addresses to display in TO/CC/BCC" msgstr "顯示於 TO/CC/BCC 中位址的長度" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:111 msgid "" "This sets the number of addresses to show in default message list view, " "beyond which a '...' is shown." msgstr "這會設定在預設郵件清單檢視中顯示位址的長度，超過的部分會顯示「…」。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:112 msgid "Thread the message-list based on Subject" msgstr "以主旨為基礎串接郵件清單" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:113 msgid "" "Whether or not to fall back on threading by subjects when the messages do " "not contain In-Reply-To or References headers." msgstr "當郵件不包含 In-Reply-To 或 References 檔頭時，是否按照主旨放回郵件羣組。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:114 msgid "Default value for thread expand state" msgstr "相關郵件展開狀態的預設數值" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:115 msgid "" "This setting specifies whether the threads should be in expanded or " "collapsed state by default. Evolution requires a restart." msgstr "這個設定值指定相關郵件預設為展開或收摺的狀態。Evolution 將需要重新啟動。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:116 msgid "Whether sort threads based on latest message in that thread" msgstr "是否根據郵件羣組中最新的郵件來排序相關郵件" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:117 msgid "" "This setting specifies whether the threads should be sorted based on latest " "message in each thread, rather than by message's date. Evolution requires a " "restart." msgstr "這個設定值指定相關郵件要根據每個郵件羣組最新的郵件排序，而非根據郵件的日期。Evolution 將需要重新啟動。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:118 msgid "Sort accounts alphabetically in a folder tree" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:119 msgid "" "Tells how to sort accounts in a folder tree used in a Mail view. When set to " "true accounts are sorted alphabetically, with an exception of On This " "Computer and Search folders, otherwise accounts are sorted based on an order " "given by a user" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:120 msgid "Log filter actions" msgstr "記錄過濾器動作" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:121 msgid "Log filter actions to the specified log file." msgstr "將過濾器動作記錄到指定的記錄檔案。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:122 msgid "Logfile to log filter actions" msgstr "用於記錄過濾器動作的記錄檔案" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:123 msgid "Logfile to log filter actions." msgstr "用於記錄過濾器動作的記錄檔案。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:124 msgid "Flush Outbox after filtering" msgstr "過濾後清空寄件匣" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:125 msgid "" "Whether to flush Outbox after filtering is done. Outbox flush will happen " "only when there was used any 'Forward to' filter action and approximately " "one minute after the last action invocation." msgstr "是否在過濾完後清空寄件匣。寄件匣的清空只用在當使用了任何「轉寄至」過濾器動作，並且在這個動作後大約一分鐘開始進行。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:126 msgid "Default forward style" msgstr "預設轉遞樣式" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:127 msgid "Default reply style" msgstr "預設回覆樣式" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:128 msgid "Prompt on empty subject" msgstr "沒有主旨時提示" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:129 msgid "" "Prompt the user when he or she tries to send a message without a Subject." msgstr "當使用者傳送沒有主旨的郵件時，提示使用者。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:130 msgid "Prompt when emptying the trash" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:131 msgid "Prompt the user when he or she tries to empty the trash." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:132 msgid "Prompt when user expunges" msgstr "使用者清空時提示" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:133 msgid "Prompt the user when he or she tries to expunge a folder." msgstr "當使用者嘗試清空資料夾時，提示使用者。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:134 msgid "Prompt before sending to recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "寄信給沒有輸入有效電子郵件地址的收件者前先提示" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:135 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying to send " "a message to recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "它會停用/啟用重覆提示警告你正嘗試傳送郵件給沒有輸入電子郵件地址的收件者" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:136 msgid "Prompt when user only fills Bcc" msgstr "當使用者只填寫密件副本時提示" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:137 msgid "Prompt when user tries to send a message with no To or Cc recipients." msgstr "當使用者傳送不含收件者或副本收件者的郵件時，提示使用者。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:138 msgid "Prompt when user tries to send unwanted HTML" msgstr "當使用者嘗試傳送不想要的 HTML 時提示" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:139 msgid "" "Prompt when user tries to send HTML mail to recipients that may not want to " "receive HTML mail." msgstr "當使用者嘗試傳送 HTML 郵件到不想接受 HTML 郵件的收件者時，顯示提示。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:140 msgid "Prompt when user tries to open 10 or more messages at once" msgstr "當使用者嘗試一次開啟 10 個或更多郵件時提示使用者。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:141 msgid "" "If a user tries to open 10 or more messages at one time, ask the user if " "they really want to do it." msgstr "如果使用者嘗試一次開啟 10 或更多的郵件，詢問使用者是否確定要這麼做。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:142 msgid "Prompt while marking multiple messages" msgstr "當標記多個郵件時提示" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:143 msgid "Enable or disable the prompt whilst marking multiple messages." msgstr "啟用或停用標記多個郵件時的提示。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:144 msgid "Prompt when deleting messages in search folder" msgstr "當刪除搜尋資料夾中的郵件時顯示提示" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:145 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that deleting messages from " "a search folder permanently deletes the message, not simply removing it from " "the search results." msgstr "它啟用/停用在從搜尋資料夾中刪除郵件時是否重複提示以警告那將會永久刪除郵件，而非僅是將郵件自搜尋結果中移除。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:146 msgid "Asks whether to copy a folder by drag & drop in the folder tree" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:147 msgid "" "Possible values are: 'never' - do not allow copy with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree, 'always' - allow copy with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree without asking, or 'ask' - (or any other value) will " "ask user." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:148 msgid "Asks whether to move a folder by drag & drop in the folder tree" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:149 msgid "" "Possible values are: 'never' - do not allow move with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree, 'always' - allow move with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree without asking, or 'ask' - (or any other value) will " "ask user." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:150 msgid "Prompt when replying privately to list messages" msgstr "當私人回覆通信論壇郵件時提示" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:151 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are sending a " "private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list." msgstr "它會停用/啟用重覆提示警告你正嘗試回覆私人信件給透過通信論壇寄出的信。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:152 msgid "Prompt when mailing list hijacks private replies" msgstr "當通信論壇劫持私人回覆時提示" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:153 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying sending " "a private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but the list " "sets a Reply-To: header which redirects your reply back to the list" msgstr "" "它會停用/啟用重覆提示警告你正嘗試回覆私人信件給透過通信論壇寄出的信。而通信論壇設定的 Reply-To: 標頭會將你的回信重新導向至通信論壇上的所有成員" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:154 msgid "Prompt when replying to many recipients" msgstr "當回覆給許多收件者時提示" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:155 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are sending a " "reply to many people." msgstr "它會停用/啟用警告你「你正回覆給很多人」的重覆提示。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:156 msgid "" "Policy for automatically closing the message browser window when forwarding " "or replying to the displayed message." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:157 msgid "Empty Trash folders on exit" msgstr "結束時清空垃圾資料夾" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:158 msgid "Empty all Trash folders when exiting Evolution." msgstr "結束 Evolution 時清空所有垃圾資料夾" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:159 msgid "Minimum days between emptying the trash on exit" msgstr "結束時清空回收筒最少間隔天數" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:160 msgid "Minimum time between emptying the trash on exit, in days." msgstr "結束時清空回收筒最少間隔天數。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:161 msgid "Last time Empty Trash was run" msgstr "上次清空回收筒的時間" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:162 msgid "" "The last time Empty Trash was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch)." msgstr "上次執行清單回收筒的時間，從 1970 年一月一日(電腦紀元)後算起的日數。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:163 msgid "" "Amount of time in seconds the error should be shown on the status bar." msgstr "錯誤訊息在狀態列中顯示的時間(秒)。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:164 msgid "Level beyond which the message should be logged." msgstr "應記錄的郵件等級。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:165 msgid "" "This can have three possible values. \"0\" for errors. \"1\" for warnings. " "\"2\" for debug messages." msgstr "這裏可使用三種數值。「0」為錯誤，「1」為警告，「2」為除錯訊息。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:166 msgid "Show original \"Date\" header value." msgstr "顯示原始的「日期」標頭數值。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:167 msgid "" "Show the original \"Date\" header (with a local time only if the time zone " "differs). Otherwise always show \"Date\" header value in a user preferred " "format and local time zone." msgstr "顯示原始的「日期」檔頭（若時區不同時會使用當地時間）。否則永遠以使用者偏好的格式和本地時區顯示「日期」檔頭。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:168 msgid "List of Labels and their associated colors" msgstr "標籤和相關色彩的清單" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:169 msgid "" "List of labels known to the mail component of Evolution. The list contains " "strings containing name:color where color uses the HTML hex encoding." msgstr "Evolution 的郵件元件已知的標籤清單。清單包含字串，其中包含 name:color，color 使用 HTML 十六進位編碼。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:170 msgid "Check incoming mail being junk" msgstr "檢查內送的垃圾郵件" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:171 msgid "Run junk test on incoming mail." msgstr "在內送的郵件執行垃圾郵件檢查。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:172 msgid "Empty Junk folders on exit" msgstr "離開時清空垃圾郵件資料夾" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:173 msgid "Empty all Junk folders when exiting Evolution." msgstr "離開 Evolution 時清空所有垃圾郵件資料夾。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:174 msgid "Minimum days between emptying the junk on exit" msgstr "結束時清空垃圾郵件最少間隔天數" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:175 msgid "Minimum time between emptying the junk on exit, in days." msgstr "結束時清空垃圾郵件最少間隔天數。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:176 msgid "Last time Empty Junk was run" msgstr "上次清空垃圾郵件的時間" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:177 msgid "" "The last time Empty Junk was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch)." msgstr "上次執行清空垃圾郵件的時間，從 1970 年一月一日(電腦紀元)後算起的日數。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:178 msgid "The default plugin for Junk hook" msgstr "垃圾釣鉤的預設外掛程式" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:179 msgid "" "This is the default junk plugin, even though there are multiple plugins " "enabled. If the default listed plugin is disabled, then it won't fall back " "to the other available plugins." msgstr "這是預設的垃圾郵件外掛程式，即使已啟用了其他的外掛程式。如果停用這裏列出的預設外掛程式，並不會影響其他可用的外掛程式。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:180 msgid "Determines whether to lookup in address book for sender email" msgstr "決定是否在通訊錄中尋找寄件者電子郵件帳號" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:181 msgid "" "Determines whether to lookup the sender email in address book. If found, it " "shouldn't be a spam. It looks up in the books marked for autocompletion. It " "can be slow, if remote address books (like LDAP) are marked for " "autocompletion." msgstr "" "決定是否在通訊錄中尋找寄件者電子郵件帳號。如果找得到，就不判斷為垃圾郵件。它會搜尋標記為自動補齊的通訊錄。但若標記為自動補齊的是遠端通訊錄（像 " "LDAP），則速度可能會很慢。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:182 msgid "" "Determines whether to look up addresses for junk filtering in local address " "book only" msgstr "決定是否只在本地端通訊錄中尋找檢查垃圾郵件用的電子郵件位址" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:183 msgid "" "This option is related to the key lookup_addressbook and is used to " "determine whether to look up addresses in local address book only to exclude " "mail sent by known contacts from junk filtering." msgstr "" "這個選項相關於鍵值「lookup_addressbook」，是用來決定是否只在本地端通訊錄中查詢電子郵件位址以用於垃圾郵件過濾時「排除已知聯絡人寄出的郵件" "」功能。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:184 msgid "Determines whether to use custom headers to check for junk" msgstr "決定是否使用自選標頭來檢查垃圾郵件" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:185 msgid "" "Determines whether to use custom headers to check for junk. If this option " "is enabled and the headers are mentioned, it will be improve the junk " "checking speed." msgstr "決定是否使用自選標頭來檢查垃圾郵件。如果啟用這個選項並且提供標頭，將會提升垃圾郵件檢查的速度。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:186 msgid "Custom headers to use while checking for junk." msgstr "檢查垃圾郵件用的自選標頭。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:187 msgid "" "Custom headers to use while checking for junk. The list elements are string " "in the format \"headername=value\"." msgstr "檢查垃圾郵件用的自選標頭。此清單中的元素格式為「headername=value」字串。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:188 msgid "UID string of the default account." msgstr "預設帳號的 UID 字串。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:189 msgid "Save directory" msgstr "儲存目錄" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:190 msgid "Directory for saving mail component files." msgstr "用來儲存郵件元件檔的目錄。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:191 msgid "Composer load/attach directory" msgstr "編輯器讀取/附加目錄" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:192 msgid "Directory for loading/attaching files to composer." msgstr "用來郵件編輯器載入/附件的目錄。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:193 msgid "Check for new messages on start" msgstr "啟動時檢查新郵件" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:194 msgid "" "Whether to check for new messages when Evolution is started. This includes " "also sending messages from Outbox." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:195 msgid "Check for new messages in all active accounts" msgstr "檢查所有使用中帳號的新郵件" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:196 msgid "" "Whether to check for new messages in all active accounts regardless of the " "account \"Check for new messages every X minutes\" option when Evolution is " "started. This option is used only together with 'send_recv_on_start' option." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:197 msgid "Server synchronization interval" msgstr "伺服器同步間隔" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:198 msgid "" "Controls how frequently local changes are synchronized with the remote mail " "server. The interval must be at least 30 seconds." msgstr "控制本地端更改與遠端郵件伺服器同步的頻率。間隔必須至少有 30 秒。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:199 msgid "(Deprecated) Default forward style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:200 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"forward-style-name\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:201 msgid "(Deprecated) Default reply style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:202 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"reply-style-name\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:203 msgid "(Deprecated) List of custom headers and whether they are enabled." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:204 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"show-headers\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:205 msgid "(Deprecated) Load images for HTML messages over HTTP" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:206 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"image-loading-policy\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:207 msgid "" "(Deprecated) Asks whether to close the message window when the user forwards " "or replies to the message shown in the window" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:208 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"browser-close-on-reply-policy\" instead." msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the a list of words for the attach reminder plugin to look #. for in a message body. Please use any number of words here in your language that might #. indicate that an attachment should have been attached to the message. #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "['attachment','attaching','attached','enclosed']" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "" "List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message " "body" msgstr "讓附件提醒外掛程式用來搜尋郵件內文的關鍵字清單" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message " "body." msgstr "讓附加檔案提醒外掛程式用來搜尋郵件內文的關鍵字清單。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Address book source" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Address book to use for storing automatically synced contacts." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Auto sync Pidgin contacts" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether Pidgin contacts should be automatically synced." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Enable autocontacts" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether contacts should be automatically added to the user's address book." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Pidgin address book source" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Address book to use for storing automatically synced contacts from Pidgin." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Pidgin check interval" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Check interval for Pidgin syncing of contacts." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Pidgin last sync MD5" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Pidgin last sync MD5." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Pidgin last sync time" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Pidgin last sync time." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.email-custom-header.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "List of Custom Headers" msgstr "自選標頭的清單" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.email-custom-header.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The key specifies the list of custom headers that you can add to an outgoing " "message. The format for specifying a Header and Header value is: Name of the " "custom header followed by \"=\" and the values separated by \";\"" msgstr "這個鍵值指定的是你可以加到外寄郵件的自選標頭清單。指定標頭與標頭數值的格式為：自選標頭名稱加上「=」，後面的數值則以「;」隔開" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Default External Editor" msgstr "預設外部編輯器" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "The default command that must be used as the editor." msgstr "預設的指令必須能做為編輯器。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Automatically launch when a new mail is edited" msgstr "當編輯新郵件時自動執行" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Automatically launch editor when key is pressed in the mail composer." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.face-picture.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Insert Face picture by default" msgstr "預設插入大頭照" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.face-picture.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether insert Face picture to outgoing messages by default. The picture " "should be set before checking this, otherwise nothing happens." msgstr "是否預設在外寄郵件中插入大頭照。在核取這個選項之前必須先設定好相片，否則不會有任何效果。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.itip.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Delete processed" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.itip.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to delete processed iTip objects" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Notify new messages for Inbox only." msgstr "只通知收件匣的新郵件。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to notify new messages in Inbox folder only." msgstr "是否只通知收件匣的新郵件。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Enable D-Bus messages." msgstr "啟用 D-Bus 訊息。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Generates a D-Bus message when new mail messages arrive." msgstr "當新郵件到達時產生 D-BUS 訊息。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Enable icon in notification area." msgstr "啟用通知區的圖示。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Show new mail icon in notification area when new messages arrive." msgstr "當新郵件到達時在通知區顯示新郵件圖示。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Popup message together with the icon." msgstr "在圖示上彈出新郵件。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Whether show message over the icon when new messages arrive." msgstr "是否在新郵件抵達時於圖示上彈出訊息。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Enable audible notifications when new messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "Whether to make a sound of any kind when new messages arrive. If \"false\", " "the \"notify-sound-beep\", \"notify-sound-file\", \"notify-sound-play-file\" " "and \"notify-sound-use-theme\" keys are disregarded." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Whether to emit a beep." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether to emit a beep when new messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Sound filename to be played." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "Sound file to be played when new messages arrive, if \"notify-sound-play-" "file\" is \"true\"." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Whether to play a sound file." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "Whether to play a sound file when new messages arrive. The name of the sound " "file is given by the 'notify-sound-file' key." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Use sound theme" msgstr "使用音效主題" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Play themed sound when new messages arrive, if not in beep mode." msgstr "如果不是使用嗶聲模式，在新郵件送到時播放主題的音效。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Mode to use when displaying mails" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The mode to use for displaying mails. \"normal\" makes Evolution choose the " "best part to show, \"prefer_plain\" makes it use the text part, if present, " "and \"only_plain\" forces Evolution to only show plain text" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Whether to show suppressed HTML output" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.publish-calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "List of Destinations for publishing" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.publish-calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The key specifies the list of destinations to where publish calendars. Each " "values specifies an XML with setup for publishing to one destination." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.templates.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "" "List of keyword/value pairs for the Templates plugin to substitute in a " "message body." msgstr "使用郵件內文的範本外掛程式可用的關鍵字/數值組清單。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Skip development warning dialog" msgstr "忽略開發警告對話盒" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether the warning dialog in development versions of Evolution is skipped." msgstr "是否省略 Evulution 開發版本的警告對話盒。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Initial attachment view" msgstr "初始附件檢視" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Initial view for attachment bar widgets. \"0\" is Icon View, \"1\" is List " "View." msgstr "附件工具列元件的初始檢視。「0」是圖示，「1」是清單檢視。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Initial file chooser folder" msgstr "檔案選擇對話盒的初始資料夾" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Initial folder for GtkFileChooser dialogs." msgstr "GtkFileChooser 對話盒的初始資料夾。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:7 ../shell/main.c:308 msgid "Start in offline mode" msgstr "以離線模式啟動" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether Evolution will start up in offline mode instead of online mode." msgstr "Evolution 是否以離線模式啟動取代網上模式。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Offline folder paths" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "List of paths for the folders to be synchronized to disk for offline usage." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Enable express mode" msgstr "啟用快速模式" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Flag that enables a much simplified user interface." msgstr "用來啟用簡化使用者介面的旗標。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Window buttons are visible" msgstr "視窗按鈕是可視的" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Whether the window buttons should be visible." msgstr "是否可以看到視窗按鈕。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Window button style" msgstr "視窗按鈕風格" # (pofilter) gconf: do not translate gconf attribute: "text", "icons", "both", "toolbar", "toolbar" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "The style of the window buttons. Can be \"text\", \"icons\", \"both\", " "\"toolbar\". If \"toolbar\" is set, the style of the buttons is determined " "by the GNOME toolbar setting." msgstr "" "視窗按鈕的風格。可以是「text」(文字)、「icons」(圖示)、「both」(兩者)、「toolbar」(工具列)。如果設為「toolbar」(工具列" ")，按鈕的風格會根據 GNOME 工具列設定值決定。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Toolbar is visible" msgstr "工具列可以看到" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Whether the toolbar should be visible." msgstr "是否可以看到工具列。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Sidebar is visible" msgstr "顯示側邊欄" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether the sidebar should be visible." msgstr "是否可以看到側邊欄。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Statusbar is visible" msgstr "狀態列設為顯示" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Whether the status bar should be visible." msgstr "是否顯示狀態列。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "ID or alias of the component to be shown by default at start-up." msgstr "啟動時預設顯示的元件相關 ID 或別名。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Default sidebar width" msgstr "預設側邊欄闊度" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "The default width for the sidebar, in pixels." msgstr "側邊欄的預設闊度，以像素計。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.spamassassin.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Use only local spam tests." msgstr "只使用本地垃圾郵件測試。" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.spamassassin.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Use only the local spam tests (no DNS)." msgstr "只使用本地垃圾郵件測試 (沒有 DNS)。" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-attachment.c:397 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:101 ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:106 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:176 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:181 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:4 msgid "Attachment" msgid_plural "Attachments" msgstr[0] "附件" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-attachment.c:398 msgid "Display as attachment" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:107 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:47 ../mail/e-mail-tag-editor.c:272 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:5 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:64 msgid "From" msgstr "寄件者" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:133 msgid "(no subject)" msgstr "(沒有主旨)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:333 #, c-format msgid "This message was sent by %s on behalf of %s" msgstr "這封郵件是由 %s 代表 %s 寄出" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-image.c:152 msgid "Regular Image" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-image.c:153 msgid "Display part as an image" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-message-rfc822.c:246 msgid "RFC822 message" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-message-rfc822.c:247 msgid "Format part as an RFC822 message" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print.c:54 #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.c:95 #: ../mail/e-mail-label-tree-view.c:99 #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1328 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:237 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:67 msgid "Name" msgstr "名稱" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print.c:54 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:574 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:10 msgid "Size" msgstr "大小" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:144 msgid "GPG signed" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:150 msgid "GPG encrpyted" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:156 msgid "S/MIME signed" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:162 msgid "S/MIME encrpyted" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:171 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:645 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:195 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:129 msgid "Security" msgstr "安全性" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-headers.c:168 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:52 ../mail/e-mail-tag-editor.c:277 #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:77 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:6 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:69 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:712 msgid "Subject" msgstr "主旨" #. pseudo-header #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-headers.c:187 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:344 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1145 msgid "Mailer" msgstr "寄件者" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-enriched.c:91 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-enriched.c:98 msgid "Richtext" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-enriched.c:92 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-enriched.c:99 msgid "Display part as enriched text" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-html.c:90 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-html.c:351 msgid "HTML" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-html.c:91 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-html.c:352 msgid "Format part as HTML" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-plain.c:115 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-plain.c:185 msgid "Plain Text" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-plain.c:116 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-plain.c:186 msgid "Format part as plain text" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:52 msgid "Unsigned" msgstr "未簽署" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:52 msgid "" "This message is not signed. There is no guarantee that this message is " "authentic." msgstr "此郵件未簽署。不保證此郵件已驗證。" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:53 msgid "Valid signature" msgstr "有效的簽署" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:53 msgid "" "This message is signed and is valid meaning that it is very likely that this " "message is authentic." msgstr "此郵件已簽署而且有效，表示它非常有可能是驗證的郵件。" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:54 msgid "Invalid signature" msgstr "無效的簽署" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:54 msgid "" "The signature of this message cannot be verified, it may have been altered " "in transit." msgstr "郵件的簽署無法檢驗，可能已在傳送時被更動了。" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:55 msgid "Valid signature, but cannot verify sender" msgstr "簽署有效，但是無法檢驗寄件者" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:55 msgid "" "This message is signed with a valid signature, but the sender of the message " "cannot be verified." msgstr "此郵件有一個有效的簽署，但是郵件的寄件者無法檢驗。" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:56 msgid "Signature exists, but need public key" msgstr "簽署存在，但需要公開密碼匙" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:56 msgid "" "This message is signed with a signature, but there is no corresponding " "public key." msgstr "此郵件有一個有效的簽署，但是沒有對應的公開密碼匙。" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:63 msgid "Unencrypted" msgstr "未加密" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:63 msgid "" "This message is not encrypted. Its content may be viewed in transit across " "the Internet." msgstr "此郵件未加密。它的內容在透過互聯網傳送可能會被檢閱。" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:64 msgid "Encrypted, weak" msgstr "已加密，不嚴密" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:64 msgid "" "This message is encrypted, but with a weak encryption algorithm. It would be " "difficult, but not impossible for an outsider to view the content of this " "message in a practical amount of time." msgstr "此郵件已加密，但是使用不嚴密的加密演算法。外面的人很難檢閱內容，但只要一些時日，並不是無法檢視此郵件的內容。" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:65 msgid "Encrypted" msgstr "已加密" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:65 msgid "" "This message is encrypted. It would be difficult for an outsider to view " "the content of this message." msgstr "此郵件已加密。外面的人難以檢視此郵件的內容。" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:66 msgid "Encrypted, strong" msgstr "已加密，嚴密" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:66 msgid "" "This message is encrypted, with a strong encryption algorithm. It would be " "very difficult for an outsider to view the content of this message in a " "practical amount of time." msgstr "此郵件已加密，使用嚴密的加密演算法。縱使經過一段時間，外面的人很難檢閱此郵件的內容。" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:187 #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:20 msgid "_View Certificate" msgstr "檢視證書(_V)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:202 msgid "This certificate is not viewable" msgstr "此證書無法檢視" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-source.c:115 msgid "Source" msgstr "來源" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-source.c:116 msgid "Display source of a MIME part" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:204 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:221 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:50 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:67 msgid "Cc" msgstr "副本" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:205 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:222 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:51 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:68 msgid "Bcc" msgstr "密件副本" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-application-mbox.c:88 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing MBOX part: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-application-smime.c:84 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse S/MIME message: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-inlinepgp-encrypted.c:80 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse PGP message: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-inlinepgp-signed.c:83 #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:128 #, c-format msgid "Error verifying signature: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:69 msgid "Malformed external-body part" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:102 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to FTP site (%s)" msgstr "FTP 站指示 (%s)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:113 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to local file (%s) valid at site \"%s\"" msgstr "本地端檔案 (%s) 於 「%s」有效的指示" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:115 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to local file (%s)" msgstr "本地檔案指示 (%s)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:134 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to remote data (%s)" msgstr "遠端資料指示 (%s)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:152 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to unknown external data (\"%s\" type)" msgstr "不明的外部檔案指示 (「%s」類型)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:67 #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:81 msgid "Could not parse MIME message. Displaying as source." msgstr "無法解析 MIME 格式的郵件。只好顯示原始檔。" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:83 msgid "Unsupported encryption type for multipart/encrypted" msgstr "多部份/已加密不支援的加密類型" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:102 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse PGP/MIME message: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:114 msgid "Unsupported signature format" msgstr "不支援的簽署格式" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:48 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:65 msgid "Reply-To" msgstr "回覆" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:53 ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:550 #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:573 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:7 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:70 msgid "Date" msgstr "日期" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:54 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:71 msgid "Newsgroups" msgstr "新聞羣組" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:55 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:72 #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Face" msgstr "面貌" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-utils.c:500 #, c-format msgid "%s attachment" msgstr "%s 附件" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:3 msgid "Standard" msgstr "標準" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:6 msgid "Proprietary" msgstr "專利" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:8 msgid "Secret" msgstr "密" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:9 msgid "Top Secret" msgstr "最高機密" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:10 msgid "For Your Eyes Only" msgstr "最高機密" #. Translators: Used in send options dialog #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:12 #| msgid "None" msgctxt "send-options" msgid "None" msgstr "沒有" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:13 msgid "Mail Receipt" msgstr "郵件回條" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:15 msgid "R_eply requested" msgstr "要求回覆(_E)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:16 #| msgid "Wi_thin" msgctxt "ESendOptionsWithin" msgid "Wi_thin" msgstr "於內(_T)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:17 #| msgid "days" msgctxt "ESendOptionsWithin" msgid "days" msgstr "天" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:18 msgid "_When convenient" msgstr "當有空時(_W)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:19 ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:840 msgid "Replies" msgstr "回覆" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:20 msgid "_Delay message delivery" msgstr "延遲郵件遞送(_D)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:21 #| msgid "_After" msgctxt "ESendOptionsAfter" msgid "_After" msgstr "晚於(_A)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:22 #| msgid "days" msgctxt "ESendOptionsAfter" msgid "days" msgstr "天" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:23 msgid "_Set expiration date" msgstr "設定逾期日期(_S)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:24 #| msgid "_Until" msgctxt "ESendOptions" msgid "_Until" msgstr "直到(_U)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:25 msgid "Delivery Options" msgstr "遞送選項" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:26 msgid "_Priority:" msgstr "優先順序(_P):" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:27 msgid "_Classification:" msgstr "歸類(_C):" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:28 msgid "Gene_ral Options" msgstr "一般選項(_R)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:29 msgid "Creat_e a sent item to track information" msgstr "建立新的傳送項目至追蹤資訊(_E)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:30 msgid "_Delivered" msgstr "已遞送(_D)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:31 msgid "Deli_vered and opened" msgstr "已遞送與已開啟(_V)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:32 msgid "_All information" msgstr "全部資訊(_A)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:33 msgid "A_uto-delete sent item" msgstr "自動刪除項目(_U)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:34 msgid "Status Tracking" msgstr "狀態追蹤" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:35 msgid "_When opened:" msgstr "當開啟時(_W):" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:36 msgid "When decli_ned:" msgstr "當拒絕時(_N):" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:37 msgid "When co_mpleted:" msgstr "當完成時(_M):" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:38 msgid "When acce_pted:" msgstr "當接受時(_P):" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:39 msgid "Return Notification" msgstr "返回通知" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:40 msgid "Sta_tus Tracking" msgstr "狀態追蹤(_T)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:1 msgid "_Sort..." msgstr "排序(_S)…" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:2 msgid "_Group By..." msgstr "羣組根據(_G)…" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:3 msgid "_Fields Shown..." msgstr "欄位顯示(_F)…" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:6 msgid "Clear _All" msgstr "全部清除(_A)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:7 msgid "_Show field in View" msgstr "顯示檢視中的欄位(_S)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:8 ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1753 msgid "Ascending" msgstr "遞增" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:9 ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1753 msgid "Descending" msgstr "遞減" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:10 msgid "Group Items By" msgstr "將項目組成羣組，根據" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:11 msgid "Show _field in View" msgstr "顯示檢視中的欄位(_F)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:12 msgid "Then By" msgstr "接着根據" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:13 msgid "Show field i_n View" msgstr "顯示檢視中的欄位(_N)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:14 msgid "Show field in _View" msgstr "顯示檢視中的欄位(_V)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:15 msgid "Sort" msgstr "排序" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:16 msgid "Clear All" msgstr "全部清除" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:17 msgid "Sort Items By" msgstr "排序項目根據" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Select a Time Zone" msgstr "選擇一個時區" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "" "Use the left mouse button to zoom in on an area of the map and select a time " "zone.\n" "Use the right mouse button to zoom out." msgstr "" "使用滑鼠左鍵拉近地圖的區域，然後選取時區。\n" "使用滑鼠右鍵拉遠。" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Time Zones" msgstr "時區" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Selection" msgstr "選擇範圍(_S)" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Timezone drop-down combination box" msgstr "時區下拉式組合方塊" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:1 ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:1239 #: ../mail/em-utils.c:240 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "內送" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:2 msgid "the current time" msgstr "目前的時刻" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:3 msgid "the time you specify" msgstr "你指定的時刻" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:4 msgid "a time relative to the current time" msgstr "相對於目前時刻的時差" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:5 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:78 msgid "seconds" msgstr "秒" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:9 ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:7 msgid "weeks" msgstr "週" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:10 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:8 msgid "months" msgstr "個月" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:11 msgid "years" msgstr "年" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:12 msgid "ago" msgstr "前" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:13 msgid "in the future" msgstr "後" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:14 msgid "Show filters for mail:" msgstr "顯示郵件過濾器:" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:15 ../mail/em-filter-editor.c:166 msgid "_Filter Rules" msgstr "過濾器規則(_F)" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:17 msgid "Compare against" msgstr "比較" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:18 msgid "" "The message's date will be compared against\n" "the current time when filtering occurs." msgstr "" "郵件日期將會與過濾器執行時的\n" "時間作比較。" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:20 msgid "" "The message's date will be compared against\n" "12:00am of the date specified." msgstr "" "郵件日期將會與你在這裏指定\n" "日期的 12:00am 做比較。" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:22 msgid "" "The message's date will be compared against\n" "a time relative to when filtering occurs." msgstr "" "郵件日期將會與相對於過濾器執行\n" "的時間作比較。" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "_Create new view" msgstr "建立新的檢視(_C)" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:417 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:311 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:341 msgid "_Name:" msgstr "名稱(_N):" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Replace existing view" msgstr "置換現存的檢視(_R)" #: ../e-util/e-activity-proxy.c:311 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1734 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "取消" #. Translators: This is a cancelled activity. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:259 #, c-format msgid "%s (cancelled)" msgstr "%s （已取消）" #. Translators: This is a completed activity. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:262 #, c-format msgid "%s (completed)" msgstr "%s （已完成）" #. Translators: This is an activity waiting to run. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:265 #, c-format msgid "%s (waiting)" msgstr "%s (正在等待)" #. Translators: This is a running activity which #. * the user has requested to cancel. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:269 #, c-format msgid "%s (cancelling)" msgstr "%s (正在取消)" #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:271 #, c-format msgid "%s" msgstr "%s" #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:276 #, c-format msgid "%s (%d%% complete)" msgstr "%s (%d%% 完成)" #. Translators: Escape is a keyboard binding. #: ../e-util/e-alert-bar.c:121 msgid "Close this message (Escape)" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:660 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:703 msgid "Icon View" msgstr "圖示檢視" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:662 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:705 msgid "List View" msgstr "清單檢視" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:318 msgid "Attachment Properties" msgstr "附件內容" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:340 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:273 msgid "F_ilename:" msgstr "檔案名稱(_I):" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:375 msgid "MIME Type:" msgstr "MIME 類型：" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:383 ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:483 msgid "_Suggest automatic display of attachment" msgstr "建議自動顯示附件(_S)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-handler-image.c:97 msgid "Could not set as background" msgstr "無法設為背景" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-handler-image.c:147 msgid "Set as _Background" msgstr "設為背景(_B)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-icon-view.c:166 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:549 msgid "Loading" msgstr "載入中" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-icon-view.c:178 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:561 msgid "Saving" msgstr "儲存中" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:104 msgid "Hide Attachment _Bar" msgstr "隱藏附件列(_B)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:106 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:719 msgid "Show Attachment _Bar" msgstr "顯示附件列(_B)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:463 msgid "Add Attachment" msgstr "加入附件" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:466 msgid "A_ttach" msgstr "附加(_T)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:537 msgid "Save Attachment" msgid_plural "Save Attachments" msgstr[0] "儲存附件" #. Translators: Default attachment filename. #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:568 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2056 #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2716 msgid "attachment.dat" msgstr "attachment.dat" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:378 msgid "Open With Other Application..." msgstr "以其他應用程式開啟…" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:385 msgid "S_ave All" msgstr "儲存全部(_A)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:411 msgid "A_dd Attachment..." msgstr "加入附件(_A)…" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:435 msgid "_Hide" msgstr "隱藏(_H)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:442 msgid "Hid_e All" msgstr "全部隱藏(_E)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:449 msgid "_View Inline" msgstr "檢視行內(_V)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:456 msgid "Vie_w All Inline" msgstr "全部以行內檢視(_W)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:786 #, c-format msgid "Open With \"%s\"" msgstr "以「%s」開啟" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:789 #, c-format msgid "Open this attachment in %s" msgstr "在 %s 中開啟這個附件" #. To Translators: This text is set as a description of an attached #. * message when, for example, attaching it to a composer. When the #. * message to be attached has also filled Subject, then this text is #. * of form "Attached message - Subject", otherwise it's left as is. #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:1106 msgid "Attached message" msgstr "附加的郵件" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2137 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3022 msgid "A load operation is already in progress" msgstr "載入操作已在進行中" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2145 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3030 msgid "A save operation is already in progress" msgstr "儲存操作已在進行中" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2262 #, c-format msgid "Could not load '%s'" msgstr "無法載入「%s」" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2265 #, c-format msgid "Could not load the attachment" msgstr "無法載入附件" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2569 #, c-format msgid "Could not open '%s'" msgstr "無法開啟「%s」" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2572 #, c-format msgid "Could not open the attachment" msgstr "無法開啟附件" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3039 msgid "Attachment contents not loaded" msgstr "無法載入附件內容" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3115 #, c-format msgid "Could not save '%s'" msgstr "無法儲存「%s」" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3118 #, c-format msgid "Could not save the attachment" msgstr "無法儲存附件" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:98 msgid "Mark as default address book" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:103 msgid "Autocomplete with this address book" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:277 msgid "Copy book content locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #. To Translators: The text is concatenated to a form: "Ctrl-click to open a link http://www.example.com" #: ../e-util/e-buffer-tagger.c:410 msgid "Ctrl-click to open a link" msgstr "Ctrl-點選以開啟連結" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:170 msgid "Mark as default calendar" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:173 msgid "Mark as default task list" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:176 msgid "Mark as default memo list" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:201 msgid "Color:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:406 msgid "Copy calendar contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:410 msgid "Copy task list contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:414 msgid "Copy memo list contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #. This is a strftime() format. %B = Month name. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1327 ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:2195 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%B" msgstr "" #. This is a strftime() format. %Y = Year. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1329 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%Y" msgstr "" #. This is a strftime() format. %B = Month name, %Y = Year. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1366 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%B %Y" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:190 msgid "Previous month" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:215 msgid "Next month" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:241 msgid "Previous year" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:266 msgid "Next year" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:290 msgid "Month Calendar" msgstr "月行事曆" #: ../e-util/e-categories-editor.c:224 msgid "Currently _used categories:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-categories-editor.c:235 msgid "_Available Categories:" msgstr "可用的分類(_A):" #: ../e-util/e-categories-selector.c:323 msgid "Icon" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-completion.c:300 #, c-format msgid "Create category \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:137 msgid "Category Icon" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:141 msgid "_No Image" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:178 msgid "Category _Name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:190 msgid "Category _Icon" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:216 msgid "Category Properties" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:277 #, c-format msgid "" "There is already a category '%s' in the configuration. Please use another " "name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cell-combo.c:186 msgid "popup list" msgstr "彈出式清單" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:299 msgid "Now" msgstr "現在" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:307 ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:209 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1900 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:230 msgid "Today" msgstr "今天" #. Translators: "None" as a label of a button to unset date in a #. * date table cell. #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:317 msgctxt "table-date" msgid "None" msgstr "沒有" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:325 msgid "OK" msgstr "確定" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:873 #, c-format msgid "The time must be in the format: %s" msgstr "時間必須為此格式：%s" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date.c:51 ../mail/message-list.c:1851 msgid "?" msgstr "?" #: ../e-util/e-cell-percent.c:80 msgid "The percent value must be between 0 and 100, inclusive" msgstr "數值必須是由 0 到 100 的數字" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:100 msgid "Character Encoding" msgstr "字符編碼" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:123 msgid "Enter the character set to use" msgstr "輸入要使用的字符集" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:369 msgid "Other..." msgstr "其它…" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:53 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "阿拉伯語" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:54 msgid "Baltic" msgstr "波羅的海語系" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:55 msgid "Central European" msgstr "中歐語系" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:56 msgid "Chinese" msgstr "中文" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:57 msgid "Cyrillic" msgstr "斯拉夫語系" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:58 msgid "Greek" msgstr "希臘語" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:59 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "希伯來文" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:60 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "日語" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:61 msgid "Korean" msgstr "韓語" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:62 msgid "Thai" msgstr "泰語" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:63 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "土耳其文" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:64 msgid "Unicode" msgstr "萬國碼" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:65 msgid "Western European" msgstr "西歐語系" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:66 msgid "Western European, New" msgstr "近代西歐語系" #. Translators: Character set "Chinese, Traditional" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:85 ../e-util/e-charset.c:87 ../e-util/e-charset.c:89 msgid "Traditional" msgstr "繁體" #. Translators: Character set "Chinese, Simplified" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:91 ../e-util/e-charset.c:93 ../e-util/e-charset.c:95 #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:97 msgid "Simplified" msgstr "簡體" #. Translators: Character set "Cyrillic, Ukrainian" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:101 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "烏克蘭語" #. Translators: Character set "Hebrew, Visual" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:105 msgid "Visual" msgstr "視覺" #: ../e-util/e-client-cache.c:1162 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create a client object from extension name '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:524 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "日期與時刻" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:549 msgid "Text entry to input date" msgstr "用來輸入日期的文字項目" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:572 msgid "Click this button to show a calendar" msgstr "按此按鈕以顯示行事曆" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:626 msgid "Drop-down combination box to select time" msgstr "用以選擇時刻的下拉式組合方塊" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:627 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:9 msgid "Time" msgstr "時間" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:701 msgid "No_w" msgstr "現在(_W)" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:708 msgid "_Today" msgstr "今天(_T)" #. Note that we don't show this here, since by default a 'None' date #. * is not permitted. #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:717 msgid "_None" msgstr "沒有(_N)" #. Translators: "None" for date field of a date edit, shown when #. * there is no date set. #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:1839 ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:2087 msgctxt "date" msgid "None" msgstr "沒有" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:1979 msgid "Invalid Date Value" msgstr "無效的日期數值" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:2024 msgid "Invalid Time Value" msgstr "無效的時刻數值" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:220 ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:258 msgid "Tomorrow" msgstr "明天" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:222 msgid "Yesterday" msgstr "昨天" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:230 #| msgid "Next %a" #| msgid_plural "Next %a" msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Mon" msgstr "下週一" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:236 #| msgid "Next _Thread" msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Tue" msgstr "下週二" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:242 #| msgid "Next _Thread" msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Wed" msgstr "下週三" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:248 #| msgid "Next _Thread" msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Thu" msgstr "下週四" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:254 #| msgid "Next %a" #| msgid_plural "Next %a" msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Fri" msgstr "下週五" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:260 #| msgid "Next %a" #| msgid_plural "Next %a" msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Sat" msgstr "下週六" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:266 #| msgid "Next %a" #| msgid_plural "Next %a" msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Sun" msgstr "下週日" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:353 ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:363 #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:372 msgid "Use locale default" msgstr "使用地區設定預設值" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:577 msgid "Format:" msgstr "格式：" #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:121 msgid "(Unknown Filename)" msgstr "（不明的檔案名稱）" #. Translators: The string value is the basename of a file. #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:125 #, c-format msgid "Writing \"%s\"" msgstr "正在寫入「%s」" #. Translators: The first string value is the basename of a #. * remote file, the second string value is the hostname. #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:130 #, c-format msgid "Writing \"%s\" to %s" msgstr "正在寫入「%s」至 %s" #. Don't delete this code, since it is needed so that xgettext can extract the translations. #. * Please, keep these strings in sync with the strings in the timespans array #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:67 #, c-format msgid "1 second ago" msgid_plural "%d seconds ago" msgstr[0] "%d 秒前" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:68 #, c-format msgid "1 second in the future" msgid_plural "%d seconds in the future" msgstr[0] "%d 秒後" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:69 #, c-format msgid "1 minute ago" msgid_plural "%d minutes ago" msgstr[0] "%d 分鐘前" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:70 #, c-format msgid "1 minute in the future" msgid_plural "%d minutes in the future" msgstr[0] "%d 分鐘後" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:71 #, c-format msgid "1 hour ago" msgid_plural "%d hours ago" msgstr[0] "%d 小時前" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:72 #, c-format msgid "1 hour in the future" msgid_plural "%d hours in the future" msgstr[0] "%d 小時後" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:73 #, c-format msgid "1 day ago" msgid_plural "%d days ago" msgstr[0] "%d 日前" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:74 #, c-format msgid "1 day in the future" msgid_plural "%d days in the future" msgstr[0] "%d 天後" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:75 #, c-format msgid "1 week ago" msgid_plural "%d weeks ago" msgstr[0] "%d 週前" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:76 #, c-format msgid "1 week in the future" msgid_plural "%d weeks in the future" msgstr[0] "%d 週後" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:77 #, c-format msgid "1 month ago" msgid_plural "%d months ago" msgstr[0] "%d 月前" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:78 #, c-format msgid "1 month in the future" msgid_plural "%d months in the future" msgstr[0] "%d 個月後" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:79 #, c-format msgid "1 year ago" msgid_plural "%d years ago" msgstr[0] "%d 年前" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:80 #, c-format msgid "1 year in the future" msgid_plural "%d years in the future" msgstr[0] "%d 年後" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:130 msgid "" msgstr "<按這裏選擇日期>" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:133 ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:144 #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:155 msgid "now" msgstr "現在" #. strftime for date filter display, only needs to show a day date (i.e. no time) #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:140 msgid "%d-%b-%Y" msgstr "%Y-%b-%d" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:289 msgid "Select a time to compare against" msgstr "選擇要比對的時間" #: ../e-util/e-filter-file.c:187 msgid "Choose a File" msgstr "選擇檔案" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:743 msgid "R_ule name:" msgstr "規則名稱(_U):" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:793 msgid "all the following conditions" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:794 msgid "any of the following conditions" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:800 msgid "_Find items which match:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:823 msgid "Find items that meet the following conditions" msgstr "尋找符合下列條件的項目" #. Translators: "None" for not including threads; #. * part of "Include threads: None" #. protocol: #. name: #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:838 ../e-util/e-mail-signature-combo-box.c:369 #: ../libemail-engine/camel-null-store.c:28 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:139 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:622 msgid "None" msgstr "沒有" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:839 msgid "All related" msgstr "所有相關的" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:841 msgid "Replies and parents" msgstr "回覆和父代" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:842 msgid "No reply or parent" msgstr "沒有回復或原始郵件" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:845 msgid "I_nclude threads:" msgstr "包括郵件羣組(_N):" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:922 msgid "A_dd Condition" msgstr "加入條件(_D)" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:1239 ../mail/em-utils.c:241 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "外寄" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:256 msgid "" "Choose the file that you want to import into Evolution, and select what type " "of file it is from the list." msgstr "選取要匯入 Evolution 的檔案，並且在清單內選取檔案類型。" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:283 msgid "Select a file" msgstr "選擇一個檔案" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:297 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:472 msgid "File _type:" msgstr "檔案類型(_T):" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:340 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:921 msgid "Choose the destination for this import" msgstr "選擇此輸入的目的地" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:365 msgid "Choose the type of importer to run:" msgstr "選擇匯入服務要執行的類型：" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:373 msgid "Import data and settings from _older programs" msgstr "從舊程式輸入資料和設定值(_O)" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:381 msgid "Import a _single file" msgstr "匯入單一檔案(_S)" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:403 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:202 msgid "Please select the information that you would like to import:" msgstr "請選擇你想要匯入的資訊：" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:533 msgid "" "Evolution checked for settings to import from the following applications: " "Pine, Netscape, Elm, iCalendar. No importable settings found. If you would " "like to try again, please click the \"Back\" button." msgstr "" "Evolution " "已經檢查從以下應用程式輸入的設定值：Pine、Netscape、Elm、iCalendar。找不到可以輸入的設定值。如果你想再試一次，請按一下「向後」按鈕" "。" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:559 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:231 #, c-format msgid "From %s:" msgstr "來自 %s：" #. Install a custom "Cancel Import" button. #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:775 msgid "_Cancel Import" msgstr "取消匯入(_C)" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:920 msgid "Preview data to be imported" msgstr "預覽需要匯入的資料" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:926 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:939 #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1292 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1368 #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1377 msgid "Import Data" msgstr "匯入資料" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:934 msgid "Select what type of file you want to import from the list." msgstr "選擇你想要從清單中匯入的檔案類型。" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1282 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1317 msgid "Evolution Import Assistant" msgstr "Evolution 匯入助理" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1299 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1355 msgid "Import Location" msgstr "輸入位置" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1310 msgid "" "Welcome to the Evolution Import Assistant.\n" "With this assistant you will be guided through the process of importing " "external files into Evolution." msgstr "" "歡迎使用 Evolution 的匯入助理。\n" "這個精靈將會領導你如何將外部的檔案匯入到 Evolution。" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1327 msgid "Importer Type" msgstr "輸入器類型" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1337 msgid "Select Information to Import" msgstr "選擇要匯入的資訊" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1346 msgid "Select a File" msgstr "選取檔案" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1363 msgid "Click \"Apply\" to begin importing the file into Evolution." msgstr "按「套用」開始將檔案匯入到 Evolution。" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-combo-box.c:378 msgid "Autogenerated" msgstr "自動產生的" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:310 msgid "Close" msgstr "關閉" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:315 msgid "_Save and Close" msgstr "儲存後關閉(_S)" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:529 msgid "Edit Signature" msgstr "編輯簽名檔" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:549 msgid "_Signature Name:" msgstr "簽名檔名稱(_S):" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:595 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "未命名的" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:337 msgid "Add _Script" msgstr "新增命令稿(_S)" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:422 msgid "Add Signature Script" msgstr "新增簽署命令稿" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:492 msgid "Edit Signature Script" msgstr "編輯簽署命令稿" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:395 msgid "" "The output of this script will be used as your\n" "signature. The name you specify will be used\n" "for display purposes only." msgstr "" "這個命令稿的輸出會用來作為你的\n" "簽名檔。你指定的名稱只會作為\n" "顯示之用。" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:446 msgid "S_cript:" msgstr "命令稿(_C):" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:477 msgid "Script file must be executable." msgstr "命令稿必須為可執行檔。" #: ../e-util/e-map.c:886 msgid "World Map" msgstr "世界地圖" #: ../e-util/e-map.c:889 msgid "" "Mouse-based interactive map widget for selecting timezone. Keyboard users " "should instead select the timezone from the drop-down combination box below." msgstr "用來選擇時區的滑鼠互動式地圖元件。使用鍵盤的使用者應該使用下方的下拉式組合方塊來選擇時區。" #: ../e-util/e-misc-utils.c:242 msgid "Could not open the link." msgstr "無法開啟該連結。" #: ../e-util/e-misc-utils.c:289 msgid "Could not display help for Evolution." msgstr "無法顯示 Evolution 的求助文件。" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:279 msgid "Show Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:311 msgid "Address B_ook:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:318 msgid "Cat_egory:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:342 msgid "_Search:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:368 #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:1276 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1113 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1733 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:767 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:938 msgid "Any Category" msgstr "任何分類" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:370 msgid "Co_ntacts" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:447 msgid "Search" msgstr "搜尋" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:450 #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:431 msgid "Address Book" msgstr "通訊錄" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:578 msgid "Select Contacts from Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:1001 msgid "_Remove" msgstr "移除(_R)" #. To Translators: This would be similiar to "Expand MyList Inline" where MyList is a Contact List #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3028 #, c-format msgid "E_xpand %s Inline" msgstr "" #. Copy Contact Item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3044 #, c-format msgid "Cop_y %s" msgstr "" #. Cut Contact Item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3055 #, c-format msgid "C_ut %s" msgstr "" #. Edit Contact item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3073 #, c-format msgid "_Edit %s" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-list.c:583 #, c-format msgid "_Delete %s" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:31 msgid "Evolution is currently online. Click this button to work offline." msgstr "Evolution 目前為網上模式。按一下此按鈕以進行離線工作。" #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:34 msgid "Evolution is currently offline. Click this button to work online." msgstr "Evolution 目前為離線模式。按一下此按鈕以進行網上工作。" #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:37 msgid "Evolution is currently offline because the network is unavailable." msgstr "因為網絡無法使用，Evolution 目前為離線模式。" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:127 msgid "Keyring key is unusable: no user or host name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:447 msgid "You have the Caps Lock key on." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:578 msgid "_Remember this passphrase" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:579 msgid "_Remember this passphrase for the remainder of this session" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:584 msgid "_Remember this password" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:585 msgid "_Remember this password for the remainder of this session" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-preferences-window.c:318 msgid "Evolution Preferences" msgstr "Evolution 偏好設定" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:161 msgid "An error occurred while printing" msgstr "打印時發生錯誤" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:168 msgid "The printing system reported the following details about the error:" msgstr "打印系統回報下列關於此錯誤的詳細資訊：" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:174 msgid "" "The printing system did not report any additional details about the error." msgstr "打印系統沒有回報任何關於此錯誤的額外資訊。" #: ../e-util/e-rule-editor.c:185 msgid "Add Rule" msgstr "新增規則" #: ../e-util/e-rule-editor.c:287 msgid "Edit Rule" msgstr "編輯規則" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:81 #, c-format msgid "Matches: %u" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:565 msgid "Close the find bar" msgstr "關閉搜尋工具列" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:573 msgid "Fin_d:" msgstr "尋找(_D):" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:585 msgid "Clear the search" msgstr "清除此搜尋" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:609 msgid "_Previous" msgstr "上一個(_P)" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:615 msgid "Find the previous occurrence of the phrase" msgstr "尋找上一個出現的字詞" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:624 msgid "_Next" msgstr "下一個(_N)" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:630 msgid "Find the next occurrence of the phrase" msgstr "尋找下一個出現的字詞" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:639 msgid "Mat_ch case" msgstr "區分大小寫(_C)" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:667 msgid "Reached bottom of page, continued from top" msgstr "到達頁面底部，從頂端繼續" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:689 msgid "Reached top of page, continued from bottom" msgstr "到達頁面頂端，從底部繼續" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.c:538 ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:331 #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:424 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:1088 msgid "Mail" msgstr "郵件" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.c:570 msgid "When de_leted:" msgstr "刪除時(_L):" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:681 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:685 msgid "Type:" msgstr "類型:" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:693 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:697 msgid "Name:" msgstr "姓名稱：" #. Translators: This is the first of a sequence of widgets: #. * "Refresh every [NUMERIC_ENTRY] [TIME_UNITS_COMBO]" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1302 msgid "Refresh every" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1332 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1402 msgid "Use a secure connection" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1428 msgid "Unset _trust for SSL certificate" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1464 msgid "User" msgstr "使用者" #: ../e-util/e-source-selector-dialog.c:229 msgid "_Destination" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-selector-dialog.c:342 msgid "Select destination" msgstr "" #. no suggestions. Put something in the menu anyway... #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:384 msgid "(no suggestions)" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:408 msgid "More..." msgstr "" #. + Add to Dictionary #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Add \"%s\" to Dictionary" msgstr "" #. - Ignore All #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:530 msgid "Ignore All" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:558 msgid "Spelling Suggestions" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:1 msgid "A file named \"{0}\" already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "The file already exists in \"{0}\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Replace" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Cannot save file \"{0}\"." msgstr "不能儲存檔案「{0}」。" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Because \"{1}\"." msgstr "因為「{1}」。" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Cannot open file \"{0}\"." msgstr "不能開啟檔案「{0}」。" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Failed to remove data source "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:8 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:61 msgid "The reported error was "{1}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Failed to update data source "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Failed to delete resource "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:11 msgid "" "The address book backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "Some of your contacts may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:13 msgid "The calendar backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:14 msgid "" "Some of your appointments may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "The memo list backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Some of your memos may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "The task list backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Some of your tasks may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:19 msgid "" "The address book backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:20 msgid "The calendar backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:21 msgid "The memo list backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:22 msgid "The task list backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-click-to-add.c:680 #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-click-to-add.c:62 #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-click-to-add.c:143 msgid "click to add" msgstr "請按這裏加入" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:266 msgid "Move selected column names to top" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:271 msgid "Move selected column names up one row" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:276 msgid "Move selected column names down one row" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:281 msgid "Move selected column names to bottom" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:286 msgid "Select all column names" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:389 ../e-util/e-table-config.c:435 msgid "(Ascending)" msgstr "(遞增)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:389 ../e-util/e-table-config.c:435 msgid "(Descending)" msgstr "(遞減)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:396 msgid "Not sorted" msgstr "未排序" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:441 msgid "No grouping" msgstr "未組成羣組" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:546 msgid "Show Fields" msgstr "顯示欄位" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:562 msgid "Choose the order of information to appear in the message list." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-field-chooser-dialog.c:227 msgid "Add a Column" msgstr "加入一欄" #: ../e-util/e-table-field-chooser.c:167 msgid "" "To add a column to your table, drag it into\n" "the location in which you want it to appear." msgstr "" "想在你的表格中加入欄位，只要將它\n" "拖曳至你希望它出現的位置即可。" #: ../e-util/e-table-group-container.c:369 #, c-format msgid "%s: %s (%d item)" msgid_plural "%s: %s (%d items)" msgstr[0] "%s：%s (%d 個項目)" #: ../e-util/e-table-group-container.c:383 #, c-format msgid "%s (%d item)" msgid_plural "%s (%d items)" msgstr[0] "%s (%d 個項目)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1576 msgid "Customize Current View" msgstr "自選目前的檢視" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1599 msgid "Sort _Ascending" msgstr "遞增排序(_A)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1602 msgid "Sort _Descending" msgstr "遞減排序(_D)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1605 msgid "_Unsort" msgstr "不排序(_U)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1608 msgid "Group By This _Field" msgstr "根據此欄位做羣組(_F)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1611 msgid "Group By _Box" msgstr "根據方塊為羣組(_B)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1615 msgid "Remove This _Column" msgstr "移除此欄(_C)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1618 msgid "Add a C_olumn..." msgstr "加入一欄(_O)…" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1622 msgid "A_lignment" msgstr "排列(_L)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1625 msgid "B_est Fit" msgstr "最適填滿(_E)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1628 msgid "Format Column_s..." msgstr "格式化欄(_S)…" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1632 msgid "Custo_mize Current View..." msgstr "自選目前的檢視(_M)…" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1703 msgid "_Sort By" msgstr "排序方式(_S)" #. Custom #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1726 msgid "_Custom" msgstr "自選(_C)" #: ../e-util/e-text.c:2098 msgid "Select All" msgstr "全部選取" #: ../e-util/e-text.c:2111 msgid "Input Methods" msgstr "輸入法" #. Put the "UTC" entry at the top of the combo's list. #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:207 ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:429 #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:433 ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:437 #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:803 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" #: ../e-util/e-url-entry.c:109 msgid "Click here to open the URL" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-url-entry.c:111 msgid "Enter a URL here" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:406 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:285 msgid "_Copy Link Location" msgstr "複製連結位址(_C)" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:408 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:287 msgid "Copy the link to the clipboard" msgstr "複製連結到剪貼薄" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:416 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:295 msgid "_Open Link in Browser" msgstr "在瀏覽器內開啟連結(_O)" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:418 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:297 msgid "Open the link in a web browser" msgstr "在網頁瀏覽器中開啟此連結" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:426 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:305 msgid "_Copy Email Address" msgstr "複製電子郵件位址(_C)" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:443 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:322 msgid "_Copy Image" msgstr "複製圖片(_C)" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:445 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:324 msgid "Copy the image to the clipboard" msgstr "複製圖片到剪貼薄" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:465 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1308 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:351 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1317 msgid "Select all text and images" msgstr "選擇所有文字和圖片" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:972 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:974 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:976 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:992 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:994 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:996 #, c-format msgid "Click to call %s" msgstr "按一下播號給 %s" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:978 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:998 msgid "Click to hide/unhide addresses" msgstr "按這裏隱藏/解除隱藏位址" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:980 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1000 #, c-format msgid "Click to open %s" msgstr "按一下來開啟 %s" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:329 msgid "Save _Image..." msgstr "儲存圖片(_I)…" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:331 msgid "Save the image to a file" msgstr "將圖片儲存為檔案" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:2894 msgid "Copying image to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:3082 msgid "Save Image" msgstr "儲存圖片" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:3118 #, c-format msgid "Saving image to '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:315 ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:324 msgid "%d %B %Y" msgstr "%Y年%m月%d日" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:327 #, c-format msgid "Calendar: from %s to %s" msgstr "行事曆：從 %s 到 %s" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:364 msgid "evolution calendar item" msgstr "evolution 行事曆項目" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:635 msgid "Evolution Source Viewer" msgstr "" #. Translators: The name that is displayed in the user interface #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:665 msgid "Display Name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:674 msgid "Flags" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:726 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:678 msgid "Identity" msgstr "身分" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Missing date." msgstr "缺少日期。" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:2 msgid "You must choose a date." msgstr "你必須選取日期。" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Missing filename." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:4 msgid "You must specify a filename." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:5 msgid "File "{0}" does not exist or is not a regular file." msgstr "檔案「{0}」不存在或者不是一般檔案。" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Bad regular expression "{0}"." msgstr "錯誤的正規表示式「{0}」。" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Could not compile regular expression "{1}"." msgstr "無法編譯正規表示式「{1}」。" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:8 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:100 msgid "Missing name." msgstr "缺少名稱。" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:9 msgid "You must name this filter." msgstr "你必須為這個過濾器命名。" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Name "{0}" already used." msgstr "已使用名稱「{0}」。" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Please choose another name." msgstr "請選擇其他名稱。" #. Translators: description of a "popup" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-popup.c:128 msgid "popup a child" msgstr "彈出子選單" #. Translators: description of a "toggle" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-toggle.c:180 msgid "toggle the cell" msgstr "切換儲存格" #. Translators: description of an "expand" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-tree.c:215 msgid "expands the row in the ETree containing this cell" msgstr "展開 ETree 中包含此儲存格的列" #. Translators: description of a "collapse" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-tree.c:223 msgid "collapses the row in the ETree containing this cell" msgstr "折疊 ETree 中包含此儲存格的列" #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell.c:123 msgid "Table Cell" msgstr "表格的儲存格" #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-click-to-add.c:72 msgid "click" msgstr "點選" #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-column-header.c:163 msgid "sort" msgstr "排序" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.c:296 msgid "Save Current View" msgstr "儲存目前檢視" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Do you wish to save your changes?" msgstr "要儲存所做的更改？" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:2 msgid "This signature has been changed, but has not been saved." msgstr "此簽署已經更改，但尚未儲存。" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Discard changes" msgstr "放棄更改(_D)" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Blank Signature" msgstr "空白簽名檔" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Please provide an unique name to identify this signature." msgstr "請輸入可供辨識這個簽名檔的獨特名稱。" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Unable to copy image to clipboard." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Unable to save image." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Could not load signature." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Could not save signature." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/camel-sasl-xoauth2.c:27 msgid "OAuth2" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/camel-sasl-xoauth2.c:28 msgid "" "This option will use an OAuth 2.0 access token to connect to the server" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-authenticator.c:182 #, c-format msgid "Invalid authentication result code (%d)" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Saving message to folder '%s'" msgstr "儲存郵件到資料夾「%s」" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:572 msgid "Forwarded messages" msgstr "已轉寄的郵件" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:682 #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:933 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving %d message" msgid_plural "Retrieving %d messages" msgstr[0] "取回 %d 封郵件" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:776 msgid "Scanning messages for duplicates" msgstr "掃描郵件是否有重複" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1184 #, c-format msgid "Removing folder '%s'" msgstr "移除資料夾「%s」" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1321 #, c-format msgid "File \"%s\" has been removed." msgstr "檔案「%s」已經被移除。" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1325 msgid "File has been removed." msgstr "檔案已經被移除。" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1384 msgid "Removing attachments" msgstr "正在移除附件" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1548 #, c-format msgid "Saving %d message" msgid_plural "Saving %d messages" msgstr[0] "儲存 %d 封郵件" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1926 #, c-format msgid "Invalid folder URI '%s'" msgstr "無效的資料夾 URI「%s」" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:540 msgid "No mail transport service available" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:640 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:730 #, c-format msgid "Failed to apply outgoing filters: %s" msgstr "無法套用外寄過濾器：%s" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:689 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:774 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to append to %s: %s\n" "Appending to local 'Sent' folder instead." msgstr "" "無法附加至 %s：%s\n" "改附加至本地「寄件匣」資料夾。" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:715 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:798 #, c-format msgid "Failed to append to local 'Sent' folder: %s" msgstr "無法附加至本地「寄件匣」資料夾：%s" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:916 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:929 ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1031 msgid "Sending message" msgstr "正在傳送郵件" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:120 ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:342 #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:789 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1061 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1072 msgid "Inbox" msgstr "收件匣" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_INBOX #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:121 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:782 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1059 msgid "Drafts" msgstr "草稿" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_DRAFTS #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:122 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:793 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1063 msgid "Outbox" msgstr "寄件匣" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_OUTBOX #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:123 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:797 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1065 msgid "Sent" msgstr "已傳送" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_SENT #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:124 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:785 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1067 #: ../plugins/templates/org-gnome-templates.eplug.xml.h:1 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1082 ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1381 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1391 msgid "Templates" msgstr "範本" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1347 #, c-format msgid "User cancelled operation" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1542 #, c-format msgid "%s authentication failed" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1592 #, c-format msgid "No data source found for UID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1655 #, c-format msgid "" "No destination address provided, forwarding of the message has been " "cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1668 #, c-format msgid "" "No identity found to use, forwarding of the message has been cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Disconnecting from '%s'" msgstr "中斷與「%s」的連線" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:279 #, c-format msgid "Reconnecting to '%s'" msgstr "重新連線到「%s」" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:370 #, c-format msgid "Preparing account '%s' for offline" msgstr "準備帳號「%s」離線工作" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-folder-cache.c:1241 #, c-format msgid "Pinging %s" msgstr "Pinging %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:94 msgid "Filtering Selected Messages" msgstr "過濾選擇的郵件" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:152 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to filter selected messages. One reason can be that folder location " "set in one or more filters is invalid. Please check your filters in Edit-" ">Message Filters.\n" "Original error was: %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Fetching mail from '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:724 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to apply outgoing filters. One reason can be that folder location set " "in one or more filters is invalid. Please check your filters in Edit-" ">Message Filters.\n" "Original error was: %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:940 #, c-format msgid "Sending message %d of %d" msgstr "正在傳送郵件 %d / %d" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:992 #, c-format msgid "Failed to send a message" msgid_plural "Failed to send %d of %d messages" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:998 msgid "Canceled." msgstr "已取消。" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1000 msgid "Complete." msgstr "完成。" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1112 #, c-format msgid "Moving messages to '%s'" msgstr "將郵件移到「%s」" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1113 #, c-format msgid "Copying messages to '%s'" msgstr "將郵件複製到「%s」" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1232 #, c-format msgid "Storing folder '%s'" msgstr "正在貯藏資料夾「%s」" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1360 #, c-format msgid "Expunging and storing account '%s'" msgstr "清空和儲存帳號 '%s'" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1361 #, c-format msgid "Storing account '%s'" msgstr "儲存帳號 '%s'" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1435 #, c-format msgid "Emptying trash in '%s'" msgstr "清空「%s」的回收筒" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:71 #, c-format msgid "Could not create spool directory '%s': %s" msgstr "無法建立暫存序列目錄「%s」：%s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:111 #, c-format msgid "Trying to movemail a non-mbox source '%s'" msgstr "正在嘗試移動非 mbox 來源「%s」的郵件" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:237 #, c-format msgid "Forwarded message - %s" msgstr "轉寄的郵件 - %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:239 msgid "Forwarded message" msgstr "轉寄的郵件" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:153 #, c-format msgid "Setting up Search Folder: %s" msgstr "設定搜尋資料夾： %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:306 #, c-format msgid "Updating Search Folders for '%s' - %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: The first %s is name of the affected #. * search folder(s), the second %s is the URI of the #. * removed folder. For more than one search folder is #. * each of them on a separate line, with four spaces #. * in front of its name, without quotes. #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:670 #, c-format msgid "" "The Search Folder \"%s\" has been modified to account for the deleted " "folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgid_plural "" "The following Search Folders\n" "%s have been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[0] "" "搜尋資料夾「%s」已經修改，因為它只用在剛剛刪除的資料夾\n" "「%s」。" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:116 ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:203 msgid "Open _Online Accounts" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:142 ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:229 msgid "This account was created through the Online Accounts service." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:690 msgid "_Restore Default" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:703 msgid "You can drag and drop account names to reorder them." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:746 msgid "De_fault" msgstr "預設值(_F)" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:85 #: ../modules/mail/em-composer-prefs.c:443 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:359 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:890 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "已啟用" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:109 msgid "Account Name" msgstr "帳號名稱" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:136 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:335 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:475 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3600 #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:49 msgid "Default" msgstr "預設值" #: ../mail/e-mail-autoconfig.c:578 msgid "No email address provided" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-autoconfig.c:587 msgid "Missing domain in email address" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-backend.c:754 msgid "Unknown background operation" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:129 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:860 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:867 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:874 msgid "Close this window" msgstr "關閉本視窗" #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:286 msgid "(No Subject)" msgstr "(沒有主旨)" #. GtkAssistant sinks the floating button reference. #: ../mail/e-mail-config-assistant.c:102 msgid "_Skip Lookup" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-assistant.c:562 msgid "Evolution Account Assistant" msgstr "Evolution 帳號助理" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-auth-check.c:352 msgid "Check for Supported Types" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-confirm-page.c:157 msgid "" "Congratulations, your mail configuration is complete.\n" "\n" "You are now ready to send and receive email using Evolution.\n" "\n" "Click \"Apply\" to save your settings." msgstr "" "恭喜你，郵件設定已經完成。\n" "\n" "你現在可以開始使用 Evolution 收發電子郵件。\n" "\n" "請按一下「套用」儲存設定。" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-confirm-page.c:169 msgid "Done" msgstr "完成" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:552 msgid "Special Folders" msgstr "特殊資料夾" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:561 msgid "Draft Messages _Folder:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:571 msgid "Choose a folder for saving draft messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:585 msgid "Sent _Messages Folder:" msgstr "傳送郵件資料夾(_M):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:595 msgid "Choose a folder for saving sent messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:614 msgid "S_ave replies in the folder of the message being replied to" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:631 msgid "_Restore Defaults" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:645 msgid "Use a Real Folder for _Trash:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:646 msgid "Choose a folder for deleted messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:655 msgid "Use a Real Folder for _Junk:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:656 msgid "Choose a folder for junk messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:673 msgid "Composing Messages" msgstr "正在編輯郵件" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:682 msgid "Alway_s carbon-copy (cc) to:" msgstr "一定寄送副本 (cc) 給(_S):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:707 msgid "Always _blind carbon-copy (bcc) to:" msgstr "一定寄送密件副本 (bcc) 給(_B):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:742 msgid "Message Receipts" msgstr "郵件回條" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:751 msgid "S_end message receipts:" msgstr "傳送郵件回條(_E):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:776 msgid "Never" msgstr "永不" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:782 msgid "Always" msgstr "永遠" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:788 msgid "Ask for each message" msgstr "每封郵件皆詢問" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:859 msgid "Defaults" msgstr "預設值" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:266 msgid "" "Please enter your name and email address below. The \"optional\" fields " "below do not need to be filled in, unless you wish to include this " "information in email you send." msgstr "請在下面輸入你的名稱及電郵地址。「選擇性」的欄位不一定要填，除非你希望在送出的郵件內包含這些資訊。" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:294 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:324 msgid "Account Information" msgstr "帳號資訊" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:303 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:333 msgid "" "Type the name by which you would like to refer to this account.\n" "For example, \"Work\" or \"Personal\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:348 msgid "Required Information" msgstr "必要的資訊" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:357 msgid "Full Nam_e:" msgstr "全名(_E):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:384 msgid "Email _Address:" msgstr "電子郵件位址(_A):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:431 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:26 msgid "Optional Information" msgstr "選擇性的資訊" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:440 msgid "Re_ply-To:" msgstr "回覆地址(_P):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:467 msgid "Or_ganization:" msgstr "團體(_G):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:522 msgid "Add Ne_w Signature..." msgstr "加入新的簽名檔(_W)…" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-lookup-page.c:68 msgid "Looking up account details..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:485 msgid "Checking for New Mail" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:501 msgid "Check for _new messages every" msgstr "自動檢查新郵件每(_N)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:700 msgid "Receiving Options" msgstr "接收選項" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-receiving-page.c:50 msgid "Receiving Email" msgstr "接收電子郵件" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:260 #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:266 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:24 #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:114 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:47 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:91 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:16 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:653 msgid "General" msgstr "一般" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:269 msgid "_Do not sign meeting requests (for Outlook compatibility)" msgstr "不簽署會議邀請 (兼容於 _Outlook)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:291 msgid "Pretty Good Privacy (OpenPGP)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:300 msgid "OpenPGP _Key ID:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:322 msgid "Si_gning algorithm:" msgstr "簽署演算法(_G):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:338 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:478 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:50 msgid "SHA1" msgstr "SHA1" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:341 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:481 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:51 msgid "SHA256" msgstr "SHA256" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:344 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:484 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:52 msgid "SHA384" msgstr "SHA384" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:347 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:487 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:53 msgid "SHA512" msgstr "SHA512" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:363 msgid "Al_ways sign outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "使用此帳號時一定在外送的郵件簽署(_W)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:375 msgid "Always encrypt to _myself when sending encrypted messages" msgstr "當傳送加密郵件時永遠自我加密(_M)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:387 msgid "Always _trust keys in my keyring when encrypting" msgstr "加密時永遠信任我的密碼匙圈裏的密碼匙(_T)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:411 msgid "Secure MIME (S/MIME)" msgstr "安全式 MIME (S/MIME)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:420 msgid "Sig_ning certificate:" msgstr "簽署證書(_N):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:444 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:550 msgid "Select" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:462 msgid "Signing _algorithm:" msgstr "簽署演算法(_A):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:503 msgid "Always sign outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:526 msgid "Encryption certificate:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:568 msgid "Always encrypt outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:588 msgid "Always encrypt to myself when sending encrypted messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-sending-page.c:50 msgid "Sending Email" msgstr "傳送電子郵件" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-service-page.c:640 msgid "Server _Type:" msgstr "伺服器類型(_T):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:142 msgid "SSL" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:145 msgid "TLS" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:307 msgid "" "This is a summary of the settings which will be used to access your mail." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:372 msgid "Personal Details" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:381 msgid "Full Name:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:395 msgid "Email Address:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:409 msgid "Receiving" msgstr "接收中" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:421 msgid "Sending" msgstr "傳送中" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:433 msgid "Server Type:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:454 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:608 msgid "Server:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:475 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:697 msgid "Username:" msgstr "使用者名稱：" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:496 msgid "Security:" msgstr "安全性:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:787 msgid "Account Summary" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-welcome-page.c:157 msgid "" "Welcome to the Evolution Mail Configuration Assistant.\n" "\n" "Click \"Continue\" to begin." msgstr "" "歡迎使用 Evolution 郵件組態助理。\n" "\n" "按一下「繼續」開始。" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-welcome-page.c:167 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-startup-assistant.c:152 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "歡迎使用" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-window.c:327 msgid "Account Editor" msgstr "帳號編輯器" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:96 msgid "_Add to Address Book..." msgstr "加入到通訊錄(_A)…" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:103 msgid "_To This Address" msgstr "到這個位址(_T)" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:110 msgid "_From This Address" msgstr "從這個位址(_F)" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:117 msgid "Send _Reply To..." msgstr "傳送回覆到(_R)…" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:119 msgid "Send a reply message to this address" msgstr "傳送回覆郵件到這個位址" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:126 msgid "Create Search _Folder" msgstr "建立搜尋資料夾(_F)" #. Label + combo box has a 12px left margin so it's #. * aligned with the junk mail options above it. #: ../mail/e-mail-junk-options.c:252 msgid "Junk filtering software:" msgstr "垃圾郵件過濾軟件：" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-dialog.c:225 msgid "_Label name:" msgstr "標籤名稱(_L):" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:57 msgid "I_mportant" msgstr "重要(_M)" #. red #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:58 msgid "_Work" msgstr "工作(_W)" #. orange #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:59 msgid "_Personal" msgstr "個人(_P)" #. green #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:60 msgid "_To Do" msgstr "待辦事項(_T)" #. blue #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:61 msgid "_Later" msgstr "稍後(_L)" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:170 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1030 msgid "Add Label" msgstr "加入標籤" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:221 msgid "Edit Label" msgstr "編輯標籤" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:353 msgid "" "Note: Underscore in the label name is used\n" "as mnemonic identifier in menu." msgstr "" "注意：在標籤名稱中的底線是用來\n" "標記選單中的捷徑鍵。" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-tree-view.c:89 msgid "Color" msgstr "顏色" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:167 msgid "Move selected headers to top" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:172 msgid "Move selected headers up one row" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:177 msgid "Move selected headers down one row" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:182 msgid "Move selected headers to bottom" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:187 msgid "Select all headers" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:206 msgid "Header Name" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:215 msgid "Header Value" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-printer.c:125 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:101 msgid "Headers" msgstr "檔頭" #: ../mail/e-mail-printer.c:167 #, c-format msgid "Page %d of %d" msgstr "第 %d / %d 頁" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:351 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:12 msgid "Copy to Folder" msgstr "複製至資料夾" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:351 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:518 msgid "C_opy" msgstr "複製(_O)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:851 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:54 msgid "Move to Folder" msgstr "移至資料夾" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:851 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:518 msgid "_Move" msgstr "移動(_M)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1177 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1389 #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1429 msgid "_Do not ask me again." msgstr "不要再詢問我(_D)。" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1435 msgid "_Always ignore Reply-To: for mailing lists." msgstr "永遠忽略通信論壇的回覆欄位(_A)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1637 msgid "Failed to retrieve message:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1677 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2842 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving message '%s'" msgstr "正在取回郵件「%s」" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1865 msgid "A_dd Sender to Address Book" msgstr "加入寄件者到目錄服務(_D)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1867 msgid "Add sender to address book" msgstr "新增寄件者至通訊錄" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1872 msgid "Check for _Junk" msgstr "檢查垃圾郵件(_J)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1874 msgid "Filter the selected messages for junk status" msgstr "篩選所選信件的垃圾郵件狀態" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1879 msgid "_Copy to Folder..." msgstr "複製至資料夾(_C)…" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1881 msgid "Copy selected messages to another folder" msgstr "複製已選定的郵件到另一個資料夾" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1886 msgid "_Delete Message" msgstr "刪除郵件(_D)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1888 msgid "Mark the selected messages for deletion" msgstr "將選定的郵件標示成要刪除" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1893 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for Mailing _List..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1895 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages to this mailing list" msgstr "為這個通信論壇建立過濾器規則" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1900 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for _Recipients..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1902 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages to these recipients" msgstr "為這些收件者建立過濾器規則" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1907 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for Se_nder..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1909 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages from this sender" msgstr "為這個寄件者建立過濾器規則" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1914 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for _Subject..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1916 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages with this subject" msgstr "為這個主旨建立過濾器規則" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1921 msgid "A_pply Filters" msgstr "套用過濾器(_P)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1923 msgid "Apply filter rules to the selected messages" msgstr "套用過濾器規則於所選定的郵件" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1928 msgid "_Find in Message..." msgstr "在郵件內尋找(_F)…" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1930 msgid "Search for text in the body of the displayed message" msgstr "搜尋顯示的郵件本文中的文字" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1935 msgid "_Clear Flag" msgstr "清除標幟(_C)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1937 msgid "Remove the follow-up flag from the selected messages" msgstr "移除選取郵件的跟隨旗標" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1942 msgid "_Flag Completed" msgstr "標記為已完成(_F)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1944 msgid "Set the follow-up flag to completed on the selected messages" msgstr "將已選取郵件的跟隨旗標設為已完成" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1949 msgid "Follow _Up..." msgstr "跟隨(_U)…" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1951 msgid "Flag the selected messages for follow-up" msgstr "將選定的郵件加上跟隨旗標" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1956 msgid "_Attached" msgstr "附件(_A)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1958 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1965 msgid "Forward the selected message to someone as an attachment" msgstr "將選定的郵件以附件形式轉寄給某人" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1963 msgid "Forward As _Attached" msgstr "以附件轉寄(_A)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1970 msgid "_Inline" msgstr "行內(_I)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1972 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1979 msgid "Forward the selected message in the body of a new message" msgstr "將需要轉寄的郵件夾附於新郵件的內文中" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1977 msgid "Forward As _Inline" msgstr "以行內轉寄(_I)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1984 msgid "_Quoted" msgstr "引文(_Q)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1986 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1993 msgid "Forward the selected message quoted like a reply" msgstr "將需要轉寄的郵件以回覆郵件方式寄出" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1991 msgid "Forward As _Quoted" msgstr "以引文轉寄(_Q)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1998 msgid "_Load Images" msgstr "載入圖片(_L)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2000 msgid "Force images in HTML mail to be loaded" msgstr "閱讀 HTML 格式的郵件時強迫載入圖片" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2005 msgid "_Important" msgstr "重要(_I)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2007 msgid "Mark the selected messages as important" msgstr "將選定的郵件標示成重要" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2012 msgid "_Junk" msgstr "垃圾郵件(_J)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2014 msgid "Mark the selected messages as junk" msgstr "將選定的郵件標示成垃圾郵件" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2019 msgid "_Not Junk" msgstr "不是垃圾郵件(_N)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2021 msgid "Mark the selected messages as not being junk" msgstr "將選取的郵件標示成不是垃圾郵件" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2026 msgid "_Read" msgstr "已閱讀(_R)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2028 msgid "Mark the selected messages as having been read" msgstr "將選定的郵件標示成已經閱讀" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2033 msgid "Uni_mportant" msgstr "不重要(_M)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2035 msgid "Mark the selected messages as unimportant" msgstr "將選定的郵件標示成不重要" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2040 msgid "_Unread" msgstr "未閱讀(_U)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2042 msgid "Mark the selected messages as not having been read" msgstr "將選定的郵件標示成未閱讀" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2047 msgid "_Edit as New Message..." msgstr "編輯為新郵件(_E)…" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2049 msgid "Open the selected messages in the composer for editing" msgstr "在撰寫視窗開啟選取的郵件以便編輯" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2054 msgid "Compose _New Message" msgstr "撰寫新郵件(_N)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2056 msgid "Open a window for composing a mail message" msgstr "開啟視窗以便撰寫郵件" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2061 msgid "_Open in New Window" msgstr "在新視窗開啟(_O)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2063 msgid "Open the selected messages in a new window" msgstr "使用新視窗開啟選定的郵件" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2068 msgid "_Move to Folder..." msgstr "移至資料夾(_M)…" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2070 msgid "Move selected messages to another folder" msgstr "將選定的郵件移至另一個資料夾" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2075 msgid "_Next Message" msgstr "下一封郵件(_N)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2077 msgid "Display the next message" msgstr "顯示下一封郵件" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2082 msgid "Next _Important Message" msgstr "下一封重要郵件(_I)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2084 msgid "Display the next important message" msgstr "顯示下一封重要的郵件" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2089 msgid "Next _Thread" msgstr "下一封相關郵件(_T)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2091 msgid "Display the next thread" msgstr "顯示下一封相關郵件" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2096 msgid "Next _Unread Message" msgstr "下一封未閱讀的郵件(_U)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2098 msgid "Display the next unread message" msgstr "顯示下一封未閱讀的郵件" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2103 msgid "_Previous Message" msgstr "上一封郵件(_P)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2105 msgid "Display the previous message" msgstr "顯示上一封郵件" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2110 msgid "Pr_evious Important Message" msgstr "上一封重要郵件(_E)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2112 msgid "Display the previous important message" msgstr "顯示上一封重要的郵件" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2117 msgid "Previous T_hread" msgstr "上一封相關郵件(_H)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2119 msgid "Display the previous thread" msgstr "顯示上一封相關郵件" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2124 msgid "P_revious Unread Message" msgstr "上一封未閱讀的郵件(_R)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2126 msgid "Display the previous unread message" msgstr "顯示上一封未閱讀的郵件" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2133 msgid "Print this message" msgstr "打印郵件" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2140 msgid "Preview the message to be printed" msgstr "預覽需要打印的郵件" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2145 msgid "Re_direct" msgstr "重新導向(_D)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2147 msgid "Redirect (bounce) the selected message to someone" msgstr "將選定的郵件重新導向給某人" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2152 msgid "Remo_ve Attachments" msgstr "移除附件(_V)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2154 msgid "Remove attachments" msgstr "移除附件" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2159 msgid "Remove Du_plicate Messages" msgstr "移除重複的郵件(_P)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2161 msgid "Checks selected messages for duplicates" msgstr "檢查選取的郵件是否有重複" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2166 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:27 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1547 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:214 msgid "Reply to _All" msgstr "回覆所有人(_A)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2168 msgid "Compose a reply to all the recipients of the selected message" msgstr "撰寫回郵給已選取郵件的全部收件者" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2173 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:25 msgid "Reply to _List" msgstr "回覆至清單(_L)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2175 msgid "Compose a reply to the mailing list of the selected message" msgstr "撰寫回郵給所選定郵件的通信論壇" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2180 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:221 msgid "_Reply to Sender" msgstr "回覆寄件者(_R)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2182 msgid "Compose a reply to the sender of the selected message" msgstr "撰寫回郵給所選定的郵件的寄件者" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2187 msgid "_Save as mbox..." msgstr "儲存成 mbox(_S)…" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2189 msgid "Save selected messages as an mbox file" msgstr "將選定的郵件另存成 mbox 檔案" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2194 msgid "_Message Source" msgstr "郵件來源(_M)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2196 msgid "Show the raw email source of the message" msgstr "顯示郵件原始檔" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2208 msgid "_Undelete Message" msgstr "復原刪除郵件(_U)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2210 msgid "Undelete the selected messages" msgstr "取消刪除選定的郵件" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2215 msgid "_Normal Size" msgstr "正常大小(_N)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2217 msgid "Reset the text to its original size" msgstr "重設文字為原始大小" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2222 msgid "_Zoom In" msgstr "拉近(_Z)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2224 msgid "Increase the text size" msgstr "將文字放大" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2229 msgid "Zoom _Out" msgstr "拉遠(_O)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2231 msgid "Decrease the text size" msgstr "將文字縮小" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2238 msgid "Cre_ate" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2245 msgid "Ch_aracter Encoding" msgstr "字符編碼(_A)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2252 msgid "F_orward As" msgstr "轉寄為(_O)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2259 msgid "_Group Reply" msgstr "羣組回覆(_G)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2266 msgid "_Go To" msgstr "移至(_G)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2273 msgid "Mar_k As" msgstr "標示成(_K)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2280 msgid "_Message" msgstr "郵件(_M)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2287 msgid "_Zoom" msgstr "縮放(_Z)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2297 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Mailing _List..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2299 msgid "Create a search folder for this mailing list" msgstr "為這個通信論壇建立一個搜尋資料夾" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2304 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Recipien_ts..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2306 msgid "Create a search folder for these recipients" msgstr "為這些收件者建立一個搜尋資料夾" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2311 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Sen_der..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2313 msgid "Create a search folder for this sender" msgstr "為這個寄件者建立一個搜尋資料夾" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2318 msgid "Create a Search Folder from S_ubject..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2320 msgid "Create a search folder for this subject" msgstr "為這個主旨建立一個搜尋資料夾" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2343 msgid "Mark for Follo_w Up..." msgstr "標示為跟隨(_W)…" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2351 msgid "Mark as _Important" msgstr "標示成重要(_I)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2355 msgid "Mark as _Junk" msgstr "標示成垃圾郵件(_J)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2359 msgid "Mark as _Not Junk" msgstr "標示成非垃圾郵件(_N)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2363 msgid "Mar_k as Read" msgstr "標示成已閱讀(_K)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2367 msgid "Mark as Uni_mportant" msgstr "標示成不重要(_M)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2371 msgid "Mark as _Unread" msgstr "標示成未閱讀(_U)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2415 msgid "_Caret Mode" msgstr "漏字模式(_C)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2417 msgid "Show a blinking cursor in the body of displayed messages" msgstr "在顯示的郵件內文中顯示閃爍游標" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2423 msgid "All Message _Headers" msgstr "所有郵件檔頭(_H)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2425 msgid "Show messages with all email headers" msgstr "顯示郵件及詳細檔頭" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2848 msgid "Retrieving message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3770 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:207 msgid "_Forward" msgstr "轉寄(_F)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3771 msgid "Forward the selected message to someone" msgstr "將選定的郵件轉寄給某人" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3790 msgid "Group Reply" msgstr "羣組回覆" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3791 msgid "Reply to the mailing list, or to all recipients" msgstr "回覆給通信論壇，或是給所有的收件者" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3857 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:15 msgid "Delete" msgstr "刪除" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3869 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1372 msgid "Next" msgstr "下一個" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3873 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1365 msgid "Previous" msgstr "上一個" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3882 ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:15 msgid "Reply" msgstr "回覆" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:151 msgid "Do not warn me again" msgstr "不要再警告我" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:976 msgid "Printing" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a folder #. * name %u with count of duplicate messages. #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:1211 #, c-format msgid "" "Folder '%s' contains %u duplicate message. Are you sure you want to delete " "it?" msgid_plural "" "Folder '%s' contains %u duplicate messages. Are you sure you want to delete " "them?" msgstr[0] "資料夾「%s」包含 %u 封重複的郵件。你確定要刪除它？" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2026 msgid "Save Message" msgid_plural "Save Messages" msgstr[0] "儲存郵件" #. Translators: This is part of a suggested file name #. * used when saving a message or multiple messages to #. * mbox format, when the first message doesn't have a #. * subject. The extension ".mbox" is appended to the #. * string; for example "Message.mbox". #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2047 msgid "Message" msgid_plural "Messages" msgstr[0] "郵件" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2416 msgid "Parsing message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-request.c:197 msgid "The message has no text content." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-tag-editor.c:238 msgid "Flag to Follow Up" msgstr "要跟隨的標幟" #. Note to translators: this is the attribution string used #. * when quoting messages. Each ${Variable} gets replaced #. * with a value. To see a full list of available variables, #. * see mail/em-composer-utils.c:attribvars array. #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1372 msgid "" "On ${AbbrevWeekdayName}, ${Year}-${Month}-${Day} at ${24Hour}:${Minute} " "${TimeZone}, ${Sender} wrote:" msgstr "" "於 ${AbbrevWeekdayName}，${Year}-${Month}-${Day} 於 ${24Hour}:${Minute} " "${TimeZone}，${Sender} 提到：" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1378 msgid "-------- Forwarded Message --------" msgstr "-------- 轉遞的郵件 --------" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1383 msgid "-----Original Message-----" msgstr "-----原始郵件-----" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:2528 msgid "an unknown sender" msgstr "不明的寄件者" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:2949 msgid "Posting destination" msgstr "張貼的目的端" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:2950 msgid "Choose folders to post the message to." msgstr "選取資料夾來張貼郵件。" #: ../mail/em-filter-editor-folder-element.c:157 msgid "Select Folder" msgstr "選擇資料夾" #. Automatically generated. Do not edit. #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:2 msgid "Adjust Score" msgstr "調整目標" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:3 msgid "Any header" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:4 msgid "Assign Color" msgstr "指定色彩" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:5 msgid "Assign Score" msgstr "指定目標" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:7 msgid "BCC" msgstr "密件副本(BCC)" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:8 msgid "Beep" msgstr "嗶聲" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:9 msgid "CC" msgstr "副本(CC)" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:10 msgid "Completed On" msgstr "已完成於" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:13 msgid "Date received" msgstr "收件日期" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:14 msgid "Date sent" msgstr "送件日期" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:16 msgid "Deleted" msgstr "已刪除" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:18 msgid "does not end with" msgstr "不是以此結束" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:19 msgid "does not exist" msgstr "不存在" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:20 msgid "does not have words" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:21 msgid "does not return" msgstr "沒有傳回" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:22 msgid "does not sound like" msgstr "不類似" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:23 msgid "does not start with" msgstr "不是以此開始" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:25 msgid "Draft" msgstr "草稿" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:26 msgid "ends with" msgstr "以此終結" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:28 msgid "exists" msgstr "存在" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:29 msgid "Expression" msgstr "詞句" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:30 msgid "Follow Up" msgstr "跟隨" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:31 msgid "Forward to" msgstr "轉寄至" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:32 msgid "has words" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:33 msgid "Important" msgstr "重要" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:35 msgid "is after" msgstr "是之後的" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:36 msgid "is before" msgstr "是之前的" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:37 msgid "is Flagged" msgstr "有標幟" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:41 msgid "is not Flagged" msgstr "沒有標幟" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:42 msgid "is not set" msgstr "未設定" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:43 msgid "is set" msgstr "設定" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:44 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:108 msgid "Junk" msgstr "垃圾郵件" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:45 msgid "Junk Test" msgstr "垃圾郵件測試" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:46 msgid "Label" msgstr "標籤" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:47 msgid "Mailing list" msgstr "郵件列表" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:48 msgid "Match All" msgstr "符合全部" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:49 msgid "Message Body" msgstr "郵件內容" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:50 msgid "Message Header" msgstr "郵件檔頭" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:51 msgid "Message is Junk" msgstr "垃圾郵件" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:52 msgid "Message is not Junk" msgstr "非垃圾郵件" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:53 msgid "Message Location" msgstr "郵件位置" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:55 msgid "Pipe to Program" msgstr "建立程式管道" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:56 msgid "Play Sound" msgstr "播放音效" #. Past tense, as in "has been read". #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:57 ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:14 msgid "Read" msgstr "已讀" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:58 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:16 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "收件者" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:59 msgid "Regex Match" msgstr "正規表示式相配" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:60 msgid "Replied to" msgstr "回覆" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:61 msgid "returns" msgstr "傳回" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:62 msgid "returns greater than" msgstr "傳回大於" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:63 msgid "returns less than" msgstr "傳回小於" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:64 msgid "Run Program" msgstr "執行程式" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:65 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:3 msgid "Score" msgstr "分數" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:66 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:15 msgid "Sender" msgstr "寄件者" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:67 msgid "Sender or Recipients" msgstr "寄件者或收件者" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:68 msgid "Set Label" msgstr "設定標籤" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:69 msgid "Set Status" msgstr "設定狀態" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:70 msgid "Size (kB)" msgstr "大小 (kB)" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:71 msgid "sounds like" msgstr "類似" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:72 msgid "Source Account" msgstr "來源帳號" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:73 msgid "Specific header" msgstr "指定檔頭" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:74 msgid "starts with" msgstr "以此開始" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:76 msgid "Stop Processing" msgstr "停止處理" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:79 msgid "Unset Color" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:80 msgid "Unset Status" msgstr "取消設定狀態" #. and now for the action area #: ../mail/em-filter-rule.c:583 msgid "Then" msgstr "接着根據" #: ../mail/em-filter-rule.c:648 msgid "Add Ac_tion" msgstr "加入動作(_T)" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:145 msgid "Unread messages:" msgid_plural "Unread messages:" msgstr[0] "未讀郵件:" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:156 msgid "Total messages:" msgid_plural "Total messages:" msgstr[0] "所有郵件:" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:177 #, c-format msgid "Quota usage (%s):" msgstr "配額使用量 (%s):" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:179 #, c-format msgid "Quota usage" msgstr "限制用量" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:347 msgid "Folder Properties" msgstr "資料夾內容" #: ../mail/em-folder-selection-button.c:80 msgid "" msgstr "<按這裏選擇資料夾>" #: ../mail/em-folder-selector.c:390 msgid "C_reate" msgstr "建立(_R)" #: ../mail/em-folder-selector.c:396 msgid "Folder _name:" msgstr "資料夾名稱(_N):" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:644 msgid "Folder names cannot contain '/'" msgstr "資料夾名稱不能包含斜線。" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:781 #, c-format msgctxt "folder-display" msgid "%s (%u%s)" msgstr "%s (%u%s)" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:1609 msgid "Mail Folder Tree" msgstr "郵件資料夾樹" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2179 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:112 #, c-format msgid "Moving folder %s" msgstr "正在移動資料夾 %s" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2182 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Copying folder %s" msgstr "正在複製資料夾 %s" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2189 ../mail/message-list.c:2280 #, c-format msgid "Moving messages into folder %s" msgstr "正在將郵件移至資料夾 %s" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2193 ../mail/message-list.c:2282 #, c-format msgid "Copying messages into folder %s" msgstr "正在複製郵件至資料夾 %s" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2212 #, c-format msgid "Cannot drop message(s) into toplevel store" msgstr "無法將郵件拖放到最上層的儲存區" #. UNMATCHED is always last. #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:176 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:178 msgid "UNMATCHED" msgstr "不符合" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:873 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:1170 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "載入中…" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:519 msgid "Move Folder To" msgstr "移動資料夾到" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:519 msgid "Copy Folder To" msgstr "複製資料夾到" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:617 msgid "Create Folder" msgstr "建立資料夾" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:618 msgid "Specify where to create the folder:" msgstr "指定要建立資料夾的位置：" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:867 msgid "_Subscribe" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:876 msgid "Su_bscribe To Shown" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:884 msgid "Subscribe To _All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:981 ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1875 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1641 msgid "_Unsubscribe" msgstr "取消訂閱(_U)" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:990 msgid "Unsu_bscribe From Hidden" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:998 msgid "Unsubscribe From _All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1712 msgid "Folder Subscriptions" msgstr "資料夾訂閱" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1751 msgid "_Account:" msgstr "帳號(_A):" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1764 msgid "Clear Search" msgstr "清除搜尋" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1781 msgid "Sho_w items that contain:" msgstr "顯示項目包含(_W):" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1828 msgid "Subscribe to the selected folder" msgstr "訂閱選取的資料夾" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1829 msgid "Su_bscribe" msgstr "訂閱(_B)" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1874 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1643 msgid "Unsubscribe from the selected folder" msgstr "取消訂閱選取的資料夾" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1914 msgid "Collapse all folders" msgstr "收摺所有的資料夾" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1915 msgid "C_ollapse All" msgstr "全部收摺(_O)" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1925 msgid "Expand all folders" msgstr "展開所有的資料夾" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1926 msgid "E_xpand All" msgstr "全部展開(_X)" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1936 msgid "Refresh the folder list" msgstr "重新整理資料夾清單" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1948 msgid "Stop the current operation" msgstr "停止目前的操作" #. Translators: This message is shown only for ten or more #. * messages to be opened. The %d is replaced with the actual #. * count of messages. If you need a '%' in your text, then #. * write it doubled, like '%%'. #: ../mail/em-utils.c:86 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to open %d message at once?" msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to open %d messages at once?" msgstr[0] "你確定要一次開啟 %d 封郵件？" #: ../mail/em-utils.c:142 #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:150 msgid "_Do not show this message again" msgstr "不要再顯示這個訊息(_D)" #: ../mail/em-utils.c:252 msgid "Message Filters" msgstr "郵件規則" #: ../mail/em-utils.c:982 #, c-format msgid "Messages from %s" msgstr "來自 %s 的郵件" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor.c:105 msgid "Search _Folders" msgstr "搜尋資料夾(_F)" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:397 msgid "Add Folder" msgstr "加入資料夾" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:523 msgid "Search Folder Sources" msgstr "搜尋資料夾來源" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:555 msgid "Automatically update on any _source folder change" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:567 msgid "All local folders" msgstr "所有本地端資料夾" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:568 msgid "All active remote folders" msgstr "所有可用的遠端資料夾" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:569 msgid "All local and active remote folders" msgstr "所有本地端及可用的遠端資料夾" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:570 msgid "Specific folders" msgstr "指定的資料夾" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:608 msgid "include subfolders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:178 msgid "Importing Elm data" msgstr "輸入 Elm 資料" #: ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:378 msgid "Evolution Elm importer" msgstr "Evolution Elm 輸入器" #: ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:379 msgid "Import mail from Elm." msgstr "從 Elm 匯入郵件。" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:140 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:250 msgid "_Destination folder:" msgstr "目的端資料夾(_D):" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:146 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:256 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:545 msgid "Select folder" msgstr "選擇資料夾" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:147 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:257 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:546 msgid "Select folder to import into" msgstr "選取資料夾來輸入" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:437 msgctxt "mboxImp" msgid "Subject" msgstr "主旨" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:442 msgctxt "mboxImp" msgid "From" msgstr "寄件者" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:486 #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:172 msgid "Berkeley Mailbox (mbox)" msgstr "Berkeley 郵件信箱 (mbox)" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:487 msgid "Importer Berkeley Mailbox format folders" msgstr "匯入 Berkeley 郵件信箱格式資料夾" #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:63 msgid "Importing mailbox" msgstr "正在匯入信箱" #. Destination folder, was set in our widget #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:153 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:612 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Importing '%s'" msgstr "正在匯入「%s」" #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:316 #, c-format msgid "Scanning %s" msgstr "掃描 %s" #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:252 msgid "Importing Pine data" msgstr "輸入管道資料" #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:479 msgid "Evolution Pine importer" msgstr "Evolution 管道輸入器" #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:480 msgid "Import mail from Pine." msgstr "從 Pine 匯入郵件。" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:70 #, c-format msgid "Mail to %s" msgstr "郵件送到 %s" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:226 ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:269 #, c-format msgid "Mail from %s" msgstr "郵件來自 %s" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:252 #, c-format msgid "Subject is %s" msgstr "主旨是 %s" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:293 #, c-format msgid "%s mailing list" msgstr "%s 郵件列表" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:403 msgid "Add Filter Rule" msgstr "新增過濾器規則" #. Translators: The first %s is name of the affected #. * filter rule(s), the second %s is URI of the removed #. * folder. For more than one filter rule is each of #. * them on a separate line, with four spaces in front #. * of its name, without quotes. #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:512 #, c-format msgid "" "The filter rule \"%s\" has been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgid_plural "" "The following filter rules\n" "%s have been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[0] "" "過濾器規則「%s」已經修改，因為它只用在剛剛刪除的資料夾\n" "「%s」。" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:1 msgid "Set custom junk header" msgstr "設定自選垃圾郵件檔頭" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:2 msgid "" "All new emails with header that matches given content will be automatically " "filtered as junk" msgstr "所有新郵件的檔頭符合指定聯絡人的都會自動過濾為垃圾郵件" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:3 msgid "Header name" msgstr "檔頭名稱" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:4 msgid "Header content" msgstr "檔頭內容" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:5 msgid "Default Behavior" msgstr "預設行為" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:6 msgid "For_mat messages in HTML" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:7 msgid "Automatically insert _emoticon images" msgstr "自動插入表情符號(_E)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:8 msgid "Always request rea_d receipt" msgstr "永遠要求讀信回條(_D)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:9 msgid "Encode filenames in an _Outlook/GMail way" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:10 msgid "Ch_aracter encoding:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:11 msgid "Replies and Forwards" msgstr "回覆和轉寄" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:12 msgid "_Reply style:" msgstr "回覆方式(_R):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:13 msgid "_Forward style:" msgstr "轉寄方式(_F):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:14 msgid "Start _typing at the bottom on replying" msgstr "回覆時從底部開始輸入(_T)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:15 msgid "_Keep signature above the original message on replying" msgstr "回信時保留原始郵件的簽署(_K)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:16 msgid "Ig_nore Reply-To: for mailing lists" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:17 msgid "Gro_up Reply goes only to mailing list, if possible" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:18 msgid "Digitally _sign messages when original message signed (PGP or S/MIME)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:19 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Attachment" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:20 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Inline (Outlook style)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:21 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Quoted" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:22 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Do Not Quote" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:23 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Inline" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:25 msgid "Sig_natures" msgstr "簽名檔(_N)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:26 msgid "Signatures" msgstr "簽名檔" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:27 msgid "_Languages" msgstr "語言(_L)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:28 msgid "Languages Table" msgstr "語言表" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:29 msgid "" "The list of languages here reflects only the languages for which you have a " "dictionary installed." msgstr "這裏的語言清單只反映出已經安裝字典的語言。" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:31 msgid "Check spelling while I _type" msgstr "當我輸入時檢查拼字(_T)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:32 msgid "Color for _misspelled words:" msgstr "拼錯字的顏色(_M):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:33 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:58 msgid "Pick a color" msgstr "挑選顏色" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:34 msgid "Spell Checking" msgstr "拼字檢查" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:35 msgid "" "To help avoid email accidents and embarrassments, ask for confirmation " "before taking the following checkmarked actions:" msgstr "要避免電子郵件出現意外或令人難堪的情況，在進行下列已核取動作時詢問使用者以取得確認：" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:37 msgid "Sending a message with an _empty subject line" msgstr "傳送沒有主旨的郵件(_E)" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:39 msgid "Sending a message with only _Bcc recipients defined" msgstr "傳送只有指定密件副本收件者的郵件(_B)" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:41 msgid "Sending a _private reply to a mailing list message" msgstr "傳送私人回覆到通信論壇(_P)" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:43 msgid "Sending a reply to a large _number of recipients" msgstr "傳送有大量收件者的郵件(_N)" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:45 msgid "Allowing a _mailing list to redirect a private reply to the list" msgstr "允許當通信論壇將私人回覆導回論壇(_M)" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:47 msgid "Sending a message with _recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "傳送給沒有輸入有效電子郵件地址的收件者(_R)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:48 msgid "Confirmations" msgstr "確認" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:54 ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:1 msgid "a" msgstr "a" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:55 ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:2 msgid "b" msgstr "b" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:56 msgid "Proxy Settings" msgstr "代理伺服器設定值" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:57 msgid "_Use system defaults" msgstr "使用系統預設值(_U)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:58 msgid "_Direct connection to the Internet" msgstr "直接連線到互聯網(_D)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:59 msgid "_Manual proxy configuration:" msgstr "手動代理伺服器組態(_M):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:60 msgid "H_TTP Proxy:" msgstr "H_TTP 代理伺服器:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:61 msgid "_Secure HTTP Proxy:" msgstr "安全 HTTP 代理伺服器(_S):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:62 msgid "SOC_KS Proxy:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:63 msgid "No _Proxy for:" msgstr "沒有代理伺服器給(_P):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:64 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:614 msgid "Port:" msgstr "連接埠:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:65 msgid "Use Authe_ntication" msgstr "使用驗證(_N)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:66 msgid "Us_ername:" msgstr "使用者名稱(_E):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:67 msgid "Pass_word:" msgstr "密碼(_W):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:68 msgid "Start up" msgstr "啟動" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:69 msgid "Check for new _messages on start" msgstr "啟動時檢查新郵件(_M)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:70 msgid "Check for new messa_ges in all active accounts" msgstr "檢查所有使用中帳號的新郵件(_G)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:71 msgid "Message Display" msgstr "郵件顯示" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:72 msgid "_Use the same fonts as other applications" msgstr "使用與其他應用程式相同的字型(_U)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:73 msgid "S_tandard Font:" msgstr "標準字型(_T):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:74 msgid "Select HTML fixed width font" msgstr "選擇 HTML 固定闊度字型" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:75 msgid "Select HTML variable width font" msgstr "選擇 HTML 可變闊度字型" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:76 msgid "Fix_ed Width Font:" msgstr "固定闊度字型(_E):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:77 msgid "_Mark messages as read after" msgstr "標示郵件為已閱讀於(_M)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:79 msgid "Highlight _quotations with" msgstr "強調引文為(_Q)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:80 msgid "color" msgstr "色彩" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:81 msgid "Default character e_ncoding:" msgstr "預設字符編碼(_N):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:82 msgid "Apply the same _view settings to all folders" msgstr "在所有資料夾套用相同的檢視設定值(_V)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:83 msgid "F_all back to threading messages by subject" msgstr "退回到根據主旨的相關郵件(_A)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:84 msgid "Delete Mail" msgstr "刪除郵件" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:85 msgid "Empty _trash folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:86 msgid "Confirm _when expunging a folder" msgstr "刪除資料夾時確認(_W)" #. If enabled, show animation; if disabled, only display a static image without any animation #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:88 msgid "_Show animated images" msgstr "播放動畫圖片(_S)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:89 msgid "_Prompt on sending HTML mail to contacts that do not want them" msgstr "當傳送 HTML 郵件給不想收到這類郵件的聯絡人時顯示提示(_P)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:90 msgid "Loading Images" msgstr "正在載入圖片" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:91 msgid "_Never load images from the Internet" msgstr "一定不自網絡下載圖片(_N)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:92 msgid "_Load images only in messages from contacts" msgstr "只載入由聯絡人寄出郵件中的圖片(_L)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:93 msgid "_Always load images from the Internet" msgstr "一定自網絡下載圖片(_A)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:94 msgid "HTML Messages" msgstr "HTML 郵件" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:95 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:19 msgid "Labels" msgstr "標籤" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:96 msgid "Sender Photograph" msgstr "寄件者相片" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:97 msgid "_Show the photograph of sender in the message preview" msgstr "在郵件預覽顯示寄件者相片(_S)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:98 msgid "Displayed Message Headers" msgstr "顯示的郵件檔頭" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:99 msgid "Mail Headers Table" msgstr "郵件檔頭表" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:100 #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:117 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:54 msgid "Date/Time Format" msgstr "日期/時刻格式" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:102 msgid "Check incoming _messages for junk" msgstr "檢查內送郵件是否為垃圾郵件(_M)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:103 msgid "_Delete junk messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:104 msgid "Check cu_stom headers for junk" msgstr "以自選標頭檢查垃圾郵件(_S)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:105 msgid "Do not mar_k messages as junk if sender is in my address book" msgstr "若寄件者在我的通訊錄中就不要將郵件標記為垃圾郵件(_K)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:106 msgid "_Lookup in local address book only" msgstr "只在本地通訊錄查詢(_L)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:107 msgid "Option is ignored if a match for custom junk headers is found." msgstr "如果找到符合的自選垃圾郵件標頭這個選項就會被忽略。" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:109 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:225 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:159 msgid "No encryption" msgstr "沒有加密" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:110 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "TLS 加密" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:111 msgid "SSL encryption" msgstr "SSL 加密" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:1 msgid "" "The messages you have selected for follow up are listed below.\n" "Please select a follow up action from the \"Flag\" menu." msgstr "" "你選擇要跟隨的郵件已在下面列出。\n" "請從「標幟」選單中選擇跟隨的動作。" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:3 msgid "_Flag:" msgstr "標幟(_F):" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:4 msgid "_Due By:" msgstr "到期於(_D):" #. Translators: Flag Completed #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:6 msgid "Co_mpleted" msgstr "已完成(_M)" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:7 msgid "Call" msgstr "原始位置" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:8 msgid "Do Not Forward" msgstr "不要轉寄" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:9 msgid "Follow-Up" msgstr "跟隨" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:10 msgid "For Your Information" msgstr "給你的資訊" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:11 msgid "Forward" msgstr "轉寄" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:12 msgid "No Response Necessary" msgstr "不需要回應" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:16 msgid "Reply to All" msgstr "回覆全部" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:17 msgid "Review" msgstr "檢閱" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:18 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "授權合約" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:19 msgid "_Tick this to accept the license agreement" msgstr "選取此項來接受授權合約(_T)" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:20 msgid "_Accept License" msgstr "接受授權(_A)" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:21 msgid "Security Information" msgstr "保全性資訊" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:22 msgid "Digital Signature" msgstr "數碼簽署" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:23 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "加密" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Invalid authentication" msgstr "無效的驗證" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This server does not support this type of authentication and may not support " "authentication at all." msgstr "此伺服器不支援此驗證類型而且根本不支援驗證。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Your login to your server \"{0}\" as \"{0}\" failed." msgstr "你登入伺服器「{0}」的帳號為「{0}」，但失敗了。" # (Abel) 鍵盤的鍵最好不譯了 #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly. Remember that many " "passwords are case sensitive; your caps lock might be on." msgstr "請檢查密碼拼字是否正確。請注意，很多密碼區分大小寫；你可能按了 Caps Lock。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message in HTML format?" msgstr "要傳送 HTML 格式的郵件?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Please make sure the following recipients are willing and able to receive " "HTML email:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" "請確定以下收件者希望並且可以接收 HTML 電子郵件：\n" "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message without a subject?" msgstr "要傳送沒有主旨的郵件？" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:10 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful Subject line to your messages will give your recipients " "an idea of what your mail is about." msgstr "為郵件加上有意義的主旨，可以讓收件者知道你的郵件和什麼事有關。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with only BCC recipients?" msgstr "要傳送只有密件副本收件者的郵件?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "The contact list you are sending to is configured to hide list recipients.\n" "\n" "Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients in " "your message. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: " "recipient. " msgstr "" "傳送的聯絡人清單是設定成隱藏清單收件者。\n" "\n" "很多電子郵件系統會新增 Apparently-To " "檔頭至只有密件副本收件者的郵件。如果新增此檔頭，會列示郵件中所有的收件者。要避免此情況，你應該至少新增一個「收件者：」或「副本：」收件者。 " #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients to " "your message anyway. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: " "recipient." msgstr "" "很多電子郵件系統會新增 Apparently-To " "檔頭至只有密件副本收件者的郵件。如果加入了此檔頭，會永遠列示郵件中所有的收件者。要避免此情況，應該至少新增一個「收件者：」或「副本：」收件者。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with invalid address?" msgstr "要傳送電子郵件位址無效的郵件?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "The following recipient was not recognized as a valid mail address:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" "下列收件者無法辨認為有效的電子郵件地址：\n" "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with invalid addresses?" msgstr "要傳送電子郵件位址無效的郵件?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:20 msgid "" "The following recipients were not recognized as valid mail addresses:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" "下列收件者無法辨認為有效的電子郵件地址：\n" "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Send private reply?" msgstr "是否傳送私人回覆？" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:23 msgid "" "You are replying privately to a message which arrived via a mailing list, " "but the list is trying to redirect your reply to go back to the list. Are " "you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "你正以私人回覆來自通信論壇的郵件，但是這個通信論壇嘗試將你的回信導回論壇。你確定要繼續嗎？" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:24 msgid "Reply _Privately" msgstr "私人回覆(_P)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:26 msgid "" "You are replying to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but you are " "replying privately to the sender; not to the list. Are you sure you want to " "proceed?" msgstr "你正在回覆來自通信論壇的郵件，但是你以私人回覆方式寄給原寄件者；而非寄回通信論壇。你確定要繼續嗎？" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:28 msgid "Send reply to all recipients?" msgstr "是否回覆給所有的收件者？" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:29 msgid "" "You are replying to a message which was sent to many recipients. Are you " "sure you want to reply to ALL of them?" msgstr "你正在回覆的信件會傳送給許多收件者。你確定回信給他們全部？" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:30 msgid "" "This message cannot be sent because you have not specified any recipients" msgstr "因為你沒有指定任何收件者，所以無法傳送此郵件" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:31 msgid "" "Please enter a valid email address in the To: field. You can search for " "email addresses by clicking on the To: button next to the entry box." msgstr "請在「收件者：」欄位輸入一個有效的電子郵件地址。你可以按一下輸入方塊旁邊的「收件者：」按鈕，搜尋電子郵件地址。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:32 msgid "Use default drafts folder?" msgstr "使用預設的草稿資料夾？" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:33 msgid "" "Unable to open the drafts folder for this account. Use the system drafts " "folder instead?" msgstr "無法開啟此帳號的草稿資料夾。是否使用系統草稿資料夾代替？" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Use _Default" msgstr "使用預設值(_D)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to permanently remove all the deleted messages in " "folder \"{0}\"?" msgstr "確定要永久移除資料夾「{0}」中所有刪除的郵件？" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:36 msgid "If you continue, you will not be able to recover these messages." msgstr "如果你選擇繼續，將無法復原這些郵件。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:37 msgid "_Expunge" msgstr "清除(_E)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:38 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to permanently remove all the deleted messages in all " "folders?" msgstr "要永久移除所有資料夾中所有刪除的郵件？" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:39 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1529 msgid "_Empty Trash" msgstr "清理回收筒(_E)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:40 msgid "Opening too many messages at once may take a long time." msgstr "一次開啟過多郵件可能會花費許多時間。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:41 msgid "_Open Messages" msgstr "開啟郵件(_O)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:42 msgid "You have unsent messages, do you wish to quit anyway?" msgstr "你有未寄出的郵件，你無論如何都要離開嗎？" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:43 msgid "" "If you quit, these messages will not be sent until Evolution is started " "again." msgstr "如果你選擇結束，再次啟動 Evolution 之前，不會傳送這些郵件。" #. Translators: the {0} is replaced with an operation name, which failed. #. It can be basically anything run asynchronously, like "Fetching Mail", #. "Sending message" and others, mostly from mail-ops.c file. #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:47 msgid "Error while {0}." msgstr "當 {0} 時發生錯誤。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:48 msgid "Error while performing operation." msgstr "執行作業時，發生錯誤。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:49 msgid "Enter password." msgstr "輸入密碼。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:50 msgid "Error loading filter definitions." msgstr "載入過濾器定義時發生錯誤。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:51 msgid "Cannot save to directory \"{0}\"." msgstr "不能儲存至目錄「{0}」。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:52 msgid "Cannot save to file \"{0}\"." msgstr "不能儲存至檔案「{0}」。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:53 msgid "Cannot create the save directory, because \"{1}\"" msgstr "不能建立儲存目錄，因為「{1}」" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:54 msgid "Cannot create temporary save directory." msgstr "無法建立暫時儲存目錄。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:55 msgid "File exists but cannot overwrite it." msgstr "檔案存在但無法覆寫。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:56 msgid "File exists but is not a regular file." msgstr "檔案存在但不是一般檔案。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:57 msgid "Cannot delete folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "不能刪除資料夾「{0}」。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:58 msgid "Cannot delete system folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "不能刪除系統資料夾「{0}」。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:59 msgid "" "System folders are required for Evolution to function correctly and cannot " "be renamed, moved, or deleted." msgstr "Evolution 需要系統資料夾才能正常作業，而且該資料夾不可以重新命名、移動或刪除。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:60 msgid "Failed to expunge folder "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:62 msgid "Failed to refresh folder "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:63 msgid "Cannot rename or move system folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "不能重新命名或移動系統資料夾「{0}」。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:64 msgid "Really delete folder \"{0}\" and all of its subfolders?" msgstr "確定要刪除資料夾「{0}」以及它所有的子資料夾?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:65 msgid "" "If you delete the folder, all of its contents and its subfolders' contents " "will be deleted permanently." msgstr "如果你刪除資料夾，它的所有內容和子資料夾內容會永遠刪除。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:67 msgid "Really delete folder \"{0}\"?" msgstr "確定要刪除資料夾「{0}」？" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:68 msgid "" "If you delete the folder, all of its contents will be deleted permanently." msgstr "如果你選擇刪除資料夾，它的所有內容會永遠消失。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:69 msgid "These messages are not copies." msgstr "這些郵件不是複本。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:70 msgid "" "Messages shown in Search Folders are not copies. Deleting them from a Search " "Folder will delete the actual messages from the folder or folders in which " "they physically reside. Do you really want to delete these messages?" msgstr "在搜尋資料夾中顯示的郵件並不是複本。從搜尋資料夾中刪除郵件將會自你的本地或遠端資料夾刪除實際的郵件。是否確定要刪除這些郵件？" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:71 msgid "Cannot rename \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "不能將「{0}」重新命名成「{1}」。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:72 msgid "A folder named \"{1}\" already exists. Please use a different name." msgstr "已經有名稱為「{1}」的資料夾存在。請使用不同的名稱。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:73 msgid "Cannot move folder \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "不能將資料夾「{0}」移至「{1}」。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:74 msgid "Cannot open source folder. Error: {2}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:75 msgid "Cannot open target folder. Error: {2}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:76 msgid "Cannot copy folder \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "無法將「{0}」資料夾複製至「{1}」。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:77 msgid "Cannot create folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "不能建立資料夾「{0}」。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:78 msgid "Cannot open folder. Error: {1}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:79 msgid "Cannot save changes to account." msgstr "無法儲存帳號更改。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:80 msgid "You have not filled in all of the required information." msgstr "你沒有填入所有必須的資訊。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:81 msgid "You may not create two accounts with the same name." msgstr "你不能用相同的名稱建立兩個帳號。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:82 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this account?" msgstr "確定要刪除這個帳號？" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:83 msgid "If you proceed, the account information will be deleted permanently." msgstr "如果繼續，帳號資訊會永久刪除。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:84 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this account and all its proxies?" msgstr "確定要刪除這個帳號以及它所有的代理伺服器？" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:85 msgid "" "If you proceed, the account information and\n" "all proxy information will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" "如果繼續，該帳號的資訊以及\n" "它所有的代理伺服器會永遠刪除。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:87 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to disable this account and delete all its proxies?" msgstr "確定要刪除這個帳號以及它所有的代理伺服器？" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:88 msgid "If you proceed, all proxy accounts will be deleted permanently." msgstr "如果繼續，所有的代理伺服器帳號會永久刪除。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:89 msgid "Do _Not Disable" msgstr "不要停用(_N)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:90 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:649 msgid "_Disable" msgstr "停用(_D)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:91 msgid "Cannot edit Search Folder \"{0}\" as it does not exist." msgstr "不能編輯搜尋資料夾「{0}」，因為它不存在。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:92 msgid "" "This folder may have been added implicitly,\n" "go to the Search Folder editor to add it explicitly, if required." msgstr "" "此資料夾可能已經自動新增。\n" "需要時，請移至搜尋資料夾編輯器，以手動方式新增它。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:94 msgid "Cannot add Search Folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "不能加入搜尋資料夾「{0}」。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:95 msgid "A folder named \"{0}\" already exists. Please use a different name." msgstr "已經有名稱為「{0}」的資料夾存在。請使用不同的名稱。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:96 msgid "Search Folders automatically updated." msgstr "搜尋資料夾自動更新。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:97 msgid "Mail filters automatically updated." msgstr "郵件過濾器自動更新。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:98 msgid "Missing folder." msgstr "遺漏資料夾。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:99 msgid "You must specify a folder." msgstr "你必須指定一個資料夾。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:101 msgid "You must name this Search Folder." msgstr "你必須命名此搜尋資料夾。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:102 msgid "No folder selected." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:103 msgid "" "You must specify at least one folder as a source.\n" "Either by selecting the folders individually, and/or by selecting all local " "folders, all remote folders, or both." msgstr "" "你必須至少指定一個資料夾當成來源。\n" "個別選取資料夾，然後/或選取所有本地資料夾、所有遠端資料夾或二者皆選。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:105 msgid "Problem migrating old mail folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "轉移舊郵件資料夾「{0}」發生問題。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:106 msgid "" "A non-empty folder at \"{1}\" already exists.\n" "\n" "You can choose to ignore this folder, overwrite or append its contents, or " "quit." msgstr "" "位於「{1}」的非空白資料夾已經存在。\n" "\n" "你可以選擇忽略此資料夾、覆寫或附加它的內容或者結束。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:109 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "忽略" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:110 msgid "_Overwrite" msgstr "覆寫(_O)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:111 msgid "_Append" msgstr "添加(_A)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:112 msgid "Evolution's local mail format has changed." msgstr "Evolution 的本地端郵件格式已經改變了。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:113 msgid "" "Evolution's local mail format has changed from mbox to Maildir. Your local " "mail must be migrated to the new format before Evolution can proceed. Do you " "want to migrate now?\n" "\n" "An mbox account will be created to preserve the old mbox folders. You can " "delete the account after ensuring the data is safely migrated. Please make " "sure there is enough disk space if you choose to migrate now." msgstr "" "預設的本地端儲存區已經從 mbox 改變為 Maildir 格式。在 Evolution 繼續前你的本地端郵件必須轉換為新的格式。你現在是否要轉換？\n" "\n" "程式會建立一個 mbox 帳號來保留舊的 mbox 資料夾。你可以在確認資料都安全轉換後再將它刪除。如果你選擇轉換，請確定有足夠的空間。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:116 msgid "_Exit Evolution" msgstr "結束 _Evolution" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:117 msgid "_Migrate Now" msgstr "立即轉移(_M)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:118 msgid "Unable to read license file." msgstr "無法讀取授權檔案。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:119 msgid "" "Cannot read the license file \"{0}\", due to an installation problem. You " "will not be able to use this provider until you can accept its license." msgstr "不能讀取授權條款檔案「{0}」，應該是安裝問題造成的。在你同意這項授權之前將無法使用它。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:120 msgid "Please wait." msgstr "請稍候。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:121 msgid "Querying server for a list of supported authentication mechanisms." msgstr "向伺服器查詢支援的驗證演算法清單。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:122 msgid "" "Failed to query server for a list of supported authentication mechanisms." msgstr "無法向伺服器查詢支援的驗證演算法清單。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:123 msgid "Synchronize folders locally for offline usage?" msgstr "是否同步資料夾以供離線使用？" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:124 msgid "" "Do you want to locally synchronize the folders that are marked for offline " "usage?" msgstr "是否要在本地端同步那些標記為離線使用的資料夾？" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:125 msgid "Do _Not Synchronize" msgstr "不要同步(_N)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:126 msgid "_Synchronize" msgstr "同步化(_S)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:127 msgid "Do you want to mark all messages as read?" msgstr "是否要將全部的郵件標示成已閱讀？" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:128 msgid "This will mark all messages as read in the selected folder." msgstr "這會將標示選取的資料夾中所有郵件為已閱讀。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:129 msgid "Also mark messages in subfolders?" msgstr "是否也標記子資料夾中的郵件？" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:130 msgid "" "Do you want to mark messages as read in the current folder only, or in the " "current folder as well as all subfolders?" msgstr "你要將目前的資料夾中的郵件已閱讀，或是包含目前的資料夾及其子資料夾中所有郵件。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:131 msgid "In Current Folder and _Subfolders" msgstr "於目前的資料夾及其子資料夾(_S)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:132 msgid "In Current _Folder Only" msgstr "於目前的資料夾(_F)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:133 msgid "Should Evolution close this window when replying or forwarding?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:134 msgid "_Yes, Always" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:135 msgid "_No, Never" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:136 msgid "Copy folder in folder tree." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:137 msgid "Are you sure you want to copy folder '{0}' to folder '{1}'?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:138 msgid "_Yes" msgstr "是(_Y)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:139 msgid "_No" msgstr "否(_N)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:140 msgid "_Always" msgstr "總是(_A)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:141 msgid "N_ever" msgstr "永不(_E)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:142 msgid "Move folder in folder tree." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:143 msgid "Are you sure you want to to move folder '{0}' to folder '{1}'?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:144 msgid "" "This message cannot be sent because the account you chose to send with is " "not enabled" msgstr "因為你沒有啟用選擇用來寄送的帳號，所以無法傳送此郵件。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:145 msgid "Please enable the account or send using another account." msgstr "請啟用該帳號或使用其他帳號傳送。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:146 msgid "Mail Deletion Failed" msgstr "刪除郵件失敗" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:147 msgid "You do not have sufficient permissions to delete this mail." msgstr "你沒有足夠的權限刪除此封郵件。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:148 msgid "\"Check Junk\" Failed" msgstr "「檢查垃圾郵件」失敗" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:149 msgid "\"Report Junk\" Failed" msgstr "「回報垃圾郵件」失敗" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:150 msgid "\"Report Not Junk\" Failed" msgstr "「回報為非垃圾郵件」失敗" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:151 msgid "Remove duplicate messages?" msgstr "是否移除重複的郵件？" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:152 msgid "No duplicate messages found." msgstr "找不到重複的郵件。" #. Translators: {0} is replaced with a folder name #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:154 msgid "Folder '{0}' doesn't contain any duplicate message." msgstr "資料夾「{0}」並未包含任何重複的郵件。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:155 msgid "Failed to disconnect account "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:157 msgid "Failed to unsubscribe from folder "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:158 msgid "Unable to retrieve message." msgstr "無法接收郵件。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:159 msgid "{0}" msgstr "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:160 msgid "Failed to open folder." msgstr "無法開啟資料夾。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:161 msgid "Failed to find duplicate messages." msgstr "找不到重複的郵件。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:162 msgid "Failed to retrieve messages." msgstr "無法取回郵件。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:163 msgid "Failed to mark messages as read." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:164 msgid "Failed to remove attachments from messages." msgstr "無法移除郵件中的附件。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:165 msgid "Failed to download messages for offline viewing." msgstr "下載離線使用的郵件失敗。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:166 msgid "Failed to save messages to disk." msgstr "無法將選取的郵件儲存至磁碟。" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:167 msgid "Hidden file is attached." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:168 msgid "" "The attachment named {0} is a hidden file and may contain sensitive data. " "Please review it before sending." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:169 msgid "Printing failed." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:170 msgid "The printer replied "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:171 msgid "Could not perform this operation on {0}." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:172 msgid "You must be working online to complete this operation." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:202 msgid "Canceling..." msgstr "正在取消…" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:546 msgid "Send & Receive Mail" msgstr "傳送與接收郵件" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:562 msgid "Cancel _All" msgstr "全部取消(_A)" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:655 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:1047 msgid "Updating..." msgstr "更新中…" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:655 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:736 msgid "Waiting..." msgstr "正在等待…" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:1020 #, c-format msgid "Checking for new mail at '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-vfolder-ui.c:78 msgid "Search Folders" msgstr "搜尋資料夾" #: ../mail/mail-vfolder-ui.c:158 msgid "Edit Search Folder" msgstr "編輯搜尋資料夾" #: ../mail/mail-vfolder-ui.c:279 msgid "New Search Folder" msgstr "新增搜尋資料夾" #: ../mail/message-list.c:298 msgid "Unseen" msgstr "未閱讀" #: ../mail/message-list.c:299 msgid "Seen" msgstr "已閱讀" #: ../mail/message-list.c:300 msgid "Answered" msgstr "已回覆" #: ../mail/message-list.c:301 msgid "Forwarded" msgstr "轉寄" #: ../mail/message-list.c:302 msgid "Multiple Unseen Messages" msgstr "多個未閱讀的郵件" #: ../mail/message-list.c:303 msgid "Multiple Messages" msgstr "多個郵件" #: ../mail/message-list.c:316 msgid "Lowest" msgstr "最低" #: ../mail/message-list.c:317 msgid "Lower" msgstr "低" #: ../mail/message-list.c:321 msgid "Higher" msgstr "高" #: ../mail/message-list.c:322 msgid "Highest" msgstr "最高" #: ../mail/message-list.c:466 ../mail/message-list.c:5730 msgid "Generating message list" msgstr "產生郵件清單" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../mail/message-list.c:1858 ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:244 msgid "Today %l:%M %p" msgstr "今天 %p %l:%M" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1867 msgid "Yesterday %l:%M %p" msgstr "昨天 %p %l:%M" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1879 msgid "%a %l:%M %p" msgstr "%a %p %l:%M" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1887 msgid "%b %d %l:%M %p" msgstr "%m月%d日 %p %l:%M" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1889 msgid "%b %d %Y" msgstr "%Y年%m月%d日" #: ../mail/message-list.c:2767 msgid "Select all visible messages" msgstr "選擇全部可見的郵件" #: ../mail/message-list.c:3395 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:17 msgid "Messages" msgstr "郵件" #. default follow-up flag name to use when clicked in the message list column #: ../mail/message-list.c:4774 msgid "Follow-up" msgstr "跟隨" #: ../mail/message-list.c:5668 msgid "" "No message satisfies your search criteria. Change search criteria by " "selecting a new Show message filter from the drop down list above or by " "running a new search either by clearing it with Search->Clear menu item or " "by changing the query above." msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:5676 msgid "There are no messages in this folder." msgstr "這個資料夾中沒有郵件。" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:2 msgid "Flagged" msgstr "有標幟的" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:8 msgid "Received" msgstr "已接收" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:11 msgid "Flag Status" msgstr "標幟狀態" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:12 msgid "Follow Up Flag" msgstr "跟隨標幟" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:13 msgid "Due By" msgstr "期限為" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:18 msgid "Messages To" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:20 msgid "Subject - Trimmed" msgstr "主旨 - 已截短" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:1 msgid "Subject or Addresses contains" msgstr "主旨或電子郵件位址包含" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:2 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2012 msgid "Recipients contain" msgstr "收件者包含" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:3 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2005 msgid "Message contains" msgstr "郵件包含" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:4 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2026 msgid "Subject contains" msgstr "主旨包含" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:5 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2019 msgid "Sender contains" msgstr "寄件者包含" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:6 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1998 msgid "Body contains" msgstr "內文包含" #. To Translators: 'Table column' is a label for configurable date/time format for table columns showing a date in message list #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:123 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1213 msgid "_Table column:" msgstr "表格欄(_T):" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:126 msgid "Address formatting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:129 msgid "_Format address according to standard of its destination country" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:137 msgid "Autocompletion" msgstr "自動完成" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:140 msgid "Always _show address of the autocompleted contact" msgstr "永遠顯示自動補齊的聯絡人位址(_S)" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:148 msgid "Multiple vCards" msgstr "多重 vCard" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:156 #, c-format msgid "vCard for %s" msgstr "%s 的 vCard" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:168 #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:195 #, c-format msgid "Contact information" msgstr "聯絡人資訊" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:197 #, c-format msgid "Contact information for %s" msgstr "%s 的聯絡人資訊" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:259 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:125 msgid "New Address Book" msgstr "新通訊錄" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:268 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Contact" msgstr "聯絡人(_C)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:270 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:979 msgid "Create a new contact" msgstr "建立新的聯絡人" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:275 msgctxt "New" msgid "Contact _List" msgstr "聯絡人清單(_L)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:277 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:986 msgid "Create a new contact list" msgstr "建立新的聯絡人清單" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:285 msgctxt "New" msgid "Address _Book" msgstr "通訊錄(_B)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:287 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:902 msgid "Create a new address book" msgstr "建立新通訊錄" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:315 msgid "Certificates" msgstr "證書" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:198 msgid "Address Book Properties" msgstr "通訊錄內容" #. Translators: This is a save dialog title #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:476 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:772 msgid "Save as vCard" msgstr "儲存為 vCard" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:879 msgid "Co_py All Contacts To..." msgstr "複製所有的聯絡人到(_P)…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:881 msgid "Copy the contacts of the selected address book to another" msgstr "將已選取通訊錄中的聯絡人複製到另一個通訊錄" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:886 msgid "D_elete Address Book" msgstr "刪除通訊錄(_E)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:888 msgid "Delete the selected address book" msgstr "刪除選取的通訊錄" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:893 msgid "Mo_ve All Contacts To..." msgstr "將所有的聯絡人移到(_V)…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:895 msgid "Move the contacts of the selected address book to another" msgstr "將已選取通訊錄中的聯絡人移動到另一個通訊錄" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:900 msgid "_New Address Book" msgstr "新增通訊錄(_N)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:907 msgid "Address _Book Properties" msgstr "通訊錄屬性(_B)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:909 msgid "Show properties of the selected address book" msgstr "顯示選取通訊錄的屬性" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:914 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1414 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:636 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:760 msgid "Re_fresh" msgstr "重新整理(_F)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:916 msgid "Refresh the selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:921 msgid "Address Book _Map" msgstr "通訊錄地圖(_M)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:923 msgid "Show map with all contacts from selected address book" msgstr "顯示已選取通訊錄中所有聯絡人的地圖" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:928 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1421 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:643 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:767 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1620 msgid "_Rename..." msgstr "重新命名(_R)…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:930 msgid "Rename the selected address book" msgstr "重新命名選取的通訊錄" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:937 msgid "Stop loading" msgstr "停止載入" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:942 msgid "_Copy Contact To..." msgstr "複製聯絡人到(_C)…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:944 msgid "Copy selected contacts to another address book" msgstr "將選取的聯絡人複製到另一個通訊錄" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:949 msgid "_Delete Contact" msgstr "刪除聯絡人(_D)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:956 msgid "_Find in Contact..." msgstr "在聯絡人內尋找(_F)…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:958 msgid "Search for text in the displayed contact" msgstr "搜尋顯示的聯絡人中的文字" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:963 msgid "_Forward Contact..." msgstr "轉寄聯絡人(_F)…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:965 msgid "Send selected contacts to another person" msgstr "傳送選取聯絡人給其他使用者。" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:970 msgid "_Move Contact To..." msgstr "將聯絡人移到(_M)…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:972 msgid "Move selected contacts to another address book" msgstr "將選取的聯絡人移至另一個通訊錄" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:977 msgid "_New Contact..." msgstr "新增聯絡人(_N)…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:984 msgid "New Contact _List..." msgstr "新增聯絡人清單(_L)…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:991 msgid "_Open Contact" msgstr "開啟聯絡人(_O)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:993 msgid "View the current contact" msgstr "檢視目前的聯絡人" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:998 msgid "_Send Message to Contact..." msgstr "傳送郵件給聯絡人(_S)…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1000 msgid "Send a message to the selected contacts" msgstr "傳送郵件至選取的聯絡人" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1007 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1577 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:825 msgid "_Actions" msgstr "動作(_A)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1014 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:680 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:832 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1785 msgid "_Preview" msgstr "預覽(_P)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1023 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1594 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:693 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:845 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "刪除(_D)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1027 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1536 msgid "_Properties" msgstr "屬性(_P)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1035 msgid "Address Book Map" msgstr "通訊錄地圖" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1067 msgid "Contact _Preview" msgstr "聯絡人預覽(_P)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1069 msgid "Show contact preview window" msgstr "顯示聯絡人預覽視窗" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1075 msgid "Show _Maps" msgstr "顯示地圖(_M)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1077 msgid "Show maps in contact preview window" msgstr "在聯絡人預覽視窗顯示地圖" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1096 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:750 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:914 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1915 msgid "_Classic View" msgstr "傳統檢視(_C)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1098 msgid "Show contact preview below the contact list" msgstr "在聯絡人清單下方顯示聯絡人預覽" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1103 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:757 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:921 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1922 msgid "_Vertical View" msgstr "垂直檢視(_V)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1105 msgid "Show contact preview alongside the contact list" msgstr "在聯絡人清單旁邊顯示聯絡人預覽" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1120 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1754 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:774 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:973 msgid "Unmatched" msgstr "沒有相符資料" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1130 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1764 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:784 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:983 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1991 #: ../shell/e-shell-content.c:658 msgid "Advanced Search" msgstr "進階搜尋" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1163 msgid "Print all shown contacts" msgstr "打印所有顯示的聯絡人" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1170 msgid "Preview the contacts to be printed" msgstr "預覽將要打印的聯絡人" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1177 msgid "Print selected contacts" msgstr "打印已選取的聯絡人" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1192 msgid "S_ave Address Book as vCard" msgstr "將通訊錄另存為 vC_ard" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1194 msgid "Save the contacts of the selected address book as a vCard" msgstr "將已選取通訊錄中的聯絡人儲存為 vCard" #. Translators: This is an action label #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1200 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1210 msgid "_Save as vCard..." msgstr "儲存成 _vCard…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1202 msgid "Save selected contacts as a vCard" msgstr "將選取的聯絡人儲存為 vCard" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:312 msgid "_Forward Contacts" msgstr "轉寄聯絡人(_F)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:314 msgid "_Forward Contact" msgstr "轉寄聯絡人(_F)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:345 msgid "_Send Message to Contacts" msgstr "傳送郵件給聯絡人(_S)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:347 msgid "_Send Message to List" msgstr "傳送郵件給清單(_S)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:349 msgid "_Send Message to Contact" msgstr "傳送郵件給聯絡人(_S)" #: ../modules/audio-inline/e-mail-formatter-audio.c:316 msgid "Audio Player" msgstr "" #: ../modules/audio-inline/e-mail-formatter-audio.c:317 msgid "Play the attachment in embedded audio player" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:165 msgid "" "You can restore Evolution from a backup file.\n" "\n" "This will restore all your personal data, settings mail filters, etc." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:180 msgid "_Restore from a backup file:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:191 msgid "Choose a backup file to restore" msgstr "" #. Keep the title identical to EMailConfigRestorePage #. * so it's only shown once in the assistant sidebar. #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:311 #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-ready-page.c:57 msgid "Restore from Backup" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:217 msgid "Select name of the Evolution backup file" msgstr "選擇 Evolution 備份檔案的名稱" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:250 msgid "_Restart Evolution after backup" msgstr "備份後重新啟動 Evolution(_R)" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:277 msgid "Select name of the Evolution backup file to restore" msgstr "選擇要還原的 Evolution 備份檔案名稱" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:290 msgid "_Restart Evolution after restore" msgstr "還原後重新啟動 Evolution(_R)" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:308 msgid "_Back up Evolution Data..." msgstr "備份 Evolution 資料(_B)..." #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:310 msgid "Back up Evolution data and settings to an archive file" msgstr "將 Evolution 的資料與設定值備份為檔案庫" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:315 msgid "R_estore Evolution Data..." msgstr "還原 Evolution 資料(_E)..." #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:317 msgid "Restore Evolution data and settings from an archive file" msgstr "從檔案庫還原 Evolution 的資料與設定值" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:84 msgid "Back up Evolution directory" msgstr "備份 Evolution 資料夾" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:86 msgid "Restore Evolution directory" msgstr "還原 Evolution 目錄" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:88 msgid "Check Evolution Back up" msgstr "檢查 Evolution 備份" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:90 msgid "Restart Evolution" msgstr "重新啟動 Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:92 msgid "With Graphical User Interface" msgstr "使用圖形使用者介面" #. FIXME Will the versioned setting always work? #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:322 #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:516 msgid "Shutting down Evolution" msgstr "正在關閉 Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:331 msgid "Backing Evolution accounts and settings" msgstr "備份 Evolution 的帳號與設定值" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:348 msgid "Backing Evolution data (Mails, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks, Memos)" msgstr "正在備份 Evolution 資料 (郵件、聯絡人、行事曆、工作、備忘錄)" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:364 msgid "Back up complete" msgstr "備份完成" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:371 #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:703 msgid "Restarting Evolution" msgstr "重新啟動 Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:522 msgid "Back up current Evolution data" msgstr "備份目前的 Evolution 資料" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:529 msgid "Extracting files from back up" msgstr "從備份解開檔案" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:611 msgid "Loading Evolution settings" msgstr "正在讀取 Evolution 的設定值" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:677 msgid "Removing temporary back up files" msgstr "移除暫存的備份檔案" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:688 msgid "Reloading registry service" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:915 msgid "Evolution Back Up" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:916 #, c-format msgid "Backing up to the folder %s" msgstr "正備份至資料夾 %s" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:920 msgid "Evolution Restore" msgstr "Evolution 還原" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:921 #, c-format msgid "Restoring from the folder %s" msgstr "從資料夾還原 %s" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:991 msgid "Backing up Evolution Data" msgstr "備份 Evolution 資料" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:992 msgid "Please wait while Evolution is backing up your data." msgstr "在 Evolution 備份你的資料時請稍候。" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:994 msgid "Restoring Evolution Data" msgstr "還原 Evolution 資料" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:995 msgid "Please wait while Evolution is restoring your data." msgstr "在 Evolution 還原你的資料時請稍候。" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:1017 msgid "" "This may take a while depending on the amount of data in your account." msgstr "這個動作所花的時間取決於你的帳號中資料的多寡。" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Invalid Evolution backup file" msgstr "無效的 Evolution 備份檔案" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Please select a valid backup file to restore." msgstr "請選擇有效的備份檔案來還原。" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Are you sure you want to close Evolution?" msgstr "確定要關閉 Evolution？" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "To back up your data and settings, you must first close Evolution. Please " "make sure that you save any unsaved data before proceeding." msgstr "要備份你的資料和設定值，你必須先關閉 Evolution。請確定你在繼續進行之前已儲存任何尚未儲存的資料。" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Close and Back up Evolution" msgstr "關閉並備份 Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to restore Evolution from the selected backup file?" msgstr "確定要從選定的備份檔案還原 Evolution？" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:7 msgid "" "To restore your data and settings, you must first close Evolution. Please " "make sure that you save any unsaved data before proceeding. This will delete " "all your current Evolution data and settings and restore them from your " "backup." msgstr "" "要還原你的資料和設定值，你必須先關閉 Evolution。請確定你在繼續進行之前已儲存任何尚未儲存的資料。這個動作會刪除你目前 Evolution " "所有的資料和設定值，並從你的備份還原它們。" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Close and Restore Evolution" msgstr "關閉並還原 Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Insufficient Permissions" msgstr "權限不足" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:10 msgid "The selected folder is not writable." msgstr "選取的資料夾無法寫入。" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:145 #, c-format msgid "Failed to spawn Bogofilter (%s): " msgstr "無法產生 Bogofilter (%s):： " #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:163 msgid "Failed to stream mail message content to Bogofilter: " msgstr "無法將郵件訊息的內容串流導至 Bogofilter： " #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:212 msgid "Bogofilter either crashed or failed to process a mail message" msgstr "Bogofilter 可能當機或無法處理郵件訊息" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:308 msgid "Bogofilter Options" msgstr "Bogofilter 選項" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:317 msgid "Convert message text to _Unicode" msgstr "將郵件文字轉換為 _Unicode" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:474 msgid "Bogofilter" msgstr "Bogofilter" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:447 msgid "Standard LDAP Port" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:453 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:625 msgid "LDAP over SSL (deprecated)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:459 msgid "Microsoft Global Catalog" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:465 msgid "Microsoft Global Catalog over SSL" msgstr "" #. Page 1 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:570 msgid "Connecting to LDAP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:587 msgid "Server Information" msgstr "伺服器資訊" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:628 msgid "StartTLS (recommended)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:630 msgid "Encryption:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:654 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:246 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:180 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "驗證" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:677 msgid "Anonymous" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:680 msgid "Using email address" msgstr "使用電子郵件地址" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:683 msgid "Using distinguished name (DN)" msgstr "使用辨認的名稱 (DN)" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:685 msgid "Method:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:690 msgid "" "This is the method Evolution will use to authenticate you. Note that " "setting this to \"Using email address\" requires anonymous access to your " "LDAP server." msgstr "" #. Page 2 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:705 msgid "Using LDAP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:722 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:117 msgid "Searching" msgstr "正在搜尋" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:744 msgid "Search Base:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:749 msgid "Find Possible Search Bases" msgstr "尋找可能的搜尋基礎" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:774 msgid "One Level" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:776 msgid "Subtree" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:778 msgid "Search Scope:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:783 msgid "" "The search scope defines how deep you would like the search to extend down " "the directory tree. A search scope of \"Subtree\" will include all entries " "below your search base. A search scope of \"One Level\" will only include " "the entries one level beneath your search base." msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:792 msgid "Search Filter:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:804 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "下載中" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:825 msgid "Limit:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:836 msgid "contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:841 msgid "Browse until limit is reached" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-webdav/evolution-book-config-webdav.c:136 #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:205 #: ../modules/cal-config-webcal/evolution-cal-config-webcal.c:128 msgid "URL:" msgstr "網址:" #: ../modules/book-config-webdav/evolution-book-config-webdav.c:146 msgid "Avoid IfMatch (needed on Apache < 2.2.8)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:447 #, c-format msgid "HTTP Error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:475 msgid "Could not parse response" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:484 msgid "Empty response" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:492 msgid "Unexpected reply from server" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1124 msgid "Could not locate user's calendars" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1348 msgid "Path" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:264 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser-dialog.c:200 msgid "Choose a Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:267 msgid "Choose a Memo List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:270 msgid "Choose a Task List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:219 msgid "Find Calendars" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:222 msgid "Find Memo Lists" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:225 msgid "Find Task Lists" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:243 msgid "Email:" msgstr "電子郵件:" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:248 msgid "Server handles meeting invitations" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-contacts/evolution-cal-config-contacts.c:71 msgid "Choose which address books to use." msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-contacts/evolution-cal-config-contacts.c:201 msgid "Use in Birthdays & Anniversaries calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser-button.c:127 msgid "Default User Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:515 #, c-format msgid "Enter Google password for user '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:532 msgid "User declined to provide a password" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:160 msgid "Use an existing iCalendar (ics) file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:185 msgid "iCalendar File" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:197 msgid "Choose an iCalendar file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:200 msgid "File:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:215 msgid "Allow Evolution to update the file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:320 #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:9 msgid "I_mport" msgstr "匯入(_M)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:406 msgid "Select a Calendar" msgstr "選擇行事曆" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:433 msgid "Select a Task List" msgstr "選擇工作清單" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:443 msgid "I_mport to Calendar" msgstr "匯入至行事曆(_M)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:450 msgid "I_mport to Tasks" msgstr "匯入至工作(_M)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:517 msgid "Selected Calendars for Alarms" msgstr "選擇鬧鈴行事曆" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:925 msgid "Ti_me and date:" msgstr "時刻和日期(_M):" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:926 msgid "_Date only:" msgstr "只有日期(_D):" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:1 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "分鐘" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:2 msgid "Hours" msgstr "小時" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:3 msgid "Days" msgstr "天" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:4 msgid "60 minutes" msgstr "60 分鐘" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:5 msgid "30 minutes" msgstr "30 分鐘" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:6 msgid "15 minutes" msgstr "15 分鐘" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:7 msgid "10 minutes" msgstr "10 分鐘" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:8 msgid "05 minutes" msgstr "05 分鐘" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:10 msgid "Se_cond zone:" msgstr "第二時區(_C):" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:12 msgid "(Shown in a Day View)" msgstr "(顯示於日檢視)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:14 msgid "Use s_ystem time zone" msgstr "使用系統時區(_Y)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:15 msgid "Time format:" msgstr "時刻格式:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:16 msgid "_12 hour (AM/PM)" msgstr "_12 小時 (AM/PM)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:17 msgid "_24 hour" msgstr "_24 小時" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:18 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1716 msgid "Work Week" msgstr "工作週" #. A weekday like "Monday" follows #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:20 msgid "Wee_k starts on:" msgstr "一週開始於(_K):" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:21 msgid "Work days:" msgstr "工作日:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:22 msgid "_Day begins:" msgstr "一日開始於(_D):" #. Monday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:24 msgid "_Mon" msgstr "週一(_M)" #. Tuesday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:27 msgid "_Tue" msgstr "週二(_T)" #. Wednesday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:30 msgid "_Wed" msgstr "週三(_W)" #. Thursday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:33 msgid "T_hu" msgstr "週四(_H)" #. Friday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:36 msgid "_Fri" msgstr "週五(_F)" #. Saturday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:39 msgid "_Sat" msgstr "週六(_S)" #. Sunday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:42 msgid "S_un" msgstr "週日(_U)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:44 msgid "Day _ends:" msgstr "一日結束於(_E):" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:45 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "警示" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:46 msgid "_Ask for confirmation when deleting items" msgstr "當刪除項目時先確認(_A)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:48 msgid "_Time divisions:" msgstr "時間間隔(_T):" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:49 msgid "_Show appointment end times in week and month view" msgstr "在週及月的檢視內顯示約會的結束時間(_S)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:50 msgid "_Compress weekends in month view" msgstr "在月檢視內縮小週末顯示(_C)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:51 msgid "Show week _numbers" msgstr "顯示週數(_N)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:52 msgid "Show r_ecurring events in italic in bottom left calendar" msgstr "在左下行事曆中將週期性事件以斜體顯示(_E)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:53 msgid "Sc_roll Month View by a week" msgstr "以週捲動月檢視(_R)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:55 msgid "Display" msgstr "顯示" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:56 msgid "Task List" msgstr "工作清單" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:57 msgid "Highlight t_asks due today" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:59 msgid "Highlight _overdue tasks" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:60 msgid "_Hide completed tasks after" msgstr "隱藏已完成的工作(_H)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:63 msgid "Display reminders in _notification area only" msgstr "只在通知區域中顯示提醒(_N)" #. This is the first half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every appointment" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:65 msgid "Sh_ow a reminder" msgstr "顯示提醒於約會(_O)" #. This is the last half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every appointment" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:67 msgid "before every appointment" msgstr "前" #. This is the first half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every anniversary/birthday" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:69 msgid "Show a _reminder" msgstr "顯示提醒(_R)" #. This is the last half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every anniversary/birthday" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:71 msgid "before every anniversary/birthday" msgstr "在每個週年紀念日/生日之前" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:72 msgid "Select the calendars for reminder notification" msgstr "選擇提醒通知的行事曆" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:73 msgid "Default Free/Busy Server" msgstr "預設的空閒/忙碌伺服器網址" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:74 msgid "Template:" msgstr "樣板:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:76 #, no-c-format msgid "%u and %d will be replaced by user and domain from the email address." msgstr "%u 與 %d 會被替換為電子郵件位址中的使用者與網域名稱。" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:77 msgid "Publishing Information" msgstr "發布資訊" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:313 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:191 msgid "New Calendar" msgstr "新行事曆" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:322 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Appointment" msgstr "約會(_A)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:324 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1521 msgid "Create a new appointment" msgstr "建立一個新的約會" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:329 msgctxt "New" msgid "All Day A_ppointment" msgstr "全日約會(_P)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:331 msgid "Create a new all-day appointment" msgstr "建立新的全日約會" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:336 msgctxt "New" msgid "M_eeting" msgstr "會議(_E)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:338 msgid "Create a new meeting request" msgstr "建立新會議要求" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:346 msgctxt "New" msgid "Cale_ndar" msgstr "行事曆(_N)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:348 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1395 msgid "Create a new calendar" msgstr "建立新行事曆" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:703 msgid "Calendar and Tasks" msgstr "行事曆與工作" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-sidebar.c:119 #, c-format msgid "Opening calendar '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-sidebar.c:591 msgid "Calendar Selector" msgstr "行事曆選擇器" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:216 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:245 msgid "Print" msgstr "打印" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:291 msgid "Calendar Properties" msgstr "iCalendar 錯誤" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:322 msgid "" "This operation will permanently erase all events older than the selected " "amount of time. If you continue, you will not be able to recover these " "events." msgstr "此作業會永久性刪除比選取時間還舊的所有事件。如果你繼續，將無法復原這些事件。" #. Translators: This is the first part of the sentence: #. * "Purge events older than <> days" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:339 msgid "Purge events older than" msgstr "清除早於這段時間的事件" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:585 msgid "Copying Items" msgstr "複製項目" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:878 msgid "Moving Items" msgstr "移動項目" #. Translators: Default filename part saving an event to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1211 msgid "event" msgstr "事件" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1213 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:231 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:298 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:527 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:644 msgid "Save as iCalendar" msgstr "儲存為 iCalendar" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1351 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:608 msgid "_Copy..." msgstr "複製(_C)…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1358 msgid "D_elete Calendar" msgstr "刪除行事曆(_E)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1360 msgid "Delete the selected calendar" msgstr "刪除選取的行事曆" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1367 msgid "Go Back" msgstr "向後" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1374 msgid "Go Forward" msgstr "向前" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1381 msgid "Select today" msgstr "選取今日" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1386 msgid "Select _Date" msgstr "選擇日期(_D)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1388 msgid "Select a specific date" msgstr "選取特定日期" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1393 msgid "_New Calendar" msgstr "新增行事曆(_N)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1407 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:816 msgid "Purg_e" msgstr "清除(_E)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1409 msgid "Purge old appointments and meetings" msgstr "刪除舊約會和會議" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1416 msgid "Refresh the selected calendar" msgstr "重新整理選取的行事曆" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1423 msgid "Rename the selected calendar" msgstr "重新命名選取的行事曆" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1428 msgid "Find _next" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1430 msgid "Find next occurrence of the current search string" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1435 msgid "Find _previous" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1437 msgid "Find previous occurrence of the current search string" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1442 msgid "Stop _running search" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1444 msgid "Stop currently running search" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1449 msgid "Show _Only This Calendar" msgstr "只顯示這個行事曆(_O)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1456 msgid "Cop_y to Calendar..." msgstr "複製至行事曆(_Y)…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1463 msgid "_Delegate Meeting..." msgstr "委派會議(_D)…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1470 msgid "_Delete Appointment" msgstr "刪除約會(_D)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1472 msgid "Delete selected appointments" msgstr "刪除選取的約會" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1477 msgid "Delete This _Occurrence" msgstr "刪除這次發生的事件(_O)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1479 msgid "Delete this occurrence" msgstr "刪除此週期" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1484 msgid "Delete All Occ_urrences" msgstr "刪除所有發生的事件(_U)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1486 msgid "Delete all occurrences" msgstr "刪除全部週期" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1491 msgid "New All Day _Event..." msgstr "新增全天事件(_E)…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1493 msgid "Create a new all day event" msgstr "建立新的全天事件" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1498 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:265 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:338 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:601 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:725 msgid "_Forward as iCalendar..." msgstr "以 iCale_ndar 轉寄…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1505 msgid "New _Meeting..." msgstr "新增會議(_M)…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1507 msgid "Create a new meeting" msgstr "建立新的會議" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1512 msgid "Mo_ve to Calendar..." msgstr "移至行事曆(_V)…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1519 msgid "New _Appointment..." msgstr "新增約會(_A)…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1526 msgid "Make this Occurrence _Movable" msgstr "將這個事件標示成可移動(_M)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1533 msgid "_Open Appointment" msgstr "開啟約會(_O)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1535 msgid "View the current appointment" msgstr "檢視目前的約會" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1540 msgid "_Reply" msgstr "回覆(_R)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1554 msgid "_Schedule Meeting..." msgstr "會議排程(_S)…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1556 msgid "Converts an appointment to a meeting" msgstr "將約會轉換為會議" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1561 msgid "Conv_ert to Appointment..." msgstr "轉換為約會(_E)…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1563 msgid "Converts a meeting to an appointment" msgstr "將會議轉換為約會" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1568 msgid "Quit" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1688 msgid "Day" msgstr "天" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1690 msgid "Show one day" msgstr "顯示一天" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1695 msgid "List" msgstr "清單" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1697 msgid "Show as list" msgstr "顯示成清單" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1702 msgid "Month" msgstr "月" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1704 msgid "Show one month" msgstr "顯示一個月" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1709 msgid "Week" msgstr "週" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1711 msgid "Show one week" msgstr "顯示一週" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1718 msgid "Show one work week" msgstr "顯示一個工作週" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1726 msgid "Active Appointments" msgstr "進行中的約會" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1740 msgid "Next 7 Days' Appointments" msgstr "未來 7 天的約會(_P)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1747 msgid "Occurs Less Than 5 Times" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1778 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:798 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:997 msgid "Description contains" msgstr "描述包含" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1785 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:805 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1004 msgid "Summary contains" msgstr "主旨包含" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1797 msgid "Print this calendar" msgstr "打印這個行事曆" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1804 msgid "Preview the calendar to be printed" msgstr "預覽將要打印的行事曆" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1826 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:306 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:393 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:846 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1045 msgid "_Save as iCalendar..." msgstr "儲存為 iCalendar[_S]…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1903 msgid "Go To" msgstr "移至" #. Translators: Default filename part saving a memo to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:229 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:525 msgid "memo" msgstr "備忘錄" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:272 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:657 msgid "New _Memo" msgstr "新增備忘錄(_M)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:274 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:219 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:659 msgid "Create a new memo" msgstr "建立新的備忘錄" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:279 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:664 msgid "_Open Memo" msgstr "開啟備忘錄(_O)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:281 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:666 msgid "View the selected memo" msgstr "檢視選取的備忘錄" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:286 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:373 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:671 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:809 msgid "Open _Web Page" msgstr "開啟網頁(_W)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:298 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:831 msgid "Print the selected memo" msgstr "打印選取的備忘錄" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1562 msgid "Searching next matching event" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1563 msgid "Searching previous matching event" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1584 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find matching event in the next %d year" msgid_plural "Cannot find matching event in the next %d years" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1588 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find matching event in the previous %d year" msgid_plural "Cannot find matching event in the previous %d years" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1613 msgid "Cannot search with no active calendar" msgstr "" #. Translators: Default filename part saving a task to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #. Translators: Default filename part saving a task to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:296 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:642 msgid "task" msgstr "工作" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:331 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:704 msgid "_Assign Task" msgstr "指派工作(_A)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:345 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:781 msgid "_Mark as Complete" msgstr "標示為完成(_M)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:347 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:783 msgid "Mark selected tasks as complete" msgstr "將選取的工作標示成完成" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:352 msgid "_Mark as Incomplete" msgstr "標示為未完成(_M)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:354 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:790 msgid "Mark selected tasks as incomplete" msgstr "將選取的工作標示成未完成" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:359 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:795 msgid "New _Task" msgstr "新增工作(_T)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:361 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:216 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:797 msgid "Create a new task" msgstr "建立一個新的工作" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:366 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:802 msgid "_Open Task" msgstr "開啟工作(_O)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:368 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:804 msgid "View the selected task" msgstr "檢視選取的工作" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:385 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1030 msgid "Print the selected task" msgstr "打印選取的工作" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:208 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:196 msgid "New Memo List" msgstr "新增備忘錄清單" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:217 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mem_o" msgstr "備忘錄(_O)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:224 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Shared Memo" msgstr "共用備忘錄(_S)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:226 msgid "Create a new shared memo" msgstr "建立新的共用備忘錄" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:234 msgctxt "New" msgid "Memo Li_st" msgstr "備忘錄清單(_S)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:236 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:624 msgid "Create a new memo list" msgstr "建立新備忘錄清單" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-sidebar.c:117 #, c-format msgid "Opening memo list '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-sidebar.c:547 msgid "Memo List Selector" msgstr "備忘錄清單選擇器" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:212 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:227 msgid "Print Memos" msgstr "打印備忘錄" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:268 msgid "Memo List Properties" msgstr "備忘錄清單屬性" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:587 msgid "_Delete Memo" msgstr "刪除備忘錄(_D)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:594 msgid "_Find in Memo..." msgstr "在備忘錄內尋找(_F)…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:596 msgid "Search for text in the displayed memo" msgstr "搜尋顯示的備忘錄中的文字" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:615 msgid "D_elete Memo List" msgstr "刪除備忘錄清單(_E)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:617 msgid "Delete the selected memo list" msgstr "刪除選取的備忘錄清單" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:622 msgid "_New Memo List" msgstr "新增備忘錄清單(_N)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:638 msgid "Refresh the selected memo list" msgstr "重新整理選取的備忘錄清單" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:645 msgid "Rename the selected memo list" msgstr "重新命名選取的備忘錄清單" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:650 msgid "Show _Only This Memo List" msgstr "只顯示此備忘錄清單(_O)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:729 msgid "Memo _Preview" msgstr "備忘錄預覽(_P)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:731 msgid "Show memo preview pane" msgstr "顯示備忘錄預覽窗格" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:752 msgid "Show memo preview below the memo list" msgstr "在備忘錄清單下方顯示備忘錄預覽" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:759 msgid "Show memo preview alongside the memo list" msgstr "在備忘錄清單旁邊顯示備忘錄預覽" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:817 msgid "Print the list of memos" msgstr "打印備忘錄清單" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:824 msgid "Preview the list of memos to be printed" msgstr "預覽將要打印的備忘錄清單" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:239 msgid "Delete Memos" msgstr "刪除備忘錄" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:241 msgid "Delete Memo" msgstr "刪除備忘錄" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-private.c:538 #, c-format msgid "%d memo" msgid_plural "%d memos" msgstr[0] "%d 項備忘錄" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-private.c:542 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:746 #, c-format msgid "%d selected" msgstr "已選擇 %d 個" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:205 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:219 msgid "New Task List" msgstr "新增工作清單" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:214 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Task" msgstr "工作(_T)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:221 msgctxt "New" msgid "Assigne_d Task" msgstr "指派的工作(_D)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:223 msgid "Create a new assigned task" msgstr "建立新指定的工作" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:231 msgctxt "New" msgid "Tas_k List" msgstr "工作清單(_K)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:233 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:748 msgid "Create a new task list" msgstr "建立新工作清單" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-sidebar.c:117 #, c-format msgid "Opening task list '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-sidebar.c:547 msgid "Task List Selector" msgstr "工作清單選擇器" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:235 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:250 msgid "Print Tasks" msgstr "打印工作" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:291 msgid "Task List Properties" msgstr "工作清單" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:586 msgid "" "This operation will permanently erase all tasks marked as completed. If you " "continue, you will not be able to recover these tasks.\n" "\n" "Really erase these tasks?" msgstr "" "這個動作會永久地清除所有標示為已完成的工作。如果你要繼續，你將不能復原這些工作。\n" "\n" "確定清除這些工作？" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:593 msgid "Do not ask me again" msgstr "不要再詢問我" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:711 msgid "_Delete Task" msgstr "刪除工作(_D)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:718 msgid "_Find in Task..." msgstr "在工作內尋找(_F)…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:720 msgid "Search for text in the displayed task" msgstr "搜尋顯示的工作中的文字" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:732 msgid "Copy..." msgstr "複製…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:739 msgid "D_elete Task List" msgstr "刪除工作清單(_E)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:741 msgid "Delete the selected task list" msgstr "刪除選取的工作清單" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:746 msgid "_New Task List" msgstr "新增工作清單(_N)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:762 msgid "Refresh the selected task list" msgstr "重新整理選取的工作清單" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:769 msgid "Rename the selected task list" msgstr "重新命名選取的工作清單" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:774 msgid "Show _Only This Task List" msgstr "只顯示此工作清單(_O)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:788 msgid "Mar_k as Incomplete" msgstr "標示為未完成(_K)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:818 msgid "Delete completed tasks" msgstr "刪除已完成的工作" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:893 msgid "Task _Preview" msgstr "工作預覽(_P)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:895 msgid "Show task preview pane" msgstr "顯示工作預覽窗格" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:916 msgid "Show task preview below the task list" msgstr "在工作清單下方顯示工作預覽" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:923 msgid "Show task preview alongside the task list" msgstr "在工作清單旁邊顯示工作預覽" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:931 msgid "Active Tasks" msgstr "進行中的工作" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:945 msgid "Completed Tasks" msgstr "已完成的工作" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:952 msgid "Next 7 Days' Tasks" msgstr "未來 7 天的工作" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:959 msgid "Overdue Tasks" msgstr "過期的工作" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:966 msgid "Tasks with Attachments" msgstr "有附件的工作" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1016 msgid "Print the list of tasks" msgstr "打印工作清單" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1023 msgid "Preview the list of tasks to be printed" msgstr "預覽將要打印的工作清單" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:374 msgid "Delete Tasks" msgstr "刪除工作" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:376 msgid "Delete Task" msgstr "刪除工作" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:631 msgid "Expunging" msgstr "除去中" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:742 #, c-format msgid "%d task" msgid_plural "%d tasks" msgstr[0] "%d 項工作" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/e-mail-formatter-itip.c:149 msgid "ITIP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/e-mail-formatter-itip.c:150 msgid "Display part as an invitation" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:235 msgid "Today %H:%M" msgstr "今天 %H:%M" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:239 msgid "Today %H:%M:%S" msgstr "今天 %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:248 msgid "Today %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "今天 %p %l:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:263 msgid "Tomorrow %H:%M" msgstr "明天 %H:%M" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:267 msgid "Tomorrow %H:%M:%S" msgstr "明天 %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:272 msgid "Tomorrow %l:%M %p" msgstr "明天 %p %l:%M" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:276 msgid "Tomorrow %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "明天 %p %l:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:295 #, c-format msgid "%A" msgstr "%A" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:300 msgid "%A %H:%M" msgstr "%A %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:304 msgid "%A %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%A %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:309 msgid "%A %l:%M %p" msgstr "%A %p %l:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:313 msgid "%A %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%A %p %l:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date #. * without a year. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:322 msgid "%A, %B %e" msgstr "%m月%e日(%A)" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date #. * without a year and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:328 msgid "%A, %B %e %H:%M" msgstr "%m月%e日(%A) %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:332 msgid "%A, %B %e %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%m月%e日(%A) %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:337 msgid "%A, %B %e %l:%M %p" msgstr "%m月%e日(%A) %p %l:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:341 msgid "%A, %B %e %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%m月%e日(%A) %p %l:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:347 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y" msgstr "%Y年%m月%e日(%A)" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:352 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M" msgstr "%Y年%m月%e日(%A) %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:356 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%Y年%m月%e日(%A) %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:361 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M %p" msgstr "%Y年%m月%e日(%A) %p %l:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:365 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%Y年%m月%e日(%A) %p %l:%M:%S" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:403 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:404 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:493 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:494 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:583 msgid "An unknown person" msgstr "不明人士" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:408 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:498 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:587 #, c-format msgid "Please respond on behalf of %s" msgstr "請代表 %s 回覆" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:410 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:500 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:589 #, c-format msgid "Received on behalf of %s" msgstr "代表 %s 接收" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:415 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following meeting information:" msgstr "%s 透過 %s 已經發布下列會議資訊：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:417 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following meeting information:" msgstr "%s 已經發布下列會議資訊：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:422 #, c-format msgid "%s has delegated the following meeting to you:" msgstr "%s 已經委派下列會議給你：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:425 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s requests your presence at the following meeting:" msgstr "%s 透過 %s 邀請你出席下列會議：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:427 #, c-format msgid "%s requests your presence at the following meeting:" msgstr "%s 邀請你出席下列會議：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:433 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing meeting:" msgstr "%s 透過 %s 希望加入一個既存的會議：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:435 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing meeting:" msgstr "%s 希望加入一個既存的會議：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:439 #, c-format msgid "" "%s through %s wishes to receive the latest information for the following " "meeting:" msgstr "%s 透過 %s 希望收到下列會議的最新資訊：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:441 #, c-format msgid "" "%s wishes to receive the latest information for the following meeting:" msgstr "%s 希望收到下列會議的最新資訊：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:445 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has sent back the following meeting response:" msgstr "%s 透過 %s 傳送了下列會議的回覆：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:447 #, c-format msgid "%s has sent back the following meeting response:" msgstr "%s 傳送了下列會議的回覆：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:451 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following meeting:" msgstr "%s 透過 %s 已經消取下列會議：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:453 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:457 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has proposed the following meeting changes." msgstr "%s 透過 %s 已經答覆了下列會議更改。" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:459 #, c-format msgid "%s has proposed the following meeting changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:463 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has declined the following meeting changes:" msgstr "%s 透過 %s 已經婉拒了下列會議更改：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:465 #, c-format msgid "%s has declined the following meeting changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:505 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following task:" msgstr "%s 透過 %s 已經發布了下列工作資訊：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:507 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following task:" msgstr "%s 已經發布了下列工作：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:512 #, c-format msgid "%s requests the assignment of %s to the following task:" msgstr "%s 指派 %s 加入下列工作：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:515 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has assigned you a task:" msgstr "%s 透過 %s 已經指派你一項工作：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:517 #, c-format msgid "%s has assigned you a task:" msgstr "%s 已經指派你一項工作：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:523 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing task:" msgstr "%s 透過 %s 希望加入一項既存的工作：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:525 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing task:" msgstr "%s 希望加入一項既存的工作：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:529 #, c-format msgid "" "%s through %s wishes to receive the latest information for the following " "assigned task:" msgstr "%s 透過 %s 希望收到下列指派工作的最新資訊：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:531 #, c-format msgid "" "%s wishes to receive the latest information for the following assigned task:" msgstr "%s 希望收到下列指派工作的最新資訊：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:535 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has sent back the following assigned task response:" msgstr "%s 透過 %s 傳送了下列指派工作的回覆：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:537 #, c-format msgid "%s has sent back the following assigned task response:" msgstr "%s 傳送了下列指派工作的回覆：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:541 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following assigned task:" msgstr "%s 透過 %s 已經取消下列指派的工作：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:543 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following assigned task:" msgstr "%s 已經取消下列指派的工作：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:547 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has proposed the following task assignment changes:" msgstr "%s 透過 %s 已經回覆下列指派工作的更改：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:549 #, c-format msgid "%s has proposed the following task assignment changes:" msgstr "%s 已經回覆下列指派工作的更改：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:553 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has declined the following assigned task:" msgstr "%s 透過 %s 已婉拒了下列指派的工作：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:555 #, c-format msgid "%s has declined the following assigned task:" msgstr "%s 已經婉拒下列指派的工作：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:594 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following memo:" msgstr "%s 透過 %s 已經發布了下列備忘錄：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:596 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following memo:" msgstr "%s 已經發布了備忘錄：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:601 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing memo:" msgstr "%s 透過 %s 希望加入一個既存的備忘錄：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:603 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing memo:" msgstr "%s 希望加入一個既存的備忘錄：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:607 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following shared memo:" msgstr "%s 透過 %s 已經消取下列共用備忘錄：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:609 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following shared memo:" msgstr "%s 已經取消下列共用備忘錄：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:682 msgid "All day:" msgstr "整天：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:688 msgid "Start day:" msgstr "開始日：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:688 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1502 msgid "Start time:" msgstr "開始時間:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:697 msgid "End day:" msgstr "結束日：" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:697 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1503 msgid "End time:" msgstr "結束時間:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1028 msgid "Ope_n Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1031 msgid "_Decline all" msgstr "全部拒絕(_D)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1034 msgid "_Decline" msgstr "拒絕(_D)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1037 msgid "_Tentative all" msgstr "全部暫訂(_T)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1040 msgid "_Tentative" msgstr "暫訂(_T)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1043 msgid "Acce_pt all" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1046 msgid "Acce_pt" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1049 msgid "Send _Information" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1052 msgid "_Update Attendee Status" msgstr "更新出席狀態(_U)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1055 msgid "_Update" msgstr "更新(_U)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1505 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1553 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1624 msgid "Comment:" msgstr "註解:" #. RSVP area #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1541 msgid "Send reply to sender" msgstr "" #. Updates #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1556 msgid "Send _updates to attendees" msgstr "傳送更新給到會者(_U)" #. The recurrence check button #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1559 msgid "_Apply to all instances" msgstr "套用至所有實體(_A)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1560 msgid "Show time as _free" msgstr "顯示時間為空閒(_F)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1561 msgid "_Preserve my reminder" msgstr "保留我的提醒(_P)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1562 msgid "_Inherit reminder" msgstr "繼承提醒(_I)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1892 msgid "_Tasks:" msgstr "工作(_T):" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1895 msgid "_Memos:" msgstr "備忘錄(_M):" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3123 msgid "Sa_ve" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3583 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5028 msgid "Attendee status updated" msgstr "到會者狀態已更新" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3762 #, c-format msgid "An appointment in the calendar '%s' conflicts with this meeting" msgstr "行事曆 '%s' 中的約會和這個會議相衝突" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3791 #, c-format msgid "Found the appointment in the calendar '%s'" msgstr "尋找在行事曆「%s」中的約會" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3904 msgid "Unable to find any calendars" msgstr "找不到任何行事曆" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3912 msgid "Unable to find this meeting in any calendar" msgstr "無法在任何行事曆中找到這個約會" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3917 msgid "Unable to find this task in any task list" msgstr "無法在任何工作清單中找到這項工作" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3922 msgid "Unable to find this memo in any memo list" msgstr "無法在任何備忘錄清單中找到這項備忘錄" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4266 msgid "Opening the calendar. Please wait..." msgstr "正在開啟行事曆。請稍候…" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4271 msgid "Searching for an existing version of this appointment" msgstr "尋找這個約會既存的版本" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4664 #, c-format msgid "Unable to send item to calendar '%s'. %s" msgstr "無法傳送項目至行事曆「%s」。%s" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4679 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as accepted" msgstr "傳送至行事曆 '%s' 並設為已接受" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4684 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as tentative" msgstr "傳送至行事曆 '%s' 並設為不確定的" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4690 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as declined" msgstr "傳送至行事曆 '%s' 並設為已婉拒" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4696 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as canceled" msgstr "傳送至行事曆「%s」並設為已取消" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4717 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5174 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5280 msgid "Saving changes to the calendar. Please wait..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4758 msgid "Unable to parse item" msgstr "無法分析項目" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4951 #, c-format msgid "Organizer has removed the delegate %s " msgstr "會議召集人已移除代理人 %s " #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4968 msgid "Sent a cancelation notice to the delegate" msgstr "傳送取消通知給代理人" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4972 msgid "Could not send the cancelation notice to the delegate" msgstr "無法傳送取消通知給代理人" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5020 #, c-format msgid "Unable to update attendee. %s" msgstr "無法更新到會者。%s" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5063 msgid "The meeting is invalid and cannot be updated" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5139 msgid "Attendee status could not be updated because the status is invalid" msgstr "由於不合法的狀態使得到會者狀態無法更新！" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5211 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5250 msgid "Attendee status can not be updated because the item no longer exists" msgstr "到會者狀態不能更新，因為項目已經不存在" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5313 msgid "Meeting information sent" msgstr "會議資訊寄出" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5318 msgid "Task information sent" msgstr "工作資訊寄出" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5323 msgid "Memo information sent" msgstr "備忘錄資訊寄出" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5334 msgid "Unable to send meeting information, the meeting does not exist" msgstr "無法寄出會議資訊，該會議並不存在" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5339 msgid "Unable to send task information, the task does not exist" msgstr "無法寄出工作資訊，該項工作不存在" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5344 msgid "Unable to send memo information, the memo does not exist" msgstr "無法寄出備忘錄資訊，該備忘錄並不存在" #. Translators: This is a default filename for a calendar. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5409 msgid "calendar.ics" msgstr "calendar.ics" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5414 msgid "Save Calendar" msgstr "儲存行事曆" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5463 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5476 msgid "The calendar attached is not valid" msgstr "附帶的行事曆是無效的" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5464 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5477 msgid "" "The message claims to contain a calendar, but the calendar is not a valid " "iCalendar." msgstr "此郵件宣告其含有行事曆內容，但其行事曆並非有效的 iCalendar。" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5519 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5549 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5650 msgid "The item in the calendar is not valid" msgstr "行事曆中的項目是無效的" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5520 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5550 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5651 msgid "" "The message does contain a calendar, but the calendar contains no events, " "tasks or free/busy information" msgstr "此郵件確實含有行事曆內容，但該內容並未包含任何事件、工作或空閒/忙碌資訊" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5565 msgid "The calendar attached contains multiple items" msgstr "附加的行事曆內容含有多個項目" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5566 msgid "" "To process all of these items, the file should be saved and the calendar " "imported" msgstr "要處理這些全部的項目，應該將此檔案儲存後匯入其中的行事曆" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6067 msgctxt "cal-itip" msgid "None" msgstr "沒有" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6083 msgid "Tentatively Accepted" msgstr "暫時接受" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6243 msgid "This meeting recurs" msgstr "這個會議的週期規則為" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6246 msgid "This task recurs" msgstr "這項工作的週期規則為" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6249 msgid "This memo recurs" msgstr "這個備忘錄的週期規則為" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:1 msgid "" "This response is not from a current attendee. Add the sender as an attendee?" msgstr "這個回覆並非來自目前的到會者。將寄件人加入為到會者？" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:2 msgid "This meeting has been delegated" msgstr "這個會議已委派" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:3 msgid "" "'{0}' has delegated the meeting. Do you want to add the delegate '{1}'?" msgstr "「{0}」已代理此會議。是否還要加入代理人「{1}」？" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:82 msgid "Meeting Invitations" msgstr "會議邀請" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:108 msgid "_Delete message after acting" msgstr "完成後刪除郵件(_D)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:122 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:153 msgid "Conflict Search" msgstr "衝突的搜尋" #. Source selector #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:137 msgid "Select the calendars to search for meeting conflicts" msgstr "選擇要搜尋會議衝突的行事曆" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/org-gnome-itip-formatter.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Itip Formatter" msgstr "Itip 格式器" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/org-gnome-itip-formatter.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Display \"text/calendar\" MIME parts in mail messages." msgstr "顯示郵件中的「text/calendar」 MIME 部分。" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:252 msgid "Google Features" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:261 msgid "Add Google Ca_lendar to this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:269 msgid "Add Google Con_tacts to this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:277 msgid "You may need to enable IMAP access" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:246 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:292 msgid "Mail _Directory:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:247 msgid "Choose a MH mail directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:269 msgid "Local Delivery _File:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:270 msgid "Choose a local delivery file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:293 msgid "Choose a Maildir mail directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:315 msgid "Spool _File:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:316 msgid "Choose a mbox spool file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:338 msgid "Spool _Directory:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:339 msgid "Choose a mbox spool directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:137 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:54 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:80 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:159 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "組態" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:155 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:98 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:24 msgid "_Server:" msgstr "伺服器(_S):" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:169 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:111 msgid "_Port:" msgstr "連接埠(_P):" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:181 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:227 msgid "User_name:" msgstr "使用者名稱(_N):" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:214 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:148 msgid "Encryption _method:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:229 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:163 msgid "STARTTLS after connecting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:233 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:167 msgid "SSL on a dedicated port" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:70 msgid "_Use custom binary, instead of 'sendmail'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:74 msgid "_Custom binary:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:91 msgid "U_se custom arguments" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:95 msgid "Cus_tom arguments:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:113 msgid "" "Default arguments are '-i -f %F -- %R', where\n" " %F - stands for the From address\n" " %R - stands for the recipient addresses" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:128 msgid "Send mail also when in offline _mode" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:123 msgid "Ser_ver requires authentication" msgstr "伺服器要求驗證(_V)" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:209 msgid "T_ype:" msgstr "類型(_Y):" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-yahoo-summary.c:247 msgid "Yahoo! Features" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-yahoo-summary.c:256 msgid "Add Yahoo! Ca_lendar and Tasks to this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:425 #, c-format msgid "%d attached message" msgid_plural "%d attached messages" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:321 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Mail Message" msgstr "郵件訊息(_M)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:323 msgid "Compose a new mail message" msgstr "編輯新的郵件訊息" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:331 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mail Acco_unt" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:333 msgid "Create a new mail account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:338 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mail _Folder" msgstr "郵件資料夾(_F)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:340 msgid "Create a new mail folder" msgstr "建立新郵件資料夾" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:636 msgid "Mail Accounts" msgstr "郵件帳號" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:645 msgid "Mail Preferences" msgstr "郵件偏好設定" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:654 msgid "Composer Preferences" msgstr "郵件編輯器偏好設定" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:663 msgid "Network Preferences" msgstr "網絡偏好設定" #. Translators: The first item in the list, to be #. * able to set rule: [Label] [is/is-not] [None] #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:954 msgctxt "label" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:672 msgid "Marking messages as read..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1522 msgid "_Disable Account" msgstr "停用帳號(_D)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1524 msgid "Disable this account" msgstr "停用這個帳號" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1531 msgid "Permanently remove all the deleted messages from all folders" msgstr "永久移除在所有資料夾內的已刪除的郵件" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1538 msgid "Edit properties of this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1543 msgid "_Refresh" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1545 msgid "Refresh list of folders of this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1550 msgid "_Download Messages for Offline Usage" msgstr "下載離線使用的郵件(_D)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1552 msgid "Download messages of accounts and folders marked for offline usage" msgstr "下載標記為離線使用的帳號與資料夾之郵件" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1557 msgid "Fl_ush Outbox" msgstr "清理寄件匣(_U)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1564 msgid "_Copy Folder To..." msgstr "複製資料夾到(_C)…" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1566 msgid "Copy the selected folder into another folder" msgstr "複製已選定的資料夾到另一個資料夾" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1573 msgid "Permanently remove this folder" msgstr "永久移除這個資料夾" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1578 msgid "E_xpunge" msgstr "刪除(_X)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1580 msgid "Permanently remove all deleted messages from this folder" msgstr "永久移除在這個資料夾內已刪除的郵件" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1585 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1685 msgid "Mar_k All Messages as Read" msgstr "標示所有郵件為已閱讀(_K)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1587 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1687 msgid "Mark all messages in the folder as read" msgstr "將資料夾中全部的郵件標示成已閱讀" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1592 msgid "_Move Folder To..." msgstr "移動資料夾到(_M)…" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1594 msgid "Move the selected folder into another folder" msgstr "將選定的資料夾移至另一個資料夾" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1599 msgid "_New..." msgstr "新增(_N)…" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1601 msgid "Create a new folder for storing mail" msgstr "建立一個新資料夾以儲存郵件" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1608 msgid "Change the properties of this folder" msgstr "更改這個資料夾的屬性" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1615 msgid "Refresh the folder" msgstr "重新載入資料夾" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1622 msgid "Change the name of this folder" msgstr "更改這個資料夾的名稱" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1627 msgid "Select Message _Thread" msgstr "選擇郵件檔頭(_T)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1629 msgid "Select all messages in the same thread as the selected message" msgstr "選擇所有相關的郵件為選定的郵件" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1634 msgid "Select Message S_ubthread" msgstr "選擇郵件子羣組(_U)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1636 msgid "Select all replies to the currently selected message" msgstr "選擇所有回覆選定郵件的信" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1648 msgid "Empty _Trash" msgstr "清理回收筒(_T)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1650 msgid "Permanently remove all the deleted messages from all accounts" msgstr "永久移除在所有帳號內全部已刪除的郵件" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1655 msgid "_New Label" msgstr "新增標籤(_N)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1664 msgid "N_one" msgstr "沒有(_O)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1678 msgid "_Manage Subscriptions" msgstr "管理訂閱(_M)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1680 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1764 msgid "Subscribe or unsubscribe to folders on remote servers" msgstr "訂閱或取消訂閱在遠端伺服器的資料夾" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1692 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1713 msgid "Send / _Receive" msgstr "傳送/接收(_R)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1694 msgid "Send queued items and retrieve new items" msgstr "傳送待送的項目並接收新的項目" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1699 msgid "R_eceive All" msgstr "全部接收(_E)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1701 msgid "Receive new items from all accounts" msgstr "接收在所有帳號內的新項目" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1706 msgid "_Send All" msgstr "全部傳送(_S)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1708 msgid "Send queued items in all accounts" msgstr "傳送在所有帳號內待送的項目" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1736 msgid "Cancel the current mail operation" msgstr "取消目前郵件所作的行動" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1741 msgid "Collapse All _Threads" msgstr "收摺所有相關郵件(_T)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1743 msgid "Collapse all message threads" msgstr "收摺所有的相關郵件" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1748 msgid "E_xpand All Threads" msgstr "展開所有相關郵件(_X)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1750 msgid "Expand all message threads" msgstr "展開所有的相關郵件" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1755 msgid "_Message Filters" msgstr "郵件規則(_M)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1757 msgid "Create or edit rules for filtering new mail" msgstr "為新郵件建立或編輯過濾規則" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1762 msgid "_Subscriptions..." msgstr "訂閱(_S)…" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1771 msgid "F_older" msgstr "資料夾(_O)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1778 msgid "_Label" msgstr "標籤(_L)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1795 msgid "C_reate Search Folder From Search..." msgstr "從搜尋建立搜尋資料夾(_R)…" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1802 msgid "Search F_olders" msgstr "搜尋資料夾(_O)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1804 msgid "Create or edit search folder definitions" msgstr "建立或編輯搜尋資料夾的定義" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1843 msgid "_New Folder..." msgstr "新增資料夾(_N)…" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1871 msgid "Show Message _Preview" msgstr "顯示郵件預覽(_P)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1873 msgid "Show message preview pane" msgstr "顯示郵件預覽窗格" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1879 msgid "Show _Deleted Messages" msgstr "顯示已刪除郵件(_D)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1881 msgid "Show deleted messages with a line through them" msgstr "顯示已刪除的郵件 (加上刪除線)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1887 msgid "_Group By Threads" msgstr "根據相關郵件為羣組(_G)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1889 msgid "Threaded message list" msgstr "相關郵件清單" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1895 msgid "_Unmatched Folder Enabled" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1897 msgid "Toggles whether Unmatched search folder is enabled" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1917 msgid "Show message preview below the message list" msgstr "在郵件清單下方顯示郵件預覽" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1924 msgid "Show message preview alongside the message list" msgstr "在郵件清單旁邊顯示郵件預覽" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1932 msgid "All Messages" msgstr "所有郵件" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1939 msgid "Important Messages" msgstr "重要郵件" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1946 msgid "Last 5 Days' Messages" msgstr "最近 5 天的郵件" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1953 msgid "Messages Not Junk" msgstr "非垃圾郵件" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1960 msgid "Messages with Attachments" msgstr "有附件的郵件" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1967 msgid "No Label" msgstr "無標籤" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1974 msgid "Read Messages" msgstr "已讀郵件" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1981 msgid "Unread Messages" msgstr "未讀郵件" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2033 msgid "Subject or Addresses contain" msgstr "主旨或電子郵件位址包含" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2043 msgid "All Accounts" msgstr "所有的帳號" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2050 msgid "Current Account" msgstr "目前的帳號" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2057 msgid "Current Folder" msgstr "目前的資料夾" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:638 msgid "All Account Search" msgstr "所有的帳號搜尋" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:746 msgid "Account Search" msgstr "帳號搜尋" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:973 #, c-format msgid "%d selected, " msgid_plural "%d selected, " msgstr[0] "已選擇 %d 個， " #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:982 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:999 #, c-format msgid "%d deleted" msgid_plural "%d deleted" msgstr[0] "%d 封已刪除" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1008 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1014 #, c-format msgid "%d junk" msgid_plural "%d junk" msgstr[0] "%d 封垃圾" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1021 #, c-format msgid "%d draft" msgid_plural "%d drafts" msgstr[0] "%d 個草稿" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1027 #, c-format msgid "%d unsent" msgid_plural "%d unsent" msgstr[0] "%d 封未傳送" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1033 #, c-format msgid "%d sent" msgid_plural "%d sent" msgstr[0] "%d 封已傳送" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1045 #, c-format msgid "%d unread, " msgid_plural "%d unread, " msgstr[0] "%d 封未讀， " #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1048 #, c-format msgid "%d total" msgid_plural "%d total" msgstr[0] "共 %d 封" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1069 msgid "Trash" msgstr "回收筒" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1507 msgid "Send / Receive" msgstr "傳送/接收" #: ../modules/mail/em-composer-prefs.c:447 msgid "Language(s)" msgstr "語言" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:81 msgid "On exit, every time" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:82 msgid "On exit, once per day" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:83 msgid "On exit, once per week" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:84 msgid "On exit, once per month" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:85 msgid "Immediately, on folder leave" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:356 msgid "Header" msgstr "頁首" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:360 msgid "Contains Value" msgstr "包含數值" #. To Translators: 'Date header' is a label for configurable date/time format for 'Date' header in mail message window/preview #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1215 msgid "_Date header:" msgstr "日期標頭(_D):" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1216 msgid "Show _original header value" msgstr "顯示原始標頭數值(_O)" #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:142 msgid "Do you want to make Evolution your default email client?" msgstr "是否要將 Evolution 設為你的預設電子郵件客戶端？" #. Translators: First %s is an email address, second %s #. * is the subject of the email, third %s is the date. #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Your message to %s about \"%s\" on %s has been read." msgstr "你寄給 %s 主旨「%s」 (%s) 的郵件已被閱讀。" #. Translators: %s is the subject of the email message. #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:378 #, c-format msgid "Delivery Notification for \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:543 #, c-format msgid "Send a read receipt to '%s'" msgstr "" #. name doesn't matter #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:548 msgid "_Notify Sender" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Sender wants to be notified when you have read this message." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Sender has been notified that you have read this message." msgstr "" #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Evolution is currently offline." msgstr "Evolution 目前為離線工作。" #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Click 'Work Online' to return to online mode." msgstr "點選「網上工作」以回到網上模式。" #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Evolution is currently offline due to a network outage." msgstr "因為網絡無法使用，Evolution 目前為離線模式。" #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Evolution will return to online mode once a network connection is " "established." msgstr "一旦網絡連線建立，Evolution 就會回到網上模式。" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:68 msgid "Author(s)" msgstr "作者" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:254 msgid "Plugin Manager" msgstr "外掛程式管理員" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:269 msgid "Note: Some changes will not take effect until restart" msgstr "注意：某些更改在重新啟動後才會生效" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:298 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概覽" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:367 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:450 msgid "Plugin" msgstr "外掛程式" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:488 msgid "_Plugins" msgstr "外掛程式(_P)" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:489 msgid "Enable and disable plugins" msgstr "啟用與停用外掛程式" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:140 msgid "Display plain text version" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:142 msgid "Display plain text version of multipart/alternative message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:148 msgid "Display HTML version" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:150 msgid "Display HTML version of multipart/alternative message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:78 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:44 msgid "Show HTML if present" msgstr "如提供 HTML 則顯示之" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:79 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:45 msgid "Let Evolution choose the best part to show." msgstr "讓 Evolution 選擇最佳的部分來顯示。" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:82 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:48 msgid "Show plain text if present" msgstr "如提供純文字則顯示它" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:83 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:49 msgid "" "Show plain text part, if present, otherwise let Evolution choose the best " "part to show." msgstr "如果有純文字的部分就顯示它，否則讓 Evolution 選擇最佳的部分來顯示。" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:87 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:53 msgid "Only ever show plain text" msgstr "只以純文字顯示" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:88 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:54 msgid "" "Always show plain text part and make attachments from other parts, if " "requested." msgstr "如果有要求時，永遠顯示純文字的部分並從其他的部分製作附件。" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:105 msgid "Show s_uppressed HTML parts as attachments" msgstr "將抑制的 HTML 部分顯示為附件(_U)" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:127 msgid "HTML _Mode" msgstr "HT_ML 模式" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Prefer Plain Text" msgstr "偏好純文字" #. but then we also need to create our own section frame #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Plain Text Mode" msgstr "純文字模型" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:4 msgid "View mail messages as plain text, even if they contain HTML content." msgstr "以純文字方式檢視郵件，即使它們含有 HTML 內容。" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:151 #, c-format msgid "Failed to spawn SpamAssassin (%s): " msgstr "無法產生 SpamAssassin (%s)： " #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:174 msgid "Failed to stream mail message content to SpamAssassin: " msgstr "無法將郵件訊息的內容串流導至 SpamAssassin： " #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Failed to write '%s' to SpamAssassin: " msgstr "無法寫入「%s」至 SpamAssassin： " #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:221 msgid "Failed to read output from SpamAssassin: " msgstr "無法從 SpamAssassin 讀取輸出： " #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:276 msgid "SpamAssassin either crashed or failed to process a mail message" msgstr "SpamAssassin 可能當掉或無法處理郵件訊息" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:356 msgid "SpamAssassin Options" msgstr "SpamAssassin 選項" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:371 msgid "I_nclude remote tests" msgstr "包含遠端測試(_N)" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:385 msgid "This will make SpamAssassin more reliable, but slower." msgstr "這會讓 SpamAssasin 更可靠，但速度變慢。" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:559 msgid "SpamAssassin" msgstr "SpamAssassin" #. Keep the title identical to EMailConfigImportPage #. * so it's only shown once in the assistant sidebar. #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:262 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:342 msgid "Importing Files" msgstr "正在匯入檔案" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:261 msgid "Import cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:278 msgid "Import complete." msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-startup-assistant.c:156 msgid "" "Welcome to Evolution.\n" "\n" "The next few screens will allow Evolution to connect to your email accounts, " "and to import files from other applications." msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/evolution-startup-wizard.c:229 msgid "Loading accounts..." msgstr "正在載入帳號…" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-display-popup-text-highlight.c:95 msgid "_Format as..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-display-popup-text-highlight.c:103 msgid "_Other languages" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-formatter-text-highlight.c:337 msgid "Text Highlight" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-formatter-text-highlight.c:338 msgid "Syntax highlighting of mail parts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:32 msgid "_Plain text" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:38 msgid "_Assembler" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:43 msgid "_Bash" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:54 msgid "_C/C++" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:63 msgid "_C#" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:68 msgid "_Cascade Style Sheet" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:73 msgid "_HTML" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:81 msgid "_Java" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:87 msgid "_JavaScript" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:93 msgid "_Patch/diff" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:99 msgid "_Perl" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:110 msgid "_PHP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:123 msgid "_Python" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:128 msgid "_Ruby" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:135 msgid "_Tcl/Tk" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:141 msgid "_TeX/LaTeX" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:147 msgid "_Vala" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:152 msgid "_Visual Basic" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:159 msgid "_XML" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:177 msgid "_ActionScript" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:182 msgid "_ADA95" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:189 msgid "_ALGOL 68" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:194 msgid "(_G)AWK" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:199 msgid "_COBOL" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:204 msgid "_DOS Batch" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:209 msgid "_D" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:214 msgid "_Erlang" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:219 msgid "_FORTRAN 77" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:225 msgid "_FORTRAN 90" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:230 msgid "_F#" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:235 msgid "_Go" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:240 msgid "_Haskell" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:245 msgid "_JSP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:250 msgid "_Lisp" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:258 msgid "_Lotus" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:263 msgid "_Lua" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:268 msgid "_Maple" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:273 msgid "_Matlab" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:278 msgid "_Maya" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:283 msgid "_Oberon" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:288 msgid "_Objective C" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:294 msgid "_OCaml" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:299 msgid "_Octave" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:304 msgid "_Object Script" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:309 msgid "_Pascal" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:314 msgid "_POV-Ray" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:319 msgid "_Prolog" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:324 msgid "_PostScript" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:329 msgid "_R" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:334 msgid "_RPM Spec" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:339 msgid "_Scala" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:344 msgid "_Smalltalk" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:350 msgid "_TCSH" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:355 msgid "_VHDL" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:129 #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-part-vcard.c:152 msgid "Show F_ull vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:132 #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-part-vcard.c:170 msgid "Show Com_pact vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:157 msgid "Save _To Addressbook" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:178 msgid "There is one other contact." msgstr "還有聯絡人。" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:184 #, c-format msgid "There is %d other contact." msgid_plural "There are %d other contacts." msgstr[0] "還有 %d 個其他聯絡人。" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:209 msgid "Addressbook Contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:210 msgid "Display the part as an addressbook contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/web-inspector/evolution-web-inspector.c:96 msgid "Evolution Web Inspector" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/attachment-reminder.c:121 msgid "_Do not show this message again." msgstr "不要再顯示這個訊息(_D)" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/attachment-reminder.c:583 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:480 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "關鍵字" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Message has no attachments" msgstr "郵件沒有附件" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "Evolution has found some keywords that suggest that this message should " "contain an attachment, but cannot find one." msgstr "Evolution 已找到某些代表該郵件應含有附件的關鍵字，卻找不到這個附件。" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Add Attachment..." msgstr "加入附件(_A)…" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:4 msgid "_Edit Message" msgstr "編輯郵件(_E)" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-evolution-attachment-reminder.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Attachment Reminder" msgstr "附件提醒程式" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-evolution-attachment-reminder.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Reminds you when you forgot to add an attachment to a mail message." msgstr "當你忘記將附件加入郵件時提醒你。" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:635 ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:644 #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Automatic Contacts" msgstr "自動加入的聯絡人" #. Enable BBDB checkbox #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:659 msgid "Create _address book entries when sending mails" msgstr "在傳送郵件時自動建立通訊錄項目(_A)" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:666 msgid "Select Address book for Automatic Contacts" msgstr "選擇給自動加入聯絡人用的通訊錄" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:683 msgid "Instant Messaging Contacts" msgstr "即時訊息聯絡人" #. Enable Gaim Checkbox #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:698 msgid "_Synchronize contact info and images from Pidgin buddy list" msgstr "從 Pidgin 的好友清單同步聯絡人資訊和圖片(_S)" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:705 msgid "Select Address book for Pidgin buddy list" msgstr "選擇給 Pidgin 好友名單用的通訊錄" #. Synchronize now button. #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:718 msgid "Synchronize with _buddy list now" msgstr "立即與好友清單同步(_B)" #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "BBDB" msgstr "BBDB" #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "" "Takes the gruntwork out of managing your address book.\n" "\n" "Automatically fills your address book with names and email addresses as you " "reply to messages. Also fills in IM contact information from your buddy " "lists." msgstr "" "不用再大費周章管理你的通訊錄了。\n" "\n" "回覆郵件時自動在通訊錄中填入姓名與電子郵件位址。同時也會在好友清單中填入 IM 聯絡人資訊。" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:282 msgid "Importing Outlook Express data" msgstr "正在匯入 Outlook Express 資料" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Outlook DBX import" msgstr "Outlook DBX 匯入" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Outlook Express 5/6 personal folders (.dbx)" msgstr "Outlook Express 5/6 個人資料夾 (.dbx)" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Import Outlook Express messages from DBX file" msgstr "從 DBX 檔案匯入 Outlook Express 郵件" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:291 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Security:" msgstr "安全性：" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:295 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Personal" msgstr "個人" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:296 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Unclassified" msgstr "未歸類" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:297 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Protected" msgstr "已保護" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:298 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Confidential" msgstr "機密" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:299 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Secret" msgstr "密" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:300 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Top secret" msgstr "極機密" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:360 msgctxt "email-custom-header" msgid "None" msgstr "沒有" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:536 msgid "_Custom Header" msgstr "自選標頭(_C)" #. To translators: This string is used while adding a new message header to configuration, to specifying the format of the key values #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:806 msgid "" "The format for specifying a Custom Header key value is:\n" "Name of the Custom Header key values separated by \";\"." msgstr "" "指定自選標頭鍵值的格式：\n" "自選標頭鍵值的名稱請以「;」隔開。" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:859 msgid "Key" msgstr "設定鍵" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:876 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:489 msgid "Values" msgstr "數值" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Custom Header" msgstr "自選標頭" #. For Translators: 'custom header' string is used while adding a new message header to outgoing message, to specify what value for the message header would be added #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Add custom headers to outgoing mail messages." msgstr "在外寄郵件中加入自選標頭。" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.ui.h:1 msgid "Email Custom Header" msgstr "電子郵件自選標頭" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:112 msgid "Command to be executed to launch the editor: " msgstr "用來啟動編輯器的指令: " #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:113 msgid "" "For XEmacs use \"xemacs\"\n" "For Vim use \"gvim -f\"" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:123 msgid "_Automatically launch when a new mail is edited" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:413 #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:415 msgid "Compose in External Editor" msgstr "在外部編輯器中撰寫" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "External Editor" msgstr "外部編輯器" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Use an external editor to compose plain-text mail messages." msgstr "使用外部編輯器撰寫純文字郵件。" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Editor not launchable" msgstr "編輯器無法啟動" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "The external editor set in your plugin preferences cannot be launched. Try " "setting a different editor." msgstr "不能啟動在你外掛程式偏好設定中設定的外部編輯器。請嘗試設定不同的編輯器。" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Cannot create Temporary File" msgstr "不能建立暫存檔案" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Evolution is unable to create a temporary file to save your mail. Retry " "later." msgstr "Evoluton 無法建立用來儲存你郵件的暫存檔案。請稍後再試。" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:5 msgid "External editor still running" msgstr "外部編輯器仍在執行中" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "The external editor is still running. The mail composer window cannot be " "closed as long as the editor is active." msgstr "外部編輯器仍在執行中。只要該編輯器仍在使用，郵件編輯器視窗就不能關閉。" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:171 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:322 msgid "Unknown error" msgstr "不明的錯誤" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:289 msgid "Select a Face Picture" msgstr "選擇一張大頭照圖片" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:299 msgid "Image files" msgstr "圖片檔案" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:358 msgid "_Insert Face picture by default" msgstr "預設插入大頭照(_I)" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:371 msgid "Load new _Face picture" msgstr "載入新的大頭照(_F)" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:432 msgid "Include _Face" msgstr "包含大頭照(_F)" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Attach a small picture of your face to outgoing messages." msgstr "在外寄郵件中附帶有你臉部的小照片。" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Failed Read" msgstr "無法讀取" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:2 msgid "The file cannot be read" msgstr "不能讀取這個檔案" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Invalid Image Size" msgstr "無效的圖片大小" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Please select an image of size 48 * 48" msgstr "請選擇尺寸為 48*48 的圖片" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Not an image" msgstr "不是圖片檔" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "The file you selected does not look like a valid .png image. Error: {0}" msgstr "你選取的檔案似乎不是有效的 .png 圖片。錯誤：{0}" #: ../plugins/image-inline/org-gnome-image-inline.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Inline Image" msgstr "行內圖片" #: ../plugins/image-inline/org-gnome-image-inline.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "View image attachments directly in mail messages." msgstr "直接在郵件中顯示圖片。" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:368 msgid "Get List _Archive" msgstr "取得清單檔案庫(_A)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:370 msgid "Get an archive of the list this message belongs to" msgstr "取得此郵件所屬論壇的檔案庫" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:375 msgid "Get List _Usage Information" msgstr "取得清單使用資訊(_U)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:377 msgid "Get information about the usage of the list this message belongs to" msgstr "取得此郵件所屬論壇的使用方法相關資訊" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:382 msgid "Contact List _Owner" msgstr "聯絡人清單擁有者(_O)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:384 msgid "Contact the owner of the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "聯絡此郵件所屬通信論壇的管理者" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:389 msgid "_Post Message to List" msgstr "傳送郵件給論壇(_P)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:391 msgid "Post a message to the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "撰寫郵件給此郵件所屬的通信論壇" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:396 msgid "_Subscribe to List" msgstr "訂閱論壇(_S)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:398 msgid "Subscribe to the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "訂閱此郵件所屬的通信論壇" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:403 msgid "_Unsubscribe from List" msgstr "取消訂閱論壇(_U)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:405 msgid "Unsubscribe from the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "取消訂閱此郵件所屬的通信論壇" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:412 msgid "Mailing _List" msgstr "通信論壇(_L)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Mailing List Actions" msgstr "通信論壇動作" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Perform common mailing list actions (subscribe, unsubscribe, etc.)." msgstr "執行一般通信論壇指令的動作 （訂閱、取消訂閱等等…）。" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Action not available" msgstr "無法使用動作" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This message does not contain the header information required for this " "action." msgstr "這封郵件沒有包含此動作所需的檔頭資訊" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Posting not allowed" msgstr "不允許張貼" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Posting to this mailing list is not allowed. Possibly, this is a read-only " "mailing list. Contact the list owner for details." msgstr "對此通信論壇的張貼是不被允許的。這可能是一個唯讀的通信論壇。請聯絡論壇的管理者以取得進一步資訊。" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Send e-mail message to mailing list?" msgstr "傳送郵件到通信論壇？" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "An e-mail message will be sent to the URL \"{0}\". You can either send the " "message automatically, or see and change it first.\n" "\n" "You should receive an answer from the mailing list shortly after the message " "has been sent." msgstr "" "即將寄出一封電子郵件至 URL \"{0}\"。你可以自動送出郵件，或是先查看並做些改變。\n" "\n" "在這封郵件送出後不久你應該會收到來自通信論壇的回應。" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:9 msgid "_Send message" msgstr "傳送郵件(_S)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:10 msgid "_Edit message" msgstr "編輯郵件(_E)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Malformed header" msgstr "格式錯誤的檔頭" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "The {0} header of this message is malformed and could not be processed.\n" "\n" "Header: {1}" msgstr "" "此郵件的 {0} 檔頭格式錯誤因而無法進行處理。\n" "\n" "檔頭： {1}" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:15 msgid "No e-mail action" msgstr "沒有郵件動作" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:16 msgid "" "The action could not be performed. The header for this action did not " "contain any action that could be processed.\n" "\n" "Header: {0}" msgstr "" "無法執行這個動作。這個動作的標頭並未包含任何我們能處理的動作。\n" "\n" "標頭： {0}" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:384 #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:420 #, c-format msgid "You have received %d new message." msgid_plural "You have received %d new messages." msgstr[0] "你已經接收 %d 封郵件 。" #. Translators: "From:" is preceding a new mail #. * sender address, like "From: user@example.com" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:395 #, c-format msgid "From: %s" msgstr "寄件者：%s" #. Translators: "Subject:" is preceding a new mail #. * subject, like "Subject: It happened again" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:409 #, c-format msgid "Subject: %s" msgstr "主旨：%s" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:426 msgid "New email in Evolution" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is a mail #. * folder name. (e.g. "Show Inbox") #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:461 #, c-format msgid "Show %s" msgstr "顯示 %s" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:663 msgid "_Play sound when a new message arrives" msgstr "當新郵件到達時播放聲音檔案(_P)" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:695 msgid "_Beep" msgstr "嗶聲(_B)" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:708 msgid "Use sound _theme" msgstr "使用音效主題(_T)" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:727 msgid "Play _file:" msgstr "播放檔案(_F):" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:736 msgid "Select sound file" msgstr "選擇聲音檔案" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:792 msgid "Notify new messages for _Inbox only" msgstr "只通知收件匣的新郵件(_I)" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:802 msgid "Show _notification when a new message arrives" msgstr "當新郵件到達時顯示通知(_N)" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/org-gnome-mail-notification.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Mail Notification" msgstr "郵件通知" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/org-gnome-mail-notification.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Notifies you when new mail messages arrive." msgstr "當新郵件到達時通知你。" #. To Translators: The full sentence looks like: "Created from a mail by John Doe " #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Created from a mail by %s" msgstr "從 %s 的郵件所建立" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:616 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected calendar contains event '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old event?" msgstr "選取的行事曆已經包含事件「%s」。是否要編輯此舊的事件？" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:619 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected task list contains task '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old task?" msgstr "選取的工作清單已經包含工作「%s」。是否要編輯此舊的工作？" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:622 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected memo list contains memo '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old memo?" msgstr "選取的備忘錄清單已經包含備忘錄「%s」。是否要編輯此舊的備忘錄？" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:642 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to events. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to events. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:649 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to tasks. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to tasks. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:656 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to memos. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to memos. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:677 msgid "Do you wish to continue converting remaining mails?" msgstr "是否要繼續轉換剩餘的郵件？" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:753 msgid "[No Summary]" msgstr "[沒有摘要]" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:766 msgid "Invalid object returned from a server" msgstr "從伺服器傳回無效的物件" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:821 #, c-format msgid "An error occurred during processing: %s" msgstr "在處理期間發生錯誤：%s" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:855 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open calendar. %s" msgstr "無法開啟行事曆。%s" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:862 msgid "" "Selected calendar is read only, thus cannot create event there. Select other " "calendar, please." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:865 msgid "" "Selected task list is read only, thus cannot create task there. Select other " "task list, please." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:868 msgid "" "Selected memo list is read only, thus cannot create memo there. Select other " "memo list, please." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1203 msgid "No writable calendar is available." msgstr "沒有可寫入的行事曆。" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1280 msgid "Create an _Appointment" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1282 msgid "Create a new event from the selected message" msgstr "以選取的郵件建立新的事件" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1287 msgid "Create a Mem_o" msgstr "建立備忘錄(_O)" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1289 msgid "Create a new memo from the selected message" msgstr "以選取的郵件建立新的備忘錄" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1294 msgid "Create a _Task" msgstr "建立工作(_T)" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1296 msgid "Create a new task from the selected message" msgstr "以選取的郵件建立新的工作" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1304 msgid "Create a _Meeting" msgstr "建立會議(_M)" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1306 msgid "Create a new meeting from the selected message" msgstr "以選取的郵件建立新的會議" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/org-gnome-mail-to-task.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Convert a mail message to a task." msgstr "將郵件轉換為工作。" #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Outlook PST import" msgstr "Outlook PST 匯入" #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Outlook personal folders (.pst)" msgstr "Outlook 個人資料夾 (.pst)" #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Import Outlook messages from PST file" msgstr "從 PST 檔案匯入 Outlook 郵件" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:530 msgid "_Mail" msgstr "郵件(_M)" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:559 msgid "Destination folder:" msgstr "目的地資料夾:" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:569 msgid "_Address Book" msgstr "通訊錄(_A)" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:574 msgid "A_ppointments" msgstr "約會(_P)" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:579 ../views/tasks/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Tasks" msgstr "工作(_T)" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:584 msgid "_Journal entries" msgstr "日誌項目(_J)" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:701 msgid "Importing Outlook data" msgstr "匯入 Outlook 資料" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:1 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:141 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:148 msgid "Calendar Publishing" msgstr "行事曆發布" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Locations" msgstr "位置" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Publish calendars to the web." msgstr "將行事曆發布為網頁。" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:217 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:484 #, c-format msgid "Could not open %s:" msgstr "無法開啟 %s：" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:236 #, c-format msgid "There was an error while publishing to %s:" msgstr "發布到 %s 時發生錯誤：" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:242 #, c-format msgid "Publishing to %s finished successfully" msgstr "發布到 %s 已成功結束" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:290 #, c-format msgid "Mount of %s failed:" msgstr "掛載 %s 失敗：" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:649 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:33 msgid "E_nable" msgstr "啟用(_E)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:799 msgid "Are you sure you want to remove this location?" msgstr "確定要移除這個位置？" #. To Translators: This is shown to a user when creation of a new thread, #. * where the publishing should be done, fails. Basically, this shouldn't #. * ever happen, and if so, then something is really wrong. #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:1138 msgid "Could not create publish thread." msgstr "無法建立發布執行緒。" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:1148 msgid "_Publish Calendar Information" msgstr "發布行事曆資訊(_P)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:1 msgid "iCal" msgstr "iCal" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:3 msgid "Daily" msgstr "每天" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:4 msgid "Weekly" msgstr "每週" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:5 msgid "Manual (via Actions menu)" msgstr "手動 (透過「動作」選單)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:9 msgid "Secure FTP (SFTP)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:10 msgid "Public FTP" msgstr "公共 FTP" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:11 msgid "FTP (with login)" msgstr "FTP (需登入)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:12 msgid "Windows share" msgstr "Windows 分享" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:13 msgid "WebDAV (HTTP)" msgstr "WebDAV (HTTP)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:14 msgid "Secure WebDAV (HTTPS)" msgstr "安全式 WebDAV (HTTPS)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:15 msgid "Custom Location" msgstr "自選位置" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:17 msgid "_Publish as:" msgstr "發布為(_P):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:18 msgid "Publishing _Frequency:" msgstr "發布頻率(_F):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:19 msgid "Time _duration:" msgstr "時間週期(_D):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:20 msgid "Sources" msgstr "來源" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:23 msgid "Service _type:" msgstr "服務類型(_T):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:25 msgid "_File:" msgstr "檔案(_F):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:27 msgid "P_ort:" msgstr "連接埠(_O):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:28 msgid "_Username:" msgstr "使用者名稱(_U):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:29 msgid "_Password:" msgstr "密碼(_P):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:30 msgid "_Remember password" msgstr "記住密碼(_R)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:31 msgid "Publishing Location" msgstr "發布位置" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-format-fb.c:100 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-format-ical.c:103 #, c-format msgid "Invalid source UID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/url-editor-dialog.c:540 msgid "New Location" msgstr "新的位置" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/url-editor-dialog.c:542 msgid "Edit Location" msgstr "編輯位置" #. Translators: the %F %T is the third argument for a #. * strftime function. It lets you define the formatting #. * of the date in the csv-file. #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:161 msgid "%F %T" msgstr "%F %T" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:375 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:377 msgid "Description List" msgstr "描述清單" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:378 msgid "Categories List" msgstr "分類清單" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:379 msgid "Comment List" msgstr "註解清單" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:382 msgid "Contact List" msgstr "聯絡人清單" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:383 msgid "Start" msgstr "開始" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:384 msgid "End" msgstr "結束" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:385 msgid "Due" msgstr "截止" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:386 msgid "percent Done" msgstr "％已完成" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:388 msgid "URL" msgstr "網址" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:389 msgid "Attendees List" msgstr "到會者清單" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:391 msgid "Modified" msgstr "已修改" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:564 msgid "A_dvanced options for the CSV format" msgstr "CSV 格式的進階選項(_D)" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:572 msgid "Prepend a _header" msgstr "預先規畫檔頭(_H)" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:581 msgid "_Value delimiter:" msgstr "數值定界符(_V):" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:592 msgid "_Record delimiter:" msgstr "紀錄定界符(_R):" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:603 msgid "_Encapsulate values with:" msgstr "以此封裝數值(_E):" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:629 msgid "Comma separated values (.csv)" msgstr "逗號隔開的數值格式 (.csv)" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/ical-format.c:184 ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:178 msgid "iCalendar (.ics)" msgstr "iCalendar (.ics)" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/org-gnome-save-calendar.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Save Selected" msgstr "儲存選取的" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/org-gnome-save-calendar.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Save a calendar or task list to disk." msgstr "將行事曆或工作儲存至磁碟。" #. #. * Translator: the %FT%T is the thirth argument for a strftime function. #. * It lets you define the formatting of the date in the rdf-file. #. * Also check out http://www.w3.org/2002/12/cal/tzd #. * #: ../plugins/save-calendar/rdf-format.c:147 msgid "%FT%T" msgstr "%FT%T" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/rdf-format.c:385 msgid "RDF (.rdf)" msgstr "RDF (.rdf)" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:121 msgid "_Format:" msgstr "格式(_F):" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:187 msgid "Select destination file" msgstr "選取目的檔案" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:343 msgid "Save the selected calendar to disk" msgstr "將選取的行事曆儲存至磁碟" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:374 msgid "Save the selected memo list to disk" msgstr "將選取的備忘錄清單儲存至磁碟" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:405 msgid "Save the selected task list to disk" msgstr "將選取的工作清單儲存至磁碟" #: ../plugins/templates/org-gnome-templates.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "" "Drafts based template plugin. You can use variables like $ORIG[subject], " "$ORIG[from], $ORIG[to] or $ORIG[body], which will be replaced by values from " "an email you are replying to." msgstr "" "基於草稿的範本外掛程式。你可以使用的變數有 $ORIG[subject], $ORIG[from], $ORIG[to] 或 " "$ORIG[body]，它們會以你所回覆的郵件中的數值取代。" #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1148 msgid "No Title" msgstr "沒有標題" #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1257 msgid "Save as _Template" msgstr "儲存為範本(_T)" #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1259 msgid "Save as Template" msgstr "儲存為範本" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:279 msgid "Preparing to go offline..." msgstr "準備進入離線…" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:332 msgid "Preparing to go online..." msgstr "準備進入上線…" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:413 msgid "Preparing to quit" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:419 msgid "Preparing to quit..." msgstr "準備結束…" #: ../shell/e-shell-content.c:721 ../shell/e-shell-content.c:722 msgid "Searches" msgstr "搜尋" #: ../shell/e-shell-content.c:765 msgid "Save Search" msgstr "儲存搜尋結果" #. Translators: The "Show:" label precedes a combo box that #. * allows the user to filter the current view. Examples of #. * items that appear in the combo box are "Unread Messages", #. * "Important Messages", or "Active Appointments". #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:939 msgid "Sho_w:" msgstr "顯示(_W):" #. Translators: This is part of the quick search interface. #. * example: Search: [_______________] in [ Current Folder ] #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:964 msgid "Sear_ch:" msgstr "搜尋(_C):" #. Translators: This is part of the quick search interface. #. * example: Search: [_______________] in [ Current Folder ] #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:1032 msgid "i_n" msgstr "於(_N)" #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:175 msgid "vCard (.vcf)" msgstr "vCard (.vcf)" #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:199 msgid "All Files (*)" msgstr "所有檔案 (*)" #: ../shell/e-shell-view.c:292 msgid "Saving user interface state" msgstr "儲存使用者介面狀態" #. The translator-credits string is for translators to list #. * per-language credits for translation, displayed in the #. * about dialog. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:74 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "如對翻譯有任何意見，請送一封電子郵件給\n" "以下地址，GNOME 翻譯隊伍會儘快回覆你：\n" "zh-l10n@lists.linux.org.tw\n" "\n" "Chao-Hsiung Liao , 2003, 05\n" "Craig Jeffares , 2004\n" "Joe Man , 2001\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Chao-Hsiung Liao https://launchpad.net/~j-h-liau\n" " Chao-Hsiung Liao https://launchpad.net/~pesder-liao\n" " Cheng-Chia Tseng https://launchpad.net/~zerng07\n" " Roy Chan https://launchpad.net/~roy-chan-linux\n" " yulapshun https://launchpad.net/~yulapshun" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:85 msgid "Evolution Website" msgstr "Evolution 網站" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:341 msgid "Categories Editor" msgstr "分類編輯器" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:672 msgid "Bug Buddy is not installed." msgstr "尚未安裝 Bug Buddy。" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:673 msgid "Bug Buddy could not be run." msgstr "無法執行 Bug Buddy。" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:853 msgid "Show information about Evolution" msgstr "顯示 Evolution 相關資訊" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:858 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:872 msgid "_Close Window" msgstr "關閉視窗(_C)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:879 msgid "_Contents" msgstr "內容(_C)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:881 msgid "Open the Evolution User Guide" msgstr "開啟 Evolution 使用者指南" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:907 msgid "I_mport..." msgstr "匯入(_M)…" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:909 msgid "Import data from other programs" msgstr "匯入其他程式的資料" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:914 msgid "New _Window" msgstr "開新視窗(_W)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:916 msgid "Create a new window displaying this view" msgstr "建立一個新的視窗來顯示這個檢視" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:928 msgid "Available Cate_gories" msgstr "可用的分類(_G)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:930 msgid "Manage available categories" msgstr "管理可用的分類" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:942 msgid "_Quick Reference" msgstr "快捷鍵參照表(_Q)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:944 msgid "Show Evolution's shortcut keys" msgstr "顯示 Evolution 的捷徑鍵" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:951 msgid "Exit the program" msgstr "離開這個程式" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:956 msgid "_Advanced Search..." msgstr "進階搜尋(_A)…" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:958 msgid "Construct a more advanced search" msgstr "建立更進階的搜尋" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:965 msgid "Clear the current search parameters" msgstr "清除目前的搜尋參數" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:970 msgid "_Edit Saved Searches..." msgstr "編輯儲存的搜尋結果(_E)…" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:972 msgid "Manage your saved searches" msgstr "管理你已儲存的搜尋" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:979 msgid "Click here to change the search type" msgstr "按這裏以改變搜尋類型" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:984 msgid "_Find Now" msgstr "立即搜尋(_F)" #. Block the default Ctrl+F. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:986 msgid "Execute the current search parameters" msgstr "執行目前的搜尋參數" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:991 msgid "_Save Search..." msgstr "儲存搜尋結果(_S)…" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:993 msgid "Save the current search parameters" msgstr "儲存目前的搜尋參數" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1005 msgid "Submit _Bug Report..." msgstr "傳送錯誤報告(_B)…" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1007 msgid "Submit a bug report using Bug Buddy" msgstr "使用 Bug Buddy 送出錯誤報告。" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1012 msgid "_Work Offline" msgstr "離線工作(_W)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1014 msgid "Put Evolution into offline mode" msgstr "讓 Evolution 進入離線模式" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1019 msgid "_Work Online" msgstr "網上工作(_W)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1021 msgid "Put Evolution into online mode" msgstr "讓 Evolution 進入上線模式" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1049 msgid "Lay_out" msgstr "佈局(_O)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1056 msgid "_New" msgstr "新增(_N)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1063 msgid "_Search" msgstr "搜尋(_S)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1070 msgid "_Switcher Appearance" msgstr "切換外觀(_S)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1084 msgid "_Window" msgstr "視窗(_O)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1113 msgid "Show Side _Bar" msgstr "顯示側邊欄(_B)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1115 msgid "Show the side bar" msgstr "顯示側邊列" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1121 msgid "Show _Buttons" msgstr "顯示按鈕(_B)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1123 msgid "Show the switcher buttons" msgstr "顯示切換程式按鈕" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1129 msgid "Show _Status Bar" msgstr "顯示狀態列(_S)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1131 msgid "Show the status bar" msgstr "顯示狀態列" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1137 msgid "Show _Tool Bar" msgstr "顯示工具列(_T)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1139 msgid "Show the tool bar" msgstr "顯示工具列" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1161 msgid "_Icons Only" msgstr "只有圖示(_I)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1163 msgid "Display window buttons with icons only" msgstr "只顯示視窗按鈕的圖示" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1168 msgid "_Text Only" msgstr "只有文字(_T)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1170 msgid "Display window buttons with text only" msgstr "只顯示視窗按鈕的文字" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1175 msgid "Icons _and Text" msgstr "圖示及文字(_A)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1177 msgid "Display window buttons with icons and text" msgstr "顯示視窗按鈕的圖示及文字" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1182 msgid "Tool_bar Style" msgstr "工具列風格(_B)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1184 msgid "Display window buttons using the desktop toolbar setting" msgstr "使用桌面工具列設定值顯示視窗按鈕" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1192 msgid "Delete Current View" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1199 msgid "Save Custom View..." msgstr "儲存自選檢視…" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1201 msgid "Save current custom view" msgstr "儲存目前的自選檢視" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1208 msgid "C_urrent View" msgstr "目前檢視(_U)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1218 msgid "Custom View" msgstr "自選檢視" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1220 msgid "Current view is a customized view" msgstr "目前的檢視方式是自選的檢視" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1230 msgid "Change the page settings for your current printer" msgstr "修改目前打印機的頁面打印設定" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1591 #, c-format msgid "Switch to %s" msgstr "切換至 %s" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1714 #, c-format msgid "Select view: %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1731 #, c-format msgid "Delete view: %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1825 msgid "Execute these search parameters" msgstr "執行這些搜尋參數" #: ../shell/e-shell-window.c:504 msgid "New" msgstr "新增" #. Translators: This is used for the main window title. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-private.c:580 #, c-format msgid "%s - Evolution" msgstr "%s - Evolution" #. Preview/Alpha/Beta version warning message #: ../shell/main.c:183 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Hi. Thanks for taking the time to download this preview release\n" "of the Evolution groupware suite.\n" "\n" "This version of Evolution is not yet complete. It is getting close,\n" "but some features are either unfinished or do not work properly.\n" "\n" "If you want a stable version of Evolution, we urge you to uninstall\n" "this version, and install version %s instead.\n" "\n" "If you find bugs, please report them to us at bugzilla.gnome.org.\n" "This product comes with no warranty and is not intended for\n" "individuals prone to violent fits of anger.\n" "\n" "We hope that you enjoy the results of our hard work, and we\n" "eagerly await your contributions!\n" msgstr "" "你好。感謝你撥冗下載\n" "Evolution 羣組套裝軟件搶鮮版。\n" "\n" "此 Evolution 版本尚未完成。它即將告成，\n" "但是部份功能未完成或者無法正常作業。\n" "\n" "如果你需要可靠的 Evolution 版本，我們希望你取消安裝\n" "此版本，然後安裝 %s 版本。\n" "\n" "如果你發現設計問題，請到 bugzilla.ximian.com 通知我們。\n" "此產品沒有任何保證而且不適用於\n" "個人，以免引發任何不快。\n" "\n" "我們希望你享受工作成果，而且我們\n" "熱切希望你提供意見！\n" #: ../shell/main.c:207 msgid "" "Thanks\n" "The Evolution Team\n" msgstr "" "謝謝\n" "Evolution 小組敬上\n" #: ../shell/main.c:213 msgid "Do not tell me again" msgstr "不要再顯示這個訊息" #. Translators: Do NOT translate the five component #. * names, they MUST remain in English! #: ../shell/main.c:302 msgid "" "Start Evolution showing the specified component. Available options are " "'mail', 'calendar', 'contacts', 'tasks', and 'memos'" msgstr "" "啟動 Evolution 時以指定的元件顯示。可用的選項有「mail」、「calendar」、「contacts」、「tasks」和「memos」" #: ../shell/main.c:306 msgid "Apply the given geometry to the main window" msgstr "將指定的尺寸套用到主視窗" #: ../shell/main.c:310 msgid "Start in online mode" msgstr "以網上模式啟動" #: ../shell/main.c:312 msgid "Ignore network availability" msgstr "忽略互聯網是否可用" #: ../shell/main.c:315 msgid "Forcibly shut down Evolution" msgstr "強制關閉 Evoultion" #: ../shell/main.c:318 msgid "Disable loading of any plugins." msgstr "停用對任何外掛程式的載入。" #: ../shell/main.c:320 msgid "Disable preview pane of Mail, Contacts and Tasks." msgstr "停用郵件、聯絡人和工作的預覽窗格。" #: ../shell/main.c:324 msgid "Import URIs or filenames given as rest of arguments." msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:326 msgid "Request a running Evolution process to quit" msgstr "要求執行中的 Evolution 程序結束" #: ../shell/main.c:403 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot start Evolution. Another Evolution instance may be unresponsive. " "System error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:499 ../shell/main.c:504 msgid "- The Evolution PIM and Email Client" msgstr "- Evolution PIM 與郵件客戶端" #: ../shell/main.c:571 #, c-format msgid "" "%s: --online and --offline cannot be used together.\n" " Run '%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "" "%s： --online 和 --offline 不能一起使用。\n" " 使用 '%s --help' 取得進一步資訊。\n" #: ../shell/main.c:577 #, c-format msgid "" "%s: --force-online and --offline cannot be used together.\n" " Run '%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "" "%s： --force-online 和 --offline 不能一起使用。\n" " 使用 '%s --help' 取得進一步資訊。\n" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Upgrade from previous version failed:" msgstr "從以前的版本升級失敗：" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:3 msgid "" "{0}\n" "\n" "If you choose to continue, you may not have access to some of your old " "data.\n" msgstr "" "{0}\n" "\n" "如果你選擇繼續，可能無法存取部分舊資料。\n" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Continue Anyway" msgstr "強制繼續" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Quit Now" msgstr "立即結束" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Cannot upgrade directly from version {0}" msgstr "不能直接從 {0} 版升級" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:10 msgid "" "Evolution no longer supports upgrading directly from version {0}. However as " "a workaround you might try first upgrading to Evolution 2, and then " "upgrading to Evolution 3." msgstr "" "Evolution 不再支援從 {0} 版直接升級。然而變通的方法是你可以嘗試先升級到 Evolution 2，接着再升級到 Evolution 3。" #: ../smime/gui/ca-trust-dialog.c:109 #, c-format msgid "" "Certificate '%s' is a CA certificate.\n" "\n" "Edit trust settings:" msgstr "" "證書 '%s' 是核證機關 (CA) 發出的證書。\n" "\n" "編輯信任設定值：" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:73 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:92 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:112 msgid "Certificate Name" msgstr "證書名稱" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:74 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:94 msgid "Issued To Organization" msgstr "發給組織" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:75 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:95 msgid "Issued To Organizational Unit" msgstr "發給組織單位" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:76 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:96 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:114 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:638 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:134 msgid "Serial Number" msgstr "序號" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:77 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:97 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:115 msgid "Purposes" msgstr "用途" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:78 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:98 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:116 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:640 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "發照者" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:79 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:99 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:117 msgid "Issued By Organization" msgstr "發照組織" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:80 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:100 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:118 msgid "Issued By Organizational Unit" msgstr "發照組織單位" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:81 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:101 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:119 msgid "Issued" msgstr "發行者" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:82 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:102 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:120 msgid "Expires" msgstr "到期" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:83 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:103 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:121 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:650 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint" msgstr "SHA1 指紋" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:84 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:104 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:122 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:651 msgid "MD5 Fingerprint" msgstr "MD5 指紋" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:93 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:113 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "電子郵件位址" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:614 msgid "Select a certificate to import..." msgstr "選取要匯入的證書…" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:628 msgid "All files" msgstr "所有檔案" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:664 msgid "Failed to import certificate" msgstr "無法匯入證書" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1046 msgid "All PKCS12 files" msgstr "所有的 PKCS12 檔案" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1063 msgid "All email certificate files" msgstr "所有的電子郵件證書檔案" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1080 msgid "All CA certificate files" msgstr "所有的 CA 證書檔案" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:292 msgid "Not part of certificate" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:600 msgid "This certificate has been verified for the following uses:" msgstr "此證書已經檢驗用於下列用途：" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:604 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:387 msgid "SSL Client Certificate" msgstr "SSL 用戶端證書" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:609 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:391 msgid "SSL Server Certificate" msgstr "SSL 伺服器證書" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:614 msgid "Email Signer Certificate" msgstr "電子郵件簽署者證書" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:619 msgid "Email Recipient Certificate" msgstr "電子郵件收件者證書" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:634 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "發給" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:635 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:641 msgid "Common Name (CN)" msgstr "一般名稱 (CN)" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:636 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:642 msgid "Organization (O)" msgstr "組織 (O)" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:637 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:643 msgid "Organizational Unit (OU)" msgstr "組織單位 (OU)" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:645 msgid "Validity" msgstr "有效性" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:646 msgid "Issued On" msgstr "發照日期" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:647 msgid "Expires On" msgstr "到期日期" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:649 msgid "Fingerprints" msgstr "數碼指紋" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:671 msgid "Certificate Hierarchy" msgstr "證書階層" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:674 msgid "Certificate Fields" msgstr "證書欄位" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:677 msgid "Field Value" msgstr "欄位數值" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:679 msgid "Details" msgstr "詳細資料" #: ../smime/gui/cert-trust-dialog.c:153 msgid "" "Because you trust the certificate authority that issued this certificate, " "then you trust the authenticity of this certificate unless otherwise " "indicated here" msgstr "因為你信任發出此證書的證書單位，所以除非在此指示，否則你將信任此證書的有效性。" #: ../smime/gui/cert-trust-dialog.c:158 msgid "" "Because you do not trust the certificate authority that issued this " "certificate, then you do not trust the authenticity of this certificate " "unless otherwise indicated here" msgstr "因為你不信任發出此證書的證書單位，所以除非在此指示，否則你將不信任此證書的有效性。" #: ../smime/gui/component.c:56 #, c-format msgid "Enter the password for '%s', token '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/component.c:58 #, c-format msgid "Enter the password for '%s'" msgstr "輸入「%s」的密碼" #. we're setting the password initially #: ../smime/gui/component.c:86 msgid "Enter new password for certificate database" msgstr "輸入證書資料庫的新密碼" #: ../smime/gui/component.c:89 msgid "Enter new password" msgstr "輸入新密碼" #. FIXME: add serial no, validity date, uses #: ../smime/gui/e-cert-selector.c:122 #, c-format msgid "" "Issued to:\n" " Subject: %s\n" msgstr "" "發給:\n" " 主旨：%s\n" #: ../smime/gui/e-cert-selector.c:123 #, c-format msgid "" "Issued by:\n" " Subject: %s\n" msgstr "" "發照者:\n" " 主旨：%s\n" #: ../smime/gui/e-cert-selector.c:176 msgid "Select certificate" msgstr "選取證書" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:3 msgid "You have certificates from these organizations that identify you:" msgstr "你已經有來自這些組織的證書，可以識別你的身分:" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:4 msgid "Certificates Table" msgstr "證書表格" #. This is a verb, as in "make a backup". #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:7 msgid "_Backup" msgstr "備份(_B)" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:8 msgid "Backup _All" msgstr "全部備份(_A)" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:10 msgid "Your Certificates" msgstr "你的證書" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:11 msgid "You have certificates on file that identify these people:" msgstr "你已經擁有檔案的相關證書，可以識別這些人員:" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:12 msgid "Contact Certificates" msgstr "聯絡人證書" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:13 msgid "" "You have certificates on file that identify these certificate authorities:" msgstr "你已經擁有檔案的相關證書，可以識別這些核證機關:" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:14 msgid "Authorities" msgstr "證書中心" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:15 msgid "Certificate Authority Trust" msgstr "核證機關信任度" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:16 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _websites." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:17 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _email users." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:18 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _software developers." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:19 msgid "" "Before trusting this CA for any purpose, you should examine its certificate " "and its policy and procedures (if available)." msgstr "信任此核證機關之前，如果可以的話，你應該先檢查它的證書以及它的政策和程序。" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:21 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:658 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "證書" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:22 msgid "Certificate details" msgstr "證書詳細資訊" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:23 msgid "Email Certificate Trust Settings" msgstr "電子郵件證書信任設定值" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:24 msgid "Trust the authenticity of this certificate" msgstr "信任此證書的有效性" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:25 msgid "Do not trust the authenticity of this certificate" msgstr "不信任此證書的有效性" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:26 msgid "_Edit CA Trust" msgstr "編輯核證機關 (CA) 信任度(_E)" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "版本" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:110 msgid "Version 1" msgstr "版本 1" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:113 msgid "Version 2" msgstr "版本 2" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:116 msgid "Version 3" msgstr "版本 3" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:192 msgid "PKCS #1 MD2 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 MD2 附 RSA 加密" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:195 msgid "PKCS #1 MD5 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 MD5 附 RSA 加密" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:198 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-1 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 SHA-1 附 RSA 加密" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:201 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-256 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 SHA-256 附 RSA 加密" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:204 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-384 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 SHA-384 附 RSA 加密" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:207 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-512 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 SHA-512 附 RSA 加密" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:234 msgid "PKCS #1 RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 RSA 加密" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:237 msgid "Certificate Key Usage" msgstr "證書密碼匙使用" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:240 msgid "Netscape Certificate Type" msgstr "Netscape 證書類型" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:243 msgid "Certificate Authority Key Identifier" msgstr "核證機關密碼匙識別碼" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Object Identifier (%s)" msgstr "物件識別碼 (%s)" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:306 msgid "Algorithm Identifier" msgstr "演算法識別碼" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:314 msgid "Algorithm Parameters" msgstr "演算法參數" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:336 msgid "Subject Public Key Info" msgstr "主旨公開密碼匙資訊" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:341 msgid "Subject Public Key Algorithm" msgstr "主旨公開密碼匙演算法" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:356 msgid "Subject's Public Key" msgstr "主旨的公開密碼匙" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:378 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:428 msgid "Error: Unable to process extension" msgstr "錯誤：無法處理延伸" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:399 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:411 msgid "Object Signer" msgstr "物件簽署者" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:403 msgid "SSL Certificate Authority" msgstr "SSL 證書單位" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:407 msgid "Email Certificate Authority" msgstr "電子郵件單位" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:436 msgid "Signing" msgstr "簽署中" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:440 msgid "Non-repudiation" msgstr "不可拒絕" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:444 msgid "Key Encipherment" msgstr "密碼匙加密" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:448 msgid "Data Encipherment" msgstr "資料密碼" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:452 msgid "Key Agreement" msgstr "密碼匙合同" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:456 msgid "Certificate Signer" msgstr "證書簽署者" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:460 msgid "CRL Signer" msgstr "CRL 簽署者" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:509 msgid "Critical" msgstr "重要" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:511 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:514 msgid "Not Critical" msgstr "不重要" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:535 msgid "Extensions" msgstr "延伸" #. Translators: This string is used in Certificate #. * details for fields like Issuer or Subject, which #. * shows the field name on the left and its respective #. * value on the right, both as stored in the #. * certificate itself. You probably do not need to #. * change this string, unless changing the order of #. * name and value. As a result example: #. * "OU = VeriSign Trust Network" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:615 #, c-format msgid "%s = %s" msgstr "%s = %s" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:672 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:807 msgid "Certificate Signature Algorithm" msgstr "證書簽署演算法" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:681 msgid "Issuer" msgstr "發照者" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:735 msgid "Issuer Unique ID" msgstr "發照者獨有 ID" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:754 msgid "Subject Unique ID" msgstr "主旨獨有 ID" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:813 msgid "Certificate Signature Value" msgstr "證書簽署值" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:201 ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:213 msgid "%d/%m/%Y" msgstr "%Y-%m-%d" #. x509 certificate usage types #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:392 msgid "Sign" msgstr "簽署" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:393 msgid "Encrypt" msgstr "加密" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert-db.c:864 msgid "Certificate already exists" msgstr "證書已經存在" #: ../smime/lib/e-pkcs12.c:199 msgid "PKCS12 File Password" msgstr "PKCS12 檔案密碼" #: ../smime/lib/e-pkcs12.c:200 msgid "Enter password for PKCS12 file:" msgstr "輸入 PKCS12 檔案的密碼:" #: ../smime/lib/e-pkcs12.c:307 msgid "Imported Certificate" msgstr "輸入的證書" #: ../views/addressbook/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Address Cards" msgstr "地址卡(_A)" #: ../views/addressbook/galview.xml.h:2 ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:5 msgid "_List View" msgstr "清單檢視(_L)" #: ../views/addressbook/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "By _Company" msgstr "根據公司(_C)" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Day View" msgstr "日檢視(_D)" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:2 msgid "_Work Week View" msgstr "工作週檢視(_W)" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "W_eek View" msgstr "週檢視(_E)" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:4 msgid "_Month View" msgstr "月檢視(_M)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Messages" msgstr "郵件(_M)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:2 msgid "As _Sent Folder" msgstr "做為寄送資料夾(_S)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "By Su_bject" msgstr "根據主旨(_B)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:4 msgid "By Se_nder" msgstr "根據寄件者(_N)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:5 msgid "By S_tatus" msgstr "根據狀況(_T)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:6 msgid "By _Follow Up Flag" msgstr "根據跟隨標幟(_F)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:7 msgid "For _Wide View" msgstr "用於寬檢視(_W)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:8 msgid "As Sent Folder for Wi_de View" msgstr "做為寬檢視的寄送資料夾(_D)" #: ../views/memos/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Memos" msgstr "備忘錄(_M)" #: ../views/tasks/galview.xml.h:2 msgid "With _Due Date" msgstr "到期日(_D):" #: ../views/tasks/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "With _Status" msgstr "設定狀態(_S)" language-pack-gnome-zh-hant-base/data/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-data-server-3.10.po0000644000000000000000000062246512321561227024724 0ustar # Chinese (Hong Kong) translation of Evolution-data-server. # Copyright (C) 2001, 03 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Joe Man , 2001. # Chao-Hsiung Liao , 2003. # Craig Jeffares ,2004. # Chao-Hsiung Liao , 2005. 2008, 2010, 2012. # Wei-Lun Chao , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evolution-data-server 3.3.91\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:03+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-25 02:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Chao-Hsiung Liao \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Hong Kong) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:47+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: zh_TW\n" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:115 #, c-format msgid "Failed to remove file '%s': %s" msgstr "移除鎖定檔「%s」失敗：%s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:143 #, c-format msgid "Failed to make directory %s: %s" msgstr "無法建立目錄「%s」：%s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:394 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create hardlink for resource '%s': %s" msgstr "無法建立資源「%s」的硬連結：%s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:499 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1135 msgid "No UID in the contact" msgstr "在聯絡人中沒有 UID" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:773 #, c-format msgid "Conflicting UIDs found in added contacts" msgstr "" # mail/mail-send-recv.c:287 # mail/mail-send-recv.c:333 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:881 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "載入中…" # addressbook/gui/search/e-addressbook-search-dialog.c:158 # mail/mail-search.c:242 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:883 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4424 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "搜尋中…" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1164 #, c-format msgid "Tried to modify contact '%s' with out of sync revision" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1300 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1369 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:2707 #, c-format msgid "Contact '%s' not found" msgstr "找不到聯絡人「%s」" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1411 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1478 #, c-format msgid "Query '%s' not supported" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1420 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1487 #, c-format msgid "Invalid Query '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1671 #, c-format msgid "Failed to rename old database from '%s' to '%s': %s" msgstr "" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-command.c:241 # shell/e-storage.c:481 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file-migrate-bdb.c:149 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1245 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4319 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:383 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:825 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:35 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:58 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sexp.c:874 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:576 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:607 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:619 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2335 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:268 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-command.c:650 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:177 msgid "Unknown error" msgstr "不明的錯誤" #. Query for new contacts asynchronously #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:833 msgid "Querying for updated contacts…" msgstr "查詢更新的聯絡人…" #. Run the query asynchronously #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:985 msgid "Querying for updated groups…" msgstr "查詢更新的羣組…" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:1673 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5055 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1299 msgid "The backend does not support bulk additions" msgstr "後端不支援大量增加" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:1822 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5191 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1401 msgid "The backend does not support bulk modifications" msgstr "後端不支援大量修改" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:2022 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1493 msgid "The backend does not support bulk removals" msgstr "後端不支援大量移除" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:2148 msgid "Loading…" msgstr "載入中…" #. System Group: My Contacts #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1620 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-address-book.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-calendar.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-memo-list.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-task-list.source.in.h:1 msgid "Personal" msgstr "個人" #. System Group: Friends #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1622 msgid "Friends" msgstr "朋友" #. System Group: Family #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1624 msgid "Family" msgstr "家人" #. System Group: Coworkers #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1626 msgid "Coworkers" msgstr "同事" # ui/evolution-addressbook.xml.h:17 #. Translators: An error message shown to a user when trying to do an #. * operation on the LDAP address book which is not connected to the server #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:174 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "未連線" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:973 msgid "Failed to bind using either v3 or v2 binds" msgstr "無法使用 v3 或 v2 的 binds 來綁定" # mail/mail-config.c:1213 # mail/mail-config.c:1216 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1096 msgid "Reconnecting to LDAP server..." msgstr "正在重新連接 LDAP 伺服器…" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:218 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:203 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1226 msgid "Invalid DN syntax" msgstr "無效的 DN 語法" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1242 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4318 #, c-format msgid "LDAP error 0x%x (%s)" msgstr "LDAP 錯誤 0x%x (%s)" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1854 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2177 #, c-format msgid "%s: NULL returned from ldap_first_entry" msgstr "%s：從 ldap_first_entry 傳回 NULL" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2107 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2235 #, c-format msgid "%s: Unhandled result type %d returned" msgstr "%s：傳回未處理的類型 %d" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2368 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2495 #, c-format msgid "%s: Unhandled search result type %d returned" msgstr "%s：傳回未處理的搜尋結果類型 %d" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4267 msgid "Receiving LDAP search results..." msgstr "正在接收 LDAP 搜尋結果…" # executive-summary/component/e-summary.c:940 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4446 msgid "Error performing search" msgstr "進行搜尋時發生錯誤" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4574 #, c-format msgid "Downloading contacts (%d)..." msgstr "" # mail/mail-config.c:1213 # mail/mail-config.c:1216 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5138 msgid "Adding contact to LDAP server..." msgstr "正在新增聯絡人至 LDAP 伺服器…" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5213 msgid "Modifying contact from LDAP server..." msgstr "正在修改 LDAP 伺服器中的聯絡人…" # mail/mail-ops.c:1195 # mail/mail-ops.c:1333 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5279 msgid "Removing contact from LDAP server..." msgstr "正在移除 LDAP 伺服器中的聯絡人…" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5668 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get the DN for user '%s'" msgstr "無法擷取 DN 給使用者「%s」" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:804 msgid "Loading Addressbook summary..." msgstr "載入通訊錄摘要…" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:822 #, c-format msgid "PROPFIND on webdav failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "webdav PROPFIND 失敗，HTTP 狀態：%d (%s)" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:841 msgid "No response body in webdav PROPFIND result" msgstr "在 webdav PROPFIND 結果沒有回應本體" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:883 #, c-format msgid "Loading Contacts (%d%%)" msgstr "載入聯絡人 (%d%%)" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1221 msgid "Cannot transform SoupURI to string" msgstr "不能將 SoupURI 轉換為字串" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1332 #, c-format msgid "Create resource '%s' failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1430 msgid "Contact on server changed -> not modifying" msgstr "伺服器上的聯絡人已更改 -> 尚未修改" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1438 #, c-format msgid "Modify contact failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1514 #, c-format msgid "DELETE failed with HTTP status %d" msgstr "DELETE 失敗，HTTP 狀態：%d" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:24 msgid "No such book" msgstr "沒有這個通訊錄" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:26 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:346 msgid "Contact not found" msgstr "找不到聯絡人" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:28 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:347 msgid "Contact ID already exists" msgstr "聯絡人 ID 已經存在" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:30 msgid "No such source" msgstr "沒有這個來源" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-provider.c:54 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:32 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:363 msgid "No space" msgstr "沒有空間" #. Dummy row as EContactField starts from 1 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:123 msgid "Unique ID" msgstr "獨特的 ID" #. FILE_AS is not really a structured field - we use a getter/setter #. * so we can generate its value if necessary in the getter #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a #. * preferred user's description (or display name) of the contact. Note 'File' is a verb here. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:128 msgid "File Under" msgstr "歸檔為" #. URI of the book to which the contact belongs to #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:130 msgid "Book UID" msgstr "通訊錄 UID" # addressbook/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:276 # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:700 #. Name fields #. FN isn't really a structured field - we use a getter/setter #. * so we can set the N property (since evo 1.4 works fine with #. * vcards that don't even have a N attribute. *sigh*) #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:136 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "全名" # addressbook/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:276 # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:700 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:137 msgid "Given Name" msgstr "名" # addressbook/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:276 # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:700 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:138 msgid "Family Name" msgstr "姓" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:734 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:139 msgid "Nickname" msgstr "網名" # addressbook/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:1286 # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:726 #. Email fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:142 msgid "Email 1" msgstr "電子郵件 1" # addressbook/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:1285 # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:725 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:143 msgid "Email 2" msgstr "電子郵件 2" # addressbook/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:1286 # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:726 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:144 msgid "Email 3" msgstr "電子郵件 3" # addressbook/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:1286 # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:726 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:145 msgid "Email 4" msgstr "電子郵件 4" # addressbook/backend/ebook/e-card.c:3428 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:147 msgid "Mailer" msgstr "寄件者" # data/evolution.keys.in.h:1 #. Address Labels #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:150 msgid "Home Address Label" msgstr "住址標籤" # data/evolution.keys.in.h:1 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:151 msgid "Work Address Label" msgstr "工作地址標籤" # data/evolution.keys.in.h:1 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:152 msgid "Other Address Label" msgstr "其他地址標籤" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:703 #. Phone fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:155 msgid "Assistant Phone" msgstr "助理電話" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:704 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:156 msgid "Business Phone" msgstr "商務電話" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:715 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:157 msgid "Business Phone 2" msgstr "商務電話 2" # addressbook/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:1245 # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:713 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:158 msgid "Business Fax" msgstr "商務傅真" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:705 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:159 msgid "Callback Phone" msgstr "回撥電話" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:712 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:160 msgid "Car Phone" msgstr "汽車電話" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:706 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:161 msgid "Company Phone" msgstr "公司電話" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:707 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:162 msgid "Home Phone" msgstr "家用電話" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:716 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:163 msgid "Home Phone 2" msgstr "家用電話 2" # addressbook/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:1251 # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:714 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:164 msgid "Home Fax" msgstr "家用傳真" # addressbook/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:1252 # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:717 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:165 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:711 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:166 msgid "Mobile Phone" msgstr "流動電話" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:718 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:167 msgid "Other Phone" msgstr "其它電話" # addressbook/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:1255 # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:719 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:168 msgid "Other Fax" msgstr "其它傳真" # addressbook/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:1256 # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:720 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:169 msgid "Pager" msgstr "傳呼機" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:702 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:170 msgid "Primary Phone" msgstr "主要電話" # addressbook/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:1258 # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:721 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:171 msgid "Radio" msgstr "無線電電話" # addressbook/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:1259 # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:722 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:172 msgid "Telex" msgstr "電報" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:723 #. To translators: TTY is Teletypewriter #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:174 msgid "TTY" msgstr "TTY" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:708 #. Organizational fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:177 msgid "Organization" msgstr "團體" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:708 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:178 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "團體單位" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:729 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:179 msgid "Office" msgstr "辦公室" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:730 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:180 msgid "Title" msgstr "銜頭" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:181 msgid "Role" msgstr "角色" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:732 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:182 msgid "Manager" msgstr "主管" # addressbook/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:1242 # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:733 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:183 msgid "Assistant" msgstr "助理" #. Web fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:186 msgid "Homepage URL" msgstr "首頁 URL" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:187 msgid "Weblog URL" msgstr "網誌 URL" # calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.c:150 #. Contact categories #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:190 msgid "Categories" msgstr "分類" # calendar/gui/dialogs/cal-prefs-dialog.glade.h:11 # ui/evolution-calendar.xml.h:3 #. Collaboration fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:193 msgid "Calendar URI" msgstr "行事曆 URI" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:737 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:194 msgid "Free/Busy URL" msgstr "空閒/忙碌 URL" # calendar/gui/dialogs/cal-prefs-dialog.glade.h:11 # ui/evolution-calendar.xml.h:3 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:195 msgid "ICS Calendar" msgstr "ICS 行事曆" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:196 msgid "Video Conferencing URL" msgstr "視像會議 URL" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:735 #. Misc fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:199 msgid "Spouse's Name" msgstr "配偶姓名" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:736 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:200 msgid "Note" msgstr "備註" #. Instant messaging fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:203 msgid "AIM Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "AIM 家用螢幕名稱 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:204 msgid "AIM Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "AIM 家用螢幕名稱 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:205 msgid "AIM Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "AIM 家用螢幕名稱 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:206 msgid "AIM Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "AIM 工作螢幕名稱 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:207 msgid "AIM Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "AIM 工作螢幕名稱 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:208 msgid "AIM Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "AIM 工作螢幕名稱 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:209 msgid "GroupWise Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "GroupWise 家用螢幕名稱 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:210 msgid "GroupWise Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "GroupWise 家用螢幕名稱 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:211 msgid "GroupWise Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "GroupWise 家用螢幕名稱 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:212 msgid "GroupWise Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "GroupWise 工作螢幕名稱 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:213 msgid "GroupWise Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "GroupWise 工作螢幕名稱 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:214 msgid "GroupWise Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "GroupWise 工作螢幕名稱 3" # addressbook/gui/component/addressbook-storage.c:99 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:215 msgid "Jabber Home ID 1" msgstr "Jabber 家用 ID 1" # addressbook/gui/component/addressbook-storage.c:99 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:216 msgid "Jabber Home ID 2" msgstr "Jabber 家用 ID 2" # addressbook/gui/component/addressbook-storage.c:99 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:217 msgid "Jabber Home ID 3" msgstr "Jabber 家用 ID 3" # addressbook/gui/component/addressbook-storage.c:99 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:218 msgid "Jabber Work ID 1" msgstr "Jabber 工作 ID 1" # addressbook/gui/component/addressbook-storage.c:99 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:219 msgid "Jabber Work ID 2" msgstr "Jabber 工作 ID 2" # addressbook/gui/component/addressbook-storage.c:99 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:220 msgid "Jabber Work ID 3" msgstr "Jabber 工作 ID 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:221 msgid "Yahoo! Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "Yahoo!家用螢幕名稱 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:222 msgid "Yahoo! Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "Yahoo!家用螢幕名稱 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:223 msgid "Yahoo! Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "Yahoo!家用螢幕名稱 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:224 msgid "Yahoo! Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "Yahoo!工作螢幕名稱 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:225 msgid "Yahoo! Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "Yahoo!工作螢幕名稱 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:226 msgid "Yahoo! Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "Yahoo!工作螢幕名稱 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:227 msgid "MSN Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "MSN 家用螢幕名稱 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:228 msgid "MSN Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "MSN 家用螢幕名稱 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:229 msgid "MSN Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "MSN 家用螢幕名稱 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:230 msgid "MSN Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "MSN 工作螢幕名稱 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:231 msgid "MSN Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "MSN 工作螢幕名稱 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:232 msgid "MSN Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "MSN 工作螢幕名稱 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:233 msgid "ICQ Home ID 1" msgstr "ICQ 家用 ID 1" # addressbook/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:1250 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:234 msgid "ICQ Home ID 2" msgstr "ICQ 家用 ID 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:235 msgid "ICQ Home ID 3" msgstr "ICQ 家用 ID 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:236 msgid "ICQ Work ID 1" msgstr "ICQ 工作 ID 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:237 msgid "ICQ Work ID 2" msgstr "ICQ 工作 ID 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:238 msgid "ICQ Work ID 3" msgstr "ICQ 工作 ID 3" #. Last modified time #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:241 msgid "Last Revision" msgstr "上次改版" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a #. * virtual field, which returns either name of the contact or the organization #. * name, recognized by multiple other fields, where the first filled is used. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:245 msgid "Name or Org" msgstr "姓名或組織" # addressbook/backend/ebook/e-card.c:3346 #. Address fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:248 msgid "Address List" msgstr "地址清單" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:710 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:249 msgid "Home Address" msgstr "住址" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:710 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:250 msgid "Work Address" msgstr "工作地址" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:724 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:251 msgid "Other Address" msgstr "其它地址" # calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.c:150 #. Contact categories #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:254 msgid "Category List" msgstr "分類清單" # addressbook/gui/component/addressbook-config.c:409 #. Photo/Logo #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:257 msgid "Photo" msgstr "相片" # mail/mail-format.c:762 # mail/message-list.c:1083 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:258 msgid "Logo" msgstr "標誌" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a name #. * of the contact, as specified in http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6350#section-6.2.2 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:262 msgid "Name" msgstr "名稱" # addressbook/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:1285 # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:725 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:263 msgid "Email List" msgstr "電子郵件清單" #. Instant messaging fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:266 msgid "AIM Screen Name List" msgstr "AIM 螢幕名稱清單" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:267 msgid "GroupWise ID List" msgstr "GroupWise ID 清單" # addressbook/gui/component/addressbook-storage.c:99 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:268 msgid "Jabber ID List" msgstr "Jabber ID 清單" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:269 msgid "Yahoo! Screen Name List" msgstr "Yahoo!螢幕名稱清單" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:270 msgid "MSN Screen Name List" msgstr "MSN 螢幕名稱清單" # mail/mail-config.glade.h:45 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:271 msgid "ICQ ID List" msgstr "ICQ ID 清單" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:273 msgid "Wants HTML Mail" msgstr "需要 HTML 郵件" # addressbook/contact-editor/fullname.glade.h:8 #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a #. * field describing whether it's a Contact list (list of email addresses) or a #. * regular contact for one person/organization/... #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:278 msgid "List" msgstr "清單" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a flag #. * used to determine whether when sending to Contact lists the addresses should be #. * shown or not to other recipients - basically whether to use BCC field or CC #. * message header when sending messages to this Contact list. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:283 msgid "List Shows Addresses" msgstr "清單顯示位址" # addressbook/backend/ebook/e-card.c:3335 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:285 msgid "Birth Date" msgstr "出生日期" # addressbook/contact-editor/contact-editor.glade.h:2 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:286 #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:887 msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "週年紀念日" #. Security fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:289 msgid "X.509 Certificate" msgstr "X.509 證書" # addressbook/gui/component/addressbook-storage.c:99 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:291 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 1" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu 家用 ID 1" # addressbook/gui/component/addressbook-storage.c:99 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:292 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 2" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu 家用 ID 2" # addressbook/gui/component/addressbook-storage.c:99 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:293 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 3" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu 家用 ID 3" # addressbook/gui/component/addressbook-storage.c:99 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:294 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 1" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu 工作 ID 1" # addressbook/gui/component/addressbook-storage.c:99 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:295 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 2" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu 工作 ID 2" # addressbook/gui/component/addressbook-storage.c:99 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:296 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 3" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu 工作 ID 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:297 msgid "Gadu-Gadu ID List" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu ID 清單" #. Geo information #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:300 msgid "Geographic Information" msgstr "地理資訊" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:302 msgid "Telephone" msgstr "電話" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:304 msgid "Skype Home Name 1" msgstr "Skype 住家名稱 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:305 msgid "Skype Home Name 2" msgstr "Skype 住家名稱 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:306 msgid "Skype Home Name 3" msgstr "Skype 住家名稱 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:307 msgid "Skype Work Name 1" msgstr "Skype 工作名稱 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:308 msgid "Skype Work Name 2" msgstr "Skype 工作名稱 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:309 msgid "Skype Work Name 3" msgstr "Skype 工作名稱 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:310 msgid "Skype Name List" msgstr "Skype 名稱清單" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:710 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:312 msgid "SIP address" msgstr "SIP 位址" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:314 msgid "Google Talk Home Name 1" msgstr "Google Talk 住家名稱 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:315 msgid "Google Talk Home Name 2" msgstr "Google Talk 住家名稱 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:316 msgid "Google Talk Home Name 3" msgstr "Google Talk 住家名稱 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:317 msgid "Google Talk Work Name 1" msgstr "Google Talk 工作名稱 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:318 msgid "Google Talk Work Name 2" msgstr "Google Talk 工作名稱 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:319 msgid "Google Talk Work Name 3" msgstr "Google Talk 工作名稱 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:320 msgid "Google Talk Name List" msgstr "Google Talk 名稱清單" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:322 msgid "Twitter Name List" msgstr "Twitter 名稱清單" # addressbook/gui/component/addressbook-storage.c:99 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:1627 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-destination.c:883 msgid "Unnamed List" msgstr "未命名的清單" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:43 msgid "The library was built without phone number support." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:45 msgid "The phone number parser reported an yet unkown error code." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:47 msgid "Not a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:49 msgid "Invalid country calling code" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:51 msgid "" "Remaining text after the country calling code is too short for a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:53 msgid "Text is too short for a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:55 msgid "Text is too long for a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:749 #, c-format msgid "Unknown book property '%s'" msgstr "不明的通訊錄屬性「%s」" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Cannot change value of book property '%s'" msgstr "不能改變通訊錄屬性「%s」的數值" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:1099 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:1274 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:1522 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:1704 #, c-format msgid "Unable to connect to '%s': " msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:796 #, c-format msgid "Error introspecting unknown summary field '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1295 msgid "Error parsing regular expression" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1340 #: ../camel/camel-db.c:544 #, c-format msgid "Insufficient memory" msgstr "記憶體不足" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1473 #, c-format msgid "Invalid contact field '%d' specified in summary" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1507 #, c-format msgid "" "Contact field '%s' of type '%s' specified in summary, but only boolean, " "string and string list field types are supported" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:2695 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3772 #, c-format msgid "" "Full search_contacts are not stored in cache. vcards cannot be returned." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3898 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3979 #, c-format msgid "Query contained unsupported elements" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3902 #, c-format msgid "Invalid Query" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3926 #, c-format msgid "" "Full search_contacts are not stored in cache. Hence only summary query is " "supported." msgstr "" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:218 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:203 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3983 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:358 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:993 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:412 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1299 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:164 #, c-format msgid "Invalid query" msgstr "無效的查詢" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:4026 #, c-format msgid "" "Full vcards are not stored in cache. Hence only summary query is supported." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:4729 #, c-format msgid "Unable to remove the db file: errno %d" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:342 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:393 msgid "Success" msgstr "成功" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:343 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2303 ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:394 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:131 msgid "Backend is busy" msgstr "後端忙碌中" # shell/e-shell-view-menu.c:602 # shell/e-shell-view-menu.c:614 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:344 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:395 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:141 msgid "Repository offline" msgstr "資料庫離線" # shell/e-storage.c:475 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:345 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2317 ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:396 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:148 msgid "Permission denied" msgstr "權限不足" # camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:110 # camel/camel-sasl-plain.c:87 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:348 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:401 msgid "Authentication Failed" msgstr "驗證失敗" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:218 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:349 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:402 msgid "Authentication Required" msgstr "要求驗證" # mail/mail-config.glade.h:1 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:350 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:403 msgid "Unsupported field" msgstr "不支援的欄位" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-store.c:466 # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:366 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:351 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:405 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:156 msgid "Unsupported authentication method" msgstr "不支援的驗證方法" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:352 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:406 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:158 msgid "TLS not available" msgstr "無法使用 TLS" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:100 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:101 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:97 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:353 msgid "Address book does not exist" msgstr "通訊錄不存在" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:354 msgid "Book removed" msgstr "通訊錄已經移除" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-folder.c:1047 # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-folder.c:1281 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:355 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:409 msgid "Not available in offline mode" msgstr "無法在離線模式下使用" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:356 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:410 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:160 msgid "Search size limit exceeded" msgstr "超過搜尋大小限制" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:357 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:411 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:162 msgid "Search time limit exceeded" msgstr "超過搜尋時間限制" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:359 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:413 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:166 msgid "Query refused" msgstr "查詢被拒絕" # calendar/gui/e-itip-control.c:883 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:360 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:414 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:152 msgid "Could not cancel" msgstr "無法取消" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:218 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:203 #. { E_DATA_BOOK_STATUS_OTHER_ERROR, N_("Other error") }, #. { OtherError, N_("Other error") }, #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:362 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:416 msgid "Invalid server version" msgstr "無效的伺服器版本" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:218 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:203 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:364 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2301 ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:417 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:129 msgid "Invalid argument" msgstr "無效的參數" # shell/e-storage.c:477 #. Translators: The string for NOT_SUPPORTED error #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:366 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1060 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1428 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1908 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2340 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:419 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:154 #, c-format msgid "Not supported" msgstr "不支援" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:367 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:420 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:172 msgid "Backend is not opened yet" msgstr "後端尚未開啟" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:368 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:174 msgid "Object is out of sync" msgstr "" # addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:718 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:376 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:428 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:170 msgid "Other error" msgstr "其他錯誤" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1018 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1324 msgid "Invalid query: " msgstr "無效的查詢： " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1070 msgid "Cannot open book: " msgstr "不能開啟通訊錄： " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1107 msgid "Cannot refresh address book: " msgstr "不能重新整理通訊錄： " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1138 msgid "Cannot get contact: " msgstr "不能取得聯絡人： " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1176 msgid "Cannot get contact list: " msgstr "不能取得聯絡人清單： " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1228 msgid "Cannot get contact list uids: " msgstr "不能取得聯絡人清單 uid： " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1275 msgid "Cannot add contact: " msgstr "不能加入聯絡人： " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1324 msgid "Cannot modify contacts: " msgstr "不能修改聯絡人 " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1366 msgid "Cannot remove contacts: " msgstr "不能移除聯絡人： " #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-factory.c:273 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal-factory.c:276 #, c-format msgid "No backend name in source '%s'" msgstr "來源「%s」中沒有後端名稱" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-factory.c:324 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal-factory.c:330 #, c-format msgid "Missing source UID" msgstr "缺少來源 UID" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-factory.c:335 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal-factory.c:340 #, c-format msgid "No such source for UID '%s'" msgstr "沒有 UID「%s」的這類來源" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:574 #, c-format msgid "Server is unreachable (%s)" msgstr "無法連接伺服器 (%s)" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:605 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to a server using SSL: %s" msgstr "無法使用 SSL 連線至伺服器：%s" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:616 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected HTTP status code %d returned (%s)" msgstr "HTTP 回應未預期的狀態碼 %d (%s)" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:635 msgid "CalDAV backend is not loaded yet" msgstr "CalDAV 後端尚未載入" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:1072 msgid "Invalid Redirect URL" msgstr "無效的重新導向 URL" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2563 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2955 #, c-format msgid "" "Server is unreachable, calendar is opened in read-only mode.\n" "Error message: %s" msgstr "" "無法連接伺服器，行事曆會以唯讀模式開啟。\n" "錯誤訊息：%s" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2907 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create local cache folder '%s'" msgstr "不能建立本地快取資料夾「%s」" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:3995 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk additions" msgstr "CalDAV 不支援大量增加" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4098 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk modifications" msgstr "CalDAV 不支援大量修改" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4274 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk removals" msgstr "CalDAV 不支援大量移除" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:100 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:101 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:97 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4941 msgid "Calendar doesn't support Free/Busy" msgstr "行事曆不支援空閒/忙碌" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4950 msgid "Schedule outbox url not found" msgstr "找不到排程的寄件匣 url" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:5047 msgid "Unexpected result in schedule-response" msgstr "在排程-回應中未預期的結果" # addressbook/contact-editor/contact-editor.glade.h:20 #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:889 msgid "Birthday" msgstr "生日" # addressbook/contact-editor/contact-editor.glade.h:20 #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:925 #, c-format msgid "Birthday: %s" msgstr "生日：%s" # addressbook/contact-editor/contact-editor.glade.h:2 #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:956 #, c-format msgid "Anniversary: %s" msgstr "紀念日：%s" #: ../calendar/backends/file/e-cal-backend-file.c:245 msgid "Cannot save calendar data: Malformed URI." msgstr "無法儲存行事曆資料：URI 的格式不正確。" #: ../calendar/backends/file/e-cal-backend-file.c:252 #: ../calendar/backends/file/e-cal-backend-file.c:258 msgid "Cannot save calendar data" msgstr "不能儲存行事曆資料" #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Malformed URI: %s" msgstr "格式不良的 URI：%s" # mail/mail-config.glade.h:37 #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:570 #, c-format msgid "Redirected to Invalid URI" msgstr "重新指向無效的 URI" # calendar/gui/dialogs/cal-prefs-dialog.glade.h:50 #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:613 #, c-format msgid "Bad file format." msgstr "錯誤的檔案格式。" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-store.c:803 # mail/mail-local.c:334 #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:623 #, c-format msgid "Not a calendar." msgstr "並非行事曆。" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:110 #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:927 #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:494 msgid "Could not create cache file" msgstr "無法建立快取檔案" # mail/mail-ops.c:1872 #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:170 msgid "Could not retrieve weather data" msgstr "無法取得天氣資料" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:281 msgid "Weather: Fog" msgstr "天氣：起霧" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:282 msgid "Weather: Cloudy Night" msgstr "天氣：多雲的夜晚" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:283 msgid "Weather: Cloudy" msgstr "天氣：多雲" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:284 msgid "Weather: Overcast" msgstr "天氣：多雲" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:285 msgid "Weather: Showers" msgstr "天氣：陣雨" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:286 msgid "Weather: Snow" msgstr "天氣：下雪" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:287 msgid "Weather: Clear Night" msgstr "天氣：晴朗的夜晚" # ui/evolution-event-editor.xml.h:9 # ui/evolution-task-editor-dialog.xml.h:10 #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:288 msgid "Weather: Sunny" msgstr "天氣：艷陽" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:289 msgid "Weather: Thunderstorms" msgstr "天氣：雷暴" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:410 msgid "Forecast" msgstr "天氣預報" # shell/e-shell-view-menu.c:602 # shell/e-shell-view-menu.c:614 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2305 msgid "Repository is offline" msgstr "倉庫已離線" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-store.c:803 # mail/mail-local.c:334 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2307 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:255 msgid "No such calendar" msgstr "無此行事曆" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2309 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:257 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:398 msgid "Object not found" msgstr "找不到物件" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:218 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:203 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2311 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:259 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:399 msgid "Invalid object" msgstr "無效的物件" # addressbook/conduit/address-conduit.c:214 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2313 msgid "URI not loaded" msgstr "URI 未載入" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2315 msgid "URI already loaded" msgstr "URI 已載入" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-command.c:241 # shell/e-storage.c:481 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2319 msgid "Unknown User" msgstr "不明的使用者" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2321 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:263 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:400 msgid "Object ID already exists" msgstr "物件 ID 已存在" # shell/e-storage.c:477 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2323 msgid "Protocol not supported" msgstr "通訊協定不支援" # camel/camel-remote-store.c:337 # camel/camel-remote-store.c:399 # camel/camel-remote-store.c:470 # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-command.c:287 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2325 msgid "Operation has been canceled" msgstr "操作已取消" # calendar/gui/e-itip-control.c:883 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2327 msgid "Could not cancel operation" msgstr "無法取消操作" # camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:110 # camel/camel-sasl-plain.c:87 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2329 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:137 msgid "Authentication failed" msgstr "驗證失敗" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:218 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2331 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:911 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:139 msgid "Authentication required" msgstr "要求驗證" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2333 msgid "A D-Bus exception has occurred" msgstr "發生 D-Bus 例外" # shell/e-storage.c:459 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2337 msgid "No error" msgstr "沒有錯誤" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-command.c:241 # shell/e-storage.c:481 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:261 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:408 msgid "Unknown user" msgstr "不明的使用者" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:218 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:203 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:265 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:397 msgid "Invalid range" msgstr "無效的範圍" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:928 #, c-format msgid "Unknown calendar property '%s'" msgstr "不明的行事曆屬性「%s」" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:943 #, c-format msgid "Cannot change value of calendar property '%s'" msgstr "不能改變行事曆屬性「%s」的數值" # calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-notify.glade.h:2 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-component.c:1340 msgid "Untitled appointment" msgstr "未命名的約會" # calendar/gui/print.c:300 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4038 msgid "1st" msgstr "1日" # calendar/gui/print.c:300 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4039 msgid "2nd" msgstr "2日" # calendar/gui/print.c:300 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4040 msgid "3rd" msgstr "3日" # calendar/gui/print.c:300 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4041 msgid "4th" msgstr "4日" # calendar/gui/print.c:300 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4042 msgid "5th" msgstr "5日" # calendar/gui/print.c:301 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4043 msgid "6th" msgstr "6日" # calendar/gui/print.c:301 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4044 msgid "7th" msgstr "7日" # calendar/gui/print.c:301 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4045 msgid "8th" msgstr "8日" # calendar/gui/print.c:301 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4046 msgid "9th" msgstr "9日" # calendar/gui/print.c:301 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4047 msgid "10th" msgstr "10日" # calendar/gui/print.c:302 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4048 msgid "11th" msgstr "11日" # calendar/gui/print.c:302 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4049 msgid "12th" msgstr "12日" # calendar/gui/print.c:302 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4050 msgid "13th" msgstr "13日" # calendar/gui/print.c:302 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4051 msgid "14th" msgstr "14日" # calendar/gui/print.c:302 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4052 msgid "15th" msgstr "15日" # calendar/gui/print.c:303 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4053 msgid "16th" msgstr "16日" # calendar/gui/print.c:303 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4054 msgid "17th" msgstr "17日" # calendar/gui/print.c:303 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4055 msgid "18th" msgstr "18日" # calendar/gui/print.c:303 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4056 msgid "19th" msgstr "19日" # calendar/gui/print.c:303 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4057 msgid "20th" msgstr "20日" # calendar/gui/print.c:304 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4058 msgid "21st" msgstr "21日" # calendar/gui/print.c:304 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4059 msgid "22nd" msgstr "22日" # calendar/gui/print.c:304 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4060 msgid "23rd" msgstr "23日" # calendar/gui/print.c:304 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4061 msgid "24th" msgstr "24日" # calendar/gui/print.c:304 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4062 msgid "25th" msgstr "25日" # calendar/gui/print.c:305 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4063 msgid "26th" msgstr "26日" # calendar/gui/print.c:305 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4064 msgid "27th" msgstr "27日" # calendar/gui/print.c:305 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4065 msgid "28th" msgstr "28日" # calendar/gui/print.c:305 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4066 msgid "29th" msgstr "29日" # calendar/gui/print.c:305 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4067 msgid "30th" msgstr "30日" # calendar/gui/print.c:306 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4068 msgid "31st" msgstr "31日" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:707 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:734 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "High" msgstr "高" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:709 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:736 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Normal" msgstr "中" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:711 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:738 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Low" msgstr "低" #. An empty string is the same as 'None'. #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:732 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Undefined" msgstr "未定義" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:170 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:78 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1056 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1365 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1492 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1541 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects one argument" msgstr "「%s」需要一個引數" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:85 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:667 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1372 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1380 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be a string" msgstr "「%s」的第一個引數必須為字串" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:160 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects two or three arguments" msgstr "「%s」需要二或三個引數" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:167 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:256 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:318 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:817 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1063 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1441 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1499 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1548 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be a time_t" msgstr "「%s」的第一個引數必須為 time_t" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:176 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:264 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:328 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:826 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the second argument to be a time_t" msgstr "「%s」的第二個引數必須為 time_t" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:186 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the third argument to be a string" msgstr "「%s」的第三個引數必須為字串" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:248 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects none or two arguments" msgstr "「%s」需要零或二個引數" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:170 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:311 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:660 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:810 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1434 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects two arguments" msgstr "「%s」需要兩個引數" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:596 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:619 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:742 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:774 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:981 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1014 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1326 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects no arguments" msgstr "「%s」不需要引數" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:676 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the second argument to be a string" msgstr "「%s」的第二個引數必須為字串" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:707 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be either \"any\", \"summary\", or " "\"description\", or \"location\", or \"attendee\", or \"organizer\", or " "\"classification\"" msgstr "「%s」的第一個引數必須為「任何」、「摘要」之一，或「描述」、「位置」、「到會者」、「召集人」、「分類」其中之一" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:878 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects at least one argument" msgstr "「%s」需要至少一個引數" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:893 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" expects all arguments to be strings or one and only one argument to " "be a boolean false (#f)" msgstr "「%s」的所有引數必須為字串，或只有一個引數為邏輯偽值 (#f)" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1389 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be an ISO 8601 date/time string" msgstr "「%s」的第一個引數必須為 ISO 8601 日期/時間字串" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1450 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the second argument to be an integer" msgstr "「%s」的第二個引數必須為整數" # mail/mail-config.glade.h:1 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:404 msgid "Unsupported method" msgstr "不支援的方法" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:100 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:101 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:97 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:407 msgid "Calendar does not exist" msgstr "行事曆不存在" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1495 msgid "Cannot open calendar: " msgstr "不能開啟行事曆： " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1532 msgid "Cannot refresh calendar: " msgstr "不能重新整理行事曆： " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1573 msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar object path: " msgstr "不能取得行事曆物件路徑： " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1625 msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar object list: " msgstr "不能取得行事曆物件清單： " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1676 msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar free/busy list: " msgstr "不能取得行事曆空閒/忙碌清單： " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1719 msgid "Cannot create calendar object: " msgstr "不能建立行事曆物件： " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1787 msgid "Cannot modify calendar object: " msgstr "不能修改行事曆物件： " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1865 msgid "Cannot remove calendar object: " msgstr "不能移除行事曆物件： " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1951 msgid "Cannot receive calendar objects: " msgstr "不能取得行事曆物件： " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1994 msgid "Cannot send calendar objects: " msgstr "不能傳送行事曆物件： " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2046 msgid "Could not retrieve attachment uris: " msgstr "無法取得附件 URI： " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2091 msgid "Could not discard reminder: " msgstr "無法取消提醒： " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2132 msgid "Could not retrieve calendar time zone: " msgstr "無法取得行事曆時區： " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2172 msgid "Could not add calendar time zone: " msgstr "無法加入行事曆時區： " # camel/camel-cipher-context.c:171 #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:208 #, c-format msgid "Signing is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "這種加密方式不支援簽署" # camel/camel-cipher-context.c:251 #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:221 #, c-format msgid "Verifying is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "這種加密方式不支援驗證簽署" # camel/camel-cipher-context.c:294 #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:237 #, c-format msgid "Encryption is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "這種加密方式不支援加密" # camel/camel-cipher-context.c:336 #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:251 #, c-format msgid "Decryption is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "這種加密方式不支援解密" # camel/camel-cipher-context.c:336 #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:264 #, c-format msgid "You may not import keys with this cipher" msgstr "你不能匯入這種加密方式的密碼匙" # camel/camel-cipher-context.c:336 #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:278 #, c-format msgid "You may not export keys with this cipher" msgstr "你不能匯出這種加密方式的密碼匙" # mail/mail-ops.c:603 #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:819 msgid "Signing message" msgstr "正在簽署訊息" # mail/mail-ops.c:603 #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:1060 msgid "Encrypting message" msgstr "正在加密訊息" # mail/mail-ops.c:603 #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:1187 msgid "Decrypting message" msgstr "正在解密訊息" # mail/mail-ops.c:1728 #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:181 #, c-format msgid "Unable to create cache path" msgstr "無法建立快取路徑" #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:442 msgid "Empty cache file" msgstr "清空快取檔案" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-message-cache.c:150 #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:511 #, c-format msgid "Could not remove cache entry: %s: %s" msgstr "無法移除快取項目： %s： %s" #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:207 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not write log entry: %s\n" "Further operations on this server will not be replayed when you\n" "reconnect to the network." msgstr "" "無法寫入紀錄： %s\n" "接下來在此伺服器上的操作，在你重新連線到網絡時\n" "將不會重播。" #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:279 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not open '%s':\n" "%s\n" "Changes made to this folder will not be resynchronized." msgstr "" "無法開啟「%s」：\n" "%s\n" "這個資料夾內所做的更改將不會重新同步。" #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:326 msgid "Resynchronizing with server" msgstr "與伺服器重新同步" #: ../camel/camel-disco-folder.c:76 ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:93 msgid "Downloading new messages for offline mode" msgstr "正在下載新訊息用於離線模式" # mail/mail-ops.c:1195 # mail/mail-ops.c:1333 #: ../camel/camel-disco-folder.c:422 #, c-format msgid "Preparing folder '%s' for offline" msgstr "準備資料夾「%s」供離線使用" #: ../camel/camel-disco-folder.c:489 ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:336 msgid "Copy folder content locally for _offline operation" msgstr "複製資料夾內容至本地用於離線作業(_O)" # camel/camel-disco-store.c:271 #: ../camel/camel-disco-store.c:518 ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:618 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:2242 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:596 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:746 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:987 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:1216 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:291 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:519 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:567 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:659 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:1063 #, c-format msgid "You must be working online to complete this operation" msgstr "你必須於網上工作才能完成此操作" # calendar/gui/calendar-model.c:647 # calendar/gui/calendar-model.c:1182 # calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor-dialog.glade.h:4 # calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.c:422 # camel/camel-service.c:544 # camel/camel-service.c:580 #: ../camel/camel-file-utils.c:732 #, c-format msgid "Canceled" msgstr "已取消" # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:670 # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:679 #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:916 ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:797 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create child process '%s': %s" msgstr "無法建立子代處理 '%s'：%s" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-folder.c:172 #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:964 #, c-format msgid "Invalid message stream received from %s: %s" msgstr "無法讀取 %s 的歡迎辭： %s" # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:534 # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:543 #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1171 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1180 msgid "Syncing folders" msgstr "同步處理資料夾" # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:866 #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1278 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing filter: %s: %s" msgstr "分析過濾器發生錯誤： %s: %s" # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:871 #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1289 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter: %s: %s" msgstr "執行過濾器發生錯誤： %s: %s" # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:643 #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1385 #, c-format msgid "Unable to open spool folder" msgstr "無法開啟排程器資料夾" # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:652 #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1397 #, c-format msgid "Unable to process spool folder" msgstr "無法處理排程器資料夾" # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:666 #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1420 #, c-format msgid "Getting message %d (%d%%)" msgstr "接收郵件 %d (%d%%)" # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:670 # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:679 #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1429 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1451 #, c-format msgid "Failed on message %d" msgstr "在第 %d 封郵件發生錯誤" # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:690 # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:788 #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1470 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1584 msgid "Syncing folder" msgstr "同步處理資料夾" # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:694 # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:793 #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1475 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1592 msgid "Complete" msgstr "完成" # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:748 #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1538 #, c-format msgid "Getting message %d of %d" msgstr "正在接收第 %d / %d 封郵件" # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:753 # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:771 #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1556 #, c-format msgid "Failed at message %d of %d" msgstr "在第 %d / %d 封郵件失敗" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1752 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1779 #, c-format msgid "Execution of filter '%s' failed: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1769 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing filter '%s': %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1788 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter '%s': %s: %s" msgstr "" # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:670 # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:679 #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:138 msgid "Failed to retrieve message" msgstr "取回郵件失敗。" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:218 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:203 #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:537 msgid "Invalid arguments to (system-flag)" msgstr "無效的參數給 (system-flag)" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:218 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:203 #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:555 msgid "Invalid arguments to (user-tag)" msgstr "無效的參數給 (user-tag)" # camel/camel-filter-search.c:439 # camel/camel-filter-search.c:445 #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:1046 ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:1055 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter search: %s: %s" msgstr "執行過濾器搜尋發生錯誤： %s: %s" # mail/mail-ops.c:1649 #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Learning new spam message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Learning new spam messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "正在學習「%s」中的新垃圾郵件" # mail/mail-ops.c:1649 #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:351 #, c-format #| msgid "Scanning for changed messages in %s" msgid "Learning new ham message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Learning new ham messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "正在學習「%s」中的 ham 郵件" # mail/mail-ops.c:1565 #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Filtering new message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Filtering new messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "正在過濾「%s」中的新郵件" # mail/mail-ops.c:898 #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1009 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:321 msgid "Moving messages" msgstr "正在移動郵件" # mail/mail-ops.c:898 #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1012 msgid "Copying messages" msgstr "正在複製郵件" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1332 #, c-format msgid "Quota information not supported for folder '%s'" msgstr "資料夾「%s」不支援限額資訊" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3578 #, c-format msgid "Expunging folder '%s'" msgstr "刪除資料夾「%s」" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3810 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving message '%s' in %s" msgstr "接收 %2$s 中的郵件「%1$s」" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3965 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving quota information for '%s'" msgstr "取得「%s」的用量限額資訊" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:4205 #, c-format msgid "Refreshing folder '%s'" msgstr "重新整理資料夾「%s」" # camel/camel-folder-search.c:485 # camel/camel-folder-search.c:513 #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:888 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:931 #, c-format msgid "(%s) requires a single bool result" msgstr "(%s) 需要單一邏輯值結果" #. Translators: Each '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:966 #, c-format msgid "(%s) not allowed inside %s" msgstr "(%s) 不允許放在 %s 裏面" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:973 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:981 #, c-format msgid "(%s) requires a match type string" msgstr "(%s) 需要相符類型字串" # camel/camel-folder-search.c:485 # camel/camel-folder-search.c:513 #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1009 #, c-format msgid "(%s) expects an array result" msgstr "(%s) 期望陣列結果" # camel/camel-folder-search.c:485 # camel/camel-folder-search.c:513 #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1019 #, c-format msgid "(%s) requires the folder set" msgstr "(%s) 需要資料夾設定" # camel/camel-folder-search.c:328 #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1932 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:2098 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot parse search expression: %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "不能分析搜尋詞句：%s:\n" "%s" # camel/camel-folder-search.c:338 #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1944 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:2110 #, c-format msgid "" "Error executing search expression: %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "執行搜尋詞句時發生錯誤：%s:\n" "%s" # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:670 # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:679 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:730 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:735 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1398 #, c-format msgid "Failed to execute gpg: %s" msgstr "執行 gpg 失敗： %s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:735 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:914 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:800 #, c-format msgid "" "Unexpected GnuPG status message encountered:\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "遇到非預期的 GnuPG 狀態訊息：\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:836 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse gpg userid hint." msgstr "解析 gpg userid 提示時失敗。" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:861 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:876 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse gpg passphrase request." msgstr "解析 gpg 密語要求時失敗。" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:897 #, c-format msgid "" "You need a PIN to unlock the key for your\n" "SmartCard: \"%s\"" msgstr "" "需要 PIN 才能為你的智慧卡解鎖：\n" "「%s」" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:901 #, c-format msgid "" "You need a passphrase to unlock the key for\n" "user: \"%s\"" msgstr "" "你需要密語才能為此使用者的密碼匙解鎖：\n" "「%s」" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-command.c:232 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:907 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected request from GnuPG for '%s'" msgstr "GnuPG 傳回對「%s」未預期的要求" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:919 msgid "" "Note the encrypted content doesn't contain information about a recipient, " "thus there will be a password prompt for each of stored private key." msgstr "注意加密的內容不會包含收件者資訊，因此每個儲存的私密密碼匙都會提示輸入密碼。" # calendar/gui/calendar-model.c:647 # calendar/gui/calendar-model.c:1182 # calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor-dialog.glade.h:4 # calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.c:422 # camel/camel-service.c:544 # camel/camel-service.c:580 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:950 ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:524 #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:268 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:402 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:150 #, c-format msgid "Cancelled" msgstr "已取消" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:971 #, c-format msgid "Failed to unlock secret key: 3 bad passphrases given." msgstr "解鎖私密密碼匙時失敗：輸入了 3 次錯誤的密語 。" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-command.c:232 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:984 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected response from GnuPG: %s" msgstr "從 GnuPG 傳回意外的回應： %s" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:582 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "Failed to encrypt: No valid recipients specified." msgstr "不能加密郵件：沒有提供有效的收件者。" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1665 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:846 msgid "Could not generate signing data: " msgstr "無法產生簽署資料： " # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:670 # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:679 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1715 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1923 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2033 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2184 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2284 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2332 msgid "Failed to execute gpg." msgstr "執行 gpg 失敗。" # camel/camel-pgp-context.c:890 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1794 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1802 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1810 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1830 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:973 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:987 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:996 #, c-format msgid "Cannot verify message signature: Incorrect message format" msgstr "不能驗證此郵件的簽署：錯誤的訊息格式" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1876 msgid "Cannot verify message signature: " msgstr "不能驗證此郵件的簽署： " #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1999 msgid "Could not generate encrypting data: " msgstr "無法產生加密資料： " #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2052 msgid "This is a digitally encrypted message part" msgstr "這是數碼化加密訊息部份" # camel/camel-pgp-context.c:890 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2110 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2119 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2142 #, c-format msgid "Cannot decrypt message: Incorrect message format" msgstr "不能解密此郵件：錯誤的訊息格式" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2130 #, c-format msgid "Failed to decrypt MIME part: protocol error" msgstr "解密 MIME 組件時失敗：通訊協定錯誤" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2225 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1287 msgid "Encrypted content" msgstr "加密內容" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:643 #, c-format msgid "No quota information available for folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:727 ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:801 #, c-format msgid "No destination folder specified" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:747 msgid "Unable to move junk messages" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:821 msgid "Unable to move deleted messages" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:1008 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:800 msgid "Apply message _filters to this folder" msgstr "將郵件過濾條件套用到這個資料夾(_F)" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-folder.c:191 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:1114 #, c-format msgid "Could not create folder summary for %s" msgstr "無法建立 %s 的資料夾摘要" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:1123 #, c-format msgid "Could not create cache for %s: " msgstr "無法建立 %s 的快取： " #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:1333 msgid "Server disconnected" msgstr "伺服器斷線" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:1772 msgid "Error writing to cache stream" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:2457 #, c-format msgid "" "Alert from IMAP server %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" # camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:199 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:3053 #, c-format msgid "Not authenticated" msgstr "尚未驗證" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:3131 msgid "Error performing IDLE" msgstr "進行 IDLE 時發生錯誤" # camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:379 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4030 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to IMAP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgstr "以安全模式連線到 IMAP 伺服器 %s 時失敗了： %s" # shell/e-storage.c:477 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4031 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:203 msgid "STARTTLS not supported" msgstr "不支援 STARTTLS" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4072 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to IMAP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "以安全模式連線到 IMAP 伺服器 %s 時失敗了： " #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4150 #, c-format msgid "IMAP server %s does not support %s authentication" msgstr "IMAP 伺服器 %s 不支援 %s 驗證" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4161 ../camel/camel-session.c:494 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:303 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:748 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:505 #, c-format msgid "No support for %s authentication" msgstr "不支援 %s 驗證" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4180 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:409 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:595 msgid "Cannot authenticate without a username" msgstr "驗證不能沒有使用者名稱" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4189 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:604 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:669 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:690 msgid "Authentication password not available" msgstr "沒有驗證的密碼" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4402 msgid "Error fetching message" msgstr "取回郵件時發生錯誤" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4451 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4458 msgid "Failed to close the tmp stream" msgstr "無法關閉 tmp 的串流" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4487 msgid "Failed to copy the tmp file" msgstr "無法複製 tmp 檔案" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4612 msgid "Error moving messages" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4616 msgid "Error copying messages" msgstr "複製郵件時發生錯誤" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4783 msgid "Error appending message" msgstr "附加郵件時發生錯誤" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4980 msgid "Error fetching message headers" msgstr "取回郵件檔頭時發生錯誤" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5143 msgid "Error retrieving message" msgstr "取回郵件時發生錯誤" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5274 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5495 #, c-format msgid "Fetching summary information for new messages in '%s'" msgstr "正取得「%s」中新郵件的摘要資訊" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5334 #, c-format msgid "Scanning for changed messages in '%s'" msgstr "掃描「%s」中更改過的郵件" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5389 msgid "Error fetching new messages" msgstr "取回新郵件時發生錯誤" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5601 msgid "Error while fetching messages" msgstr "當取回郵件時發生錯誤" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5609 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5642 #, c-format msgid "Fetching summary information for %d message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Fetching summary information for %d messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "正取得「%2$s」中 %1$d 封郵件的摘要資訊" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5776 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5806 msgid "Error refreshing folder" msgstr "重新整理資料夾時發生錯誤" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5928 msgid "Error expunging message" msgstr "清空郵件時發生錯誤" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6036 msgid "Error fetching folders" msgstr "取回資料夾時發生錯誤" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6119 msgid "Error subscribing to folder" msgstr "訂閱到資料夾時發生錯誤" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6181 msgid "Error creating folder" msgstr "建立資料夾時發生錯誤。" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6234 msgid "Error deleting folder" msgstr "刪除資料夾時發生錯誤" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6305 msgid "Error renaming folder" msgstr "重新命名資料夾時發生錯誤" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6379 msgid "Error retrieving quota information" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6437 msgid "Search failed" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6499 msgid "Error performing NOOP" msgstr "進行 NOOP 時發生錯誤" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6607 msgid "Error syncing changes" msgstr "同步更改時發生錯誤" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6912 msgid "Lost connection to IMAP server" msgstr "" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:197 # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:209 # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:217 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:319 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:185 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:194 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:202 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7359 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message with message ID %s: %s" msgstr "無法取得郵件 ID 為 %s 的郵件： %s" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:197 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:319 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:185 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7360 msgid "No such message available." msgstr "沒有這個郵件。" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7521 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7536 msgid "Cannot create spool file: " msgstr "不能建立排程器檔案： " #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:8276 msgid "IMAP server does not support quotas" msgstr "" # mail/local-config.glade.h:8 #. create a dummy "." parent inbox, use to scan, then put back at the top level #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:203 ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1143 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:473 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:316 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:752 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:758 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:842 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:395 msgid "Inbox" msgstr "收件匣" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:534 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:487 #, c-format msgid "IMAP server %s" msgstr "IMAP 伺服器 %s" # camel/camel-remote-store.c:195 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:490 #, c-format msgid "IMAP service for %s on %s" msgstr "%s 的 IMAP 服務於 %s" # addressbook/gui/component/addressbook-config.c:165 # camel/camel-sasl-plain.c:32 # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-provider.c:80 # camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:291 # camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:67 # mail/mail-config.glade.h:52 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:591 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:95 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:83 msgid "Password" msgstr "密碼" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-provider.c:82 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:593 msgid "" "This option will connect to the IMAP server using a plaintext password." msgstr "這個選項將會使用簡易的密碼連線至 IMAP 伺服器。" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-store.c:803 # mail/mail-local.c:334 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:687 #, c-format msgid "No such folder %s" msgstr "沒有這個資料夾 %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1413 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving folder list for %s" msgstr "取得 %s 的資料夾清單" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1783 #, c-format msgid "" "The folder name \"%s\" is invalid because it contains the character \"%c\"" msgstr "資料夾名稱「%s」無效，因為它包括字符「%c」" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:879 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1794 #, c-format msgid "Unknown parent folder: %s" msgstr "不明的母資料夾： %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1804 #, c-format msgid "The parent folder is not allowed to contain subfolders" msgstr "母資料夾並不允許包含子資料夾" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-stream.c:98 #, c-format msgid "Source stream returned no data" msgstr "來源串流傳回無資料" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-stream.c:107 #, c-format msgid "Source stream unavailable" msgstr "來源串流無法使用" #: ../camel/camel-junk-filter.c:168 msgid "Synchronizing junk database" msgstr "" # camel/camel-lock.c:92 # camel/camel-lock.c:111 # camel/camel-movemail.c:138 # camel/camel-movemail.c:185 #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:106 #, c-format msgid "Could not create lock file for %s: %s" msgstr "無法建立用於 %s: %s 的鎖定檔案" # camel/camel-lock.c:151 # camel/camel-movemail.c:219 #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:149 #, c-format msgid "Timed out trying to get lock file on %s. Try again later." msgstr "嘗試取得 %s 上的鎖定檔案逾時。請稍後再試一次。" # camel/camel-lock.c:201 #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:211 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get lock using fcntl(2): %s" msgstr "使用 fcntl(2) 取得鎖失敗： %s" # camel/camel-lock.c:255 #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:278 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get lock using flock(2): %s" msgstr "使用 flock(2) 取得鎖失敗： %s" # camel/camel-movemail.c:306 #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:106 #, c-format msgid "Cannot build locking helper pipe: %s" msgstr "不能建立鎖定 helper 導管：%s" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:130 #, c-format msgid "Cannot fork locking helper: %s" msgstr "不能分叉鎖定 helper ： %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:211 ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:239 #, c-format msgid "Could not lock '%s': protocol error with lock-helper" msgstr "無法鎖定「%s」： lock-helper 協定錯誤" # camel/camel-movemail.c:318 #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:227 #, c-format msgid "Could not lock '%s'" msgstr "無法鎖定「%s」" # camel/camel-movemail.c:101 #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:105 #, c-format msgid "Could not check mail file %s: %s" msgstr "無法檢查郵件檔案 %s：%s" # camel/camel-movemail.c:148 #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:119 #, c-format msgid "Could not open mail file %s: %s" msgstr "無法開啟郵件檔案 %s：%s" # camel/camel-movemail.c:158 #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:129 #, c-format msgid "Could not open temporary mail file %s: %s" msgstr "無法開啟暫存郵件檔案 %s：%s" # camel/camel-movemail.c:274 #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:159 #, c-format msgid "Failed to store mail in temp file %s: %s" msgstr "儲存郵件至暫存檔案時失敗 %s：%s" # camel/camel-movemail.c:306 #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Could not create pipe: %s" msgstr "無法建立導管：%s" # camel/camel-movemail.c:318 #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:207 #, c-format msgid "Could not fork: %s" msgstr "無法另外執行一個行程：%s" # camel/camel-movemail.c:356 #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:245 #, c-format msgid "Movemail program failed: %s" msgstr "Movemail 程式失敗：%s" # camel/camel-movemail.c:357 #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:246 msgid "(Unknown error)" msgstr "(不明的錯誤)" # camel/camel-movemail.c:245 #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:273 #, c-format msgid "Error reading mail file: %s" msgstr "讀取郵件檔案時發生錯誤：%s" # camel/camel-movemail.c:256 #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:286 #, c-format msgid "Error writing mail temp file: %s" msgstr "寫入郵件暫存檔案時發生錯誤：%s" # camel/camel-movemail.c:587 #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:493 ../camel/camel-movemail.c:562 #, c-format msgid "Error copying mail temp file: %s" msgstr "複製郵件暫存檔案時發生錯誤：%s" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:297 #, c-format msgid "No content available" msgstr "沒有可用的內容" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:305 #, c-format msgid "No signature available" msgstr "沒有可用的簽署" # shell/e-storage.c:467 #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:689 #, c-format msgid "parse error" msgstr "解析錯誤" # camel/camel-service.c:548 #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:704 #, c-format msgid "Resolving: %s" msgstr "解析：%s" # camel/camel-service.c:600 #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:727 msgid "Host lookup failed" msgstr "搜尋主機失敗" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:733 #, c-format msgid "Host lookup '%s' failed. Check your host name for spelling errors." msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:737 #, c-format msgid "Host lookup '%s' failed: %s" msgstr "" # camel/camel-service.c:548 #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:858 msgid "Resolving address" msgstr "解析位址" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:879 msgid "Name lookup failed" msgstr "查詢名稱失敗" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:886 msgid "Name lookup failed. Check your host name for spelling errors." msgstr "" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-command.c:240 #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:890 #, c-format msgid "Name lookup failed: %s" msgstr "搜尋名稱失敗： %s" #: ../camel/camel-network-service.c:354 #, c-format msgid "Could not connect to '%s:%s': " msgstr "" # mail/mail-ops.c:898 #: ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:212 #, c-format msgid "Syncing messages in folder '%s' to disk" msgstr "正在將資料夾「%s」中的郵件同步到磁碟" # camel/camel-session.c:68 #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:58 msgid "Virtual folder email provider" msgstr "虛擬資料夾電子郵件供應商" # camel/camel-session.c:70 #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:60 msgid "For reading mail as a query of another set of folders" msgstr "使讀取郵件如同查詢其他資料夾" # camel/camel-provider.c:131 #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:263 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: Module loading not supported on this system." msgstr "無法載入模組 %s： 此系統不支援載入模組。" # camel/camel-provider.c:140 #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:272 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: %s" msgstr "無法載入 %s：%s" # camel/camel-provider.c:148 #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:281 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: No initialization code in module." msgstr "無法載入 %s：模組內沒有初始碼。" # camel/camel-session.c:295 # camel/camel-session.c:364 #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:429 ../camel/camel-session.c:406 #, c-format msgid "No provider available for protocol '%s'" msgstr "沒有通訊協定「%s」的提供者" # camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:33 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:35 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:85 msgid "Anonymous" msgstr "匿名" # camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:35 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:37 msgid "This option will connect to the server using an anonymous login." msgstr "這個選項將會使用匿名登入至伺服器。" # camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:110 # camel/camel-sasl-plain.c:87 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:70 #, c-format msgid "Authentication failed." msgstr "驗證失敗。" # camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:119 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:81 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid email address trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "無效的電子郵件地址追蹤資訊：\n" "%s" # camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:131 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:95 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid opaque trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "無效的不透明追蹤資訊：\n" "%s" # camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:143 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:109 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "無效的追蹤資訊：\n" "%s" # camel/camel-sasl-cram-md5.c:35 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-cram-md5.c:46 msgid "CRAM-MD5" msgstr "CRAM-MD5" # camel/camel-sasl-cram-md5.c:37 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-cram-md5.c:48 msgid "" "This option will connect to the server using a secure CRAM-MD5 password, if " "the server supports it." msgstr "這個選項將會使用 CRAM-MD5 加密的密碼連線至伺服器，若發現該伺服器支援這種服務。" # camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:43 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:59 msgid "DIGEST-MD5" msgstr "DIGEST-MD5" # camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:45 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:61 msgid "" "This option will connect to the server using a secure DIGEST-MD5 password, " "if the server supports it." msgstr "這個選項將會使用 DIGEST-MD5 加密的密碼連線至伺服器，若發現該伺服器支援這種服務。" # camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:810 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:855 #, c-format msgid "Server challenge too long (>2048 octets)" msgstr "伺服器查問過長(>2048 位元 )" # camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:819 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:866 #, c-format msgid "Server challenge invalid\n" msgstr "伺服器查問無效\n" # camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:825 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:874 #, c-format msgid "Server challenge contained invalid \"Quality of Protection\" token" msgstr "伺服器查問包含無效的 「Quality of Protection」代符" # camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:847 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:907 #, c-format msgid "Server response did not contain authorization data" msgstr "伺服器回應並未包含授權資料" # camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:865 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:928 #, c-format msgid "Server response contained incomplete authorization data" msgstr "伺服器回應包含不完整的授權資料" # camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:875 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:941 #, c-format msgid "Server response does not match" msgstr "伺服器回應不符" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:91 msgid "GSSAPI" msgstr "GSSAPI" # camel/camel-sasl-kerberos4.c:42 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:93 msgid "" "This option will connect to the server using Kerberos 5 authentication." msgstr "這個選項將會使用 Kerberos 5 驗證連線至伺服器。" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:134 msgid "" "The specified mechanism is not supported by the provided credential, or is " "unrecognized by the implementation." msgstr "提供的證件不支援指定的機制，或者是執行無法辨識。" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:139 msgid "The provided target_name parameter was ill-formed." msgstr "提供的 target_name 參數格式錯誤。" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:142 msgid "" "The provided target_name parameter contained an invalid or unsupported type " "of name." msgstr "提供的 target_name 參數包含無效或不支援的名稱類型。" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:146 msgid "" "The input_token contains different channel bindings to those specified via " "the input_chan_bindings parameter." msgstr "input_token 包含不同的通道，透過 input_chan_bindings，連結至這些指定的參數。" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:151 msgid "" "The input_token contains an invalid signature, or a signature that could not " "be verified." msgstr "input_token 包含無效的簽署，或者無法確認的簽署。" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:155 msgid "" "The supplied credentials were not valid for context initiation, or the " "credential handle did not reference any credentials." msgstr "提供的證件不適用於網絡位置，或者證件識別指標未參照任何證書。" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:160 msgid "The supplied context handle did not refer to a valid context." msgstr "提供的網絡位置識別指標未參照有效的網絡位置。" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:163 msgid "The consistency checks performed on the input_token failed." msgstr "在 input_token 執行一致性檢查失敗。" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:166 msgid "The consistency checks performed on the credential failed." msgstr "在證件執行一致性檢查失敗。" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:169 msgid "The referenced credentials have expired." msgstr "參照的證件已經過期。" # camel/camel-sasl-kerberos4.c:218 # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-store.c:433 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:175 ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:340 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:388 ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:405 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:612 #, c-format msgid "Bad authentication response from server." msgstr "來自伺服器的不良許可回應。" # mail/mail-config.glade.h:1 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:417 #, c-format msgid "Unsupported security layer." msgstr "不支援的類型" # camel/camel-sasl-login.c:32 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-login.c:40 msgid "Login" msgstr "登入" # camel/camel-sasl-login.c:34 # camel/camel-sasl-plain.c:34 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-login.c:42 ../camel/camel-sasl-plain.c:46 msgid "This option will connect to the server using a simple password." msgstr "這個選項將會使用普通的密碼連線至伺服器。" # camel/camel-sasl-login.c:127 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-login.c:110 #, c-format msgid "Unknown authentication state." msgstr "未知的驗証狀況。" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-ntlm.c:48 msgid "NTLM / SPA" msgstr "NTLM / SPA" # camel/camel-sasl-kerberos4.c:42 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-ntlm.c:50 msgid "" "This option will connect to a Windows-based server using NTLM / Secure " "Password Authentication." msgstr "這個選項將會使用 NTLM / 安全密碼驗證連線至基於 Windows 的伺服器。" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-plain.c:44 msgid "PLAIN" msgstr "PLAIN" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:46 msgid "POP before SMTP" msgstr "POP 先於 SMTP" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:48 msgid "This option will authorise a POP connection before attempting SMTP" msgstr "這個選項將會在進行 SMTP 之前允許 POP連線" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:84 msgid "POP Source UID" msgstr "POP 來源 UID" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:98 #, c-format msgid "POP Before SMTP authentication using an unknown transport" msgstr "POP 先於 SMTP 允許使用未知的傳輸" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:110 ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:119 #, c-format msgid "POP Before SMTP authentication attempted with a %s service" msgstr "以 %s 服務嘗試 POP 先於 SMTP 驗證" # camel/camel-search-private.c:111 #: ../camel/camel-search-private.c:116 #, c-format msgid "Regular expression compilation failed: %s: %s" msgstr "正規表示式編譯失敗： %s： %s" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:415 #, c-format msgid "Invalid GType registered for protocol '%s'" msgstr "通訊協定「%s」註冊了無效的 GType" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:509 #, c-format msgid "%s authentication failed" msgstr "%s 驗證失敗" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:645 msgid "Forwarding messages is not supported" msgstr "不支援轉寄郵件" # camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:361 #. Translators: The first argument is the account type #. * (e.g. "IMAP"), the second is the user name, and the #. * third is the host name. #: ../camel/camel-session.c:1420 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the %s password for %s on host %s." msgstr "請輸入 %2$s 於主機 %3$s 的 %1$s 密碼。" # camel/camel-smime-context.c:327 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:351 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1074 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find certificate for '%s'" msgstr "找不到 '%s' 的證書" # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:671 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:379 msgid "Cannot create CMS message" msgstr "無法建立 CMS 訊息" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:384 msgid "Cannot create CMS signed data" msgstr "無法建立 CMS signedData" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:142 # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:158 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:390 msgid "Cannot attach CMS signed data" msgstr "無法附加 CMS signedData" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:142 # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:158 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:397 msgid "Cannot attach CMS data" msgstr "無法附加 CMS 資料" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:403 msgid "Cannot create CMS Signer information" msgstr "無法建立 CMS SignerInfo" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:409 msgid "Cannot find certificate chain" msgstr "找不到證書鏈" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:415 msgid "Cannot add CMS Signing time" msgstr "無法新增 CMS SigningTime" # composer/e-msg-composer.c:1092 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:439 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:454 #, c-format msgid "Encryption certificate for '%s' does not exist" msgstr "'%s' 的加密證書不存在" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:461 msgid "Cannot add SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute" msgstr "無法新增 SMIMEEncKeyPrefs 屬性" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:466 msgid "Cannot add MS SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute" msgstr "無法新增 MS SMIMEEncKeyPrefs 屬性" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:471 msgid "Cannot add encryption certificate" msgstr "無法新增加密證書" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:477 msgid "Cannot add CMS Signer information" msgstr "無法新增 CMS SignerInfo" # calendar/gui/calendar-model.c:1064 # calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor-dialog.glade.h:22 # calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.c:348 #. Translators: A fallback message when couldn't verify an SMIME signature #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:510 msgid "Unverified" msgstr "未指定" # mail/mail-config.glade.h:74 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:512 msgid "Good signature" msgstr "良好的簽署" # mail/mail-config.glade.h:74 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:514 msgid "Bad signature" msgstr "錯誤的簽署" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:516 msgid "Content tampered with or altered in transit" msgstr "內容在傳送時被竄改或更改" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:518 msgid "Signing certificate not found" msgstr "找不到簽署證書" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:520 msgid "Signing certificate not trusted" msgstr "簽署證書不受信任" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:522 msgid "Signature algorithm unknown" msgstr "未知的簽署演算法" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:524 msgid "Signature algorithm unsupported" msgstr "不支援這種簽署演算法" # mail/mail-config.glade.h:74 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:526 msgid "Malformed signature" msgstr "格式不良的簽署" # shell/e-storage.c:467 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:528 msgid "Processing error" msgstr "解析錯誤" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:573 msgid "No signed data in signature" msgstr "簽署中沒有被簽署的資料" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:578 msgid "Digests missing from enveloped data" msgstr "包裹的資料中遺漏摘要" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:142 # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:158 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:591 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:602 msgid "Cannot calculate digests" msgstr "無法計算摘要" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:197 # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:209 # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:217 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:319 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:185 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:194 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:202 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:609 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:613 msgid "Cannot set message digests" msgstr "無法設定郵件摘要" # mail/mail-crypto.c:59 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:623 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:628 msgid "Certificate import failed" msgstr "證書匯入失敗" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:638 #, c-format msgid "Certificate is the only message, cannot verify certificates" msgstr "限證書訊息，無法驗證證書" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:641 #, c-format msgid "Certificate is the only message, certificates imported and verified" msgstr "限證書訊息、匯入和驗證的證書" # mail/mail-config.glade.h:74 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:645 msgid "Cannot find signature digests" msgstr "找不到簽署摘要" # mail/mail-config.glade.h:72 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:662 #, c-format msgid "Signer: %s <%s>: %s\n" msgstr "簽署者： %s<%s>： %s\n" # mail/mail-crypto.c:251 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:858 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1148 msgid "Cannot create encoder context" msgstr "無法建立編碼器網絡位置" # camel/camel-movemail.c:274 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:864 msgid "Failed to add data to CMS encoder" msgstr "無法新增資料至 CMS 編碼器" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:869 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1165 msgid "Failed to encode data" msgstr "無法編碼資料" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-command.c:240 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1013 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1262 msgid "Decoder failed" msgstr "解碼器失敗" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1082 msgid "Cannot find common bulk encryption algorithm" msgstr "找不到一般大量加密演算法" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1090 msgid "Cannot allocate slot for encryption bulk key" msgstr "無法配置插槽給加密大量密碼匙" # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:671 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1101 msgid "Cannot create CMS Message" msgstr "無法建立 CMS 訊息" # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:671 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1107 msgid "Cannot create CMS Enveloped data" msgstr "無法建立 CMS EnvelopedData" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:142 # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:158 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1113 msgid "Cannot attach CMS Enveloped data" msgstr "無法附加 CMS EnvelopedData" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:142 # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:158 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1119 msgid "Cannot attach CMS data object" msgstr "無法附加 CMS 資料物件" # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:671 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1128 msgid "Cannot create CMS Recipient information" msgstr "無法建立 CMS RecipientInfo" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1133 msgid "Cannot add CMS Recipient information" msgstr "無法新增 CMS RecipientInfo" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-store.c:531 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1159 msgid "Failed to add data to encoder" msgstr "無法新增資料至編碼器" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1269 msgid "S/MIME Decrypt: No encrypted content found" msgstr "S/MIME 解密：找不到加密內容" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:142 # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:158 #: ../camel/camel-store.c:1999 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder '%s': folder exists" msgstr "不能建立資料夾「%s」：資料夾已存在" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2042 #, c-format msgid "Opening folder '%s'" msgstr "開啟資料夾「%s」" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2231 #, c-format msgid "Scanning folders in '%s'" msgstr "掃描「%s」內的資料夾" # camel/camel-store.c:378 # mail/mail-ops.c:1007 # mail/mail-ops.c:1014 # mail/mail-ops.c:1032 # mail/mail-ops.c:1033 #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2259 ../camel/camel-store.c:2304 #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:48 msgid "Trash" msgstr "回收筒" # calendar/gui/goto-dialog.glade.h:9 #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2273 ../camel/camel-store.c:2321 #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:50 msgid "Junk" msgstr "垃圾郵件" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:142 # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:158 #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2774 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder: %s: folder exists" msgstr "無法建立資料夾：%s：資料夾已存在" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2788 #, c-format msgid "Creating folder '%s'" msgstr "正在建立資料夾「%s」" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:138 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:161 #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2906 ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:418 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:315 #, c-format msgid "Cannot delete folder: %s: Invalid operation" msgstr "不能刪除資料夾： %s ：無效的操作" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:655 #: ../camel/camel-store.c:3049 ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:469 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:841 #, c-format msgid "Cannot rename folder: %s: Invalid operation" msgstr "不能重新命名資料夾： %s ：無效的操作" #: ../camel/camel-stream-filter.c:346 msgid "Only reset to beginning is supported with CamelStreamFilter" msgstr "CamelStreamFilter 只支援重設到開頭" #: ../camel/camel-stream-null.c:78 msgid "Only reset to beginning is supported with CamelHttpStream" msgstr "CamelHttpStream 只支援重設到開頭" # camel/camel-remote-store.c:252 #: ../camel/camel-stream-process.c:275 #, c-format msgid "Connection cancelled" msgstr "連線已取消" # camel/camel-remote-store.c:255 # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:269 #: ../camel/camel-stream-process.c:280 #, c-format msgid "Could not connect with command \"%s\": %s" msgstr "無法以指令「%s」連線： %s" #: ../camel/camel-subscribable.c:395 #, c-format msgid "Subscribing to folder '%s'" msgstr "訂閱到資料夾「%s」" #: ../camel/camel-subscribable.c:527 #, c-format msgid "Unsubscribing from folder '%s'" msgstr "取消訂閱資料夾「%s」" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:310 #, c-format msgid "NSPR error code %d" msgstr "NSPR 錯誤代碼 %d" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:649 ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:662 #, c-format msgid "The proxy host does not support SOCKS4" msgstr "代理伺服器主機不支援 SOCKS4" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:675 #, c-format msgid "The proxy host denied our request: code %d" msgstr "代理伺服器主機拒絕我們的要求：代碼 %d" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:773 ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:781 #, c-format msgid "The proxy host does not support SOCKS5" msgstr "代理伺服器主機不支援 SOCKS5" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-store.c:466 # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:366 #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:789 #, c-format msgid "Could not find a suitable authentication type: code 0x%x" msgstr "找不到合適的驗證類型：代碼 0x%x" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:801 msgid "General SOCKS server failure" msgstr "一般性 SOCKS 伺服器失敗" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:802 msgid "SOCKS server's rules do not allow connection" msgstr "SOCKS 伺服器的規則不允許連線" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:803 msgid "Network is unreachable from SOCKS server" msgstr "網絡無法透過 SOCKS 伺服器到達" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:804 msgid "Host is unreachable from SOCKS server" msgstr "主機無法透過 SOCKS 伺服器到達" # camel/camel-remote-store.c:252 #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:805 msgid "Connection refused" msgstr "連線被拒絕" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:806 msgid "Time-to-live expired" msgstr "超過 Time-to-live 時間" # shell/e-storage.c:477 #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:807 msgid "Command not supported by SOCKS server" msgstr "SOCKS 伺服器不支援指令" # shell/e-storage.c:477 #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:808 msgid "Address type not supported by SOCKS server" msgstr "SOCKS 伺服器不支援位址類型" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:879 #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:809 msgid "Unknown error from SOCKS server" msgstr "來自 SOCKS 伺服器的不明錯誤" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:842 #, c-format msgid "Got unknown address type from SOCKS server" msgstr "從 SOCKS 伺服器取得不明的位址類型" # camel/camel-sasl-kerberos4.c:218 # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-store.c:433 #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:860 #, c-format msgid "Incomplete reply from SOCKS server" msgstr "來自 SOCKS 伺服器的不完整回覆" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:880 #, c-format msgid "Hostname is too long (maximum is 255 characters)" msgstr "主機名稱太長（最多 255 字符）" # camel/camel-sasl-kerberos4.c:218 # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-store.c:433 #. SOCKS5 #. reserved - must be 0 #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:912 ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:922 #, c-format msgid "Invalid reply from proxy server" msgstr "從代理伺服器傳回無效的回覆" # camel/camel-url.c:289 #: ../camel/camel-url.c:331 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse URL '%s'" msgstr "無法解析 URL「%s」" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:494 #, c-format msgid "Updating folder '%s'" msgstr "更新資料夾「%s」" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-provider.c:45 #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:855 ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:965 #, c-format msgid "Cannot copy or move messages into a Virtual Folder" msgstr "不能複製或移動郵件到虛擬資料夾中" # camel/camel-vee-folder.c:451 #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:888 #, c-format msgid "No such message %s in %s" msgstr "沒有 %s 這類郵件在 %s 中" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:941 #, c-format msgid "Error storing '%s': " msgstr "儲存「%s」發生錯誤： " #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:1171 msgid "Automatically _update on change in source folders" msgstr "來源資料夾中更改時自動更新(_U)" #. Translators: 'Unmatched' is a folder name under Search folders where are shown #. * all messages not belonging into any other configured search folder #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:42 msgid "Unmatched" msgstr "沒有相符資料" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:138 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:161 #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:444 #, c-format msgid "Cannot delete folder: %s: No such folder" msgstr "不能刪除資料夾： %s ：沒有這個資料夾" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:237 #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Cannot rename folder: %s: No such folder" msgstr "不能重新命名資料夾： %s ：沒有這個資料夾" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:542 msgid "Enable _Unmatched folder" msgstr "啟用未符合資料夾(_U)" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:644 #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:49 msgid "Cannot copy messages to the Trash folder" msgstr "無法複製訊息到「回收筒」資料夾" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:644 #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:51 msgid "Cannot copy messages to the Junk folder" msgstr "無法複製訊息到「垃圾郵件」資料夾" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-provider.c:43 # mail/mail-config.glade.h:13 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:38 msgid "Checking for New Mail" msgstr "檢查新郵件" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-provider.c:45 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:40 msgid "C_heck for new messages in all folders" msgstr "檢查所有資料夾中是否有新郵件(_H)" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-provider.c:45 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:42 msgid "Ch_eck for new messages in subscribed folders" msgstr "檢查訂閱資料夾裏的新郵件(_E)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:44 msgid "Use _Quick Resync if the server supports it" msgstr "如果伺服器支援則使用快速重新同步(_Q)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:46 msgid "_Listen for server change notifications" msgstr "聽取伺服器更改通知(_L)" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-provider.c:48 # shell/e-shell-view.c:552 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:49 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:46 msgid "Folders" msgstr "資料夾" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-provider.c:50 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:51 msgid "_Show only subscribed folders" msgstr "只顯示已訂閱的資料夾(_S)" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-provider.c:52 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:54 msgid "O_verride server-supplied folder namespace" msgstr "覆蓋伺服器提供之資料夾的命名空間(_V)" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-provider.c:54 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:56 msgid "Namespace:" msgstr "命名空間" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:59 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:41 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:81 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:101 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:41 msgid "Options" msgstr "選項" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:61 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:43 msgid "Apply _filters to new messages in all folders" msgstr "將過濾條件套用到所有資料夾的新郵件(_F)" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-provider.c:57 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:63 msgid "_Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this server" msgstr "套用過濾器至此伺服器收件匣的新郵件(_A)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:65 msgid "Check new messages for _Junk contents" msgstr "檢查新郵件中是否有垃圾內容(_J)" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-provider.c:45 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:67 msgid "Only check for Junk messages in the IN_BOX folder" msgstr "只檢查收件匣資料夾中的垃圾郵件(_B)" # mail/mail-config.glade.h:12 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:69 msgid "Automatically synchroni_ze remote mail locally" msgstr "自動將遠端郵件同步到本地端(_Z)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:75 msgid "Default IMAP port" msgstr "預設的 IMAP 連接埠" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:76 msgid "IMAP over SSL" msgstr "IMAP 透過 SSL" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-provider.c:63 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:83 msgid "IMAP+" msgstr "IMAP" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-provider.c:65 #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:85 msgid "For reading and storing mail on IMAP servers." msgstr "用作讀取及儲存郵件於 IMAP 伺服器。" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:194 #, c-format msgid "~%s (%s)" msgstr "~%s (%s)" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:203 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:204 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:213 #, c-format msgid "mailbox: %s (%s)" msgstr "信箱：%s (%s)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:222 #, c-format msgid "%s (%s)" msgstr "%s (%s)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:499 msgid "_Index message body data" msgstr "索引郵件內文資料(_I)" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:335 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:367 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:380 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:727 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot get message %s from folder %s\n" "%s" msgstr "" "不能從資料夾 %2$s 取得郵件 %1$s \n" "%3$s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:43 msgid "_Use the '.folders' folder summary file (exmh)" msgstr "使用「.folders」資料夾摘要檔案[exmh](_U)" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:39 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:50 msgid "MH-format mail directories" msgstr "MH-format 郵件目錄" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:51 msgid "For storing local mail in MH-like mail directories." msgstr "用於儲存本地端郵件至 MH-like 郵件目錄。" # mail/mail-config.glade.h:76 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:68 msgid "Local delivery" msgstr "本地端寄送" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:69 msgid "" "For retrieving (moving) local mail from standard mbox-formatted spools into " "folders managed by Evolution." msgstr "用於自標準 mbox 格式排程器接收（移動）本地端郵件至 Evolution 管理的資料夾。" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:83 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:103 msgid "_Apply filters to new messages in Inbox" msgstr "將過濾條件套用於收件匣裏的新郵件(_A)" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:39 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:90 msgid "Maildir-format mail directories" msgstr "Maildir-format 郵件目錄" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:91 msgid "For storing local mail in maildir directories." msgstr "用於儲存本地端郵件至 maildir 目錄。" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:104 msgid "_Store status headers in Elm/Pine/Mutt format" msgstr "儲存在 Elm/_Pine/Mutt 格式中的狀態檔頭" # mail/mail-config.glade.h:77 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:111 msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool file" msgstr "標準 Unix mbox 排程器檔案" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-provider.c:65 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:112 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:126 msgid "" "For reading and storing local mail in external standard mbox spool files.\n" "May also be used to read a tree of Elm, Pine, or Mutt style folders." msgstr "" "用於讀取及儲存外部標準 mbox 排程器檔案中的本地端郵件。\n" "也可以用來讀 Elm 、 Pine 或 Mutt 形式資料夾的樹狀結構。" # mail/mail-config.glade.h:77 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:125 msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool directory" msgstr "標準 Unix mbox 排程器目錄" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:237 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:98 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename folder %s to %s: %s" msgstr "無法將資料夾 %s 重新命名為 %s： %s" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:183 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:180 #, c-format msgid "Local mail file %s" msgstr "本地端郵件檔案 %s" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:127 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:223 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:383 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:117 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:581 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:89 #, c-format msgid "Store root %s is not an absolute path" msgstr "儲存根目錄 %s 不是絕對路徑" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:134 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Store root %s is not a regular directory" msgstr "儲存根目錄 %s 不是合法的目錄" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:142 # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:158 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:244 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:254 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:396 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:145 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder: %s: %s" msgstr "不能取得資料夾：%s：%s" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:173 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:291 #, c-format msgid "Local stores do not have an inbox" msgstr "本地端的存儲沒有收件匣" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:289 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:456 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:748 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder index file '%s': %s" msgstr "不能刪除資料夾索引檔案「%s」： %s" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:279 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:484 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:778 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder meta file '%s': %s" msgstr "不能刪除資料夾中繼檔案「%s」：%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:596 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename '%s': %s" msgstr "無法重新命名「%s」：%s" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-summary.c:404 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-summary.c:567 #, c-format msgid "Unable to add message to summary: unknown reason" msgstr "無法新增郵件到摘要資訊：不明的原因" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:197 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:319 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:185 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:100 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:335 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:117 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:329 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:159 msgid "No such message" msgstr "無此郵件" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:225 #, c-format msgid "Cannot append message to maildir folder: %s: " msgstr "不能將郵件儲存到 maildir 資料夾： %s： " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:273 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:283 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:390 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:171 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:181 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message %s from folder %s: " msgstr "不能從資料夾 %2$s 取得郵件 %1$s： " # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:644 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:353 #, c-format msgid "Cannot transfer message to destination folder: %s" msgstr "不能將郵件傳輸到目的端資料夾：%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:125 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:850 #, c-format msgid "Folder %s already exists" msgstr "資料夾 %s 已存在" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:142 # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:158 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:230 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:261 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:403 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:424 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder '%s': %s" msgstr "不能建立資料夾「%s」：%s" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:142 # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:158 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:245 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:369 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:524 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': %s" msgstr "不能建立資料夾「%s」：%s" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:100 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:101 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:97 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:251 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:379 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:533 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': folder does not exist." msgstr "不能取得資料夾「%s」：資料夾不存在。" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:122 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:278 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': not a maildir directory." msgstr "不能取得資料夾「%s」：不是 maildir 目錄。" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:142 # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:158 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:283 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:442 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:566 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder '%s': folder exists." msgstr "不能建立資料夾「%s」：資料夾已存在。" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:151 # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:188 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:127 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:347 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:387 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:684 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder '%s': %s" msgstr "無法刪除資料夾「%s」：%s" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:152 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:349 msgid "not a maildir directory" msgstr "不是一個 maildir 目錄" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:107 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:103 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:630 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:1065 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:214 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Could not scan folder '%s': %s" msgstr "無法掃描資料夾「%s」：%s" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:405 # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:526 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:458 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:591 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open maildir directory path: %s: %s" msgstr "不能開啟 maildir 目錄路徑：%s： %s" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-provider.c:43 # mail/mail-config.glade.h:13 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:582 msgid "Checking folder consistency" msgstr "檢查資料夾的一致性" # mail/mail-ops.c:992 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:675 msgid "Checking for new messages" msgstr "檢查新郵件" # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:690 # camel/camel-filter-driver.c:788 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:770 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:450 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:683 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:832 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:141 msgid "Storing folder" msgstr "儲存資料夾" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:187 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open mailbox: %s: " msgstr "不能開啟 mailbox：%s " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:253 #, c-format msgid "Cannot append message to mbox file: %s: " msgstr "不能將郵件儲存到 mbox 檔案：%s " # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:368 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:382 msgid "The folder appears to be irrecoverably corrupted." msgstr "資料夾好像已經損毀並且不能復原。" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:152 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:439 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-folder.c:69 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder lock on %s: %s" msgstr "不能建立資料夾鎖定 %s ： %s" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:152 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:391 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:589 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create a folder by this name." msgstr "無法建立以此為名的資料夾" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:119 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:146 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:435 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': not a regular file." msgstr "不能取得資料夾「%s」：不是一般檔案。" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-folder.c:172 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:605 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create directory '%s': %s." msgstr "不能建立目錄「%s」： %s。" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:142 # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:158 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:617 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder: %s: %s" msgstr "不能取得資料夾：%s：%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:619 msgid "Folder already exists" msgstr "資料夾已存在" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:138 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:161 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:659 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:672 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:701 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not delete folder '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" "無法刪除資料夾「%s」：\n" "%s" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:119 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:146 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:682 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a regular file." msgstr "「%s」不是普通的檔案。" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:153 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:691 #, c-format msgid "Folder '%s' is not empty. Not deleted." msgstr "資料夾「%s」內仍有檔案。所以不刪除。" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:279 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:718 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:733 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder summary file '%s': %s" msgstr "無法刪除資料夾摘要檔案「%s」： %s" # shell/e-shell-folder-creation-dialog.c:156 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:815 #, c-format msgid "The new folder name is illegal." msgstr "新的資料夾名稱不合法。" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:655 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:831 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename '%s': '%s': %s" msgstr "無法重新命名「%s」：「%s」：%s" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:237 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:915 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename '%s' to %s: %s" msgstr "無法將 '%s' 重新命名成 %s：%s" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:96 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:90 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:460 #, c-format msgid "Could not open folder: %s: %s" msgstr "無法開啟資料夾： %s： %s" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:296 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:522 #, c-format msgid "Fatal mail parser error near position %s in folder %s" msgstr "靠近 %s (於資料夾 %s)的位置發生嚴重的郵件分析錯誤" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:142 # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:158 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:607 #, c-format msgid "Cannot check folder: %s: %s" msgstr "不能檢查資料夾：%s： %s" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:94 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:696 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:841 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:148 #, c-format msgid "Could not open file: %s: %s" msgstr "無法開啟檔案： %s： %s" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:524 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:711 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open temporary mailbox: %s" msgstr "不能開啟暫存 mailbox：%s" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:635 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:804 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:728 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:958 #, c-format msgid "Could not close source folder %s: %s" msgstr "無法關閉來源資料夾 %s ： %s" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:644 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:741 #, c-format msgid "Could not close temporary folder: %s" msgstr "無法關閉暫存資料夾： %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:760 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename folder: %s" msgstr "無法重新命名資料夾：%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:855 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1124 #, c-format msgid "Could not store folder: %s" msgstr "無法儲存資料夾：%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:894 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1164 #, c-format msgid "" "MBOX file is corrupted, please fix it. (Expected a From line, but didn't get " "it.)" msgstr "MBOX 檔案已損壞，請修正它。（預期有 From 這一列，卻找不到它。）" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:549 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:557 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:746 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:754 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:904 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1176 #, c-format msgid "Summary and folder mismatch, even after a sync" msgstr "摘要與資料夾不協調，即使經過同步" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:879 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1069 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:356 #, c-format msgid "Unknown error: %s" msgstr "不明的錯誤： %s" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:617 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1234 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1264 #, c-format msgid "Writing to temporary mailbox failed: %s" msgstr "寫入暫存郵箱失敗： %s" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:617 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1253 #, c-format msgid "Writing to temporary mailbox failed: %s: %s" msgstr "寫入暫存郵箱失敗： %s： %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:118 #, c-format msgid "Cannot append message to mh folder: %s: " msgstr "不能將郵件儲存到 mh 資料夾： %s： " # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:107 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:103 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:543 #, c-format msgid "Could not create folder '%s': %s" msgstr "無法建立資料夾「%s」：%s" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:142 # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:158 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:559 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': not a directory." msgstr "不能取得資料夾「%s」：不是目錄。" # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-summary.c:218 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-summary.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open MH directory path: %s: %s" msgstr "不能開啟 MH 目錄路徑： %s： %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:97 #, c-format msgid "Spool '%s' cannot be opened: %s" msgstr "排程器「%s」不能被開啟：%s" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:134 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:111 #, c-format msgid "Spool '%s' is not a regular file or directory" msgstr "排程器「%s」不是一般檔案或目錄。" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:183 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:427 #, c-format msgid "Spool mail file %s" msgstr "排程郵件檔案 %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:431 #, c-format msgid "Spool folder tree %s" msgstr "排程資料夾樹狀結構 %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:434 msgid "Invalid spool" msgstr "無效的排程器" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:100 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:101 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:97 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:494 #, c-format msgid "Folder '%s/%s' does not exist." msgstr "資料夾「%s/%s」不存在。" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:96 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:90 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:507 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not open folder '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" "無法開啟資料夾「%s」：\n" "%s" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:100 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:101 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:97 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:513 #, c-format msgid "Folder '%s' does not exist." msgstr "資料夾「%s」不存在。" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:107 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:103 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:521 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not create folder '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" "無法建立資料夾「%s」：\n" "%s" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:119 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:146 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:534 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a mailbox file." msgstr "「%s」不是 mailbox 檔案。" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:598 #, c-format msgid "Store does not support an INBOX" msgstr "儲存並不支援 INBOX" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:617 #, c-format msgid "Spool folders cannot be deleted" msgstr "排程資料夾不能刪除" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:632 #, c-format msgid "Spool folders cannot be renamed" msgstr "排程資料夾不能重新命名" # camel/camel-movemail.c:158 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:179 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:191 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:203 #, c-format msgid "Could not synchronize temporary folder %s: %s" msgstr "無法同步暫存資料夾 %s：%s" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:107 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:103 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:221 #, c-format msgid "Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s" msgstr "無法同步排程資料夾%s：%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:253 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:272 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:285 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s\n" "Folder may be corrupt, copy saved in '%s'" msgstr "" "無法同步排程資料夾 %s：%s\n" "資料夾可能損毀，複本儲存於「%s」" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:287 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:392 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:516 #, c-format msgid "Internal error: UID in invalid format: %s" msgstr "內部錯誤：UID 格式無效：%s" # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:197 # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:209 # camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:217 # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:319 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:185 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:194 # camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:202 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:351 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:356 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:698 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:1173 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message %s: %s" msgstr "無法取得郵件 %s： %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:363 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:542 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:623 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:688 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:707 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message %s: " msgstr "無法取得郵件 %s： " # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-folder.c:1047 # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-folder.c:1281 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:531 #, c-format msgid "This message is not currently available" msgstr "這封郵件目前仍未可用" # camel/camel-remote-store.c:337 # camel/camel-remote-store.c:399 # camel/camel-remote-store.c:470 # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-command.c:287 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:599 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:605 #, c-format msgid "Posting failed: %s" msgstr "張貼失敗：%s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:670 msgid "Posting failed: " msgstr "張貼失敗： " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:695 #, c-format msgid "You cannot post NNTP messages while working offline!" msgstr "離線工作時無法張貼 NNTP 訊息！" # camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:644 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:715 #, c-format msgid "You cannot copy messages from a NNTP folder!" msgstr "你無法從 NNTP 資料夾複製訊息！" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:48 msgid "" "_Show folders in short notation (e.g. c.o.linux rather than comp.os.linux)" msgstr "以簡短表示法顯示資料夾(例如，c.o.linux 而不是 comp.o_s.linux)" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:51 msgid "In the subscription _dialog, show relative folder names" msgstr "在訂閱對話方塊，顯示相關資料夾名稱(_D)" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:57 msgid "Default NNTP port" msgstr "預設的 NNTP 連接埠" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:58 msgid "NNTP over SSL" msgstr "NNTP 透過 SSL" # camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:42 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:64 msgid "USENET news" msgstr "USENET 新聞" # camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:44 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:66 msgid "This is a provider for reading from and posting to USENET newsgroups." msgstr "這是讀取與發信至 USENET 新聞羣組的供應者。" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:87 msgid "" "This option will connect to the NNTP server anonymously, without " "authentication." msgstr "" # camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:293 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:97 msgid "" "This option will authenticate with the NNTP server using a plaintext " "password." msgstr "這個選項將會使用純文字的密碼驗證 NNTP 伺服器。" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:386 #, c-format msgid "Could not read greeting from %s: " msgstr "無法讀取 %s 的歡迎辭： " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:394 #, c-format msgid "NNTP server %s returned error code %d: %s" msgstr "NNTP 伺服器 %s 傳回錯誤代碼 %d ： %s" # camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:286 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:555 #, c-format msgid "USENET News via %s" msgstr "經由 %s 的 USENET 新聞" # mail/mail-ops.c:1755 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1227 #, c-format msgid "" "Error retrieving newsgroups:\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "取得新聞羣組發生錯誤：\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1339 #, c-format msgid "You cannot create a folder in a News store: subscribe instead." msgstr "你無法在「新聞」儲存區建立資料夾：改以訂閱。" # camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:237 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1355 #, c-format msgid "You cannot rename a folder in a News store." msgstr "你無法在「新聞」儲存區重新命名資料夾。" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1378 #, c-format msgid "You cannot remove a folder in a News store: unsubscribe instead." msgstr "你無法在「新聞」儲存區移除資料夾：改以取消訂閱。" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1597 #, c-format msgid "" "You cannot subscribe to this newsgroup:\n" "\n" "No such newsgroup. The selected item is a probably a parent folder." msgstr "" "你無法訂閱此新聞羣組：\n" "\n" "沒有類似的新聞羣組。選取的項目可能是父代資料夾。" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1664 #, c-format msgid "" "You cannot unsubscribe to this newsgroup:\n" "\n" "newsgroup does not exist!" msgstr "" "你無法取消訂閱此新聞羣組：\n" "\n" "新聞羣組不存在！" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2101 msgid "NNTP Command failed: " msgstr "NNTP 指令失敗： " # ui/evolution-addressbook.xml.h:17 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2198 #, c-format msgid "Not connected." msgstr "未連線。" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-store.c:803 # mail/mail-local.c:334 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2292 #, c-format msgid "No such folder: %s" msgstr "沒有這個資料夾： %s" # mail/mail-ops.c:992 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:200 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:339 #, c-format msgid "%s: Scanning new messages" msgstr "%s：掃描新郵件" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-command.c:232 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:222 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected server response from xover: %s" msgstr "xover 傳來意外的伺服器回應：%s" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-command.c:232 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:360 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected server response from head: %s" msgstr "標題傳來意外的伺服器回應：%s" # camel/camel-remote-store.c:337 # camel/camel-remote-store.c:399 # camel/camel-remote-store.c:470 # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-command.c:287 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:407 #, c-format msgid "Operation failed: %s" msgstr "作業失敗： %s" # camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:292 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:509 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:588 #, c-format msgid "No message with UID %s" msgstr "沒有郵件具有這個 UID %s" # camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:296 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:604 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving POP message %d" msgstr "接收 POP 郵件 %d" # camel/camel-sasl-login.c:127 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:699 msgid "Unknown reason" msgstr "不明的原因" # camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:149 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:751 msgid "Retrieving POP summary" msgstr "取回 POP 的摘要" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:812 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:815 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:828 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:841 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:855 msgid "Cannot get POP summary: " msgstr "不能取得 POP 摘要： " # mail/message-browser.c:199 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:966 msgid "Expunging old messages" msgstr "清空舊的郵件" # mail/message-browser.c:199 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:992 msgid "Expunging deleted messages" msgstr "清空刪除的郵件" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:39 msgid "Message Storage" msgstr "郵件儲存空間" # camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:39 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:41 msgid "_Leave messages on server" msgstr "在伺服器保留郵件備份(_L)" # camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:41 #. Translators: '%s' is replaced with a widget, where user can #. * select how many days can be message left on the server. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:45 #, c-format msgid "_Delete after %s day(s)" msgstr "刪除 %s 天後的郵件(_D)" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:47 msgid "Delete _expunged from local Inbox" msgstr "刪除在本地端收件匣清除的(_E)" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:49 msgid "Disable _support for all POP3 extensions" msgstr "停止所有 P_OP3 延伸功能的支援" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:55 msgid "Default POP3 port" msgstr "預設 POP3 連接埠" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:56 msgid "POP3 over SSL" msgstr "POP3 透過 SSL" # camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:48 # mail/mail-config.glade.h:51 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:63 msgid "POP" msgstr "POP" # camel/providers/imap/camel-imap-provider.c:65 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:65 msgid "For connecting to and downloading mail from POP servers." msgstr "用於連線到 POP 伺服器並下載郵件。" # camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:69 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:85 msgid "" "This option will connect to the POP server using a plaintext password. This " "is the only option supported by many POP servers." msgstr "這個選項將會使用純文字的密碼連線到 POP 伺服器。一般的 POP 伺服器只會支援這種方式。" # camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:79 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:95 msgid "" "This option will connect to the POP server using an encrypted password via " "the APOP protocol. This may not work for all users even on servers that " "claim to support it." msgstr "" "這個選項將會使用加密的密碼經由 APOP 通訊協定連線到 POP 伺服器。不過就算伺服器聲稱能夠支援，但對於所有使用者來講都未必一定可行。" #. Translators: This is the separator between an error and an explanation #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:99 msgid ": " msgstr "： " # camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:199 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:161 #, c-format msgid "Failed to read a valid greeting from POP server %s" msgstr "無法從 POP 伺服器 %s 讀取有效的問候語" # camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:379 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:176 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgstr "無法以安全模式連線到 POP 伺服器 %s： %s" # shell/e-storage.c:477 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:177 msgid "STLS not supported by server" msgstr "伺服器不支援 STLS" # camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:379 #. Translators: Last %s is an optional #. * explanation beginning with ": " separator. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:198 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode%s" msgstr "無法以安全模式連線到 POP 伺服器 %s%s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:211 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "無法以安全模式連線到 POP 伺服器 %s： " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:351 #, c-format msgid "Cannot login to POP server %s: SASL Protocol error" msgstr "不能登入 POP 伺服器 %s： SASL 通訊協定錯誤" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:373 #, c-format msgid "Failed to authenticate on POP server %s: " msgstr "無法驗證 POP 伺服器 %s： " # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:534 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:481 #, c-format msgid "POP3 server %s" msgstr "POP3 伺服器 %s" # camel/camel-remote-store.c:195 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:484 #, c-format msgid "POP3 server for %s on %s" msgstr "%s 在 %s 的 POP3 伺服器" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:704 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s:\tInvalid APOP ID received. Impersonation " "attack suspected. Please contact your admin." msgstr "無法連線至 POP 伺服器 %s：\t收到無效的 APOP ID。推測可能是使用者假冒攻擊。請聯絡你的系統管理者。" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:759 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s.\n" "Error sending password: " msgstr "" "無法連線到 POP 伺服器 %s。\n" "傳送密碼時發生錯誤： " # camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:417 #. Translators: Last %s is an optional explanation #. * beginning with ": " separator. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:774 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s.\n" "Error sending username%s" msgstr "" "無法連線 POP 伺服器 %s。\n" "傳送使用者名稱發生錯誤%s" # camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:484 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:856 #, c-format msgid "No such folder '%s'." msgstr "沒有這個資料夾「%s」。" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:873 #, c-format msgid "POP3 stores have no folder hierarchy" msgstr "POP3 儲存區沒有資料夾階層" # camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-provider.c:37 # mail/mail-config.glade.h:67 #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-provider.c:36 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/sendmail.source.in.h:1 msgid "Sendmail" msgstr "Sendmail" # camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-provider.c:39 #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-provider.c:38 msgid "" "For delivering mail by passing it to the \"sendmail\" program on the local " "system." msgstr "將遞送的郵件交給本地端系統上的「sendmail」程式處理。" # camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:247 #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:50 msgid "sendmail" msgstr "sendmail" # camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:249 #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:52 msgid "Mail delivery via the sendmail program" msgstr "經由 sendmail 程式傳送郵件" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:140 #, c-format msgid "Failed to read From address" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:157 #, c-format msgid "Message send in offline mode is disabled" msgstr "" # camel/camel-url.c:289 #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:185 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse recipient list" msgstr "無法分析收件人清單" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:202 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse arguments" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Could not create pipe to '%s': %s: mail not sent" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:258 #, c-format msgid "Could not fork '%s': %s: mail not sent" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:307 msgid "Could not send message: " msgstr "無法傳送郵件： " #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:337 #, c-format msgid "'%s' exited with signal %s: mail not sent." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:347 #, c-format msgid "Could not execute '%s': mail not sent." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:352 #, c-format msgid "'%s' exited with status %d: mail not sent." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:42 msgid "Default SMTP port" msgstr "預設 SMTP 連接埠" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:43 msgid "SMTP over SSL" msgstr "SMTP 透過 SSL" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:44 msgid "Message submission port" msgstr "郵件提交連接埠" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:38 # mail/mail-config.glade.h:62 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:50 msgid "SMTP" msgstr "SMTP" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:40 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:52 msgid "For delivering mail by connecting to a remote mailhub using SMTP." msgstr "使用 SMTP 連線到遠端 mailhub 來傳送郵件。" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:158 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:166 msgid "Welcome response error: " msgstr "迎接的回應錯誤： " # camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:379 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:202 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to SMTP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgstr "無法以安全模式連線到 SMTP 伺服器 %s： %s" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:212 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:226 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:234 msgid "STARTTLS command failed: " msgstr "STARTTLS 指令失敗： " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:246 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to SMTP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "無法以安全模式連線到 SMTP 伺服器 %s： " # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:534 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:338 #, c-format msgid "SMTP server %s" msgstr "SMTP 伺服器 %s" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:536 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:341 #, c-format msgid "SMTP mail delivery via %s" msgstr "經由 %s 傳送 SMTP 郵件" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:415 #, c-format msgid "SMTP server %s does not support %s authentication" msgstr "SMTP 伺服器 %s 不支援 %s 驗證" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:496 #, c-format msgid "No SASL mechanism was specified" msgstr "沒有指定 SASL 機制" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:526 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:537 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:550 msgid "AUTH command failed: " msgstr "AUTH 指令失敗： " # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:582 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:691 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: service not connected." msgstr "無法傳送訊息：服務未連線。" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:568 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:698 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: sender address not valid." msgstr "不能傳送郵件：寄件者的地址無效。" # mail/mail-ops.c:603 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:702 msgid "Sending message" msgstr "傳送郵件" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:582 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:727 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: no recipients defined." msgstr "不能傳送郵件：沒有定義收件者。" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:582 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:740 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: one or more invalid recipients" msgstr "不能傳送郵件：一或多個無效的收件者" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:168 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:861 msgid "Syntax error, command unrecognized" msgstr "語法錯誤，不認識的指令" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:170 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:863 msgid "Syntax error in parameters or arguments" msgstr "參數內的語法錯誤" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:172 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:865 msgid "Command not implemented" msgstr "指令沒有實作" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:174 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:867 msgid "Command parameter not implemented" msgstr "指令的參數沒有實作" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:176 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:869 msgid "System status, or system help reply" msgstr "系統狀況，或者是系統的求助說明回應" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:178 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:871 msgid "Help message" msgstr "求助說明訊息" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:180 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:873 msgid "Service ready" msgstr "服務已就緒" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:182 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:875 msgid "Service closing transmission channel" msgstr "此服務將傳輸通道關閉" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:184 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:877 msgid "Service not available, closing transmission channel" msgstr "此服務仍未可用，傳輸通道關閉" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:879 msgid "Requested mail action okay, completed" msgstr "所要求的郵件動作已成功完成" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:188 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:881 msgid "User not local; will forward to " msgstr "不是本地端的使用者；將會轉寄至 <轉寄路徑>" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:190 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:883 msgid "Requested mail action not taken: mailbox unavailable" msgstr "所要求的郵件動作無法執行：郵箱仍未可用" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:192 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:885 msgid "Requested action not taken: mailbox unavailable" msgstr "所要求的動作無法執行：郵箱仍未可用" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:194 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:887 msgid "Requested action aborted: error in processing" msgstr "所要求的動作已放棄：正在處理時發生錯誤" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:196 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:889 msgid "User not local; please try " msgstr "不是本地端的使用者；請嘗試使用 <轉寄路徑>" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:198 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:891 msgid "Requested action not taken: insufficient system storage" msgstr "所要求的動作無法執行：系統的儲存空間不足" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:200 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:893 msgid "Requested mail action aborted: exceeded storage allocation" msgstr "所要求的郵件動作已放棄：超出可供儲存空間的限制" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:202 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:895 msgid "Requested action not taken: mailbox name not allowed" msgstr "所要求的動作已放棄：不允許的郵箱名稱" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:204 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:897 msgid "Start mail input; end with ." msgstr "請開始輸入郵件的資料；. 結束撰寫郵件" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:206 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:899 msgid "Transaction failed" msgstr "執行失敗" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:210 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:903 msgid "A password transition is needed" msgstr "需要密碼傳送" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:212 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:905 msgid "Authentication mechanism is too weak" msgstr "驗證機制太弱了" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:214 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:907 msgid "Encryption required for requested authentication mechanism" msgstr "所要求的驗證機制必須加密處理" # camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:216 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:909 msgid "Temporary authentication failure" msgstr "臨時驗證失敗" # importers/netscape-importer.c:790 # importers/pine-importer.c:656 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1166 msgid "SMTP Greeting" msgstr "SMTP 迎接" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1193 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1207 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1215 msgid "HELO command failed: " msgstr "HELO 指令失敗： " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1290 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1305 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1315 msgid "MAIL FROM command failed: " msgstr "MAIL FROM 指令失敗： " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1342 msgid "RCPT TO command failed: " msgstr "RCPT TO 指令失敗： " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1359 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1369 #, c-format msgid "RCPT TO <%s> failed: " msgstr "RCPT TO <%s> 失敗： " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1412 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1423 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1434 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1493 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1513 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1527 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1536 msgid "DATA command failed: " msgstr "DATA 指令失敗： " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1561 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1576 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1585 msgid "RSET command failed: " msgstr "RSET 指令失敗： " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1610 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1624 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1631 msgid "QUIT command failed: " msgstr "QUIT 指令失敗： " #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Contact UID of a user" msgstr "使用者的聯絡人 UID" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder" msgstr "生日和週年紀念日提醒" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to set a reminder for birthdays and anniversaries" msgstr "是否設定生日和週年紀念日的提醒" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder value" msgstr "生日和週年紀念日提醒數值" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Number of units for determining a birthday or anniversary reminder" msgstr "決定生日或週年紀念日提醒的單位數目" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder units" msgstr "生日和週年紀念日提醒單位" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Units for a birthday or anniversary reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or " "\"days\"" msgstr "生日和週年紀念日提醒的單位，「minutes」(分鐘)、「hours」(小時)或「days」(日)" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:205 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:216 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:862 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:1198 msgid "Bus name vanished (client terminated?)" msgstr "匯流排名稱消失了 (客戶端終止？)" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:264 msgid "No response from client" msgstr "客戶端沒有回應" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:334 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:345 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:856 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:1192 msgid "Client cancelled the operation" msgstr "客戶端已取消操作" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:416 msgid "Client reports password was rejected" msgstr "客戶端回報密碼被拒絕" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-session.c:569 msgid "Add this password to your keyring" msgstr "將密度加入你的密碼匙圈" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-session.c:674 msgid "Password was incorrect" msgstr "密碼是不正確的" #: ../libebackend/e-backend.c:428 #, c-format msgid "%s does not support authentication" msgstr "%s 不支援驗證" #: ../libebackend/e-collection-backend.c:800 #, c-format #| msgid "%s does not support authentication" msgid "%s does not support creating remote resources" msgstr "%s 不支援建立遠端資源" #: ../libebackend/e-collection-backend.c:859 #, c-format #| msgid "%s does not support authentication" msgid "%s does not support deleting remote resources" msgstr "%s 不支援刪除遠端資源" #: ../libebackend/e-data-factory.c:304 #, c-format msgid "No backend factory for hash key '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:134 #, c-format msgid "Data source is missing a [%s] group" msgstr "資料來源缺少 [%s] 羣組" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1008 #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1138 #, c-format #| msgid "Data source '%s' is not removable" msgid "Data source '%s' does not support creating remote resources" msgstr "資料來源「%s」不支援建立遠端資源" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1022 #, c-format msgid "" "Data source '%s' has no collection backend to create the remote resource" msgstr "資料來源「%s」沒有用來建立遠端資料的收集後端" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1050 #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1251 #, c-format #| msgid "Data source '%s' is not removable" msgid "Data source '%s' does not support deleting remote resources" msgstr "資料來源「%s」不支援刪除遠端資源" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1064 #, c-format msgid "" "Data source '%s' has no collection backend to delete the remote resource" msgstr "資料來源「%s」沒有用來刪除遠端資料的收集後端" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1095 #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1347 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/module-ubuntu-online-accounts.c:1028 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' does not support OAuth 2.0 authentication" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1438 #, c-format msgid "File must have a '.source' extension" msgstr "檔案必須以「.source」做為延伸檔名" #: ../libebackend/e-source-registry-server.c:532 #: ../libedataserver/e-source-registry.c:1876 msgid "The user declined to authenticate" msgstr "使用者拒絕驗證" #: ../libebackend/e-source-registry-server.c:801 #, c-format msgid "UID '%s' is already in use" msgstr "UID 「%s」已經在使用中" #: ../libebackend/e-user-prompter-server.c:306 #, c-format msgid "Extension dialog '%s' not found." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:46 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "週年紀念日" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:47 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Birthday" msgstr "生日" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:48 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Business" msgstr "商務" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:49 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Competition" msgstr "競爭者" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:50 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Favorites" msgstr "喜愛的" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:51 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Gifts" msgstr "禮物" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:52 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Goals/Objectives" msgstr "終點/目標" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:53 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Holiday" msgstr "假日" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:54 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Holiday Cards" msgstr "假日邀請卡" #. important people (e.g. new business partners) #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:56 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Hot Contacts" msgstr "熱門聯絡人" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:57 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Ideas" msgstr "創意" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:58 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "International" msgstr "國際的" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:59 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Key Customer" msgstr "關鍵客戶" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:60 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "雜項" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:61 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Personal" msgstr "個人" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:62 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "電話" #. Translators: "Status" is a category name; it can mean anything user wants to #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:64 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Status" msgstr "狀態" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:65 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Strategies" msgstr "策略" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:66 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Suppliers" msgstr "供應商" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:67 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Time & Expenses" msgstr "時間與開銷" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:68 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "VIP" msgstr "VIP" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:69 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Waiting" msgstr "正在等待" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:133 msgid "Source not loaded" msgstr "來源未載入" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:135 msgid "Source already loaded" msgstr "來源已載入" #. Translators: This means that the EClient does not #. * support offline mode, or it's not set to by a user, #. * thus it is unavailable while user is not connected. #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:146 msgid "Offline unavailable" msgstr "離線無法使用" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:168 msgid "D-Bus error" msgstr "D-Bus 錯誤" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:166 msgid "Address book authentication request" msgstr "通訊錄驗證要求" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:171 msgid "Calendar authentication request" msgstr "行事曆驗證要求" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:175 msgid "Mail authentication request" msgstr "郵件驗證要求" #. generic account prompt #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:178 msgid "Authentication request" msgstr "驗證要求" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:188 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for address book \"%s\"." msgstr "請輸入通訊錄「%s」的密碼 。" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:194 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for calendar \"%s\"." msgstr "請輸入行事曆「%s」的密碼 。" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:200 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for mail account \"%s\"." msgstr "請輸入郵件帳號「%s」的密碼 。" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:206 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for mail transport \"%s\"." msgstr "請輸入郵件傳輸「%s」的密碼 。" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:212 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for memo list \"%s\"." msgstr "請輸入備忘錄清單「%s」的密碼 。" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:218 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for task list \"%s\"." msgstr "請輸入工作清單「%s」的密碼 。" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:224 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for account \"%s\"." msgstr "請輸入帳號「%s」的密碼 。" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:627 #, c-format msgid "Source file is missing a [%s] group" msgstr "來源檔案缺少 [%s] 羣組" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:949 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' is not removable" msgstr "資料來源「%s」無法移除" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1041 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' is not writable" msgstr "資料來源「%s」無法寫入" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1559 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "未命名的" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-mail-signature.c:487 #, c-format msgid "Signature script must be a local file" msgstr "簽署必須是本地端檔案" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1553 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by address book '%s', is not trusted. Do " "you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1562 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by calendar '%s', is not trusted. Do you " "wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1571 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by memo list '%s', is not trusted. Do " "you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1580 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by task list '%s', is not trusted. Do " "you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" # calendar/gui/calendar-model.c:797 # e-util/e-time-utils.c:287 #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1663 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1962 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d (%a) %p %I:%M:%S" # calendar/gui/calendar-model.c:794 # e-util/e-time-utils.c:278 #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1668 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1953 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d (%a) %H:%M:%S" # e-util/e-time-utils.c:283 #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1673 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1958 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" msgstr "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" # e-util/e-time-utils.c:274 #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1678 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1949 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M" msgstr "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M" # e-util/e-time-utils.c:283 #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1683 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I %p" msgstr "%a %m/%d/%Y %I %p" # e-util/e-time-utils.c:274 #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1688 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H" msgstr "%a %m/%d/%Y %H" # e-util/e-time-utils.c:269 # widgets/meeting-time-sel/e-meeting-time-sel-item.c:473 # widgets/meeting-time-sel/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2505 #. strptime format of a weekday and a date. #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1691 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1811 #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1944 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d (%a)" # calendar/gui/calendar-model.c:797 # e-util/e-time-utils.c:287 #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1698 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" # calendar/gui/calendar-model.c:794 # e-util/e-time-utils.c:278 #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1702 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" # e-util/e-time-utils.c:283 #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1707 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" # e-util/e-time-utils.c:274 #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1712 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M" # e-util/e-time-utils.c:283 #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, #. * without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1717 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I %p" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y %I %p" # e-util/e-time-utils.c:69 # e-util/e-time-utils.c:117 # widgets/meeting-time-sel/e-meeting-time-sel-item.c:477 # widgets/misc/e-dateedit.c:1284 # widgets/misc/e-dateedit.c:1465 #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, #. * without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1722 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y %H" # e-util/e-time-utils.c:69 # e-util/e-time-utils.c:117 # widgets/meeting-time-sel/e-meeting-time-sel-item.c:477 # widgets/misc/e-dateedit.c:1284 # widgets/misc/e-dateedit.c:1465 #. strptime format of a weekday and a date. #. This is the preferred date format for the locale. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1725 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1814 msgid "%m/%d/%Y" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d" # e-util/e-time-utils.c:323 #. strptime format for a time of day, in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1885 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:2006 msgid "%I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%p %I:%M:%S" # e-util/e-time-utils.c:315 #. strptime format for a time of day, in 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1889 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1998 msgid "%H:%M:%S" msgstr "%H:%M:%S" # e-util/e-time-utils.c:320 # widgets/misc/e-dateedit.c:1262 # widgets/misc/e-dateedit.c:1321 # widgets/misc/e-dateedit.c:1500 #. strptime format for time of day, without seconds, #. * in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 12-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1894 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:2003 msgid "%I:%M %p" msgstr "%p %I:%M" # e-util/e-time-utils.c:312 # widgets/misc/e-dateedit.c:1259 # widgets/misc/e-dateedit.c:1318 # widgets/misc/e-dateedit.c:1497 #. strptime format for time of day, without seconds 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 24-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1898 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1995 msgid "%H:%M" msgstr "%H:%M" # e-util/e-time-utils.c:312 # widgets/misc/e-dateedit.c:1259 # widgets/misc/e-dateedit.c:1318 # widgets/misc/e-dateedit.c:1497 #. strptime format for time of day, without seconds 24-hour format, #. * and no colon. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1902 msgid "%H%M" msgstr "%H%M" # e-util/e-time-utils.c:320 # widgets/misc/e-dateedit.c:1262 # widgets/misc/e-dateedit.c:1321 # widgets/misc/e-dateedit.c:1500 #. strptime format for hour and AM/PM, 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1906 msgid "%I %p" msgstr "%I %p" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Proxy type to use" msgstr "要使用的代理伺服器類型" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "What proxy type to use. \"0\" means system, \"1\" means no proxy, \"2\" " "means manual proxy." msgstr "要使用哪種類型的代理伺服器。「0」表示使用系統值，「1」表示不使用代理伺服器，「2」表示手動設定代理伺服器。" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Whether to use http-proxy" msgstr "是否使用 http-proxy" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether to use proxy for HTTP requests." msgstr "對 HTTP 要求是否使用代理伺服器。" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Whether proxy server requires authentication" msgstr "代理伺服器是否要求驗證" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Whether authentication is required to access proxy server." msgstr "存取代理伺服器是否要求驗證。" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Host name for HTTP requests" msgstr "HTTP 要求的主機名稱" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Host name to use for HTTP requests." msgstr "對 HTTP 要求使用的主機名稱。" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Port number for HTTP requests" msgstr "HTTP 要求使用的連接埠號" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Port number to use for HTTP requests." msgstr "對 HTTP 要求使用的連接埠號。" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Proxy authentication user name" msgstr "代理伺服器驗證使用者名稱" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "User name to use to authenticate against proxy server." msgstr "用來驗證代理伺服器的使用者名稱。" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Proxy authentication password" msgstr "代理伺服器驗證密碼" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Password to use to authenticate against proxy server." msgstr "用來驗證代理伺服器的密碼。" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "List of hosts to connect to without proxy" msgstr "不使用代理伺服器連接的主機清單" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "List of hosts for which do not use proxy." msgstr "不使用代理伺服器連接的主機清單。" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Host name for HTTPS requests" msgstr "HTTPS 要求的主機名稱" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Host name to use for HTTPS requests." msgstr "對 HTTPS 要求使用的主機名稱。" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Port number for HTTPS requests" msgstr "HTTPS 要求使用的連接埠號" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Port number to use for HTTPS requests." msgstr "對 HTTPS 要求使用的連接埠號。" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Host name for SOCKS requests" msgstr "SOCKS 要求的主機名稱" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Host name to use for SOCKS requests." msgstr "對 SOCKS 要求使用的主機名稱。" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Port number for SOCKS requests" msgstr "SOCKS 要求使用的連接埠號" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Port number to use for SOCKS requests." msgstr "對 SOCKS 要求使用的連接埠號。" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Automatic proxy configuration URL" msgstr "自動代理伺服器組態網址" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Where to read automatic proxy configuration from." msgstr "要從何處讀取自動代理伺服器組態。" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:131 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/e-signon-session-password.c:365 #, c-format msgid "No such data source for UID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:143 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account in the org.gnome.OnlineAccounts service " "from which to obtain a password for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:219 #, c-format msgid "Invalid password for '%s'" msgstr "" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:222 #, c-format msgid "Code: %u - Unexpected response from server" msgstr "代碼：%u - 從伺服器傳回未預期的回應" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:243 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse autodiscover response XML" msgstr "無法解析自動偵測回應的 XML" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:252 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Autodiscover element" msgstr "找不到自動偵測元素" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:264 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Response element" msgstr "找不到回應元素" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:276 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Account element" msgstr "找不到帳號元素" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:290 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find ASUrl and OABUrl in autodiscover response" msgstr "在自動探索回應中找不到 ASUrl 與 OABUrl" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/module-gnome-online-accounts.c:1241 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account in the org.gnome.OnlineAccounts service " "from which to obtain an access token for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/module-gnome-online-accounts.c:1268 #, c-format msgid "Failed to obtain an access token for '%s': " msgstr "" # calendar/gui/dialogs/cal-prefs-dialog.glade.h:11 # ui/evolution-calendar.xml.h:3 #: ../modules/google-backend/module-google-backend.c:192 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/calendar.service-type.in.in.h:1 #: ../modules/yahoo-backend/module-yahoo-backend.c:200 msgid "Calendar" msgstr "行事曆" # ui/evolution-addressbook.xml.h:17 #: ../modules/google-backend/module-google-backend.c:261 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/contacts.service-type.in.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/contacts-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "聯絡人" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:292 msgid "Not part of certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:575 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:600 msgid "This certificate has been verified for the following uses:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:604 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:387 msgid "SSL Client Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:609 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:391 msgid "SSL Server Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:614 msgid "Email Signer Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:619 msgid "Email Recipient Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:634 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:635 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:641 msgid "Common Name (CN)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:636 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:642 msgid "Organization (O)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:637 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:643 msgid "Organizational Unit (OU)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:638 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:134 msgid "Serial Number" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:640 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:645 msgid "Validity" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:646 msgid "Issued On" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:647 msgid "Expires On" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:649 msgid "Fingerprints" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:650 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:651 msgid "MD5 Fingerprint" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:653 msgid "General" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:672 msgid "Certificate Hierarchy" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:676 msgid "Certificate Fields" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:680 msgid "Field Value" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:682 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:110 msgid "Version 1" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:113 msgid "Version 2" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:116 msgid "Version 3" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:192 msgid "PKCS #1 MD2 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:195 msgid "PKCS #1 MD5 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:198 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-1 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:201 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-256 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:204 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-384 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:207 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-512 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:234 msgid "PKCS #1 RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:237 msgid "Certificate Key Usage" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:240 msgid "Netscape Certificate Type" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:243 msgid "Certificate Authority Key Identifier" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Object Identifier (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:306 msgid "Algorithm Identifier" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:314 msgid "Algorithm Parameters" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:336 msgid "Subject Public Key Info" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:341 msgid "Subject Public Key Algorithm" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:356 msgid "Subject's Public Key" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:378 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:428 msgid "Error: Unable to process extension" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:395 msgid "Email" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:399 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:411 msgid "Object Signer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:403 msgid "SSL Certificate Authority" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:407 msgid "Email Certificate Authority" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:436 msgid "Signing" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:440 msgid "Non-repudiation" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:444 msgid "Key Encipherment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:448 msgid "Data Encipherment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:452 msgid "Key Agreement" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:456 msgid "Certificate Signer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:460 msgid "CRL Signer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:509 msgid "Critical" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:511 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:514 msgid "Not Critical" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:535 msgid "Extensions" msgstr "" #. Translators: This string is used in Certificate #. * details for fields like Issuer or Subject, which #. * shows the field name on the left and its respective #. * value on the right, both as stored in the #. * certificate itself. You probably do not need to #. * change this string, unless changing the order of #. * name and value. As a result example: #. * "OU = VeriSign Trust Network" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:615 #, c-format msgid "%s = %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:658 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:674 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:812 msgid "Certificate Signature Algorithm" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:683 msgid "Issuer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:714 msgid "Subject" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:738 msgid "Issuer Unique ID" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:757 msgid "Subject Unique ID" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:818 msgid "Certificate Signature Value" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:201 msgid "The signing certificate authority is not known." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:203 msgid "" "The certificate does not match the expected identity of the site that it was " "retrieved from." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:205 msgid "The certificate's activation time is still in the future." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:207 msgid "The certificate has expired." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:209 msgid "" "The certificate has been revoked according to the connection's certificate " "revocation list." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:211 msgid "The certificate's algorithm is considered insecure." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:162 msgid "Certificate trust..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:163 msgid "_View Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:164 msgid "_Reject" msgstr "拒絕(_R)" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:165 msgid "Accept _Temporarily" msgstr "暫時接受(_T)" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:166 msgid "_Accept Permanently" msgstr "永久接受(_A)" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:203 #, c-format msgid "SSL certificate for '%s' is not trusted. Do you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:209 msgid "Detailed information about the certificate:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:223 msgid "Issuer:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:224 msgid "Subject:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:225 msgid "Fingerprint:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:226 msgid "Reason:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/calendar.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your calendars" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/contacts.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/e-signon-session-password.c:257 msgid "Signon service did not return a secret" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/evolution-data-server-uoa.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Evolution Data Server" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/evolution-data-server-uoa.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Required to have EDS appear in UOA" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-calendar.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Google Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-contacts.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Google Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-gmail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "GMail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/mail.service-type.in.in.h:1 msgid "Mail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/mail.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your mailboxes" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/module-ubuntu-online-accounts.c:1009 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account service in the accounts database from " "which to obtain an access token for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:85 #, c-format msgid "Expected status 200 when requesting guid, instead got status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:102 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:299 msgid "Error parsing response as JSON: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:120 msgid "Didn't find email member in JSON data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:282 #, c-format msgid "" "Expected status 200 when requesting your identity, instead got status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:317 msgid "Didn't find 'id' in JSON data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:322 msgid "Didn't find 'emails.account' in JSON data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/windows-live-mail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Windows Live Mail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/yahoo-calendar.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Yahoo! Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/yahoo-mail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Yahoo! Mail" msgstr "" # camel/camel-store.c:378 # mail/mail-ops.c:1007 # mail/mail-ops.c:1014 # mail/mail-ops.c:1032 # mail/mail-ops.c:1033 #: ../modules/yahoo-backend/module-yahoo-backend.c:227 msgid "Tasks" msgstr "工作" #: ../services/evolution-addressbook-factory/evolution-addressbook-factory.c:47 #: ../services/evolution-calendar-factory/evolution-calendar-factory.c:51 #: ../services/evolution-user-prompter/evolution-user-prompter.c:31 msgid "Keep running after the last client is closed" msgstr "在上次關閉客戶端之後保持執行" #: ../services/evolution-addressbook-factory/evolution-addressbook-factory.c:49 #: ../services/evolution-calendar-factory/evolution-calendar-factory.c:53 msgid "Wait running until at least one client is connected" msgstr "直到至少有一個客戶端連線前等候執行" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/birthdays.source.in.h:1 msgid "Birthdays & Anniversaries" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/caldav-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "CalDAV" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/google-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Google" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/ldap-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On LDAP Servers" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/local.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/local-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On This Computer" msgstr "我的電腦" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/vfolder.source.in.h:1 msgid "Search Folders" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/weather-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Weather" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/webcal-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On The Web" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/webdav-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "WebDAV" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-user-prompter/prompt-user-gtk.c:122 msgid "_Dismiss" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-zh-hant-base/data/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/file-roller.po0000644000000000000000000011162312321561227022307 0ustar # Chinese (Hong Kong) translation of file-roller. # Copyright (C) 2002, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Ben Wu , 2002-2003. # Woodman Tuen , 2004-2007. # Chao-Hsiung Liao , 2008, 2010, 2012. # Wei-Lun Chao , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: file-roller 3.3.2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-27 16:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-28 14:35+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Chao-Hsiung Liao \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Hong Kong) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: zh_TW\n" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:165 #, c-format msgid "File is not a valid .desktop file" msgstr "檔案不是有效的 .desktop 檔案" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'" msgstr "無法辨識的桌面檔案版本「%s」" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:973 #, c-format msgid "Starting %s" msgstr "準備啟動 %s" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "Application does not accept documents on command line" msgstr "應用程式不接受以命令列開啟文件" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1183 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized launch option: %d" msgstr "無法辨識的啟動選項：%d" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1388 #, c-format msgid "Can't pass documents to this desktop element" msgstr "不能傳送文件至桌面項目" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1409 #, c-format msgid "Not a launchable item" msgstr "不是可以啟動的項目" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:226 msgid "Disable connection to session manager" msgstr "停用到作業階段管理程式的連線" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:229 msgid "Specify file containing saved configuration" msgstr "指定含有已儲存組態的檔案" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:229 msgid "FILE" msgstr "檔案" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:232 msgid "Specify session management ID" msgstr "指定作業階段管理 ID" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:232 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:253 msgid "Session management options:" msgstr "作業階段管理選項:" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:254 msgid "Show session management options" msgstr "顯示作業階段管理選項" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/fr-window.c:2052 #: ../src/fr-window.c:5441 msgid "Archive Manager" msgstr "壓縮檔管理員" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Create and modify an archive" msgstr "建立及更改壓縮檔" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "zip;tar;extract;unpack;" msgstr "zip;tar;extract;unpack;解壓縮;" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "How to sort files" msgstr "如何排序檔案" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "What criteria must be used to arrange files. Possible values: name, size, " "type, time, path." msgstr "要使用何種條件來排列檔案。可用的數值有：name、size、type、time、path。" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Sort type" msgstr "排序類型" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Whether to sort in ascending or descending direction. Possible values: " "ascending, descending." msgstr "要以遞增或遞減的方式排序。可用的數值有：ascending、descending。" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:5 ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:2 msgid "List Mode" msgstr "清單模式" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Use 'all-files' to view all the files in the archive in a single list, use " "'as-folder' to navigate the archive as a folder." msgstr "使用「所有檔案」將所有壓縮檔中的檔案在單一清單中顯示出來，使用「根據資料夾」則會根據資料夾的形式來顯示壓縮檔。" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Display type" msgstr "顯示類型" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Display the type column in the main window." msgstr "在主視窗中顯示類型欄位。" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Display size" msgstr "顯示大小" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Display the size column in the main window." msgstr "在主視窗中顯示大小欄位。" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Display time" msgstr "顯示時刻" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Display the time column in the main window." msgstr "在主視窗中顯示時刻欄位。" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Display path" msgstr "顯示路徑" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Display the path column in the main window." msgstr "在主視窗中顯示路徑欄位。" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Name column width" msgstr "名稱欄位闊度" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "The default width of the name column in the file list." msgstr "在檔案清單中名稱欄位的預設闊度。" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Max history length" msgstr "最大歷史紀錄長度" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Max number of items in the 'Open Recents' submenu." msgstr "在「開近開啟的」子選單中最大項目數。" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "View toolbar" msgstr "顯示工具列" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether to display the toolbar." msgstr "是否顯示工具列。" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "View statusbar" msgstr "顯示狀態列" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Whether to display the statusbar." msgstr "是否顯示狀態列。" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:23 ../src/ui.h:208 msgid "View the folders pane" msgstr "檢視資料夾窗格" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Whether to display the folders pane." msgstr "是否顯示資料夾窗格。" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Editors" msgstr "編輯器" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "" "List of applications entered in the 'Open File' dialog and not associated " "with the file type." msgstr "進入「開啟檔案」對話盒的應用程式清單，並且不與檔案類型相關聯。" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Compression level" msgstr "壓縮等級" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "" "Compression level used when adding files to an archive. Possible values: " "very-fast, fast, normal, maximum." msgstr "將檔案加入至壓縮檔時使用的壓縮等級：可用的數值：very-fast、fast、normal、maximum。" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Encrypt the archive header" msgstr "加密壓縮檔檔頭" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "" "Whether to encrypt the archive header. If the header is encrypted the " "password will be required to list the archive content as well." msgstr "是否加密壓檔檔的檔頭。如果檔頭被加密，要顯示壓縮檔內容時就需要解密的密碼。" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Do not overwrite newer files" msgstr "不要覆蓋較新的檔案" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Recreate the folders stored in the archive" msgstr "重新建立儲存在壓縮檔中的資料夾" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Default volume size" msgstr "預設儲存區容量" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "The default size for volumes." msgstr "儲存區的預設大小。" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:327 msgid "Extract Here" msgstr "在此解壓縮" #. Translators: the current position is the current folder #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:329 msgid "Extract the selected archive to the current position" msgstr "在目前的位置解開已選取的壓縮檔" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:346 msgid "Extract To..." msgstr "解壓縮至…" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:347 msgid "Extract the selected archive" msgstr "解開已選的壓縮檔" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:366 msgid "Compress..." msgstr "壓縮…" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:367 msgid "Create a compressed archive with the selected objects" msgstr "以選取的物件建立一個新的壓縮檔" #: ../src/actions.c:112 ../src/fr-window.c:5735 ../src/fr-window.c:6262 msgid "Open" msgstr "開啟" #: ../src/actions.c:125 ../src/fr-window.c:5291 msgid "All archives" msgstr "所有壓縮檔" #: ../src/actions.c:132 msgid "All files" msgstr "所有檔案" #: ../src/actions.c:499 msgid "Copyright © 2001–2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc." msgstr "版權所有 © 2001–2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc." #: ../src/actions.c:500 msgid "An archive manager for GNOME." msgstr "GNOME 上的壓縮檔管理員程式。" #: ../src/actions.c:503 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "如對翻譯有任何意見，請送一封電子郵件給\n" "以下地址，GNOME 翻譯隊伍會盡快回覆你：\n" "zh-l10n@lists.linux.org.tw\n" "\n" "Woodman Tuen , 2004-07\n" "Ben Wu , 2002-03\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Chao-Hsiung Liao https://launchpad.net/~j-h-liau\n" " Johnny Tong https://launchpad.net/~boredscripter\n" " Woodman Tuen https://launchpad.net/~wmtuen" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:116 msgid "Could not add the files to the archive" msgstr "無法將檔案加入至壓縮檔中" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:117 #, c-format msgid "You don't have the right permissions to read files from folder \"%s\"" msgstr "你沒有足夠的權限讀取資料夾“%s”中的檔案" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:182 ../src/ui.h:47 msgid "Add Files" msgstr "加入檔案" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:193 msgid "_Options" msgstr "選項(_O)" #. load options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:202 ../src/ui/add-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Load Options" msgstr "載入選項" #. save options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:209 ../src/dlg-add.c:827 msgid "Save Options" msgstr "儲存選項" #. clear options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:216 msgid "Reset Options" msgstr "重設選項(_R)" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:828 msgid "_Options Name:" msgstr "選項名稱(_O):" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/dlg-ask-password.c:132 #, c-format msgid "Password required for \"%s\"" msgstr "「%s」需要的密碼" #: ../src/dlg-ask-password.c:141 msgid "Wrong password." msgstr "錯誤的密碼。" #: ../src/dlg-batch-add.c:87 ../src/fr-application.c:329 #: ../src/fr-application.c:683 msgid "Compress" msgstr "壓縮" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:96 ../src/fr-window.c:6820 #, c-format msgid "" "Destination folder \"%s\" does not exist.\n" "\n" "Do you want to create it?" msgstr "" "目的地資料夾“%s”並不存在。\n" "\n" "你想要建立它嗎？" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:105 ../src/fr-window.c:6829 msgid "Create _Folder" msgstr "建立資料夾(_F)" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:124 ../src/dlg-extract.c:142 ../src/dlg-extract.c:169 #: ../src/fr-window.c:4241 ../src/fr-window.c:6724 ../src/fr-window.c:6729 #: ../src/fr-window.c:6850 ../src/fr-window.c:6869 ../src/fr-window.c:6874 msgid "Extraction not performed" msgstr "未進行解壓縮" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:125 ../src/fr-window.c:6846 #, c-format msgid "Could not create the destination folder: %s." msgstr "無法建立目的地資料夾：%s。" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:170 ../src/fr-window.c:4410 ../src/fr-window.c:4494 #, c-format msgid "" "You don't have the right permissions to extract archives in the folder \"%s\"" msgstr "你並沒有足夠的權限在資料夾“%s”中將壓縮檔解壓" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:283 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:1 #: ../src/ui.h:114 msgid "Extract" msgstr "解開" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:112 ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:225 msgid "There was an internal error trying to search for applications:" msgstr "嘗試搜尋應用程式時發生內部的錯誤：" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:294 ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:303 #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:331 ../src/fr-archive.c:744 #: ../src/fr-window.c:3970 ../src/fr-window.c:7453 ../src/fr-window.c:7810 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9357 msgid "Archive type not supported." msgstr "不支援這種壓縮類型。" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:313 #, c-format msgid "" "There is no command installed for %s files.\n" "Do you want to search for a command to open this file?" msgstr "" "並未安裝用於 %s 檔案的應用程式。\n" "是否要搜尋可以開啟這個檔案的指令？" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:318 msgid "Could not open this file type" msgstr "無法開啟這個檔案類型" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:321 msgid "_Search Command" msgstr "搜尋指令(_S)" #: ../src/dlg-password.c:91 #, c-format msgid "Enter a password for \"%s\"" msgstr "請輸入「%s」的密碼" #: ../src/dlg-prop.c:96 #, c-format msgid "%s Properties" msgstr "%s 的屬性" #: ../src/dlg-update.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Update the file \"%s\" in the archive \"%s\"?" msgstr "是否更新壓縮檔「%2$s」中的檔案「%1$s」？" #. secondary text #: ../src/dlg-update.c:174 ../src/dlg-update.c:199 ../src/ui/update.ui.h:2 #, c-format msgid "" "The file has been modified with an external application. If you don't update " "the file in the archive, all of your changes will be lost." msgid_plural "" "%d files have been modified with an external application. If you don't " "update the files in the archive, all of your changes will be lost." msgstr[0] "%d 個檔案已經被外部應用程式修改過了。如果不更新壓縮檔中的檔案，你所有的更改都會消失。" #: ../src/dlg-update.c:189 #, c-format msgid "Update the files in the archive \"%s\"?" msgstr "是否更新壓縮檔「%s」中的檔案？" #: ../src/fr-application.c:65 msgid "Add files to the specified archive and quit the program" msgstr "將檔案加入到指定的壓縮檔，然後離開程式" #: ../src/fr-application.c:66 msgid "ARCHIVE" msgstr "壓縮檔" #: ../src/fr-application.c:69 msgid "Add files asking the name of the archive and quit the program" msgstr "加入檔案並詢問壓縮檔的名稱，然後離開程式" #: ../src/fr-application.c:73 msgid "Extract archives to the specified folder and quit the program" msgstr "解開壓縮檔到指定的資料夾，然後離開程式" #: ../src/fr-application.c:74 ../src/fr-application.c:86 msgid "FOLDER" msgstr "資料夾" #: ../src/fr-application.c:77 msgid "Extract archives asking the destination folder and quit the program" msgstr "解開壓縮檔並詢問目的地資料夾，然後離開程式" #: ../src/fr-application.c:81 msgid "" "Extract the contents of the archives in the archive folder and quit the " "program" msgstr "在壓縮檔的資料夾下解開壓縮檔的內容，然後結束程式" #: ../src/fr-application.c:85 msgid "Default folder to use for the '--add' and '--extract' commands" msgstr "'--add' 與 '--extract' 選項所使用的預設資料夾" #: ../src/fr-application.c:89 msgid "Create destination folder without asking confirmation" msgstr "無需確認便建立目的地資料夾" #: ../src/fr-application.c:93 msgid "Use the notification system to notify the operation completion" msgstr "使用通知系統來通知操作已完成" #: ../src/fr-application.c:96 msgid "Start as a service" msgstr "啟動為服務" #: ../src/fr-application.c:99 msgid "Show version" msgstr "顯示版本" #: ../src/fr-application.c:365 ../src/fr-application.c:401 #: ../src/fr-application.c:427 ../src/fr-application.c:707 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9420 msgid "Extract archive" msgstr "解開壓縮檔" #: ../src/fr-application.c:565 msgid "- Create and modify an archive" msgstr "- 建立及修改壓縮檔" #. manually set name and icon #: ../src/fr-application.c:833 msgid "File Roller" msgstr "File Roller" #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1845 msgid "You don't have the right permissions." msgstr "你沒有足夠的權限。" #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1845 msgid "This archive type cannot be modified" msgstr "不能修改這種壓縮類型" #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1859 msgid "You can't add an archive to itself." msgstr "你無法將壓縮檔加入壓縮檔自身。" #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-7z.c:297 ../src/fr-command-rar.c:422 #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:304 #, c-format msgid "Adding \"%s\"" msgstr "正在加入「%s」" #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-7z.c:447 ../src/fr-command-rar.c:554 #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:425 #, c-format msgid "Extracting \"%s\"" msgstr "正在解開「%s」" #: ../src/fr-command.c:597 #, c-format msgid "Archive not found" msgstr "找不到壓縮檔" #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-rar.c:503 ../src/fr-command-tar.c:370 #, c-format msgid "Removing \"%s\"" msgstr "正在移除「%s」" #: ../src/fr-command-rar.c:685 #, c-format msgid "Could not find the volume: %s" msgstr "找不到儲存裝置：%s" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:380 msgid "Deleting files from archive" msgstr "在壓縮檔中刪除檔案" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:485 msgid "Recompressing archive" msgstr "重新壓縮檔案" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:744 msgid "Decompressing archive" msgstr "解壓檔案" #: ../src/fr-file-selector-dialog.c:772 ../src/fr-file-selector-dialog.c:817 msgid "Could not load the location" msgstr "無法載入位置" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:344 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:363 #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:379 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:427 #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:445 ../src/fr-window.c:2915 msgid "Could not create the archive" msgstr "無法建立壓縮檔" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:346 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:365 msgid "You have to specify an archive name." msgstr "你必須指定壓縮檔的名稱。" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:429 msgid "You don't have permission to create an archive in this folder" msgstr "你沒有足夠的權限在這個資料夾中建立壓縮檔" #. Translators: the name references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:447 ../src/fr-window.c:8123 msgid "New name is the same as old one, please type other name." msgstr "新的名稱和舊名稱相同，請輸入另一個名稱。" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:466 #, c-format msgid "A file named \"%s\" already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "名為「%s」的檔案已存在。是否要取代它？" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:467 #, c-format msgid "" "The file already exists in \"%s\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "該檔案已存在於「%s」。取代它會覆蓋它的內容。" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:474 ../src/fr-window.c:6652 msgid "_Replace" msgstr "取代(_R)" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:489 msgid "Could not delete the old archive." msgstr "無法刪除舊的壓縮檔。" #: ../src/fr-stock.c:41 msgid "C_reate" msgstr "建立(_R)" #: ../src/fr-stock.c:42 ../src/fr-stock.c:43 msgid "_Add" msgstr "加入(_A)" #: ../src/fr-stock.c:44 msgid "_Extract" msgstr "解開(_E)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1173 msgid "Operation completed" msgstr "操作已完成" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1290 #, c-format msgid "%d object (%s)" msgid_plural "%d objects (%s)" msgstr[0] "%d 個物件 (%s)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1295 #, c-format msgid "%d object selected (%s)" msgid_plural "%d objects selected (%s)" msgstr[0] "已選取 %d 個物件 (%s)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1680 msgid "Folder" msgstr "資料夾" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2060 msgid "[read only]" msgstr "[唯讀]" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2179 #, c-format msgid "Could not display the folder \"%s\"" msgstr "資料夾無法顯示“%s”" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2270 ../src/fr-window.c:2308 #, c-format msgid "Creating \"%s\"" msgstr "正在建立「%s」" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2274 #, c-format msgid "Loading \"%s\"" msgstr "正在載入「%s」" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2278 #, c-format msgid "Reading \"%s\"" msgstr "正在讀取「%s」" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2282 #, c-format msgid "Deleting the files from \"%s\"" msgstr "從「%s」中刪除檔案" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2286 #, c-format msgid "Testing \"%s\"" msgstr "正在測試「%s」" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2289 msgid "Getting the file list" msgstr "取得檔案清單" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2293 #, c-format msgid "Copying the files to add to \"%s\"" msgstr "複製檔案以加入「%s」" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2297 #, c-format msgid "Adding the files to \"%s\"" msgstr "將檔案加入到「%s」" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2301 #, c-format msgid "Extracting the files from \"%s\"" msgstr "正在從「%s」中解開檔案" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2304 msgid "Copying the extracted files to the destination" msgstr "將解壓縮的檔案複製到目的端" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2313 #, c-format msgid "Saving \"%s\"" msgstr "正在儲存「%s」" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2320 #, c-format msgid "Renaming the files in \"%s\"" msgstr "重新命名「%s」中的檔案" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2324 #, c-format msgid "Updating the files in \"%s\"" msgstr "更新「%s」中的檔案" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2499 msgid "_Open the Archive" msgstr "開啟壓縮檔(_O)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2500 msgid "_Show the Files" msgstr "顯示檔案(_S)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2617 #, c-format msgid "%d file remaining" msgid_plural "%'d files remaining" msgstr[0] "剩餘 %d 個檔案" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2621 ../src/fr-window.c:3196 msgid "Please wait…" msgstr "請稍候…" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2677 msgid "Extraction completed successfully" msgstr "解壓縮成功的結束" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2709 ../src/fr-window.c:6248 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" created successfully" msgstr "「%s」已成功的建立" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2799 ../src/fr-window.c:2971 msgid "Command exited abnormally." msgstr "指令異常地結束。" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2920 msgid "An error occurred while extracting files." msgstr "解開檔案時發生錯誤。" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2926 #, c-format msgid "Could not open \"%s\"" msgstr "無法開啟“%s”" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2931 msgid "An error occurred while loading the archive." msgstr "載入壓縮檔時發生錯誤。" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2935 msgid "An error occurred while deleting files from the archive." msgstr "在壓縮檔中刪除檔案時發生錯誤。" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2941 msgid "An error occurred while adding files to the archive." msgstr "將檔案加入到壓縮檔時發生錯誤。" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2945 msgid "An error occurred while testing archive." msgstr "測試壓縮檔時發生錯誤。" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2950 msgid "An error occurred while saving the archive." msgstr "當儲存壓縮檔時發生錯誤。" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2954 msgid "An error occurred while renaming the files." msgstr "重新命名檔案時發生錯誤。" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2958 msgid "An error occurred while updating the files." msgstr "更新檔案時發生錯誤。" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2962 msgid "An error occurred." msgstr "發生錯誤。" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2968 msgid "Command not found." msgstr "找不到指令。" #: ../src/fr-window.c:3124 msgid "Test Result" msgstr "測試結果" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4088 ../src/fr-window.c:8803 ../src/fr-window.c:8837 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9116 msgid "Could not perform the operation" msgstr "操作無法進行" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4114 msgid "" "Do you want to add this file to the current archive or open it as a new " "archive?" msgstr "你想要將這檔案加入到目前的壓縮檔中，還是開啟一個新的壓縮檔？" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4144 msgid "Do you want to create a new archive with these files?" msgstr "你想要為這些檔案建立一個新的壓縮檔嗎？" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4147 msgid "Create _Archive" msgstr "建立壓縮檔(_A)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4176 ../src/fr-window.c:7261 msgid "New Archive" msgstr "新壓縮檔" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4750 msgid "Folders" msgstr "資料夾" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4788 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:7 msgctxt "File" msgid "Size" msgstr "大小" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4789 msgctxt "File" msgid "Type" msgstr "類型" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4790 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:8 msgctxt "File" msgid "Modified" msgstr "最後修改" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4791 msgctxt "File" msgid "Location" msgstr "位置" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4800 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:6 msgctxt "File" msgid "Name" msgstr "名稱" #. Translators: this is the label for the "open recent file" sub-menu. #: ../src/fr-window.c:5723 msgid "Open _Recent" msgstr "開啟最近使用的(_R)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5724 ../src/fr-window.c:5736 msgid "Open a recently used archive" msgstr "開啟最近使用的壓縮檔" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5752 #| msgid "_Other Options" msgid "_Other Actions" msgstr "其他動作(_O)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5753 #| msgid "_Other Options" msgid "Other actions" msgstr "其他動作" #. Translators: after the colon there is a folder name. #: ../src/fr-window.c:5821 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:4 #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Location:" msgstr "位置(_L):" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6640 #, c-format msgid "Replace file \"%s\"?" msgstr "取代檔案「%s」？" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6643 #, c-format msgid "Another file with the same name already exists in \"%s\"." msgstr "同樣名稱的另一個檔案已經存在於「%s」中。" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6650 msgid "Replace _All" msgstr "全部取代(_A)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6651 msgid "_Skip" msgstr "略過(_S)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7445 ../src/fr-window.c:7802 #, c-format msgid "Could not save the archive \"%s\"" msgstr "無法儲存壓縮檔“%s”" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7572 msgid "Save" msgstr "儲存" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7896 msgid "Last Output" msgstr "上一個輸出訊息" #. Translators: the name references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-window.c:8118 msgid "New name is void, please type a name." msgstr "新的名稱無效，請輸入一個名稱。" #. Translators: the %s references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-window.c:8128 #, c-format msgid "" "Name \"%s\" is not valid because it contains at least one of the following " "characters: %s, please type other name." msgstr "名稱「%s」無效，因為包含至少下列一個字符：%s，請輸入其他名稱。" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8164 #, c-format msgid "" "A folder named \"%s\" already exists.\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "名為“%s”的資料夾已經存在。\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8164 ../src/fr-window.c:8166 msgid "Please use a different name." msgstr "請使用其它的名字。" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8166 #, c-format msgid "" "A file named \"%s\" already exists.\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "名為“%s”的檔案已經存在。\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8236 msgid "Rename" msgstr "重新命名" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8237 msgid "_New folder name:" msgstr "新的資料夾名稱(_N):" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8237 msgid "_New file name:" msgstr "新的檔案名稱(_N):" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8241 msgid "_Rename" msgstr "重新命名(_R)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8258 ../src/fr-window.c:8277 msgid "Could not rename the folder" msgstr "資料夾無法重新命名" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8258 ../src/fr-window.c:8277 msgid "Could not rename the file" msgstr "檔案無法重新命名" #. Translators: %s are archive filenames #: ../src/fr-window.c:8710 #, c-format msgid "Moving the files from \"%s\" to \"%s\"" msgstr "將檔案從「%s」移動到「%s」" #. Translators: %s are archive filenames #: ../src/fr-window.c:8713 #, c-format msgid "Copying the files from \"%s\" to \"%s\"" msgstr "將檔案從「%s」複製到「%s」" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8764 msgid "Paste Selection" msgstr "將已選的貼上" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8765 msgid "_Destination folder:" msgstr "目的端資料夾(_D):" #: ../src/fr-window.c:9375 msgid "Add files to an archive" msgstr "將檔案加入到壓縮檔中" #. This is the time format used in the "Date Modified" column and #. * in the Properties dialog. See the man page of strftime for an #. * explanation of the values. #: ../src/glib-utils.c:769 msgid "%d %B %Y, %H:%M" msgstr "%Y年%m月%d日 %H:%M" #: ../src/gtk-utils.c:557 msgid "Could not display help" msgstr "無法顯示說明文件" #: ../src/gtk-utils.c:651 msgid "Change password visibility" msgstr "改變密碼的顯示" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Add" msgstr "加入" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:2 msgid "Include _files:" msgstr "包含檔案(_F):" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:3 msgid "E_xclude files:" msgstr "不包括檔案(_X):" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:4 msgid "_Exclude folders:" msgstr "排除的資料夾(_E):" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:5 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:5 msgid "example: *.o; *.bak" msgstr "例如： *.o; *.bak" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:6 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:6 msgid "Actions" msgstr "動作" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:7 msgid "Add only if _newer" msgstr "只加入較新的(_N)" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:8 msgid "_Follow symbolic links" msgstr "跟隨符號連結(_F)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:1 msgid "_New Archive" msgstr "新增壓縮檔(_N)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:3 ../src/ui.h:223 msgid "View All _Files" msgstr "顯示所有檔案(_F)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:4 ../src/ui.h:226 msgid "View as a F_older" msgstr "以資料夾方式顯示(_O)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:5 ../src/ui.h:207 msgid "_Folders" msgstr "資料夾(_F)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:6 ../src/ui.h:34 msgid "_Help" msgstr "求助(_H)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:7 msgid "_About Archive Manager" msgstr "關於的壓縮檔管理程式(_A)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:8 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "結束(_Q)" #: ../src/ui/ask-password.ui.h:1 ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "_Password:" msgstr "密碼(_P):" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:1 msgid "Delete" msgstr "刪除" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:2 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:4 msgid "_Files:" msgstr "檔案(_F):" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:3 msgid "example: *.txt; *.doc" msgstr "例如：*.txt; *.doc" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:4 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:2 msgid "_All files" msgstr "所有檔案(_A)" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:5 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:3 msgid "_Selected files" msgstr "已選檔案(_S)" #: ../src/ui/error-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "C_ommand Line Output:" msgstr "命令列輸出(_O):" #: ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:7 msgid "_Keep directory structure" msgstr "保持目錄結構(_K)" #: ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:8 msgid "Do not _overwrite newer files" msgstr "不要覆蓋較新的檔案(_O)" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:1 msgid "_Select All" msgstr "全部選取(_S)" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:2 ../src/ui.h:102 msgid "Dese_lect All" msgstr "全部不選(_L)" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:3 msgid "Show Hidden Files" msgstr "顯示隱藏檔" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:5 ../src/ui.h:184 msgid "Go up one level" msgstr "上一層" #: ../src/ui.h:31 msgid "_Archive" msgstr "壓縮檔(_A)" #: ../src/ui.h:32 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "編輯(_E)" #: ../src/ui.h:33 msgid "_View" msgstr "檢視(_V)" #: ../src/ui.h:35 msgid "_Arrange Files" msgstr "排列檔案(_A)" #: ../src/ui.h:40 msgid "Information about the program" msgstr "關於這個程式的資訊" #: ../src/ui.h:43 msgid "_Add Files…" msgstr "加入檔案(_A)…" #: ../src/ui.h:44 ../src/ui.h:48 msgid "Add files to the archive" msgstr "將檔案加入到壓縮檔" #: ../src/ui.h:52 msgid "Close the current archive" msgstr "關閉目前的壓縮檔" #: ../src/ui.h:55 msgid "Contents" msgstr "內容" #: ../src/ui.h:56 msgid "Display the File Roller Manual" msgstr "顯示 File Roller 的說明文件" #: ../src/ui.h:61 ../src/ui.h:82 msgid "Copy the selection" msgstr "複製選取的內容" #: ../src/ui.h:65 ../src/ui.h:86 msgid "Cut the selection" msgstr "將已選的剪下" #: ../src/ui.h:69 ../src/ui.h:90 msgid "Paste the clipboard" msgstr "貼到剪貼板" #: ../src/ui.h:72 ../src/ui.h:93 msgid "_Rename…" msgstr "重新命名(_R)…" #: ../src/ui.h:73 ../src/ui.h:94 msgid "Rename the selection" msgstr "將已選的檔案重新命名" #: ../src/ui.h:77 ../src/ui.h:98 msgid "Delete the selection from the archive" msgstr "從壓縮檔中將已選的刪除" #: ../src/ui.h:103 msgid "Deselect all files" msgstr "取消選取檔案" #: ../src/ui.h:106 ../src/ui.h:110 msgid "_Extract…" msgstr "解開(_E)…" #: ../src/ui.h:107 ../src/ui.h:111 ../src/ui.h:115 msgid "Extract files from the archive" msgstr "從壓縮檔中解開檔案" #: ../src/ui.h:118 msgid "New…" msgstr "新增…" #: ../src/ui.h:119 msgid "Create a new archive" msgstr "建立新的壓縮檔" #: ../src/ui.h:122 msgid "Open…" msgstr "開啟…" #: ../src/ui.h:123 ../src/ui.h:127 msgid "Open archive" msgstr "開啟壓縮檔" #: ../src/ui.h:130 msgid "_Open With…" msgstr "以此開啟檔案(_O)…" #: ../src/ui.h:131 msgid "Open selected files with an application" msgstr "使用其它程式開啟已選取的檔案" #: ../src/ui.h:134 msgid "Pass_word…" msgstr "密碼(_W)…" #: ../src/ui.h:135 msgid "Specify a password for this archive" msgstr "指定這壓縮檔的密碼" #: ../src/ui.h:139 msgid "Show archive properties" msgstr "顯示壓縮檔的屬性" #: ../src/ui.h:143 msgid "Reload current archive" msgstr "重新載入目前的壓縮檔" #: ../src/ui.h:146 msgid "Save As…" msgstr "另存新檔…" #: ../src/ui.h:147 msgid "Save the current archive with a different name" msgstr "以不同的名稱儲存目前的壓縮檔" #: ../src/ui.h:151 msgid "Select all files" msgstr "選取所有檔案" #: ../src/ui.h:154 msgid "_Test Integrity" msgstr "測試完整性(_T)" #: ../src/ui.h:155 msgid "Test whether the archive contains errors" msgstr "測試壓縮檔是否含有錯誤" #: ../src/ui.h:159 ../src/ui.h:163 msgid "Open the selected file" msgstr "開啟選取的檔案" #: ../src/ui.h:167 ../src/ui.h:171 msgid "Open the selected folder" msgstr "顯示已選的資料夾" #: ../src/ui.h:176 msgid "Go to the previous visited location" msgstr "回到上一個曾經瀏覽的位置" #: ../src/ui.h:180 msgid "Go to the next visited location" msgstr "前住下一個曾經瀏覽的位置" #. Translators: the home location is the home folder. #: ../src/ui.h:189 msgid "Go to the home location" msgstr "回到個人資料夾" #: ../src/ui.h:197 msgid "_Toolbar" msgstr "工具列(_T)" #: ../src/ui.h:198 msgid "View the main toolbar" msgstr "顯示主工具列" #: ../src/ui.h:202 msgid "Stat_usbar" msgstr "狀態列(_U)" #: ../src/ui.h:203 msgid "View the statusbar" msgstr "顯示狀態列" #: ../src/ui.h:212 msgid "Find…" msgstr "尋找…" #: ../src/ui.h:213 #| msgid "Sort file list by name" msgid "Find files by name" msgstr "根據名稱尋找檔案" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "_Filename:" msgstr "檔案名稱(_F):" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Location" msgstr "位置" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Encrypt the file list too" msgstr "同時加密此檔案清單(_E)" #. this is part of a sentence, for example "split into volumes of 10.0 MB", where MB stands for megabyte. #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Split into _volumes of" msgstr "分割大小為(_V)" #. MB means megabytes #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Other Options" msgstr "其他選項(_O)" #: ../src/ui/password.ui.h:1 msgid "Password" msgstr "密碼" #: ../src/ui/password.ui.h:2 msgid "_Encrypt the file list" msgstr "加密檔案清單(_E)" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:1 msgctxt "File" msgid "Name:" msgstr "名稱：" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:2 msgid "Archive size:" msgstr "壓縮檔大小：" #. after the colon there is a folder name. #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:4 msgid "Location:" msgstr "位置：" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:5 msgid "Compression ratio:" msgstr "壓縮率：" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:6 msgid "Last modified:" msgstr "修改日期：" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:7 msgid "Content size:" msgstr "內容大小：" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:8 msgid "Number of files:" msgstr "檔案數目：" #. after the colon there is a file type. #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:10 msgid "Type:" msgstr "類型：" #: ../src/ui/update.ui.h:1 msgid "_Update" msgstr "更新(_U)" #: ../src/ui/update.ui.h:3 msgid "S_elect the files you want to update:" msgstr "選擇想要更新的檔案(_E):" language-pack-gnome-zh-hant-base/data/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/GConf2.po0000644000000000000000000023751112321561227021156 0ustar # Chinese (Hong Kong) translation of gconf. # Copyright (C) 2002, 04, 05 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Ben Wu , 2002. # Li-Jen Hsin , 2004. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gconf 2.31.90\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-17 21:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Chao-Hsiung Liao \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Hong Kong) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:56+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:162 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get configuration file path from '%s'" msgstr "無法從‘%s’中擷取設定檔路徑" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:173 #, c-format msgid "Created Evolution/LDAP source using configuration file '%s'" msgstr "已建立使用設定檔‘%s’的 Evolution/LDAP 來源" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:447 #, c-format msgid "Unable to parse XML file '%s'" msgstr "無法解析 XML 檔案‘%s’的內容" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:456 #, c-format msgid "Config file '%s' is empty" msgstr "設定檔‘%s’是空白的" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:467 #, c-format msgid "Root node of '%s' must be , not <%s>" msgstr "‘%s’的根節點必須是 ，而非 <%s>" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:505 #, c-format msgid "No